OAPEN Foundationinfo@oapen.org20260422

f8b0d44f-5b06-4e27-9b14-409e54c8891c030001OAPEN Library IDf8b0d44f-5b06-4e27-9b14-409e54c8891c01HANDLE20.500.12657/11231415978135046709500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Necessities Underlying RealityConnecting Philosophy of Mathematics, Ethics and Probability1A01JamesFranklin2B01Jeremiah JovenJoaquin01eng002080393P93PB93PBB93PBX93Q93QD93QDH93QDHA20Aristotelian realism;Empiricism;Evidence;Hypothesis;Logic;Science01060303This open access book covers four decades of work by the leading Australian philosopher, mathematician and historian of ideas, James Franklin. These interlinking essays are connected by a core theme: the necessary structures in reality that allow certain knowledge of absolute truths. Franklin’s Aristotelian realist philosophy of mathematics shows how mathematical truths are directly about physical reality, and at the same time certainly and provably true. Ranging from mathematics to evidence evaluation to ethics, his philosophy of probability sees the relation of evidence to hypothesis, such as in science and law, as purely logical, hence necessary. Across ethics and the philosophy of religion, the theme of necessity is repeated: basic ethical truths (such as the worth of persons and the wrongness of murder) are shown to have the same certainty as mathematics. Focus on the history of ideas connects the philosophical work in the present with the medieval scholastic tradition, which defended similar necessities but is now neglected. Here is an up-to-date introduction to Franklin’s overall perspective. Recalling Western philosophy to its roots, it reveals the way absolute necessities are discoverable across the abstract fields of mathematics, logical evidence and ethics. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112314/1/9781350467095.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350467101?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 fc6b2dd4-c237-417e-86a1-e4996ab89da7030001OAPEN Library IDfc6b2dd4-c237-417e-86a1-e4996ab89da701HANDLE20.500.12657/11226415978135055382800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Higher Education Research0101Brexit, EU Students and UK Higher EducationBroken Bridges1A01SimonMarginson2A01VassilikiPapatsiba01eng002820393J93JN93JNF93JNK93JNM20Brexit and higher education;Diversity and equality;Erasmus programme;Institutional competition;Internationalisation of higher education;Internationalisation of research;Turing scheme;UK higher education01060303This open access book examines the effects of Brexit on UK higher education, based on the largest academic research project conducted in the UK across 12 universities in all four nations. The Brexit decision in 2016 has brought about a profound transformation in UK higher education, with the decline in EU engagement reshaping the sector in many areas, including recruitment of academic staff, research collaboration, university facilities and the declining diversity of students in British institutions. This study, grounded in 127 interviews with university leaders and academic staff, focuses especially on the sharp reduction in EU student entry into UK universities and how this is being experienced in the UK. With an analysis of the impact of Brexit in three areas, revenue, diversity and competition, the book also offers a broader understanding of the internationalisation of higher education in the UK. The authors review developments in policy and practice in the internationalisation of UK higher education and research, including scholarly studies and perspectives. The argument is supported by rich data including up to date statistics on enrolment and well-crafted qualitative case studies. Significantly, Brexit, EU Students and UK Higher Education offers implicit and explicit wider lessons which can be expanded to other HE systems and global HE. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112264/1/9781350553828.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350553835?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 f7503433-1a79-4c8a-ac3d-b0439eccae06030001OAPEN Library IDf7503433-1a79-4c8a-ac3d-b0439eccae0601HANDLE20.500.12657/11227515978135045483500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Critical Approaches and Innovations in Language Teacher Education0101Language Teacher AgencyNavigating Complex and Diverse Educational Contexts1B01GaryBonar2B01Minh HueNguyen3B01YvetteSlaughter4B01LeonardoVeliz01eng003360393C93CJ93CJA93J93JN93JNU20Agency;ELT;Language teachers;Language teaching;Pedagogy;Pre-service teachers;TESOL;Teacher development;Teacher education01060303This open access book argues that language teacher agency is not simply a matter of individual choice, but is also shaped by the complex social, political and educational contexts in which language teachers work. It provides a framework for understanding the complexities of language teacher agency in a wide range of language. It offers practical advice on how to support language teachers in developing and enhancing their agency towards social, cultural, political and linguistic discourses and practices that have an impact on language teachers’ efficacy, intentionality, self-reflectiveness and identity. Through a wide range of methodological approaches such as (duo)ethnographic work, pedagogical interventions, narrative case studies, dialogic approaches and curriculum innovations, this book critically examines the individual and collective efforts of languages teachers as they build and exercise their agentic capacity within and across the contextual conditions in which they are situated. Part I considers the socio-cultural and socio-political factors which facilitate, or interfere with, the exercise of teacher agency in language classrooms, and the ways language teachers can exercise their agency to design locally relevant pedagogies. Part II examines the structural, systemic, ideological and pedagogical transformations needed in order for language teachers to be empowered to displace dominant pedagogies with more socially-just pedagogies to meet the needs of diverse students and of the curriculum. Finally, Part III looks at what dialogic practices can assist language teachers in mitigating dominant discourses and structural procedures, as well as what professional support is needed to assist language teachers in developing a sense of agency. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of New England, Australia; University of Melbourne, Australia; and Monash University, Australia.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112275/1/9781350454835.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350454811?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 fcf7a48a-155b-472e-975b-b299328f94da030001OAPEN Library IDfcf7a48a-155b-472e-975b-b299328f94da01HANDLE20.500.12657/11228915978135040752700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Design Teaching0101Studio PropertiesA field guide to design education1A01ElizabethBoling2A01James BenedictBrown3A01JamesCorazzo4A01Colin M.Gray5A01DerekJones6A01NicoleLotz01eng003440393A93AB93AK93AKC93Y93YP93YPA93YPAB20Art education;Creative teaching;Design pedagogy;Design studio;Studio art;Teaching design;Tertiary education01060303There is something special about a studio as a place of practice and learning. Studio is a complex form of teaching and learning. If you have not experienced studio, it may seem mysterious, even chaotic. If you have experienced studio, you may want to know more about how and why it works. Either way, Studio Properties will deepen your understanding of studio to help you teach, research, or administer design education more effectively and with greater confidence and creativity. Use Studio Properties like a field guide. You will discover the components of studio broken down into individual properties. You will find clear descriptions and a wealth of research references that illuminate studio. You will be guided in understanding the relationships between properties without being limited to one model or approach. In this innovative and non-linear book, available in print, ebook and open access, six internationally renowned and award-winning educators and researchers from various studio disciplines invite you to explore familiar and less-familiar aspects of studio. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Open University.Bloomsbury Visual Arts01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112289/1/9781350407527.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350407480?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 ff50bb10-369c-4d2d-a145-df14a59a06e5030001OAPEN Library IDff50bb10-369c-4d2d-a145-df14a59a06e501HANDLE20.500.12657/11229115978178661496400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Digital Technologies and Global Politics0101Governing CyberspaceBehavior, Power and Diplomacy1B01Bibi van denBerg2B01DennisBroeders01eng003360393J93JP93JPB93JPS93JW20Cybernorms;Diplomacy;Governance;Intelligence;Intervention;Norms;Sovereignty;State Actors01060303Cyber norms and other ways to regulate responsible state behavior in cyberspace is a fast-moving political and diplomatic field. The academic study of these processes is varied and interdisciplinary, but much of the literature has been organized according to discipline. Seeking to cross disciplinary boundaries, this timely open access book brings together researchers in fields ranging from international law, international relations, and political science to business studies and philosophy to explore the theme of responsible state behavior in cyberspace. . Divided into three parts, Governing Cyberspace first looks at current debates in and about international law and diplomacy in cyberspace. How does international law regulate state behaviour and what are its limits? How do cyber superpowers like China and Russia shape their foreign policy in relation to cyberspace? The second focuses on power and governance. What is the role for international organisations like NATO or for substate actors like intelligence agencies? How do they adapt to the realities of cyberspace and digital conflict? How does the classic balance of power play out in cyberspace and how do different states position themselves? The third part takes a critical look at multistakeholder and corporate diplomacy. How do global tech companies shape their role as norm entrepreneurs in cyberspace, and how do their cyber diplomatic efforts relate to their corporate identity? The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Leiden UniversityRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202011Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112291/1/9781786614964.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881810733?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 f25bb686-b022-4e68-bfe8-2e152c3c04a5030001OAPEN Library IDf25bb686-b022-4e68-bfe8-2e152c3c04a501HANDLE20.500.12657/11231315978135045961800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102New Writing in Critical Development Studies0101Conundrums of CareFeminist Entanglements in Critical Development Studies1A01WendyHarcourt01eng002240393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193K93KC93KCV93KCVJ93M93MB93MBP93MBPA93MQ93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93R93RN93RNA20Critical development studies;Decolonial approaches to development;Ecofeminism;Environmental justice;Feminist political ecology;Feminist theories of care;Interspecies relations;Postdevelopment;Posthumanism;Social reproduction01060303Renowned feminist development scholar Wendy Harcourt offers the first incisive open access overview of how the lively feminist debates on care, in both minority and majority worlds, are crucial for critical development studies. Adopting an intentionally open and readable style to ensure its technical terms are understood, each chapter starts by narrating nonfictional, on-the-ground stories—stories selected from different places, peoples, and histories—in order to show how care is understood in feminist economic debates on key subjects such as social reproduction analysis; interspecies relations in posthumanism; environmental justice in feminist political ecology; and reciprocity and accountability in postdevelopment and decolonialism. In each chapter, these sketches are then fleshed out through a critical survey of influential thinkers and activists who adopt ecofeminist, feminist political ecology, critical indigenous studies, transition studies, postdevelopment, and decolonial approaches to development. This book—alongside the illustrations, vlogs, and social-media messaging that accompany it online— provides researchers, students, practitioners, and activists with the tools to explain why care is such a crucial concept for critical development discourse. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Erasmus University Rotterdam.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112313/1/9781350459618.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350459632?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 f0a19149-cf1a-4c08-be05-cfa77be0b63f030001OAPEN Library IDf0a19149-cf1a-4c08-be05-cfa77be0b63f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11231815979876512632500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Global Screen WorldsConversations across Cinema Cultures1B01LindiweDovey2B01KateTaylor-Jones3B01GeorgiaThomas-Parr01eng003680393A93AT93ATF93ATFA93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193N93NH93NHF93NHH20Africa;Alain Gomis;Arab;Asia;Audiovisual;Bandung era;Bollywood;China;Cinema;Class;Cold War;Fandom;Filmmaking;Gender;Historical events;India;K-pop;Lagos;Lahore;Madagascar;Mahamat Saleh Haroun;Mumbai;Nigeria;Power;Race;Satyajit Ray;Souleymane Cissé;South Africa;Technology;Tokyo;UAE;Wong Kar-wai;World;Yasujiro Ozu01060303Global Screen Worlds brings together scholars from around the world to collaborate on comparative studies of specific African and Asian cinemas and audiovisual narrative media. This open access collection advances the concept of “screen worlds” rather than “world cinema” to acknowledge and reckon with the impact of new technologies on cinema and everyday life, and the contributors adopt a decolonial feminist approach that insists on localized, intersectional analyses that take race, gender, and class into account in their critique of historical and contemporary abuses of power. Many chapters are set against major world-historical events—such as the Cold War and the Bandung era—and grapple with the relationships among films, filmmaking practices, and social, historical, and cultural experiences. In the chapters, contributors variously explore, for example, filmmaking relationships between countries as diverse as the UAE and India, China and South Africa; K-pop fandom among audiences in Madagascar and North-east India, and Bollywood fandom in southern Nigeria; the use of parallel filmmaking genres and themes in Lagos and Mumbai, Tokyo and Lahore; and comparative analysis of the films of well-known African and Asian filmmakers such as Yasujiro Ozu and Alain Gomis, Satyajit Ray and Souleymane Cissé, and Wong Kar-wai and Mahamat Saleh Haroun. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The European Research Council.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112318/1/9798765126325.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798765126301?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 eedd2475-7949-4e82-83f2-e38a1c253084030001OAPEN Library IDeedd2475-7949-4e82-83f2-e38a1c25308401HANDLE20.500.12657/11233615978166696134800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Sociology and Classical Liberalism in DialogueFreedom Is Something We Do Together1B01FabioRojas2B01CharlottaStern01eng002320393J93JH93JHB93K93KC93KCK93KCS93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Class and poverty;Classical liberal community;Classical liberal sociology;Classical liberalism;Collective action;Free market sociology;Gender segregation;Individualist sociology;Inequality and freedom;Liberal movements;Libertarian sociology;Race relations;Sociology of freedom01060303The motivation for this open access title, Sociology and Classical Liberalism in Dialogue: Freedom is Something We Do Together is based on two observations: first, sociology as a field is populated with scholars on the left and second, (few but still) classical liberals and libertarian scholars are found in neighboring social science fields, such as economics, political science, and political philosophy. Can scholarship benefit if sociology and classical liberal ideas are in dialogue? To answer the question, the book gathers sociologists, criminologists, demographers, and political scientists that care about classical liberal ideas, or are willing to engage their sociological thinking with classical liberal ideas. Not all authors would identify themselves as classical liberals. These contributors discuss sociological topics through the lens of classical liberalism, asking how issues such as class, gender, or race relations can be viewed with a different perspective. Chapters also delve into the intersection of sociology and classical liberalism, exploring where viewpoints conflict and where they align. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The Ratio InstituteLexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112336/1/9781666961348.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216270362?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 eed69787-07ee-40e2-86c5-3979b5631a9c030001OAPEN Library IDeed69787-07ee-40e2-86c5-3979b5631a9c01HANDLE20.500.12657/11234215978135050884200EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Beyond the World BankThe Fight for Universal Social Protection in the Global South1A01MatthewGreenslade01eng002640393J93JK93JKS93K93KC93KCM93KCP93KCV93KCVK93KF93KFF93KFFK93KJ20Alternative development;Benefits;Economic development;Economic inequality;Foreign aid;International development;International political economy;Social protection;Social security;Sustainable development;Targeted social protection;Uneven development;Universal social protection;Welfare;World Bank01060303In this open access book, Matthew Greenslade sheds some much-needed light on the damage being done by the World Bank's insistence on pursuing a poverty-targeted approach to social protection in lower income countries, while also describing some of the successes in the grassroots fights for a more universal approach. All this is organized around the true story of Stephen Kidd, an ex-missionary who cut his teeth fighting for indigenous land rights in Latin America, then survived an assassination attempt, and ultimately went on to be a leader in the global fight for universal social protection. Nearly half of the world’s population does not have access to the sorts of welfare and benefits programs that protect many people in the Global North. This means little to no protection in vulnerable times of life or against crises such as pandemics and climate-related events, and much less chance of building sustainable economies and the transition to low-carbon growth. Incorporating perspectives from academia, NGOs and activists, Greenslade shows, through Kidd's story, how governments in the Global South are working to fill this gap, but all too often, World-Bank-led support from the Global North encourages poverty-targeted programmes that are error-strewn, can cause social unrest, and can ultimately set back the development of universal social protection systems for years. Yet, as Greenslade also shows, collaborations among the United Nations, NGOs, academia, and practitioners such as Kidd are supporting Global South governments in pushing for more sustainable, home-grown, human-rights-aligned, universally available systems of social protection. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Act Church of Sweden.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112342/1/9781350508842.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350508866?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 f1d3a878-35ef-4af1-863b-fcd92c84b788030001OAPEN Library IDf1d3a878-35ef-4af1-863b-fcd92c84b78801HANDLE20.500.12657/11237515978150998253000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102The Art Law Library0101Beyond RestitutionExploring the Stories of Cultural Objects After their Return1A01KristinHausler2A01ElkeSelter01eng002240393G93GL93GLZ93L93LA93LAM93LAQ93LB93LN93LNA93LNAC93LNAC193LNAC1220Cultural diplomacy;Cultural heritage;Cultural restitution;Decolonisation;ICPRCP;Museums;Reconciliation;Reparations;Repatriation;UNESCO01060303This open access book offers a unique perspective on the return of cultural objects by considering the aftermath of the handover processes. While calls for the repatriation of heritage have been made since the start of the decolonisation process, it is only in recent years that the debate on returning cultural objects has gained widespread prominence. This has been followed by ongoing efforts from several countries to change the legislation, adopt principles, and invest in provenance research to turn repatriation into a more proactive mechanism. The book tells the story of cultural objects that were housed in European institutions and returned to countries in Africa, Asia, and the Americas. In addition to in-depth analysis of relevant laws and policies, each of the case studies integrates interviews with those who were directly involved in those return processes, as well as those who were impacted by them, including museum staff, government representatives and community members. The book presents previously unheard insights into past return processes, the manifold modalities that such processes have followed, and, at times, unexpected outcomes. By doing so, it offers possible lessons to be learnt for future returns. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Leverhulme Trust.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112375/1/9781509982530.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509982554?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 f5a76d37-f6bf-4c7a-86de-f3ae13a5ae5a030001OAPEN Library IDf5a76d37-f6bf-4c7a-86de-f3ae13a5ae5a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11237915978135046880100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Police, the State and the Congo Cop1A01MichelThill01eng002160393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JP93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ93Q93QR93QRA93QRAM20Democratic Republic of Congo;Police in Africa;Police reform;Police reform in Africa;Police state relations;Police state relations in Africa;Policing Africa01060303This open access book offers the first full-length, empirical deep-dive into everyday policework in the Democratic Republic of Congo. At the same time, its findings go well beyond the DRC and Africa, ultimately providing a new, startlingly nuanced theoretical framework for understanding what police practice and reform efforts tell us about states anywhere in the world. Following officers from the classroom to the station and the street, Michel Thill offers five narrative-driven chapters rich with historical detail and thick description that show how the police force, as an institution, struggles to coordinate practice with training, coercion with persuasion and reconciliation, and the need to make ends meet with the duty to serve the public. By delving into the convoluted repercussions of police reform, Thill identifies the tensions that shape everyday policework, thereby offering new ways of thinking about police reform while offering practical guidance for practitioners and policymakers. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112379/1/9781350468801.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350468818?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 f228e65d-f9ad-4dcf-8c30-f25d81c91e31030001OAPEN Library IDf228e65d-f9ad-4dcf-8c30-f25d81c91e3101HANDLE20.500.12657/11238915978135051362400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Pandemic Policies and ResistanceSouthern Feminist Critiques in Times of Covid-191B01Masaya LlavanerasBlanco2B01Damien P.Gock01eng003200393G93GT93GTP93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193K93KC93KCV93KCVJ93V93VF93VFD93VFDW93VFJ93VFJB20Covid-19 and care;Covid-19 and feminism;Covid-19 and human mobilities;Covid-19 and migration;Covid-19 and social protection;Covid-19 in the Global South;Gender and Covid-19;Labour and Covid-19;Macroeconomics and Covid-19;Pandemic policy;Southern feminism and Covid-1901060303Offering Southern feminist assessments of detailed case studies from 12 countries, this open access book provides crucial insights into the gendered repercussions of the COVID-19 pandemic on macroeconomics, labour, migration and human mobilities, and care and social protection throughout the Global South. Using DAWN’s interlinkages approach, the chapters provide a comprehensive and intersectional perspective on how the pandemic affected, and continues to affect people, especially women and girls of different ages, gender identity and sexual orientation, class, race, ethnicity, citizenship and migration status. Written by Southern feminist academics, activists and thinkers across Asia, Africa, the Carribbean, Latin America, and the Pacific, the volume highlights how the pandemic was often used as an opportunity to create periods of exception that compromised democratic processes. Contributors pay special attention to the opportunities for transformative practices that emerged during the pandemic, highlighting the role of resistance and social mobilization. By bringing to light important new forms of resistance the chapters make important interventions into critical debates on the role of the state, the market, civil society, and grassroots organizing in addressing pandemics, other complex crises, and their aftermaths. This volume ultimately challenges dominant narratives that overlook the gendered implications of crises, and in doing so provides an original, feminist analytical framework for understanding policy trends shaping realities the world over — one that offers concrete policy and practice recommendations for fostering southern-based feminist and social justice. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Development Alternatives with Women for a New Era (DAWN).Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112389/1/9781350513624.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350513648?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 ee12fc5e-3706-499a-a84c-b441a054bb87030001OAPEN Library IDee12fc5e-3706-499a-a84c-b441a054bb8701HANDLE20.500.12657/11239115978150997331600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Hart Studies in Information Law and Regulation0101Big Data for the Public GoodRegulating Access to Public Sector Big Data for Research and Innovation1A01StergiosAidinlis01eng002400393L93LN93LND93LNQ20Commercial access;Data access;Data ownership;Data protection;Data sharing;Data sharing culture;Digital Economy Act;Freedom of information;Public policymaking01060303Can researchers and innovators use UK public sector data to produce knowledge that improves policy making, scrutinises government work and promotes the public interest? This open access book looks at interactions between UK public sector officials and researchers/innovators to shed light on barriers to data access and use. It asks: what are the frameworks that govern access to public sector big datasets for researchers and innovators? How are these frameworks applied in practice? What are the governance solutions for policy makers interested in harnessing the untapped potential of public sector big data to improve their policies and create public benefit? Public sector data is a valuable resource that can help researchers and innovators create knowledge and solutions that benefit society. As public bodies collect increasingly more data about us, UK policy makers try to maximise the use of public sector big data for the benefit of the public. But accessing this data is not easy. There are many legal, technical and ethical barriers that prevent the use of public sector data for research and innovation. This book is for researchers and innovators who want to understand and overcome the barriers to accessing UK public sector data. It is also for policy makers who are interested in how public sector data can be used to improve decision-making, scrutinise government work, and promote the public interest. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112391/1/9781509973316.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509973330?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 e09063c5-7249-484c-93ce-8894355af24e030001OAPEN Library IDe09063c5-7249-484c-93ce-8894355af24e01HANDLE20.500.12657/11231615978166695205600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Indigenous Knowledge Systems and Youth EntrepreneurshipRecentering the Voices of Marginalized Communities in Africa1B01InocentMoyo2B01Samuel OjoOloruntoba3B01LethiweZondo01eng002480393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JBSL1193JP93K93KJ93KJH20African Studies;Anthropology;Decolonization;Development studies;Employment policies;Entrepreneurship programs;History;International studies;Political science;Unemployment01060303This open access book analyzes the limitations of top-down intervention programs designed by the state to address the problem of unemployment among marginalized communities in Africa and foregrounds the centrality of IKS in fostering entrepreneurship. Samuel Ojo Oloruntoba, Inocent Moyo, and Lethiwe Zondo examine the solutions to these problems within the ongoing debate on decolonization of knowledge and epistemic justice. The contributors argue that when the voices of the marginalized communities are taken into consideration in the design of employment and entrepreneurship policies, such policies would be more effective, affirming the agency and rights within these communities. Using case studies and theoretical research, this book investigates how a better engagement with marginalized communities and indigenous knowledges in the design of entrepreneurship and employment policies could foster more positive outcomes in Africa. This book recenters the voices of Indigenous youth within entrepreneurship programs to highlight the interests, priorities, and challenges of these communities. This edited volume was produced in the context of the African Indigenous Knowledge Research Network (AIKRN) in partnership with the Mastercard Foundation. This was a two-year initiative that ran between 2023 and 2025 to uncover and promote sustainable and scalable opportunities for youth employment grounded in Indigenous African knowledge systems and values. The views expressed do not necessarily represent those of the Mastercard Foundation, its staff, or its Board of Directors. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access provided in partnership with the Mastercard Foundation.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112316/1/9781666952056.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881895068?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 e1167a28-ee01-45ca-a350-6ea74968d0d8030001OAPEN Library IDe1167a28-ee01-45ca-a350-6ea74968d0d801HANDLE20.500.12657/11232815978135042054000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Environmental Cultures0101Anglophone Literature and the Fight Against Climate Change1A01MatthiasStephan01eng002400393D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSBJ93DSK20Alexandra Kleeman;Anthropocene;Cli-fi;Climate crisis;Climate fiction;Ecocriticism;Edan Lepucki.;Empirical ecocriticism;Gothic;Ian McEwan;Jessie Greengrass;Louise Erdrich;Mad Max;Margaret Atwood;Nostalgia;Octavia Butler;Paolo Bacigalupi;Sarah Hall;Sequoia Nagamatsu;Snowpiercer;The Day After Tomorrow;The Road;Trauma01060303Offering a methodology for identifying particularly impactful literary narratives of climate change, this open access book examines a range of Anglophone fiction authors such as Margaret Atwood, Paolo Bacigalupi, Ian McEwan, Louise Erdrich, Octavia E. Butler and Sarah Hall, as well as films such as The Day After Tomorrow and Snowpiercer . Firstly, this book looks at which narratives, historically, have had an impact on social consciousness. Secondly, it considers the impact of popular and established strategies. Finally, it suggests emphasizing alternative narrative strategies, which it suggests can have a greater impact by causing people to act. This allows a more solid approach to assessing the effectiveness of literary narratives on global issues. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Bloomsbury Open Collections Library CollectiveBloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112328/1/9781350420540.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350420557?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 deb0a8a9-2765-4681-a834-6c8e3c7ad41b030001OAPEN Library IDdeb0a8a9-2765-4681-a834-6c8e3c7ad41b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11233015978075565055200EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Photographing Biblical ModernityFrank Scholten in British Mandate Palestine1A01SaryZananiri01eng002160393A93AJ93AJC93AJCD93AJF93N93NH93NHG93Q93QR93QRM93QRV93QRVP93QRVP720Biblical Orientalism;British Mandate Palestine;Mandate Palestine;Orientalism;Photography in Palestine;Photography in the Middle East;Queer Photography;Queer history01060303This open access book offers the first in-depth appraisal of the photographic archive of Frank Scholten (1881–1942), a queer Dutch photographer and Catholic convert whose work in Palestine between 1921 and 1923 provides a remarkable lens on the intersecting dynamics of modernity, religion, colonialism, and visual culture. Drawing on over 26,000 photographs, it situates Scholten’s work within transnational religious, colonial, and nationalist networks. Employing a relational methodology, Photographing Biblical Modernity treats photography not merely as visual documentation but as a site of layered cultural encounters shaped by the movements of people, ideas, and ideologies. It interrogates biblical visuality, the performance of indigeneity, intercommunal relations, and the gendered politics of labour and nationalism. Through interdisciplinary engagement with visual culture, Middle East studies, and gender theory, this book considers how Scholten’s positionality offers insights into both the granular details of Palestinian society and broader macro-historical shifts during a period of profound transition. Rather than framing Palestine as a biblical relic, Scholten’s photographs reveal a socially and politically complex society under early British Mandate rule. Ultimately, this book positions Scholten’s archive as a vital historical source for understanding the layered and contested narratives that have defined Palestine’s modern history. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.I.B. Tauris01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112330/1/9780755650552.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9780755650569?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 e10b932b-3b26-4867-8930-a7ddddc528f2030001OAPEN Library IDe10b932b-3b26-4867-8930-a7ddddc528f201HANDLE20.500.12657/11233715978166693363500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Poverty of Anti-realismCritical Perspectives on Postmodernist Philosophy of History1B01Tor EgilFørland2B01BrankoMitrovic01eng002460393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC993N93NH93NHA93NHAH93Q93QD93QDH20Colligatory concepts;Epistemology;Historical idealism;Historical realism;Historiographic realism;Narrativism;Philosophy of historiography;Postructuralism;Relativism01060303From the global geopolitical arena to the smart city, control over knowledge—particularly over data and intellectual property—has become a key battleground for the exercise of economic and political power. For companies and governments alike, control over knowledge—what scholar Susan Strange calls the knowledge structure—has become a goal unto itself. The rising dominance of the knowledge structure is leading to a massive redistribution of power, including from individuals to companies and states. Strong intellectual property rights have concentrated economic benefits in a smaller number of hands, while the “internet of things” is reshaping basic notions of property, ownership, and control. In the scramble to create and control data and intellectual property, governments and companies alike are engaging in ever-more surveillance. This open access book is a guide to and analysis of these changes, and of the emerging phenomenon of the knowledge-driven society. It highlights how the pursuit of the control over knowledge has become its own ideology, with its own set of experts drawn from those with the ability to collect and manipulate digital data. Haggart and Tusikov propose a workable path forward—knowledge decommodification—to ensure that our new knowledge is not treated simply as a commodity to be bought and sold, but as a way to meet the needs of the individuals and communities that create this knowledge in the first place. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC)Lexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112337/1/9781666933635.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781978734197?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 e5b6f3a9-d2c4-4f24-a4bb-408f11640ff8030001OAPEN Library IDe5b6f3a9-d2c4-4f24-a4bb-408f11640ff801HANDLE20.500.12657/11234715978135052382100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Advances in Ecolinguistics0101Ecolinguistics, Social Justice and SustainabilityVoices from the Global South1B01Meng HuatChau2B01Diego LuisForte3B01George M.Jacobs4B01MohammedLarouz5B01MohamedMliless6B01DavidStringer01eng002560393C93CF93CFB93R93RN93RNP93RNPG93RNU20Colonial studies;Ecolinguistics;Ecology;Ecotourism;Environmental Critical Discourse;Environmental Education;Higher Education;Language Teaching;Postcolonial studies;Sustainable Development01060303Decentring the growing field of ecolinguistics from its historically Western orientation, this open access book offers a comprehensive exploration of the intricate relationship between language and the environment in the Global South. It brings forward new perspectives and voices to broaden our understanding of the role of language in addressing ecological challenges. Through a series of thought-provoking chapters, the book navigates through various dimensions of ecolinguistics, shedding light on critical issues and innovative approaches across diverse contexts. Case studies include the representation of ecotourism in Morocco, the implementation of ecological ideology in Oman, colonial legacies in Argentina’s food production discourse, ecological identity in Kenya, the role of civets in Indonesian coffee production and life stories about Senegalese ecologies. Through a blend of theoretical insights and practical applications, the book advocates for a holistic understanding of ecolinguistics that transcends geographical boundaries and cultural nuances. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112347/1/9781350523821.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350523838?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 e79b5390-59b4-4aa7-946c-4291b843b68f030001OAPEN Library IDe79b5390-59b4-4aa7-946c-4291b843b68f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11235715978135034508900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Critical Interventions in the Medical and Health Humanities0101Autism and the Empathy Epidemic1A01JanetHarbord01eng001360393A93AT93ATF93ATFA93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFM93M93MB93MBN93MBNH93MBS93MK93MKJ93MKJA20Chloe Zhao;Cognition;Disability;Disability studies;Eugen Bleuler;Film;Ildiko Enyedi;Neurodivergent;Neurodiversity;Neuroqueer;Neurotypical;On Body and Soul;Simon Baron-Cohen;The Rider01060303Threading an enquiry through debates in neurodiversity scholarship and disability studies as well as film theory, this open access book challenges the widespread idea that autism is an epidemic characterised predominantly by a deficit of empathy, arguing that the reverse is true: we are living through an empathy epidemic in which autism is the outcast. In 1908, the British psychologist, Edward Titchener, translated the German term Einfühlung into the English language as ‘empathy’, around the same time that Eugen Bleuler coined the term ‘autism’ for a group of symptoms subset to an emerging classification of schizophrenia. Empathy became a useful tool to describe relations between people in a clinical context, but in the process of its incorporation into psychology, it shed its rich sensory meaning from Einfühlung as ‘feeling-into’ weather systems, architectural forms, and artworks. A remarkable reversal takes place in the first part of the twentieth century whereby empathy becomes an intra-human ethical act, and autism emerges as its inverse. Digging up and examining the buried relation between autism with an earlier form of ‘empathy’, this book argues that autism, like cinema, models an ethical apprehension of the more-than-human world. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The Wellcome Trust.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112357/1/9781350345089.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350345096?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 df2fe2b0-bd69-4acf-809b-aaa5a4df423d030001OAPEN Library IDdf2fe2b0-bd69-4acf-809b-aaa5a4df423d01HANDLE20.500.12657/11236715978135037864300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Value StrugglesLooking at Capitalism through the Wine Glass1A01StefanoPonte01eng002720393G93GT93GTP93K93KC93KCM93KCP93KCS93KCSA93KCV93KCVD93KN93KNA93KNAC93W93WB93WBX93WBXD93WBXD120Agriculture and drink;Agriculture and food;Bourdieu;Gastronomic tourism;Global value chains;Globalization;International development;International political economy;Notion of value;Rural development;Wine industry;Wine tourism01060303In this open access book, Stefano Ponte offers a theoretically ambitious, empirically rich interrogation of the value struggles at play in global value chains; using the wine industry as an exemplar, he provides a new and fundamental critique of contemporary capitalism and the inequalities it engenders. There is no better product than wine to unmask some of the contradictions of contemporary capitalism. Wine is one of the most fragmented and diversified industries, and one that is not yet completely dominated by large corporate interests. It is also where all sorts of antagonisms against the power of capital are taking place. Value Struggles shows how these tensions and contradictions play out over the valuation of place, nature and people. Through a detailed analysis of South African and Italian wine, it shows that predatory accumulation is about extracting value not only from labour, but also from place, nature and people’s identities as owners of tangible and intangible assets. This book explains how power is exercised in contemporary capitalism, by whom, and with what consequences for producers, workers, and nature – both in the Global South and the Global North. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Independent Research Fund Denmark and the Carlsberg Foundation, Denmark.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112367/1/9781350378643.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350378667?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 e1a6d68c-fdab-49cc-8ae7-5a3a71358f28030001OAPEN Library IDe1a6d68c-fdab-49cc-8ae7-5a3a71358f2801HANDLE20.500.12657/11227715978135057481600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Deweaponizing InterdependenceBringing the Idea of International Clearing Union into the Twenty-First Century1B01JamieMorgan2B01HeikkiPatomaki01eng003040393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93K93KC93KCB93KCBM93KCL93KCP93KCS20Climate;Development;Ethics;Globalisation;Liquidity;Multipolarity;Planning;Reform;Sovereignty;Trade01060303Offering an excellent overview of critical approaches to international payment systems, this open access volume re-introduces the contemporary relevance, origins and aims of the International Clearing Union (ICU), a concept associated with J. M. Keynes and with debates of continued contemporary importance to global political economy. This volume focuses on how ICU proposals interact with economic theory and normative principles of ethics and politics. It examines key contemporary political issues including de-dollarisation, development, overcoming nationalism, principles of fairness in trade and finance, commodity pricing, fixed vs. floating exchange rates, capital controls, the need for planning, and global public investments, as well as urgent issues of climate emergency and ecological breakdown. As such, this important volume provides a wide range of perspectives from both the Global North and Global South, as well as from different disciplines including politics, economics and political theory. ‘ The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The University of Helsinki.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112277/1/9781350574816.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350574830?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 ec0158ba-9d20-43bf-8ac5-97352a5f7016030001OAPEN Library IDec0158ba-9d20-43bf-8ac5-97352a5f701601HANDLE20.500.12657/11231015978135050635000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Critical Interventions in the Medical and Health Humanities0101Art and the Critical Medical Humanities1B01FionaJohnstone2B01AllisonMorehead3B01ImogenWiltshire01eng0034403933933M933MG933ML933MN933MP93A93AB93AG93AGA93AGH93J93JB93JBF93JBFN93M93MB93MBS20Abortion;Anna Burel;Art Therapy;Body;Care;Chronic illness;Crip theory;Disability;Global health;Health;Health humanities;Horizontality;Illness;Infertility;Lived Experience;Maternity care;Medical Imaging;Medical care;Medicine;Munch;Obstetrics;Painting;Patient;Photography;Reproduction;Thomas Laurence;Visualities01060303This agenda-setting edited volume, published open access, makes a forceful case for the contribution that art – its practices and its histories – can make to debates and developments in critical medical humanities today. Whilst medical humanities previously emphasised an instrumental attitude towards art and art-making, recent work has opened up a dynamic space in which art can critically and imaginatively operate. With urgent attention paid to constructions of race, gender, class, sexuality and disability, the artists, art historians, and scholars in related fields represented within this volume address new and pressing questions about structures and experiences of health, medical knowledge, care, therapy, and clinical research and education. With more than 40 contributors from a range of countries including the UK, Canada, the United States, Australia, Norway, Spain, and Germany, this landmark and multi-format collection addresses artworks from the sixteenth century to the present day, serving as a key reference point for researchers, practitioners, and educators working in medical humanities and art-aligned fields alike. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada and the Wellcome Trust.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112310/1/9781350506350.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350506367?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 d6ab8321-1b5c-413a-b734-30cabf10ce93030001OAPEN Library IDd6ab8321-1b5c-413a-b734-30cabf10ce9301HANDLE20.500.12657/11225715978135053501500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Arden Studies in Early Modern Drama0101Mirrors in Shakespeare and Early Modern English DramaPower, Gender and the Magic of the Theatre1A01ValentinaFinger01eng0026403932932A932AC932ACB93A93AT93ATD93D93DS93DSB93DSBD93DSG93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC293N93NH93NHD20Early Modern Drama;Early Modern Theatricality;Gender and Theatre;Kingship;Literary Studies;Magic and Theatre;Material Culture;Mirrors;Performance Studies;Sovereign Power;Stage Props01060303Mirrors in the early modern playhouse function as figures of theatricality, reflecting gender dynamics and challenging sovereign power, in this open-access study of their use as stage props and rhetorical devices in plays by Shakespeare and his contemporaries. Combining approaches from literary studies and performance studies with extensive research into material history, Valentina Finger highlights the rich complexity of mirrors and acts of mirroring on the early modern stage. The case studies in this book traverse myths of monarchs and imperial mirrors in Richard II and Macbeth , explore acts of exemplary self-government and court politics in Edward I and Bussy D'Ambois , constitute cosmetic mirrors as canvases for feminine self-authorship in The Duchess of Malfi and The Devil's Charter and illuminate the interplay of scientific knowledge, magic and trick glasses in The Alchemist and A Game at Chess . Within this range of Shakespearean drama and lesser-studied plays by Shakespeare's contemporaries, each chapter examines political and literary history, material and visual culture, as well as gender and power dynamics. Focusing on the roles of mirrors as props and tropes in the early modern playhouse, this book contributes to our understanding of broader cultural, social and religious norms as they were debated in England around 1600. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com Open access was funded by the SFB 1369 Vigilanzkulturen (CRC 1369 Cultures of Vigilance) at Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität Munich with resources provided by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG, German Research Foundation).The Arden Shakespeare01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112257/1/9781350535015.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350535381?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 c7880956-8682-4713-9033-340df616bb21030001OAPEN Library IDc7880956-8682-4713-9033-340df616bb2101HANDLE20.500.12657/11227015979876512193100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Literatures, Cultures, Translation0101Invading the American CanonTranslators of Russian Literary Fiction, 1863-19841A01MuireannMaguire01eng001920393C93CF93CFP93D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSK93DSM93F93FY93FYT2020th century;American Literature;Brown;Case studies;Center;Circulation;Citizenship;Comp lit;Cultural capital;Emigre;Gaito Gazdanov;Habitus;History;Immigration;Influence;Interpretation;Little;Mark Aldanov;Migrant;Nicholas Wreden;Periphery;Reading public;Reception studies;Russian Literature;Russian-American;Scribner;Soviet;Translation01060303Through case studies of émigré literary translators and editors, t his open access book traces how Russian literature kindled the American imagination in the 20th century. In the 19th century, American literature was invaded by great Russian novels, including the works of Turgenev, Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, Gorky, and others, all mediated, translated, and sometimes even discovered by devoted freelance translators like Isabel Hapgood, Leo Wiener, and Nathan Haskell Dole. Throughout the 1900s these translators made Russian literature, from Nobel prizewinners like Solzhenitsyn to obscure émigrés like Mark Aldanov, accessible to American readers. Some literary translators were also publishers, like Nicholas Wreden (1901-55), at different times a bookseller at Scribner’s, an editor at E.P. Dutton and a publishing executive at Little, Brown. His style was so well-regarded that Hemingway wished he wrote in Russian so that Wreden could translate him. He was also a lumberjack, a trainee naval officer and an émigré who fled Russia in 1920 to become a naturalized American citizen. Uniquely, as a translator and as a publisher, Wreden helped determine which Russian novels the American public would read. This book tells Wreden’s story. It also reconstructs, using archival sources, the lives of other extraordinary translator-publishers like Thomas Seltzer, Bernard Guilbert Guerney, and Carl Proffer, who, with his wife Ellendea, ran Ardis Publishers, the firm that brought Soviet writing to the US. Invading the American Canon tells the history of the translation of Russian literature in America and its changing critical reception over a hundred turbulent years. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by a European Research Council Horizon 2020 Starting Grant (grant agreement no. 802437)Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112270/1/9798765121931.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798765121955?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 d40d7ef8-ec1f-4326-badb-c9fd37329e63030001OAPEN Library IDd40d7ef8-ec1f-4326-badb-c9fd37329e6301HANDLE20.500.12657/11228615978135054008800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Higher Education Research0101Global Higher Education in Times of UpheavalOn Common Goods, Geopolitics and Decolonization1A01SimonMarginson01eng003360393J93JN93JNM20Brexit;Common good;Decolonization;Geo-politics;Global science;Global south;Globalization;International higher education;Internationalization;Nature of higher education;Neocolonialism;Private good;Public good;Purpose of higher education;Student mobility;University01060303In this open access book, leading scholar Simon Marginson discusses the major trends, events, issues and dilemmas that have shaped and are still shaping global higher education. Higher education and research have grown rapidly, becoming more international and embroiled in the politics and economics of an increasingly conflicted world. The global research university has spread from the Euro-American West to the global East and South, becoming key to emerging multipolar and decolonial power. In the Anglosphere, however, the market model is failing. In highly unequal societies, education cannot universalise opportunity and employability. Neoliberal governments have defunded and emptied out the work of universities for the common good – and populist-conservatism is filling the vacuum with a backlash against cross-border students, against crucial East-West collaboration in research, and in the United States, where global research universities began, against university autonomy, climate science and academic freedom. In a tumultuous and unstable time in which old certainties are crumbling, Marginson makes an original and probing argument, supported by data-based review, theorising, and critical analysis, that pushes in a radically different direction to both neoliberalism and Trumpism. It is an ambitious call to sweep away the accumulative-competitive model of society and education, which positions us as sovereign individuals without collective responsibility, in nations likewise driven solely by self-interest (sovereign nationalism) in a war of all against all. The book pulls apart policies on student fees, human capital and employability, calling for negotiated education-work partnerships. It unpicks the neocolonial mindset in Western science and international education, suggesting that no single culture has all the answers; that respect for diversity and cooperation on shared problems are integral to the global common good. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112286/1/9781350540088.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350540095?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 d6ec2104-a5f9-41c8-b375-4c4a6277feaa030001OAPEN Library IDd6ec2104-a5f9-41c8-b375-4c4a6277feaa01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230215978153816965000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Creative Interventions in Global Politics0101The Self, and Other StoriesBeing, Knowing, Writing1A01Laura J.Shepherd01eng001320393J93JP93JPF93JPS20Academia;Academic personhood;Academic self;Academic self-expression;Activism;Autoethnography;Discipline practice;Feminism;International relations;Positionality;Social engagement;Storytelling;Subjectivity;The self;Writing01060303This open access book is an autoethnographic reflection on the value in the act of writing, illuminating the life of the researcher—in particular the researcher as human. Shepherd explores the multitudes of the academic, feminist self through expanding vocabularies of how scholars, researchers, writers, teachers, and academics can make sense of their worlds. At the intersection of international relations theory and the personal, Shepherd presents seven reflexive essays on aspects of being and knowing as she has encountered them. The essays are grounded in and inspired by her experiences as a way of asking readers to imagine how knowledge production in the social sciences might look different if we could create and hold space for different ways of writing, being, and knowing. The disciplining practices which produce our limited modes of academic expression can be encountered otherwise. She calls on us to reflect on academic subjectification across the interconnected spaces we simultaneously inhabit and produce. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by University of SydneyRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112302/1/9781538169650.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881817749?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 dae0296d-7657-4ff5-8a59-bea616daf175030001OAPEN Library IDdae0296d-7657-4ff5-8a59-bea616daf17501HANDLE20.500.12657/11230315978153816517100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Challenging Migration Studies0101The Migration MobileBorder Dissidence, Sociotechnical Resistance, and the Construction of Irregularized Migrants1B01VasilisGalis2B01Martin BakJørgensen3B01MarieSandberg01eng0027203935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93JBFL93JBFV93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Borders;Denmark;Deportation;Europe;European Union;Greece;Immigration;Migrants;Migration studies;Social Media;Sweden;Technology;Turkey01060303This open access book offers an account of the very different technologies implicated in border crossing and migration management. Borders have been sites of contestations and struggles over who belongs and who does not, who is and is not allowed to move freely in transnational or national spaces. Embedded as they are in the bordering process, policing and security practices produce the irregularity and illegitimacy of the migrating subject. At the same time, border practices simultaneously imply processes of dissidence and resistance. Border infrastructures and resistance to bordering practices refer to dynamic and complex interactions between migrants and non-human others, technologies at the borderland and elsewhere. Border guards, EU officials, Frontex officers, activists, NGOs and solidarity networks configure both hybrid alliances of humans/nonhumans and new virtual and urban spaces in order to enforce or resist bordering. Through analyses of empirical cases drawing from the European border regimes the book investigates how technologies employed by states and EU border agencies configure the border regimes; how spaces of migration are configured through uses and re-uses of high-tech technologies; and finally on how the border regimes and ‘the border industrial complex’ are contested reconfigured by the use of ICT by migrants and solidarity networks. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The Velux FoundationsRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202211Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112303/1/9781538165171.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881817800?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 c8b1d49a-8a64-4649-a005-5948775f0598030001OAPEN Library IDc8b1d49a-8a64-4649-a005-5948775f059801HANDLE20.500.12657/11232715978135046185700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in the Visual and Performing Arts0101Audio-Visual Roman WomenGender, History and Screen Media1B01MonikaWozniak2B01MariaWyke01eng003520393A93AT93ATF93ATJ93ATM93ATMH93D93DB93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193N93NH93NHD93Q93QR93QRS93QRSG20Cinema;Classical reception;Domina;Film;Gender;Gladiators;HBO;Livia;Lucilla;Media studies;Messalina;Popular culture;Quo Vadis;Roman women;Social media;Tv;Videogames01060303This open-access book is an interdisciplinary and transnational study of how screen media can shape our perception of Roman women and project present gender inequalities onto them. Maria Wyke and Monika Wozniak explore a range of representations that have given life to Roman women through a multisensory experience of history as image, movement and sound, starting from the 1900s through to the 2020s (from the arrival of cinema to the ascendance of video games). This book asks: what sources do screen media draw on for their Roman women (given the scarcity of suitable ancient material), how are they assembled aesthetically and ideologically using the specific devices of such media (from camerawork to gameplay), and who are they made by and for (especially in terms of gender)? Each chapter investigates the diverse ways these representations interlock with the social position of women at the time in which they were made, and consider to what extent they have responded to the emergence of feminism, the revisionist scholarship on ancient women that emerged in the mid-1970s, and the rise of the #MeToo movement from 2006. The challenge of creating authentic yet compelling portrayals of Roman women is greater than ever, in a media culture marked by anti-feminist rhetoric and a wide gap between our ancient sources (where female agency is tightly constrained) and current expectations for powerful women in popular culture. The volume will therefore provide a stronger platform on which to build the Roman women of the future. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com . Open access was funded by University College London.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112327/1/9781350461857.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350461864?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 d57c2b91-0968-4f60-be3a-ff2caf049fc7030001OAPEN Library IDd57c2b91-0968-4f60-be3a-ff2caf049fc701HANDLE20.500.12657/11232915978135034139500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Empire’s Other Histories0101Children and Freedom in the Cape ColonyAge, Labour and Apprenticeship in the Post-Emancipation British Empire1A01RebeccaSwartz01eng002480393J93JB93JBS93JBSP93JBSP193N93NH93NHB93NHH93NHT93NHTB93NHTQ93NHTS20Age;British Empire;Cape colony;Child emigration;Childhood;Children;Education;Emancipation;Empire;Gender;Humanitarianism;Imperial;Philanthropy;Race;Settler colony;Slavery01060303Between 1830 and 1850 what it meant to be a child changed in fundamental ways across Britain’s expanding empire. This book presents a child-focused history of the period surrounding slave emancipation in the Cape colony and the British Empire. The status of children and childhood were central to discussions of the meaning of freedom in the Cape colony between 1820 and 1850. It proposes that Cape history can be reappraised by adding the category of ‘age’ to discussions of race, gender, class and colonialism. In debates regarding the shift from enslaved or coerced indigenous labour towards nominally free labour, a particular preoccupation was what this would mean for children in general, and for child labourers in particular. There was significant concern regarding who counted as a child, and the measure by which childhood could be differentiated from adulthood. This was raised primarily through debates about child labour and education, including reflections on chronological age. In this period, chronological age became a crucial marker of colonial subjecthood, and a way in which the colony’s population was managed. Drawing on diverse case studies from across the Cape colony and the British Empire, including archival material regarding apprenticeship for Khoe and formerly enslaved children, emigration and infant education, this book highlights the changing nature of childhood in the period 1820 to 1850. The book illustrates shows how children shaped, and were shaped by, both this colonial context and the changing nature of childhood across the British Empire. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112329/1/9781350341395.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350347632?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 cb0f9d08-daa3-48fe-a603-35e3b51b3c6b030001OAPEN Library IDcb0f9d08-daa3-48fe-a603-35e3b51b3c6b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11233315978135050955900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Transformative Development for Postcolonial Africa0101Language, Literature, and Education for the Transformative Development of Postcolonial Africa1B01DivineChe Neba2B01Michael T.Ndemanu3B01AloysiusNgefac01eng002800393D93DN93DNT93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSBH593G93GT93GTP93N93NH93NHH93NHT93NHTQ20African civic education;African development goals;African drama;African literature;African oral literature;African studies;Africanization of English;Berinyuy Jude;Cameroon;ChatGPT;ChatGPT and Africa;Colonial languages;Decolonial pedagogy;EFL in Africa;Human rights;Indigenous languages;International development;J.M. Coetzee;Joseph Conrad;Mongo Beti;Nkemngong Nkengasong;Okey Ndibe;Oral literature;Postcolonial studies;South Africa;Teachers continuous professional development in Africa;Transformative development;Transformative development in Africa;William Golding;Wolof and Africa01060303This open access edited volume brings together a multidisciplinary team of scholars to investigate the concept of transformative development through decolonial approaches to language, literatures, and pedagogies. Contributors discuss the transformative development vision with a focus on language, literature and education. In doing so, they investigate the contribution of Wolof to the transformative development of postcolonial Senegal, analyse the impact of endonormativity on the transformation of Cameroon, and explore the impact of AI technologies such as ChatGPT on decolonial research and teaching in Africa. They discuss the transformative potential of oral and written African literature, the importance of values-based civic education and decolonizing continuous professional development for teachers, and the role of culturally sensitive curriculum around EFL. Going beyond traditional emphases on economic and industrial progress, the authors gathered here ultimately develop new analytical frameworks that align with African realities and priorities in order to promote the decolonisation of the African minds, which remains a work in progress. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112333/1/9781350509559.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350509535?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 d8a0369b-beaf-4e05-bd68-e93d79b77b57030001OAPEN Library IDd8a0369b-beaf-4e05-bd68-e93d79b77b5701HANDLE20.500.12657/11235615978150998156400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Law and the Unity of Practical Reasoning1B01PabloRapetti2B01María CristinaRedondo3B01Sebastián FigueroaRubio4B01Diego DeiVecchi01eng002480393L93LA93LAB20Action;Authority;Jurisprudence;Justification;Legal Decision;Legal Norms;Normativity;Philosophy of Law;Practical Reason01060303This open access book introduces the first systematic approach to the debate on the unity or fragmentation of practical reasoning and its profound implications for legal philosophy. Bringing together some of the foremost legal philosophers from the Hispanic-Latin world, the book presents a thoughtful dialogue with the Anglo-American literature, making it of interest to scholars from both cultural traditions. Although the topic is rarely discussed explicitly and systematically, it is pivotal to ongoing debates about legal normativity, the nature of law, legal authority, and the rationale behind legal decisions. This book fills this gap by providing a comprehensive perspective that illuminates the intersections between the philosophy of law and the philosophy of practical reasoning. It analyses law from the perspective of the agent and offers deep insights into critical issues in the field of law. The volume is divided into four parts. The 1st part addresses the question of the nature of reasons and the unity of practical and theoretical reasoning. The 2nd part deals with the question of whether practical reasoning works in a unified or fragmented way. The 3rd section examines the autonomy of legal normativity in relation to morality and other normative domains. In the 4th and concluding section, the authors analyse the implications of the thesis of the unity of practical reason for legal decision-making and the authority of law. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112356/1/9781509981564.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509981540?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 c646148d-b8ce-4430-978d-5e1e39765c0a030001OAPEN Library IDc646148d-b8ce-4430-978d-5e1e39765c0a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11235915978135030110800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Speaking of TrustReligion and Mutual Aid in Southwest Kenya1A01TeodorZidaru01eng002480393J93JK93JKS93JKSR93JP93K93KC93KCM93Q93QR93QRA93QRAM93QRAM220Economics;Kenya;Mutual aid;Power;Religion01060303This open access book examines the often overlooked entanglements and affinities between emerging models of formal and informal finance and welfare with longer-running religious structures and concerns. In Kenya, mutual aid has long mediated microcredit contracts and the social contract between citizens and the state. In effect, mutual aid has been organized in ways that contributed to mistrust in financial and state institutions as well as among families and neighbours. Nevertheless, diverse mutual aid arrangements have thrived and proliferated, not least because collaborating parties actively recognize the influence of invisible third parties such as God or Satan. The resulting forms of trust and mistrust range from the contractual to the mutual and everything in-between. Together, they highlight how speaking of trust in a language of religious faith sustains possibilities for contingency, creativity, and change alongside the reproduction of pre-existing inequalities and moral prejudices. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112359/1/9781350301108.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350301085?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 d7c226c4-2f98-4814-bb6a-73eb0da94b6b030001OAPEN Library IDd7c226c4-2f98-4814-bb6a-73eb0da94b6b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11236415978150996586100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Swedish Studies in European Law0101The EU Law of InvestmentPast, Present, and Future1B01GrahamButler2B01XavierGroussot3B01Marja-LiisaÖberg01eng003440393K93KF93KFF93KFFM93L93LB93LBB93LBBM93LBH93LBHT93LN93LNA93LNAC93LNAC520Arbitration;EU Law;Financial law;Investment01060303This open access book examines how Europe’s traditionally open investment landscape has, over the past decade, shifted towards a more protectionist stance in response to evolving geopolitical factors. Featuring contributions from leading scholars, civil servants, and practitioners, it offers a comprehensive analysis through four key themes: investment frameworks, arbitration, sustainability, and future developments. With its expert insights and broad scope, this collection is an invaluable resource for investment lawyers both within and beyond the European Union. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Swedish Studies Network.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112364/1/9781509965861.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509965885?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 ccd3fed1-c531-42b3-8f37-dcf83e91ccd2030001OAPEN Library IDccd3fed1-c531-42b3-8f37-dcf83e91ccd201HANDLE20.500.12657/11237615978075565780300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Fatimid CosmopolitanismHistory, Material Culture, Politics and Religion1B01GregoryBilotto2B01FarhadDaftary3B01ShainoolJiwa01eng004960393N93NH93NHG93Q93QR93QRA93QRAX93QRP93QRPB93QRPB393QRV93QRVG20Consumerism;Cosmopolitanism;History;Islam;Material Culture;Politics;Religion01060303I.B. Tauris in association with the Institute of Ismaili Studies has published the following work as open access. The Fatimid caliphs (297–567/909–1171), who were also the Ismaili Imams, reigned over a vast state stretching from North Africa (including Egypt) to Sicily, Syria and the Hijaz. Under Fatimid patronage, the arts and sciences flourished alongside Ismaili thought and literature. An extensive trade network was centred on their capital, Cairo, facilitating cosmopolitan exchange across their caliphate, the Mediterranean and other lands. This led to innovation in the production of decorative arts, monumental building programmes, international commerce and significant intellectual exchange. The original research of 22 scholars is here organised into four sections on aspects of Fatimid cosmopolitanism, covering religion and statecraft, the Fatimid legacy reconsidered, ceremony and symbolism and art and archaeology. Contributors to this volume include Ali Asgar Hussamuddin Alibhai, Khalil Andani, Dina Ishak Bakhoum, Daniel Beben, Doris Behrens-Abouseif, Gregory Bilotto, Anna Contadini, Delia Cortese, Farhad Daftary, Valérie Gonzalez, Shainool Jiwa, Hasan al-Khoee, Juan de Lara, Ayala Lester, Bernard O’Kane, Marcus Pilz, Stéphane Pradines, Jennifer A. Pruitt, Yossef Rapoport, Paula Sanders, Avinoam Shalem, Yasser Tabbaa, Jamel A. Velji and Paul E. Walker. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Institute of Ismaili Studies.I.B. Tauris01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112376/1/9780755657803.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9780755657827?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 d3f66c3d-e859-477e-ac88-85632a6cb5cb030001OAPEN Library IDd3f66c3d-e859-477e-ac88-85632a6cb5cb01HANDLE20.500.12657/11239615978135044899500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Ascetics As ActivistsSaffron Women of Hindu Nationalism1A01KoushikiDasgupta01eng002160393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JP93JPF93JPFN93Q93QR93QRA93QRAM93QRAM293QRD20Activism;Caste;Gender;India;Nationalism;Politics;Right-wing01060303Ascetics as Activists examines the position of the female ascetics or sadhvis within the right-wing Hindu nationalist discourse in India . This open access book calls attention to the role of religion in gendered identity formation and political activism of the female ascetics in reference to the project of Hindutva in contemporary India. Ignoring disciplinary divisions, this book cuts through history, politics, and gender studies to explore an authentic perspective of asceticism, activism, spirituality, and masculinity as these have been constituted in the representation of female ascetics within the Hindutva movement. This book is the first attempt to examine the implications of gender activism and political activism of the female ascetics working at the forefront of the Hindu-Right and the ways these ascetics incorporated a range of approaches from radicalism to emancipatory in the configuration of Hindutva in India. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112396/1/9781350448995.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350449015?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 ba8fed32-d61b-4e3b-83a7-104e2ceaf30d030001OAPEN Library IDba8fed32-d61b-4e3b-83a7-104e2ceaf30d01HANDLE20.500.12657/11233415978135045790400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Mental Health of Our TeachersReimagining Another Future1A01Debra J.Phillips01eng002980393J93JN93JNF93JNM93JNMT93M93MB93MBP93MBPK20Burnout;Common good;Community;Equitable education;Mental health;Self-care;Socially just;Spirituality;Staff wellbeing;Teacher retention;Teacher shortages;Teacher wellbeing01060303This open access book looks at the psychosocial factors influencing teachers’ mental health and examines the complex and interrelated socio-cultural meta-narratives that shape and influence how individuals and communities view and respond to teachers’ mental health. The book explores how the emerging trend towards an ontology of becoming offers a different meaning-making perspective with its shift away from interrogating the past, and away from a psychopharmacological rationale of mental health. As national and international teacher attrition rates are emerging as problematic for our communities’ future, the book's account reveals how the sense of social justice that underscores most educators’ passion for teaching and that is eroded as burnout escalates, can be re-kindled through an understanding of the wider implications of social justice, the common good and re-imagining a different future. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Knowledge Unlatched.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112334/1/9781350457904.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350457911?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 bbdbdab9-f5c5-4794-bf8b-289d01c1399a030001OAPEN Library IDbbdbdab9-f5c5-4794-bf8b-289d01c1399a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11233815978135041579900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101A Salon-in-ExileHortense Mancini and the French Diaspora in Restoration London1A01AnnalisaNicholson01eng0023203933933M93D93DS93DSB93DSBD93F93FB93N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHT93NHTB2017th-century history;17th-century literature;Correspondence;Cosmopolitan;Cultural history;Early modern England;Early modern history;European history;French diaspora;French history;Gender history;Letters;Literary criticism;Literary history;Mazarin salon;Memoirs;Opera;Performance;Plays;Poetry;Restoration London;Society;Transnational;Women01060303This open access book re-evaluates the influence of the ancien régime salons, which were the foremost cultural centres in early modern France. Presided over by women, these salons carved out spaces for poetry recitals, performances, and scientific lectures amid polite conversation, enabling mixed-gender intellectual exchange. But what happened when salon attendees were banished from France and exported the salon to a new national audience? How did visitors of different creeds and nationalities share this space? In other words, what happened when the salon model itself went into exile? In A Salon-in-Exile , Annalisa Nicholson explores the translation of the salon from France to England in the late seventeenth century via the first book-length study of the Mazarin salon. Hosted by Hortense Mancini (Duchess of Mazarin) and Charles de Saint-Évremond, the Mazarin circle quickly became one of the most celebrated salons in Europe and the most vibrant Francophone community in London. Across the chapters, Nicholson examines the establishment of the Mazarin salon in 1676 and the activities that it offered – from conversation and gambling to performance and literary collaboration. As a space that brought together the capital’s community of French and European exiles with Restoration London’s elite, the salon fostered engagement with European thought, French literature, and epicurean philosophy. Attending to this oral and written exchange, A Salon-in-Exile provides a new account of co-existence and collaboration in early modern society with analysis of a wide-ranging corpus of letters, memoirs, plays, operas, and essays. By investigating what happens when the model of the salon moved beyond France's borders, Nicholson argues that the salon transformed into a distinctively pan-European space that accommodated its multilingual and multiconfessional membership. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112338/1/9781350415799.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350415805?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 b713174f-4aa9-4347-9ed4-cf8ed233291f030001OAPEN Library IDb713174f-4aa9-4347-9ed4-cf8ed233291f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11236115978179361299100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Reason, Authority, and the Healing of Desire in the Writings of Augustine1A01Mark J.Boone01eng002600393Q93QD93QDH93QDHF93QR93QRA93QRAB93QRAX93QRM20Ancient moral psychology;Augustine's philosophy;Augustine's theology;Augustinian studies;Christian philosophy;Christianity;Historical theology;Medieval philosophy;Medieval studies;Moral psychology;Natural law;Neo-Platonism;Patristic studies;Philosophical theology;Philosophy of desire;Philosophy of religion;Platonism01060303In this open access book, Mark Boone explains the theology of desire developed in a cross-section of Augustine’s On the True Religion, On the Nature of Good, On Free Choice of the Will, On the Teacher, On the Usefulness of Believing, On the Good of Marriage, Enchiridion, and Confessions. Throughout his writings and in many ways, Augustine develops a Platonically informed, yet distinctively Christian, account of desire. Human desire should respond to the goodness inherent in things, loving the greatest good above all and great goods more than lesser goods. Above all, we should love God and souls. Sin, an inappropriate desire for lesser goods, is healed by the redemption of Christ. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Hong Kong Baptist UniversityLexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202011Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112361/1/9781793612991.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781978722415?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 bc37e5f6-490c-48dc-963a-aeabaeb44f63030001OAPEN Library IDbc37e5f6-490c-48dc-963a-aeabaeb44f6301HANDLE20.500.12657/11237215978135046430800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Digital Africa0101Internet Shutdowns in AfricaTechnology, Rights and Power1B01FeliciaAnthonio2B01TonyRoberts01eng003040393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193JBF93JBFV93JBFV393JP93JPH93JPV93JPVR20African digital rights;African studies;Digital Africa;Digital citizenship;Digital citizenship in Africa;Digital politics;Digital rights;International development;Internet shutdowns;Internet shutdowns in Africa01060303This open access book provides ten in-depth case studies of state-sponsored internet shutdowns across all regions of Africa. In so doing, it offers the first-ever comparative analysis of how African states use internet shutdowns as tools to close civic space, suppress opposition, and maintain power . Authored entirely by African researchers, Internet Shutdowns in Africa shows how shutdowns are used as a tactic of war, to blackout news of state violence, or to disrupt opposition protests. At the same time, the findings gathered here demonstrate the wide variety of forms these shutdowns take: they can be nationwide or localised; they can target a specific social media platform or website; or they can avoid the appearance of a complete shutdown by throttling connection speeds; and all of these types of shutdowns can last weeks, months, or even years. Ultimately, the book provides a unique comparative assessment of the dramatic economic, social, and political consequences of shutdowns – some intentional and some unintended - as well as on how different demographic groups are affected in very different ways, all of which produces actionable recommendations. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112372/1/9781350464308.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350464322?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 c056a210-a6e4-40bd-8691-160495f121c2030001OAPEN Library IDc056a210-a6e4-40bd-8691-160495f121c201HANDLE20.500.12657/11237415978075564938900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Missionaries in PersiaCultural Diversity and Competing Norms in Global Catholicism1A01ChristianWindler01eng004080393N93NH93NHG93NHT93NHTB93Q93QR93QRM93QRMB93QRMB193QRV93QRVS93QRVS420Catholicism;Early modern;Enlightenment;Iran;Isfahan;Islam;Missionaries;Persia;Rome;Safavid;Shah01060303This open access title explores how in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, Isfahan, the capital of the Safavid Empire, hosted Catholic missionaries of more diverse affiliations than most other cities in Asia . Attracted by the hope of converting the Shah, the missionaries acted as diplomatic agents for Catholic rulers, hosts to Protestant merchants, and healers of Armenians and Muslims. Through such niche activities they gained social acceptance locally. This book examines the activities of Discalced Carmelites and other missionaries, revealing the flexibility they demonstrated in dealing with cultural diversity, a common feature of missionary activity throughout emerging global Catholicism. While missions all over the world were central to the self-fashioning of the Counter-Reformation Church, clerics who set out to win over souls for the “true religion” turned into local actors who built reputations by defining their social roles in accordance with the expectations of their host society. Such practices fed controversies that were fought out in newly emerging public spaces. Responding to the threat this posed to its authority, the Roman Curia initiated a process of doctrinal disambiguation and centralization which culminated in the nineteenth century. Using the missions to Safavid Iran as a case study for “a global history on a small scale,” the book creates a new paradigm for the study of global Catholicism. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The Department of Early Modern History of the Institute of History, Universitaet BernI.B. Tauris01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112374/1/9780755649389.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9780755649396?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 b6c6e1ab-b038-4619-ae55-6244cc64d2f4030001OAPEN Library IDb6c6e1ab-b038-4619-ae55-6244cc64d2f401HANDLE20.500.12657/11228215978135026500400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Theory in the New Humanities0101Incomputable EarthTechnology and the Anthropocene Hypothesis1B01AntoniaMajaca01eng005200393P93PD93PDR93Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDT93QDTS93R93RN93RNK93RNP93U93UY93UYQ20Artificial intelligence;Biocentric;Bioremediation;Black reason;Collective intelligence;Computation;Data positivism;Digital vitalism;Earth systems;Extraction;Indeterminacy;Individuation;Inhuman;Instrumentality;Materialist;Planetary financialization;Techno-positivism01060303Incomputable Earth: Technology and the Anthropocene Hypothesis challenges the dominant narrative that positions technological solutions as the primary response to ecological crisis. This open access collection argues that climate breakdown represents an irreducibly incomputable problem that cannot be resolved through algorithmic optimization or cybernetic planetary management. Radically interrogating the political epistemology underlying the Anthropocene hypothesis against the backdrop of new regimes of algorithmic classification and prediction, this volume addresses the crucial need to rethink the meaning and inter-relationality of “human,” “nature,” and “technology.” Drawing on feminist science studies, decolonial epistemologies, and historical materialist analysis, the contributors examine how computational frameworks transform Earth’s complex relationships into extractable data, perpetuating the very logics that created planetary crisis. Examining new forms of subjectivity and resistance, this timely volume provides both rigorous critique of technoscientific planetary governance and speculative horizons for collective response to climate breakdown—offering a blueprint for reclaiming abstraction from computational capture while centering radically transformed ways of knowing and being human. This book is available open access through the Bloomsbury Open Access programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com It is funded by The Austrian Science Fund (FWF).Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112282/1/9781350265004.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350535381?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 b4592b00-ec95-4f7d-b1c2-5f8d03c25601030001OAPEN Library IDb4592b00-ec95-4f7d-b1c2-5f8d03c2560101HANDLE20.500.12657/11231515978135053262500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Cultural History and the AnthropoceneOld Turns, New Encounters1B01Marit RugeBjærke2B01BritaBrenna3B01AndersEkström4B01JohnØdemark01eng003680393N93NH93NHA93NHAH93NHT93NHTB20Anthropocene;Case study;Cultural histories;Empiricial history;Ethnography;Historical scholarship;History of the anthropocene;History theory and methods;Writing about history;Writing history01060303This open access collection is a comprehensive analysis of the challenges and contributions of cultural history to contemporary and cross-disciplinary discussions of the Anthropocene. Organised into three key sections, this volume is a concise and critical overview of interdisciplinary research on the cultural history of the Anthropocene. The first part introduces readers to the key conceptual and theoretical challenges of Anthropocene debates, before the second part analyses a variety of case studies, to highlight how ethnography and cultural history can make certain processes visible and historically tangible. Key case studies explored by the volume range from sustainability in poultry production, to 18th century mining, to natural history and the works of Peter Christen Asbjørnsen. Finally, the third section explores 5 critical approaches to Anthropocene discourse, and the challenges it may pose to alternative styles of cultural history. Overall, this volume offers a synthesis of conceptual, historical, and critical approaches, that when combined provide a detailed overview of the latest research surrounding the cultural history of the Anthropocene. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Norwegian Research Council and the University of Bergen.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112315/1/9781350532625.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350532632?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 b4224bc5-adcc-4f30-8e3d-1e3fa6310fc5030001OAPEN Library IDb4224bc5-adcc-4f30-8e3d-1e3fa6310fc501HANDLE20.500.12657/11232415979876511879500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Thinking Media0101Relational TechnologiesIn Search of the Self across Datafied Lifeworlds1B01AmandaLagerkvist2B01JacekSmolicki01eng002880393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193K93KN93KNT93P93PD93PDR93T93TB93U93UG20AI;Artistic;Biometrics;Datafication;Designerly;Digital;Existence;Existential philosophy;Lifeworlds;Posthumanism;Relationality;Selfhood;Subjective;Ways of knowing01060303This open access collection gathers thinkers, media practitioners, scholars, and artists to bring attention to how our relational selves, lives, and lifeworlds emerge within a range of digital platforms, media environments, creative media practices, and performances to probe what it means to become subjective by evolving in and with a world of relational technologies . As biometric artificial intelligence, datafication procedures and algorithms increasingly saturate and reconfigure human and more-than-human realms, technologies, and selves co-evolve in deepest relationality. Nearly every form of existence has today become subject to computational harvesting and utilization. This renders our relations with technologies—those we actively compose and those that are forced upon us—ever more complex and inconceivably entwined. Topics covered in this collection include: face monitoring and modelling practices, quantified applications, writing techniques, biometric identifications of age and health, AI informed decision making, biohacking, voice recognition, social media, and algorithmic cultures of datafication. The overarching motivation is to generate new forms of understanding, but also “counter-measures” for negotiating this relational condition existentially, socially, and artistically. Thus, offering a unique contribution to the debates on data selves, Relational Technologies provides manifold possibilities for a co-existentialist understanding of technological developments of datafication and biometrics. This way the volume brings posthumanist critique into conversation with the young field of existential media studies, in search of new inflection points of change and transformation through new modes of knowing, reflecting, and crafting media futures of relationality. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Marianne and Marcus Wallenberg Foundation.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112324/1/9798765118795.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798765118771?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 b022d043-3381-4f65-8cc6-967e329acfa4030001OAPEN Library IDb022d043-3381-4f65-8cc6-967e329acfa401HANDLE20.500.12657/11234815978135044987900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Polarising Sexualities and GendersDivisions, Differences and LGBTQIA+ Equalities1B01KathBrowne2B01EmilyKazyak01eng002480393J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBS93JBSF93JBSJ93JP93JPF93JPFQ93JPV93JPVH20Activism;Christian Far-Right;Discrimination;Marginalisation;Media;Misinformation;Political discourse;Trans rights;Transgender01060303This ground-breaking open access collection tackles polarisations around sexualities and genders and in doing so, it opens out debates and discussions to reflect on how people live them, including and moving beyond social movements and political debates. Anti-gender and heteroactivist movements have become increasingly recognized as key political groups in the last decade, driving resistances that often respond to LGBTQI+ inclusion. How these divisions are felt and experienced is under-explored. Crossing a variety of geographical contexts, including the USA, Canada, Ireland, and Great Britain, Polarising Sexualities and Genders brings together leading and emerging scholars in multiple disciplines to explore, theorise and hope for change in social, legal, and political sexual/gendered/LGBTQIA+ landscapes. Examples include polarisation in media coverage and legislative debates about gender and transgender rights in the US and UK, to the possibility of occupying a sexual borderlands, the changing language for LGBTQIA+identities within the US, and the ways in which new discourses emerge to capture sexual lives. Through these case studies, the book explores how polarizing discourses and sociopolitical landscape shape the lived experiences, divisions, and marginalizations among LGBTQIA+ people in places including Lithuania and the southern United States. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the European Research Council.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112348/1/9781350449879.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350449893?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 b339c157-c8da-4580-bf9f-2c4943e5871d030001OAPEN Library IDb339c157-c8da-4580-bf9f-2c4943e5871d01HANDLE20.500.12657/11227815978135051159000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Higher Education Research0101Realising the Educational Potential of Mass Higher Education1A01AlaaAbdalla2A01AshishAgrawal3A01PaulAshwin4A01MargaretBlackie5A01JenniferCase6A01BenjaminGoldschneider7A01JanMcArthur8A01NicolePitterson9A01KayleighRosewell10A01ReneéSmit01eng002240393J93JN93JNM20Disciplinary knowledge;Engineering;Graduates;Mathematics;STEM;Science;Technology01060303This open access book addresses the current disillusionment with mass higher education and argues that it is based on a profound misunderstanding of its educational potential. The authors analyse a seven-year longitudinal research project that tracked participants who studied chemistry or chemical engineering from their first year of university until up to three years after they graduated. Drawing on over 700 interviews with students/graduates from two English, two South African and two American universities, the book explores the educational intentions of their degree programmes, what participants wanted to get out of going to university and studying for a degree, how their views of knowledge and the world changed, and what they felt they had gained from going to university. The book argues that the educational potential of higher education lies, not in graduate salaries or employability, but in the ways in which engaging with structured bodies of knowledge changes students’ understanding of the world and what they can do in it. The authors consider the implications of this argument for how the educational role of higher education is understood by students, graduates, universities, and policymakers and how this understanding might be drawn upon to counter the damaging disillusionment with mass higher education that appears to be growing in many countries. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112278/1/9781350511590.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350511606?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 b41c693c-4a53-413d-9501-632af79bd233030001OAPEN Library IDb41c693c-4a53-413d-9501-632af79bd23301HANDLE20.500.12657/11230415978153816088600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Digital Technologies and Global Politics0101The New KnowledgeInformation, Data and the Remaking of Global Power1A01BlayneHaggart2A01NatashaTusikov01eng003480393J93JP93JPV93JPVC93K93KC93KCP20Algorithmic decision making;Algorithms;Data;Data decommodification;Data governance;Data justice;Dataism;Digital economic nationalism;Digital knowledge;Digital privacy;Freedom of knowledge;Global politics;Intellectual property;International Political Economy;Internet;Knowledge feudalism;Knowledge governance;Privacy01060303From the global geopolitical arena to the smart city, control over knowledge—particularly over data and intellectual property—has become a key battleground for the exercise of economic and political power. For companies and governments alike, control over knowledge—what scholar Susan Strange calls the knowledge structure—has become a goal unto itself. The rising dominance of the knowledge structure is leading to a massive redistribution of power, including from individuals to companies and states. Strong intellectual property rights have concentrated economic benefits in a smaller number of hands, while the “internet of things” is reshaping basic notions of property, ownership, and control. In the scramble to create and control data and intellectual property, governments and companies alike are engaging in ever-more surveillance. This open access book is a guide to and analysis of these changes, and of the emerging phenomenon of the knowledge-driven society. It highlights how the pursuit of the control over knowledge has become its own ideology, with its own set of experts drawn from those with the ability to collect and manipulate digital data. Haggart and Tusikov propose a workable path forward—knowledge decommodification—to ensure that our new knowledge is not treated simply as a commodity to be bought and sold, but as a way to meet the needs of the individuals and communities that create this knowledge in the first place. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC)Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112304/1/9781538160886.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881817916?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a9d3655a-e4f5-4a7e-93db-34c17a2495be030001OAPEN Library IDa9d3655a-e4f5-4a7e-93db-34c17a2495be01HANDLE20.500.12657/11231215978135018633000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Swedish Film FeminismBetween Grassroots Movements and Welfare Policies1A01IngridRyberg01eng002480393A93AT93ATF93ATFA93ATFX93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1120Feminist film movement in Sweden;Feminist media history;Gender and welfare policy;Mai Zetterling The Girls;Swedish feminist film history 1970s;Women filmmakers and state funding01060303Swedish Film Feminism is the first in-depth study of the feminist film movement in Sweden in the 1970s and 1980s. Drawing from a rich and largely overlooked audiovisual and textual archive, the book maps out the political and aesthetic features of this national film history, unpacking how the imaginary of Sweden’s gender equality both restricted and enabled women’s creative agency and artistic output during the Swedish welfare era. In addition to delineating the diverse initiatives through which film feminism materialized in Sweden, the book offers detailed case studies of production contexts that demonstrate the complexities of the era’s progressive climate. Intervening in current critical interrogations of Swedish exceptionalism, Ingrid Ryberg examines films such as the satirical short Mai Zetterling’s Stockholm (Mai Zetterling, 1978), the documentary "Woman in the Middle of the World" (Mona Sjöström and Ulf Hultberg, 1976), and the lesbian short Eva and Maria (Mary Eisikovits, Marie Falksten, and Annalena Öhrström, 1983). Beyond filling a historical gap by restoring the neglected Swedish case, Swedish Film Feminism challenges dominant canons, backstories, and frameworks in feminist film historiography, introducing analytical tools and reading strategies to reconsider women’s film histories that fall outside received parameters. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112312/1/9781350186330.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350186347?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a72f910b-e72b-4e5f-9152-ea85bdde2b72030001OAPEN Library IDa72f910b-e72b-4e5f-9152-ea85bdde2b7201HANDLE20.500.12657/11233115978056772242300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102T&T Clark Studies in Systematic Theology0101Sin and TheoryMartin Luther’s Doctrine of Sin in Dialogue with Critical Theory1A01Jonathan D.Torrance01eng002000393Q93QR93QRA93QRAB93QRAB793QRM93QRMB93QRMB393QRMB3393QRV93QRVG93QRVS93QRVS120 Reformation;Augustine;Church Fathers;Doctrinal;Dogmatics;Enarratio in Psalmi;Hamartiology;Human condition;Ninety-five theses;Noetic;Sinner;Systematic;The fall01060303This incisive, open access book explores the continued power and relevance of a core Christian teaching: the doctrine of sin. Recently, there has been little enthusiasm for the doctrine in its traditional Augustinian form, especially as expressed by Protestant Reformers like Martin Luther. Torrance defends the claim that Luther’s radical doctrine of sin in fact retains important insights and continues to have explanatory power in the contemporary world. He explores this with a productive dialogue between theology and critical theory. This volume reveals that Luther’s hamartiology is robust and far more able to respond to contemporary issues than many competing hamartiologies. At the same time, Torrance reveals how critical theory can work constructively with theology. By working in tandem, they allow creative exploration of questions such as the effect of sin on human reason, the nature of structural pathologies, and the experience of human shame. In and through these dialogues, Luther’s doctrine of sin shows itself as a plausible, robust and psychologically astute doctrine for the present day. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.T&T Clark01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112331/1/9780567722423.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9780567722430?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 af82415b-9e1f-4563-8352-1806f06b4123030001OAPEN Library IDaf82415b-9e1f-4563-8352-1806f06b412301HANDLE20.500.12657/11236815978135032091800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Economies of CareMarket Women in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea1A01OliviaBarnett-Naghshineh01eng002480393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JP93JPP93K93KC93KCF93KCM93KCV93KCVD93KN93KNA93KNAC93R93RN93RNF93RNFF20Alternative economics;Care;Critical development;Critical economics;Feminism;Feminist studies;Gender studies;Heterodox economics;Indigenous studies;International development01060303Economies of Care explores how women market traders in Goroka, Papua New Guinea, navigate a complex moral economy rooted in care, reciprocity, and spiritual value. Challenging Western, individualistic assumptions of classical economic theory, this open access book foregrounds emotional labour and community responsibility as central to economic life. Through vivid ethnographic storytelling, Olivia Barnett-Naghshineh reveals how women's economic choices are shaped not by personal gain, but by relational ethics and cosmological worldviews. Set against the backdrop of climate change, urbanization, and colonial-capitalist disruption, this book also proposes agro-ecology as a just and sustainable alternative. A bold and timely intervention in feminist anthropology, Economies of Care speaks to scholars and students of anthropology, gender studies, Pacific studies, food studies and political economy. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the European Research Council.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112368/1/9781350320918.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350320932?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a642f8d2-3361-48fa-9a13-10f3601f7372030001OAPEN Library IDa642f8d2-3361-48fa-9a13-10f3601f737201HANDLE20.500.12657/11238215978056771652100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101God, Struggle, and Suffering in the Evolution of Life1A01Paul S.Fiddes2A01MichaelLloyd3A01NeilMesser4A01BethanySollereder5A01ChristopherSouthgate6A01Mark R.Wynn01eng002080393P93PS93PSA93PSAJ93Q93QR93QRA93QRAB93QRAB193QRAM93QRAM393QRM93QRV93QRVG20Angelic-rebellion-based theodicy;Animal suffering;Animal theology;Christian doctrine;Christian theism;Divine will;Ecotheology;Eschatology;Evil;Evolutionary theodicy;Karl Barth;Non-human creation;Sin;Suffering;Suffering-generating conditions01060303This open access book stems from a unique set of conversations between six scholars concerned with the theological problem of suffering in the non-human world over millions of years . How is the confession of the Christian God compatible with all the struggle, violence and suffering to which the Darwinian world testifies? This work identifies key fault lines in this rapidly growing debate - over the questions of resistance to the divine will in the non-human creation in particular. Is the picture of the biological world we derive from the sciences indicative of a profound resistance, distorting the character of creation? If so, what is the origin and character of this resistance? Or is it unnecessary to postulate such resistance before the evolution of human beings and their sin? Or is an intermediate position, in which some specific characteristics hint at resistance, the most coherent approach? Six leading academic press on this question in a way that illustrates the quality of the conversation we have been able to achieve in our colloquia. As such it also provides a model for how theology can be done collaboratively, respecting diversity of positions and using that diversity to advance the frontiers of debate. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license on bloomsburycollections.com. Open Access was funded by the University of Exeter, Baylor University, and Wycliffe Hall, Oxford.T&T Clark01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112382/1/9780567716521.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9780567716507?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a5d5cf4f-24bd-4a16-b97c-3584bd787096030001OAPEN Library IDa5d5cf4f-24bd-4a16-b97c-3584bd78709601HANDLE20.500.12657/11231715978135036599500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Staging Beckett in London1A01MatthewMcFrederick01eng002800393A93AT93ATD93D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSG20Breath;Coronavirus pandemic;Covid-19;Covid-19 and theatre;Endgame;Fiona Shaw;Happy Days;Ian McKellen;Krapp’s Last Tape;Lisa Dwan;Literary criticism;Lockdown theatre;National Theatre;Pandemic theatre;Performance history;Richard Jones;Riverside Studios;Royal Court;Samuel Beckett;Theatre historiography;Theatre studies;Waiting for Godot;Walter Asmus;West End;Young Vic01060303Staging Beckett in London presents the first dedicated performance history of Samuel Beckett’s drama in London theatre culture. This open access volume argues that Samuel Beckett has held a long and varied relationship with London and its theatres. Although Dublin and Paris hold obvious connections with Beckett’s life, London is the city that has proved the most consistent home for his drama, the origin for many of his major collaborations and where his legacy continues to flourish today. By tracing these performance histories through original findings in international archives, interviews with key practitioners and framing the performances in their historical and cultural contexts, this history offers new readings and insights into productions of Beckett’s plays in London. From the Royal Court to the National Theatre and from Riverside Studios to the Theatre Royal Haymarket, London’s major, marginal, subsidised and commercial venues have staged Beckett’s drama since Waiting for Godot ’s English language premiere in 1955. Beckett collaborated with many significant directors, designers and actors, such as Peter Hall, Jocelyn Herbert and Billie Whitelaw, while high-profile stars, including Fiona Shaw and Ian McKellen, have played their part in the proliferation of his work since his death. This rich performance history comprises world premieres and festivals of Beckett’s 19 stage plays against a historical backdrop of key cultural and global events, from the Lord Chamberlain’s censorship of British theatre to Covid-19 lockdowns and re-openings. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Reading Library.Methuen Drama01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112317/1/9781350365995.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350366015?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a45affdd-57e9-44f2-a19f-3f849beb20fc030001OAPEN Library IDa45affdd-57e9-44f2-a19f-3f849beb20fc01HANDLE20.500.12657/11234615978135040892000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Instrumental Music EducationDeveloping Pedagogies as Instrumental Teachers1B01ElizabethHaddon01eng002960393J93JN93JND93JNDG93JNM93JNMT93JNU93Y93YP93YPA93YPAD20Instrumental teachers;Learning;Professional development;Reflection;Vocal teachers01060303Instrumental Music Education presents insights from instrumental and vocal teaching, including one-to-one and group contexts with learners of varied ages, levels and backgrounds across cultures and genres. Many of the chapters in this open access book detail critical incidents, issues or challenges that have arisen for the authors; these are considered in relation to reflective practice and theoretical perspectives, exploring diverse approaches, resources and teaching philosophies. The contributors all include instrumental/vocal teaching within their work, and have drawn on a wealth of experience and original research to examine teaching contexts, cultures, processes and resources supporting the development of instrumental/vocal pedagogy. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by University of York, UK.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112346/1/9781350408920.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350408937?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a537e0a5-b579-4251-889f-089d6b346fec030001OAPEN Library IDa537e0a5-b579-4251-889f-089d6b346fec01HANDLE20.500.12657/11238315978135046946400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Advances in Translation0101Writing Between LanguagesTranslation and Multilingualism in Indian Francophone Writing1A01SheelaMahadevan01eng002240393C93CF93CFD93CFDM93CFP93D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSBH593F93FB20Ari Gautier;Indian Francophone literature;Indian Francophone writers;Indian translation;Language;M. Mukundan;Manohar Rai Sardessai;Shumona Sinha;South Asian literature;Translation01060303This open-access book casts light on an understudied corpus of Indian Francophone literatures by writers originally from former French territories of India and from other regions of India, who also engage in processes of translation: Ari Gautier (Pondicherry), M. Mukundan (Mahé), Manohar Rai Sardessai (Goa), Toru Dutt (Calcutta) and Shumona Sinha (Calcutta). By examining the range of ways in which these writers write between languages, Sheela Mahadevan advances theories of translation and literary multilingualism. Moreover, the book demonstrates how the self-reflective process of translating Indian Francophone writing into English can be employed as a theoretical tool that unlocks fresh ways of conceptualizing literary multilingualism and translation. Applying this methodology, the author explores the ways in which the linguistic framework and region of the readership of a text can determine the visibility and effects of literary multilingualism, and demonstrates how a text may consequently be interpreted as simultaneously monolingual and multilingual. The book thereby also intervenes in debates about translation as research in Translation Studies. Ultimately, the book offers a more nuanced and alternative vision and understanding of the Indian literary landscape by exploring not only how and why Indian Francophone writers adopt French in their writing, but also by demonstrating how certain regional literary traditions of India have been significantly shaped by French literatures owing to processes of translation undertaken by these writers. The author also advances existing research on Indian translation traditions, including the concept of ‘transcreation’ and the meaning of ‘originality’ in the Indian context. Through the lens of Indian Francophone writing, the book explores the various factors which trigger the fluidity of boundaries between translation and creative writing that is commonplace in the Indian context. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112383/1/9781350469464.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350469471?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a2c662f7-0ff9-4d1d-a00e-1eaef03a7695030001OAPEN Library IDa2c662f7-0ff9-4d1d-a00e-1eaef03a769501HANDLE20.500.12657/11229915978153818442400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Digital Technologies and Global Politics0101The Emergence of China's Smart State1B01RogierCreemers2B01AdamKnight3B01StratonPapagianneas01eng002600393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93P93PD93PDK93PDM93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20China;Chinese technology policy;Cyberspace;Digital concepts;Emerging technology;Global data;Government;Government oversight;Government relations;International politics;Internet governance;Military;Politics;Public policy;Technologies;Technology;Technology policy01060303China’s emergence as a technology leader has become a major factor in geopolitics, transforming global political and economic relationships. In its bid to achieve digital great power status, China’s government has reformed laws and policies, drastically increased investment, and become more assertive internationally. Chinese companies have expanded at home and abroad, but relationships between government and the private sector have sometimes been fractious. This open access book assesses the extent to which the Chinese government has been able to achieve its ambitious digital goals, and more broadly, how this reflects rapidly changing domestic and international political and economic dynamics surrounding China’s rise as a major technology player. This is the first book of its kind, interrogating the complex, dynamic interactions between political, market, and technological factors that structure China’s digital development. It will provide information and intellectual frameworks for scholars, policymakers, and professionals to appreciate the complexity of China’s digital policy landscape, the process of learning and iteration the Party continues to experience as external events impact the policy process, and the impact China’s innovation policies, regulations, and achievements have had, or may have, in the future. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Netherlands Ministry of Foreign AffairsRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112299/1/9781538184424.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881817602?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 9cbfb152-2c23-40b3-a2f5-52a8270e32fa030001OAPEN Library ID9cbfb152-2c23-40b3-a2f5-52a8270e32fa01HANDLE20.500.12657/11226615978135045991500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Radical Politics and Education0101A Lacanian Foundation For Critical PedagogyIn Freire More Than Freire1A01Alex J.Armonda01eng001920393J93JM93JMA93JMAF93JN93JNA20Educational theory;Freirean pedagogy;Freudian theory;Jacques Lacan;Lacanian theory;Paulo Freire;Psychoanalysis01060303This open access book sets out from Paulo Freire’s claim that the problem-posing model of education works as a “kind of psychoanalysis,” and deploys a Lacanian perspective to rearticulate the theoretical and practical principles of critical pedagogy. Attending to the latent psychoanalytic sensibility of Freire’s project, Armonda brings this dimension to the surface, while clearly addressing its consequences for pedagogical experience. Armonda challenges long-standing assumptions on Freire and the nature of his problem-posing intervention, as the unconscious comes to the fore as the persistent, traumatic, and uncanny site of Freirean teaching. Drawing primarily on the work of Jacques Lacan as well as Frantz Fanon, Alenka Zupancic, and Slavoj Žižek, this book offers a critical introduction to psychoanalysis in the social, political, and philosophical foundations of education. The book extends an invitation to those in the tradition of critical pedagogy to grapple with this neglected dimension in Freire’s thought, and stands as an unapologetic call to return to his most subversive propositions on teaching. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on www.bloomsburycollections.com.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112266/1/9781350459915.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350459922?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 9d8a810c-06a9-460e-bafc-fd4b85c4d2ad030001OAPEN Library ID9d8a810c-06a9-460e-bafc-fd4b85c4d2ad01HANDLE20.500.12657/11227915978135042204900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101East African Queer and Trans Displacements1B01BarbaraBompani2B01BCamminga3B01JohnMarnell4B01KamauWairuri01eng0031203935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93JBS93JBSF93JBSF393JP20Displacement;Homophobia;Kenya;LGBTQ+;Migration;Refugees;Rwanda;Tanzania;Trans;Uganda01060303Bringing together diverse case studies and interdisciplinary perspectives, this open access collection serves as the first in-depth examination of queer and trans displacement in East Africa. The collection features original creative works by queer and trans diasporic writers and artists with first-hand experiences of displacement. The last decade has seen a sharp rise in state-sponsored homophobia and transphobia in East Africa. This includes discriminatory legislation, such as the widely condemned Anti-Homosexuality Act in Uganda, and government-initiated crackdowns, such as the ‘anti-gay taskforce’ launched in Tanzania in 2018. The politicisation of sexual and gender rights in the region is often presented as a moral crusade (i.e. a return to traditional/family values) and is enacted with the support of many religious and cultural leaders. It is within this context that an ever-increasing number of LGBTQI+ people are leaving their homes and seeking protection elsewhere. But East Africa cannot be reduced to a site from which LGBTQI+ displacement emanates. Several countries in the region act as either host countries or transit points, even as they produce LGBTQI+ refugees of their own. These complex social, political and legal dynamics make East Africa a productive site for theorising queer and trans displacement. The region offers insights into how, when and why LGBTQI+ Africans move, the social obstacles they face, and the different survival strategies they deploy. Despite this, research on East African queer and trans displacements remains sparse. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112279/1/9781350422049.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350422063?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 9e15f4c2-f30c-4237-8dab-a6baa3f6e77f030001OAPEN Library ID9e15f4c2-f30c-4237-8dab-a6baa3f6e77f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11231115978135043564300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Fashion FictionsImagining Sustainable Worlds1A01Amy TwiggerHolroyd01eng003040393A93AK93AKT93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC393R93RN93RNU20Dress;Fashion;Fashion and society;Fashion theory;Speculation;Sustainable fashion01060303If you could imagine an entirely new fashion system, what would you dream up? An open access book, Fashion Fictions: Imagining Sustainable Worlds presents a kaleidoscope of crowdsourced responses to this open-ended prompt, exploring the common themes and issues that arose in the myriad of ideas received. Bridging the gap between fiction and reality, this imaginative and original project brings something entirely new to the study of fashion and sustainability. Each world differs immensely – in one, the fashion conscious use foliage to dress up for a night out while, in another, commercial trade in clothing is as unthinkable as trade in human organs. These fascinating imaginings are fleshed out and brought to life by each chapter. A source of inspiration for designers, researchers, activists and students alike, Fashion Fictions encourages its readers to reimagine the world around them and reveals what people are really yearning for in their experience of fashion. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Visual Arts01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112311/1/9781350435643.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350435667?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 a2abbbdd-8757-4388-a7f7-18cef08bdb93030001OAPEN Library IDa2abbbdd-8757-4388-a7f7-18cef08bdb9301HANDLE20.500.12657/11239215978135052816100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Eco-communitiesSurviving Well Together1B01JennyPickerill01eng003520393J93JP93JPF93JPFA93R93RG93RGC93RGCP93RN93RNA93RNB93RND93RNK20Alternative economies;Anthropocene;Climate change;Climate crisis;Commons;Degrowth;Eco-feminism;Eco-homes;Feminism;Geography;Green living;Housing;Inequality;Livelihoods;Post-growth;Settler-colonialism;Sustainability;Sustainable communities;Urbanism01060303This book critically explores the aims and practices of eco-communities worldwide . Eco-communities can inspire, provoke, and challenge us to live more environmentally harmonious and collective lives. They are practical, ongoing experimentations in how we might survive well together – humans and all living beings on this planet. Eco-communities are examples of grassroot efforts at socio-ecological transformation – self-organised practices, infrastructures and spaces that seek to transform ways of being, living and working. This book answers four critical questions: Can eco-communities generate socio-ecological transformations, and if so how and in what form?; Who lives in eco-communities and what are the implications of this demographic composition?; What does it entail to organise via collective governance practices?; and how do eco-communities operate financially and generate money and livelihoods? While many eco-communities attempt to transform all elements of their daily lives (a holistic and interconnected reworking of how we dwell, eat, work, educate, reproduce, age, etc.) these processes as always incomplete, in-the-making, unfinished and messy. This book explores the ongoing processes of navigating these tensions and contradictions that none-the-less create hope that we might be able to live otherwise and be involved in world-making projects. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112392/1/9781350528161.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350528185?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 99c6d984-07e4-4c32-b321-7c24f7cfdf2c030001OAPEN Library ID99c6d984-07e4-4c32-b321-7c24f7cfdf2c01HANDLE20.500.12657/11239315978135051973200EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Peace and Human Rights Education0101Constructive Conflict Pedagogies for Building Democratic PeaceTeaching Strategies from around the World1B01KathyBickmore01eng003280393G93GT93GTU93J93JN93JNA93JNAM20Conflict education;Peace education;Peacebuilding;Post-conflict education;SDG16;SDG401060303This open access book shows what teaching for democratic citizenship and peace can look like in classrooms in violent and less-violent contexts around the world. It features chapters written by leading scholars and practitioners working in Canada, Chile, Columbia, Cyprus, Lebanon, Mexico, South Africa, Spain, the UK and the USA. It includes sections on navigating contested history and heritage; language teaching that bridges social identities; teaching democratic engagement with conflictual issues; and students sharing authority and handling systemic violence. The chapters cover a wide range of topics with local and global significance including indigenous praxis as peace building, social conflicts, transformative hope, teacher training, and student voice. Vignettes of practice accompany each chapter, grounded in careful scholarship and teaching experience. The book shows how teachers and young people can feasibly nurture and learn non-violent ways of dealing with difficult conflicts and social tensions, to become agents of democratic revitalization and peacebuilding in their own communities and beyond. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was partially funded by The Weatherhead Canada Program.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112393/1/9781350519732.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350519749?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 974b5bf5-05b8-4e2a-a6c8-13e29915c303030001OAPEN Library ID974b5bf5-05b8-4e2a-a6c8-13e29915c30301HANDLE20.500.12657/11226015978135049633000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Upcycling ResearchGlobal Perspectives on Product, Fashion and Theory1B01RichieMoalosi2B01KyungeunSung01eng003440393A93AK93AKP93K93KJ93KJG93KN93KND93KNDD93R93RN93RNU93W93WK20Circular economy;Cradle to cradle;Eco design;Slow fashion;Sustainable design;Sustainable fashion;Up-cycling research01060303Exploring themes of design and production, products and systems, and making and consumption, this open access volume provides new theories, perspectives, approaches and research findings at the cutting edge of global upcycling research. Upcycling is a design, business and social practice and - when done with care - it can reduce solid wastes, increase resource and material efficiency, and lower industrial energy consumption, with an aim to transiting towards net zero. Despite the wide-ranging benefits, upcycling remains a niche practice, calling for scaling up in order to realise the full potential of upcycling. Research and real-world interventions that promote increased upcycling necessarily bring together theories and disciplinary practices from design, manufacturing, business studies, sustainable development, consumer studies, and politics. This book presents the key findings of the International Upcycling Research Network (IURN), which is at the forefront of upcycling research, practice, and opinion in the world, and expands our understanding of current upcycling research and practice across industries, disciplines, and countries, and develops new cross-industry, multidisciplinary, international collaborative research projects, and initiatives. With contributions from across various continents, the chapters cover research and practices in fashion, textiles, furniture design, and highly-engineered products and systems, and provides new ideas and concepts on upcycling. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by AHRC.Bloomsbury Visual Arts01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112260/1/9781350496330.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350496347?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 97d48cba-6241-4fa9-a257-8542e5d9a55b030001OAPEN Library ID97d48cba-6241-4fa9-a257-8542e5d9a55b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11227315978135051054800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Tobacco Through TimeInterdisciplinary Perspectives1B01JasonHughes2B01SarahInskip01eng002800393M93MB93MBX93N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHK93NHT93NHTQ93NK93P93PD93PDX20Colonialism;Commodity;Cultural history;Genetics;Health;Indigenous;Medicine;Smoke;Sociology;Trade01060303Throughout human history there are arguably few plants that have had such a significant impact on the lives of people as tobacco. Yet, despite its unparalleled dissemination across human societies, histories of the plant, its use and impact have been dominated by Western European experiences, and based upon a relatively narrow span of sources and records. This open access collection readdresses this imbalance, showcasing a range of interdisciplinary approaches to decentre unilinear, Western and economically-focused accounts of tobacco. From archaeological analysis of bone and dental records, to anthropological considerations of material culture and historical investigations into tobacco’s role in the expansion of colonial power and the slave trade, this book employs a range of methods and sources to broaden our understanding of the impact of tobacco on health, population, genetics, consumption, economics, trade, gender and ethnicity. With case studies in North Africa, India and Sri Lanka alongside the Americas and Europe, it seeks to broaden perspectives on the use of tobacco beyond the West, and combine disciplinary methods to better assess its enduring impact on our species. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112273/1/9781350510548.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350535381?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 97a42727-df95-489f-bf0f-b96aa5ed76d1030001OAPEN Library ID97a42727-df95-489f-bf0f-b96aa5ed76d101HANDLE20.500.12657/11229215978178661449000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Being Digital Citizens1A01EnginIsin2A01EvelynRuppert01eng002440393J93JP93JPH93JPS93JW20Algorithmic;Citizenship;Cyberspace;Digital Activism;Internet;Media;Privacy;Young People01060303From the rise of cyberbullying and hactivism to the issues surrounding digital privacy rights and freedom of speech, the Internet is changing the ways in which we govern and are governed as citizens. This open access book examines how citizens encounter and perform new sorts of rights, duties, opportunities and challenges through the Internet. By disrupting prevailing understandings of citizenship and cyberspace, the authors highlight the dynamic relationship between these two concepts. Rather than assuming that these are static or established “facts” of politics and society, the book shows how the challenges and opportunities presented by the Internet inevitably impact upon the action and understanding of political agency. In doing so, it investigates how we conduct ourselves in cyberspace through digital acts. This book provides a new theoretical understanding of what it means to be a citizen today for students and scholars across the social sciences. This new and updated edition includes two new chapters. A Preface consists of reflections on developments in digital politics since the book was published in 2015. It considers how recent major political struggles over digital technologies and data can be understood in relation to the conceptualization of digital citizens that the book offers. While the Preface positions dominant responses to these struggles such as government regulations as ‘closings’, a new final chapter, Digital citizens-yet-to-come offers examples of ‘openings’ – digital acts such as new forms of data activism that are less recognised but which point to the emergence of paradoxical digital acts that are producing new digital political subjectivities. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by European Research Council (ERC)Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202011Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112292/1/9781786614490.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881809959?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 94ad266f-d1dd-49df-be97-89f7119393f8030001OAPEN Library ID94ad266f-d1dd-49df-be97-89f7119393f801HANDLE20.500.12657/11232115978135043044000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Classical Diaspora0101Irish Migrations and Classical Antiquity1B01IsabelleTorrance01eng004000393D93DB93DS93DSB93DSBB20Catholics;Classical reception;Classics;Columbanus;Graeco-Roman antiquity;Greek;Interdisciplinarity;Irish classicism;Irish culture;Irish emigrants;James Joyce;John Scottus Eriugena;Latin;Literature;Multilingualism;Open access;Protestants;Sedulius Scottus;Texts;Writers01060303Why should classical antiquity matter to Irish migration? Irish Migrations and Classical Antiquity argues that ancient Greece and Rome have shaped Irish migration narratives from the earliest texts to the 21st century. These classical models emerge in response to four key drivers of migration: war, economic need, religious motivation and the pursuit of education. Rather than passive inheritances, Graeco-Roman forms are used both to join and to challenge dominant frameworks, offering tools for cultural participation and strategies of resistance to exclusion. The book traces classical reception in contexts ranging from early Irish origin legends and medieval Latin learning to 21st-century cultural politics, including Irish-language translation, diaspora literature and gendered experiences. Participation appears in assertions of Irish civilisation, synchronistic histories, literary cosmopolitanism and transnational exchange. Resistance surfaces in critiques of marginalisation, defence of minority languages and challenges to aesthetic or political canons. This book rethinks how Irish identities travel across borders, languages and centuries by showing how the ancient world underwrites both movement and its meanings. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the European Research Council.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112321/1/9781350430440.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350430457?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 93d9c6d3-e4bf-4ed8-bbfb-196ae479c565030001OAPEN Library ID93d9c6d3-e4bf-4ed8-bbfb-196ae479c56501HANDLE20.500.12657/11234015978135051371600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Transformative Development for Postcolonial Africa0101Social Sciences and Cultural Studies for the Transformative Development of Postcolonial Africa1B01EsaïeDjomo2B01AloysiusNgefac3B01Alain CyrPangop Kameni4B01DavidSimo5B01Godfrey B.Tangwa01eng002320393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193N93NH93NHH93NHT93NHTQ93NHTR93NHTR120Africa and Covid-19;Africa and collective trauma;Africa and global warming;African art;African development frameworks;African development goals;African handicrafts;African indigenous knowledge;African popular music;Afropop;Cameroon;Postcolonial studies;South Africa;Transformative development in Africa01060303This open access edited volume brings together a multidisciplinary team of social scientists and cultural experts to investigate the concept of transformative development. Contributors discuss the transformative development vision with a focus on the social sciences and cultural studies. In doing so, they explore new development paradigms for Africa in the context of Covid-19, the role of myths in the psychological transformation of Africa, the correlation between discourses on cultures in Africa and the development of the continent, interactions between Indigenous knowledge and Western innovations, and new movements in the arts, handicrafts, and even postmodern Afropop. Going beyond traditional emphases on economic and industrial progress, the authors gathered here ultimately develop new analytical frameworks that align with African realities and priorities in order to promote the decolonisation of the African minds, which remains a work in progress. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112340/1/9781350513716.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350513723?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 9401ab32-6367-474a-8c8a-94e959b32b3a030001OAPEN Library ID9401ab32-6367-474a-8c8a-94e959b32b3a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11237715978135053550300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101East Germanic Ironmaking in the Roman PeriodArchaeometry of Slag and Ore Finds in the Przeworsk Culture1A01ArturGramacki2A01JaroslawGramacki3A01MarcinWozniak4A01GrzegorzZabinski01eng0028803931931Q931QB931QBA93N93NH93NHD93NK93NKD93T93TD93TDP93TDPM20Archaeology;East Germany;Holy Cross Mountains;Masovia;Metal;Metallurgy;Silesia;Technologies01060303Making a study of East Germanic iron smelting in the Roman period, this open access book gives an in-depth account of the development of metallurgy in the Przeworsk Culture. Its two main ironmaking centres – the Holy Cross Mountains and Masovia – were the largest iron production regions beyond the borders of the Roman Empire. Apart from serving local demand – where it was used for artefacts of many kinds, which are abundantly found in grave furnishings – a considerable part of Przeworsk Culture iron is likely to have been exported to other territories. Despite more than 60 years of research and scholarship on Przeworsk Culture iron metallurgy, this is the first book to carry out smelting slag and ore analyses using the most up-to-date methods available in archaeological science. More specifically, this study also applies a variety of statistical methods to the results of the elemental analyses of nearly 270 smelting slag and ore samples from its territory. Offering an overview of statistical approaches used in iron provenance studies and a detailed step-by-step research methodology, this book paves the way for future studies, including artefact provenance analyses using the latest archaeometric methods. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Research reported in this book was funded by the National Science Centre Poland. Open access was funded by Grzegorz Zabinski.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112377/1/9781350535503.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350556409?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 9492e277-339c-4538-ac9a-0de6c6d188c5030001OAPEN Library ID9492e277-339c-4538-ac9a-0de6c6d188c501HANDLE20.500.12657/11239415978135050113300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Rethinking Feminism in Ireland1A01CamillaFitzsimons01eng002240393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JP93JPW93N93NH93NHD20Abortion;Activism;Feminist;Inclusive;Intersectionality;Oppression;Trans rights01060303Rethinking Feminism in Ireland offers a radical approach that sees feminism as a practical philosophy that seeks to combat all forms of oppression. Exploring a number of topics including political activism, the world of work, queer and trans-rights activism, gender-based violence, and reproductive rights, this open access book sets out a fresh approach to the future of feminism using case studies in Ireland to to illustrate global issues. Including interviews with 30 people involved in feminist activism in Ireland, this book uses Irish history and political developments to create a collaborative, collective feminist effort with a global outlook. Rethinking Feminism in Ireland articulates a vision for the future that encourages solidarity across lines of difference and that makes the case for a politically charged, praxis-oriented approach that refuses to strip feminism of its substance and potential to contribute to radical change. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112394/1/9781350501133.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350501157?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 9033565b-16df-4322-83f6-14b80502cc6a030001OAPEN Library ID9033565b-16df-4322-83f6-14b80502cc6a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11232515978135055768000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Russian Shorts0101Racism in Modern Russia - Revised EditionFrom the Romanovs to Putin1A01Eugene M.Avrutin01eng0016803933933M933MP93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFA193JBS93JBSL93JBSL193N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHQ93NHT93NHTB2019th century;20th century;21st century;Anti-racism;Belonging;Culture;Denigration;Discrimination;Empire;Ethnicity;European history;Exclusion;Hate crimes;History of race;Imperial Russia;Inequality;Migrants;Modern history;Policy;Post-Soviet Russia;Power;Prejudice;Privilege;Race relations;Riots;Russian history;Social history;Society;Soviet Russia;Stalin;Vladimir Putin;White rage01060303Since its first publication in 2022, Racism in Modern Russia has become a key text for understanding the role that race has played in Russian, Soviet, and post-Soviet history and politics. Analyzing a wide range of printed and visual sources, this timely accessible open access volume marks the first serious attempt to understand the history of racialization over a span of 150 years. A brilliant examination of the complexities of racism, Eugene M. Avrutin's panoramic book asks powerful questions about inequality and privilege, denigration and belonging, power and policy, the creation of exclusionary boundaries in everyday life, and the complex historical links between race, whiteness, and geography. The revised edition includes significant new research on race and racism in the Caucasus and Central Asia, the history of color consciousness and biopolitics, and the aesthetics of anti-racism campaigns, as well as a thoroughly updated selected bibliography for further reading. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Illinois, USA.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112325/1/9781350557680.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350557697?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 91ecb770-b73d-47d0-971c-4a670cb5d90d030001OAPEN Library ID91ecb770-b73d-47d0-971c-4a670cb5d90d01HANDLE20.500.12657/11238515978135041514000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Can Higher Education Be Decolonised?A Situated Case Study of an Elite University in the Global North1A01SteveEichhorn2A01MadhuKrishnan3A01LeonTikly01eng001920393J93JN93JNM20 decolonising the curriculum;Bristol university;Decolonisation;Universities01060303This open access book critically reflects on what it has meant to embark on a process of decolonising higher education at a Global North institution – namely the University of Bristol - and the real-world possibilities for realising change from this vantage point. The book brings together a diverse team of writers representing academic staff, students and professional services staff engaged in decolonising activities at the University of Bristol. The chapters have been co-created and this process itself has generated a series of critical conversations that have highlighted tensions and contradictions involved in attempting to decolonise within the university. Through this process, the team have critiqued the concepts of “our university” and “our curriculum” and they argue that understanding these tensions and contradictions is crucial if we are to understand decolonisation as an active process. Each chapter offers examples of practice from the university, the city of Bristol and elsewhere, and implications are drawn that are of relevance for activists around the world who are engaged in decolonising their institutions. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The University of Bristol.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112385/1/9781350415140.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350415157?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 8f184e22-2910-4f0b-addf-96c93bcf20a4030001OAPEN Library ID8f184e22-2910-4f0b-addf-96c93bcf20a401HANDLE20.500.12657/11226215978150998373500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Hart Studies in Information Law and Regulation0101Conceptions of Data Protection and PrivacyLegal and Philosophical Perspectives1B01ElisaOrrù2B01RalfPoscher01eng004240393L93LA93LAB93LN93LNQ204th Amendment;Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union (Articles 7 and 8);Civil rights;Contextual integrity;Digital surveillance;Feminist theory;Privacy and autonomy;Private distinction;Public;Relational privacy01060303This open access book offers a clear and concise overview of leading conceptions of data protection and privacy, exploring their social value through philosophical theorisations and European and US-American legal perspectives. Featuring prominent experts and emerging scholars, the book presents diverse understandings to showcase the multifaceted interests and values embedded in the concepts of data protection and privacy. It links philosophical and legal perspectives on privacy to historical and contemporary rights struggles. The book also addresses privacy challenges posed by the digital revolution, including advances in AI, and recent efforts to safeguard privacy. Aimed at scholars, researchers, and students in law and philosophy, the book covers key theoretical and legal positions on privacy and data protection. Legal practitioners will find insights into landmark EU and US constitutional decisions, such as the German Constitutional Court’s Census Decision and Carpenter v United States. Additionally, it is valuable for anyone seeking to understand the legal and philosophical foundations of globally influential regulations like the GDPR and the AI Act. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY NC ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Crime, Security and Law.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112262/1/9781509983735.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509983759?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 900a029f-d79c-40bd-9ada-75c34c7b0106030001OAPEN Library ID900a029f-d79c-40bd-9ada-75c34c7b010601HANDLE20.500.12657/11229015978178661640100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Digital Media and the Dynamics of Civil SocietyRetooling Citizenship in New EU Democracies1A01MariaBakardjieva2A01StinaBengtsson3A01GöranBolin4A01KjellEngelbrekt01eng002760393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JH93JHB93JHBA93JP93JPV93JPVC20Citizenship;Civics;Democracy;Digitization;IT;Media;Policy;Politics;Society01060303Based on an extended empirical research project, this open access book advances the theoretical, normative and practical understanding of civil society under the conditions of digital mediatization and in relation to a set of particular historical and geopolitical circumstances. Digital Media and the Dynamics of Civil Society adds to existing knowledge of the democratizing role of digital media in communication studies by carefully tracing the trajectory of the emergent communicative and representational practices of civil society in a pair of new European democracies – Estonia and Bulgaria – facing distinctive socio-cultural and political challenges. The book combines macro and micro perspectives to illuminate the activities of civic activist and civil society organizations in the new media environment taking into account the social and cultural developments characteristic of each country. Have digital media contributed to the constitution of a new public space fostering the vitality and democratic potency of civil society in countries where it has suffered historical obstacles? The book addresses this question by traversing the whole range between personal, group and societal beliefs, lived experiences and actions unfolding in a concrete region at a time when civic activists around the world are grappling to understand and harness the powers of digital communication. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Södertörn UniversityRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202111Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112290/1/9781786616401.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881810481?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 82ffaa15-bd70-4a08-9ddd-30498a0f85dd030001OAPEN Library ID82ffaa15-bd70-4a08-9ddd-30498a0f85dd01HANDLE20.500.12657/11227115978135055729100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Gendered Impacts of China's Development Initiatives in the Global South1A01CaiYiping01eng002640393G93GT93GTP93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JP20China in the Global South;China’s soft power;Gender and development;Soft power;South-South collaboration;South-South cooperation;South-South development;South-South relations;Southern feminism;Transnational feminism01060303Using empirical data from communities and stakeholders across Africa, Asia, the Pacific, Latin America and the Caribbean this open access book provides crucial insights into the profound and multidimensional implications of China's engagement in the Global South for women. The book synthesizes the findings of a two-year, collaborative research project conducted by Development Alternatives with Women for a New Era (DAWN). It reveals startling insights into the gendered dimensions of China's soft power; it's peace and security agenda; it's impact on civil society activism; and its investment in mining, infrastructure, and agriculture. Authors put women’s agency at the centre—rejecting approaches that treat women merely as passive victims, or at best, as members of a vulnerable group—and they challenge the gender-blindness in the China’s current South-South cooperation framework and practice. What emerges is a call for mutual accountability for both China and the recipient countries with which it engages. China must foreground gender equality in its development initiatives, which it can do without violating its non-interference and non-conditionality policies, and recipient countries must become active agents for promoting their own gender equality agenda in development cooperation projects. As becomes clear across contexts, this is the only path to a meaningful transnational feminist dialogue aimed at creating more equitable, mutually constructive South-South relations. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Development Alternatives with Women for a New Era (DAWN).Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112271/1/9781350557291.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350557314?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 869a53ed-82a2-43c4-b9ef-a9b3ed1ffd00030001OAPEN Library ID869a53ed-82a2-43c4-b9ef-a9b3ed1ffd0001HANDLE20.500.12657/11228015978150997657700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Hart Studies in European Criminal Law0101AI Evidence and Criminal Proceedings1B01KatalinLigeti01eng003040393L93LA93LAM93LAT93LATC93LN93LND93LNDC93LNF93LNFX93LNQ93LNQD20AI;Criminal law;Data protection law;Fundamental rights;Human rights law;Rule of law01060303This open-access volume examines the evidentiary use of AI in criminal proceedings, questioning whether existing criminal procedure rules are sufficient to address its unique challenges. The widespread use of devices that collect, store, and process data about citizens’ behaviour has created new opportunities for criminal justice systems to detect, investigate, and prosecute crime. Law enforcement authorities are no longer limited to searching for information or clues related to reported offences; they increasingly rely on digital investigative techniques to identify individuals, patterns, or data points that may indicate an offence. The shift from retrospective investigations toward more predictive and preventive approaches has been amplified by AI technologies using machine learning and deep neural networks. Within AI’s wide presence in the criminal justice system, this volume investigates only the evidentiary use of AI: when law enforcement authorities rely on AI for investigating and prosecuting offences and offer AI’s output as evidence to tie the accused to a crime. The focus is on six countries – Germany, France, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, the UK, and the US – offering a comparative look at how each legal system handles AI evidence in criminal proceedings. Can evidence generated or processed by AI be trusted? What protections exist for the accused? The volume provides practical suggestions for law enforcement authorities and lawyers, including safeguards and limits to the use of AI in criminal cases. With the advent of regional and global efforts to regulate AI, this volume also offers solutions for supranational and national policy choices. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Luxembourg.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112280/1/9781509976577.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509976591?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 85d4cc0d-dcee-4fb3-827b-c06645015506030001OAPEN Library ID85d4cc0d-dcee-4fb3-827b-c0664501550601HANDLE20.500.12657/11228115978135054667700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Socialist Parties in Southern Europe and the Cold War International OrderIdeological Evolution, Foreign Policy and Security1B01AlanGranadino2B01SergioMolina01eng002400393J93JP93JPF93JPFF93K93KC93KCZ93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTW20Anticommunism;Argentina;Cold War;Democracy;International order;Italian Socialist Party;Labour Party;Latin America;NATO;Neoliberalism;PASOK;PSOE;Peace;Portugal;Social Democrat Party;Socialism;Solidarity;Terrorism01060303Social democracy has long been seen as in crisis, with some predicting its end and others emphasizing its capacity to adapt to changing contexts; this open access book explores the evolution of social democratic thought, identifying the period of 1970s to the 1990s as key decades in marking its transformation. Analysing this evolution through the lens of socialist parties of Southern Europe- including those of SpainPortugal, Italy, France, and Greece – this book argues that the political and ideological trajectories of these parties, their internal and transnational debates, as well as their international engagements, are relevant to understanding the broader history of European social democracy and, more generally, contemporary Europe. Specifically, it investigates how these parties approached, debated, and responded to key issues such as socialist ideological development, the relationship between European security and NATO, relations with the Third World, and the projection of social democracy toward the Global South. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Universidad de Castilla-La Mancha, Institut François Mitterrand and Fundación Felipe González.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112281/1/9781350546677.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350582385?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 8604e7aa-13f3-4148-9797-d1c980ad5b1a030001OAPEN Library ID8604e7aa-13f3-4148-9797-d1c980ad5b1a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11233915978135051644100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Intersectional Climate Justice in Eastern Africa1B01Neil J. W.Crawford2B01KatieMcQuaid3B01SusanNanduddu4B01ElvinNyukuri01eng003120393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JP93JPF93JPFA93R93RN93RNA93RND93RNP93RNPG20Biodiversity;Burundi;Climate crisis;Conservation;Covid-19;Decolonizing knowledge;Disability;Disasters;Eco-feminism;Ecology;Gender studies;Indigenous knowledge;Informal settlements;Intersectionality;Kenya;Maasai;Multispecies justice;Nairobi;Queer studies;Rural development;South Sudan' Rwanda;Sustainability;Uganda;Urban environments;Zimbabwe01060303Intersectional Climate Justice in Eastern Africa considers the interconnections between climate change and a number of intersecting socio-economic and political factors in one of the world’s most climate vulnerable regions. The book’s focus on Eastern Africa provides an important and timely opportunity to look at the diversity of lived realities of the climate crisis today, offering a key place to learn from and explore questions relating to the inherent structural inequalities of climate change globally. Over seventeen chapters, the book examines issues including diverse and gendered experiences of flash floods in Somalia and South Sudan, displacement, conflict and land rights in Burundi, energy poverty in Malawi, experimental fiction and urban soundscapes in Uganda, and Indigenous rights and knowledges in Tanzania, Zimbabwe, and from across the region. Throughout, it centres the complex politics of knowledge production, foregrounding frequently marginalized voices and embracing creative methodologies and expression. The book brings together a community of researchers, activists, and creatives, with the majority based in the region, thus making an important contribution to decolonizing climate literature and foregrounding African knowledges on global challenges. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112339/1/9781350516441.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350516465?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 89edf1ea-4b40-4251-b5e6-4258a635c785030001OAPEN Library ID89edf1ea-4b40-4251-b5e6-4258a635c78501HANDLE20.500.12657/11237815978135050412700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Studies in Digital Cultures0101Resisting Big TechThe Personalized is Political1A01NielsNiessen01eng003200393G93GT93GTC93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193JH93JHB93P93PD93PDA93PDR20Algorithm;Alphabet;Climate crisis;Climate justice;Corporation;Critical data studies;Data colonialism;Data extractivism;Data privacy;Digital culture;Feminism;Google;Meta;Metaverse;Microsoft;Okcupid;Online platforms;Platform society;Platform studies;Posthumanism;Smartphone;Social Media;Surveillance capitalism;Technocolonialism;Technofeudalism;Technology;Tinder;Transhumanism;Vectoralism;Zoom01060303How does Google Maps reorient our city travels? How do matching algorithms affect how we seek love? And how does artificial “intelligence” prompt how we think? Engaging these and similar questions, this open access book critiques Big Tech’s colonization of everyday life. Although #MeToo and Black Lives Matter would not have happened the way they did without so-called “social” media, these platforms are not designed for emancipation but to maximize data extraction. Inspired by the feminist rallying cry that “the personal is political,” Resisting Big Tech calls for a collective consciousness of how Big Tech’s increasingly personalized streams colonize our associations (how we wander in our bodyminds and how we cohere as groups). Articulating a degrowth perspective on Big Tech, the book argues the need to be much more vigilant for how the transhumanist ideology that drives corporations like Google, Meta, and OpenAI accelerates life, burning out people and the planet. Focusing on four domains of life—home, city, learning, love— Niels Niessen advocates for the de-Googling of life and the need to foster truly communal spaces, online but especially offline. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the European Research Council.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112378/1/9781350504127.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350504134?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 7e0a7b7b-63d7-417a-bd29-d70ea5d60900030001OAPEN Library ID7e0a7b7b-63d7-417a-bd29-d70ea5d6090001HANDLE20.500.12657/11236215978166694344300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101East–South Women Internationalism at the Cold War PeripheryComing Together in Tashkent, Havana, and Beyond1A01YuliaGradskova01eng003120393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTW20Decolonial;Female networks;Feminism;Geopolitics;Political activism;Transnationalism01060303This open access book by Yulia Gradskova examines women’s internationalism and gatherings in the places understood as Cold War peripheries. East–South Women Internationalism at the Cold War Periphery: Coming Together in Tashkent, Havana, and Beyond examines women’s gatherings, internationalism, political travel, and networks through questioning established geopolitical categories. While female “political tourists” coming to cities like Tashkent and Havana cannot be seen as free from neither the superpowers’ open and hidden confrontational agendas nor from Cold War surveillance and pressures, Gradskova demonstrates that they significantly contributed to the advancement of transnational women’s rights. Simultaneously, East-South Women Internationalism at the Cold War Periphery contributes to the growing field of decolonial criticism regarding the “second world” emancipation project by detailing how its vision of progress hindered many other voices and visions of the future from being heard. Gradskova’s attention to the mundane problems and pleasures of traveling, coming together, and writing letters allows for distinguishing implicit details of curiosity, emotional attachment as well as (self) censorship and hierarchies; in turn, helping to reconstruct parts of women’s robust and complex participation in the building of the transnational connectivity trespassing the Cold War division lines. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112362/1/9781666943443.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781978748477?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 7635cd0f-26d9-4eb6-9df2-5342cb3fa55a030001OAPEN Library ID7635cd0f-26d9-4eb6-9df2-5342cb3fa55a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11236315978150997531000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Politics of Memory LawsRussia, Ukraine and Beyond1B01UladzislauBelavusau2B01AleksandraGliszczynska-Grabias3B01MariaMälksoo4B01AngelikaNußberger01eng003600393J93JM93JMR93L93LB93LBB93LBBJ93LBBS93LN93LND93LNDK93N93NH93NHW93NHWL93NHWR93NHWR920Hungary;International conflicts;Memory laws;Memory wars;Poland;Russia;Ukraine01060303This open access book explores the political utility and consequences of memory laws with a focus on how militant memory laws frame, underpin and generate international conflicts. Proceeding from Russia’s ongoing aggression against Ukraine, this examination plots how memory laws have preceded, partially led to, and encouraged the outbreak of the war itself via Russian propaganda. It also offers a broader perspective looking at developments in the Baltic States, Belarus, Finland, Germany, Hungary, and Poland, as well as in European (Council of Europe and European Union) law. Bringing together scholars with diverse perspectives, this book provides both analysis and conceptual reflection for scholars assessing the politics of memory laws. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open Access was funded by the University of Copenhagen.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112363/1/9781509975310.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509975334?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 82e99640-becf-4303-bebc-1c64fd213087030001OAPEN Library ID82e99640-becf-4303-bebc-1c64fd21308701HANDLE20.500.12657/11237015979876513839700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Psychoanalytic Horizons0101Film Adaptation and the RealSubjectivity and Cinematic Mediation1A01Hee-seung IreneLee01eng002560393A93AT93ATF93ATFA93D93DS93DSA93DSM93F93FY93FYH93J93JM93JMA93JMAF20Adapter;Anxiety;Birds;Branagh;Cinema;Comp lit;Das ding;Desire;Drive;Freud;Hamlet;Hitchcock;Interdisciplinary;Intermedia;Kubrick;Movies;Oedipus complex;Olivier;Philosophy;Psychoanalytic;Rebecca;Remakes;Screen adaptation;Spike Jones;Subjectivity;Transmedia;Uncanny;Zeffirelli01060303A psychoanalytic approach to screen adaptation that examines the role of deep-rooted desire evident in the persisting media practice of adaptation from literature to film. The prevalence of adaptations in cinema – from literary texts – is striking. What does this lead us to think about adaptation? This open access book answers this question from a psychoanalytic perspective by exploring the psychic dynamics underlying screen adaptation as a practice, offering an intriguing window into the desire for adaptation beyond semiotic parameters and industrial factors. Through a series of examples – from Hamlet and Hitchcock, to Kubrick’s The Shining , and Jonze’s Adaptation – the book theorizes film adaptations in relation to their originals. Drawing on the theories of Freud and Lacan, Hee-seung Irene Lee rigorously explains psychoanalytic concepts such as desire, the drive, the Oedipus complex, the uncanny, and anxiety, which are prevalent and remain useful in the vast field of cultural studies. As a result, readers can easily follow the book’s case studies of canonical film adaptations with interest. At the same time, the author attempts to challenge, expand, and renew the usual definition of film adaptation. This fosters interdisciplinary dialogue between philosophical and psychoanalytic speculations on subjectivity and frames adaptation not merely as a specific mode of filmmaking but a universal, primordial task of every speaking being. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112370/1/9798765138397.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798765138410?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 768767d3-d5f7-4a0b-8e21-19b3df997ea7030001OAPEN Library ID768767d3-d5f7-4a0b-8e21-19b3df997ea701HANDLE20.500.12657/11238715978150995929700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102The Art Law Library0101Digitising Cultural HeritageClashes with Copyright Law1A01PinarOruç01eng002720393G93GL93GLZ93L93LN93LNQ93LNR93LNRC202D scanning;3D printing;3D scanning;Archives;Artificial intelligence;Digitisation technology;Libraries;Museums;Public domain;Text and data mining;UNESCO instruments;Virtual and augmented reality01060303This open access book investigates the role played by copyright on the digitisation of cultural heritage from three angles: the theoretical differences between cultural property law and copyright; a comparative analysis of the EU, UK, and US; and analysis of current practices and concerns, based on empirical research. As heritage digitisation projects become increasingly common for purposes such as preservation and access, the impact of copyright is also becoming more problematic. In order to provide a full and current picture of the copyright problem, the book first introduces the reader to the debates on the scope and ownership of cultural heritage and provides an overview of the copyright implications of the digitisation process and newer uses, including 2D and 3D scanning; virtual and augmented reality; text and data mining; and artificial intelligence. The author then divides the main critical analysis into three parts, referred to as the ‘clashes with copyright’. The first, clash in theory, lies between cultural property law and copyright justification theories. The second clash is in the different legal approaches to digitising in-copyright, public domain, orphan, out-of-commerce and unpublished works in the chosen jurisdictions, focusing on the relevant rights and defences. The third clash is in the interests of stakeholders, based on public reactions to existing projects and cases, supported by interviews with heritage professionals engaging in digitisation. By placing itself in this particular intersection of law, heritage, and technology, the book will be of interest to both intellectual property academics and cultural heritage professionals. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com .Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112387/1/9781509959297.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509959310?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 770dfa82-95c1-4d45-80d1-50edebb781ff030001OAPEN Library ID770dfa82-95c1-4d45-80d1-50edebb781ff01HANDLE20.500.12657/11226515978150998749800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Regulatory Strategies for Energy and FinanceSustainability in a Digitalised World1B01OlgaHrynkiv2B01SaskiaLavrijssen3B01ShanyaRuhela01eng003280393L93LN93LNC93LNCR93LNP93LNPF20Critical Infrastructures;Cyber resilience;Data spaces;Decarbonization;Energy justice;Governance;Market dynamics;Public-private collaboration;Sandboxes;Smart technologies01060303This open access book examines adaptive regulatory frameworks to tackle the emerging risks and opportunities of the digital transformation in the critical sectors of energy and finance. With contributions from leading experts across Europe, the book reveals how digitalisation impacts public values, policy goals, and regulatory approaches, providing comparative insights on the benefits and risks of digital transformation. Through case studies on cybersecurity, data privacy, and regulatory sandboxes, it also explores the evolving role of non-state actors. By advancing forward-looking solutions such as dynamic regulation and collaborative governance, the chapters are tailored to meet the unique regulatory needs of the critical sectors of energy and finance. Ideal for academics, policymakers, and industry leaders, the book highlights strategies for achieving sustainability, stability, and resilience while fostering innovation. For those seeking actionable insights for policy adaptation or building industry resilience, it delivers indispensable tools to navigate the complexities of today’s digital economy. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com .Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112265/1/9781509987498.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509987511?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 758b2025-5e36-4bff-a1d6-5f7560b45087030001OAPEN Library ID758b2025-5e36-4bff-a1d6-5f7560b4508701HANDLE20.500.12657/11225915978075565347800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The 44-Day WarArmenia, Azerbaijan, and the Struggle for Nagorno-Karabakh1B01VickenCheterian01eng003040393J93JP93JPS93JPSD93JPW93JPWS93JW93N93NH93NHG93NHW20Armenian-Azerbaijan conflict;Armenian-Azerbaijan relations;First Nagorno-Karabakh War;Minsk Group;OSCE;Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe;Russia;Russia-Ukraine war01060303The Second Nagorno-Karabakh War in 2020 was a major armed conflict between the two modern, regular armies of Armenia and Azerbaijan. This open access book examines the causes, and consequences of the war Second Nagorno-Karabakh War. The first part of the book includes chapters discussing why the ceasefire regime failed after long twenty-six years, international mediation and diplomacy, the geopolitical tensions, Armenia’s failure to anticipate the coming war, and emergence of autocratic rule in Azerbaijan. The second part of the book looks at international actors, including the surprising behaviour of Russia, Turkish role and interests, and the lack of American Christian solidarity towards Armenians. The third part of the book looks at the consequences of the war, including the post-war diplomatic initiatives, the dramatic failure of the Russian peacekeeping mission leading to the ethnic cleansing of Nagorno-Karabakh, and a comparative study of Nagorno-Karabakh with the Russia-Ukraine wars. Including specialists from various disciplines and from several countries, the book sheds light on the Second Karabakh War, the future of Armenian-Azerbaijani relations and placing it in the broader international context of a new era of inter-state wars. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.I.B. Tauris01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112259/1/9780755653478.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9780755653492?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6d24b8c4-f80c-45f1-a12e-5758ba633607030001OAPEN Library ID6d24b8c4-f80c-45f1-a12e-5758ba63360701HANDLE20.500.12657/11237115978135033680300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Research Methods0101Anecdote ResearchResearch Methods1A01Hans KarlPeterlini2A01GabrieleRathgeb01eng001760393G93GP93GPS93J93JH93JHB93JHBC20Anecdotal evidence;Education research;Epoché;Heidegger;Hermeneutic;Husserl;Interview;Interview Analysis;Interview Methods;Phenomenological research;Phenomenology;Qualitative;Van Manen01060303This open access book introduces anecdote research to new and experienced researchers by guiding them through its history, theory and underlying principles before delving into step-by-step practical guidance on how to do anecdote research. Anecdote research is an innovative qualitative, narrative and phenomenologically-oriented research methodology that has now gained international recognition, sparking interest from a wide range of institutions, contexts and individuals. Anecdotes are concise, noteworthy stories in which particularly impactful events are condensed by the researcher from transcribed interviews, conversations and impromptu narratives. They can be used in a range of research contexts looking at meaningful recalled experiences, and are especially relevant for longitudinal studies. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license on b loomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Austrian Science Fund (FWF) .Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112371/1/9781350336803.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350336827?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 74d76312-e002-45c1-82a4-66e790004e45030001OAPEN Library ID74d76312-e002-45c1-82a4-66e790004e4501HANDLE20.500.12657/11238815978135046932700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Environmental Cultures0101Hemingway, Ecology and CultureRe-reading Hemingway in the Anthropocene1A01LaySion Ng01eng002480393D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSK20A Farwell to Arms;Color ecology;Cultural ecology;Disability studies;Eco-gothic;Ecocriticism;Environmental history;For Whom the Bell Tolls;Light ecology;Posthumanism;Soil ethics;The Garden of Eden;The Old Man and the Sea;The Snows of Kilimanjaro;The Sun Also Rises01060303The Anthropocene has ushered in remarkable progress and unprecedented challenges, with ecological crises threatening all life—especially the most vulnerable. In search of new solutions in this open access book, Lay Sion Ng turns to an unexpected source: Ernest Hemingway. Hemingway’s ecological perspective is often overlooked in his work. This book expands on emerging scholarship, exploring Hemingway’s non-anthropocentric view of non-human entities to offer fresh insights into the author and his nonhuman characters in his long-length fiction such as The Sun Also Rises , A Farewell to Arms , For Whom the Bell Tolls , The Old Man and the Sea and The Garden of Eden , as well as short stories like The Snows of Kilimanjaro , Big Two-Hearted River and A Natural History of the Dead . Through a multidisciplinary lens—including material ecocriticism, eco-gothic, posthumanism, light/colour ecology, olfactory discourse, environmental history, and cultural ecology—Ng challenges the notion of Hemingway as merely a hyper-masculine figure. Instead, she reveals his texts as "ecological forces" that can heighten our awareness of nonhuman agency, leading us to understand our own place in this interconnected world. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Bloomsbury Open Collections Library CollectiveBloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112388/1/9781350469327.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350469334?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6c7481fe-a5a9-4813-a0b9-a35acac8eb6d030001OAPEN Library ID6c7481fe-a5a9-4813-a0b9-a35acac8eb6d01HANDLE20.500.12657/11239515978135045585600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Poverty and Plenty in Scandinavia and the North AtlanticLater Historical Archaeologies of Material Excess and Scarcity1B01Vivi LenaAndersen2B01GavinLucas3B01Ágústa EdwaldMaxwell4B01JonasMoníe Nordin5B01TimoYlimaunu01eng002560393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC293JBF93JBFC93JBS93JBSA93N93NH93NHD93NK93NKD20Archaeology;Class;Commerce;Copenhagen;Crisis;Cultural;Excavations;Finland;Holland;Iceland;Industry;Material culture;Material disparity;Modern period;Nordic countries;Nordic egalitarianism;Norway;Rural;Society;Sweden;Urban;Wealth01060303Examining the archaeological material of the modern period, over a period of the last 500 years, this open access book presents a series of case studies that challenges the fallacy of Nordic egalitarianism. The widening gap between rich and poor Western countries is now a well-known phenomenon and, while Scandinavia has often been hailed as one of the regions where inequality has been the lowest, even here a similar trend toward widening inequality has been observed. The topic of inequality has long been a major focus of interest within archaeology, but the goal and novelty of this volume is to start with the problem of material disparity by asking what this means, rather than starting with the problem of social inequality and trying to map observable material disparities onto its various conceptualizations. Key themes include variations between urban and rural contexts, as well as geographical proximity to centres of commerce and industry, different local/cultural valuations of – especially consumer – goods and discard practices. The result is an original study of a wealth of material culture that tells us how extensive this inequality actually was and the different ways it appeared in various societies. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Iceland.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112395/1/9781350455856.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350455863?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6ad3eb96-e872-48c2-a16d-fbdf8407109e030001OAPEN Library ID6ad3eb96-e872-48c2-a16d-fbdf8407109e01HANDLE20.500.12657/11233515978135038720100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Advances in Translation0101Walter Benjamin and Cultural TranslationExamining a Controversial Legacy1A01BirgitHaberpeuntner01eng002160393C93CF93CFA93CFB93CFP93D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSM20Bhabha;Chow;German;History of Ideas;Niranjana;Postcolonial;The Task of the Translator;Transdisciplinary01060303Dissecting the radical impact of Walter Benjamin on contemporary cultural, postcolonial and translation theory, this open access book investigates the translation and reception of Benjamin’s most famous text about translation, “The Task of the Translator,” in English language debates around ‘cultural translation’. For years now, there has been a pronounced interest in translation throughout the Humanities, which has come with an increasing detachment of translation from linguistic-textual parameters. It has generated a broad spectrum of discussions subsumed under the heading of ‘cultural translation’, a concept that is constantly re-invented and manifests in often heavily diverging expressions. However, there seems to be a distinct constant: In their own (re-)formulations of this concept, a remarkable number of scholars—Bhabha, Chow, Niranjana, to name but a few—explicitly refer to Walter Benjamin’s “The Task of the Translator.” In its first part, this book considers Benjamin and the way in which he thought about, theorized and practiced translation throughout his writings. In a second part, Walter Benjamin meets 'cultural translation': tracing various paths of translation and reception, this part also tackles the issues and debates that result from the omnipresence of Walter Benjamin in contemporary theories and discussions of 'cultural translation'. The result is a clearer picture of the translation and reception processes that have generated the immense impact of Benjamin on contemporary cultural theory, as well as new perspectives for a way of reading that re-shapes the canonized texts themselves and holds the potential of disturbing, shifting and enriching their more ‘traditional’ readings. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Author.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112335/1/9781350387201.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350413009?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6b9d3efb-568e-4924-8868-8f119ea01c95030001OAPEN Library ID6b9d3efb-568e-4924-8868-8f119ea01c9501HANDLE20.500.12657/11235215978135042888100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Navigating Dementia and SocietyExploring How People Affected by Dementia Negotiate and Reshape Popular Discourses1A01EmmaPutland01eng002880393C93CF93CFB93CFG93M93MK93MKJ93MKJD93V93VF93VFJ93VFJB20Alzheimer's;Carers;Disability;England;Identity;Illness;MCDA;Multimodal critical discourse analysis;Qualitative research;Representations of dementia;Social semiotics;Sociolinguistics;Subjectivity;Systemic functional linguistics;UK healthcare01060303This open access book explores how people in England who are affected by dementia (either by having a diagnosis or being a carer or loved one of someone who does) navigate different dementia discourses, interpret social texts and recommend discursive change. Drawing on thematic discourse analysis, and in particular multimodal critical discourse analysis (MCDA), it examines how different communicative modes can be used to reinforce or challenge particular worldviews and social practices, such as the marginalisation of people with dementia. Key themes include the need for nuance when discussing dementia and the tensions between different types of understandings of dementia (particularly across medical professionals, the media, and people affected by dementia). The author examines how individuals with and otherwise affected by dementia differently reinforce, challenge and provide alternatives to dominant dementia discourses and how such experience-led debates might inform social discourses moving forward. In particular, this book advocates for more nuanced and normalising visual and linguistic representations of dementia that can better support the advocacy of people with (and otherwise affected by) dementia and address social stigma. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112352/1/9781350428881.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350428898?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6778d9bc-580a-49dc-8b9f-cb1e5fabaed4030001OAPEN Library ID6778d9bc-580a-49dc-8b9f-cb1e5fabaed401HANDLE20.500.12657/11236915978135038436100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101How Textile CommunicatesFrom Codes to Cosmotechnics1A01GanaeleLanglois01eng002240393A93AG93AGA93AK93AKT93AKX93G93GT93GTC93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC293JBCC320Communication studies;Dress history;Fashion studies;Fashion theory;Material culture;Textile;Textile culture;Textiles01060303In this open access publication, Ganaele Langlous describes how textile has been used as a medium of communication since the prehistoric period. In fact, up until the 19th century, civilizations throughout the world manipulated thread and fabric to communicate in a way that would astound many of us now. Unlike text and images, textile is haptic and three-dimensional. Its meaning is unfixed, constantly shifting as it circulates between different owners and creators. In How Textile Communicates , Langlois dissects textile’s unique capacity for communication through a range of global case studies, before examining the profound impact of colonialism on textile practice and the appropriation of this medium by capitalist systems. A thought-provoking contribution to the fields of both fashion and communication studies, Langlois’ writing challenges readers’ preconceptions and shines new light on the profound impact of textiles on human communication. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by York University, Toronto, Canada.Bloomsbury Visual Arts01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112369/1/9781350384361.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350384378?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6666d124-1aa9-4f65-9277-dcf25ce68315030001OAPEN Library ID6666d124-1aa9-4f65-9277-dcf25ce6831501HANDLE20.500.12657/11238615978150996645500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Hart Studies in European Criminal Law0101UK-EU Police and Judicial Cooperation Post-BrexitImplementing the Trade and Cooperation Agreement1B01HelenaCarrapico2B01GemmaDavies01eng003520393J93JK93JKV93JKVF93L93LN93LNF93LNFX93LNFX520European criminal law;Policing;TCA;Trade and Cooperation Agreement01060303This unique open access collection offers an in-depth understanding of UK-EU police and judicial cooperation post-Brexit, an under-explored field. It considers the legal and political operation of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement (TCA) and its implications for a wide number of policy areas. As well as critiquing its operation, contributors suggest reforms that would improve police and judicial cooperation between the UK and the EU. This scholarly discussion is balanced against practical considerations, with short chapters setting out practitioners’ perspectives on the TCA. It ends by reflecting on lessons that non-EU countries seeking cooperation with the EU might learn. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Northumbria University.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112386/1/9781509966455.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509966479?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6b310e4b-efde-4d93-984b-6388ef4402e7030001OAPEN Library ID6b310e4b-efde-4d93-984b-6388ef4402e701HANDLE20.500.12657/11229815978153819175000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Medievalia et Humanistica Series0101Medievalia et Humanistica, No. 49Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Culture: New Series1B01Reinhold F.Glei2B01Maik GothGoth01eng0016003933933K93D93DS93DSB93DSBB93DSBC93N93NH93NHD93NHDJ20Drama;Early modern drama;Early modern theatre;Medievalia et Humanistica;Theater;Theatre01060303Since its founding in 1943, Medievalia et Humanistica has won worldwide recognition as the first scholarly publication in America to devote itself entirely to medieval and Renaissance studies. Since 1970, a new series, sponsored by the Modern Language Association of America and edited by an international board of distinguished scholars and critics, has published interdisciplinary articles. In yearly hardcover volumes, the new series publishes significant scholarship, criticism, and reviews treating all facets of medieval and Renaissance culture: history, art, literature, music, science, law, economics, and philosophy. This open access book contains four articles ranging from medieval literature (discovery of the Self in the twelfth century) and philosophy (reception of Moses Maimonides in Latin) to Humanist poetry (Boccaccio on leisure) and panegyrics (Nagonio on Henry VII and Prince Arthur, with an appendix containing a couple of poems hitherto unedited, along with an English translation). In addition, there are five book reviews which cover various epochs, genres, and discourses. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112298/1/9781538191750.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216270355?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6a2c459e-1d79-47b7-a31b-30fe4af0821c030001OAPEN Library ID6a2c459e-1d79-47b7-a31b-30fe4af0821c01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230515978153815649000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Chinese Environmental EthicsReligions, Ontologies, and Practices1B01MayfairYang01eng002780393J93JH93JHM93JHMC93Q93QD93QDH93QDHC93QDT93QDTQ20Asian studies;Buddhism;Chinese studies;Comparative philosophy;Confucianism;Daoism;Environmental anthropology;Environmental ethics;Environmental humanities;Environmentalism;Fengshui;Ontology;Religious studies;Taiwan01060303An interdisciplinary collection in the new field of environmental humanities, this open access title brings together Chinese environmental ethics, religious ontology, and religious practice to explore how traditional Chinese religio-environmental ethics are actually put into social practice both in China’s past and present. It also examines how Chinese religious teachings offer a wealth of resources to the environmental project of forging new ontologies for humans co-existing with other living beings. Different chapters examine how: Buddhist ontology avoids anthropocentrism, fengshui (Chinese geomancy) can help protect the landscape from economic development, popular religion organizes tree-planting, ancient dream interpretation practices avoided constructing the possessive individual subjectivity of modern consumerism, Buddhist rituals and ethics promoted compassion for animals and modern recycling, Confucian ancestor rituals and tombs have deterred industrial expansion, and also how Daoism’s potential role to deter desertification in northern China was stymied by state operations in contemporary China. A significant advance in the field of Chinese environmental anthropology, the outstanding scholars in this volume provide a unique and much needed contribution to the scholarship on China and the environment. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UC Santa Barbara Confucius InstituteRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202111Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112305/1/9781538156490.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881814083?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 6114765a-2e43-45f9-9cb3-a0d3a6128651030001OAPEN Library ID6114765a-2e43-45f9-9cb3-a0d3a612865101HANDLE20.500.12657/11226715978075565631800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102King Faisal Center for Research and Islamic Studies Series0101Realizing Saudi Vision 2030Governance, Institutions and Human Capital Development1B01Mark C.Thompson01eng003360393J93JP93JPA93JPP93JPQ93K93KC93KCP93N93NH93NHG20National Transformation Plan;Policy and Decision Making;Saudi Demographics;Saudi Vision 2030;Socioeconomic Transformation01060303All too often, Saudi Vision 2030 is associated outside the Kingdom solely with mega-projects such as ‘Neom’ and ‘The Line’. But how the Vision is being realized through ‘real life’ situations and issues is frequently overlooked. This open access book is a behind-the-scenes investigation into the current transformations taking place in Saudi Arabia. It comprises contributions from academics, researchers, policymakers and practitioners who have access to the decision-makers and relevant institutions in the country. Based on these authors’ extensive experiences and this unique access, chapters focus on the remodelling of government entities, the creation of institutions, and the new opportunities made available for Saudis through human capital development initiatives, all key issues that are central to the Vision. In assessing the transformations taking place in Saudi Arabia, this book is a much-needed evaluation into how Vision 2030 is being successfully implemented and what factors challenge development. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the King Faisal Center for Research and Islamic Studies.I.B. Tauris01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112267/1/9780755656318.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9780755656295?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 63ec522e-fca5-4580-a981-75c39610fef6030001OAPEN Library ID63ec522e-fca5-4580-a981-75c39610fef601HANDLE20.500.12657/11227215978135051304400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Queer in a Wee PlaceSmall Nations, Sexuality & Scotland1B01YvetteTaylor01eng003440393D93DS93F93FX93FXN93J93JB93JBF93JBFW93JBS93JBSF93JBSJ93JH93JHB93JM93JMS20Belonging;Identity;Place;Sexuality01060303Queer in a Wee Place explores identity, inequality and belonging in animated conversations about how queerness moves through place – and how place, in turn, shapes queer lives. Building on interdisciplinary sexualities scholarship, activism, creative practices, as well as legislative and cultural critique, this open access book examines the past, present and future imaginings of queerness in Scotland, as a ‘wee place’. With cases covering law, policies, cultural institutions, education, and everyday life, this collection offers an in-depth analysis of Scottish queer experience, showing how ‘wee places’ reflect and inflect global dynamics – revealing tensions between national pride, visibility and exclusion. Scotland’s national claims about being world-leading in the advancement of LGBTQ+ rights often re-invoke a global hierarchy of places to be queer. The under-resourcing of and backlash against equality, diversity and inclusion initiatives, and colliding legislation such as hate crime laws and the UK Supreme Court ruling, expose a more complicated truth. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112272/1/9781350513044.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350513068?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 613a7a82-b605-49d3-bbc0-5933533d6a1e030001OAPEN Library ID613a7a82-b605-49d3-bbc0-5933533d6a1e01HANDLE20.500.12657/11228415978166693789300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Ecocritical Theory and Practice0101Contemporary Ecocritical Methods1B01Camilla BrudinBorg2B01JørgenBruhn3B01RikardWingård01eng002980393F93FX93FXE93R93RN93RNA93RNC93RNK93RNT93W93WN20Anthropocene;Ecocriticism;Environmental humanities;Literary theory;Methodology01060303Ecocriticism has grown into one of the most innovative and urgent fields of the humanities, and many useful ecocritical approaches for addressing our environmental crisis have been developed, discussed, and reconsidered during the last decade. From various perspectives, ecocriticism both adopts and criticizes traditional analytical and theoretical models, resulting in an impressive methodological diversity, pushing the boundaries of the humanities. This open access book, Contemporary Ecocritical Methods, exemplifies this methodological variety and serves as a practical entry into the field. Fourteen chapters, written by scholars from various ecocritical sub-fields of environmental humanities, introduce a rich set of perspectives and their analytical tools. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Goethe University Frankfurt am Main.Lexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112284/1/9781666937893.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216200680?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 65a5654c-1466-4830-9cb7-03e61b519f76030001OAPEN Library ID65a5654c-1466-4830-9cb7-03e61b519f7601HANDLE20.500.12657/11232015978135058363400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Radical Educators in Grassroots Contexts1B01MayssounSukarieh2B01StuartTannock01eng003040393J93JN93JNA93JNAM93JNF20Activism and education;Alexia Leclerq;Chukki Nanjundaswamy;Coumba Toure;Decolonial education;Greg Asbed;Gustavo Esteva;Julian Boal;Kelly Teamey;Manish Jain;Munir Fasheh;Nonformal education;Radical education;Salim Vally;Susan Williams;Unschooling01060303This open access book presents a collection of conversations with educators and activists from around the world, who are engaged with practicing and thinking about different forms of radical or alternative education for social change, and who are working in grassroots education spaces, beyond formal schooling and universities. This includes educators working in the areas of community, worker, indigenous, environmental, feminist, anti-colonial, agricultural, liberation, theatre and arts education in North America, Latin America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and South Asia. By bringing together these different perspectives, the book helps to broaden our thinking about what radical education could and should look like in the world today. The book includes an introductory overview of radical education and education in nonformal, community and grassroots contexts; as well as brief introductions to each conversation that introduces the speaker, their work, organization and context, and situates the speaker within a particular approach to radical education. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by University College London.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112320/1/9781350583634.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350583641?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 59b97b42-1e4c-4f0a-a852-f9ae966f825d030001OAPEN Library ID59b97b42-1e4c-4f0a-a852-f9ae966f825d01HANDLE20.500.12657/11235115978135052145200EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Perspectives on Fantasy0101Speculative Mimesis in Fantasy LiteratureRethinking Relations Between Fiction and Reality1A01EliseKraatila01eng002240393D93DS93DSA93DSB93DSBH93DSK93F93FM2021st-century structures of thinking;Artistic mimesis;Climate crisis;Contemporary reading culture;Cultural theory;Epistemic uncertainty;Fantasy fiction;Genre;Joe Abercrombie;Kazuo Ishiguro;Lev Grossman;Literary mimesis;Literary theory;N. K. Jemisin;Polemical issues;Post-postmodernism;Post-truth' global inequality;Postmodernism;Reality;Representation;Storytelling;Storytelling boom;Western fantasy fiction01060303With perceptions of reality in the 21st-century increasingly seen as pluralistic and a matter of interpretation, this open access book identifies fantasy literature as a uniquely and highly effective form of storytelling for engaging with our contemporary sense of reality in all its fluidity and complexity. Proposing a new theory of fantasy’s relationship with our reality as a speculative form of mimesis, Elise Kraatila demonstrates how the genre exemplifies literary ways of engaging with the complexities of our contemporary sense of reality by means of “what if?” propositions, grand-scale scenario models, imaginative world-building and thought experiments. Discussing works of 21st-century fantasy by celebrated authors including Kazuo Ishiguro, N. K. Jemisin, Joe Abercrombie and Lev Grossman, Speculative Mimesis in Fantasy Literature lays bare the complexity and interpretive ambiguity that characterizes the relationship between fantasy fiction, the art of storytelling, and our contemporary sense of reality at large. Illuminating how these contemporary storytellers turn to the expressive repertoire of fantasy fiction to explore topical issues from global inequality to climate crisis and the 'post-truth' breakdown of our conception of reality, this book positions fantasy as a major participant in contemporary responses to our ideas of reality with the power to make actual change. Critically acknowledging and interrogating this most popular genre and the ontological and epistemic force of its narratives, Kraatila offers a perspective to fantasy world-building as a form of literary mimesis that highlights the complex and historically changeable conceptions of what it means for fiction to represent reality more generally. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Tampere University, Finland.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112351/1/9781350521452.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350521469?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 53c69594-8c6a-4d53-bf95-bfd324bb4dfe030001OAPEN Library ID53c69594-8c6a-4d53-bf95-bfd324bb4dfe01HANDLE20.500.12657/11232315978135050051800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Digital Africa0101Feminist Digital Citizenship in AfricaAgency, Rights and Resistance1B01TanjaBosch2B01TonyRoberts01eng002400393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JP93JPW93T93TJ93TJF93U93UD20African digital citizenship;African digital feminism;African feminism;Digital Africa;Digital citizenship;Digital social activism;Digitlal social movements;Feminism;Feminism and Africa;Feminist digital citizenship01060303This open access edited collection offers the first-ever book-length volume on feminist digital citizenship in Africa. It offers multiple, theoretically grounded case studies by African researchers covering countries across the length and breadth of the continent, including non-majority-English countries such as Malawi, Mozambique, and Senegal, which tend to receive less coverage in Anglophone scholarship. These studies newly identify uniquely African practices of digital feminist activism. In so doing, they further develop our understanding feminist digital citizenship, especially when it comes to globally relevant themes such as intersections between gender and class and between gender and religion. This leads in turn to new insights into the developmental phases and overall nature of digital social movements more generally. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112323/1/9781350500518.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350500495?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 509fe23b-e941-4a8b-830e-a9e0fcca72ed030001OAPEN Library ID509fe23b-e941-4a8b-830e-a9e0fcca72ed01HANDLE20.500.12657/11235315978135040184600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Environmental Cultures010121st-Century Climate ImaginariesGlobal Activism, Ecopoetry and the Arts of Environmental Justice1A01NataliePollard01eng002560393D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSBH593DSBJ93DSC93DSK20Anthropocene;Cecilia Vicuña;Climate activism;Climate change;Climate emergency;Colonial;Craig Santos Perez;Ecocriticism;Ecological change;Environmental humanities;Environmental violence;Glacier;Indigenous writing;J.R. Carpenter;Jordan Abel;Kathy Jetn¯il-Kijiner;New media;New media poetry;Rita Wong;Science communication01060303Adopting a comparative approach, this book argues that many iconic 21st -century metaphors and images used to communicate climate change and ecological crisis actually conceal the destructive foundations of Anthropocene life. Climate crisis images and narratives produced by the global north have long structured the way environmental change is understood and managed. This open access book examines how apocalyptic 'climate memes' – which are familiar from dominant environmental media, eco-art and science communication – risk invisibilising ecological and social injustices on the ground and perpetuating colonizing and violent planetary responses. The book showcases alternative climate imaginaries emerging from global south, Indigenous-led and anti-colonial movements. Through five case studies in Chile, Greenland, the Pacific Islands, the UK, and Canada, it introduces key contemporary artists, activists and scholars whose creative interventions challenge colonial, extractive, and late capitalist thinking. Among them are the artistic and filmic collaborations, land defence projects, performances and installations of activist artists including Craig Santos Perez, Kathy Jetnil-Kijiner and Rita Wong. The book advocates for collaborative, transdisciplinary, and grassroots action in reconfiguring ecological relations, shifting from technocratic solutions to culturally and contextually grounded practices. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by The University of Exeter.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112353/1/9781350401846.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350401853?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 5702e66f-04df-4e40-a9aa-9631b575ee3b030001OAPEN Library ID5702e66f-04df-4e40-a9aa-9631b575ee3b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11235815978135025798600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Anti-Racism as Communism1A01PaulGomberg01eng002720393J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JP93JPA93JPF93JPFC93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS201776;Agriculture;Alabama;American;Black Lives Matter;Capitalism;Civil War;Coal;Colonialism;Colony;Cotton;Europe;Freedom;Invasion;Jim Crow;Movement;North America;Plantation;Police;Race;Reconstruction;Resistance;Revolution;Slavery;The New Deal;The South;USA;Virginia01060303In the United States there have been brilliant examples of anti-racist struggle—black soldiers in the Civil War, coal miners of Alabama, and especially the anti-racist working-class struggles led by the Communist Party. Yet racism persists: Jim Crow replaced racial slavery, and mass incarceration has replaced Jim Crow. Why? In this open access book Paul Gomberg argues that racism is functional for capitalism, supplying low-wage, vulnerable labor and driving down conditions for all workers. How can anti-racists put an end to racist society? Gomberg argues for race-centered Marxism: anti-racism must lead working-class struggle, but racism will end only in a communist society that creates opportunity for all. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.comBloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112358/1/9781350257986.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350258006?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 49e51acc-a589-4a57-903f-9653cd9d4a6e030001OAPEN Library ID49e51acc-a589-4a57-903f-9653cd9d4a6e01HANDLE20.500.12657/11238115978135028603000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Hellenistic Literature and CultureStudies in Honor of Susan A. Stephens1B01BenjaminAcosta-Hughes2B01JacquelineArthur-Montagne3B01PhirozeVasunia01eng004160393D93DB93DBS93DBSG93DC93DCA93DS93DSB93DSBB93N93NH93NHC20Alexandria;Ancient history;Ancient literature;Apollonius;Callimachus;Classics;Festschrift;Hellenistic poetry;Posidippus;Susan A. Stephens;Theocritus01060303In this open access book, leading Greek scholars explore the rich and diverse poetry and prose of the long Hellenistic period. Chapters focus on the poets of Alexandria such as Callimachus, Theocritus, Apollonius, and Posidippus and on prose texts written in Greek in the Roman Empire. This volume demonstrates the versatility of this literature and examines its multiple cultural affiliations. The Hellenistic writers emerge from this volume as complex, playful, and politically engaged figures, interested in the relationship between culture and society, and far removed from the stereotype of them as distant or elitist. This book makes a major contribution to the study of Hellenistic Greek culture. Susan Stephens is the Sarah Hart Kimball Emerita Professor in the Humanities at Stanford University, USA. Her contributions to the study of Hellenistic literature and culture are immense. She is the author of over fifty articles and the author or editor of ten books. Many of these publications have made a significant impact on the study of the ancient world. Her research on the poets of Alexandria and on ancient Greek prose fiction is widely regarded as path-breaking. She is an inspiring and influential teacher who guided and mentored generations of students and is closely associated with Stanford, where she obtained her undergraduate and doctoral degrees and where she taught from 1978 until her retirement. The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Stanford University.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112381/1/9781350286030.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350286047?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 46e80d4d-ba2d-4edb-9247-87d7e4ee41d6030001OAPEN Library ID46e80d4d-ba2d-4edb-9247-87d7e4ee41d601HANDLE20.500.12657/11227415978179365327700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Ecocritical Theory and Practice0101Intermedial EcocriticismThe Climate Crisis Through Art and Media1A01JørgenBruhn2A01NiklasSalmose01eng002120393D93DS93F93FX93FXE93G93GT93GTC93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93R93RN93RNA93RNC93RNT20Climate Crisis;Climate and media;Climate art;Climate fiction;Cormac mccarthy;Ecocritical theory;Ecocriticism;Intermediality;Media studies;Multimodal Studies01060303Intermedial Ecocriticism: The Climate Crisis Through Art and Media provides an extensive understanding of the climate crisis as it is represented in a number of medial forms, including scientific reports, popular science, graphic novels, documentaries, websites, feature films, and advertising. Theoretically, this is the first open access book that combines two important theories from the humanities: ecocriticism and intermedial studies. The book carefully develops Intermedial Ecocriticism as a method of investigating how climate crisis is represented and communicated through diverse media types. The chapters each include a comparative analysis of two or three specific media products and how they mediate the climate crisis. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Linnaeus University; University of Gothenburg.Lexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112274/1/9781793653277.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781978742444?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 4fb18290-73d5-4806-9781-340da033c24f030001OAPEN Library ID4fb18290-73d5-4806-9781-340da033c24f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11228315978179365177800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Postphenomenology and the Philosophy of Technology0101Moral Hermeneutics and TechnologyMaking Moral Sense through Human-Technology-World Relations1A01OlyaKudina01eng001820393C93CF93CFP93P93PD93PDR93Q93QD93QDH93QDT93QDTQ20AI;American Philosophy;Anthropocentrism;Anthropology;Artificial intelligence;Dewey;Ethics;Ethics of technology;Gadamer;Human nature;Human values;Industrial design;Industrialism;Moral psychology;Philosophy of science;Postphenomenology;Pragmatism;STS;Science and technology studies;Social philosophy;Sociology;Technological mediation;Technological studies;Technology movement;Technomoral change;Value change;Value dynamisn01060303In Moral Hermeneutics and Technology: Making Moral Sense through Human-Technology-World Relations , Olya Kudina explores the role of technology in the way people arrive at their moral intuitions and choices and revise their moral commitments, a phenomenon she calls “moral hermeneutics.” This open access book considers technology as a mediator of human relations and questions the traditional anthropocentric view of morality. Drawing on the philosophical traditions of postphenomenology and pragmatism and empirical explorations from multiple case studies, Kudina shows how values co-evolve with the dynamic human-technology-world environment and even change in response to it. Consequently, Kudina presents morality as a dynamic practice of sense-making, where people, technologies, and the cultural setting all play an active role. This book explores the implications of such a technologically mediated moral hermeneutics for the informed use, design, and governance of technologies, while accounting for the intimate connection between values and technologies. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by European Research Council (ERC).Lexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112283/1/9781793651778.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216270317?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 4480a1ed-a3ec-46ba-ac43-44ffdd1fa7e1030001OAPEN Library ID4480a1ed-a3ec-46ba-ac43-44ffdd1fa7e101HANDLE20.500.12657/11226115978150998660600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Studies in International Law0101Systemic Economic Offences as International CrimesTheorising a New Paradigm of Mass Criminality1A01NicoleCiteroni01eng002560393L93LB93LBB93LBBM93LBBM393LBBZ20Chiquita case;Haarde case;International criminal law;International economic law;Niger Delta;Petrobas case;Public international law;Volkswagen case01060303This open access book asks whether international economic crime can qualify as an international crime and be prosecuted as such. Taking a four-part approach to the question, it traces the origins of the concept of international economic crime, and draws the line between ordinary economic crimes and economic offences of international significance. To this end, it examines six cases involving the commissions of serious economic crimes in different regions of the world, including Europe, the Americas and Africa: the crime of grand corruption in the Petrobras case; the theft of natural resources in the Niger Delta region and Liberia; the international money-laundering scheme in the Bolichicos case; the crime of financing terrorism in the Chiquita case; the Volkswagen conspiracy case in the US and the Haarde case related to gross-negligence in preventing serious economic damage. It then goes on to discuss a potential sui generis category of international economic crimes, before considering the advantages and the challenges of the multilevel enforcement system of international criminal justice in prosecuting such crimes. This book provides an innovative and original avenue for the analysis of a controversial and yet overlooked topic in international criminal law. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Lund University.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112261/1/9781509986606.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509986620?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 4474a6e2-78d5-410d-a1f5-b2a21eb8c668030001OAPEN Library ID4474a6e2-78d5-410d-a1f5-b2a21eb8c66801HANDLE20.500.12657/11227615978150995523700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Investment Migration in Europe and the WorldCurrent Issues1B01Martijn van denBrink2B01DimitryKochenov3B01MadeleineSumption01eng004560393L93LN93LND93LNDA93LNDA120Citizenship;EU law;International law;Investment migration01060303Over the past decades a growing number of countries have offered citizenship or residence in return for a donation or investment. Taking a multi-disciplinary approach to the study of this phenomenon, this open access collection examines its legal, political, and conceptual implications. The volume consists of four parts. The first part documents recent trends in investment migration and seeks to understand its implications for our understanding of the concept of citizenship. The second part provides a legal and normative assessment of investment migration, from the perspective of both EU and international law. The third part presents case studies of investment migration practices in countries from around the world, including from jurisdictions that have so far remained under-researched. The fourth part deals with the specific EU legal-political context and also engages with the case launched by the European Commission against Malta. The book assembles the leading experts in the field and offers a rigorous and balanced analysis of this sometimes controversial field. The ebook editions of this book are available under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Central European University.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112276/1/9781509955237.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509955251?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 378b1547-8329-421c-96a3-fae82bb6eaff030001OAPEN Library ID378b1547-8329-421c-96a3-fae82bb6eaff01HANDLE20.500.12657/11229415978178660381400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Radical Subjects in International Politics0101Becoming a MovementIdentity, Narrative and Memory in the European Global Justice Movement1A01PriskaDaphi01eng001640393J93JP93JPF93JPV93JPVC93JPVH20Activism;Activists;Collective Memory;Europe;Globalization;Human Rights;Identity and Difference;Justice;Memory Studies;Narratives;Protest;Protest and Revolution;Social Movements;Sociology;Transnational;Transnational Movements01060303Social movement scholars have become increasingly interested in the role of stories in contentious politics. Stories may facilitate the mobilization of activists and strengthen the resonance of their claims within public discourse and institutional politics. This open access book explores the role of narratives in building collective identity – a vital element in activists’ continued commitment. While often claimed important, the connection between narratives and movement identity remains understudied. Drawing on a rich pool of original data, the book’s analysis focusses on the Global Justice Movement (GJM), a movement known for its diversity of political perspectives. Based on a comparison of different national constellations of the GJM in Europe, the book demonstrates the centrality of activists’ narratives in forming and maintaining movement identity and in making the GJM more enduring. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Goethe University Frankfurt am MainRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001201711Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112294/1/9781786603814.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216219422?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 3b6e9b32-391b-45f8-b646-a4b9138ec1fb030001OAPEN Library ID3b6e9b32-391b-45f8-b646-a4b9138ec1fb01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230915978135052880200EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Spanish Globalization through Murillo's EyesReflections from Seventeenth-century Seville1A01BartoloméYun-Casalilla01eng0032803933933M93A93AG93AGA93G93GT93GTQ93N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHT93NHTB2017th century;America;Aristocracy;Art markets;Atlantic networks;Baroque;Colonial trade;Cultural history;Early modern history;European history;Family;Ferdinand III;Global history;History of art;Iberian history;Iberian world;Iconography;Individualism;Modernity;Monarchy;Political theory;Protestant painting;Religious conversion;Republic;Self-control;Social change;Social theory;Spanish history;Values;Women01060303This open access book examines the work of the 17th-century Baroque painter, Bartolomé Esteban Murillo (1618-1682) – a figure who barely left the city of Seville – as a way of understanding globalization, its consequences, and its limits. Full of saints, friars, virgins, and Christs, or poor people and cheerful pícaros oblivious to social injustice, Murillo's painting has been considered representative of the Counter-Reformation and the exponent of an immobile, even introverted, society that regressed with the ‘crisis of the 17th century’. Spanish Globalization through Murillo's Eyes introduces a global perspective by considering the Atlantic art market and developing comparisons with Protestant paintings and an analysis of Murillo’s iconography alongside the social and political theory of his time. Such comparisons and analyses illuminate a different image, emphasizing the idea of a common European path towards modernity, individualism, emotional self-control and social change. The book also examines how Murillo’s contemporaries interpreted his iconography. The result is a new and sharper understanding of the tensions created by globalization in the field of art, in the construction of imagined communities, and in social relations in the early modern era. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112309/1/9781350528802.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350528819?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 4497452d-94c8-4654-9232-ed1f6a797c4a030001OAPEN Library ID4497452d-94c8-4654-9232-ed1f6a797c4a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11233215978135047484000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Historical AuthenticityA Transdisciplinary Compendium1B01MartinSabrow2B01AchimSaupe01eng006720393G93GB93GBC93GL93GLZ93N93NH93NHA93NHAH93NHB20Archives;Authentic;Authorship;Collections;Copy;Credibility;Diversity;Documentaries;Fake;First-hand;Forgery;Genuine;Heritage studies;Historic buildings;Historical culture;Historical methods;Historiography;History theory;Identity;Masterpiece;Memorial sites;Memorials;Memory studies;Museums;Objects;Original;Places;Preservation;Provenance;Re-enactment;Reality;Reconstruction;Representation;Simulation;Sources;Testimony;Tradition;Virtual reality;Voices;Witness01060303Authenticity has become a key concept in the culture of history and memory in the 21st century . This open access book explores the multifaceted nature of ‘historical authenticity’ and its uses in various academic, museum, and historical-cultural contexts. In 70 alphabetically-arranged articles, Historical Authenticity explains how authenticity can enable individuals and societies to locate themselves within time and space and the associated challenges. The book shows how today’s attitudes to the past are characterised by an intense striving for historical authenticity – a phenomenon which began to assume new potency in the last third of the 20th century. It considers how this manifests itself in practical terms, for example, in the value attached to ‘authentic voices’ from the past, ‘authentic objects’ in museums, collections and archives, or to ‘authentic places’ – be they historic buildings, urban architectural ensembles or memorial sites. The volume also reflects on how this desire for the ‘real’, the ‘genuine’ and the ‘original’ has changed over the centuries , and why it is nowadays so frequently linked with a longing to experience history ‘first-hand’, as evidenced in the degree of public attention accorded to surviving witnesses of historic events or the popularity of historical re-enactments. ‘Historical Authenticity’ convincingly makes the case that the analysis of academic, cultural, institutional and political authentification processes is central to a critical understanding of how the past is perceived in the present. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Leibniz Research Alliance Value of the PastBloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112332/1/9781350474840.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350474857?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 40798159-27ea-4b56-9de2-80cb8475aee5030001OAPEN Library ID40798159-27ea-4b56-9de2-80cb8475aee501HANDLE20.500.12657/11234515978135053204500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102History of Crime, Deviance and Punishment0101Infanticide and Baby-farming in Victorian EnglandThe Torquay Murder of 18651A01MarkJackson01eng0029603933933M93J93JK93JKV93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Adoption;Baby-farming;Capital punishment;Courts;Crime;Illegitimacy;Infanticide;Law;Legal history;Murder;Victorian England01060303This open access book explores the tragic case of the Torquay Murder of 1865, when the body of a young boy was discovered abandoned on the outskirts of Torquay in Devon, England . Having identified the child as three-month-old Thomas Harris, local police arrested the child’s mother, Mary Jane Harris, and his nurse, Charlotte Winsor, and charged them both with murder. Through careful analysis of a range of original sources including police and inquest reports, court and prison records, witness depositions, newspaper accounts, census records, medical and legal texts, Home Office documents and letters, Mark Jackson reconstructs the complex story of the Torquay murder and explores the personal and political consequences of England’s first baby-farming scandal. Situating the case within the context of mid-Victorian concerns over rising rates of illegitimacy and infanticide, debates about the abolition of capital punishment and attempts to regulate child-care and adoption practices, this book examines the impact this landmark trial had on British law and society. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by University of Exeter, UK.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112345/1/9781350532045.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350538191?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 3bce8513-ff33-479c-9877-08df276a4ab1030001OAPEN Library ID3bce8513-ff33-479c-9877-08df276a4ab101HANDLE20.500.12657/11238015978135043994800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Climate Shocks and Pastoralist Migration in South SudanAn Ecological Approach for Political Cooperation1A01Daniel AkechThiong01eng0017603935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93JP93R93RN93RNP93RNPG93T93TV20African environmental history;Climate change;Climate change and conflict;Climate change and conflict in Africa;Climate change and displacement;Climate change and migration;Climate change and migration in Africa;Climate change in South Sudan;Climate shock;Conflict in South Sudan;Displacement and conflict;Economic geography;Migration in South Sudan;Migration into Equatoria;Southern Jonglei Dinka01060303In this important, multidisciplinary, open access study, Daniel Akech Thiong shows that the relations between climate disaster, pastoralist migration, and intercommunal conflict in Africa reach farther, both in time and space, than we realize. Focusing on the climate-shock-induced migrations of the Dinka people of South Sudan's Jonglei state into the Equatoria region, Thiong investigates the long-term ecological roots of conflicts among pastoralists, or between pastoralists and agriculturalists, over access shrinking waterholes and grazing zones. In so doing, he not only offers important correctives to prevalent, short-term narratives around individual political conflicts—narratives that provide little fodder for any long-term solutions--but also sheds new light on the role of governance, both national and local, in creating or mitigating the conflicts. Thiong in fact reveals examples of unusual cooperation between diverse ethnic groups amidst climate-change-induced disasters, and these findings shed new light on similar developments elsewhere in Africa, all of which offers new lessons for those who wish to mitigate future clashes related to climate-shock-induced displacement and encourage social stability. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112380/1/9781350439948.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350439979?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 2f65cf7d-357f-4db4-ac3b-55cd8e6ebeb2030001OAPEN Library ID2f65cf7d-357f-4db4-ac3b-55cd8e6ebeb201HANDLE20.500.12657/11231915978135042556900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Histories of Internationalism0101Student Internationalism and the Global Cold WarThe International Union of Students in Socialist Prague1A01MikulášPešta01eng003120393J93JP93JPS93JPSN93N93NH93NHB93NHT93NHTW2020th century;Cold war;Eastern European History;History of Socialism;History of the Third World;International Union of Students;Socialist Internationalism;Student Internationalism01060303This open access book tells the history of the International Union of Students, providing a fascinating account of a significant but understudied vehicle of internationalism amidst the Global Cold War. Focusing on three main themes; student internationalism, decolonization, and socialist transnationalism, it draws on a vast array of archival sources to explore cooperation and exchange between the Cold war’s three worlds, and the role of the organization in developing global socialism. Centring Prague as a key co-ordinating centre of Cold War internationalisms and with an international focus on student organisations, Pešta contextualises the legacy and impact of student internationalism in the twentieth century. Paying particular attention to the role of ‘Third World’ delegates who communicated and legitimised topics such as colonialism, racism, global inequality and national liberation, it shows how the language and agenda of the IUS changed over time, and how the organization struggled to find its place after the end of the Cold War in 1989. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112319/1/9781350425569.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350437586?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 35f6c287-c52b-4752-bc2c-d204661c0fad030001OAPEN Library ID35f6c287-c52b-4752-bc2c-d204661c0fad01HANDLE20.500.12657/11234315978135050686200EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Nature, Disaster, and Animism in JapanAnima Philosophica1B01IshiiMiho2B01FujiharaTatsushi01eng002960393J93JH93JHM93N93NH93NHF93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93QR93QRA93QRR93QRRL93R93RN20Animals;Anthropocene;Anthropology;Biopolitics;Biopower;East Asia;Ecology;Humans;Man-made disasters;Minakata Kumagusu;Natural disasters;Nishida Kitaro;Non-human;Ontology;Political ecology;Supernatural;Technology01060303This open access book argues that existing scholarship on animism, with its focus on harmony, often overlooks a fundamental tension: that the same forces that sustain collective life also demand individual sacrifice. Rather than treating disasters as discrete events, the authors examine how vital forces flow between human communities and natural environments. They introduce the concept of anima , a force that is both generative and destructive, flowing from the wild into human communities. In Japan, the relationship between humanity and nature has been irreversibly altered. In the age of catastrophic modernity, from the atomic bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki to the Fukushima nuclear accident, the environment can no longer be understood through traditional frameworks. This is not the unspoiled wilderness of the past, nor is it the ancient landscape of traditional animism . Drawing on detailed case studies from Japan's transformed landscapes, polluted seas, contaminated forests, and post-disaster zones, this open access volume re-examines the work of influential Japanese thinkers such as Minakata Kumagusu and Isozaki Arata. The contributors explore how contemporary artists, activists, and communities develop animic thoughts and practices that emerge not from pristine nature but from environments bearing the scars of industrial development and disaster. Moving beyond simple critiques of modernity, the book proposes an anima philosophica : a new framework for understanding how communities engage with environmental forces that transcend human control yet demand ongoing negotiation. The book reveals how animic forces operate in contexts ranging from wartime memorial practices to environmental disasters, from artistic interventions to community rituals. It offers new tools for navigating our precarious relationship with a world where nature, technology, and humanity are deeply and dangerously intertwined. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112343/1/9781350506862.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350506879?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 336c2f1b-7229-4aac-95d2-bddcacf1e250030001OAPEN Library ID336c2f1b-7229-4aac-95d2-bddcacf1e25001HANDLE20.500.12657/11234915978135053394300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Critical Education0101The Safetyfication of EducationNeoliberalism, Psychopolitics and the End of Critical Education1A01MartaEstellés01eng001520393J93JN93JNA93JNAM93JNF20Critical education;Education policy;Neoliberal education;Politics and education;School safety;Student safety01060303This open access book examines the dominance of safety discourses in education and its connection with neoliberalism. Over the past few decades, the term ‘safety’ has become silently but increasingly pervasive in educational debates worldwide. This book problematises this pervasiveness and analyses both its historical origins and practical implications. The first part of the book investigates how ‘safety’ became a problem of educational concern in the Anglophone world and its link with the development of neoliberalism. The second part is based on an ethnographic study, funded by the Spencer Foundation, which explores the safety practices of four secondary schools in Aotearoa New Zealand, a country at the vanguard of ‘Third way’ educational policies. The findings show that while safety discourses provide an avenue for discontent teachers and students to channel their aspirations of social justice, efforts to create safe learning environments often contribute to the depoliticization/psychologization of social issues and the reinforcement of neoliberal logics of mental optimisation and choice. The book concludes with a call to move away from safety discourses and a tentative way forward that builds upon the contradictions of these discourses. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Spencer Foundation.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112349/1/9781350533943.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350533950?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 31704dff-16e0-46e4-8bfe-681ad7341b94030001OAPEN Library ID31704dff-16e0-46e4-8bfe-681ad7341b9401HANDLE20.500.12657/11235515978135025729000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Queer GenerationsLGBTQ Growing Up, Belonging and Sexual Citizenship1A01PeterAggleton2A01RobCover3A01BenjaminHegarty4A01DanielMarshall5A01ChristyNewman6A01Mary LouRasmussen01eng002160393J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFW93JBS93JBSF93JBSJ93JM93JMU93JP93JPV93JPVC93L93LN93LND93LNDA20Australia;Citizenship;LGBTQ+01060303Queer Generations offers a groundbreaking study of sexual citizenship, based on the coming of age narratives of two social generations of LGBTQ people in Australia. The open access book’s assembly and analysis of narrative accounts demonstrates the differences contained in people’s experiences of LGBTQ youth sexual citizenship. It is the first book to provide a robust empirical account of the diverse ways in which sexual citizenship is experienced and understood by different social generations of LGBTQ people growing up. By so doing, Queer Generations offers a unique analysis of ongoing contestations over the place of sexual and gender diversity in relation to citizenship. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112355/1/9781350257290.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350257313?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 2f1c97c5-08cf-4888-92a6-f903b17ffaba030001OAPEN Library ID2f1c97c5-08cf-4888-92a6-f903b17ffaba01HANDLE20.500.12657/11225815978183902535800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Film Studios in Britain, France, Germany and ItalyArchitecture, Innovation, Labour, Politics, 1930-601A01TimBergfelder2A01RichardFarmer3A01EleanorHalsall4A01SueHarris5A01Carla MereuKeating6A01MorganLefeuvre7A01CatherineO'Rawe8A01SarahStreet01eng005760393A93AT93ATF93ATFA93ATFG20European film studios;Film production infrastructure;Pinewood Joinville Babelsberg Cinecittà;Postwar European cinema;Studio architecture and design;Transnational film production;Wartime film industries01060303This open access book investigates film studios in Britain, France, Germany and Italy between the 1930s and 1960s. During this time, studios faces unprecedented challenges including wartime disruptions, post-war fragmentation, movement of labour and the introduction of new technologies. While the study of film studios has been dominated by the centralized Hollywood ‘studio system’, the authors present new research about the often very different histories of Europe’s film studios, comparing their geographic locations, architectures and infrastructural development. They explore a number of well-known studios including Pinewood, Joinville, Babelsberg and Cinecittà, as well as lesser-known production sites such as Manchester, Victorine, post-war West German studios and Tirrenia as diverse creative and economic infrastructures. Drawing on a wealth of archival sources, photographs, films, aerial maps and visualizations, the book charts how artistic practices responded to transnational flows in film studio expertise, as studios constituted formative, materially based ‘spaces of the imagination’ that produced some of cinema’s most influential films. How studios worked in the past as dynamic, creative working environments that were profoundly influenced by their locations, architectures and personnel, is foregrounded as the authors produce new understandings of how the collaborative and material environments of studio spaces and technologies shaped film production and cultures. The open access edition of this book is available under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on www.bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the European Research Council.British Film Institute01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112258/1/9781839025358.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781839025372?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 333a3317-d376-4cc2-8bb8-95ca31d3adb7030001OAPEN Library ID333a3317-d376-4cc2-8bb8-95ca31d3adb701HANDLE20.500.12657/11226815978153814735100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Handbooks0101The Rowman & Littlefield Handbook of Peace and Conflict StudiesPerspectives from the Global South1B01SolveigRichter2B01SiddharthTripathi01eng006320393G93GT93GTU93J93JP93JPS93JW20Civil War;Climate Change;Conflict Resolution;Decolonial;Dialogic encounters;Epistemic hierarchies;Gender;Global North;Inclusive knowledge production;Indigenous Studies;Justice;Local Turn;Mobility;Non-Western Perspectives;Peace studies;Peacebuilding;Political violence;Postcolonial Studies;Race;Refugees;Transformative Research Methodologies;Violence;War Economies01060303This new open access handbook combines conceptual thinking with empirical illustrations to understand the trajectories of conflict and violence in our world. Peace and Conflict Studies were broadly founded in the Northern Hemisphere, which strongly influenced how scholars understand patterns of peace or violence in Africa, Latin America and South-East Asia. This has proven to provide practitioners not only with false promises about external intervention, but even strengthened asymmetric colonial power structures in the way knowledge was and is produced. There is a need to make the discipline more plural by initiating and shaping a new research agenda that is more strongly rooted in the ground realities, contexts, imaginations – political, economic, and social – of the Global South(s). This handbook is the first of its kind with a comprehensive and inclusive agenda for the field of peace and conflict studies: It engages in a thorough academic discussion not only about the Global South(s) but includes perspectives from the Global South(s). It reflects productive discussions with scholars from the Global South(s) that constitute the majority of authors in this handbook. In addition, while the handbook is a scholarly knowledge product, it is also an ongoing process for scholars, students and practitioners from both South(s) and North(s) with diverse backgrounds and positionalities. This handbook is essential reference for students and researchers working on global peace and conflict studies, postcolonial studies, and international relations. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Leipzig University & Postcolonial Hierarchies in Peace and Conflict Studies Network.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112268/1/9781538147351.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881842390?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 2f499329-f910-43c6-b6e1-142375fd2c42030001OAPEN Library ID2f499329-f910-43c6-b6e1-142375fd2c4201HANDLE20.500.12657/11228515978135047392800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Philosophy of Writing1A01DavidArndt01eng002240393C93CB93CBV93CBW93CF93CFA93CJ93CJC93CJCW93Q93QD20Philosophical writing;Philosophy of literature;Philosophy of truth01060303Why write? Why care about writing well? Most philosophers have seen writing as inferior to speech as a way to move toward truth. Just a few thinkers—including Epictetus, Nietzsche, Arendt, Foucault, Morrison, and Anzaldúa—have said that writing itself can be part of the search for understanding. But how can this be true? In this pathbreaking work, David Arndt argues that our views of writing have been distorted by common concepts of truth, goodness, and beauty, and that we have to critically rethink these concepts in order to better understand in what senses writing can be beautiful, good, and true. He distinguishes several kinds of thought (demonstrative, interpretive, perspectival, and narrative), and explains how they are articulated in different genres of writing (papers, essays, dialogues, and stories). He ends with fifty principles of composition that guide writing at its best. Philosophy of Writing is both a philosophical meditation on writing and a practical handbook on how to write. This luminous and illuminating book shows—in prose that is clear, graceful, and occasionally witty—how writing has been practiced as a kind of meditation conducive to the search for wisdom. But it also shows how this practice opens the deepest questions of philosophy, and calls into question the meaning of philosophy itself. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112285/1/9781350473928.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350473935?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 32c9ec4a-f8ac-4c82-9b0a-b336bba776df030001OAPEN Library ID32c9ec4a-f8ac-4c82-9b0a-b336bba776df01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230615978153815098600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Global Justice in a Democratic WorldContemporary Liberal Theories1A01JustynaMiklaszewska01eng002760393J93JP93JPF93JPFK93JPFM93JPH93JPHV20Democracy;Justice;Liberalism;Multiculturalism;The Social Contract01060303This open access book offers a comparative analysis of the theories of justice developed by Rawls, Sen and Nussbaum, and aims to demonstrate their mutual relationship. All three liberal theories significantly enrich the set of fundamental principles of morality that concerns the sphere of political action. The novelty of Sen’s and Nussbaum’s capability approach in comparison with Rawls is that they discuss the problem of social justice on a global scale. They do not try to extend and adjust the two principles of justice to the whole of mankind, nor do they treat the difference principle as to be applied everywhere. Instead, they present their own cosmopolitan approach to applying their theories of justice to take into account issues which are neglected or insufficiently developed by Rawls, such as global inequalities, discrimination against women, the rights of people with disabilities, and animal rights. These theories can be described as an alternative to the crucial objection towards Rawls’ work that this theory of justice does not address these important global problems. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Polish Ministry of Science and Higher EducationRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202111Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112306/1/9781538150986.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881814328?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 2007b98e-1d4c-4a47-91ea-1f4421f3f8e0030001OAPEN Library ID2007b98e-1d4c-4a47-91ea-1f4421f3f8e001HANDLE20.500.12657/11226315978150998864800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Building a Successful Fiscal FederationConstitutional Lessons for the EU1B01StefanGriller2B01FlorianHuber3B01Sonja PuntscherRiekmann01eng005440393L93LB93LN93LND93LNU20Covid-19;Debt brake;EMU;Federalism;Fiscal Equalization;Fiscal Federalism;Fiscal Solidarity;Fiscal constitution;Pandemic;Sovereign debt crisis01060303This open access book analyses the fiscal constitutions of developed, democratic Western federations that can offer a model for a future EU fiscal federalism, and draws lessons for the EU. The 2009-08 sovereign debt crisis revealed the urgency to overhaul the fiscal architecture of the EU to protect the Eurozone. In the book, national experts analyse the fiscal architecture of Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Germany, Switzerland and the USA as key examples of federated entities that exercise autonomy in fiscal matters. Throughout their histories, these federations have faced political clashes between centre and periphery or among sub-federal entities which are reminiscent of current conflicts in the EU. Moreover, in times of crisis such as wars, the COVID-19 pandemic, or asymmetric economic shocks, their fiscal systems have been put under stress in comparable ways to the EU. An interdisciplinary team of lawyers, political scientists, and economists uses the analysis of the sample federal states to provide concrete reform suggestions applicable to the EU. Thus, the book offers food for thought for researchers and advanced students, as well as for practitioners in the areas of administration and politics, to make the EU fiscal architecture more resilient in the face of future crises. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112263/1/9781509988648.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350535381?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 2ed27a6b-00fe-4d8c-a2ed-737cfd53191f030001OAPEN Library ID2ed27a6b-00fe-4d8c-a2ed-737cfd53191f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11228715978135042602300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Teaching Global DevelopmentPractical Approaches for Inclusive, Critical, and Decolonized Pedagogy1B01ElishevaCohen2B01John-MichaelDavis3B01RuthMurumba4B01Mary JaneParmentier5B01MarylynnSteckley6B01RitaUdor01eng002480393G93GT93GTP93GTS93J93JN93JNE93K93KJ93KJM93KJMK93N93NH93NHB93NHT93NHTQ20Decolonial pedagogies;Decolonial pedagogy;Decolonizing development studies;Decolonizing global development;Decolonizing international development;Global development studies;International development studies;Teaching development;Teaching development studies01060303The first volume of its kind, Teaching Global Development offers a unique open access collection of current approaches to teaching development in ways that foreground core ethical issues. Hailing from a range of disciplines and from across the world, the contributors gathered here describe what global development means in their context, offer strategies for more ethical syllabi, describe innovative ways to explore equity and diversity through readings and activities, and provide detailed case studies of GDS-related programs. Throughout, these chapters showcase new and innovative approaches to service learning, lesson plans, and activities that demonstrate what critical, decolonized, DEI-sensitive knowledge actually looks like. For its topical breadth, theoretical sophistication, and uniquely concrete examples and suggestions, this book is a must-read for scholars, instructors, and students interested in the ethics not only of global development, but also of curriculum-setting and pedagogy more broadly. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Indiana University and Worcester Polytechnic Institute.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112287/1/9781350426023.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350426047?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 2b520721-c63d-4740-93f0-38dc76431dae030001OAPEN Library ID2b520721-c63d-4740-93f0-38dc76431dae01HANDLE20.500.12657/11228815978135028441800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Cultural Histories of Theatre and Performance0101Performing Citizenship and German Amateur TheatricalsDrama and Utopianism in the Nineteenth Century1A01MeikeWagner01eng002640393A93AT93ATD93ATY93N93NH93NHD20Adolf Freiherr Knigge;Adolph Müllner;August Wilhelm Iffland;August von Kotzebue;Bourgeois society;Bourgeoisie;Dilettantism;Feminism;French Revolution;Goethe;Queer theory;Schiller;Urania;Utopia;Utopianism01060303This open access book proposes a revision of 19th-century theatre history and examines the contribution of amateur theatre practice to European theatre, by shifting the focus to theatre as a cultural, social and aesthetic practice. Non-professional theatre practice has been largely neglected due to deeply rooted prejudice about its aesthetic standards: a prejudice whose origins can be traced back to influential thinkers in the 18th century. Although it was a massive phenomenon in Europe around 1800, amateur theatre has been overshadowed by professional theatre through a privileging of literary and canonical perspectives in the writing of history. This book argues that amateur theatricals contributed to mainstreaming key concepts of aesthetic education and identity building, as well as establishing educative and aesthetic concepts of bourgeois theatre. Amateur theatres not only provide their audiences with an aesthetic experience, they also give their members the opportunity to become involved in social gatherings and performative schemes of self-learning and self-education. During the late Enlightenment, amateur theatres became an important medium to practice and promote concepts of citizenship and the idea of theatre as a key educational factor in society. Focusing on German-speaking amateur theatricals, with regard to a larger frame of European cultural history, this study investigates how citizen identities were shaped and consolidated through amateur performance practices on page, on stage and behind the scenes. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the European Research Council (ERC) under the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme.Methuen Drama01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112288/1/9781350284418.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350284432?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 289b4113-ee8f-461c-ace8-92e49741a0db030001OAPEN Library ID289b4113-ee8f-461c-ace8-92e49741a0db01HANDLE20.500.12657/11229715978178348276400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Kilombo: International Relations and Colonial Questions0101Decolonising InterventionInternational Statebuilding in Mozambique1A01MeeraSabaratnam01eng001840393G93GT93GTU93J93JP93JPB93JPS93JPSD93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ20Global Governance;Global Justice;International Relations;Political Violence;Postcolonial;Theory01060303Building, or re-building, states after war or crisis is a contentious process. But why? Sabaratnam argues that to best answer the question, we need to engage with the people who are supposedly benefiting from international ‘expertise’. This open access book challenges and enhances standard ‘critical’ narratives of statebuilding by exploring the historical experiences and interpretive frameworks of the people targeted by intervention. Drawing on face-to-face interviews, archival research, policy reviews and in-country participant-observations carried out over several years, the author challenges assumptions underpinning external interventions, such as the incapacity of ‘local’ agents to govern and the necessity of ‘liberal’ values in demanding better governance. The analysis focuses on Mozambique, long hailed as one of international donors’ great success stories, but whose peaceful, prosperous, democratic future now hangs in the balance. The conclusions underscore the significance of thinking with rather than for the targets of state-building assistance, and appreciating the historical and material conditions which underpin these reform efforts. Click on the Features Tab for Open Access to this title. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by SOAS, University of London; London School of Economics (LSE); Economic and Social Research Council of the UK (ESRC)Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001201711Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112297/1/9781783482764.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881813031?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 1f14c55e-b59f-4134-b29e-bb1c8640e888030001OAPEN Library ID1f14c55e-b59f-4134-b29e-bb1c8640e88801HANDLE20.500.12657/11232215978135044592500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Constructing Learning OutcomesProblematizing (Under)Achievement in Europe1B01NatáliaAlves2B01Marcelo Parreira doAmaral3B01TeroJärvinen4B01JenniTikkanen01eng002720393J93JN93JNF93JNK20Economic development;Educational achievement;Inclusive education;Learning outcomes;Measurement;Social inclusion;Underachievement01060303This open access book challenges dominant understandings of learning outcomes and educational (under)achievement and examines the quality and construction of learning outcomes across Europe. Educational achievement is considered central to economic development and social inclusion, yet its measuring is not a straightforward task, as the controversial discussion on defining learning outcomes show. Rather, they result from a complex process of constructing learning outcomes and entails manifold intersecting factors and actors. This volume argues that gaining an in-depth understanding of educational achievement requires re-thinking and re-conceptualising learning outcomes and their construction processes in a holistic and context-sensitive manner. Organized along three thematic parts, the chapters in this volume challenge dominant understandings of learning outcomes and educational achievement in research and offer a reconceptualization of learning outcomes by drawing on three major theoretical perspectives, Life course, Intersectionality, and Spatial justice, thus bringing together different disciplinary approaches in a dynamic manner. Importantly, the book does not only offer new approaches and rethinking of learning outcomes, but also a critical reappraisal of the methodological frameworks used to research them, offering new tools for not only overcoming some of the major shortcomings and problems of the currently dominating approaches, but also tapping on the potential of participatory methodologies to facilitate the formulation and implementation of more effective, context-sensitive, and evidence-based policies. Drawing empirical evidence from a European research project, the volume offers novel approaches to conceptualising, understanding, and researching learning outcomes and educational achievement that can promote inclusiveness of education. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Horizon Europe.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112322/1/9781350445925.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350446717?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 248e8141-59be-4bab-b563-bc5eec00c6a3030001OAPEN Library ID248e8141-59be-4bab-b563-bc5eec00c6a301HANDLE20.500.12657/11234115978135051010400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Transformative Development for Postcolonial Africa0101African Englishes and Multilingualism for the Transformative Development of Postcolonial Africa1B01ThorstenBrato2B01Jakob R. E.Leimgruber3B01AloysiusNgefac4B01PaulZang Zang01eng002560393C93CF93CFF93D93DN93DNT93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSBH593N93NH93NHH93NHT93NHTQ93NHTR93NHTR120African English;African French.;African development goals;Cameroon;Cameroonian English;Colonial languages;EFL in Africa;Indigenized language;Language and development;South Africa;Transformative development in Africa;World Englishes01060303This open access edited volume brings together a team of linguists to explore how indigenized varieties of English and multilingualism interact with the holistic transformation of Africa. Contributors discuss the transformative development vision for Africa with a focus on ex-colonial languages, indigenized varieties and indigenous mother tongues. In doing so, they explore linguistic evolution and developments towards endonormativity, investigate the correlation between the Africanisation of English and transformative development, the indiginization of medical terminology in HIV/AIDS consultations, the interactions of Romance languages with local English varieties, and resonances between decolonizing multilingualisms in Singapore and Africa. Going beyond traditional emphases on economic and industrial progress, the authors gathered here ultimately develop new analytical frameworks that align with African realities and priorities and ultimately promote the decolonisation of the African minds, which remains a work in progress. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Zed Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112341/1/9781350510104.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350510081?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 1efffb6f-f855-43d5-9476-0ad5198ce749030001OAPEN Library ID1efffb6f-f855-43d5-9476-0ad5198ce74901HANDLE20.500.12657/11235415978135047420800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Expanding Philosophy of Religion0101Art-Making as Spiritual PracticeRituals of Embodied Understanding1B01LexiEikelboom2B01DavidNewheiser01eng0032803933933M933MP93A93AG93AGA93AGR93Q93QR93QRA93QRAB93QRM93QRV93QRVG93QRVK20Art-making;Artists;Embodied understanding;Knowledge;Ritual;Spirituality01060303Is it possible to consider art-making as a spiritual practice independent of explicit religious belief or content? This open access collection establishes a new paradigm that changes the conversation surrounding the spiritual significance of art. Where earlier research has focused on the religious significance of secular artworks, this innovative volume turns its attention to the role of the artist, and to specific examples of art practices, putting them into conversation with particular ritual practices. By creating a web of connections that emerge across multiple disciplines and practices, a team of scholars and artist shed new light on the way art-making and ritual embody non-discursive forms of understanding. Drawing on the work of scholars who argue that ritual practice is central to religious identities, they use close analysis of specific examples to address philosophical issues about the nature of knowledge and spirituality and the relationship between them. Bringing a practice-centered approach to the study of religion and the arts, this is a rich and in-depth examination of the possibility that art has spiritual meanings that are endemic to the practice of art-making itself. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Templeton Religious Trust.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112354/1/9781350474208.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350474215?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 2b510ed0-fee2-496b-b515-f90d202ccde1030001OAPEN Library ID2b510ed0-fee2-496b-b515-f90d202ccde101HANDLE20.500.12657/11237315978150997389700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Labour Law and Economic PolicyHow Employment Rights Improve the Economy1A01AdriánTodolí-Signes01eng002080393L93LA93LAM93LN93LNH20Digitalization;Functions of labour law;Justifications of labour law;Labour economy;Labour institutions;Labour market;Labour standards;Philosophical foundations of labour law;Platform work;Subordination of workers;Workers01060303This open access book studies labour institutions from an economic perspective to justify their existence and the advantages that they bring to innovation, efficiency, productivity, and economic growth. The philosophical foundations of labour law rely on the protection of the weaker party of the employment contract. However, after 40 years of political neoliberalism, these justifications seem insufficient for achieving progress in the area of labour and employment rights. This book changes the narrative of why we need labour standards. It begins with a study of the reasons that gave rise to labour law in the context of the Industrial Revolution and its evolution, and moves on to analyse the current context dominated by globalisation and economic digitisation. It then proceeds to study the main justifications for intervention in the labour market in the current business-economic context on a global scale: economic growth; pre-distribution of wealth; a meritocratic allocation of working conditions and equality among workers. Using case studies and examples from across the EU, the UK, and the US, the book shows how the deregulation of labour markets harms innovation and the economy, especially when considering the challenges of platform work, algorithms, and AI. It demonstrates that labour standards such as the minimum wage, sectoral collective bargaining and collective rights, protection against dismissal and discrimination, occupational risk prevention, and social security are necessary for the economy to function properly. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Universitat de València .Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112373/1/9781509973897.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509973910?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 11b93e4b-8e75-487e-bd95-c67c8e5cd1a6030001OAPEN Library ID11b93e4b-8e75-487e-bd95-c67c8e5cd1a601HANDLE20.500.12657/11232615978135053011900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Figures of Buddhist Diplomacy in Modern Asia1B01Jack Meng-TatChia01eng003200393J93JP93JPS93JPSD93N93NH93NHF93Q93QR93QRA93QRAM93QRAM293QRF93QRFB20Ajahn Tala Uttama;Communist China;Development and Diplomacy;Dharmasen Mahathero;Fei Yechao;George Yeo;Hong Choon;Hsing Yun;Indian Buddhism;Jawaharlal Nehru;Jigme Singye Wangchuck;Kushok Kushok Bakula;Maha Chakri Sirindhorn;Mindfulness;Monk;Narendra Modi;Nichidatsu Fujii;Otani Eijun;Ranil Wickremesinghe;Sino-Japanese Diplomacy;South China Sea;Taixu;The 7th Changkya Khutukhtu;The Fourteenth Dalai Lama;Thích Nhat Hanh;Xi Jinping;Yinshun;Yuanying;Zhao Puchu01060303Redefining how we understand diplomacy, Figures of Buddhist Diplomacy in Modern Asia reveals Buddhism as a dynamic force in shaping international relations . This groundbreaking open access book highlights individuals—including monastics, laity, political leaders, and royalty—who have strategically employed Buddhist objects, teachings, and networks to forge transregional ties and influence global politics. Introducing the concept of Buddhist diplomacy, the book traces how Buddhism has been mobilized for soft power, cultural exchange, peacebuilding, and even geopolitical manoeuvring. From spiritual ambassadors like Taixu, Thich Nhat Hanh, and Hsing Yun to world leaders such as the Dalai Lama, Narendra Modi, and Xi Jinping, the twenty-two essays illuminate the surprising ways Buddhism has intersected with modern statecraft. Blending historical depth with contemporary insight, this volume invites readers to rethink diplomacy not only as negotiation and policy but also as a terrain where religion, culture, and global power converge. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Social Science and Humanities Research Fellowship, Social Science Research Council (Singapore).Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112326/1/9781350530119.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350536739?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 13902d07-c58f-4cc9-8dc9-e6c656f81213030001OAPEN Library ID13902d07-c58f-4cc9-8dc9-e6c656f8121301HANDLE20.500.12657/11234415978135050242000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Bloomsbury Higher Education Research0101The Future of Cross-Border Academic Mobilities and ImmobilitiesPower, Knowledge and Agency1B01AlineCourtois2B01SimonMarginson3B01CatherineMontgomery4B01RavinderSidhu01eng003280393J93JN93JNM20Academic immobility;Academic mobility;Home country;International higher education;Overseas returnee;Politics;Power;University01060303This open access edited collection brings together reflections on the fast-changing and crisis-ridden global context and develops new ways of conceptualising academic mobilities, and immobilities, against a backdrop of a conflicted and precarious future for global higher education. The result is a set of vivid cutting-edge contributions, some of which take a global view and others which explore a country perspective, including China, France, Malaysia, Philippines, Spain, Thailand, Turkey, Vietnam, and more. The book foregrounds critical approaches to academic mobility, with topics covered including blockages to mobility in the context of geopolitical tensions and the upsurge of national particularism and nativism, the intersection of academic (im)mobilities and power, political subjectivities and race, class and gender. Traditional understandings of academic mobility as physical mobility from global South to North are questioned as exclusionary and alternative models of mobility are offered. These include those appropriate to post-colonial national and regional contexts, those responsive to the changing needs of students, academics and their communities, those using online modes as well as those involving physical transfers of persons, and those about the mobility of knowledge as well as people and learning. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by UKRI.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112344/1/9781350502420.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350502437?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0e99c6e1-3cd4-4819-8435-d87e0610308b030001OAPEN Library ID0e99c6e1-3cd4-4819-8435-d87e0610308b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11235015978135052719500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Conversations on Humanity and Creativity1B01Anthony B.Pinn01eng001760393A93AB93N93NH93Q93QD93QDH93QR93QRY93QRYA20AI;Activists;Art;Beauty;Class;Collaboration;Creativity;Cultural production;Culture;Death;Film-maker;Gender;Hip-hop;Humanism;Humanist;Life;Non-theists;Posthuman;Race;Religion;Religious;Ritual;Scholars;Secular;Secularism;Social justice;Theists;Theology;Visual arts01060303How does hip hop relate to religion, what does it tell us about the human desire for meaning? What do the visual arts tell us about our quest for place, human connection, and for a sense of meaning that includes but also transcends the mundane? This open access book brings together secular and religious scholars, artists, and activists, to explore topics such as race, gender, class, AI and racial injustice. Based on the assumption that dialogue produces a much richer understanding of human activity than monologues, this book reveals the common ground in experiences and meaning-making through culture, art and beauty. Bracketing the theological-philosophical debate over who is right—theists or nontheists—this book looks at the work and aims of the people supporting either position, and how we make meaning in a time of increasing division. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by William Marsh Rice UniversityBloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112350/1/9781350527195.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350527201?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 1769802b-f3ee-40bd-82d3-ea28bf294984030001OAPEN Library ID1769802b-f3ee-40bd-82d3-ea28bf29498401HANDLE20.500.12657/11236015978166692586900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Critical and Creative Engagements with Diversity in Nordic Education1B01Thor-AndréSkrefsrud2B01VanderTavares01eng003920393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JN93JNF93JNFK93JNT20Intercultural education;Minority;Multiculturalism;Multilingualism;Nordic education;Scandinavia;Social justice;Teacher education01060303Teacher education in the Nordic European context continues to change rapidly in response to diversity. However, this context tends to receive less attention globally, despite being a part of the interconnected effort to prepare teachers and students for an increasingly complex and uncertain future. Against this backdrop, this open access book presents timely research that identifies and critically explores some of the challenges and opportunities which researchers, educators, and teacher educators may encounter while working in culturally and linguistically diverse contexts of education in Nordic Europe. In doing so, this volume aims to contribute to the broader conversations about diversity and education on an international level, particularly those focused on how to improve and enhance teacher education through more inclusive, responsive, and social justice-oriented practices. Critical and Creative Engagements with Diversity in Nordic Education offers empirical, conceptual, and theoretical contributions on topics such as religion, gender and sex, language, culture, nationality, race, and ethnicity that reflect the experiences, concerns, and needs of both teachers and students from primary to higher and teacher education. By recognizing, promoting, and understanding the importance of diversity in the classroom, educators can contribute to the achievement of academic success of every student. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences. .Lexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112360/1/9781666925869.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781978744363?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 153c29c8-60b5-482b-8892-1091b1fb96b8030001OAPEN Library ID153c29c8-60b5-482b-8892-1091b1fb96b801HANDLE20.500.12657/11236615978135041921600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Decolonial Methodologies in Social WorkForegrounding Pluriversalism in Teaching and Research1B01RobelAbay2B01Anna-LisaKlages3B01TanjaKleibl4B01Sara RodríguezLugo01eng002480393G93GP93GPS93GT93GTS93J93JH93JHB93JHBC93JK93JKS93JKSN93JP93JPV93JPVH93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ93NHTR93NHTR120Decolonial social work;Decolonization;Decolonizing methodologies;Decolonizing social work;Postcolonial social work;Social work;Social work education;Social work research01060303This open access book offers an original exploration of how the notion of pluriversalism, an anti-colonial concept that resounds throughout many decolonial methodologies and pedagogies, underlies many current attempts to develop more just and equitable approaches to social work teaching and research. Despite its prominence in other fields, pluriversalism has never been foregrounded in any full-length study of social work. This co-edited volume does just that, and in so doing, it codifies a thriving, but otherwise diffuse, subcurrent of alternative, othered ways of researching and teaching social work. It foregrounds local knowledges while maintaining a global scope and empirically grounded perspective, and in so doing it shows how pluriversal approaches open new spaces around the world for teaching and talking about social work in a manner that is more just, culturally sensitive, and attuned to structural power relations. In that same self-critical spirit, the chapters gathered here also engage critically with the risks of cultural appropriation endemic to pluriversal approaches, themselves, appropriations that would ultimately reproduce the exploitation mechanisms they aim to resist. This is a must-read for social work students, researchers, and practitioners interested in development studies, decolonial studies, and Indigenous studies. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112366/1/9781350419216.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350419193?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 177ce269-db1a-4816-ab8c-9e520a639349030001OAPEN Library ID177ce269-db1a-4816-ab8c-9e520a63934901HANDLE20.500.12657/11238415978150997377400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Hart Studies in Constitutional Theory0101Essays on Freedom and Proportionality1B01DimitriosKyritsis01eng002480393L93LA93LAM93LN93LND93LNDC20Balancing;Constitutional adjudication;Freedom;Human rights;Individualism;Liberalism;Proportionality01060303This open access book explores the connection between proportionality and the moral concept of freedom from a variety of philosophical perspectives. It views proportionality as more than a technical, legalistic formula but as infused with moral meaning. It asks: Is the proportionality test committed to a particular philosophical conception of freedom? Some contributors argue that proportionality subscribes to a morally defensible ‘right to everything’. Others see in this a serious shortcoming of contemporary proportionality discourse. They claim instead that fundamental rights doctrine should abandon proportionality and adopt a less individualistic notion of freedom that is inherently limited by the reasonable interests of others. The volume showcases novel attempts to combine proportionality and freedom that are inspired by Kant, John Rawls and Bernard Williams. It also situates its central question within debates about the legitimacy of judicial power and considers the use of proportionality analysis by the courts to resolve pivotal issues about the meaning of human rights. Individual chapters are in dialogue with each other, offering readers a holistic examination of this important issue of human rights theory and practice. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Hart Publishing01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112384/1/9781509973774.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781509973798?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0f69d897-5709-46ef-ae2a-c6c0043b18d7030001OAPEN Library ID0f69d897-5709-46ef-ae2a-c6c0043b18d701HANDLE20.500.12657/11239015978135046637100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Tragedy as a Travelling FormItineraries from Thespis to Today1B01PhilippLammers2B01JulianeVogel3B01ChristinaWald01eng002800393A93AT93ATD93D93DD93DDT93DS93DSG20Ancient tragedy;Decolonization;Early modern opera;Early modern theatre;Early modern tragedy;Femi Osofisan;Greek tragedy;Hamlet;Hamlet! or the Resurrection of Hamlet;Literary criticism;Nigerian literature;Nigerian theatre;Postcolonial literary studies;Postcolonial literature;RSC Hamlet 2016;Renaissance tragedy;Shakespeare;South African literature;South African theatre;Theatre studies;Tragedy and apartheid;Tragedy scholarship;Tragedy studies;Voltaire;Wesóo;Wulf Sachs01060303Covering a broad historical spectrum from Greek Antiquity to the 21st century, this open access book asks how tragedy's formal features have impacted its travels, and how these travels have shaped its forms. Bringing together an international and interdisciplinary group of scholars of classics, English, German and French literature, postcolonial literature, musicology and theatre and performance studies, it provides a multifaceted overview of form processes related to travelling. It presents tragedy as a dynamic figuration that emerges, stabilizes and transforms through relocation and adaptation. The collection begins with the tragedies of Antiquity and then investigates the 17th and 18th centuries, from Shakespeare to Voltaire, as a laboratory for the formal transformation of tragedy, inextricably linked to the social and political changes of that time. The volume concludes with travelling tragedies in the 20th and 21st centuries. This section focuses on two former colonies on the African continent (Nigeria and South Africa) as an exemplary field for exploring form travel in the postcolonial, globalized present, in which tragic forms have become transcultural and are circulating so fast that they can no longer be easily related to concepts of locality, nation or continent. Arguing that the strategies that made tragedy portable also expanded its formal potential, this book also discusses the migration of tragedy as a process of form itself. While adaptation studies frequently focuses on the political dimensions of transcultural modifications of tragic plots, this book suggests that formal concerns are also political and social matters. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Konstanz.Methuen Drama01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112390/1/9781350466371.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350466395?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 10cfe9e3-aa36-4e9d-9ef6-516e3475395c030001OAPEN Library ID10cfe9e3-aa36-4e9d-9ef6-516e3475395c01HANDLE20.500.12657/11226915978135049446600EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Design Philosophy after the Technology Turn1B01FernandoSecomandi2B01Peter-PaulVerbeek01eng002160393A93AK93Q93QD93QDT93QDTN93T93TB93TBD20AI;Design philosophy;Design thinking;Designing things philosophically;Non-fungible tokens;Technology and design01060303Through a collection of essays, this open access book brings together perspectives on philosophy of technology and design. Taking stock of recent changes in technology – including recently emerging digital tools like AI – the authors look to expand the discussions that draw upon both design philosophy and technological developments. The editors of the book argue that we are already a long way from the conventional interpretation of design philosophy as a ‘philosophy of design’, where philosophers remained distant from the practice of design itself. They maintain that designers must welcome cross-fertilisations between disciplines that make possible alternative interpretations of design philosophy, for example, as ‘a designerly way of doing philosophy’ or as ‘designing things philosophically’, perhaps even as ‘the design of philosophy’. The book is structured in two parts: the first comprises chapters that address foundational issues arising at the crossroads of philosophy and design; the second addresses chapters that address special topics, including AI and democracy, fashion design, professional ethics, and climate engineering. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the TU Delft Open Access Fund.Bloomsbury Visual Arts01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112269/1/9781350494466.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350494480?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0cc288c0-eef4-4731-bbce-35c8b79fd040030001OAPEN Library ID0cc288c0-eef4-4731-bbce-35c8b79fd04001HANDLE20.500.12657/11229615978178348747900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Reinventing Critical Theory0101Critical Theories of Crisis in EuropeFrom Weimar to the Euro1B01Poul F.Kjaer2B01NiklasOlsen01eng002880393J93JP93Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDT93QDTS93QDTS120Europe;European Studies;Political Philosophy;Political Theory01060303What is to be learned from the chaotic downfall of the Weimar Republic and the erosion of European liberal statehood in the interwar period vis-a-vis the ongoing Europeancrisis? This open access book analyses and explains the recurrent emergence of crises in European societies. It asks how previous crises can inform our understanding of the present crisis. The particular perspective advanced is that these crises not only are economic and social crises, but must also be understood as crises of public power, order and authority. In other words, it argues that substantial challenges to the functional and normative setup of democracy and the rule of law were central to the emergence and the unfolding of these crises. The book draws on and adds to the rich ’crises literature’ developed within the critical theory tradition to outline a conceptual framework for understanding what societal crises are. The central idea is that societal crises represent a discrepancy between the unfolding of social processes and the institutional frameworks that have been established to normatively stabilize such processes. The crises at issue emerged in periods characterized by strong social, economic and technological transformations as well as situations of political upheaval. As such, the crises represented moments where the existing functional and normative grid of society, as embodied in notions of public order and authority, were severely challenged and in many instances undermined. Seen in this perspective, the book reconstructs how crises unfolded, how they were experienced, and what kind of responses the specific crises in question provoked. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001201611Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112296/1/9781783487479.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216219378?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 151c862c-de41-43b4-8233-3d2fd463f46f030001OAPEN Library ID151c862c-de41-43b4-8233-3d2fd463f46f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230015978153817646700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Global Epistemics0101Epistemologies of Land1B01FelixAnderl01eng001980393Q93QD93QDT93QDTK93QDTS20Anna wolkenhauer;Capital;Commodification;David mcnally;Dispossession;Eloisa berman arevalo;Environmental conflicts;Epistemology;Extractivism;Green revolution;Inanna hamati-ataya;Indigenous peoples;Katarina Kušic;Land conflicts;Land grab;Land knowledge;Leo steeds;Maarten meijer;Sakshi;Shailaja fennell;Social policy01060303Land is at the centre of crucial public debates ranging from climate adaptation to housing and development, to agriculture and indigenous peoples’ rights. These debates frequently become stuck, though, because the meaning of land in different contexts is poorly understood. Bringing together specialists of epistemology and land, this open access book is a landmark contribution to understanding land knowledge as a complex factor in these debates. Land has been known in astonishingly different ways throughout history, but in recent decades one particular understanding of land as commodity has become increasingly hegemonic globally. This understanding has enormously destructive effects, not only for many people and animals living on and from the land that is increasingly grabbed for extractivist purposes, but also for possible imaginations of how humans can relate to land in the future. In Epistemologies of Land , scholars reconstruct how the understanding of land has come to be reduced to “land as commodity” historically, what the consequences of this epistemological transformation have been, and what alternative ways of understanding land could help establish intellectually abundant and ecologically sustainable ways of relating to the land we live on. Particularly, the book shows how a change in perspective – thinking society through land – can lay the foundation not only for knowing more about land, but for a different kind of environmental and social knowledge that could recover forgotten wisdom of how humans and animals have historically related to land, and by that transform the ways in which land contributes to our daily life beyond its diminished meaning as an economic resource. Contributors include: Eloisa Berman Arevalo, Shailaja Fennell, Inanna Hamati-Ataya, Katarina Kusic, Maarten Meijer, David Nally, Sakshi, Leo Steeds, and Anna Wolkenhauer. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by European Research Council (ERC).Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202411Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112300/1/9781538176467.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216270331?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 02bdc19a-5fc7-4b50-b3ea-0c81e39a3583030001OAPEN Library ID02bdc19a-5fc7-4b50-b3ea-0c81e39a358301HANDLE20.500.12657/11229315978178661267000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Resistance Studies: Critical Engagements with Power and Social Change0101Rule and Resistance Beyond the Nation StateContestation, Escalation, Exit1B01FelixAnderl2B01ChristopherDaase3B01NicoleDeitelhoff4B01VictorKempf5B01JannikPfister6B01PhilipWallmeier01eng003100393J93JP93JPS20Development;Diisobedience;Dssidence;Energy;Governanace;Radical;Refugee;Repression;Security;Social Movements01060303Rule and resistance can no longer be understood in national contexts only. They both have transnationalised over the last decades. The scholarly discourse, however, still lags behind these developments. While International Relations only sees institutional “governance”, social movement studies only see instances of resistance. Both, however, lack the necessary vocabulary to describe the dynamic interplay between systems of rule and resistance. While we are governed by transnational structures of rule, a systematic analysis of how this operates and how it can be resisted remains to be developed. This open access book develops an understanding of these power relations through rich empirical case studies of different forms of rule-resistance relationships. Some resistant groups demand reforms of particular policies and institutions. Others attack institutions head-on. Yet other actors attempt to escape the rules they reject. Which forms of resistance can we expect under different kinds of rule? How can we understand transnational rule in the first place? The book gives new inspiring answers to these difficult questions. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Goethe University Frankfurt am MainRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001201911Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112293/1/9781786612670.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881811082?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0bcd088c-7035-4dff-8418-a4881dd4e025030001OAPEN Library ID0bcd088c-7035-4dff-8418-a4881dd4e02501HANDLE20.500.12657/11229515978178552343400EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Rowman & Littlefield International - Policy Impacts0101Permanent Citizens’ AssembliesA New Model for Public Deliberation1A01LarryPatriquin01eng001060393J93JP93JPF93JPH93JPHF93JPQ93JPQB93JPW93JPWC20Brexit;Canada;Citizenship;Decision Making;Democracy;Participation;Public Policy;Refendum;Social Change01060303For a growing number of people, democracy has become synonymous with broken promises and abandoned commitments. Governments everywhere are not listening to their citizens’ concerns on matters of fundamental importance. As a result, ordinary men and women of all political persuasions are demanding transformations, not just to government policies, but to the methods of governance themselves. They realize that in the periods between general elections, they have great difficulty having their voices heard, because they have no formal role in constructing political agendas. This open access book focuses on one way to address this problem, by establishing a continual dialogue between individuals and their governments, hence forcing politicians to constantly pay attention to “the people.” Larry Patriquin argues for the creation of permanent citizens’ assemblies, which would be charged with examining issues of public concern and giving advice to governments. For those troubled by our current democratic impasse, Permanent Citizens’ Assemblies: A New Model for Public Deliberation will give hope that practical reforms are possible and that new institutions can become effective components of governance in nations across the globe. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com.Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001201911Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112295/1/9781785523434.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798216270225?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0b6b3379-765e-4602-94af-62ce3e23b55a030001OAPEN Library ID0b6b3379-765e-4602-94af-62ce3e23b55a01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230115978153817016800EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Digital Technologies and Global Politics0101Hybridity, Conflict, and the Global Politics of Cybersecurity1B01Bibi van denBerg2B01FabioCristiano01eng002580393J93JB93JBF93JBFL93JW93U93UB93UBH93UD93UDD93UR93URD20Covert operations;Cyber norms;Cybersecurity;Cybersecurity policies;Cyberspace;Emerging technologies;Geopolitical tension;Global security;International politics;International relations;International security;Internet;National security;Norms;Online behavior;Overt operations;Security mandates;State security;Technologies;United Nations01060303Cyberspace has become the ultimate frontier and central issue of international conflict, geopolitical competition, and security. Emerging threats and technologies continuously challenge the prospect of an open, secure, and free cyberspace. Additionally, the rising influence of technology on society and culture increasingly pushes international diplomacy to establish responsible state behavior in cyberspace and internet governance against the backdrop of fragmentation and polarization. In this context, novel normative practices and actors are emerging both inside and outside the conventional sites of international diplomacy and global governance. In this open access title, Fabio Cristiano and Bibi van den Berg explore the hybridity and conflict inherent to these recent processes of remodulation of the global politics of cybersecurity by analyzing emerging normative practices, threats and technologies, and actors. Through this comprehensive analysis, this edited volume ultimately sheds light on the problematic technical logic of emergence that informs the global politics of cybersecurity and delineates novel normative paths for cyberspace moving forward. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Leiden UniversityRowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202311Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112301/1/9781538170168.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881813529?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0aa085b8-95c8-4793-a56b-b36e8bc4cc5b030001OAPEN Library ID0aa085b8-95c8-4793-a56b-b36e8bc4cc5b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230715978153814775700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Critical Concepts for the Creative Humanities1A01NannaVerhoeff2A01Irisvan der Tuin01eng002560393G93GB93GP93GPS93J93JN93JNU93N93NH93Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDT93QDTS93QDTS120Art;Art Practice;Art Theory;Creative Practice;Critical Theory;Cultural Studies;Digital;Media;Performance;Philosophy;Social Studies;Technology01060303This concise, precise, and inclusive dictionary contributes to a growing, transforming, and living research culture within both humanities scholarship and professional practices within the creative sectors. Its format of succinct starting definitions, demonstrations of possible routes of further development, and references to new and revisited concepts as “conceptual invitations” allows readers to quickly uptake and orient themselves within this exciting methodological field for didactic, scholarly and creative use, and as a starting point for further investigation for future contributions to the new canon of critical concepts. Critical Concepts for the Creative Humanities is the first book to outline and define the specific and evolving field of the creative humanities and provides the field’s nascent bibliography.Rowman & Littlefield01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001202211Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112307/1/9781538147757.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9798881820404?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0a91516e-fe86-443f-a0d2-07bbb4d4fe2d030001OAPEN Library ID0a91516e-fe86-443f-a0d2-07bbb4d4fe2d01HANDLE20.500.12657/11230815978135053580000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Enhancing Reflective Teaching in Higher Education0101GenAI in Higher EducationRedefining Teaching and Learning1A01RachelForsyth2A01SamIllingworth01eng001520393J93JN93JNK93JNM93JNV93U93UY93UYQ20AI and education;AI in higher education;Digital learning;Education and technology;GenAI;Generative artificial intelligence01060303This open access book provides practical guidance for higher education professionals looking to use Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) technologies. Blending theoretical grounding with real-world examples and case studies, it gives step-by-step guidance on how to evaluate, select, and implement GenAI technologies in teaching, learning, assessment, and student support. It covers topics including automating administrative processes, adapting learning resources, and critiquing outputs. Each chapter includes reflective exercises and further reading lists and shows how AI can enhance accessibility, efficiency, and creativity in higher education. Alongside this, the many challenges and ethical considerations of using AI are introduced, including issues around plagiarism, quality control, and the need to establish governance protocols. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Lund University.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202611Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112308/1/9781350535800.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350535824?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 0b442564-8df9-49de-9ef2-1c71ec0b5af1030001OAPEN Library ID0b442564-8df9-49de-9ef2-1c71ec0b5af101HANDLE20.500.12657/11236515978149855894500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Miscommunicating Social ChangeLessons from Russia and Ukraine1A01OlgaBaysha01eng002460393G93GT93GTC20Chantal Mouffe;Democratization;Discourse Theory;Ernesto Laclau;Euromaidan;Globalization;Modernization;Russia;Slavic Studies;Social Movements;Ukraine01060303This open access title analyzes the discourses of three social movements and the alternative media associated with them, revealing that the Enlightenment narrative, though widely critiqued in academia, remains the dominant way of conceptualizing social change in the name of democratization in the post-Soviet terrain. The main argument of this book is that the “progressive” imaginary, which envisages progress in the unidirectional terms of catching up with the “more advanced” Western condition, is inherently anti-democratic and deeply antagonistic. Instead of fostering an inclusive democratic process in which all strata of populations holding different views are involved, it draws solid dividing frontiers between “progressive” and “retrograde” forces, deepening existing antagonisms and provoking new ones; it also naturalizes the hierarchies of the global neocolonial/neoliberal power of the West. Using case studies of the “White Ribbons” social movement for fair elections in Russia (2012), the Ukrainian Euromaidan (2013–2014), and anti-corruption protests in Russia organized by Alexei Navalny (2017) and drawing on the theories of Ernesto Laclau, Chantal Mouffe, and Nico Carpentier, this book shows how “progressive” articulations by the social movements under consideration ended up undermining the basis of the democratic public sphere through the closure of democratic space. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by National Research University Higher School of Economics, MoscowLexington Books01Bloomsbury Publishing (US)New York0001201811Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112365/1/9781498558945.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (US)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781666998696?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 09a6f7cf-9514-4516-a77c-b6614a883a70030001OAPEN Library ID09a6f7cf-9514-4516-a77c-b6614a883a7001HANDLE20.500.12657/11239715978135041957500EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101New and Decolonial Approaches to Gender NonconformityForging A Home For Ourselves1B01KitHeyam2B01JonWard01eng002160393D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSBH593J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JN93JNU93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ93NHTR93NHTR193Y93YP93YPJ20Decolonize;Education;Gender nonconformity;Research;Teaching;Trans01060303This open access book features a diverse collective of arts and humanities researchers, educators and creative practitioners, sharing their thoughts and experiences of how to approach gender nonconformity creatively and ethically, including from a decolonial perspective. While substantial work has addressed the ethics and practicalities of working with trans and gender-nonconforming participants in social science research, approaches to gender nonconformity in arts and humanities research, teaching and practice still remain underexplored. Here, contributors share their thoughts and experience on topics including centring trans people and people of colour in fan adaptations of Les Misérables; moving beyond medicalised approaches to trans history; responding to the early modern history of gender nonconformity through poetic-performative closet dramas; and using trans history to decolonise history teaching. The editors’ draw out the book’s practical and theoretical implications, reflecting on what it means for marginalised people to ‘forge a home’ within the arts and humanities in our contemporary political moment. This book is an invaluable resource for academics, educators, performers and activists invested in finding new, trans-affirming, decolonial and anti-racist ways to engage with gender nonconformity in their work. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective.Bloomsbury Academic01Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)London0001202511Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112397/1/9781350419575.epub990409Bloomsbury Publishing (UK)01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5040/9781350419599?locatt=label:secondary_bloomsburyCollections9904 9c56eec2-64a4-480f-a352-1c110aa1a361030001OAPEN Library ID9c56eec2-64a4-480f-a352-1c110aa1a36101HANDLE20.500.12657/11225015978908659918900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Fixing AcademiaReflections from a New Generation of Scholars1B01DionKramer2B01Berendvan der Kolk01eng001280393J93JN93JNF20Academia;Academic Funding;Higher Education;Universities01060303Fixing Academia is a timely and provocative collection of essays by ten young scholars. In a series of sharp, evidence-based, and constructive reflections on a selection of pressing themes, they diagnose some of the structural flaws in 21st-century Dutch universities. They also offer the tools for repair – tackling everything from the influence of Big Pharma on scientific integrity to the urgent need for better work-life balance for academic parents.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112250/3/9789086599189.pdf.jpg01VU University Press0001202611VU University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112250/1/9789086599189.pdf990409VU University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://vuuniversitypress.com/product/fixing-academia/97890865991899904 cc0d89b3-4f70-408f-9c7a-0a5d56722b6b030001OAPEN Library IDcc0d89b3-4f70-408f-9c7a-0a5d56722b6b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1122141597895662766920610.26448/ae9789566276692.15200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101El pensamiento latinoamericano en el siglo XXI1B01EduardoDevés2B01SilviaT. Álvarez01spa004670393Q93QD93QDT20Emerging Issues;Latin America;Society;Thought01060303undefined0303In a world where the coordinates of meaning—political, economic, cultural, ecological, and epistemological—are shifting, the effort to gather, organize, and compare the traditions of Latin American thought responds not only to an academic concern but also to a historical urgency and an unavoidable intellectual task. This is why a collective work such as this, which seeks to share a comprehensive view and a provisional assessment of the theoretical and critical contributions made so far this century, is so relevant and timely. This book emerges at a moment when Western-centrism and the values ​​of classical modernity have entered a profound crisis, giving way to the need to formulate alternative approaches from "other epistemologies" that account for our situated and unique realities.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112214/3/9789566276692.pdf.jpgYes01Ariadna EdicionesSantiago de Chile0001202611Ariadna Ediciones01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112214/1/9789566276692.pdf9904 c9dcfe2b-50e6-49a9-a819-02822ae5b1f9030001OAPEN Library IDc9dcfe2b-50e6-49a9-a819-02822ae5b1f901HANDLE20.500.12657/1117621597894616672050610.11116/978946166721200EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Contentious SpacesUncovering the Hidden Narratives of State-Socialist Built Heritage1B01MajaBabić2B01TinoMager01eng0025003936936M936MC93A93AB93ABC93AG93AGA93AM93AMX93G93GL93GLZ93J93JP93JPF93JPFC93JPFF93N93NH93NHD20Architectural history;Centre and periphery;Conservation and preservation;Eastern Europe;Heritage;Heritagization;Historicization;Modernism;Socialism;Yugoslavia01060303The architectural heritage of socialist modernism and conservation in former Eastern Bloc countries. Contentious Spaces explores the heritage of state-socialist architecture and urbanism, examining the socio-political, economic, and cultural processes that shaped these developments. The articles collected in this volume investigate both the conservation and preservation of this heritage, as well as the historicisation of modernist architectural vocabulary in the contemporary era. Moreover, the texts consider state-socialist architecture and urban planning heritage in relation to today’s built environment globally and current geopolitical and socio-cultural processes. Contentious Spaces expands existing scholarship by engaging with marginalised actors and spaces within post-socialist discourse. This includes acknowledging the architectural heritage of women architects and minorities, as well as the links between the political centres of power and modernist architecture in geopolitical peripheries and their contemporary heritage. Geographically, the chapters engage with East-Central Europe, Eastern Europe, the Balkans, and other post-socialist spaces worldwide.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111762/6/9789461667205%20%281%29.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166721211Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111762/1/9789461667205.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111762/5/9789461667212.epub9904 73a703c7-e6fb-452c-8c63-87a69982af3d030001OAPEN Library ID73a703c7-e6fb-452c-8c63-87a69982af3d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120871597806398899930610.64449/978063989000500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101PHARMAKONUrban Law and the Making of Johannesburg1A01Eric NyembeziMakoni01eng002460393J93JP93JPF93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ20Colonialism;Decolonialism;Johannesburg;Law;Planning;South Africa;Spatial planning;Urban law;Urbanism01060303“This book is truly a pharmakon, a potion historically prescribed and a healing adventurously re-imagined. Pharmakon, as the title indicates, shows how the same thing that can be healing, can also poisons us. Makoni takes us through the colonial and postcolonial lawscape of urban South Africa and especially Johannesburg, making a case for how injustice was established through planning laws, and all along trying to find ways in which justice can be achieved. This especially pernicious form of spatial violence is shown to have persevered throughout colonial history, with concrete examples of racial capitalism, where state and private initiatives were implicated. makoni shows how the law has been a conspirator of colonial racialisation, and a precious yet precarious compass to help navigate the post-apartheid lands – the law as true pharmakon, with the trophy of spatial justice in the centre of legal concerns.”Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos Professor of Law & Theory / Artist / Fiction AuthorUniversity of Westminster, London “Rich in theory, concepts and empirical examples, eric nyembezi makoni's book is a groundbreaking and timely intervention in the field of urban planning and city studies.”Prof. Sabelo J. Ndlovu-Gatsheni Professor and Chair in Epistemologies of the Global South, University of Bayreuth, Germany “Through the concept of the lawscape, this book provides an excellent, expansive history of how legal and planning instruments have together shaped South African cities to make spatial racial segregation possible during the colonial and Apartheid era but also to create more inclusive, democratic cities in the post-Apartheid period. PHARMAKON: Urban Law and the Making of Johannesburg is a lucid, critical and yet hopeful book; a must-read for anyone committed to contribute to decolonised cities that promote spatial justice and economic inclusivity.”Dr. Wendy WillemsDepartment of Media and Communications, London School of Economics and Political Science01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112087/3/9780639890005.pdf.jpgUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063989000515978063989001215978063989002911UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112087/1/9780639890005.pdf9904 26963ace-74ce-46b9-ac2c-a00bb0ca2568030001OAPEN Library ID26963ace-74ce-46b9-ac2c-a00bb0ca256801HANDLE20.500.12657/1120891597806398898630610.64449/978063988987000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101UmphrofethiThe Prophet1A01LuDlamini01eng00860393C93CJ93CJP93CJPG93Q93QR93QRR93QRRM20Kahlil Gibran;The Prophet01060303This translation by Lungile Dlamini is a timely gift of immeasurable proportions to her people. She is unequivocal in her offering, as articulated in her appeal to her readers: “Fundani le ncwadi, niyidlulisele nakwabanye njengesipho sengqondo nenhliziyo ejulayo ngomcabango".01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112089/3/9780639889870.pdf.jpgHoopoe Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988987015978063988988715978063988989411UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112089/1/9780639889870.pdf9904 93a77f51-1912-4f84-987b-3cbf89490492030001OAPEN Library ID93a77f51-1912-4f84-987b-3cbf8949049201HANDLE20.500.12657/1120861597806398899000610.64449/978063988991700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Artificial Intelligence Transforming Higher Education Volume 21B01ErnaOliver01eng003300393J93JN93JNK204IR;Artificial intelligence;Ethics;Higher education01060303When the rhythm of the music changes, the dance steps must change also. Step onto the cusp of a new era in teaching and learning. Informed by leading innovators in education technology, this book offers a clear, practical roadmap to turn the promises of/about AI and LLMs into campus-ready solutions. Discover how to harness intelligent tools without losing sight of the human connections that define higher education. Inside these books you will learn how to• craft personalised learning experiences that enhance student engagement and success;• safeguard academic integrity while embracing AI-driven assessments;• empower yourselves with intuitive, low-barrier AI tools for content creation and feedback;• leverage data analytics to close equity gaps and support at-risk students; and• build an ethical AI and LLM strategy that aligns with higher educational missions and values.Whether you are an educator or instructor rethinking lesson design, or a manager streamlining support services, these volumes provide insights and guidance to lead change that will transform higher education culture, elevate outcomes, and equip graduates for work in an AI-infused world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112086/3/9780639889917.pdf.jpgUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988991715978063988992415978063988993111UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112086/1/9780639889917.pdf9904 2e234d1c-a62c-486c-8a1c-4ea7c8d61ad2030001OAPEN Library ID2e234d1c-a62c-486c-8a1c-4ea7c8d61ad201HANDLE20.500.12657/1120911597806398898250610.64449/978063988983200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101The Uncommon Becomes CommonA Critical Gaze at Some Research Trends in the South African Indigenous Languages1B01OnelisaMbathu01eng003040393C93CJ93CJP93CJPG20Multilingualism;Naming;Novels;Poetry;Theme01060303This book is an attempt to investigate some of the pertinent research trends in the indigenous languages of South Africa. It covers aspects ranging from literature, language education, translation, folklore, linguistics, artificial intelligence and multilingualism, music, and creative media. The editors believe that the book lays a firm foundation and inspiration for the publication of more books that will include more of the official languages of South Africa. It would be a delight to see languages such as Sesotho, Setswana, Tshivenda, Xitsonga, isiXhosa, Siswati, and even Afrikaans coming to the party.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112091/3/9780639889832.pdf.jpgUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988983215978063988984915978063988985611UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112091/1/9780639889832.pdf9904 d577a23a-b27b-42ac-878b-f501ba3299d0030001OAPEN Library IDd577a23a-b27b-42ac-878b-f501ba3299d001HANDLE20.500.12657/1120921597806398899550610.64449/978063988996200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Critical Conversations From Different Worlds Through Decoloniality, Gender Equity and Diversity1B01ZairaSolomons01eng001800393J93JH93JHB93JHBA93JHBL20Decoloniality;Decolonisation;Diversity;Gender equity01060303Zaira Solomons is a senior Research Associate at the University of Johannesburg. She holds a PhD from Coventry University and received the prestigious Leverhulme Study Abroad Studentship. She is a decolonial scholar with an emphasis on gender parity and STEM. This edited collection emerged as a result of an international conference she organised during her research sabbatical at the University of Johannesburg, South Africa. It weaves together voices from distinct South-North perspectives on matters relating to minorities and STEM, sexual diversity and inclusion, as well as the political economy and equity. “This book is a considered contribution to ongoing discussions and debates about inclusion and equity. A timely addition to the literature with important insights into under-researched challenges.”- Billy WongProfessor of Education and Director of Research and Evaluation (Access & Participation) at University of Reading, UK & Editor for British Educational Research Journal (BERJ) “In addition to being a political project that stresses the prospect of a just future, this book encourages us to pursue the possibilities of gender and epistemological justice. The contributions emphasise the necessity of persistently challenging colonial and patriarchal systems, drawing upon a thorough decolonial feminist overview. The book emphasises the value of elevating marginalised voices, perspectives, and knowledge as well as the skewed and invisible histories and contributions of women and all other disenfranchised people both in Africa and across the world.”- Puleng SegaloProfessor of Social Psychology & Chief Albert Luthuli Research Chair at University of South Africa “The authors tackled their respective topics from fresh and unique angles and should be congratulated for their contributions. This collection is aimed at providing valuable insights for anyone interested in ongoing work concerning decoloniality, gender equity and diversity.”- Leigh Ann van der MerweFounder of Social, Health & Empowerment Feminist Collective of Transgender Women of Africa & South African Commissioner for Gender Equality01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112092/3/9780639889962.pdf.jpgUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988996215978063988997911UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112092/1/9780639889962.pdf9904 95459caa-0e7f-4b6d-93a2-d78ce3163c16030001OAPEN Library ID95459caa-0e7f-4b6d-93a2-d78ce3163c1601HANDLE20.500.12657/1120901597806398901350610.64449/978063989014200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Gender and Feminist Meditations on Women’s Political Participation in Africa1B01Dikeledi AndronicaMokoena01eng002760393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JP20Africa;Feminism;Politics;Women's leadership01060303Across Africa, women continue to face structural, cultural, and political barriers that limit their participation in governance. This volume, financially supported by Akina Mama Wa Afrika, brings together scholars and activists to explore the diverse ways women are challenging these constraints and claiming space in political life. From Nigerian women using social media to amplify their voices, to Zimbabwe’s Nambya women dealing with patriarchal cultural practices, the chapters examine both the obstacles and strategies for empowerment. Empirical studies from South Africa, Ghana, and Uganda highlight how rural women, literary interventions, and activist-leaders like Stella Nyanzi are reshaping political participation and challenging entrenched gender norms. Drawing on African feminism, comparative analyses, and real-world case studies, the book offers insights into increasing women’s representation in decision-making platforms and national assemblies, advancing gender equality, and fostering inclusive governance. Essential for scholars, policymakers, and advocates, this collection illuminates the pathways toward a more equitable political future in Africa. Dr Dikeledi A. Mokoena is a South African academic and lecturer at the University of Johannesburg's Department of Anthropology and Development Studies. Her research focuses on Gender, Politics of Development and Feminist Political Economy, which explores the intersection of gender and economics in African contexts. Dr Mokoena is a former youth leader of a pan-Africanist movement and has served in various leadership portfolios. Dr Mokoena has a colourful history in political activism & remains an activist scholar. Her work is centred around promoting pan-African unity, collective leadership, and African feminist principles for a more just and equal world. Sharon Adetutu OMOTOSO is an Associate Researcher at the Institute for the Future of Knowledge, University of Johannesburg. She is also Associate Professor (Gender and Media Studies) at the Institute of African Studies, University of Ibadan where she heads the Women’s Research and Documentation Centre (WORDOC). Her works integrate the transdisciplinary fields of Applied Ethics, Media/Information Literacy, Gender Studies, Higher education leadership, African Politics and African Philosophy. On these, she serves on editorial boards of scholarly journals and consults for international agencies. As an Alexandra von Humboldt fellow, her strength lies in developing innovative concepts that contribute to debates in scholarship, activism, and policy engagements.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063989014215978063989015915978063989016611UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112090/1/9780639890142.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/2469904 47f08b95-ae2d-4e1f-a3ff-a4a4412d86e5030001OAPEN Library ID47f08b95-ae2d-4e1f-a3ff-a4a4412d86e501HANDLE20.500.12657/1120941597819974682330610.64449/978199746823300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Security-Development Nexus in AfricaProgress Towards the Agenda 2063 and Sustainable Development Goals1A01SiphumeleleDuma2B01RichMashimbye01eng004740393J93JP93JPR93JW20Development;Intra-Africa trade;Peacebuilding;Political economy;Security01060303This book is a riveting account of major political, economic and social issues that are pertinent to the African continent. At its core, the book explores the ever-important matrix of security-development nexus as this plays out on the African continent. One of the main concerns of African states and, indeed, the continental organisation, the AU, and its RECs, has been regional integration. But how do you achieve economic integration, for example, in the context of poor intra-continental transport infrastructure? What about the deep-seated conflicts in some parts of Africa, like the Great Lakes Region; how do you attain economic integration and development against this background? The many contributions by some of the foremost scholars on Africa and the issues that affect the continent offer pathways to answers around how to achieve an Africa that is developed, secure and modernised. The authors provide captivating accounts of the histories, present realities and possible future scenarios that are at play as the African continent aspires to attain the Agenda 2063 and the SDGs. Thus, themes like economic development and integration, transport infrastructure development, conflicts and terrorism, migration, peacebuilding and sustainable development, human security and food security are some of the primary themes that the book looks at.“This book provides a refreshing perspective on Africa’s development challenges, masterfully unpacking key intersections between sustainable development and security. It critiques well-worn paradigms while providing forward and alternative frames of understanding development, placing a greater premium on the transformative potential of continental integration through initiatives like the African Continental Free Trade Area. It also tackles difficult themes such as climate-induced disasters, land conflicts, food insecurity, and emerging cybersecurity threats. Thought-provoking and deeply relevant, this volume is an indispensable resource for scholars and decision-makers committed to shaping Africa’s future.” — Mzukisi Qobo, Ambassador of South Africa to the World Trade Organisation, Geneva“This text is timely in tackling pertinent discourses of international relations at a time of increasing echoes of re-membering and reclamation of Africa’s agency. By establishing an organic link between security and development on one hand and on the other Agenda 2063 and SDGs, the Editors and contributors of this exceptional text have successfully relocated Africa’s agency following its dislocation for the past 650 years.” – Dr Alexander Madanha Rusero, Head, Department of International Relations and Diplomacy, Africa University, Mutare, ZimbabweSiphumelele Duma is a Senior Postdoctoral Fellow at the University of Johannesburg’s Institute for Pan-African Thought and ConversationRich Mashimbye is a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the Institute for Pan-African Thought and ConversationUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978199746824015978199746825711UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112094/1/9781997468233.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/2609904 173ef305-98dd-4fda-b547-23f68fb7d74b030001OAPEN Library ID173ef305-98dd-4fda-b547-23f68fb7d74b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117631597894616673800610.11116/978946166739700EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Minding Her BusinessWomen, Architecture, and Design1B01AlborzDianat2B01KathleenJames-Chakraborty01eng003500393A93AK93AKX93AM93AMC93AMX93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF120Architecture;Capitalism;Construction;Design;Entrepreneur;Gender;Journalism;Philanthropy;Women01060303The impact of women’s contributions to modern architecture and the built environment. Women have influenced the development of modern architecture and design through a wide variety of entrepreneurial activities. This book highlights their contributions to the construction industry, editorial production, and real estate development, as well as the cultivation of social spaces and delivery of philanthropic interventions. With a global focus, the contributors provide case studies ranging from eighteenth-century Britain and early twentieth-century Istanbul to postwar Finland, mid-century America, and post-independence Kenya, demonstrating the breadth of roles women have created for themselves, whether by challenging patriarchal systems and the capitalist marketplace or by working effectively within them. Recognition of these roles supplements the increasing attention being paid to women architects and enables us to understand the full scope of the impact that women have long had in shaping the built world around us.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111763/3/9789461667380.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166739711Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111763/1/9789461667380.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111763/4/9789461667397.epub9904 e672e0c9-60a0-4b0f-8601-75bec7502b5b030001OAPEN Library IDe672e0c9-60a0-4b0f-8601-75bec7502b5b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107761597894616671820610.11116/978946166718200EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Comics and the Global SouthMethodologies from and within Majority Worlds1B01AndreaAramburú2B01DibyadyutiRoy3B01JoeSutliff Sanders01eng003000393A93AK93AKL93AKLC93D93DS93DSB93DSBH93DSBH593DSK93G93GT93GTP93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ93NHTR93NHTR193X93XA93XAK93XQ93XQK93XR20Comics;Decolonial;Digital Comics;Global Majority;Global South;Graphic Novels;Majority Worlds;Methodology;Postcolonial;Webtoons01060303Original comics scholarship offering methodologies developed from the histories, artistic traditions, and socio-political contexts of comics and visual cultures from the Global South. Comics, graphic novels and webtoons are exploding in popularity across the Global South and Majority World(s). Because most of the critical and methodological tools in English-language comics scholarship come from the Global North, such approaches are often imperfectly designed to illuminate Global South/Global Majority specificities, innovations, and achievements. Comics and the Global South brings together original comics scholarship that offers methodologies crafted within the histories, artistic traditions, and social and political realities of the comics and visual cultures in and from the Global South. The contributions make a major breakthrough in our ability to understand comics of the Global South on their own terms.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110776/3/9789461667182.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166719911Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110776/1/9789461667182.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110776/4/9789461667199.epub9904 3f0915ea-d97b-4aec-bf1b-6588440b2472030001OAPEN Library ID3f0915ea-d97b-4aec-bf1b-6588440b247201HANDLE20.500.12657/1121761597837315136050610.5445/KSP/100016963500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/10010213Schriftenreihe / Institut für Verkehrswesen, Karlsruher Institut für Technologie0101Mikroskopische Verkehrsflusssimulation von Autobahnen mit Streckenbeeinflussungsanlagen1A01Claude MarieWeyland01ger93T20Autobahnverkehr;Dynamic Freeway Control;Environmental Impact;Freeway Traffic;Streckenbeeinflussungsanlage;Traffic Flow Simulation;Umweltwirkung;Verkehrsflusssimulation01060303This thesis aims to model the impact of freeway control systems using microscopic traffic flow simulation. The result is a calibrated traffic flow model that realistically represents the traffic situation on a heavily frequented German freeway, including freeway control measures and the reactions of road users on a typical workday. Such a model enables the simulation-based examination of traffic control measures before their actual implementation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112176/2/9783731513605.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202511KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112176/1/9783731513605.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://publikationen.bibliothek.kit.edu/10001696359904 992089e2-de44-4b17-b104-f99d636391dd030001OAPEN Library ID992089e2-de44-4b17-b104-f99d636391dd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121771597837315146190610.5445/KSP/100018746700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/100102121Schriftenreihe des Instituts für Angewandte Materialien, Karlsruher Institut für Technologie0101Beschleunigtes Materialdesign durch künstliche Intelligenz im Forschungsdatenmanagement1A01Lars ChristophGriem01ger003380393T93TG93TGB20FAIR;Forschungsdatenmanagement;Generative AI;Generative KI;Materialentwicklung;Materials Design;Research Data Management;Segmentation;Segmentierung01060303Using the example of polyurethane foam structures, this work develops a modular, FAIR workflow for data-driven materials development. Through AI-based segmentation, generative 3D models, and simulations, microstructural properties are automatically analysed and mechanical characteristics are reliably predicted. The generic workflows and transparent data management accelerate the development process and can be flexibly applied to other materials.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112177/3/9783731514619.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112177/1/9783731514619.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://publikationen.bibliothek.kit.edu/10001874679904 e9c0cbc1-2578-48e7-af90-c3d63f1e8ba9030001OAPEN Library IDe9c0cbc1-2578-48e7-af90-c3d63f1e8ba901HANDLE20.500.12657/1121271597814780281090610.1215/978147806032100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Indenture AestheticsAfro-Indian Femininities and the Queer Limits of South African Blackness1A01JordacheA. Ellapen01eng002800393A93AB20Afro-Indian;Afro-normativity;Black consciousness;Desire Marea;Fela Gucci;Githan Coopoo;Indentureship;Kutti Collective;Mohau Modisakeng;Queer;Queer worldmaking;Race;Relationality;Reshman Chhiba;Sabelo Mlangeni;South Africa;Vulnerability01060303Jordache A. Ellapen examines the visual and performance art practices of feminist, queer, femme, and gender nonconforming Afro-Indian and South African black artists to understand the paradoxes of freedom in contemporary South Africa.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112127/3/9781478060321.pdf.jpg01Duke University PressDurham, North Carolina, USA000120250615978147803134515978147806032115978147809473911Duke University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112127/1/9781478060321.pdf990409Duke University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.dukeupress.edu/indenture-aesthetics9904 fde0c2d4-a725-40f7-b4da-b40a472b67fd030001OAPEN Library IDfde0c2d4-a725-40f7-b4da-b40a472b67fd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121341597838353605320610.46500/8353605300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010213Wert der Vergangenheit0101Geschichte im WiderstreitBeiträge zur Historisierung Reinhart Kosellecks1B01FalkoSchmieder01ger003510393N93NH93NHA93NHAH93NHT93NHTX93NHTZ93NHTZ12020th century;Apocalyptic thought;Catastrophe;Crisis;Groethuysen;Historians;Historical studies;History;Kittsteiner;Liberalism;Marxism;Modernity;Philosophy of history;Research;Revolution;Terror;The Enlightenment;Theory;Violence;Walter Benjamin01060303undefined0303On the Relevance and Limits of Reinhart Koselleck’s Work. The historian Reinhart Koselleck (1923–2006) remains to this day one of the most inspiring, yet also most critically debated, figures in his field. His work focuses on the catastrophic experiences of modernity: on violence and terror, as well as the problem of history taking on a life of its own and accelerating. They remain topical and controversial not least because of their political implications; for Koselleck, bourgeois society was by no means an unquestionable foundation of his thinking. The authors explore his works through various thematic areas such as his relationship to the Enlightenment, the philosophy of history, apocalypticism, liberalism and Marxism, or through the concepts of crisis, revolution and catastrophe, drawing connections to other theorists such as Walter Benjamin, Bernhard Groethuysen and Heinz Dieter Kittsteiner, who have played scarcely any role in previous research on Koselleck.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112134/3/9783835381650.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538165011Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112134/1/9783835381650.pdf9904 ee3836ff-22c0-4ade-9e81-132aee00ad33030001OAPEN Library IDee3836ff-22c0-4ade-9e81-132aee00ad3301HANDLE20.500.12657/1121541597810035987870610.4324/978100359878700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode0101Emotions and Affective Decisions in Hospitality Equity Investment1A01Dorina-MariaBuda2A01Guy MajerusLincoln01eng002440393K93KN93KNS93KNSG93KNSJ20Affective investment decision making;Behavioural finance;Decision making processes;Investment psychology;Investor entrepreneur relations;Qualitative research hospitality;Social dynamics in finance01060303This innovative title is the first interdisciplinary volume to examine private equity investment in hospitality businesses through the lens of the socio-cultural concepts of affect and emotion. In particular, this book explores the social and relational nature of hospitality investing, uncovering how connections between bodies engaged in investment become both the site and source of affective and emotional impingements. Shining a light on the activity of equity investment into hospitality businesses, this title examines how entrepreneurs relinquish partial ownership to investor/s in return for funds, as well as the affective and emotional entanglements of hospitality investing and the implications in the decision-making of the activity. This work offers new social and relational understandings of equity investment in hospitality businesses and will be of pivotal interest to researchers, practitioners, and students from fields such as hospitality studies, finance and economics, management, cultural studies, and sociology. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY) license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112154/3/9781040589793.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104058979315978104068127511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112154/1/9781040589793.pdf9904 f21fa62a-b732-4681-aac2-8426b6647799030001OAPEN Library IDf21fa62a-b732-4681-aac2-8426b664779901HANDLE20.500.12657/11216515978180008997600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode0101Urban Violence and Marginalised CommunitiesMultidisciplinary interpretations1B01AshvinDevasundaram2B01ZoeHolman3B01MárcioMattos4B01StamatisZografos01eng93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFK93JBS93JBSD20Built environment;Decolonisation;Film and media;Gaza;Global South;Law and order;Marginalised communities;Migration Politics;Palestine;Policing;Urban violence01060303Placing peripheralised people at its centre, this edited collection unpacks how urban violence must be understood from multiple points of view: powerholders, decision makers, law enforcers, built environment professionals, creative artists, and particularly from the lived standpoint of less empowered communities. It illustrates how listening to often unheard voices of the excluded, disproportionately experiencing daily precarity and violence, can inform and broaden our shared understanding of urban violence. Urban Violence and Marginalised Communities presents a nuanced and revealing picture of how urban violence manifests and operates in multiple and unprecedented ways, challenging the common conception of urban violence solely as criminal physical acts performed by predictable perpetrators. This volume blurs geographical borders through an equitable and representative synthesis of Global South and North interpretations, focusing on a range of marginalised communities. The chapters are inventively crafted as local-meets-global case studies, with a broad regional sweep from Brazil, US, UK and Ukraine to India, South Africa and Palestine. This is mirrored in the volume’s multidisciplinary diversity of topical themes including migration and politics, policing, law and order, built environment/architecture, film, media and performing arts.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112165/3/9781800089976.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180008998311UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112165/1/9781800089976.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 e3db433a-5da6-45cd-9f73-f5ca52b4dc52030001OAPEN Library IDe3db433a-5da6-45cd-9f73-f5ca52b4dc5201HANDLE20.500.12657/1121361597838353603720610.46500/8353603700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/1001029Buchenwald und Mittelbau-Dora - Forschungen und Reflexionen0101Überfrachtete LernorteZur Pädagogik westdeutscher Gedenkstätten bis 19901A01UlrikeLoeffler01ger004990393J93JN93JNW93N93NH93NHT93NHTX201980s;Basic research;Bergen-Belsen;Buchenwald;Civil society;Dachau;Democracy education;Educational sites;Engagement;Historiography;History teaching;Learning culture;Memorial education;Memorial site education;Memorial site work;Memorial sites;Memory formation;Museum education;National Socialism;Neuengamme;Public history;Resistance;Socialisation;Stakeholders;Volunteering;West Germany;Youth education01060303undefined0303How did West German memorial sites for the victims of National Socialism establish themselves as places of learning in the 1980s? Today, memorial sites at the locations of National Socialist crimes are an integral part of historical culture and the socialisation of young people in Germany. In the former Federal Republic, they were established in the face of considerable social and political resistance. Who were the people who championed these sites? What drove them, and how did these influences shape the educational practices they developed? Ulrike Löffler demonstrates how memorial work in West Germany evolved from the state of reflection in the 1970s and as a result of the memorial sites increasingly established from 1980 onwards. The focus is on the rationales, approaches, objectives and methods from the formative phase of memorial education. In the face of difficult conditions, a heterogeneous practice emerged that was heavily dependent on the respective actors; Löffler analyses this comprehensively for the first time and examines it in depth using the Dachau and Neuengamme memorials as case studies. The author thus conducts foundational research into the development and pedagogy of memorial sites. By looking back at the early days, she invites a self-reflective further development of memorial site education.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112136/3/9783835381704.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538170411Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112136/1/9783835381704.pdf9904 e7685245-e4e0-4454-973b-7c2af51625bc030001OAPEN Library IDe7685245-e4e0-4454-973b-7c2af51625bc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121371597838353023340610.46500/8353023300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Das »Orakel der Deisten«Shaftesbury und die deutsche Aufklärung1A01Mark-GeorgDehrmann01ger005000393D93DS93DSB2018th century;Anthony A.;Enlightenment;Influence;Literary studies;Shaftesbury01060303undefined0303Irritation, fascination, complication – contradictions in the German reception of Shaftesbury. The book was awarded the Ernst Reuter Prize. The question of the significance of Anthony Ashley Cooper (1671–1713), the 3rd Earl of Shaftesbury, for the German 18th century is a key issue in Enlightenment studies. Traditional German studies answered it enthusiastically: it regarded Shaftesbury’s influence as central to the aesthetics of the Sturm und Drang and the Classical period. The sources, however, tell a different story. Shaftesbury’s actual impact lies in the Enlightenment. Mark-Georg Dehrmann describes the complications under which Shaftesbury became known to the German Enlightenment and how he nevertheless stimulated central debates of the 18th century. To this end, the disputes documented in the sources are examined comprehensively for the first time. The journal landscape, the relationship between theology and the Enlightenment, the development of Enlightenment poetics and criticism, the emergence of a modern concept of literature, and finally the topos of the Promethean creator-poet are among the topics covered. Leibniz, Gottsched, Spalding, Nicolai, Mendelssohn, Wieland and Herder are just some of the key figures whose engagement with Shaftesbury is meticulously reconstructed. Winner of the 2009 Gleim Literature Prize01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112137/3/9783835381940.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538194011Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112137/1/9783835381940.pdf9904 e04e95f1-ba94-4848-b960-79becf89c5a5030001OAPEN Library IDe04e95f1-ba94-4848-b960-79becf89c5a501HANDLE20.500.12657/1121411597830343436400610.3726/b1854600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102282Linguistic Insights0101Metaphor in Economics and Specialised DiscourseStudies in Language and Communication1B01JoséMateo2B01FranciscoYus01eng003820393C93CB93CF93CFA93CFG93CFK93CJ93CJB93CJBG93CJC93CJCK93D93DS93DSA93Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDHR320Discourse;Economics;Francisco;Gotti;José;Mateo;Maurizio;Metaphor;Metaphor theory;Pragmatics;Specialised;Specialised discourses01060303This book approaches metaphor in specialised discourses, covering various fields. The studies presented in the book adopt different research frameworks, ranging from pragmatics to conceptual metaphor theory, among others. The book is divided into three Sections that analyse major specialised discourses where metaphor is frequently found and the role that metaphor plays in these discourses. The first Section approaches the discourse of Business and Economics from different perspectives. The second Section addresses the use of metaphor in politics, diplomacy and law. Finally, Section three covers the use of metaphors in other specialised discourses such as marine, fashion, gender or health.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112141/3/9783034343640.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120210615978303434365715978303434366411Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112141/1/9783034343640.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/view/product/98703?format=EB009904 e37190d4-633f-4c83-b90a-b68c91e2ad63030001OAPEN Library IDe37190d4-633f-4c83-b90a-b68c91e2ad6301HANDLE20.500.12657/1121591597837315145100610.5445/KSP/100018386400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/10010251Schriftenreihe / Institut für Mess- und Regelungstechnik, Karlsruher Institut für Technologie0101Continuous Verification and Safe Localization in Semantic High Definition Maps for Automated Driving1A01Jan-HendrikPauls01eng003540393T93TJ20Autonomes Fahren;Autonomous driving;Data association;Datenassoziation;High definition (HD) maps;Hochaufgelöste (HD) Karten;Localization;Lokalisierung;Simultane Lokalisierung und Kartierung (SLAM);Simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM)01060303This work proposes a system for direct localization in HD planning maps and their continuous verification far ahead of the vehicle using only on-board sensors and processing, offering a new level of reliability for semantic HD maps. By detecting map elements with human-like accuracy in up to 180 m distance and achieving globally probabilistically optimal data association in real time, it achieves a localization accuracy of about 2 cm and 0.02° even in outdated maps.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112159/3/9783731514510.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112159/1/9783731514510.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/tl.3049904 e9b37940-9fde-4e8d-8d3c-e4235a45938b030001OAPEN Library IDe9b37940-9fde-4e8d-8d3c-e4235a45938b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11216415978180655061600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode0101Transdisciplinary ExperimentsResearch, teaching and institutionalisation1B01GrayKochhar-Lindgren2B01WendySims-Schouten3B01JackTsao01eng93G93GT93J93JN93JNF93JNM93JNT20Collaboration;Creativity;Futures;Global challenge;Institutionalisation;Interdisciplinarity;University curricular reform;University leadership01060303Transdisciplinary Experiments: Research, teaching and institutionalisation explores how experimental approaches can reshape research, education, and institutions in higher education to better respond to today’s complex and interconnected challenges. The book is grounded in the idea of ‘the experiment’ as a way to open up new possibilities, whether in knowledge-creation, teaching and learning, or institutional structures and initiatives. It examines how these experiments can inspire meaningful change across disciplines, sectors and cultures. International contributors - scholars, artists, scientists, teachers, curators, community and academic leaders - offer diverse perspectives blending practical strategies with theoretical insights. These contributions advance the framing of transdisciplinarity and its implications for practice. The book engages with project-based teaching, flexible course and programme designs, and new forms of organisation. In doing so, it converges on a common goal of rethinking how we create and share knowledge in ways that are more collaborative and adaptive, and aligned with the needs of a rapidly changing world. A section titled 'Provocations' offers further reflections from four contributors on leadership challenges, failures and possibilities for creative interventions. By connecting curiosity with action and experimentation with institutionalisation, Transdisciplinary Experiments offers a vision of what higher education research, teaching, learning and leadership can look like when driven by creativity, openness and a commitment to building more resilient futures.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112164/3/9781806550616.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180655062311UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112164/1/9781806550616.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 d6b84cf1-8390-4cd4-b300-ac502933bf8f030001OAPEN Library IDd6b84cf1-8390-4cd4-b300-ac502933bf8f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121221597838474333230610.3224/8474319400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010220Schriftenreihe der ÖFEB-Sektion Sozialpädagogik0101Dynamics of Shame in Residential CareAn Ethnography of Child and Youth Services and Disability Services1A01SaraBlumenthal01eng001430393J93JK93JKS93JKSB93JKSB193JKSN93JKSR93JN93JNC93JNE20Affects;Affekte;Affektforschung;Affekttheorie;Aggression;Aggressionen;Beschämung;Child services;Emotionen;Emotions;Ethnographie;Ethnography;Gewalt;Jugendhilfe;Residential care;Sanctions;Scham;Schamempfindung;Shame;Shaming;Sozialpädagogik;Stigmatisation;Stigmatisierung;Violence;Youth services01060303In diesem Buch untersucht die Autorin Schamdynamiken in der stationären Betreuung von Jugendlichen anhand eines ethnografischen Ansatzes. Ausdrucksformen von Scham seitens der Jugendlichen, ihrer Betreuer und die Wahrnehmung von Scham durch die Forscherin dienen als Bezugspunkte, um Kontraste und strukturelle Zusammenhänge in den Daten zu identifizieren. Die Autorin bezieht auch moderne Affekttheorien ein, die betonen, dass ein dichotomes Verständnis von Affekten als entweder positiv oder negativ ihrer komplexen Funktion nicht gerecht wird. Auf diese Weise beleuchtet die Arbeit die soziale Bedeutung von Affekten und zeigt den Wert der Affektforschung für die Sozialpädagogik auf.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112122/3/9783847433323.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112122/1/9783847433323.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/dynamics-of-shame-in-residential-care/9904 d850d6f2-ae73-4e28-8c89-f5b1b4e8e9a6030001OAPEN Library IDd850d6f2-ae73-4e28-8c89-f5b1b4e8e9a601HANDLE20.500.12657/1121251597839666588360610.3224/9666511200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Antifeministische Kräfte zur Absicherung patriarchaler VerhältnisseStruktureller und bewegungsförmiger Antifeminismus in Westdeutschland zwischen 1945 und 19901A01RebekkaBlum01ger002750393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC993JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JN93JNT93JP93JPF93JPFC93JPFF93JPFQ93N93NH93NHT93NHTB2020. Jahrhundert;20th century;Anti-feminism;Antifeminismus;Extreme Rechte;Extreme right;Feminism;Feminismus;Gender relations;Geschlechterverhältnisse;Historical research;Historische Forschung;Political struggles;Politische Kämpfe;Qualitative Forschung;Qualitative research01060303undefined0303Aktuelle Konflikte zeigen: Geschlecht und Sexualität sind umkämpfte Verhältnisse und eng mit Antifeminismus verbunden. Das Buch zeigt durch die Herausarbeitung eines dreischrittigen Prozesses aus patriarchaler Absicherung, feministischem Aufbegehren und antifeministischer Abwehr, dass Antifeminismus dabei als eigenständige Ideologie zur Absicherung patriarchaler Verhältnisse wirkt und nicht erst als Reaktion auf feministische Bewegungen entsteht.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112125/3/9783966658836.pdf.jpgBarbara Budrich Academic Press01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112125/1/9783966658836.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/antifeministische-kraefte-zur-absicherung-patriarchaler-verhaeltnisse/9904 d830318c-caaa-4548-8682-0a6e76998c21030001OAPEN Library IDd830318c-caaa-4548-8682-0a6e76998c2101HANDLE20.500.12657/1121581597816857129070610.53288/0455.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101Red Lives: Our Years in the U.S. Communist Party (1950–2000), Vol. 1Coming of Age in the Communist and Labor Movements1B01PaulFriedman2B01CindyHawes3B01GeoffreyJacques4B01TimothyJohnson5B01CarolPittman6B01DonnaRistorucci7B01DanielRosenberg8B01JackieSaindon9B01JaySchaffner01eng004120393D93DN93DNB93DNBH93DNBH193J93JP93JPF93JPFC93JPL93N93NH93NHK20Cold War;Communism;Communist Party of the United States of America;Red diaper babies;Trade unions;US politics;Vietnam War;W.E.B. Du Bois Clubs01060303Red Lives: Our Years in the US Communist Party (1950–2000) is the first collection of historical analyses and reminiscences by members of the Communist Party USA (CPUSA) and the Communist youth movement in the US from the 1950s through the 1990s. The nearly fifty first-person testimonies bring to life a missing chapter in the history of US radicalism and demonstrate the influence of the post–World War II generation of Communists on social justice movements. Most histories of US Communism end in 1956 when Red Lives just begins, when McCarthyism was on its final legs, the Civil Rights Movement was sweeping the American South and the whole country, the student movement was taking its first breaths, and a new generation of young people were seeking out socialists, communists, and the Communist Party in order to craft a radical, anti-establishment politics. At a time when the launching of Sputnik, the Cuban Revolution, other revolutions sweeping Africa, and the example of the Vietnamese people fighting for their freedom and independence were inspiring the world, one-third of the world was also socialist, led by the Soviet Union and China. The time was propitious for a new generation in the US to also be seeking out, and joining, the CPUSA. This first volume of Red Lives, Coming of Age in the Communist and Labor Movements, brings the stories of that generation to the forefront of American history at a time when narratives of resistance are more needed than ever before.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112158/3/9781685712914.pdf.jpgpunctum books01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571291415978168571297611punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112158/1/9781685712914.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/red-lives-our-years-in-the-us-communist-party-vol-1-coming-of-age-in-the-communist-and-labor-movements/9904 d36677a7-6e70-47a1-b0eb-7d51c62d620b030001OAPEN Library IDd36677a7-6e70-47a1-b0eb-7d51c62d620b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121611597837315146710610.5445/KSP/100018981100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010275Karlsruher Schriften zur Anthropomatik0101Utilization of Occluded Detections and Target Information in Multi-Person Tracking1A01DanielBernhard Stadler01eng002940393U20Echtzeitverarbeitung;Multi-Persone-Tracking;Multi-person tracking;Real-time processing;Surveillance;Überwachung01060303Multi-person tracking has many applications such as surveillance or automated driving. Existing approaches exploit available motion and appearance cues insufficiently. In contrast, this work introduces several methods to improve the usage of detections and target information, including novel association strategies, distance measures, and an occlusion-aware initialization. The proposed framework achieves state-of-the-art results on multiple benchmarks and tracks hundreds of persons in real time.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112161/3/9783731514671.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112161/1/9783731514671.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001898119904 cd4d3f9f-c170-42f6-8cca-7b08e12a88ac030001OAPEN Library IDcd4d3f9f-c170-42f6-8cca-7b08e12a88ac01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121311597838353603030610.46500/8353603000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/0101»Ohne Vitamine kein Leben«Die Ernährungsforschung Wilhelm Stepps im Kontext seiner Biografie1A01SimonGronewold01ger004160393D93DN93DNB93DNBT93N93NH93P93PD93PDX93R93RN93RNF93RNFF20Biopolitics of health;Epistemes of science;Germany;Health;History of research and publication in internal medicine;History of science;Ideology in science;Intellectual autonomy;Interdisciplinarity;Internist;Long-term effects of political frameworks on research directions;Market dynamics;Medicine;Mentoring and career trajectories of female physicians;Methods of discourse analysis in historiography;Munich;Nazi regime;Networks;Nuremberg;Nutrition;Nutrition policy;Pioneering work;Public nutrition;Scientific ethics under National Socialism;State influence;Theories of science;University;Vitamin research01060303undefined0303Wilhelm Stepp – from pioneer of vitamin research to co-architect of Nazi nutrition policy. An ambivalent figure in the shadow of the dictatorship. The essential organic substances collectively known as ‘vitamins’ are now an integral part of contemporary food-related discourse and constitute a market worth billions in Germany. A pioneer of German vitamin research was the internist Wilhelm Stepp, born in Nuremberg in 1882. He reached the pinnacle of his academic career in 1934 with his appointment to the University of Munich. Simon Gronewold analyses his work across the political turning points of the 20th century and the accompanying shift in the discourse on nutrition and vitamins. From 1933 onwards, Stepp clearly aligned himself with the Nazi regime and acted as a propagandist for its vision of ‘healthy public nutrition’. The author outlines the tension between scientific ambitions, political expediency and ideological co-optation within which Stepp’s career unfolded. As a member and chairman of the German Society for Internal Medicine and as a participant in nutritional policy measures, Wilhelm Stepp linked science with ideology. However, conflicts with the Nazi university structures and his assistance to people persecuted by the regime result in an ambivalent assessment of Stepp.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112131/3/9783835381698.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538169811Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112131/1/9783835381698.pdf9904 c151bc2e-5291-4427-98ac-98153296c407030001OAPEN Library IDc151bc2e-5291-4427-98ac-98153296c40701HANDLE20.500.12657/1121451597810036390840610.4324/978100363908400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Critical Perspectives on Citizen Media0101Translating SexualityInternational Queer Popular Culture in the Sinophone World1B01JonathanEvans2B01TingGuo01eng002100393C93CB93CBX93CF93CFP93G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCT93JBS93JBSF93JBSL93JBSL120Digital fandom research;Gender identity discourse;LGBTQ+ representation China;Media reception studies;Queer media adaptation China;Queer translation studies;Sinophone media analysis01060303This collection critically examines the translation of international queer media and popular culture in China, offering insights into how queer media travels across international borders and interacts with mainstream media flows and local cultures. The book brings together work from queer translation studies as well as emergent research on methodologies and online subcultures to explore not only textual translation but reception and media cultures. Case studies range from television shows such as Heartstopper to The L Word and films such as Carol and Call Me by Your Name . In exploring diverse genres and forms of media, chapters collectively elucidate the ways in which popular culture can transmit ideas about sexuality and subsequently, how these ideas are negotiated, adapted, and altered in translation. This book will be of interest to students and scholars in translation studies, Chinese studies, gender and sexuality studies, and media studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112145/3/9781040553985.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104055398515978104061433411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112145/1/9781040553985.pdf9904 c4e5e9b7-e1cf-47ca-9c17-59384bfa9a86030001OAPEN Library IDc4e5e9b7-e1cf-47ca-9c17-59384bfa9a8601HANDLE20.500.12657/1121471597810326294070610.4324/978103262940700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Anthropological Studies of Creativity and Perception0101Naming and BeingKnowledges, Identities, and Cultural Politics1B01GwyneiraIsaac2B01StanisławKordasiewicz3B01SylviaNgo4B01KyunneyTakasaeva5B01TomaszWicherkiewicz01eng0040803935935P935PB935PBA93C93CF93CFB93G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JBSL1193JH93JHM93JHMC93R93RG93RGC20Anthropological theory;Cultural semiotics;Decolonial methodologies;Interdisciplinary naming practices;Legal anthropology;Power relations in language;Social identity politics01060303This experimental volume explores how intersections between different knowledge systems affect identity formation through names and naming, bringing together anthropologists, community scholars, artists, linguists, scientists, poets, specialists in science and technology, as well as legal and Indigenous studies. This interdisciplinary approach values naming practices as creative and political acts that generate and continuously shape our world(s), as well as our relations with others—both human and non-human. By embracing diverse ways of knowing and creative modes through which naming, re-naming, or un-naming unfolds via language, art, and place-making, the authors and artists bring to the forefront implicit and explicit conflicts over the right to self-definition, as well as impositions and contestations of dominant narratives via naming. The goal is to inspire meaningful exchanges between essays, art, poetry, and ethnographic fiction, with each perspective and imaginative methodology treated as equally robust analytic tools. Political entities and top-down structures often use processes of naming to assert power. While recognizing these mechanisms of oppression are important, by bringing openness toward other positionalities regarding the complex problematics of naming and being in the world, this volume invites a wide range of scholars and practitioners to also engage with and consider the empowering and liberatory potential of names and naming in their own work. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112147/3/9781040494905.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104049490515978104073180211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112147/1/9781040494905.pdf9904 cdd74fd0-3b21-4770-96d5-88f3a410ee6c030001OAPEN Library IDcdd74fd0-3b21-4770-96d5-88f3a410ee6c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121751597837315146570610.5445/KSP/100018835400EBE10715107J091010Open licence02https://oapen.org/article/rights0101Oral Contemporaries: Kunstgeschichte greifbar nah1B01RobertaCebataviciute2B01IngeHinterwaldner3B01ÖzgeKaya-Liesegang01ger002320393A93AG93AGA20Alumn*kultur des KIT;Berufsbilder der Kunstgeschichte;Lebenswege;Oral History;Zeitzeugen;interview;professions of art history;transgenerational knowlege transfer01060303Honest, diverse, perhaps even surprising – Oral Contemporaries offers insights into the professional fields of alumnae and alumni of art history at the Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT). The different career paths paint a current, practice-oriented picture of art history as a dynamic and interdisciplinary field. First-hand accounts provide students with valuable insights that help them make their own decisions and set priorities. Art history at KIT builds on a long tradition and influential role models. It is a productive environment in which students can follow in established footsteps, but also forge their own paths. The individual perspectives collected in this book clearly show how the transition from university to the professional world can be successful – and how diverse the positions art historians can take are.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112175/3/9783731514657.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112175/1/9783731514657.pdf9904 ce25b3c9-a6ec-4711-bd68-e73c6c348351030001OAPEN Library IDce25b3c9-a6ec-4711-bd68-e73c6c34835101HANDLE20.500.12657/1099241597894616671440610.11116/978946166715100EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Nomadic CameraPhotography, Displacement and Dis:connectivities1B01BurcuDogramaci2B01WinfriedGerling3B01JensJäger4B01BirgitMersmann01eng0040003935935P935PB935PBC93A93AJ93J93JB93JBF93JBFH20Art;Human displacement;Memory;Migration;Migration Studies;Mobility;Narrativity;Nomadism;Operativity;Performativity;Photography;Technology01060303Multiperspective approach towards photography as a nomadic device and photographs as mobile objects of circulation. From its introduction in the early nineteenth century and through ongoing technical developments, photography has been a mobile medium closely tied to equipment, social conditions and cultural framings. The volume Nomadic Camera investigates the technical, medial and aesthetic relationship between photography and displacement in historical and contemporary perspectives. The contributing authors adopt the term ‘nomadic’ – signifying a transitory form of existence – to explore photography beyond static concepts of being and national boundaries. Viewing photography as a formative part of this history of mobility and migration, the book explores the interplay between the concepts of the ‘nomadic’ and the ‘camera’, offering new perspectives on photography as a medium on the move. The interdisciplinary contributions approach this topic from various angles. They examine photographic tools and technologies; investigate the role of bodies, agents, and performative acts in photographic practices; explore how photography constructs and conveys narratives of movement; and address issues of image circulation, archiving, and memory.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109924/4/Nomadic-Camera-visuals-9789461667151-200h.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166715111Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109924/1/9789461667144.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109924/6/9789461667151.epub9904 b6a88c4b-bd7d-41e3-9860-878c8465762b030001OAPEN Library IDb6a88c4b-bd7d-41e3-9860-878c8465762b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121281597814780206150610.1215/978147802750800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Fugitive TimeGlobal Aesthetics and the Black Beyond1A01MatthewOmelsky01eng002800320Aesthetics;Blackness;Fugitivity;Global black studies;Time-consciousness;Utopia01060303Matthew Omelsky theorizes the embodied experience of time in twentieth- and twenty-first-century black art to outline the distinct utopian desire directed at the moment when pain vanishes from the body and mind, bringing with it a form of being that is free of the violence that has consumed blackness.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112128/3/9781478027508.pdf.jpg01Duke University PressDurham, North Carolina, USA000120230615978147802538215978147802750815978147809469211Duke University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112128/1/9781478027508.pdf990409Duke University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.dukeupress.edu/fugitive-time9904 a76a9baa-cacb-4ebb-a00c-a9961f4edd17030001OAPEN Library IDa76a9baa-cacb-4ebb-a00c-a9961f4edd1701HANDLE20.500.12657/1121331597838353563820610.46500/8353563800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/1001029Wissenschaftler in Hamburg0101KatakombenzeitWilhelm Flitner in Hamburg 1929–19691A01RainerHering2A01Meike G.Werner01ger004870393D93DN93DNB93DNBT93DNBT120Christian humanism;Educational science;Educational theory;General pedagogy;Goethe studies;History of education;History of the University of Hamburg;Humanism studies;Modern adult education;Teacher training;The Hamburg White Rose01060303undefined0303This book presents, for the first time, extensive excerpts from Flitner’s unpublished diaries and analyses newly discovered archival material. Wilhelm Flitner (1889–1990) is one of the most influential German educational theorists. From 1929 to 1957, he taught at the University of Hamburg. Here, Flitner organised teacher training with great success. In 1933, he published his "Systematic Pedagogy". Not least, he was actively involved in university self-governance. Threatened by the Jewish heritage of his wife Elisabeth and effectively sidelined by the Nazis, the years under Hitler increasingly became a ‘period of hiding’ for Flitner. In his academic work, he was forced to concentrate on the traditions of Christian humanism and on Goethe’s late works. Meanwhile, members of the Hamburg White Rose met in his seminars. After 1945, Flitner’s return to the European Christian community of values was marked by his involvement in the reconstruction of the University of Hamburg and his advisory role in the education policy of the young Federal Republic.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112133/3/9783835381933.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538193311Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112133/1/9783835381933.pdf9904 b2cbc02c-7430-470d-841b-4f75c6c931d7030001OAPEN Library IDb2cbc02c-7430-470d-841b-4f75c6c931d701HANDLE20.500.12657/1121351597838353601120610.46500/8353601100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/10010231Frühneuzeit-Forschungen0101Rebellion und HerrschertreueMachtkommunikation im habsburgischen Ungarn 1670-16761A01SabrinaRospert01ger004300393N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB93NHTV20Absolutism;Early modern period;Political communication;Pre-modern era;Research into revolts;Uprising;Uprising of the estates;Vienna01060303undefined0303On the grey areas of subjects’ loyalty to the Habsburgs: Sabrina Rospert reinterprets the history of the uprising and the reorganisation of Hungary in the early 1670s. Absolutism and political arbitrariness – for a long time, these attributes were associated with the Viennese court’s reactions to the Hungarian uprisings of the early 1670s. In her study, Sabrina Rospert questions the Habsburgs’ unrestricted exercise of power for the first time: research in Austrian, Hungarian and Slovak administrative and local archives reveals not so much the extent of the authorities’ investigations as the relevance of distinguishing between forms of behaviour compliant with the authorities and open rebellion. The Viennese court relied on a broad policy of clemency and granted members of the estates (individuals, towns, counties) the right to renew their allegiance. Rehabilitation was an integral part of Habsburg power communication. At the intersection of revolt research and the paradigm of political communication, this study thus examines questions concerning the ‘perception threshold’ of rebellion; the micro-politics of endangered loyalty; and the diversity of forms of expression of defiance and loyalty to the ruler, particularly as reflected in confessional political conflicts in the Central European region of the early modern period.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112135/3/9783835381667.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538166711Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112135/1/9783835381667.pdf9904 bbb035c6-8bfe-4760-b4c6-8678b175e0e7030001OAPEN Library IDbbb035c6-8bfe-4760-b4c6-8678b175e0e701HANDLE20.500.12657/1121511597810034845920610.4324/978100348459200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Eco-ThoughtsConversations with a Polluted Mind1A01Anna LisaTota01eng002160393C93CF93CFA93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JH93JHB93JHBA93JM93M93MK93MKM93MKMT93Q93QD20COVID-19;Cognitive pollution;Communication;Culture;Ecological thought processes;Ecology;Environmental psychology;Happiness;Interspecies relations;Mental contamination;More-than-human;Nature;Self;Soundscape analysis;Symbolic interactionism;Toxic01060303What if the pollution of the world did not only concern the environment in which we live, but also the flow of our thoughts in every moment of everyday life? What if those thoughts, invasive like locusts, could transform and become "eco-thoughts" that make us and others feel good? Ecology concerns us from the inside, passes through us, and literally shapes us: "what is inside is outside". This book offers "eco-words" and "eco-thoughts" as it sheds light on the traps that our minds construct for ourselves, that we so often fall into whether we mean to or not. It examines the erroneous paths that we sometimes meander down while we are thinking in our everyday lives in order to help us to identify and avoid them. The thoughts we formulate are not really ours, as if our mind prefers to flow in what has already been thought, lived, and felt. The author offers her reflections and insights to those who wish to direct their minds towards streams of thought that really do belong to us, that make us feel good. In order to do this, we must learn how to disable the “traps” and free ourselves of what is “contaminating” before they take hold and harm us. An original and thought-provoking examination of how are own internal lives can become toxic, and how to prevent this, that will be of particular value to students and scholars of sociology, philosophy, communication studies, memory studies, and social psychology.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112151/3/9781040131619.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120240615978104013161915978104013164011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112151/1/9781040131619.pdf9904 9e2f5bfe-32e3-4be9-8f07-101c7b2ecaba030001OAPEN Library ID9e2f5bfe-32e3-4be9-8f07-101c7b2ecaba01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121161597837315140460610.5445/KSP/100017750000EBE10715107J091010Open licence02https://oapen.org/article/rights100102132Karlsruher Schriftenreihe Fahrzeugsystemtechnik01018. Fachtagung MOBILE MACHINES – Sicherheit und Fahrerassistenz für Arbeitsmaschinen : 18. Februar 2025, Karlsruhe1B01MarcusGeimer2B01WVMAWissenschaftlicher Verein für Mobile Arbeitsmaschinen01ger001780393T93TG93TGB20Assistenzsysteme;Mobile Arbeitsmaschine;Mobile machine;Prozessdatenmanagement;Sicherheit;Vernetzung;assistance systems;connectivity;process data management;safety01060303The book contains the conference proceedings of the 8th symposium MOBILE MACHINES on February 18, 2025 in Karlsruhe. Ten papers report on the state of research and development in the field of mobile machinery. The papers deal in particular with the topics of assistance systems, safety and security as well as process data management and networking in the context of mobile machines.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112116/7/9783731514046.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202511KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112116/1/9783731514046.pdf9904 a4857cf3-5356-480b-b18d-833b3d66510c030001OAPEN Library IDa4857cf3-5356-480b-b18d-833b3d66510c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121241597838474326610610.3224/8474313100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Crowdwork als Beruf?Subjektivierung, Kompetenzerwerb und Lernen in der digitalen Plattformarbeit1B01KarinBüchter2B01MarcusEckelt3B01FrankKleemann4B01MartinKrzywdzinski5B01JiayinLi-Gottwald6B01TobiasSchlömer01ger003140393J93JH93JHB93JHBL93JN93JNF93JNM93JNP93JNR93JNRV20Beruf;Knowledge;Kompetenzen;Kompetenzentwicklung;Learning support;Lernförderlichkeit;Platform-based work;Plattformbasierte Arbeit;Profession;Skills;Skills development;Socialisation;Sozialisation;Subjectification;Subjektivierung;Wissen01060303undefined0303Crowdwork ist eine junge Arbeitsform, bei der einzelne Arbeitstätigkeiten über Online-Plattformen an externe Arbeitskräfte vergeben werden. Der Band präsentiert Erkenntnisse aus einem breit angelegten Forschungsprojekt, in dem arbeitssoziologische, berufs- und wirtschaftspädagogische Perspektiven auf das Tätigsein, auf Lernpraktiken von Crowdworker*innen und auf die individuelle Bedeutung plattformbasierter Arbeit eingenommen werden. Die Beiträge setzen sich mit Aspekten wie Subjektivierung, Wissensgenerierung, Kompetenzentwicklung, Beruflichkeit und Lernen in der plattformbasierten Arbeit auseinander.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112124/3/9783847432661.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112124/1/9783847432661.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/crowdwork-als-beruf/9904 a0257144-d797-4722-a5b2-f350f78c205e030001OAPEN Library IDa0257144-d797-4722-a5b2-f350f78c205e01HANDLE20.500.12657/11213815978486658051700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Bushido and the Art of LivingAn Inquiry into Samurai Values1A01AlexanderBennett01eng002320393Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93S93SR93SRM93SRMM93V93VX93VXA20Bushido;Discipline;Japanese history;Kendo;Martial arts;Philosophy;Self-help01060303What is Bushido? What is Budo? How are the culture and traditions of samurai connected with the modern martial arts? Is the ancient wisdom of Japan's feudal warriors truly relevant in the twenty-first century? If so, how can it be accessed? This book addresses these questions, and is a must read not only for martial artists, but also for those who want to know more about the enigmatic Japanese mind and notions of self-identity.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112138/2/9784916055958.pdf.jpg01Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for CultureJapan000120190615978491605595811Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for Culture01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112138/1/9784916055958.pdf9904 86978521-7248-4992-8490-b34fa5ce16cd030001OAPEN Library ID86978521-7248-4992-8490-b34fa5ce16cd01HANDLE20.500.12657/11214215978152925726700EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Unarmed Civilian Protection in Palestine1A01MarwanDarweish2A01AndrewRigby3A01MahmoudSoliman01eng001680393G93GT93GTP93GTU93J93JP93JPS93JPV93JPVH93JW93JWX93JWXJ20Civil Society Networks;Community resistance;Community self-protection;Community-based Approaches;Human security;Non-violent Resistance;Nonviolent action;Palestine;Peacebuilding;Security;Unarmed Civilian Protection;West Bank01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Published as part of the Creating Safer Space Network that seeks to strengthen civilian capacities for nonviolent protection in conflict-affected areas. This book offers a compelling look at how unarmed civilian protection (UCP) practitioners work to enhance the level of security experienced by local Palestinians, supporting community-based resistance to rocketing levels of dispossession and ethnic-cleansing in the occupied West Bank. Drawing on first-hand field research, the authors reveal the daily realities of providing a protective presence against violence and displacement. Crucially, the book highlights the vital role of international UCP solidarity networks in supporting local efforts and examines what difference they can make in the face of increasing levels of settler violence. It is essential reading for those seeking practical pathways for nonviolent action and global solidarity.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112142/4/9781529257281.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152925727415978152925728111Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112142/1/9781529257281.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112142/2/9781529257274.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 8ef6b810-ce4e-4775-8756-dbc6cac93179030001OAPEN Library ID8ef6b810-ce4e-4775-8756-dbc6cac9317901HANDLE20.500.12657/1121491597810036961860610.4324/978100369618600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101From Samurai to Engineer-ManagerThe Case Study of Ōhara Junnosuke (1859–96), Mining Specialist in Meiji Japan1A01ErichPauer01eng002240393D93DN93DNB93DNBT93G93GT93GTM93N93NH93NHF93T93TT93TTU20Engineering elite formation;History of technology Japan;Japanese mining history;Meiji period industrialisation;Nineteenth century Japanese engineering careers;Public works development;Technical education Japan01060303From Samurai to Engineer-Manager reconstructs the life and work of the Japanese mining engineer Ōhara Junnosuke in the early decades of Japan’s industrialization. While Japan's political and socio-economic development during the Meiji period has been extensively researched, the technological/technical foundations that were crucial to its success have remained largely obscure. Drawing on unique, mostly handwritten sources including lecture notes, internship and work experience reports, travelogues and diaries, the example of Ōhara Junnosuke illustrates the beginnings of engineering education in Japan and its intertwining with the subsequent professional career of the protagonist. Born in 1859 into a samurai family, Ōhara Junnosuke studied at the Imperial College of Engineering in Tōkyō, the first higher technical school in Japan. He worked for the Ministry of Public Works, then joined a private mining company as head manager of the Ōmori Mine in Iwami, where he oversaw the construction of a modern silver production plant. His premature death in 1896 ended a promising career. Ōhara’s education and professional career are in many ways typical of Japan’s emerging technical elite and their contribution to the industrialization. The book will be of interest to scholars in the fields of history of technology, economic history and history of education not only concerning Japan, but in general. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112149/3/9781040841174.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104084117415978104084365911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112149/1/9781040841174.pdf9904 8d5e1787-565d-45e2-9db7-d59ff831f147030001OAPEN Library ID8d5e1787-565d-45e2-9db7-d59ff831f14701HANDLE20.500.12657/11216315978180655024100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Design Research in Architecture0101Rethinking the PavilionShared experience at the Vajrasana Buddhist Retreat Centre1A01CindyWalters01eng93A93AM93AMB93AMC93AMD20Collaboration;Design research;Interdisciplinary;Landscape;Pavilion;Practice-based research;Scholarship;Shared experience;Society;Wellbeing.01060303Rethinking the Pavilion investigates one unique project in detail, the Vajrasana Buddhist Retreat Centre in rural Suffolk, completed by Walters & Cohen Architects in 2018. The result was an innovative building typology that has never been designed before in any western country. The process by which the Vajrasana project came into existence has come to define and shape the way in which the practice makes architecture, through a deepened understanding of how buildings can exert powerful social impacts on all who use them. It was the Vajrasana Buddhist Retreat Centre project that enabled Walters & Cohen Architects to shift the focus away from the ideal pavilion to the social pavilion. While pavilions are usually seen as finished objects, this book argues that they can be seen as a process, namely a social process. The book describes how shared experience defines a new way of working towards an architecture that rediscovers and enriches its communal purpose. The ethos of Walters & Cohen’s practice has thus become one that encourages a broader conversation about architecture, with buildings seeking to convey a raw sense of place and to reduce the many complexities of site and programme to the simplest arrangement and expression.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112163/3/9781806550241.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180655025811UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112163/1/9781806550241.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 688db8f1-616d-4706-bdd9-a63a889a2c92030001OAPEN Library ID688db8f1-616d-4706-bdd9-a63a889a2c9201HANDLE20.500.12657/1121231597838474334530610.3224/8474340700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Methoden in den Gender StudiesEin Lehrbuch für das inter- und transdisziplinäre Studium1B01MirjamFischer2B01LeaLuttenberger3B01EstoMader01ger001430393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JH93JHB93JHBC93JHM93JHMC93L93LA93LAQ93LAQG93P93PS93PSX20Abschlussarbeit;Anwendung;Application;Einführung;Forschungsmethoden;Forschungsvorhaben;Gender Studies;Gender research;Genderforschung;Geschlechterforschung;Geschlechterstudien;Interdisciplinarity;Interdisziplinarität;Introduction;Methoden;Methodologie;Methodology;Methods;Research methods;Research project;Studienhandbuch;Study handbook;Thesis;Transdisciplinarity;Transdisziplinarität01060303undefined0303Dieses Lehrbuch liefert Studierenden alles, um sich in der Methodenvielfalt des inter- und transdisziplinären Studienganges Gender Studies orientieren zu können. Neben einem methodischen Überblick leitet es Studierende an, Fragestellungen zu entwickeln und das richtige Instrumentarium für die Bearbeitung von Studien- und Abschlussarbeiten auszuwählen. Die Beiträge des Buches leisten so eine anwendungs- und umsetzungsorientierte Methodenvermittlung.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112123/3/9783847433453.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112123/1/9783847433453.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/methoden-in-den-gender-studies/9904 5b8e395c-c6f3-4f73-83ce-9adc98b07a76030001OAPEN Library ID5b8e395c-c6f3-4f73-83ce-9adc98b07a7601HANDLE20.500.12657/1121301597837815622190610.35468/622100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/0101Kinder fragen – Kinder forschenTheoretische und empirische Perspektiven auf das Fragenstellen und Forschende Lernen in der Grundschule1B01JoanaErnst2B01RebeccaHummel3B01SusanneMiller4B01AnneReh5B01RenéSchroeder6B01MonaStets7B01KatrinVelten01ger003520393J93JN93JNL93JNLB20Beobachtungsstudie;Fallstudien;Forschen mit Kindern;Forschendes Lernen;Grundschuldidaktik;Grundschule;Heterogenität;Kinderfragen;Schülerfragen;Unterrichtsforschung01060303undefined0303Die fragende und forschende Auseinandersetzung mit der Welt gilt als konstitutives Merkmal und zentrale Zieldimension der Grundschulpädagogik. Der Sammelband eröffnet ausgehend von einer theoretischen Auseinandersetzung mit dem Forschen und dem Fragenstellen Perspektiven auf deren Bedeutung für den Grundschulunterricht. Empirisch im Zentrum stehen vier Fallporträts von Kindern, die ihre individuellen, fragenorientierten Forschungsprozesse in unterschiedlicher Weise gestalten. Die aus der beobachtenden Begleitung dieser Prozesse im Unterricht gewonnenen Erkenntnisse werden in den Beiträgen des Bandes theoretisch eingeordnet, forschungsmethodisch reflektiert und im Hinblick auf schulische und unterrichtliche Implikationen sowie auf weiterführende Perspektiven der Schulentwicklung, Inklusionspädagogik und Lehrkräfteprofessionalisierung diskutiert. Der Band verbindet Theorie, Empirie und Praxis und richtet sich an Wissenschaft, Lehrer:innenbildung und Schulpraxis.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112130/3/9783781562219.pdf.jpg01Verlag Julius KlinkhardtBad Heilbrunn0001202611Verlag Julius Klinkhardt01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112130/1/9783781562219.pdf9904 812464e8-6e75-451a-8526-aa063d7cea08030001OAPEN Library ID812464e8-6e75-451a-8526-aa063d7cea0801HANDLE20.500.12657/1121391597804729051020610.3998/mpub.1277166500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Music and Social Justice0101A Beautiful FightThe Racial Politics of Capoeira in Backland Bahia1A01Esther ViolaKurtz01eng002380393A93AT93ATD93AV93AVA93J93JB93JBS93JBSL20African diasporic music and dance;Afro-Brazilian dance;Afro-Brazilian music;Afro-Brazilian studies;Afro-Latin American studies;Ancestrality;Antiracist resistance;Axé energy;Backland Bahia;Black studies;Brazil;Capoeira;Capoeira Angola;Coloniality;Critical ethnography;Cultural appropriation;Cultural politics;Dance studies;Ethnomusicology;Political economy;Racial politics;Racist ideologies;Whiteness01060303A Beautiful Fight examines the potentials and limits of capoeira Angola to cohere a multiracial community committed to antiracist struggle. Capoeira, a musical fight-game that originated among enslaved Africans in Brazil, holds special significance for Black Brazilian activists as a spiritual and political practice that affirms the value of Black lives, thus countering anti-Black violence sanctioned by the Brazilian state. However, many capoeira groups count more white practitioners than Black, especially groups of the politicized, Afrocentric style capoeira Angola, raising debates about appropriation of Black culture that resonate across the Americas. A Beautiful Fight addresses these tensions. Drawing on ethnographic research with a multiracial capoeira Angola group in Brazil’s Bahian sertão or backlands, Esther Viola Kurtz explores diverse group members’ understandings of capoeira’s spiritual and political meanings and considers how white participation impacts capoeira’s antiracist politics. A Beautiful Fight argues that white practitioners occupying space in capoeira divert attention from Black members’ concerns and reproduce racist and colonialist ideologies, albeit unintentionally. In this way, the book complicates claims that shared music and dance bridge differences and facilitate cross-racial unity, yet Kurtz proposes that capoeira still transmits knowledge and tools that, when used with intention, commitment, and care, can be wielded to collaboratively contest racism and imagine a more just world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112139/3/9780472905102.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202511Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112139/1/9780472905102.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 5db859c4-fb58-448a-8434-6ef687d748a8030001OAPEN Library ID5db859c4-fb58-448a-8434-6ef687d748a801HANDLE20.500.12657/1121431597839072977280610.38107/072.00EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Das Recht auf angemessene Wohnung im UNO-Pakt I: Menschenrechtliche Analyse im Kontext der Obdachlosigkeit1A01MarisaBeier01ger003140393L93LN93LND93LNDC20Justiziable Kernverpflichtungen;Menschenrechte;Obdachlosigkeit;Recht auf angemessene Wohnung;UNO-Pakt I01060303undefined0303Die Dissertation untersucht das Recht auf angemessene Wohnung des UNO-Pakts I und geht der Frage nach, welche staatlichen Kernverpflichtungen sich gegenüber obdachlosen Menschen ergeben. Die Arbeit setzt sich mit den strukturellen Ursachen von Obdachlosigkeit sowie den davon betroffenen Personengruppen im Globalen Norden auseinander und hebt die prekäre Situation von Notunterkünften hervor. Auf dieser Grundlage konkretisiert die Arbeit den sachlichen Schutzbereich des Rechts auf angemessene Wohnung anhand der Wiener Vertragsrechtskonvention. Dabei werden namentlich die Anforderungen an eine angemessene Wohnung bzw. Notunterkunft definiert. Im Ergebnis zeigt die Arbeit auf, wie das Phänomen der Obdachlosigkeit vom Recht auf angemessene Wohnung erfasst wird, und identifiziert die daraus erwachsenen justiziablen Kernverpflichtungen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112143/3/9783907297728.pdf.jpg01sui generis VerlagZürich0001202611sui generis Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112143/1/9783907297728.pdf9904 62f5b97e-50b1-4ad7-b203-0f7294c362b8030001OAPEN Library ID62f5b97e-50b1-4ad7-b203-0f7294c362b801HANDLE20.500.12657/1121461597810034556770610.4324/978100345567700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Hispanic and Lusophone Linguistics0101Explorando las relaciones intradiscursivasUn enfoque multidimensional1B01CatalinaFuentes Rodríguez2B01VíctorPérez Béjar01eng002660393C93CF93CFG93CJ20Advanced discourse modelling in Spanish;Argumentative structures;Corpus-based research;Discourse analysis;Pragmatic markers;Spanish linguistics;Textual cohesion01060303Explorando las relaciones intradiscursivas: Un enfoque multidimensional takes a multifaceted approach to provide a complete and integrative analysis of intra-discursive relationships. This edited collection approaches intra-discursive relationships from different discursive dimensions (such as informative, argumentative, or modal) which influence the construction of the text to identify common and functional relationships to any type of discourse. Covering a wide range of topics from multiple perspectives, the volume arrives at a global, multidimensional, and integrated vision that allows the study of relationships to be defined without apriorism or exclusions.Drawing on real texts from various corpora of Spanish, the contributions explore the connections between the basic units of the text in order to construct a linguistic model that goes beyond the sentence level. This research offers both general and focused studies on specific phenomena of great interest within a well-constructed and comprehensive framework. This innovative volume is ideal for researchers and teachers of discourse analysis, linguistics, and Spanish as a foreign language. Additionally, Explorando las relaciones intradiscursivas complements undergraduate and graduate studies in pragmatics and linguistics. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Explorando las relaciones intradiscursivas: Un enfoque multidimensional adopta un enfoque poliédrico para ofrecer un análisis completo e integrador de las relaciones intradiscursivas. Los diferentes trabajos que componen esta obra abordan las relaciones intradiscursivas desde diferentes dimensiones discursivas (como la informativa, la argumentativa o la modal) que influyen en la construcción del texto para identificar las relaciones entre enunciados que subyacen a todo tipo de discursos. La obra abarca un amplio abanico de temas y permite el diálogo de diferentes modelos de análisis. Se ofrece así una visión global, multidimensional e integrada que permite definir el estudio de las relaciones sin apriorismos ni exclusiones. A partir de textos reales procedentes de diversos corpus del español, las contribuciones exploran las conexiones entre las unidades básicas del texto, los enunciados, con el fin de construir un modelo lingüístico que vaya más allá del nivel oracional. Estas investigaciones ofrecen estudios tanto generales como centrados en fenómenos específicos de gran interés dentro de un marco bien construido y exhaustivo. Este innovador trabajo es fundamental para investigadores y profesores de análisis del discurso, lingüística y español como lengua extranjera. Además, complementa los estudios de grado y posgrado en pragmática y lingüística. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112146/3/9781040217276.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120240615978104021727615978104021730611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112146/1/9781040217276.pdf9904 70fb199d-7114-4a2e-a56a-257119b63786030001OAPEN Library ID70fb199d-7114-4a2e-a56a-257119b6378601HANDLE20.500.12657/1121571597819115075360610.63674/yqyj796900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode1001022Reimagining Law and Justice0101Law and Justice in the 1950sCase Studies From a Neglected Decade1B01RosemaryAuchmuty2B01FionaCownie01eng0025203933933M933MP933MPQ93L93LA93LAZ93LN93N93NH93NHB93NHT93NHTB201950s;Divorce law;England;Environmental law;Family law;Justice;Legal education;Legal history;London;Social;Wales;Wolfenden Report01060303The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity. Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112157/3/9781911507567.pdf.jpgUniversity of London Press01University of London PressLondon, GB000120260615978191150754315978191150756711University of London Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112157/1/9781911507567.pdf990409University of London Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/9904 5b401354-79f6-4c8b-8893-3313abfc5042030001OAPEN Library ID5b401354-79f6-4c8b-8893-3313abfc504201HANDLE20.500.12657/1121621597895185883230610.21435/sff.2600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010216Studia Fennica Folkloristica0101Living LamentExplorations in Shifting Ideologies1B01ViliinaSilvonen2B01EilaStepanova01eng001750393A93AV93AVA93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC693JBG93JBGB93Q93QR93QRV93QRVL20Folklore;Grief;Ideologies;Laments;Modernity;Tradition01060303This edited volume opens new approaches to lament research by analysing the intersections between ideologies and lament traditions, providing advancements in methodologies and the knowledge of domains that emerge at this intersection. In this book, laments are mainly discussed as a form of verbal art that conveys strong emotions, while ideology is regarded as broad and flexible, including not only formal systems but also more informal, unconscious models of thinking that shape people’s approaches, interpretations, discussions, and practices of laments. The book offers a multidisciplinary, multicultural view on laments, drawing from folklore studies, ethnomusicology, history, anthropology, and religious studies, covering regions from Northern Europe to indigenous cultures in Venezuela. Charles L. Briggs discusses laments as an example of incommunicability. Frog clarifies the historical Scandinavian lament tradition. Madis Arukask, Aušra Žičkienė, Viliina Silvonen, and Larissa Mulder analyse the changing tradition and the new meanings of laments. Hannah Kaarina Yoken and Arja Turunen focus on laments as a tool in feminist protest. The book shows how ideologies may valorise, elevate, subjugate, or erase laments, and that ideologies form the lens that exoticises or stigmatises laments, or that surrounds them with romantic nostalgia.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112162/3/9789518588347.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120260615978951858833015978951858834711Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112162/1/9789518588347.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/sff.269904 3afc8937-b1f5-4a55-baf1-08d9a4a55774030001OAPEN Library ID3afc8937-b1f5-4a55-baf1-08d9a4a5577401HANDLE20.500.12657/1121321597838353600440610.46500/8353600400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Gedächtnis und Erinnerung in der jüdischen GeschichteZwölf Fallstudien1B01AlfredBodenheimer2B01CatrinaLangenegger3B01JudithMüller01ger002450393N20Destruction;Discourses on memory;Persecution;Remembrance;Swiss Jewish history01060303undefined0303The articles illustrate the significance of memory and remembrance in Jewish history and historiography from antiquity to the present day, in all their diversity. The remembrance of persecution and the commemoration of the victims of catastrophes are deeply rooted in Jewish tradition and run through all historical periods. Contributions on biblical and rabbinic texts demonstrate the significance of remembrance right up to the present day. The diverse range of studies thus provides insight into the changes and ruptures that have occurred in memory throughout Jewish history, and how memory and its significance have evolved. The focus is not only on remembrance and memory as such, but also on their significance in historiography or the reinterpretation of historical events within the context of cultural memory. A key focus of the volume is Swiss Jewish history, and in particular the discourses on remembrance surrounding the Second World War and the extermination of European Jews.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112132/3/9783835381582.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538158211Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112132/1/9783835381582.pdf9904 455332a9-69d3-43eb-ac28-497ffa6a54c3030001OAPEN Library ID455332a9-69d3-43eb-ac28-497ffa6a54c301HANDLE20.500.12657/1121441597813151363700610.1201/978131513637000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode0101A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic Manipulation1A01ZexiangLi2A01Richard M.Murray3A01S. ShankarSastry01eng005190393M93MQ93MQW93T93TB93TBD93TH93THR93THY20Advanced robotics course;Campbell Baker Hausdorff Formula;Chained Form Systems;Computed Torque Controller;Euler Lagrange Equations;Fictitious Inputs;Geometric control theory;Holonomic Constraint;Lie Algebra;Lie Bracket;Manipulator dynamics;Motion Planning Problem;Multifingered Hands;Multifingered grasping;Non-holonomic Systems;Nonholonomic Constraints;Nonholonomic Motion Planning;Nonholonomic systems;Piecewise Constant Inputs;Robotic motion planning framework;Robotics engineering;Vector Fields01060303A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic Manipulation presents a mathematical formulation of the kinematics, dynamics, and control of robot manipulators. It uses an elegant set of mathematical tools that emphasizes the geometry of robot motion and allows a large class of robotic manipulation problems to be analyzed within a unified framework. The foundation of the book is a derivation of robot kinematics using the product of the exponentials formula. The authors explore the kinematics of open-chain manipulators and multifingered robot hands, present an analysis of the dynamics and control of robot systems, discuss the specification and control of internal forces and internal motions, and address the implications of the nonholonomic nature of rolling contact are addressed, as well. The wealth of information, numerous examples, and exercises make A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic Manipulation valuable as both a reference for robotics researchers and a text for students in advanced robotics courses.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112144/3/9781351469791.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120170615978135146977715978135146978415978135146979111CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112144/1/9781351469791.pdf9904 50f8536d-40bd-4dc3-bee7-e195f529b301030001OAPEN Library ID50f8536d-40bd-4dc3-bee7-e195f529b30101HANDLE20.500.12657/1121521597810037525920610.4324/978100375259200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Revivals0101Reflections on Governance and Development in Nigeria1A01LadipoAdamolekun01eng002540393G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JP93JPB20Administrative capacity building;Anti-corruption strategies;Civil service reform;Devolution;Electoral systems analysis;Federalism reform Nigeria;GDP;Governance performance evaluation Nigeria;Government reforms;Public administration;Public administration theory01060303In this book, published for the first time with Routledge in 2025 and including some previously unpublished papers, the renowned professor of public administration Ladipo Adamolekun argues powerfully that only a devolved Nigerian federation can become a well-performing state that is capable of achieving good development performance. He discusses and ranks seven governance issues which include electoral legitimacy, rule of law, and civil liberties as well as development-oriented leadership, administrative competence, accountability and transparency (including anti-corruption). Professor Adamolekun has based his rankings on over six decades of the study and observation of the differing dimensions of the issues and suggests that the federal government and each of the subnational governments in a devolved federation should be responsible for sequencing the necessary reforms, taking into account the strengths and weaknesses of their respective governance structures and processes. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112152/3/9781040874509.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104087450915978104087455411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112152/1/9781040874509.pdf9904 51362876-30ea-4018-8aeb-a4fa6d29c008030001OAPEN Library ID51362876-30ea-4018-8aeb-a4fa6d29c00801HANDLE20.500.12657/1121551597810035851380610.4324/978100358513800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Advances in European Politics0101Debating EuropeTowards the Critical Informed Citizen?1B01ClaudiaWiesner01eng0035803931931Q931QF931QFE93G93GT93GTM93J93JP93JPH93JPHV93JPS93JPSN93JPW93JPWA93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Comparative political analysis;Democratic legitimacy;EU democracy;European Union;Euroscepticism;Focus group methodology;Focus group research;Normative power theory;Politicisation;Student Perceptions on the EU;Student perceptions of eu democracy;Student political attitudes;Utilitarian Democrats01060303This book examines how Europe and the European Union are debated, politicised, and contested in a group of key (future) actors of European integration. Based on detailed focus group discussions with students in EU studies and the social sciences in six EU countries, the book presents the core results of the theoretical, conceptual, and empirical work of the Jean Monnet Networks "Debating Europe" (www.debating-europe.de) that set out to study the gap between the EU and its citizens. The following chapters first theorise and conceptualise the gap, to then present the core empirical findings from the collective research. These findings show that students’ views on democracy in the EU are similar across the countries. Quite unexpectedly, students express strong claims to the EU, lining out a “Normative Power Europe 2.0” that is a global actor, defends democracy, and fights climate change. The EU is associated with values such as equality, freedom, and the rule of law. In particular, non-EU citizens see the EU as an ideal. Students make out several gaps: between citizens and EU institutions, among different member states, and among citizens. Finally, the results reveal the students as critical and informed, but passive EU citizens. This book is of key interest to scholars and students of European studies and EU integration studies, social and political sciences, and international relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112155/3/9781040548479.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104054847915978104064776911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112155/1/9781040548479.pdf9904 49806826-e7d2-49fa-a595-ee4faf5bfbe0030001OAPEN Library ID49806826-e7d2-49fa-a595-ee4faf5bfbe001HANDLE20.500.12657/1121561597819115074820610.63674/nkvo505900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode1001023Reimagining Law and Justice0101Migrating Borders and Citizenship in LawScales, Locales, Themes and Practices1A01DevyaniPrabhat01eng935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93L93LB93LBB93LBBJ93LN93LND93LNDA93LNDC20Asylum seekers;Bordering;Brexit;Covid;Crime;Empire;Ethnicity;Free movement;Gender;Immigration and Nationality Act;Migration studies;Race;Shamima Begum;Windrush01060303Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders. Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security. With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112156/3/9781911507505.pdf.jpgUniversity of London Press01University of London PressLondon, GB000120260615978191150749915978191150750511University of London Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112156/1/9781911507505.pdf990409University of London Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/9904 3cc282d3-df21-47ce-9abe-e7d727b2c98b030001OAPEN Library ID3cc282d3-df21-47ce-9abe-e7d727b2c98b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1099291597894616670830610.11116/978946166709000EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode1001029Studies in Archaeological Sciences0101Of Goblins and Gods3,500 years of Cobalt and its Pigments1B01PatrickDegryse2B01LasseHermansen Bjørnland3B01VictoriaKemp4B01AndrewShortland01eng003000393N93NK93NKX20Archaeology;Arsenic;Art and religious artifacts;Blue color;Cobalt;Cobalt compounds;Etymology of cobalt;Extraction technology;Global scope;Green energy transition;Historical use;Kobolds;Man-made materials;Pigments;Provenance;Toxic ores01060303The historical and technological significance of cobalt and its compounds Cobalt: named after goblins, allotted to gods. Cobalt and its compounds have had a long and important part to play in history. Metallic cobalt is a modern innovation, vital in the green energy transition. However, cobalt compounds have been used for 3,500 years to create deep-blue pigments, featuring in many important works of art and religious artefacts, associated with heaven, eternity and the divine. Cobalt ores are rare, and their exploitation is a dangerous pursuit. Their co-occurrence with arsenic has led to severe health consequences for workers, which were blamed on supernatural spirits and goblins, “kobolds”, from which the name cobalt is derived. Of Goblins and Gods discusses the state-of-the-art extraction and use of cobalt ores through history, alongside the technology involved in making and applying cobalt pigments in many man-made materials across all regions and periods, from the Death Mask of Tutankhamun and pre-Islamic tiles to Indian manuscripts and the windows of Canterbury Cathedral.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109929/3/9789461667083.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166709011Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109929/1/9789461667083.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109929/4/9789461667090.epub9904 0fe5dd1f-9f55-456a-b4d0-a251cb671055030001OAPEN Library ID0fe5dd1f-9f55-456a-b4d0-a251cb67105501HANDLE20.500.12657/1121201597837315141380610.5445/KSP/100017867900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Klimaeffizientes Bauen - Baustoffe und Bauweisen: 21. Symposium Baustoffe und Bauwerkserhaltung, Karlsruher Institut für Technologie (KIT), 01. April 20251B01FrankDehn2B01MaureenDenu3B01UlrichNolting01ger0010603203D printing;3D-Druck;CO2 reduction;CO2-Reduktion;Emissionsarme Betone;Low-emission concrete;Nachhaltige Bauweisen;Regelwerke;Regulations;Sustainable construction01060303The cement and concrete industry contributes to the reduction of global CO₂ emissions. Approaches such as low-emission concrete, sustainable construction methods, and their practical feasibility are explored. Progress in low-emission cements, additive (3D printing) and modular construction, and relevant regulations for climate-efficient building are also discussed. The focus is on the efficiency, sustainability, and legal frameworks of these approaches.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112120/3/9783731514138.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202511KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112120/1/9783731514138.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001786799904 3abe0dcb-ad0d-4da0-99be-e577517db8ad030001OAPEN Library ID3abe0dcb-ad0d-4da0-99be-e577517db8ad01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121211597838376430390610.14361/978383944303300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Kultur und soziale Praxis0101The Decline of Marriage in NamibiaKinship and Social Class in a Rural Community1A01JuliaPauli01eng002960393J93JH93JHM93JHMC93N93NH93NHH93NHT93NHTR20Africa;African History;Class;Consumption;Elites;Ethnology;Family;Kinship;Marriage;Namibia;Postcolonialism;Social Inequality01060303In Southern Africa, marriage used to be widespread and common. However, over the past decades marriage rates have declined significantly. Julia Pauli explores the meaning of marriage when only few marry. Although marriage rates have dropped sharply, the value of weddings and marriages has not. To marry has become an indicator of upper-class status that less affluent people aspire to. Using the appropriation of marriage by a rural Namibian elite as a case study, the book tells the entwined stories of class formation and marriage decline in post-apartheid Namibia.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112121/9/ts4303_1.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript VerlagBielefeld000120190615978383944303311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/47121/7/ts4303_1.pdf990409transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.transcript-verlag.de/9904 2f2e38d0-faab-4bde-b0e3-a2b162286b4a030001OAPEN Library ID2f2e38d0-faab-4bde-b0e3-a2b162286b4a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121291597818041303460610.47788/HGIF909200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Hoxton HallThe History of an East End Music Hall1B01NicholasTill2B01NadiaValman01eng002640393A93AT93ATD93AV93AVL93AVLM93AVLP93D93DN93DNB93DNBF93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCT93JH93JHM93JHMC20Archaeology of buildings;Architectural history;Community arts;Popular entertainment;Quaker history;Rational recreation;Religious history;Social history of the East End of London;Temperance movements;Theatre history;Victorian music hall;Victorian values;Working class culture01060303One of London’s best-kept secrets, Hoxton Hall, built in 1863, is one of only a handful of surviving Victorian music halls in Britain. This book presents a history of the building and its role in the social life of a deprived but resilient area of the city, celebrating the Hall’s reopening in 2015 after a two-year, Heritage Lottery-funded, refurbishment. This landmark volume charts the Hall’s many different guises over more than a century and a half of activity, from its founding as exemplar of Victorian rational recreation to a working-class variety music hall; from headquarters of a prominent evangelical temperance movement to outpost of a Quaker East-End mission; from pioneer of 1970s community arts to today’s multipurpose centre reflecting the diversity of the neighbourhood it still serves. The wide-ranging contributions gathered here offer an invaluable lens for understanding an area of London that has experienced comprehensive social change during the lifetime of the venue. This unique history of a building brings together scholars of architectural, theatrical, musical and entertainment history, and of social and religious history, to chart the various lives of Hoxton Hall and those who have been drawn to this remarkable space.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112129/3/9781804130353.pdf.jpgUniversity of Exeter Press01University of Exeter Press000120260615978180413035311University of Exeter Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112129/1/9781804130353.pdf990409University of Exeter Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.exeterpress.co.uk/products/hoxton-hall9904 1ca6a705-ab54-4d81-a547-28951f334796030001OAPEN Library ID1ca6a705-ab54-4d81-a547-28951f33479601HANDLE20.500.12657/1121401597804729058290610.3998/mpub.1442670100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102African Perspectives0101Exit of a HeroPhotography and the Visual Culture of Commemoration in Southern Nigeria1A01OkechukwuNwafor01eng002680393A93AB93AG93AGA93AJ93J93JH93JHB93JHBZ93N93NH93NHH20Achievement;Billboard;Colonialism;Commemoration;Death;Funeral;Gallery;Hero;Icon;Igbo;Ikenga;Intermediality;Lagos;Materiality;Nigeria;Obituary;Photography;Praise;Public;Social Media01060303In Exit of a Hero , Okechukwu Nwafor explores the cultural, political, and socioeconomic implications of photography in commemorative practices in southern Nigeria from the nineteenth century to the present. Focusing on obituary and commemorative photographs of late nineteenth and early twentieth-century Lagos to contemporary funeral posters, booklets, and social media posts, Nwafor tracks the historical evolution of the iconic and heroic image. He argues that the quest to produce an ideal memorial body is not just a personal aesthetic choice but a deliberate photographic project that resonates with the Igbo aspirations for heroic achievement. Exit of a Hero asserts that the visual canonization transforms the deceased from a fallible being to an unimpeachable character who transcends underachievement, imperfection, and failed social performance to emerge as a saintly icon of the Igbo public sphere. In seeking an alternative, hyper-visible public self, social media reclaims the lost hero image of the deceased, reconstituting the contested Igbo public space as a lived reality where heroes and icons are actively and eternally commemorated. Nwafor unveils the creative imaginations of colonial subjects and postcolonial citizens as memorialization has become entangled within the intersecting discursive spaces of print culture and the public sphere.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112140/3/9780472905829.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112140/1/9780472905829.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 242099f9-56af-461c-bd4c-e3e3722d08f1030001OAPEN Library ID242099f9-56af-461c-bd4c-e3e3722d08f101HANDLE20.500.12657/1121481597810327260070610.4324/978103272600700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Food, Society and the Environment0101Sustainable Consumption and Everyday Food Practices in Europe1B01VirginieAmilien2B01MatthieuDuboys-De-Labarre3B01MoniaSaïdi01eng002720393G93GT93GTP93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC493JH93JHB93JHM93JHMC93K93KN93KNA93KNAC93R93RG93RGC93RN93RNT93T93TV93TVB20Consumer ethics;Family meal studies;Food narrative analysis;Household food routines;Qualitative food research;Social practice theory;Socio-ecological food transition methods01060303Presenting contemporary case studies of everyday food practices, this book examines food habits and the ways they are evolving or resisting change. The book draws on primary research with families, examining consumer practices and perceptions of food sustainability. It amplifies the voices of ordinary people, exploring how they experience and navigate everyday food practices. The concept of narrative provides a robust foundation for a dynamic and coherent conceptual approach while combining a social practice perspective which examines the interplay between routines, norms, ethics, and reflexivity with pragmatic sociology. This allows the analysis to follow food practices through adjustments and justifications. Focusing on food quality schemes as institutional tools for improving sustainable food systems, it includes diverse case studies from France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Norway, Serbia, the UK, as well as Sweden and Australia. Authors employ multi-method qualitative approaches to capture the interplay of discourses, practices, and materialities. The volume proposes research tools and methods for sustainable food, offering insights into how everyday food practices can contribute to socio-ecological food transitions. This book will appeal to students, researchers, and policymakers interested in sustainable food systems and consumption, and their intersections with sociology, anthropology, cultural studies, and sustainable development.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112148/3/9781040505823.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104050582315978104063567411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112148/1/9781040505823.pdf9904 2d354ab4-75bd-461c-92d9-6c8763a52c85030001OAPEN Library ID2d354ab4-75bd-461c-92d9-6c8763a52c8501HANDLE20.500.12657/1121501597810326901170610.4324/978103269011700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode0101Gender and Digital MediaA Critical Companion1B01HakanErgül01eng003880393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JH93JHB93JHBA93P93PD93PDR20Digital diaspora studies;Digital identity formation;Feminist technology critique;Intersectionality online;Masculinities research;Posthuman theory;Virtual representation politics01060303Gender and Digital Media: A Critical Companion offers an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the evolving relationship between gender and digital media. Covering topics such as queer and trans communities online, digital intimacy, feminist approaches to technology, gaming, fandom and fanfiction online, digital diaspora, genre, representation, and gendered hate in digital spaces, this textbook explores how gender is shaped and represented onscreen and online across intersections of identity, class, race, age, sexuality, and technology. Each chapter opens with a critical overview of a key theme by a leading expert, followed by a short essay from a graduate student that grounds these ideas in concrete, contemporary examples. This layered structure encourages critical thinking and connects theory to concrete cases and lived experience. Designed with pedagogy in mind, this book includes a range of tools and activities that support both independent and collaborative learning. Gender and Digital Media: A Critical Companion is ideal for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in gender studies, media studies, cultural studies, media sociology, arts and humanities, and the social sciences exploring human‑technology interactions and digital everyday life. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com , has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution (CC BY) 4.0 International license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112150/3/9781040515600.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104051560015978104063093811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112150/1/9781040515600.pdf9904 0b34f140-efef-4888-af80-6b0f59f6e252030001OAPEN Library ID0b34f140-efef-4888-af80-6b0f59f6e25201HANDLE20.500.12657/1121261597838474329060610.3224/8474315200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Queer-ethnografische PotenzialeFragile Intimität, radikale Reflexivität, gestörte Repräsentation1B01FriederikeFaust2B01AlikMazukatow3B01KlaraNagel4B01ToddSekuler01ger002060393J93JB93JBS93JBSJ93JH93JHB93JHM93JHMC20Criticism of normativity;Cultural anthropology;European ethnology;Europäische Ethnologie;Gender;Geschlecht;Kulturanthropologie;Normativitätskritik;Queer Theory;Queer theory;Reflexivity;Reflexivität;Sexuality;Sexualität01060303undefined0303Wie kann eine reflexive ethnografische Methodik und Repräsentation aussehen, wenn sie einem queeren Anspruch gerecht werden will? Welches Potenzial haben queertheoretische Ansätze für Forschungen in Feldern jenseits von Geschlecht und Sexualität? Die Autor*innen loten auf Basis ethnografischer Forschung und kritischer Lektüre das methodologische und theoretische Potenzial aus, das die Schnittstelle von Kulturanthropologie und Queer Theory birgt.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112126/3/9783847432906.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112126/1/9783847432906.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/queer-ethnografische-potenziale/9904 0c68928a-1b65-46bb-85a6-717db2380dd6030001OAPEN Library ID0c68928a-1b65-46bb-85a6-717db2380dd601HANDLE20.500.12657/1121531597810035619270610.4324/978100356192700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies on Law in Africa0101Criminal Justice Reform in Sub-Saharan AfricaBest Practice from Selected Jurisdictions1B01AdedejiAdekunle2B01OsatohanmwenEruaga3B01Suzzie OnyekaOyakhire01eng003180393G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JK93JKV93JP93JPB93L93LA93LAF93LAM93LAR93LAZ93LN93LND93LNDH93LNDU93LNF93LNFB93LNFX93LNFX120Administration of Criminal Justice Act;African criminal justice reform strategies;Artificial intelligence;Attorneys;Burundi;Comparative legal analysis;Congo;Courts;Defendants;Ghana;Human rights;Human rights law Africa;Judges;Judicial corruption prevention;Kenya;Nigeria;Non-custodial sentences;Non-custodial sentencing;Petty offences;Pre-trial detention;Pretrial detention reform;Restorative justice;Restorative justice practices;Rwanda;South Africa;Suspects;Technology;Trial;Victims;Violent crime01060303This book considers the challenges faced within criminal justice systems across a range of African jurisdictions, identifying recent efforts at reform, and highlighting instances of best practice. Most African countries continue to experience issues of unlawful pre-trial detention, human rights abuses in prisons, long periods of awaiting trials, and prolonged criminal trials. The presence of these issues mars criminal justice processes and judicial oversight functions, and risks feeding corruption and increasing risks of torture, as well as negatively impacting suspects, their families, and communities. Drawing on insights from African academics, judges, and legal practitioners, this book considers recent criminal justice reforms across Burundi, Congo, Ghana, Kenya, Nigeria, Rwanda, and South Africa. Authors focus on best practice for managing pre-trial detention, implementing effective non-custodial measures, expediting trials, and exploring the role of restorative justice in criminal justice administration. The comparative insights and best practice for reform implementation highlighted in this book will be useful for legal and criminal justice researchers, as well as legal practitioners and policymakers working on criminal justice reform in sub-Saharan Africa.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112153/3/9781040874431.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104087443115978104087446211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112153/1/9781040874431.pdf9904 025e0719-a83a-4e04-98fd-f2769efe18a9030001OAPEN Library ID025e0719-a83a-4e04-98fd-f2769efe18a901HANDLE20.500.12657/1121601597837315146950610.5445/KSP/100018991600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010274Karlsruher Schriften zur Anthropomatik0101Attribute-Based Person Retrieval in Multi-Camera Networks1A01AndreasSpecker01eng003040393U20Attribute recognition;Attributerkennung;Computer vision;Deep Learning;Deep learning;Person retrieval;Personensuche;Semantic attributes;Semantische Attribute01060303Attribute-based person retrieval searches for persons using textual descriptions of their visual appearance. This thesis presents a deep learning approach for such retrieval in video surveillance and smart city scenarios. It introduces methods for attribute recognition in images and videos, the UPAR dataset, specialized evaluation metrics, and an end-to-end pipeline from camera video to search results.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112160/3/9783731514695.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112160/1/9783731514695.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001899169904 3d49650a-df86-4cd7-abbf-1a00d2fa347f030001OAPEN Library ID3d49650a-df86-4cd7-abbf-1a00d2fa347f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121171597837315132920610.5445/KSP/100016420500EBE10715107J091010Open licence02https://oapen.org/article/rights10010243Produktion und Energie0101Entwicklung eines benutzerfreundlichen kostenoptimierenden Planungswerkzeugs für kerntechnische Rückbauprojekte unter Berücksichtigung von Stoffströmen zur Ressourcenplanung (NukPlaRStoR)1A01NiklasBraun2A01MarcoGehring3A01PeterStängle4A01RebekkaVolk5A01OliverWagner01ger001000393K93KJ20Kerntechnischer Rückbau;Material flows;Nuclear decommissioning;Optimierung;Optimisation;Planning tool;Planungswerkzeug;RCPSP;Stoffströme01060303The aim of the NukPlaRStoR project is to develop a planning tool that is specifically tailored to the needs of nuclear decommissioning projects. An optimising planning approach is to be developed using mathematical methods and implemented as a planning tool. The planning tool to be developed should be able to calculate a optimised plan and contains all the work to be carried out as well as all the material flows arising during dismantling.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112117/7/9783731513292.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112117/1/9783731513292.pdf9904 95637620-ba08-4601-a55e-c8dfac488d5a030001OAPEN Library ID95637620-ba08-4601-a55e-c8dfac488d5a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1121181597837315144040610.5445/KSP/100018217600EBE10715107J091010Open licence02https://oapen.org/article/rights0101Theoretische und experimentelle Beschreibung der applizierten Dosis auf Gas-Flüssigkeits- Grenzschicht-exponierten Zellkulturen im Vergleich zur Expositionsdosis1A01SonjaMülhopt01ger003120393T93TC20Aerosol;Fasern;Inhalierbarkeit;Partikeln;Toxizitätsuntersuchungen;fibres;inhalability;particles;toxicity studies01060303undefined0303This study investigates how the geometry of airborne fibres and particles affect their behaviour at the air-liquid interface in a laminar stagnation point flow over a biological sensor surface. It introduces methods for analysing deposited fibres and for simulating their behaviour at the deposition surface. The results show that the deposition of fibre-particle collectives at the air-liquid interface can be predicted using the dynamic shape factor.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112118/7/9783731514404.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112118/1/9783731514404.pdf9904 2b7ebf3c-afa8-4846-91cc-e2d9e53a236f030001OAPEN Library ID2b7ebf3c-afa8-4846-91cc-e2d9e53a236f01HANDLE20.500.12657/895191597818006498350610.11647/OBP.034000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Translating Russian Literature in the Global Context1B01MuireannMaguire2B01CathyMcAteer01eng0072803932932A932AG932AGR93D93DN93DNT93DS20Comparative literature;Global Context;Literary reception;Russian Literature;Translation studies;socio-cultural microhistory01060303Translating Russian Literature in the Global Context examines the translation and reception of Russian literature as a world-wide process. This volume aims to provoke new debate about the continued currency of Russian literature as symbolic capital for international readers, in particular for nations seeking to create or consolidate cultural and political leverage in the so-called ‘World Republic of Letters’. It also seeks to examine and contrast the mechanisms of the translation and uses of Russian literature across the globe. This collection presents academic essays, grouped according to geographical location, by thirty-seven international scholars. Collectively, their expertise encompasses the global reception of Russian literature in Europe, the Former Soviet Republics, Africa, the Americas, and Asia. Their scholarship concentrates on two fundamental research areas: firstly, constructing a historical survey of the translation, publication, distribution and reception of Russian literature, or of one or more specific Russophone authors, in a given nation, language, or region; and secondly, outlining a socio-cultural microhistory of how a specific, highly influential local writer, genre, or literary group within the target culture has translated, transmitted, or adapted aspects of Russian literature in their own literary production. Each section is prefaced with a short essay by the co-editors, surveying the history of the reception of Russian literature in the given region. Considered as a whole, these chapters offer a wholly new overview of the extent and intercultural penetration of Russian and Soviet literary soft power during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. This volume will open up Slavonic Translation Studies for the general reader, the student of Comparative Literature, and the academic scholar alike.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/89519/2/obp.0340.pdf.jpg01Open Book Publishers16H2020 European Research Council01grantnumber802437Cambridge000120240615978180064984215978180064985915978180064986615978180064989711Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/89519/12/OBP.0340.pdf9904 a5cfaea8-3bd6-4d4b-af68-0c287ae3e375030001OAPEN Library IDa5cfaea8-3bd6-4d4b-af68-0c287ae3e37501HANDLE20.500.12657/933301597818051116410610.11647/OBP.037900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Touching ParchmentHow Medieval Users Rubbed, Handled, and Kissed Their Manuscripts Volume 2: Social Encounters with the Book1A01Kathryn M.Rudy01eng004760393J93JH93JHM93JHMC93N93NH93NHD93NHDJ93W93WC20Medieval book;handling;religious;rituals;secular;touching01060303In the late middle ages (ca. 1200-1520), both religious and secular people used manuscripts, was regarded as a most precious item. The traces of their use through touching and handling during different rituals such as oath-taking, public reading, and memorializing the dead, is the subject of Kathryn Rudy’s research in Touching Parchment. This second volume, Social Encounters with the Book, delves into the physical interaction with books in various social settings, including education, courtly assemblies, and confraternal gatherings. Looking at acts such as pointing, scratching, and ‘wet-touching’, the author zooms in on smudges and abrasions on medieval manuscripts as testimonials of readers’ interaction with the book and its contents. In so doing, she dissects the function of books in oaths, confraternal groups, education, and courtly settings, illuminating how books were used as teaching aids and tools for conveying political messages. The narrative paints a vivid picture of medieval reading, emphasizing bodily engagement, from page-turning to the intimate act of kissing pages. Overall, this text offers a captivating exploration of the tactile and social dimensions of book use in late medieval Europe broadening our perspective on the role of objects in rituals during the middle ages. Social Encounters with the Book provides a fundamental resource to anybody interested in medieval history and book materiality more widely. This volume is part of a four-volume set, with two additional titles forthcoming.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/93330/2/obp.0379.pdf.jpg01Open Book Publisherscam000120240615978180511165815978180511166515978180511167215978180511169611Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/93330/13/obp.0379.pdf9904 f689d865-ac65-42e0-9784-983e000c2111030001OAPEN Library IDf689d865-ac65-42e0-9784-983e000c211101HANDLE20.500.12657/11174815978150178646400EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101BelfastmenAn Intimate History of Life Before Gay Liberation1A01TomHulme01eng003060393J93JB93JBS93JBSJ93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Male homosexuality;Northern Ireland;Pre-gay rights era;Queer history;Religious conservatism;Sexual identity;Social networks;Urban studies01060303Belfastmen reconstructs the everyday experiences of queer men in a region infamous for its recent history of intolerance, violence, and religious homophobia to show how queer lives before the gay rights movement were not only possible but also rich, exciting, and fulfilling. Irish churches and governmental authorities found the topic of sex between men unmentionable and imagined such vice as a problem only found in decadent and degenerate societies abroad. Belfastmen shows how this tacit ignorance and public silence paradoxically enabled male queerness to flourish with only rare exposure, condemnation, or regulation. Tom Hulme traces the intimate lives of men across time, space, and self-understanding: their meeting places, their sexual and romantic relationships, the scientific and social models of desire they used to define themselves, and the responses to them from families, neighborhoods, and the law. From Belfast's industrial boom in the late nineteenth century to the social transformations accompanying WWII, Belfastmen reveals how homosexuality finally emerged as a recognized social problem in the 1950s. Only then did Northern Ireland start to transform into the expressively homophobic society of the more recent past.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111748/4/9781501786471.pdf.jpgCornell University Press01Cornell University PressIthaca000120260615978150178647111Cornell University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111748/1/9781501786471.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111748/2/9781501786464.epub990409Cornell University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.cornellpress.cornell.edu/book/9781501786440/belfastmen9904 ff09f5ba-c091-4440-9fdf-f56b8e03f2ec030001OAPEN Library IDff09f5ba-c091-4440-9fdf-f56b8e03f2ec01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118061597810036445690610.4324/978100364456900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Contemporary Security Studies0101Finland in NATOPerspectives on Strategy1B01TommiKoivula2B01MattiPuranen3B01AnttiSeppo01eng002540393J93JP93JPS93JPSH93JPV93JPW93JPWS93JW93JWA93JWK93N93NH93NHD93NHW20Arctic security;Comprehensive security framework analysis;Defence policy;Great power competition;Military strategy adaptation;Nordic geopolitics;Security studies01060303This edited volume offers a detailed analysis of Finland’s transformation from neutrality to a pivotal NATO member following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022. With contributions from scholars and military practitioners, the volume fills a critical gap in the literature by focusing on Finland’s changing security landscape. It explores Finland’s emerging role within NATO, changes in Finnish strategic posture, the perspectives of key allies, and its evolving relations with Russia and China. Divided into three thematic sections, the book covers Finland's shifting military-strategic context, its changing security orientation with great powers, and the impact on its key national security practices such as conscription, total defence, and border security. Finland’s geostrategic importance is emphasised, particularly as NATO’s frontline state with the longest border with Russia, and as a key player in Arctic policy. In contrast to broader regional analyses, this book provides a comprehensive and focused examination of Finland’s national security in its own right, offering vital insights for scholars and policymakers. This book will be of much interest to students of Strategic and Security studies, NATO, Nordic studies and International Relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111806/3/9781040573884.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104057388415978104060540011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111806/1/9781040573884.pdf9904 fcf7e826-f4d9-40d1-8de0-9af0ce91f5ad030001OAPEN Library IDfcf7e826-f4d9-40d1-8de0-9af0ce91f5ad01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118071597818051176120610.11647/OBP.050300EBE10715107J091010Open licence02https://oapen.org/article/rights0101Spaces for ActionA Repository of Tools and Methods for a Socially Situated Architectural Education1B01Ingrid CarolinaVargas Díaz2B01guidocimadomo01eng002780393A93AM93AMC93AMCR93J93JB93JBS93JBSD93JN93JNC93JNF93JNM93JNS93JNT93K93KJ93KJM93KJMD20Architectural education;Collaborative tools;Community-based design;Design pedagogy;Experiential learning;Social engagement01060303'Spaces for Action' provides a hands-on guide for teachers and students looking to make architectural learning more engaging, collaborative, and socially meaningful. The book brings together over 80 creative tools that can be adapted to different classrooms, communities, and design challenges. The tools are grouped by teaching approaches—like cooperative teamwork, experiential learning, and transformative practices—and by the stages of the design process: identifying challenges, generating ideas, and putting them into action. Each entry gives a clear overview of what the tool is for, how it works, and what you need to make it happen. You’ll also find tips on group sizes, resources, and possible collaborators, making it easy to bring these methods straight into practice. What makes this toolkit unique is its strong link between theory and real-world application. Alongside detailed instructions, you’ll discover case studies from projects such as Service-Learning and “Live Projects,” which connect design directly to community needs. Open and adaptable, this repository is a valuable resource for anyone who wants to foster creativity, collaboration, and social impact in architecture education.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111807/3/9781805117636.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511762915978180511763611Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111807/4/9781805117636.pdf9904 f933b20b-3c93-4333-b9cb-d3d1a223891c030001OAPEN Library IDf933b20b-3c93-4333-b9cb-d3d1a223891c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118141597838376749650610.14361/978383947496900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010218Historische Geschlechterforschung0101Frauen-, Geschlechter- und Queer-GeschichteInternationale Perspektiven und lokale Verortung1B01KatharinaCrepaz2B01JosefPrackwieser01eng01ger003000393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Cultural History;Diversity;Diversität;European History;Europäische Geschichte;Frauengeschichte;Gender;Gender History;Geschichte des 20. Jahrhunderts;Geschichtswissenschaft;Geschlecht;Geschlechtergeschichte;Global History;Globalgeschichte;History;History of Woman;History of the 20th Century;Intersectionality;Intersektionalität;Kulturgeschichte;Queer History;Queer-Geschichte;Science;South Tyrol;Südtirol;Wissenschaft01060303undefined0303Wie werden Gender- und Queer-History-Projekte im lokalen Kontext und im kleinstädtischen Raum umgesetzt? Die Beiträger*innen widmen sich anhand des Fallbeispiels Südtirol der Frauen-, Geschlechter- und Queer-Geschichte in Minderheitengebieten. Südtirol repräsentiert einen Kontext intersektionaler Diversität, in dem verschiedene Arten von Minderheiten (z.B. hinsichtlich ihrer sexuellen Orientierung, ihrer Geschlechtsidentität oder ihres Migrationshintergrundes) aufeinandertreffen. Aus den Forschungsergebnissen lassen sich nicht nur neue theoretische Aspekte für die Gender Studies gewinnen, sondern auch praktische Implikationen für das Leben in einer Gesellschaft, die von multipler Diversität geprägt ist.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111814/3/9783839474969.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947496911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111814/1/9783839474969.pdf9904 fef2e361-1aaa-4cf6-8179-27fac83e43f8030001OAPEN Library IDfef2e361-1aaa-4cf6-8179-27fac83e43f801HANDLE20.500.12657/1118201597838376800030610.14361/978383947733500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102Gender Studies0101Real Dolls – Sex und Intimität mit anthropomorphen Sexualobjekten1A01MarkBibbert01ger002220393J93JB93JBF93JBFW20Gender Studies;Intimacy;Intimität;Real Doll;Sexpuppe;Sexuality;Sexualität01060303undefined0303Real Dolls versprechen intime Körperlichkeit ohne lebendige Gegenüber und oszillieren zwischen technikethischen Fantasien und realem Begehren. Mark Bibbert vergleicht die Antizipation künftiger Sexroboter mit empirisch begründeten Nutzungsgefügen hyperrealistischer Sexpuppen. Intimitäts‑, Hobby‑ und Lust-Gefüge verknüpfen materielle, affektive, diskursive und biografische Elemente zu je eigenen Formen anthropomorpher Echtheit, Sex und Intimität. Eine durch den Nonhuman Turn reformulierte Situationsanalyse erschließt diese Gefüge, macht sichtbar, wo gängige Kritikmuster aktuelle Nutzungsweisen verfehlen, und formuliert eine Kritik jenseits technikethischer Determinismen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111820/3/9783839477335.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947733511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111820/1/9783839477335.pdf9904 f6a3ce24-fc79-45c0-a19b-6fa413119b6a030001OAPEN Library IDf6a3ce24-fc79-45c0-a19b-6fa413119b6a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118481597838376736920610.14361/978383947369600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010210Care – Forschung und Praxis0101Familie, Sorge und RechtTheoretische und empirische Verhältnisbestimmungen1B01JuliaBöcker2B01FelixGaillinger3B01MayaHalatcheva-Trapp4B01Lisa YashodharaHaller5B01Manuel Bolz01ger003180393J93JH93JHB93JHBK93JK93JKS93L93LA93LAQ20Familie;Familiensoziologie;Family;Gender;Gender Studies;Geschlecht;Law;Recht;Rechtssoziologie;Social Policy;Sociology;Sociology of Family;Sociology of Law;Sozialpolitik;Soziologie01060303undefined0303Familie, Sorge und Recht konstituieren ein komplexes Verhältnis. Recht ermöglicht und beschränkt Familien- und Sorgebeziehungen, es öffnet und schließt alltägliche Handlungsspielräume, es verspricht Lösungen für soziale Probleme und mobilisiert soziale Kräfte – nicht zuletzt für juristische Transformationen. Die Beitragenden loten die Widerspenstigkeiten aus, die diesem Verhältnis und dessen Analyse innewohnen. Mit empirischen und theoretischen Perspektiven aus Soziologie, Europäischer Ethnologie, Kulturwissenschaften, Sozialer Arbeit und Rechtswissenschaften beleuchten sie Forschungsgegenstände und Praxisfelder wie Co-Parenting und queere Lebensweisen, sexualisierte Gewalt, Scheidung und Vormundschaft.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111848/3/9783839473696.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947369611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111848/1/9783839473696.pdf9904 f3c196c9-2f45-40bf-b7f9-c1d9915e025e030001OAPEN Library IDf3c196c9-2f45-40bf-b7f9-c1d9915e025e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120681597818051180150610.11647/OBP.051100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Make/UnmakePlay at the Centre of Culture Change1A01AnnaBeresin01eng001980393J93JB93JBS93JBSP93JBSP193JH93JHM93JHMC93JM93JMC93JN93JNA93JNC93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Childhood studies;Culture change;Makerspaces;Play;Playgrounds;UNICEF01060303Anna Beresin’s 'Make/Unmake' is an engaging and deeply original exploration of children’s play as a powerful cultural force. Drawing on ethnographic research and vivid travel writing, the author journeys to the Midlands region of England to observe three remarkable play-based programs: the Maker{Futures} Mobile Makerspace, the Pitsmoor Adventure Playground, and the GLUE Collective. She captures the voices of playworkers, teachers, and artists and documents the ingenuity of children turning objects into tools of imagination and change. At a moment when children’s opportunities for material play are shrinking, this book confronts urgent questions: Who gets to play? Who is left out? The work resonates with UNICEF’s recent call to address inequality, climate pressures, and technological shifts shaping children’s lives today. By centring under-resourced communities, gender equity, and cultural representation, this volume reframes play as both a process of making and unmaking the world—an act of resilience, creativity, and collective transformation. This book will appeal to scholars and students in childhood studies, play studies, education, and cultural anthropology, as well as practitioners, teachers, policymakers, and all who are committed to protecting children’s right to play.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112068/3/9781805118039.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511802215978180511803915978180511804615978180511805315978180511897811Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112068/1/9781805118039.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.05119904 f340bb58-6b39-47b7-bfe2-9fd8f102f91e030001OAPEN Library IDf340bb58-6b39-47b7-bfe2-9fd8f102f91e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120741597837315141140610.5445/KSP/100017852900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010232Schriftenreihe Kontinuumsmechanik im Maschinenbau0101Local Stresses and Strains in Polycrystals1A01MaximilianKrause01eng002500393T93TG93TGB20Diffraction;Diffraktion;Maximum Entropy;Maximum-Entropy;Micromechanics;Mikromechanik;Polycrystals;Polykristalle;Textur;Texture01060303In this work, we investigate various methods of calculating local stress and strain statistics of heterogeneous materials with particular focus on polycrystalline metals. The main method under consideration is the micromechanical Maximum Entropy Method, an approximation technique based on results from information theory, which predicts local stress and strains based on the macroscopic properties of a material without explicit descriptions of the microstructure.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112074/3/9783731514114.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112074/1/9783731514114.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001785299904 f7f55826-e953-4dad-afc9-bf865803f4f0030001OAPEN Library IDf7f55826-e953-4dad-afc9-bf865803f4f001HANDLE20.500.12657/1120801597837315140600610.5445/KSP/100017806600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/100102120Schriftenreihe des Instituts für Angewandte Materialien, Karlsruher Institut für Technologie0101Effect of hybridization in CoDico-FRTPs: Orientation-dependent characterization and analytical modeling in various climatic conditions1A01BenediktMarian Scheuring01eng002920393T93TG93TGB20Continuous-discontinuous;Kontinuierlich-diskontinuierlich;Langfaserverstärkte Thermoplaste (LFT);Long fiber-reinforced thermoplastics (LFT)01060303Long fiber-reinforced thermoplastics (LFT) offer great potential for lightweight construction in large-scale automotive production. This study examines LFT-D-ILC with a PA6 matrix and various fibers, as well as hybrid materials made from CF-LFT and unidirectional tapes, in terms of their directional properties under tensile and bending loads. Hybridization improves stiffness and environmental resistance without losing the advantages of LFTs, such as short cycle times.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112080/3/9783731514060.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112080/1/9783731514060.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001780669904 f0117768-dbb2-43ff-bd99-2b94c9a6b9a4030001OAPEN Library IDf0117768-dbb2-43ff-bd99-2b94c9a6b9a401HANDLE20.500.12657/1117731597801989072820610.1093/9780198907312.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Unexplained Wealth Orders and the UK's Anti-Corruption Regime1A01ÁineClancy01eng003040393L93LN93LNF93LNFX20Anti-corruption;Asset recovery;Civil recovery;Grand corruption;Kleptocracy;Official corruption;Politically exposed person;Proceeds of crime;Unexplained wealth;Unexplained wealth orders01060303The powers available to criminal enforcement authorities to investigate and seize the UK-based proceeds of overseas grand corruption are piecemeal in nature and collectively under-researched. In considering how the UK uses its laws to address the proceeds of overseas political corruption being laundered within its territory, this monograph examines the broader anti-corruption enforcement architecture of a ‘destination’ country for the proceeds of grand corruption. This volume uses the introduction and operation of the politically exposed person-specific unexplained wealth order as a lens through which to assess the UK’s anti-corruption regime. It provides an in-depth critical examination of the pitfalls, the benefits, and the efficacy of the options available to countries acting as haven states for corruptly acquired wealth in deterring the laundering of ‘dirty money’ in their states and interrogates the political motivations underpinning the introduction of those measures. It considers the relative advantages and disadvantages of various legal routes to recovering and, where appropriate, to returning misappropriated assets to states of origin. This work provides an essential resource with which to inform current policy and future reform of anti-corruption regimes both in the UK and in other states harbouring corruptly acquired assets originating overseas.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111773/3/9780198907282.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120250615978019890729915978019890730515978019890731211Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111773/1/9780198907282.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/unexplained-wealth-orders-and-the-uks-anti-corruption-regime-9780198907282?q=Unexplained%20Wealth%20Orders%20and%20the%20UK%E2%80%99s%20Anti-Corruption%20Regime&lang=en&cc=gb9904 f116031c-01d0-424f-8831-e7d9a2ff2240030001OAPEN Library IDf116031c-01d0-424f-8831-e7d9a2ff224001HANDLE20.500.12657/1117751597802711028870610.5325/b.1999181400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Studies in Romance Literatures0101Stages of DesireThe Mythological Tradition in Classical and Contemporary Spanish Theater1A01MichaelKidd01eng002800393C93CF93D93DD93DS93DSG20Castro Dido y Eneas;Classical mythology;Filomena;Greco-Roman myths;Juan del Encina;Llamada;Luis Riaza;Timoneda;Tragicomedia;Twentieth-century Spanish literature;Unamuno Fedra01060303Within the rich tradition of Spanish theater lies an unexplored dimension reflecting themes from classical mythology. Through close readings of selected plays from early modern and twentieth-century Spanish literature with plots or characters derived from the Greco-Roman tradition, Michael Kidd shows that the concept of desire plays a pivotal role in adapting myth to the stage in each of several historical periods. In Stages of Desire , Kidd offers a new way of looking at the theater in Spain. Reviewing the work of playwrights from Juan del Encina to Luis Riaza, he suggests that desire constitutes a central element in a large number of Greco-Roman myths and shows how dramatists have exploited this to resituate ancient narratives within their own artistic and ideological horizons. Among the works he analyzes are Timoneda's Tragicomedia llamada Filomena, Castro's Dido y Eneas , and Unamuno's Fedra . Kidd explores how seventeenth-century playwrights were constrained by the conventions of the newly formed national theater, and how in the twentieth century mythological desire was exploited by playwrights engaged in upsetting the melodramatic conventions of the entrenched bourgeois theater. He also examines the role of desire both in the demythification of prominent classical heroes during the Franco regime and in the cultural critique of institutionalized discrimination in the current democratic period. Stages of Desire is an original and broad-ranging study that highlights both change and continuity in Spanish theater. By elegantly combining theory, literary history, and close textual analysis, Kidd demonstrates both the resilience of Greco-Roman myths and the continuing vitality of the Spanish stage.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111775/3/9780271102887.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199911Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111775/1/9780271102887.pdf9904 e6614181-5e24-443f-bb6a-e7f38533a84f030001OAPEN Library IDe6614181-5e24-443f-bb6a-e7f38533a84f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117761597802711028940610.5325/b.1996138700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Studies in Romance Literatures0101The Cultural Politics of Tel QuelLiterature and the Left in the Wake of Engagement1A01DanielleMarx-Scouras01eng0026803931931D931DD931DDF93D93DS93DSK93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTV93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Bernard-Henri Lévy;Georges Bataille;Gérard Genette;Jacques Derrida;Jean-Pierre Faye;Julia Kristeva;Marcelin Pleynet;Michel Foucault;Philippe Sollers;Roland Barthes;Tzvetan Todorov01060303Founded in 1960 by a group of relatively unknown young writers, Tel Que l quickly became one of the most influential literary journals and controversial intellectual movements in France. During the following two decades Tel Quel published the best in French intellectual thought and writing, including Roland Barthes, Georges Bataille, Jacques Derrida, Jean-Pierre Faye, Michel Foucault, Gérard Genette, Julia Kristeva, Bernard-Henri Lévy, Marcelin Pleynet, Philippe Sollers, and Tzvetan Todorov. By focusing on Tel Quel as an instrument of cultural renewal, Danielle Marx-Scouras demonstrates that literature—even when it claims to be disengaged—can never escape its historical ties. The book elucidates the complexities of French intellectual life and the role played by Tel Quel in the evolution of intellectual thought and writing in the 1960s and 1970s. Tel Quel 's cultural politics have been fashioned as much by the unpredictable historical changes of the post-World War II and Cold War era as they have by the advances in literary studies, semiotics, philosophy, and psychoanalysis during this period. The journal ceased publication in 1982, shortly before the dissolution of Marxism-Communism marked by the demolition of the Berlin Wall, the reunification of Europe, and the collapse of the Soviet Union. Marx-Scouras ultimately finds in its cultural venture some significant parting thoughts on a vigorous period of European literary and intellectual history.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111776/3/9780271102894.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199611Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111776/1/9780271102894.pdf9904 ebdc8907-a4e9-4bf8-b9de-4e867a1d3fef030001OAPEN Library IDebdc8907-a4e9-4bf8-b9de-4e867a1d3fef01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117851597802710654270610.5325/b.1928783600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Pioneer Life; or, Thirty Years a HunterBeing Scenes and Adventures in the Life of Philip Tome1A01PhilipTome01eng001900393D93DN93DNB93N93NH93NHK93W93WN93WNC93WT20Autobiography;Hunter;Hunting;Life;Pennsylvania;Philip Tome;Pioneer;Wilderness01060303Pioneer Life is a mostly autobiographical narrative of the life of Philip Tome. Tome was born in 1782 near present-day Harrisburg and lived on the upper Susquehanna for much of his life. He tells colorful (and mostly true) tales about his hunting exploits in the Pennsylvania wilderness, as he tracked elk, wolves, bears, panthers, foxes, and other large animals through the state’s north-central mountains, earning wide renown among his contemporaries. His stories contain suspenseful chase scenes, accidents, and narrow escapes, inviting the reader to view a still-wild Pennsylvania through the eyes of one who “was never conquered by man or animal.” Pioneer Life , originally published in 1854, has since been reprinted several times; this edition includes a preface by folklorist Henry Shoemaker.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111785/3/9780271103167.pdf.jpgMetalmark01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA000120140615978027110316711Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111785/1/9780271103167.pdf9904 f1fa1e26-4e5c-415f-94fa-f0a72bc25f9d030001OAPEN Library IDf1fa1e26-4e5c-415f-94fa-f0a72bc25f9d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118081597818051175820610.11647/OBP.050200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/10010243Semitic Languages and Cultures0101Ottoman-Era Documents from the Cairo Genizah1A01JaneHathaway01eng005100393C93CF93CFL93N93NH93NHB93NHG93NHH93NHT93NHTB93Q93QR93QRJ20Alexandria;Cairo;Damietta;Genizah;Hebrew and Judaeo-Arabic;Intercommunal networks;Jewish communities in Egypt;Mamluk Sultanate;Ottoman Egypt;Ottoman Empire01060303This groundbreaking volume marks a rare and transformative contribution to studies of the Cairo Genizah, a vast trove of documents generated by Egypt’s Jewish community between the 10th and 19th centuries. While the Cairo Genizah has long yielded extraordinary insights into Jewish history in the greater Mediterranean region, attention has focused overwhelmingly on documents from the ‘classical’ period (11th–13th centuries). Documents from the later period, when Egypt was ruled by the Mamluk Sultanate and the Ottoman Empire, remain woefully underexplored. This book helps to change that, presenting a meticulously curated collection of later Genizah documents that expand the boundaries of current scholarship. Moving beyond the more familiar Hebrew and Judaeo-Arabic texts, the author ventures into neglected terrain, offering expert translations of Arabic and Ottoman Turkish texts in Arabic script. The collection is rich with remarkable ‘firsts’, including a Jewish funerary prayer on the reverse of a letter from a military commander, fragments of Sufi poetry, and a primer on Muslim practice. The author uses her training in Ottoman history to analyse and contextualise these documents fully. As a result, each document opens new avenues of inquiry, linking Egypt’s Jewish community to wider intra- and intercommunal networks in the Ottoman Empire and beyond. With a lucid introduction, well-structured chapters, and a thoughtful conclusion, the book illuminates networks of exchange in the early modern Mediterranean. It will appeal to scholars of Jewish history, the Cairo Genizah, the Ottoman Empire, and early modern Egypt; students of Middle Eastern languages and religions; historians of intercommunal relations and trade; and librarians, archivists, and general readers fascinated by Middle Eastern manuscript culture and the vibrant religious and commercial networks of the early modern Mediterranean.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111808/3/9781805117605.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511759915978180511760511Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111808/1/9781805117605.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.05029904 e2ec94aa-8703-4dac-911d-d3ae8a679b2a030001OAPEN Library IDe2ec94aa-8703-4dac-911d-d3ae8a679b2a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120701597818051161720610.11647/OBP.047100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Historicizing IQ TestingIntelligence Assessments and their Role in Norwegian Society from the 1900s to the Present1B01HåkonAamot Caspersen2B01Jon RøyneKyllingstad01eng004960393J93JH93JHB93JM93JMA93JMB93JMBT93JN93JND93JNDH93L93LA93LAR93M93MB93MBX93MK93MKM93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB93P93PD93PDX20Forensic Psychiatry;IQ History;Intelligence Testing;Norwegian Education;Psychological Assessment;Transnational Psychology01060303Intelligence testing has shaped modern society in profound ways, influencing education, psychology, law, and governance. This volume offers the first comprehensive study of the history of IQ testing in a Nordic country, shedding new light on its development, adaptation, and societal impact in Norway. By tracing the evolution of intelligence tests—from their role in schools and special education to forensic psychiatry and criminal law—the book uncovers the tensions surrounding their use. Are these tests instruments of empowerment or tools of control? How have they shaped access to education, healthcare, and legal rights? A key focus of this study is the transnational movement of intelligence tests, particularly between Norway, the USA, and other Nordic nations. It explores how tests have been translated, adapted, standardized, and used, raising questions about their claims to measure universal intelligence. This volume challenges assumptions about IQ testing, placing practices of testing and the tests themselves at the center of historical analysis. By examining the Norwegian case, it contributes fresh insights to international scholarship, offering a vital perspective on the global history of intelligence measurement. Essential reading for historians, psychologists, and educators, this book redefines our understanding of intelligence testing in a changing world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112070/3/9781805116196.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511618915978180511619615978180511620215978180511621911Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112070/1/9781805116196.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.04719904 f33de281-a17a-4f70-a357-dfad0a52e8ae030001OAPEN Library IDf33de281-a17a-4f70-a357-dfad0a52e8ae01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120721597837315144350610.5445/KSP/100018269600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/0101On the mechanisms controlling along-strike variations in pro-foreland basin development: a case study of the Alps-Molasse Basin system1A01LucasH.J. Eskens01eng002880393R93RB93RBG20Abschiebungen;Flexure;Foreland Basin;Normal faults;Reflection seismics;Reflexionsseismik;Stratigrafische Vorwärtsmodelle;Stratigraphic forward modeling;Vorlandbecken01060303In this work, it is investigated which mechanism(s) is/are of primary importance in causing along-strike variations in foreland basin architecture and a diachronous underfilled to overfilled transition. In specific, the role of slab breakoff- and lateral tearing and their signals in the synorogenic foreland fill are analysed. For this investigation, tectonostratigraphic analyses and stratigraphic forward modelling of an orogen-foreland system shaped by slab breakoff/tearing are combined.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112072/3/9783731514435.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112072/1/9783731514435.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001826969904 e040c9c1-28b9-4843-9e35-117b070fc967030001OAPEN Library IDe040c9c1-28b9-4843-9e35-117b070fc96701HANDLE20.500.12657/11174915978311103403400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Language, Borders and Bordering Practices / Lenguaje, fronteras y prácticas de fronterizaciónSociolinguistic Perspectives / Perspectivas sociolingüísticas1B01YvetteBürki2B01Alba NalleliGarcía Agüero01eng005260393C93CF93CFB93CJ93G93GT93GTC20Categorization forms;Grenzen;Kategorisierungsform;Language ideologies_x000D_;Social borders;Sociolinguistics;Soziolinguistik;Sprachideologien01060303Las fronteras no son solo líneas físicas en un mapa, sino divisiones y procesos sociales y simbólicos que se configuran continuamente a través del lenguaje y la interacción cotidiana. Este volumen bilingüe desafía las nociones estáticas y binarias de las fronteras, revelando cómo se construyen y se mantienen, pero también se desafían y se reinventan mediante prácticas comunicativas concretas. Desde diversas perspectivas teóricas y metodológicas, los y las autoras analizan fronteras nacionales, transnacionales, simbólicas y de género en Europa, África y las Américas, abordando cuestiones de urgente actualidad como la migración, la identidad, el racismo, la discriminación de género y otras formas de exclusión mediadas por el lenguaje. El volumen ofrece claves críticas para comprender cómo el lenguaje moldea las fronteras de nuestro mundo: una contribución que invita a reflexionar sobre las formas sutiles y manifiestas en que el lenguaje participa en la (de)construcción de las divisiones sociales. Borders are not just physical lines on a map—they are social and symbolic divisions and processes continuously shaped through language and everyday interaction. This bilingual volume challenges static, binary notions of borders, revealing how they are constructed and maintained, but also resisted and reimagined through specific communicative practices. Bringing together diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives, the contributors examine national, transnational, symbolic, and gendered borders in Europe, Africa and the Americas, engaging with pressing issues such as migration, identity, racism, gender discrimination, and other forms of exclusion mediated by language. This volume offers critical insights into how language shapes the borders of our contemporary world: a thought-provoking contribution that invites readers to critically engage with the subtle and overt ways language participates in the (un)making of social divides.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111749/3/9783111034225.pdf.jpgDe Gruyter01De GruyterBerlin/Boston000120250615978311103422515978311103435511De Gruyter01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111749/1/9783111034225.pdf990409De Gruyter01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.degruyterbrill.com/isbn/97831110342259904 dc8f4a4b-4daa-48ff-b348-04fcb0ab5ca7030001OAPEN Library IDdc8f4a4b-4daa-48ff-b348-04fcb0ab5ca701HANDLE20.500.12657/1118571597838376787960610.14361/978383942509100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001027Forum Musikvermittlung – Perspektiven aus Forschung und Praxis0101Musikvermittlung im postdigitalen ZeitalterPerspektiven aus Forschung, Lehre und Praxis1B01JoshuaSchippling2B01JohannesVoit01ger003060393J93JB20Digitalisierung;Digitization;Music Education;Musicology;Musikvermittlung;Musikwissenschaft01060303undefined0303Wie beeinflussen technologische und kulturelle Entwicklungen im Zuge der fortschreitenden Digitalisierung die Musikvermittlung? Die Beiträger*innen stellen neben Forschungsergebnissen und einschlägigen Diskursen auch exemplarisch ausgewählte Beispiele digitaler und hybrider Vermittlungspraxis sowie digitalitätsbezogene hochschuldidaktische Konzeptionen vor. Durch die Bündelung dieser unterschiedlichen Perspektiven möchte der Band Impulse für eine praxisnahe und forschungsbasierte universitäre Ausbildung von Musikvermittler*innen im Zeitalter der Postdigitalität geben.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111857/3/9783839425091.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383942509111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111857/1/9783839425091.pdf9904 d987f9dd-f679-46e3-a91d-079c8ab66a5a030001OAPEN Library IDd987f9dd-f679-46e3-a91d-079c8ab66a5a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117611597890872846710610.24415/978908728467100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Knowledge in Modern Transimperial HistoryActors, Formations, Causes1B01DavidMotzafi-Haller2B01CyrusSchayegh01eng002700393N93NH93NHB93NHT93NHTQ20Banking;Corporative Colonialism;Diplomacy;Economy;Fascist Colonialism;Immobility;Journalism;Knowledge;Military affairs;Mobility;Postimperial development actors;Postimperial historians;Race;Transimperial history01060303This volume intervenes in the growing field of transimperial history, which explores interactions across empires—European and non-European—between the mid-1800s and mid-1900s, a period of heightened imperial entanglement. It focuses on how actors from one empire came to know, interpret, and position themselves in relation to actors from other empires, emphasizing the role of socio-professional profiles, informal networks, and formal institutions. The volume is structured around three themes. First, it examines actors, including both individuals (e.g. a Chinese diplomat in Europe) and professional groups (e.g. journalists, military officers). Second, it analyzes formations of transimperial knowledge through diverse textual objects such as bank chops and travelogues, highlighting processes of commensurabilization. Third, it explores causes, noting how specific inter-imperial junctures and enabling factors—like language skills and institutional access—facilitated knowledge creation. Altogether, the volume sheds light on the concrete, situated ways in which transimperial knowledge was produced, mediated, and made meaningful in a competitive imperial world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111761/3/9789400605046.pdf.jpgLeiden University Press01Leiden University PressLeiden000120250615978940060504615978940060536711Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111761/1/9789400605046.pdf990409Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://lup.nl/9904 d6a2ea3a-63be-4aa2-98a1-41bc2eb81841030001OAPEN Library IDd6a2ea3a-63be-4aa2-98a1-41bc2eb8184101HANDLE20.500.12657/1117741597801919960470610.1093/9780191996047.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Contested Competences in the European Union1A01DrMichal Ovádek01eng003200393L93LN93LND20Competences;European Union;Institutions;International trade;Judicial review;Law;Legislation;Politics;Procedures;Single market01060303What role do rules really play in shaping the behaviour of legislative actors? In theory, competences and procedures provide a framework within which ministers, members of parliament, and senators draft and bargain over legislative proposals. This book looks at competence rules as possible objects of political contestation in the European Union (EU). While competences and procedures are often viewed as fixed constitutional features, this study shows that they are frequently contested and reimagined in practice. Drawing on both historical records and quantitative data, the book demonstrates how the European Commission, Parliament, and Council strategically reshape legal competences to advance their institutional and political goals. Such competence contestation highlights that the questions of who decides, and in accordance with which procedure, are often as contentious as the policy issues themselves. Far from simply following the rules, EU actors adapt their application in response to political pressures, with the Court of Justice providing limited and selective oversight. This dynamic results in recurring legal disputes which, while reducing efficiency and diluting policy focus, have become a stable feature of EU governance. The book offers a comprehensive theoretical and empirical account of these processes, providing new insights into the flexible, political nature of lawmaking in the EU.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111774/3/9780198890768.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120250615978019889076815978019889077515978019889078211Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111774/1/9780198890768.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/contested-competences-in-the-european-union-9780198890768?q=Contested%20Competences%20in%20the%20European%20Union:%20The%20Law%20and%20Politics%20of%20Institutional%20Choice&cc=gb&lang=en9904 d768ef7f-a09f-4a68-9712-653960298090030001OAPEN Library IDd768ef7f-a09f-4a68-9712-65396029809001HANDLE20.500.12657/1118181597838376814130610.14361/978383947716800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode0101Naturrecht im WiderspruchDas ambivalente System der Demokratie unter dem Druck von Tech-Kapital und völkischer Politik1A01Eisel01ger001860393J93JH93JHB20Bürgerliche Gesellschaft;Civil Society;Democracy;Demokratie;Naturrecht;Political Science;Politikwissenschaft;Rechtspopulismus;Right of Nature;Right-wing Populism01060303undefined0303Das politische System der Demokratie ist weltweit unter Druck. Globalisierungsprozesse des Kapitals und die mediale Handhabung der Digitalisierungstechnologie forcieren einen inneren Widerspruch des demokratischen Prinzips. Dieser Widerspruch wird unter den Bedingungen aktueller US-amerikanischer Politik signifikant. Ulrich Eisel analysiert, wie der populistische Republikanismus Emanzipationsstrategien bekämpft. Dieser bietet damit nationalistischen und rassistischen Denkweisen sowie den entsprechenden politischen Gruppierungen das geeignete Einfallstor für ihre zersetzende Einflussnahme auf das demokratische Geschehen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111818/3/9783839477168.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947716811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111818/1/9783839477168.pdf9904 d5510f54-211f-4ba0-bd76-0bb31ba1ef7a030001OAPEN Library IDd5510f54-211f-4ba0-bd76-0bb31ba1ef7a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118111597838376667480610.14361/978383946674200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001025Digital Humanities0101Hybrid HumanitiesDas Handwerk der Geisteswissenschaften im Digitalzeitalter1B01DanielEhrmann01ger003000393D93DS93DSA20Authorship;Autorschaft;Critical Code Studies;Cultural Studies;Cultural Theory;Digital Archive;Digital Humanities;Digital Media;Digitales Archiv;Digitalisierung;Digitalität;Digitalization;Geisteswissenschaft;Generative Literatur;Generative Literature;Hermeneutics;Hermeneutik;Humanities;Kulturtheorie;Kulturwissenschaft;Literary History;Literaturgeschichtsschreibung;Media;Medien;Praxeologie;Praxeology;Science;Wissenschaft01060303undefined0303Innerhalb einer prägenden Kultur der Digitalität wird die Frage in der Wissenschaft, was als »Digital Humanities« zu bezeichnen ist, immer komplexer. Aus philosophischer, medienwissenschaftlicher, soziologischer, historischer und literaturwissenschaftlicher Perspektive erkunden die Beiträger*innen das Verhältnis von digitalen und »traditionellen« Geisteswissenschaften. Sie fragen nach methodischen Unterschieden und den verschiedenen zugrundeliegenden Heuristiken, aber auch nach Ähnlichkeiten und Mischungsverhältnissen. Im Zentrum steht neben einer praxeologischen Musterung gegenwärtiger Arbeitsweisen und ihrer diskursiven Voraussetzungen die Untersuchung einiger theoretisch-methodischer Probleme, die aktuell wieder virulent werden.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111811/3/9783839466742.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946674211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111811/1/9783839466742.pdf9904 d5f56814-1d8b-4f06-8b11-74ec554f8b59030001OAPEN Library IDd5f56814-1d8b-4f06-8b11-74ec554f8b5901HANDLE20.500.12657/1118411597838376793040610.14361/978383943553300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010211Cultural Heritage Studies0101Belonging Through Heritage?Minority Boundary-Making and the Reach of Global Frameworks in Northern Germany1A01Deborah Sielert01eng002700393J93JB20Boundary;Cultural Heritage;Festival;Northern Germany01060303Since the 2003 UNESCO Convention, cultural heritage policies have promoted diversity and grassroots participation. Deborah Sielert explores how these global discourses do and do not unfold in three small towns in northern Germany, where Portuguese, Dutch, and East Frisian minorities have shaped the cultural sphere since the 1990s – despite the absence of official heritage frameworks. Through a comparative multi-sited study, the research traces how local actors engage with symbolic boundary-making in ethnicised festivals and associations, and how global heritage regimes inform these endeavours. This study offers a fresh sociological lens on the interplay between local sensemaking and the worldmaking power of heritage discourse.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111841/3/9783839435533.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383943553311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111841/1/9783839435533.pdf9904 cce8f3f3-85b9-4d71-9359-2d0ac02ff0c8030001OAPEN Library IDcce8f3f3-85b9-4d71-9359-2d0ac02ff0c801HANDLE20.500.12657/1117691597801989638820610.1093/9780198963905.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Banking on EuropeWhy the EU Became a Sovereign-Style Borrower and How it Should be Held to Account1A01DermotHodson2A01DavidHowarth3A01IacopoMugnai4A01LukasSpielberger01eng002640393J93JP93JPS20Accountability;Debt management;European Bank for Reconstruction and Development;European Commission;European Investment Bank;European Stability Mechanism;European Union budget;European integration;Recovery and Resilience Facility;Sovereign-style borrowing01060303The European Union (EU)’s small, balanced budget is commonly considered to be one of the most important constraints on the Union’s powers. However, the EU has always borrowed, and it is now borrowing on the scale of a large state to aid member states’ economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic and to support Ukraine’s wartime economy. This book tells the story of how the EU became a sovereign-style borrower from Jean Monnet’s ‘American Loan’ in 1954 to the operation of the Recovery and Resilience Facility seven decades later. Drawing on archival analysis and elite interviews, it charts the origins and evolution of the European Commission, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the European Stability Mechanism as European-level borrowers and asks how these bodies’ accountability to parliaments, auditors, citizens, and civil society groups can be improved. Borrowing is not simply a technocratic issue, but one that raises fundamental questions about what sort of polity the EU is and how it could develop in the future.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111769/3/9780198963899.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120260615978019896389915978019896390515978019896391211Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111769/1/9780198963899.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/banking-on-europe-9780198963899?q=9780198963899&cc=gb&lang=en9904 ce1008e5-4ec1-4a3e-8bd7-632f241d0473030001OAPEN Library IDce1008e5-4ec1-4a3e-8bd7-632f241d047301HANDLE20.500.12657/1118301597838376795950610.14361/978383944106000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001026Religion und Bildung diskursiv0101Jugendliche und die BibelEine empirische Analyse von subjektiven Bedeutungszuschreibungen und Zugängen1A01Marie-TheresUltsch01ger002580393J93JB93JN93JNF20Bibel;Bible;Religionsunterricht;Religious Education;Theologie;Theology01060303undefined0303Biblisches Lernen gilt als zentraler Bestandteil des Religionsunterrichts. Allerdings zeigt sich insbesondere bei Jugendlichen immer häufiger eine deutliche Distanz zur Bibel. Marie-Theres Ultsch fokussiert Schüler*innen der Sekundarstufe I und analysiert ihre individuellen Bedeutungszuschreibungen zum wichtigsten Buch des Christentums. Auf Basis einer offenen schriftlichen Befragung entwickelt sie eine Typologie, die u.a. aufzeigt, wie sich Jugendliche zur Bibel positionieren, welche Zugangsmöglichkeiten sie sehen und welche Herausforderungen sie im Umgang mit der Bibel wahrnehmen – ein wichtiger Beitrag zur empirischen Konturierung der Leser*innen biblischer Texte im schulischen Kontext, der neue didaktische Perspektiven für die Gestaltung biblischer Lernprozesse eröffnet.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111830/3/9783839441060.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383944106011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111830/1/9783839441060.pdf9904 d2db6b8e-58a8-4374-b265-de6ad8b78397030001OAPEN Library IDd2db6b8e-58a8-4374-b265-de6ad8b7839701HANDLE20.500.12657/1118391597838376777200610.14361/978383940755400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode1001029Virtuelle Lebenswelten0101Virtual Reality ExhibitedInterfacing Art, Games and Everyday Life1B01Annette Urban2B01ManischaPartowi3B01Manuelvan der Veen01eng002900393J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Art;Game Studies;Media Studies;Virtual Reality01060303Virtual reality is a technique of interfacing which connects diverse bodies, objects and spaces, thereby mediating between different art forms and modes of experience. This feature also calls for a methodological interfacing of different disciplinary perspectives. The contributors to this volume examine how VR is employed in contemporary art with regard to its technical potential, its aesthetic qualities, and the imaginations it evokes. They highlight the use of VR as a ›world within a world,‹ ranging from encapsulated artificial environments to transitions into familiar lifeworlds. By bringing together theoretical perspectives from art history, media and game studies, this volume provides crucial analysis of selected artworks and expands the critical engagement with a contemporary art form and media practice.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111839/3/9783839407554.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383940755411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111839/1/9783839407554.pdf9904 d0448abc-63e9-4a7b-a597-3ba74cc941fb030001OAPEN Library IDd0448abc-63e9-4a7b-a597-3ba74cc941fb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120821597837315143980610.5445/KSP/100018173300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/100102134Karlsruher Schriftenreihe Fahrzeugsystemtechnik0101Untersuchungen zum Bremsverhalten von PKW-Reifen im Grenzbereich zwischen Nassgriff und Aquaplaning1A01JanLöwer01eng001840393T20Aquaplaning;Braking performance;Bremsverhalten;Fahrzeugtechnik;Nassgriff;Reifen;Tires;Vehicle technology;Wet grip01060303The aim of this work is to develop and validate a model for describing the braking behavior of passenger car tires at the boundary between wet grip and hydroplaning. The model is validated on the basis of braking tests carried out on an inner drum test bench with different tire profiles, water depths and driving speeds.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112082/3/9783731514398.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112082/1/9783731514398.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001817339904 c9f44002-4347-494d-a8b1-00f8c80e3337030001OAPEN Library IDc9f44002-4347-494d-a8b1-00f8c80e333701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117861597836318956270610.3726/b2075700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.010010255Studies in Politics, Security and Society0101The Democratization Process of Poland and Taiwan: Comparative Perspective1B01Li-JiuanChen-Rabich2B01ŁukaszZamęcki01eng003740393J93JH93JHB93JHBA93JP93JPA93JPB93JPF93JPH93JPP93JPQ93JPQB93JPR93JPS93JPV93JPVC93JPW93JW93K93KC93KCP93KN93KNX93KNXN93L93LB93LBB93LBBC93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Bogusławska;Chen;Comparative;Democratization;Jiuan;Perspective;Poland;Process;Rabich;Stanisław;Sulowski;Taiwan;Zamecki;Łukasz01060303Poland and Taiwan: two parts of the world distant from each other, differing culturally and socially, and yet facing kind of similar challenges in the late 1980s and early 1990s – characterised by the transition from an authoritarian political system to liberal democracy. This book seeks to present the process of democratisation of Poland and Taiwan from the point of view of shared perspectives. Invoking the classical literature of transitology, it is possible to explore similarities and differences between the democratisation of Poland and Taiwan among socioeconomic factors, fragmentation in society, political culture, meso- structures (e.g. political groups, social movements), political institutions, historical and national- identity aspects, and international influences.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111786/3/9783631895627.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120230615978363189563411Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111786/1/9783631895627.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/view/product/107368?format=EB009904 ca56db9e-4e7e-4edc-bf0b-0c544ed400fd030001OAPEN Library IDca56db9e-4e7e-4edc-bf0b-0c544ed400fd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120751597837315145340610.5445/KSP/100018415000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010227Karlsruher Beiträge zur Regelungs- und Steuerungstechnik0101Passivity-Based Stabilisation and Coordination in Networked Multi-Energy Systems1A01AlbertusJohannes Malan01eng002620393T93TJ20Decentralised control;Dezentrale Regelung;Gas networks;Gasnetze;Modular stability;Modulare Stabilitätsanalyse;Passivity theory;Passivitätstheorie;Power systems;Stromnetze01060303This work proposes nonlinear controllers for achieving decentralised stabilisation and distributed coordination in networked multi-energy systems comprising gas and power networks. Asymptotic stability is ensured in each case using equilibrium-independent passivity theory. This approach yields nonlinear system stability results that depend only on the properties of the components, while being topology independent and allowing arbitrary network sizes and combinations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112075/3/9783731514534.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112075/1/9783731514534.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001841509904 c9732873-aacd-4821-b506-b2fafbcd4d42030001OAPEN Library IDc9732873-aacd-4821-b506-b2fafbcd4d4201HANDLE20.500.12657/1117561597839033744850610.25364/978-3-903374-48-500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode0101rev2025 – 2nd Resource Efficient Vehicles ConferenceConference Proceedings1B01Rupert J.Baumgartner2B01KatharinaBerger3B01Josef-PeterSchöggl01eng004610393T93TQ20Circular vehicles;Decarbonized transportation;Sustainable transportation;Transportation system transformation01060303The 2nd Resource Efficient Vehicles Conference (rev2025), held from September 23–25, 2025, in Graz, Austria, brought together experts from academia, industry, and public agencies. It served as a platform for discussing innovative research centered on the conference theme Enabling Circular and Decarbonized Vehicle and Transport Solutions. The conference was structured around five key topics, ranging from sustainable design in the early stages of vehicle development, transforming the transportation system, and digitalization for sustainable transport solutions, to the role of societal perspectives in sustainable transport systems. The electronic proceedings of rev2025 serve as a repository of the presented contributions. The structure of the proceedings is based on the conference program.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111756/3/9783903374485.pdf.jpg01Graz University Library PublishingGraz0001202611Graz University Library Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111756/1/9783903374485.pdf9904 c7dbf70d-e97b-4d16-b7c3-f4072b7f446f030001OAPEN Library IDc7dbf70d-e97b-4d16-b7c3-f4072b7f446f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117641597804722224900610.3998/mpub.1139266600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Transpacific ExperimentsIntermedia Art and Music in 1960s Japan1A01MikiKaneda01eng002240393A93AV93AVC93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBS93JBSL93JBSL1201960s;Archival materials;Art and the everyday;Avant-garde;Conceptual art;Cultural diplomacy;Experimental collectives;Experimental music;Fluxus movement;Historical ethnography;Intermedia art;Japan;Multimedia performance;Music and political ambivalence;Performance historiography;Postwar Japan;Race and gender in experimental practice;Sound art;Transnational artistic practices;Transpacific;US-Japan relations01060303Intermedia art—an avant-garde multimedia practice that combines sound and moving images—took root in Japan alongside other places in the 1960s. In Transpacific Experiments , Miki Kaneda analyzes intermedia as a practice that gives form to errant possibilities, unfolding in spaces of the everyday, to offer nuanced insights into the global flow of ideas, influence, and discourses of appropriation. The stories of intermedia art throughout the study offer feminist and transnational perspectives on experimental music and art that disorient existing narratives about the experimental and political in unexpected ways. Transpacific Experiments contends that social, cultural, and political arrangements local to Japan had a greater influence on the transnational experimental music scene than previously acknowledged. Kaneda’s perspective extends, exceeds, and at times unsettles frameworks for experimental practices, revealing the limitations of any single political or aesthetic lens.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111764/3/9780472222490.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111764/1/9780472222490.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 c81fdf38-1315-48eb-a81f-ab262ca6e00b030001OAPEN Library IDc81fdf38-1315-48eb-a81f-ab262ca6e00b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118581597838376803620610.14361/978383945723800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102191Edition Politik0101Kritische polit-ökonomische BildungKonzeptionelle Grundrisse für den sozialwissenschaftlichen Unterricht im Kapitalismus1A01MalteSuhr01ger003300393J93JN93JNA20Karl Marx;Political Economy;Political Education;Political Science;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Bildung;Politische Ökonomie01060303undefined0303Wie kann kritischer sozialwissenschaftlicher Unterricht heute aussehen? Malte Suhr schließt an die Kritik der politischen Ökonomie von Karl Marx sowie zeitgenössische gesellschaftstheoretische Erweiterungen und Aktualisierungen an und entwickelt systematisch einen neuen fachdidaktischen Ansatz. Dabei beschränkt er sich nicht nur auf erkenntnis-, gesellschafts- und bildungstheoretische Grundlagen, sondern liefert auch Schlussfolgerungen für die Planung von Unterricht. Die Berücksichtigung des polit-ökonomischen Paradigmas schließt eine Lücke in der politik- und wirtschaftsdidaktischen Theoriebildung – und leistet gleichzeitig eine ausstehende methodisch-didaktische Konkretisierung kritischer politischer Bildung.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111858/3/9783839457238.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383945723811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111858/1/9783839457238.pdf9904 c50f88f5-8f6c-4208-9232-722caaf464a1030001OAPEN Library IDc50f88f5-8f6c-4208-9232-722caaf464a101HANDLE20.500.12657/11179915978144737922500EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Research in Comparative and Global Social Policy0101The Contradictions of Market SocialismLabour, Capital and Welfare in Privatising China and Vietnam1B01JingyuMao2B01MinhNguyen01eng003060393J93JB93JBS93JBSA93JK93JKS93JP93JPF93JPFC93JPQ93JPQB93K93KC93KCF93KCS93KCSD93KCV93KCVK20China;Labour;Land;Market socialism;Market transformation;Vietnam;Welfare01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. China and Vietnam are two of the remaining constitutionally socialist countries that are single-handedly governed by Communist parties. Their rapid economic growth has gone hand in hand with the deepening commodification of labour and the restructuring of welfare – producing new tensions between workers’ needs and state priorities. Grounded in rich empirical research from diverse regions of both countries, this book explores how everyday struggles for livelihoods and wellbeing are shaped by increasingly flexible labour regimes and welfare systems offering minimal protection. It reveals how such systems encourage self-entrepreneurship and individual responsibility, while exposing the conflict between ensuring workers’ wellbeing and maintaining the market socialist model. Connecting labour and welfare transformations to broader political-economic processes – including land restructuring and financialisation – the book offers an unparalleled comparative perspective on two of the world’s most important manufacturing hubs.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111799/4/9781447379249.pdf.jpgPolicy Press01Policy PressBristol000120260615978144737923215978144737924911Policy Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111799/1/9781447379249.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111799/2/9781447379232.epub990409Policy Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 c7c938cd-418a-4c1e-90a9-d8cb3847d612030001OAPEN Library IDc7c938cd-418a-4c1e-90a9-d8cb3847d61201HANDLE20.500.12657/1118031597810034691000610.4324/978100346910000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Handbooks in Philosophy0101The Routledge Handbook of Values and Science1B01Kevin C.Elliott2B01TedRichards01eng005520393J93JH93JHB93JP93JPP93P93PD93PDA93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93QDTS20Epistemic values;Ethical frameworks in scientific research;Institutional values;Merchants of doubt;Pandemics;Philosophy of science;Research ethics;Science and democracy;Science communication;Science policy studies;Scientific method;Scientific objectivity;Vaccine hesitancy;Values and science01060303This is the first-ever handbook to cover the vibrant philosophical literature on values and science. Its 45 chapters—appearing in print here for the first time—were written by a distinguished, international group of contributors and have been organized into six parts that explore the many ways in which ethics, values, and social considerations relate to the practices and content of the sciences: Theoretical Background on Values and Science Managing Values in Science Values, Science, and Democracy Values, Science, Institutions, and Organizations Values in Scientific Activities Values in Specific Sciences Published at a time of increasing concerns about misinformation, polarization, and lack of reproducibility in science, this volume is essential reading for anyone interested in understanding how science can be made more ethically and socially responsible. The Routledge Handbook of Values and Science is designed to be an accessible resource not only for philosophers but also for scientists, policy makers, science communicators, and scholars from other science-studies fields. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111803/3/9781040504499.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104050449915978104071582611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111803/1/9781040504499.pdf9904 c4de9df9-6be5-4894-8961-570396449daf030001OAPEN Library IDc4de9df9-6be5-4894-8961-570396449daf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118691597895185882930610.21435/tl.30400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010240Tietolipas0101Empiirinen kirjallisuuden ja lukemisen tutkimusMenetelmiä ja käytäntöjä1B01KaijuHarinen2B01EevastiinaKinnunen3B01Toni JuhaniLahtinen4B01OlliLöytty5B01AnnaOvaska6B01RoosaSuomalainen01fin004100393D93DS93DSB20Empirical research;Fiction and poetry;Literary research;Literature;Reading;Reading experiences01060303undefined0303This collection is the first Finnish-language guide to empirical research on literature and reading. It brings together research conducted in Finland in recent years across a range of disciplines, from literary studies to sociology, psychology, and history. The book provides an overview of different types of research questions, methods of data collection and analysis, and emerging directions in empirical research across fields. It also encourages readers to consider future methodological developments. The aim of the book is to offer inspiration, ideas, and practical tools for researchers, students, teachers, and professionals working with reading and writing. It is intended to support readers with a background in literary studies while also contributing to a broader interdisciplinary discussion of research on literature and reading.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111869/3/9789518588316.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120260615978951858830915978951858831611Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111869/1/9789518588316.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/tl.3049904 c37ea66a-eb55-4880-943d-4442b9612174030001OAPEN Library IDc37ea66a-eb55-4880-943d-4442b961217401HANDLE20.500.12657/11175015978311154008500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101The Destruction of Jerusalem in Nineteenth-Century German Culture1A01AxelStähler01eng008220393N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHT93NHTB2019. Jahrhundert;19th century;Antisemitism;Antisemitismus;Identity;Identität;Jerusalem01060303This book explores in a comparative approach the astounding medial variety and intermedial interleaving of cultural engagements with the subject of the destruction of Jerusalem and the Second Temple by the Romans in nineteenth-century Germany. Its main argument is that the pervasive discursive presence of the historical occurrence constitutes a significant but so far largely neglected arena for the negotiation of shifting German and Jewish imaginaries in which both German and Jewish creative minds engaged. Interpreted as pivotal not only for the progression of the history of salvation but also of universal history and responding to such decisive socio-cultural and political developments as the Kulturkampf and the rise of nationalism and antisemitism, the profusion of cultural engagements with the subject reveals its frequently contradictory polyvalence in the tense atmosphere of national unification, the negotiation of religious and national identities, and the positioning of the Jewish other; but also as a vehicle of Jewish self-definition and self-assertion in a period of proliferating antisemitism. The book addresses a broad readership of scholars of the culture of the nineteenth century, of intermediality, and of antisemitism.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111750/3/9783111662954.pdf.jpgDe Gruyter Oldenbourg01De GruyterBasel/Berlin/Boston000120250615978311166295415978311166418711De Gruyter01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111750/1/9783111662954.pdf990409De Gruyter01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.degruyterbrill.com/isbn/97831116629549904 c49184b2-cb3f-4ca0-a355-933caedda493030001OAPEN Library IDc49184b2-cb3f-4ca0-a355-933caedda49301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117701597801989552140610.1093/9780198955245.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Idiosyncratic Issue Opinion and Political Choice01eng002960393J93JP93JPA93JPH93JPHF93JPP20British politics;Electoral politics;Ideology;Idiosyncratic opinion;Issue opinion;Opinion stability;Policy opinion;Political behaviour;Political choice;Public opinion01060303What is the nature of mass opinion on public policies? And what role do citizens’ policy opinions play in their political choices? This book re-examines these questions, which lie at the heart of fundamental debates concerning whether democratic elections can make policymakers responsive to citizens’ policy preferences. Prevailing answers to these questions tend to reflect one of two contrasting perspectives. The ‘ideological voter’ account suggests that citizens’ opinions across different policies are ideologically organised, so that political choice reduces to comparing positions on a small number of ideological dimensions. This simplifies democratic policy responsiveness. The ‘innocent voter’ account suggests that most citizens lack meaningful policy opinions on most issues. They express policy opinions that lack stability and ideological organisation, except where they simply mimic the policies espoused by the parties they support. This severely limits democratic policy responsiveness. This book argues for a third perspective: an ‘idiosyncratic voter’ account. This says that citizens develop meaningful policy opinions on different sets of issues, but the combinations of opinions they form on those issues are often idiosyncratic rather than ideologically organised. An analysis of panel survey data from Britain shows that both the ideological and innocent voter accounts do explain important aspects of mass policy opinion and political choice. Nonetheless, idiosyncratic policy opinion is also widespread and significantly shapes political choices. This means that idiosyncratic opinion serves alongside ideological opinion as an additional starting point for democratic policy responsiveness. Yet it also means that electoral politics is highly multidimensional and therefore volatile.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111770/3/9780198955214.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120260615978019895522115978019895523815978019895524515978019897995111Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111770/1/9780198955214.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/idiosyncratic-issue-opinion-and-political-choice-9780198979951?q=9780198979951&cc=gb&lang=en9904 bf67fd57-b68f-47a1-ae9a-799f5208af2b030001OAPEN Library IDbf67fd57-b68f-47a1-ae9a-799f5208af2b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118531597838376799220610.14361/978383944701700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001029Rechtsextremismus und Rechtspopulismus0101Hybrider RechtsextremismusHegemonie und Eskapismus in (extrem) rechten Netzwerken, Kulturen und Narrativen1B01Anna Rosa Ostern2B01KilianHüfner3B01ValerieMüller-Huschke4B01Hans-UlrichProbst5B01FelixSchilk01ger003300393J93JB93JBF93JBFK20Communication;Discourse;Diskurs;Kommunikation;Media;Medien;Rechtsextremismus;Right-wing Extremism01060303undefined0303Rechtsextremismus ist durch eine Doppelbewegung gekennzeichnet: Einerseits will er hegemonial werden, die politische Macht erobern und die liberale Gesellschaftsordnung umgestalten. Andererseits gehören auch der Ausstieg aus der Gesellschaft und die Flucht in eskapistische Alternativwelten zum Kern extrem rechter Alltagspraktiken. Beide Tendenzen zeigen sich auch in rechten Narrativen und hybriden Strategien, die je nach gesellschaftlichem Klima und diskursiven Rahmenbedingungen justiert werden. Die Beiträger*innen analysieren diese Vielgestaltigkeit anhand aktueller Phänomene und zeigen, wie die extreme Rechte Widersprüche durch zielgruppenspezifische Ansprachen und komplementäre Angebote bearbeitet und überbrückt.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111853/3/9783839447017.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383944701711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111853/1/9783839447017.pdf9904 be858d2d-3ecd-4b8e-b936-6caad35e292e030001OAPEN Library IDbe858d2d-3ecd-4b8e-b936-6caad35e292e01HANDLE20.500.12657/11174715978150178599300EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Corpus Juris: The Humanities in Politics and Law0101Fear of the FalseForensic Science and the Law of Crime in Colonial South Asia1A01MitraSharafi01eng002760393L93LA93LAR93LAZ93N93NH93NHF20British India;Colonialism;Courtroom practices;Criminal justice;Expert testimony;Falsification;Forensic science;Poison detection01060303Fear of the False uncovers colonial South Asia's critical role in the development of forensic science. Around 1900, the government of British India created a web of institutions for the scientific detection of crime. Driven by anxieties about "native mendacity," newly minted forensic analysts focused on uncovering faked evidence planted by South Asians. These experts, joining toxicologists known as "chemical examiners," were supposed to extract objective, scientific truth in the service of British justice. But in trying to counteract the presumed tendency of colonized peoples to lie, the system enabled widespread misconduct by state experts, increasing the risk of wrongful convictions of South Asian defendants. Through scrupulously documented legal cases, Mitra Sharafi reveals that colonial dynamics put special pressure on the relationship between truth and justice. Examining falsity on both sides of the law through the use of testing to (mis)identify poisons, blood, and spermatozoa, as well as debates over adversarialism and inquisitorialism in the colonial courtroom, Fear of the False explores advances in forensic science and shortcuts in criminal procedure against the backdrop of colonial mistrust. Thanks to generous funding from the University of Wisconsin Law School, the ebook editions of this book are available as open access volumes through the Cornell Open initiative.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111747/4/9781501786006.pdf.jpgCornell University Press01Cornell University PressIthaca000120260615978150178600611Cornell University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111747/1/9781501786006.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111747/2/9781501785993.epub990409Cornell University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.cornellpress.cornell.edu/book/9781501785979/fear-of-the-false9904 bcf6276e-203f-445d-b7a7-9db2b1b51eef030001OAPEN Library IDbcf6276e-203f-445d-b7a7-9db2b1b51eef01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118251597838376818880610.14361/978383947773100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102196Edition Politik0101Geflüchtete und Polizist:innenDeutungen und Praktiken von Sicherheit im Alltag1A01LeonieJantzer01ger003540393J93JB93JBF93JBFH20Flight;Flucht;Police;Polizei;Safety;Sicherheit;Sociology;Soziologie01060303undefined0303Wie deuten und praktizieren Geflüchtete und Polizist:innen Sicherheit in ihrem Alltag? Im Kontext der Versicherheitlichung von Flucht und Migration ist Sicherheit kein einheitliches, sondern ein vielschichtiges und perspektivenabhängiges Konzept. Durch die Einbeziehung der oft übersehenen Sichtweisen von Geflüchteten eröffnet Leonie Jantzer neue Zugänge zu einem Sicherheitsverständnis, das über die enge Logik der inneren Sicherheit hinausgeht und soziale Dimensionen berücksichtigt. Die Erkenntnisse verdeutlichen, dass Begegnungen zwischen Geflüchteten und Polizist:innen Vertrauen fördern, Wahrnehmungen verändern und Handlungsspielräume eröffnen – ein Beitrag zu einer differenzierten Sicherheitsdebatte.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111825/3/9783839477731.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947773111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111825/1/9783839477731.pdf9904 b6569a76-c003-45b1-81b1-a51a31784d67030001OAPEN Library IDb6569a76-c003-45b1-81b1-a51a31784d6701HANDLE20.500.12657/1118321597838376817890610.14361/978383947763200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102206Edition Politik0101Worldmaking Projects and the Infrastructural NexusAn Interdisciplinary Exploration1B01MathiasAlbert2B01HeidiTworek3B01TobiasWerron01eng002280393G93GT93GTQ20Idealism;Infrastructure;Political Science;World Politics01060303How do idealistic projects for shaping the world relate to the actual political organization of world politics? The contributors to this volume provide a fresh perspective on the formation of order in world politics. They develop and utilize the concept of ›Worldmaking Projects‹ (WMPs). These are projects that throughout history have sought to advance specific visions of order, such as national, imperial, or international. A particular emphasis is put on the central, yet often overlooked role that infrastructures play in this regard. The nexus between infrastructures and worldmaking is explored in relation to different Worldmaking Projects, including those in the air and in space, as well as in the polar regions.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111832/3/9783839477632.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947763211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111832/1/9783839477632.pdf9904 b24de086-88e4-46ba-98e8-83a40866be6b030001OAPEN Library IDb24de086-88e4-46ba-98e8-83a40866be6b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118441597838376788950610.14361/978383942798900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010211UmweltEthnologie0101Remembering Future DisastersTemporal Ecologies in the Peruvian Andes1A01Tomás J.Usón01eng002640393Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93R93RN93RNU20Anthropology;Disaster;Latin America;Time01060303Disasters engage with time in diverse ways and cannot be fully understood as events or processes. Tomás Usón explores how time emerges from disastrous encounters. Building on ethnographic research in the Callejón de Huaylas, he analyses how cities in this Peruvian Andean region have responded to and anticipated extreme events over the past century. Inspired by the Quechua word tinkuy , or gathering in difference, this study invites readers to see disasters both as socio-material arrangements and moments where historical figures gather in conflicting ways: a valuable resource for those interested in disasters, memory, science and technology studies, decolonial perspectives and Peruvian history.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111844/3/9783839427989.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383942798911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111844/1/9783839427989.pdf9904 b112a3ab-68e9-4704-972f-e246100b0525030001OAPEN Library IDb112a3ab-68e9-4704-972f-e246100b052501HANDLE20.500.12657/1117601597890872846400610.24415/978908728464000EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Who Owns War?The State and the Role of Non-State (Armed) Actors in Modern Warfare1B01JoepAarts2B01Jan WillemHonig3B01MartenZwanenburg4B01Monicaden Boer01eng004500393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93JPW93JPWL93JPWS93JW93JWC93JWCG20Accountability;Armed conflict;Civilian;Cohesion;Cyberspace;Forecasting;International Humanitarian Law;Loyalty;Military effectiveness;Non-state (armed) groups;Organised armed groups;Pope;Private military and security companies;Resistance operating concept;War01060303This book provides a critical assessment of the broadly held view that states ‘own’ war. The central theme of the book is that the persistence of non-state actors in historical as well as contemporary conflicts challenges this narrative. It takes a multidisciplinary approach to address a host of questions concerning the role of non-state actors, both armed and unarmed, in conflict and their relationship with states. Recurring themes are issues of loyalty, accountability and effectiveness. Part I is subdivided into two separate themes. The first is the use of civilians in war from a legal and military operational perspective, the second the question of loyalty and accountability of the private sector. Part II considers the cases of several non-state armed actors from the past and the present, showcasing the variety of actors and roles they play. Together, the contributions to this book provide an important new perspective on the role of non-state (armed) actors in war.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111760/4/9789400605015.pdf.jpgLeiden University Press01Leiden University PressLeiden000120250615978940060501515978940060545911Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111760/1/9789400605015.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111760/2/9789400605459.epub990409Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://lup.nl/9904 ac95efeb-3285-404f-ac45-566f12272beb030001OAPEN Library IDac95efeb-3285-404f-ac45-566f12272beb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117941597810034033020610.4324/978100340330200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode0101Financial Crime and the Office of the European Public ProsecutorProtecting EU Financial Interests in a New Institutional Landscape1B01CelinaNowak01eng001860393J93JK93JKV93L93LA93LAM93LAQ93LAR93LN93LNF93LNFB20Anti-corruption measures;Comparative analysis of EPPO implementation;Cross-border criminal investigations;EU legal harmonisation;Member state cooperation;Organised fraud prosecution;PIF Directive enforcement01060303This book examines the realities of the functioning of the European Public Prosecutor’s Office (EPPO) along with the actual cooperation with other stakeholders in the EU and in the Member States. The protection of financial interests of the European Union is a Treaty obligation bearing equally on the Member States and the Union itself. In order to increase the effectiveness of the investigations and prosecutions in those areas falling under the PIF Directive, using enhanced cooperation provisions, 22 Member States established the office of The European Public Prosecutor, which came into operation in 2021. Based on examples of five Member States taking part in the EPPO from the beginning - Germany, Italy, Lithuania, Romania, and Slovakia - as well as Poland, which used to be a non-participating Member State and only recently joined the EPPO, this collection analyses the legal framework as well as the practical experience of cooperation in this field. The book will be an invaluable resource for academics and researchers in the areas of EU Criminal Law, EU Law, and EU Constitutional Law.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111794/3/9781040490990.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104049099015978104073753811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111794/1/9781040490990.pdf9904 b224a8d0-0e46-4757-8431-e553e78f671c030001OAPEN Library IDb224a8d0-0e46-4757-8431-e553e78f671c01HANDLE20.500.12657/11190315978180655057900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode0101Imperial Science, the Organic Movement and the Path to Shangri-La, 1900-19691A01AshokMalhotra01eng933933M933MP93N93NH93NHB93NHT93NHTQ93P93PD93PDX20Agriculture;British India;Class;Colonialism;Environment;Eugenics;Health;Holism;Hunza;Nutrition;Paradise;Race;Science;Soil-science;Travel;Wellbeing01060303Imperial Science, the Organic Movement and the Path to Shangri-La, 1900-1969 investigates scientific studies undertaken in British India by Robert McCarrison and Albert Howard in the 1920s, and how this research was later adapted in Britain and the USA. It examines how imperial agendas and colonial stereotyping shaped McCarrison’s dietary laboratory experiments and Howard’s development of the Indore Composting Process. Ashok Malhotra reveals how Indian scientists and Indian Princes contributed to the research culture in the institutes that were founded by these two British scientists, and in so doing, he draws attention to figures whose contributions have previously been overlooked by scholars. Malhotra demonstrates how McCarrison’s and Howard’s research was interpreted by British and US-based organic farming advocates to advocate for agricultural methods which returned organic matter to the soil and rejected chemical fertilisers. It discusses how organic advocates on both sides of the Atlantic deployed the Hunzas, a community in British India (later Pakistan), as an example of a ‘tribe’ whose vigour could be ascribed to their farming techniques and diets. The narrative concludes by demonstrating how US travel writers in the 1950s and 1960s represented Hunza as a Shangri-La – a paradise whose inhabitants lived prolonged lives in blissful contentment.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111903/3/9781806550579.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180655058611UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111903/1/9781806550579.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 ae683ffa-f1a0-4d5d-9fa1-500e8e1f2e97030001OAPEN Library IDae683ffa-f1a0-4d5d-9fa1-500e8e1f2e9701HANDLE20.500.12657/1120731597837315135130610.5445/KSP/100016897300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/10010269Karlsruher Schriften zur Anthropomatik0101Proceedings of the 2023 Joint Workshop of Fraunhofer IOSB and Institute for Anthropomatics, Vision and Fusion Laboratory1B01JürgenBeyerer2B01TimZander01eng001420393U20Computer Vision;LLMs;Maschinelles Lernen;Neuronale Netze;XAI01060303In 2023, the annual joint workshop of the Fraunhofer Institute of Optronics, System Technologies and Image Exploitation (IOSB) and the Vision and Fusion Laboratory (IES) of the Institute for Anthropomatics, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT) was hosted at a Schwarzwaldhaus near Triberg. For a week from the 30th of July to the 4th of August the doctoral students of both institutions presented extensive reports on the status of their research and discussed topics ranging from computer vision, security to machine learning and large language models.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112073/3/9783731513513.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112073/1/9783731513513.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001689739904 a47578b6-5634-44c1-b7b9-a99078eeb793030001OAPEN Library IDa47578b6-5634-44c1-b7b9-a99078eeb79301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117521597814780294890610.1215/978147806169400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101ProteinThe Making of a Nutritional Superstar1A01SamanthaKing2A01GavinWeedon01eng002160393J93JH93JHB93P93PS93PSB93V93VF93VFM93VFMD20Aging;Alternative proteins;Climate crisis;Colonialism;Consumer culture;Culture wars;Dairy agriculture;Dairy consumption;Dairy overproduction;Digitalization;Economization;Fitness;Global food market;Imperialism;Industrial agriculture;Justus von Liebig;Kwashiorkor;Malnutrition;Masculinity;Materialism;Meat;Medicalization;Metabolism;Molecular biopolitics;Muscle;Muscle loss;Neoliberalism;Nutrition;Ontology;Plant-based meat;Political ecology;Populism;Protein gap;Protein powder;Protein supplements;Race;Sarcopenia;Science and technology studies;Senescence;Social media;Techno-foods;Waste and pollution;Whey01060303In Protein, Samantha King and Gavin Weedon explore the contemporary obsession with this nutritional superstar, tracing how protein moves through food systems and fitness cultures, strengthening some bodies and environments at the expense of others.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111752/3/9781478061694.pdf.jpg01Duke University PressDurham, North Carolina USA000120260615978147803292215978147806169415978147809465411Duke University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111752/1/9781478061694.pdf990409Duke University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.dukeupress.edu/protein9904 abe9d760-7699-4f07-91b7-7e617489835f030001OAPEN Library IDabe9d760-7699-4f07-91b7-7e617489835f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11175715978399094209300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Wegzeichen Neue MusikSalzburg und die musikalische Zeitgenoss*innenschaft / Salzburg and Musical Contemporaneity1B01ThomasHochradner2B01MatthewWerley01eng01ger003720393A93AV20Music;Neue Musik;Salzburg01060303undefined0303Man schrieb August 1922, als im Café Bazar eine zukunftsweisende, völkerverbindende Idee geboren wurde: die Gründung der Internationalen Gesellschaft für Neue Musik (IGNM) als Interessensvertretung der Komponist*innen aber auch Interpret*innen zeitgenössischer Musik. Sechzehn prominente Musikwissenschaftler*innen aus mehreren Ländern Europas, den USA und Australien zeichnen im vorliegenden Sammelband die wechselvolle Geschichte dieser Gesellschaft nach, nehmen Erfolge und ihren Einfluss auf die globale Musikszene in den Blick und lassen die Bedeutung zeitgenössischer Komposition in Salzburgs Musikleben aufleuchten. It was August 1922 when a forward-looking, unifying idea was born in Café Bazar: the founding of the International Society for New Music (IGNM) to represent the interests of composers and performers of contemporary music. In this anthology, sixteen prominent musicologists from several European countries, the USA and Australia trace the eventful history of this society, examine its successes and influence on the global music scene and shed light on the significance of contemporary composition in Salzburg’s musical life.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111757/3/9783990942109.pdf.jpg01Hollitzer000120250615978399094210911Hollitzer01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111757/1/9783990942109.pdf9904 ac089cf4-8562-442c-84d7-7b9893f55d8a030001OAPEN Library IDac089cf4-8562-442c-84d7-7b9893f55d8a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117771597802711029000610.5325/b.1995149700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Studies in Romance Literatures0101Allegories of KingshipCalderón and the Anti-Machiavellian Tradition1A01StephenRupp01eng002000393D93DD93DDA93DS93DSA93DSB93DSBB93DSG93J93JP93JPA20A Dios por razon de Estado;Calderon;Comedias religious;El maestrazgo del Toison;El nuevo palacio del;Fajardo Quevedo;Hapsburg court;La cisma de Inglaterra;La vida es sueno;Pedro Calderon de la Barca;Plays autos sacramentales;Rivadeneira Saavedra;Secular dramas01060303This study examines issues in politics and political theory in selected works of Pedro Calderón de la Barca (1600–1681), the major dramatist of the middle and later decades of the seventeenth century in Spain. By analyzing secular dramas ( comedias ) and religious plays ( autos sacramentales ), Stephen Rupp demonstrates Calderón's awareness of the ideas and institutions of power in Hapsburg Spain and explores the terms of his intervention in the long debate over the principles of Christian statecraft. Through references to Rivadeneira, Saavedra Fajardo, and Quevedo, Rupp describes the anti-Machiavellian theory of kingship that informs Calderón's political theater. Rupp's argument proceeds from abstract principles of political theory to particular institutions and events at the Hapsburg court. Discussion of two comedias ( La vida es sueño and La cisma de Inglaterra ) and five autos ( La vida es sueño , A Dios por razón de Estado, El maestrazgo del Toisón , El nuevo palacio del Retiro , and El lirio y la azucena ) demonstrates Calderón's assimilation of true reason of state to providence, his attitudes concerning the conciliar system and the regime of the royal favorite or valido , and his allegorical treatment of significant state occasions.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111777/3/9780271102900.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199511Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111777/1/9780271102900.pdf9904 a735ad7a-dc98-4eb1-9e9e-afa5a7d94ec9030001OAPEN Library IDa735ad7a-dc98-4eb1-9e9e-afa5a7d94ec901HANDLE20.500.12657/11208315978180655053100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode0101Postdigital IntimaciesRelational lives in the networked public-private1B01Amy ShieldsDobson2B01AdrienneEvans3B01JamieHakim4B01ShakaMcGlotten5B01JessicaRingrose01eng93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193JBS93JBSF93JH93JHB93JHBK20Activism;Communicative capitalism;Digital culture;Digital intimacies;Emotions;Gender studies;Intersectional feminism;Online relationships;Platform Affordances;Postdigital culture;Social Media;Technology-facilitated gender based violence01060303Postdigital Intimacies presents a unique and timely collection of research into the complex interplay and entanglement between digital and analogue relationships. Set within the normalisation of digital technology, cultures, AI and algorithms, the book explores social, political and cultural implications of intimacy in a blurry public–private. Chapters are informed by intersectional feminist, queer, anti-racist and postcolonial theories, and show how research can be part of creating affirmative, collective worlds that are more equitable and socially just. Through these lenses, contributors uncover vibrant digitally mediated lives and sociality. They investigate the vibey, emotional and affective sensibilities evolving online – excitement, boredom, mental health, survival – and reveal new activisms formed through digital belonging and a networked identity that responds to and resists marginality. Consideration is given to the capacity for digital affordances to enable new forms of connection, community and solidarity as well as harm. Authors explore vulnerability and risk through image-based abuse and gendered and sexual violence. They also analyse the forms of digital surveillance, labour and platformed capitalism that shape intimate relations created in kinship and domesticity. By addressing these relationalities as postdigital intimacies, the chapters offer fascinating insights and timely analyses of the intimate relations that emerge from our current cultural and postdigital condition.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112083/3/9781806550531.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180655054811UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112083/1/9781806550531.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 9fe025d6-3bcc-4a31-acfd-b7ac3367eb87030001OAPEN Library ID9fe025d6-3bcc-4a31-acfd-b7ac3367eb8701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117541597837329122780610.57088/978-3-7329-8688-000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/10010273Schriften des Sorbischen Instituts / Spisy Serbskeho instituta0101Wölfe erzählen. Eine Ethnografie vielartiger Narrative der Lausitz1A01MarlisHeyer01ger0041403933933M933MR93J93JB93JBF93JBFU93JH93JHM93JHMC93P93PS93PSV93PSVP93R93RN93RNK93RNKH20Animal Spaces;Brandenburg;Eradication;Ethnology;Lower Lusatia;Lusatia;Narrative research;Saxony;Upper Lusatia;Wolf hunting;Wolf management;Wolves01060303undefined0303Lausitz, spring 2000: The first wolf pack establishes itself in the Federal Republic of Germany. A species once eradicated begins to explore a country that has changed profoundly. From the outset, the spread of these large predators is accompanied—and shaped—by narratives. Traditional knowledge encounters new insights into the coexistence of wolves and humans. But who, in fact, is telling stories about whom? And what exactly is being negotiated when people speak of the “return of the wolves”? Drawing on empirical studies conducted in the Lausitz region, Marlis Heyer paints a nuanced portrait of an area in transition. She not only explores questions of human–wolf coexistence but also, through various theoretical approaches, examines the possibilities and limits of narrative research that extends beyond human perspectives.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111754/3/9783732986880.pdf.jpg01Frank & Timme000120260615978373298688011Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111754/1/9783732986880.pdf990409Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.frank-timme.de/de/programm/produkt/woelfe_erzaehlen9904 9dc1ef0f-731c-4b50-951b-055a976e5f6a030001OAPEN Library ID9dc1ef0f-731c-4b50-951b-055a976e5f6a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117551597839033744920610.25364/978-3-903374-49-200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode0101AI Literacy mit Serious GamesDas Planspiel Journalism_AI als partizipative Reflexionsmethode zur Förderung von Medienkompetenz1B01SaschaFerz2B01ElisabethHödl01ger001830393L20Lehre;Rechtswissenschaften;Reflexionsmethode01060303undefined0303Angesichts der tiefgreifenden Umbrüche im Zuge der aktuellen Medienrevolution – ausgelöst durch ‚intelligente‘ Algorithmen und eine fortschreitende Digitalisierung – besteht ein erheblicher gesellschaftlicher Bedarf, sich kritisch mit KI-gestützten Prozessen auseinanderzusetzen. Um diesem Bedarf gerecht zu werden, ist eine möglichst inklusive AI-Aufklärung im Rahmen einer kritischen Media- und AI-Literacy erforderlich, die neben technischem Wissen vor allem ethische, rechtliche und demokratische Kompetenzen fördert. Das im Rahmen des Zukunftsfonds Steiermark entwickelte Serious Game Journalism_AI greift diese Herausforderung auf und eröffnet den Teilnehmenden einen experimentellen, kollaborativen Lernraum, in dem sie unterschiedliche Perspektiven mit jeweils spezifischer Eigenlogik einnehmen und eigenständig Wissen recherchieren können, um fundierte Entscheidungen zur Regulierung von KI-Systemen im Journalismus zu treffen. Aus dem Inhalt: Planspiele zur Entwicklung von Medien- und KI-Kompetenz in der juristischen Ausbildung und Lehre (Elisabeth Hödl, Sascha Ferz) | Zu den Risiken und Chancen Künstlicher Intelligenz im Journalismus – Das Serious Game Journalism_AI als erfahrungszentrierte Reflexionsmethode im Rahmen der Media Literacy (Thomas Tripold) | Serious Game Journalism_AI: Spielanleitung und Spielmaterialien (Thomas Tripold)01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111755/3/9783903374492.pdf.jpg01Graz University Library PublishingGraz0001202511Graz University Library Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111755/1/9783903374492.pdf9904 9efdab61-af62-44f1-b147-127e956e32dc030001OAPEN Library ID9efdab61-af62-44f1-b147-127e956e32dc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118001597810036443300610.1201/978100364433000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Fruit Flies of Economic Importance XI1B01AbdeljelilBakri2B01BernardDominiak3B01DianaPérez-Staples4B01MaríaTeresa Vera01eng002780393A93AM93AMV93P93PH93PHV93PHVG93PS93PST93PSV93PSVA93PSVA293R93RB93RN93RNC93RNCB93T93TN93W93WN93WNP20Area-wide pest suppression programmes;Biological Control;Biological control strategies;Ecology;Economic value;Entomology;Fruit Flies;Integrated pest management;Parasitoid-host interactions;Phytosanitary measures;Plant protection;Sterile insect technique;Tephritidae management01060303Fruit flies (Diptera: Tephritidae) adversely impact the ability of the world’s nations to feed a growing world population. Hundreds of scientists work throughout many countries studying economically damaging fruit flies to improve our understanding of these pests and how to manage them. This book contains 19 contributions from many scientists, which is intended to improve the ability of all nations to manage tephritids and to provide good-quality food for their people. This book starts with a reflection on the career and contribution of Prof. Antigone Zacharopoulou. It continues with three chapters expanding our knowledge and information on the biology, ecology, physiology, and behavior of tephritid flies. The following three chapters explore opportunities for international trade. Aspects of the Sterile Insect Technique (SIT) and natural enemies from different countries are explained in the next five chapters. Finally, the last seven chapters describe a diverse range of action programs and area-wide Integrated Pest Management (IPM). Key features: Provides information on fruit fly diversity, courtship, and components involved in mating success. Offers opportunities to improve international trade on fruits susceptible to tephritids. Explores methods to optimize the components of the SIT and the use of parasitoids. Provides new insights into area-wide IPM and action programs. Includes contributions from relevant fruit-growing areas of the globe. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111800/3/9781040573860.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120260615978104057386015978104060538711CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111800/1/9781040573860.pdf9904 9c554f68-79ae-4e3f-9259-be85fbe03267030001OAPEN Library ID9c554f68-79ae-4e3f-9259-be85fbe0326701HANDLE20.500.12657/1120761597837315139570610.5445/KSP/100017618200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010221Karlsruher Forschungsberichte aus dem Institut für Hochleistungsimpuls- und Mikrowellentechnik0101Multistatic Uniform Diffraction Tomography and Time-Reversal Algorithms for Microwave Imaging of Multilayered Media1A01AdelOmrani Hamzekalaei01eng002040393U93UK20Antennas;Antennen;Electromagnetic;Elektromagnetisch;Industrial drying;Industrielle Trocknung;Microwave tomography;Mikrowellentomographie;Time-reversal Imaging;Zeitumkehr Bildgebung01060303Microwave imaging, widely used in biomedical, radar, and non-destructive testing, is applied here to industrial microwave drying. This study develops two novel imaging algorithms compatible with limited antennas for real-time target location and dielectric constant retrieval. A multistatic uniform diffraction tomography (MUDT) algorithm enhances imaging efficiency, while a time-reversal imaging (TRI) method.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112076/3/9783731513957.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112076/1/9783731513957.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001761829904 994005e9-2d49-432e-a0ab-d45dda367733030001OAPEN Library ID994005e9-2d49-432e-a0ab-d45dda36773301HANDLE20.500.12657/1118551597838376641260610.14361/978383946412000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010214Alter(n)skulturen0101Putting Age in Its PlaceLong-Term Residential Care in Contemporary Film and Fiction1A01UllaKriebernegg01eng003180393D93DS93DSB93J93JB93JBF93JBFQ93JBS93JBSP93JBSP493M93MQ93MQC20Aging Studies;American Studies;Care;Fiction;Film;Identity;Literary Studies;Literature;Long-Term Care;Old Age;Society;Space01060303How are long-term residential care and the construction of late-life identities connected in North American film and fiction? Through close readings of works by Margaret Atwood, Joan Barfoot, Oscar Casares, John Mighton, and several others, Ulla Kriebernegg explores how the setting at the nexus of home, hospital, hotel, and prison functions in the newly emerging genre of the care home novel . What role does this setting play for the narrative construction of old age, and what hopes and fears are revealed? Kriebernegg argues that the spatiality of aging needs to be included into discussions of late life agency and care in the face of vulnerability.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111855/3/9783839464120.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946412011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111855/1/9783839464120.pdf9904 96ec7ec0-77c2-45ef-baff-a5c8e08077a5030001OAPEN Library ID96ec7ec0-77c2-45ef-baff-a5c8e08077a501HANDLE20.500.12657/1119061597837639793250610.3278/978376397932500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode.de100102143Blickpunkt Hochschuldidaktik0101Zukunftsorientierte Schlüsselkompetenzen lehrenDidaktische Perspektiven aus der Hochschulpraxis1B01StefanBraun2B01SabrinaEngelmann3B01PanagiotisKitmeridis4B01HannahLutz-Vock5B01BarbaraLämmlein01ger001880393J93JN93JNM20BNE;Co-Creation;Demokratiebildung;Digitale Kompetenzen;Future Skills;Hochschuldidaktik;Hochschulentwicklung;Hochschullehre;Kompetenzorientierung;Lernräume;Nachhaltigkeit;Schlüsselkompetenzen;Transformation01060303undefined0303Schlüsselkompetenzen sind zentrale Bausteine einer transformativen Hochschullehre und stellen Lehrpersonen vor neue didaktische Anforderungen. Der Sammelband bündelt Ergebnisse einer Zukunftswerkstatt im Rahmen der dghd-Jahrestagung 2025 und fragt, welche hochschuldidaktischen Kompetenzen notwendig sind, um Schlüsselkompetenzen wirksam zu vermitteln. Der Band vereint theoretische Einordnungen, empirische Perspektiven und praxisnahe Beiträge aus der Hochschuldidaktik. Im Mittelpunkt stehen Co-Creation-Prozesse, didaktische Strategien sowie institutionelle Rahmenbedingungen zur Förderung von Schlüsselkompetenzen und Future Skills. Die Ergebnisse der Zukunftswerkstatt werden systematisch analysiert und in konkrete Handlungsempfehlungen für die Gestaltung lernwirksamer Hochschulsettings überführt. Die Publikation richtet sich an Hochschuldidaktiker:innen, Lehrende, Hochschulentwickler:innen sowie Verantwortliche in Studium und Lehre, die Schlüsselkompetenzen nachhaltig und zukunftsorientiert in der Hochschullehre verankern möchten.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111906/3/9783763979325.pdf.jpg01wbv MediaBielefeld0001202611wbv Media01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111906/1/9783763979325.pdf990409wbv Media01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.wbv.de9904 96d428bc-86b9-4082-9117-0f01064d8060030001OAPEN Library ID96d428bc-86b9-4082-9117-0f01064d806001HANDLE20.500.12657/1120771597837315140080610.5445/KSP/100017680100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010270Karlsruher Schriften zur Anthropomatik0101Use of Accessible Information to Improve Industrial Security Testing1A01AnneBorcherding01eng004440393U93UT20Fuzzing;IT Security;IT-Sicherheit;Industrial Control Systems;Industrielle Steuerungssysteme;Machine Learning;Maschinelles Lernen01060303Industrial systems face increasing threats, particularly through network-connected Operational Technology (OT) components such as controllers and actuators. These components rely on standard internet protocols, making strong security essential. However, existing blackbox testing tools, crucial for securing OT, struggle to meet the unique demands of such components. This work enhances blackbox testing by leveraging available information, leading to the discovery of eight critical vulnerabilities.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112077/3/9783731514008.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112077/1/9783731514008.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001768019904 9539cddc-8c09-4cef-bfd5-6cb5c282638c030001OAPEN Library ID9539cddc-8c09-4cef-bfd5-6cb5c282638c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120811597837315144970610.5445/KSP/100018348800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010226Karlsruher Beiträge zur Regelungs- und Steuerungstechnik0101Time-Extended Multi-Robot Task Allocation - A Reoptimization Framework with Provable Performance1A01EstherSophie Bischoff01eng002720393T93TJ20Garantien;Guarantees;MRTA;Multi-robot task allocation;Mutti-Robot-Task-Allocation;Optimierung;Optimization;Reoptimierung;Reoptimization01060303This work introduces reoptimization approaches with performance guarantees for heterogeneous, time-extended MRTA problems with precedence and synchronization constraints. Reoptimization heuristics and a metaheuristic reoptimization framework are presented for ten relevant problem modifications. An extensive evaluation of the proposed reoptimization approaches clearly indicates their superiority compared to optimization approaches for application in interactive MRTA optimization systems.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112081/3/9783731514497.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112081/1/9783731514497.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001834889904 8e0d257b-5aa8-4d5b-887d-fa6c54f22c29030001OAPEN Library ID8e0d257b-5aa8-4d5b-887d-fa6c54f22c2901HANDLE20.500.12657/1117361597890485742850610.5117/978946456439600EBE10715107J091015101A091010Open licence02https://oapen.org/article/rights0101In Nederland geblevenDe geschiedenis van Molukkers 1951-20251A01HenkSmeets2A01FridusSteijlen01dut0064003931931D931DD931DDN93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93N93NH93NHT93NHTB93NHTR20Decolonization;Dutch history;Integration processes;Migration;Moluccan history01060303undefined0303In 1951, approximately 12,900 Moluccans came to the Netherlands. They were mainly former soldiers of the Royal Netherlands East Indies Army (KNIL) and their families. The expectation was that they would return home after a few months. Almost seventy-five years have now passed, and only a small group has returned. The war of decolonization in Indonesia led to Indonesia’s independence but also resulted in Moluccan soldiers who had fought in Dutch service ending up on the wrong side of history. This was exacerbated by their rejection of the unitary state in the new Indonesia, opting for a federal structure and ultimately for an independent Republic of South Moluccas. As a result, the demobilization of approximately 3,500 Moluccan soldiers stalled, and they and their families were brought to the Netherlands temporarily. Because both the government and the Moluccans assumed this stay would be temporary, they both long rejected integration. “In Nederland gebleven” (Those Who Remained in the Netherlands") explores the tension between a migrant group and the government, the violent confrontation between exiles with political ideals and Dutch society, and the collaboration between governments and Moluccans to overcome these problems. It demonstrates that integration is a long-term process, a process that—despite differences—can be found among other migrant groups.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111736/4/9789464564396.pdf.jpg01Amsterdam University PressAmsterdam000120250615978946456439615978946456440211Amsterdam University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111736/1/9789464564396.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111736/2/9789464564396.epub990409Amsterdam University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.aup.nl/do.php?a=show_visitor_home&l=29904 86e32f86-d7db-4b7a-8c5b-01061ffad1f7030001OAPEN Library ID86e32f86-d7db-4b7a-8c5b-01061ffad1f701HANDLE20.500.12657/11175115978311144649300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Black(ness) in German African Studies1B01Serawit BekeleDebele2B01StephanieLämmert01eng002260393N93NH93NHB93NHH20Africa;African studies;Afrika;Afrikastudien;Decolonize higher education;Dekolonisierung;Kanon;Race and blackness01060303By zooming in on African Studies in Germany, this book deals with questions around knowledge production on Africa and its diaspora; the workings of epistemic and geographic locations in "knowing" Africa; anti-Black structures in German academia; the making and sustaining of a canon and the role of the university as a gate-keeper of certain knowledges; and renderings of universalism and African history. It also engages with the specific German unease and delay to remember its colonial past and the attached problematique of discussing race and Blackness in Germany. As such, the collection interrogates the history, politics and affects of these developments within the project and politics of knowledge production on Africa. It features chapters written by students of African Studies based in different Universities in Germany from the B.A. to the Ph.D. level. The volume highlights their fresh insights on and theorizations of African Studies from their historically grounded epistemic and geographic locations. The chapters also problematize the disconnect between African Studies and African(a) Studies, critiquing how the fetishization of the "local" and the "micro" informs and shapes Africanist scholarship. Thoughts on African Studies: Conversations at ASWAD and ASAA Conferences01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111751/3/9783111446721.pdf.jpgDe Gruyter Oldenbourg01De GruyterBasel/Berlin/Boston000120250615978311144672115978311144688211De Gruyter01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111751/1/9783111446721.pdf990409De Gruyter01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.degruyterbrill.com/isbn/97831114467219904 889e3028-10f0-4cb1-b300-c5b5016107e4030001OAPEN Library ID889e3028-10f0-4cb1-b300-c5b5016107e401HANDLE20.500.12657/1117871597815292570380610.51952/978152925705200EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Digital Access to the Performing ArtsComparative Study of Legal and Structural Challenges1A01MagdaRomanska01eng001640393A93AT93ATD93ATN93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFM93JBFV93JBFV593L93LN93LND93LNT93LNTQ93P93PD93PDR93T93TT93TTW20Accessibility;Copyright law;Cultural accessibility;Digital accessibility;Disability;Disability law;Disability rights;Disability studies;Performance studies;Theatre01060303How can we make the digital performing arts truly accessible? Written by experts at metaLAB at Harvard, this pioneering study explores the urgent need to rethink digital access in the performing arts. Drawing on comparative research across the US, UK, EU and Australia, it examines how the COVID-19 pandemic exposed both the potential and the shortcomings of digital programming, particularly for disabled and marginalized audiences. Through rich case studies and critical legal analysis, it advocates for a new global framework that balances copyright protection with the human right to culture. This is an essential resource for policy makers, arts leaders, disability rights advocates and legal scholars seeking a more inclusive digital future.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111787/4/9781529257052.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152925704515978152925705215978152925706911Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111787/1/9781529257052.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111787/2/9781529257045.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 8a2e3919-7137-4df2-87d9-5df6b2364637030001OAPEN Library ID8a2e3919-7137-4df2-87d9-5df6b236463701HANDLE20.500.12657/1118161597838376643620610.14361/978383940043200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010210Zukunft der Hochschule0101Räume der HochschullehreBildungsorte für die Zukunft1B01HannahBrodel2B01JuliaFranz 3B01CarmenHerrmann4B01DominikHerrmann5B01MiriamHess6B01KonstantinLindner7B01LorenzMrohs01ger003480393J93JN93JNF93JNM20Higher Education;Hochschulforschung;Hochschullehre;Raum;Space;Technologie;Technology;University Research01060303undefined0303Wie gestalten wir die Hochschullehre der Zukunft? Welche Räume fördern effektives Lernen und kreative Entfaltung? Die Beiträger*innen zeigen aus interdisziplinärer Perspektive die Wechselwirkungen zwischen Raum, Technologie und Lehrmethoden. Von hybriden Lernumgebungen, die Studierende in ihrer Selbstorganisation unterstützen, bis zu digitalen Prüfungsformaten im Nachhaltigkeitskontext verdeutlichen sie, wie universitäre Räume als Katalysatoren für kritisches Denken und kreatives Lernen fungieren. Das Fazit: Interaktive Formate und neue didaktische Konzepte transformieren die Lehre und revolutionieren das Lernen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111816/3/9783839400432.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383940043211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111816/1/9783839400432.pdf9904 81307866-78cb-46c8-a2e5-4c0c14ab5847030001OAPEN Library ID81307866-78cb-46c8-a2e5-4c0c14ab584701HANDLE20.500.12657/1118511597837328001240610.14361/978383947475400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001026mdwPress0101Dirty DraggingPerformative Transpositions1A01EvelynAnnuß01eng003040393J93JB93JBS93JBSF20Drag;Gender;Gender Studies01060303In Dirty Dragging , Evelyn Annuß reformulates queer theorizations of drag, exploring the ambivalence of transgressive performances under apartheid, Nazism, and Jim Crow through a transoceanic lens. Taking up the ambivalence of “dirty” performance modes spanning drag and carnival to propaganda, she extends readings of gender bending by incorporating perspectives on blackface and “racialized drag.” She thereby explores violent, locally specific mobilizations of the transgressive along with the ways in which queer and creolized forms of performance intertwine to oppose identitarian boundaries. Given the current slide into right-wing authoritarianism, the book thus gestures toward the potential joy of collectively making societal conditions dance.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111851/3/9783839474754.pdf.jpgmdwPress01mdwPress000120260615978383767475015978383947475411mdwPress01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111851/1/9783839474754.pdf9904 77a8500d-691f-4a2c-ab24-2d33eb68529f030001OAPEN Library ID77a8500d-691f-4a2c-ab24-2d33eb68529f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117671597801919796510610.1093/9780191979651.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Protecting MindsThe Right Against Mental Interference1A01ThomasDouglas01eng001920393M93MB93MBD93MBDC93P93PS93PSA93PSAD93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ20Bodily integrity;Brainwashing;Manipulation;Mental integrity;Mental interference;Neurointerventions;Neurorights;Nudging;Persuasive digital technologies;Self-ownership01060303It is widely accepted that we each possess a right against interference with our body. In this book, Thomas Douglas argues that we each also possess an analogous right against interference with our mind. Douglas offers two arguments in favour of the view that we possess this right. The first appeals to intuitions regarding cases. Douglas describes a series of cases in which one individual influences the mind of another in a seemingly wrongful way, and argues that we can best account for the wrongfulness of these influences by invoking a right against mental interference. The second argument appeals to the notion of self-ownership. According to this argument, our ownership of ourselves implies ownership of our minds, which in turn implies a right against interference with our minds. Douglas then turns to the task of defining the scope of the right against mental interference. On the view he develops, the right against mental interference protects us against some actions that alter our mental states via processes that are insensitive to the reasons that bear on the alteration. The interventions that most obviously infringe the right are ‘nonconsensual neurointerventions’—interventions that alter a person’s mental states by physically modulating their brain states—and are performed without the target’s consent. But Douglas argues that some psychological forms of influence can infringe the right too. Examples include the use of subliminal imagery and conditioning-based interventions, such as the use of loot boxes in computer games.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111767/3/9780192883261.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120260615978019288325415978019288326115978019288327811Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111767/1/9780192883261.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/protecting-minds-9780192883254?q=thomas%20douglas&lang=en&cc=gb9904 80b6a970-611e-45fe-8267-5b8b29373a33030001OAPEN Library ID80b6a970-611e-45fe-8267-5b8b29373a3301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117841597802710654030610.5325/b.1898783300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Some Pennsylvania Women During the War of the Revolution1A01William HenryEgle01eng0021203931931K931KB931KBB933933M933ML933MLQ933MLQ-US-B93N93NH93NHB93NHK93NHT93NHTV93NHW93NHWF93NHWR20American revolution;Biography;Engle;Gender;Participation;Patriotism;Pennsylvania;United states;Us;Usa;Valley Forge;War;Women01060303Some Pennsylvania Women During the War of the Revolution , first published in 1898 by the Harrisburg Publishing Company, presents biographical sketches of almost seventy women who supported the American Revolution and the soldiers at Valley Forge, noting their lives, family history, character, and the particulars of their roles in the revolutionary effort, including providing food, clothing, shelter, and support for the patriots. As the author writes in his prefatory note, this book aims to bring to light “the patriotism, sufferings, and self-denials” of the women of the American Revolution in Pennsylvania, whom he calls “the Matrons of the Declaration.” The book examines the lives of women at the end of the eighteenth century and shows the value of their contributions to the war. “The saviors of our country at Valley Forge, in their raggedness and misery, would have starved,” Egle writes, “had it not been for that devoted band of true-hearted loving women whose homes were on or lying near the frontiers of our grand old Commonwealth.” This book provides a fitting tribute to these women and their roles in the state’s, and nation’s, history.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111784/3/9780271103150.pdf.jpgMetalmark01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA000120140615978027110315011Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111784/1/9780271103150.pdf9904 7bcbec3f-b7c4-49c6-b7e0-44e4aa3b7159030001OAPEN Library ID7bcbec3f-b7c4-49c6-b7e0-44e4aa3b715901HANDLE20.500.12657/1118011597810036502010610.1201/978100365020100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Information and Communication Systems1B01NagarajaB. G.2B01S.Kannadhasan01eng009940393T93TB93TH93THR93U93UM93UMZ20Artificial neural networks;Autonomous vehicle systems;Biomedical signal analysis;Blockchain security applications;Quantum cryptography;Sustainable communication infrastructure design;Wireless sensor networks01060303This book looks closely at the latest insights and developments in information and communication systems, with particular emphasis on the use of advanced technologies like smart antennas, wireless communication, artificial intelligence, the Internet of Things (IoT), and signal processing. The chapters included in this volume connect theoretical principles with practical applications to explore a key theme – building reliable and sustainable communication infrastructures through noise-resistant speech technologies, network security, and advanced wireless systems. Taking a multidisciplinary approach, the research contributions contained in this book illustrate how the combination of intelligence and soft computing techniques with communication systems can improve performance, reliability, and scalability. The book is intended for researchers, academicians, industry professionals, and postgraduate students in rapidly evolving fields of electronics, communication engineering, and computer science. It will also benefit practitioners seeking practical insights into emerging technologies, as well as policymakers and innovators aiming to bridge academic research with industrial applications.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111801/3/9781040580578.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120260615978104058057815978104068625611CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111801/1/9781040580578.pdf9904 79d2b440-15fe-4af6-ae21-129a38d8d400030001OAPEN Library ID79d2b440-15fe-4af6-ae21-129a38d8d40001HANDLE20.500.12657/1118121597838376765250610.14361/978383947652900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode1001025Neue Ökonomie0101Doughnut Economics for Regenerative Business DesignCase Studies and Critical Reflections1B01SuleikaBort2B01AnnekatrinMeißner3B01ErinchSahan01eng002420393K93KC93KCA93KCF93KCV93KCVG93R93RN93RNU20Economic Theory;Economy;Guidebook;Labour Economics;Nature;Social Inequality;Sociology of Organizations;Sustainability01060303Addressing 21st-century challenges like climate change, biodiversity loss and growing inequalities requires deep transformations across our economies and businesses. Annekatrin Meißner, Suleika Bort, and Erinch Sahan adress this issue by illustrating how the ›deep design‹ of business – embodied in models of governance, networks, ownership, and finance – can foster ecologically regenerative and socially distributive strategies. Through exploring 14 real-world businesses from German-speaking countries, the authors demonstrate how restructuring these core elements allows businesses to dynamically move beyond traditional models, encourage innovation and enable deeper partnerships. Using Doughnut Economics as a starting point, this book explores diverse business designs that unlock essential regenerative and distributive strategies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111812/3/9783839476529.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947652911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111812/1/9783839476529.pdf9904 77f5cdbf-bdab-4a67-bb24-2c341cd183c2030001OAPEN Library ID77f5cdbf-bdab-4a67-bb24-2c341cd183c201HANDLE20.500.12657/1118341597838376806760610.14361/978383946179200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001029EmotionsKulturen / EmotionCultures0101Rassismus und GefühlsordnungenMulti-rassifizierte Affekte im Leben von Frauen koreanischer Folgegenerationen in Deutschland1A01AlexandraBauer01ger002820393J93JB93JBF93JBFH20Frau;Gefühl;Korea;Racism;Rassismus;Sentiment;Social Anthropology;Sozialanthropologie;Woman01060303undefined0303»Hast du so etwas schon mal gesehen – so eine Mischung?!« Die Frauen, die in dieser sozial- und kulturanthropologischen Studie zu Wort kommen, rufen mit einem koreanischen und einem nicht-koreanischen Elternteil zahlreiche Gefühle – von Faszination bis Verachtung – in ihrer Umwelt hervor. Welche Affekte löst dies bei den so multi-rassifizierten Frauen aus? Wessen Gefühle gelten in rassistischen Gesellschaften als legitim? Durch eine affekttheoretische Rassismuskritik offenbart Alexandra Bauer diffus erspürte und daher äußerst effektive Re-Produktionsformen von »Rasse« im Alltag. Thematisiert wird das Ringen der Frauen mit hiesigen Gefühlsordnungen zwischen affektivem Orientierungsverlust, dem Hinterfragen von Herrschaftsverhältnissen bis hin zu Heilungsprozessen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111834/3/9783839461792.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946179211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111834/1/9783839461792.pdf9904 77912197-3627-49a5-bcd5-69a06d963b4a030001OAPEN Library ID77912197-3627-49a5-bcd5-69a06d963b4a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117791597802711029860610.5325/b.1916673600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Penn's Grandest CavernThe History, Legends and Description of Penn's Cave in Centre County1A01Henry W.Shoemaker01eng001220393J93JB93JBG93JBGB93N93NH93NHK93Q93QR93QRS93QRSG93R93RB93RG201920s literature PA history Regional;978-0-271-02266-6;Cave studies;Cavern;Centre Country;Henry Shoemaker;Metalmark Penn's Grandest;Spelunking Penn's Cave;Studies01060303Published in 1916, this illustrated edition of Penn’s Grandest Cavern begins with several legends of Penn’s Cave and the surrounding area, followed by a description and history, all compiled and written by Henry W. Shoemaker. His description of the caverns reads like a travel guide, with information about not only the cave but also its formations, such as “The Lobster’s Claw,” “Statue of Liberty,” and “Garden of the Gods.” Shoemaker provided his readership with advice on the best ways to travel to the cave, including appropriate trains to take, and a review of the accommodations there. A history traces the ownership of the property and details its exploration and development into a tourist site. Shoemaker also noted how Penn’s Cave compared to other local caves and their development. This volume presents seven of Shoemaker’s stories relating to Penn’s Cave and Penn’s Valley, including two of his most famous legends: “The Legend of Penn’s Cave” and “Nita-nee: The Indian Maiden for Whom Nittany Mountain Was Named.”01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111779/3/9780271102986.pdf.jpgMetalmark01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001200711Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111779/1/9780271102986.pdf9904 770a7c12-676d-461b-bad9-542dd263ec33030001OAPEN Library ID770a7c12-676d-461b-bad9-542dd263ec3301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117881597895235907620610.61201/ssz0nv5400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Tie ArkadianmäelleEhdokkaiden resurssit, kampanjointi ja poliittiset arvot eduskuntavaaleissa 20231B01ElinaKestilä-Kekkonen2B01JosefinaSipinen3B01Åsavon Schoultz01fin002260393J93JP93JPH93JPHF20Candidates;Election campaigns;Election funding;Election interference;Gender;General elections;Political attitudes;Regional differences;Social support01060303undefined0303This edited volume [The Road to Parliament: Candidates’ Resources, Campaigning and Political Values in the 2023 Finnish Parliamentary Elections] offers a research-based portrait of the conditions under which parliamentary candidates set out to compete for a place at the heart of Finnish political power. It leads readers into the core of Finland’s candidate centred election system: how candidates craft their campaigns, where their support originates, which values and attitudes guide their choices, whom they believe they represent, and how today’s shifting political and technological landscape shapes their path. Intensifying social polarization, the rise of the social media era, the steady migration of campaigning into digital spaces, and the accompanying increase in electoral harassment, combined with Finland’s strongly candidate oriented electoral system, create a complex terrain in which access to financial and social resources is far from evenly distributed. Grounded in the Finnish Parliamentary Election Candidate Survey 2023, the book sheds light on candidates’ campaign priorities, social media strategies and political values, including their views on democracy. Its findings highlight the enduring strengths of Finnish democracy while also revealing early signs of developments that could, in the coming years, narrow the breadth and diversity of political representation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111788/3/9789523590762.pdf.jpg01Tampere University PressTampere, Finland000120260615978952359077911Tampere University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111788/1/9789523590762.pdf9904 74861041-16ed-444c-a115-0b7e3c7772b1030001OAPEN Library ID74861041-16ed-444c-a115-0b7e3c7772b101HANDLE20.500.12657/1117951597810003571270610.4324/978100313027700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101The Power of Responsive Educational LeadershipBuilding Schools for Global Challenges1A01John M.Fischer2A01GrzegorzMazurkiewicz01eng002340393G93GT93GTQ93J93JN93JNA93JNF93JNK93R93RN93RNU20Competency Based Education;Contemporary Societies;Cultural Discursive Dimension;Democratic learning environments;Educational Leadership;Educational equity strategies;Expeditionary Learning;Global curriculum reform;Instructional innovation models;International case studies in school leadership;MERS;Material Economic Dimension;Participatory school governance;Personal Development;Professional Development;Responsive Leadership;Responsive School;Riverview High School;Transformative pedagogy01060303The Power of Responsive Educational Leadership examines how educational leaders might respond to global challenges such as the environment, technology, inequity, the health crisis, and the stability of democracy. It draws on models of educational leadership and development projects from around the world to explore how leaders might use the curriculum and teaching to help move their communities, regions, and countries in positive directions. The authors argue that educational leadership needs to move away from authoritarian or transactional bureaucracy and toward leadership in a participatory mode that feels responsible for the children and adults in their institution and responsible for the society they all inhabit. The Power of Responsive Educational Leadership: Offers a comprehensive exploration of the multifaceted nature of leadership for learning Charts the key thinking and practices that engage with the principles of leadership for learning and the implications these have Provides a variety of fresh perspectives on the connections between education, schooling, and leadership Includes a range of internationally diverse case studies and vignettes This comprehensive guide invites readers to engage in thinking about new directions for education today. The book will be a useful starting point for individuals who choose to engage in discussions and deliberations around what it means to be responsive. It will be invaluable for those who are working as principals and teachers or participating in education leadership development programs around the world and hope to work in various roles.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111795/3/9781000357127.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120210615978100035724015978100035727115978100313027711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111795/1/9781000357127.pdf9904 6e085159-0799-427e-b3b8-95056dc72d0d030001OAPEN Library ID6e085159-0799-427e-b3b8-95056dc72d0d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118051597810036848240610.4324/978100368482400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Approaches to History0101The Politics of Personal ExperienceWriting a History of Munchausen Syndromes1A01ChrisMillard01eng002160393M93MB93MBX93N93NH93NHA93NHAH93NHB93NHT93NHTB20Archival research techniques;Critical self-reflection;Gender and mental health;Historian subjectivity in diagnosis;Historiography;Historiography methodology;Illness narratives;Medical History;Munchausen Syndrome;Philosophy of History;Psychoanalytic theory;Theory of History01060303How should a historian with personal experience of their topics write about them? Exploring the author’s own experiences with Munchausen Syndrome and Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy (MSbP), this book analyzes how various historians have managed “the personal” and their scholarship. It shows how influences on history such as anthropology, psychoanalysis, and literary theory have furnished the tools for historians to be critical about their selfhood and their scholarship. It also examines how histories that try to resist the marginalisation of groups (on grounds of gender, race, sexuality and mental health) have sophisticated discussions around the implications of the historian’s experiences for their scholarship. While these have been intermittently taken up in various ways, discussions of the specific implications of experiences on the scholarship remain rare. The book uses these discussions and these tools throughout an archival and intellectual history of the diagnoses of Munchausen and MSbP, showing specific implications for this study and proper accounting of the shape and content of this history. This groundbreaking volume offers academic historians an opportunity for reflection on the link between who they consider themselves to be, and what they think, argue and write.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111805/3/9781040805732.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104080573215978104080580011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111805/1/9781040805732.pdf9904 7602c85b-38fe-40e5-8a90-a7095d1dc7e3030001OAPEN Library ID7602c85b-38fe-40e5-8a90-a7095d1dc7e301HANDLE20.500.12657/1118621597838376726400610.14361/978383947264400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode10010227Bildungsforschung0101Speak Up! Einblicke in das ostbelgische Innovationslabor zum Umgang mit Fake News und Hate Speech1B01SabrinaKirschner2B01TomkeLask01ger007640393J93JN93JNA93JP93JPW20Bildung;Bildungsforschung;Civil Society;Cultural Education;Digital Media;Digitale Medien;Education;Educational Research;Kulturelle Bildung;Political Science;Politics;Politik;Politikwissenschaft;Zivilgesellschaft01060303undefined0303Fake News und Hate Speech sind Phänomene, mit denen wir fast tagtäglich konfrontiert sind, sei es im beruflichen, ehrenamtlichen oder privaten Kontext. Die Beiträge bieten Einblicke in das ostbelgische Speak Up! Lab, in dem sich Wissenschaftler*innen, Praktiker*innen und Menschen aus der Zivilgesellschaft mit den Ursachen, Erscheinungsformen und Folgen von Fake News und Hate Speech auseinandergesetzt haben. Die Beiträge wurden von Menschen mit den unterschiedlichsten beruflichen, (mutter-)sprachlichen und kulturellen Hintergründen verfasst. Offen und authentisch legen sie die Herausforderungen und Erfahrungen aus dem ostbelgischen Speak Up! Lab dar und liefern neue Denkanstöße. Neben Berichten und Reflexionsbeiträgen zu den bisherigen Tagungen versammelt dieser Band auch die Ergebnisse der tagungsübergreifenden Arbeitsgruppen sowie Kurzinterviews mit Teilnehmenden der Speak Up! Tagungen, die ihre Arbeit vorstellen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111862/3/9783839472644.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947264411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111862/1/9783839472644.pdf9904 6a519566-7f75-434f-87ed-cf4d7a22f9f3030001OAPEN Library ID6a519566-7f75-434f-87ed-cf4d7a22f9f301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117681597801919936260610.1093/9780191993626.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Peak PharmaToward a New Political Economy of Health1A01ThéoBourgeron2A01SusiGeiger01eng003200393J93JH93JHB93K93KC93KCV93KCVJ20Access to medicines;Commons;Health social movements;Market failures;Neoliberal regime;Patents;Patient organizations;Pharmaceutical markets;Political economy of pharmaceuticals01060303This book argues that we have reached the ‘peak’ of a particular model for pharmaceutical innovation—the neoliberal value model that has been in place since the early 1980s. ‘Peak’ designates a state where a given and socially significant resource becomes rarer, more difficult to access, and more expensive, to a point where the balance of societal costs incurred and value gained reaches a tipping point. We argue that the neoliberal pharmaceutical system is reaching its ‘peak’ in several vital respects: peak pricing, peak concentration, peak financialization, peak expansion. We thus use the term to signal the crisis and possible end of an era-defining business model in the pharmaceutical sector. The book presents empirical research and synthesizes a large body of knowledge that is currently spread across political economy, sociology, STS, organization studies and the history of medicine to trace the long-wave movements between the pharmaceutical industry, its discontents, and regulators. Specifically, we follow the multiple market failures that the neoliberal regime created and the various contestations and attempts at market repair these failures engendered. Projecting what might follow post-peak, we sketch two scenarios. The first is a dystopian one, the pharmafeudal value regime, where the alienation and exclusion the system has fostered is being driven ever-further through developments in so-called personalized medicine. The second is a more optimistic, dare we say utopian, one that we call the commons-based value regime, where current experiments with alternative pharmaceutical economies are systematically supported and come to represent a true alternative to the current market forces at play. We close this book with a set of recommendations for policymakers and activists interested in fostering such an alternative pharmaceutical model.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111768/3/9780198884521.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120260615978019888451415978019888452115978019888453815978019888454511Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111768/1/9780198884521.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/peak-pharma-9780198884514?lang=en&cc=gb9904 68779fcf-2708-4df7-bb7e-585ec8cd3fbf030001OAPEN Library ID68779fcf-2708-4df7-bb7e-585ec8cd3fbf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117711597801989436930610.1093/9780198943723.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Civil Society Knowledge NetworksInternational Development and the Globalization of Ideas1A01E.Fouksman01eng002240393G93GT93GTP93K93KC93KCG93KCV93KCVG20Aid;Civil society;Environmentalism;Globalization;Good governance;International development;Kenya;NGOization;NGOs;The Kyrgyz Republic01060303This book examines the ways ideas gain power and momentum (and are contested, challenged, and circumvented) within global networks of development actors, institutions, and programmes. But it goes a step further: it examines the processes of development as another way in which knowledge is globalized, spread, and locally adapted and adopted. It builds on a multi-sited ethnography spanning the USA, Kenya, Switzerland, and Kyrgyzstan to theorize the way civil society knowledge networks create and contest epistemic power within international development. Both networks revolve around ecological projects intended to support pastoralist communities affected by climate change. Yet despite their overt focus, these networks also engage in many other realms of knowledge, including understandings of the state, land rights, rural livelihoods, expertise, authenticity, participation, and development itself. By tracing these civil society knowledge networks, the book challenges assumptions about the way power is distributed between development institutions and communities by exploring the way local actors can contest the epistemic authority of elite global institutions by laying claim to categories of authenticity and legitimacy. It also demonstrates the ways in which incorporation into such networks moderates contentious politics between community activists and the state, yet simultaneously creates knowledge around avenues for accessing and making demands on the state, ultimately challenging the idea that development is a straightforwardly depoliticizing process. Ultimately, this work reveals how ideas move, mutate, and impact communities around the world, demonstrating the complexities and contradictions of knowledge flows on micro, meso, and global scales with development practice.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111771/3/9780198943693.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120260615978019894370915978019894371615978019894372311Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111771/1/9780198943693.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/civil-society-knowledge-networks-9780198943693?q=9780198943693&cc=gb&lang=en9904 69225da8-e874-4415-89a1-a9a6347dc4d8030001OAPEN Library ID69225da8-e874-4415-89a1-a9a6347dc4d801HANDLE20.500.12657/1117901597810034218700610.4324/978100342187000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Wellbeing and Self-care in Higher Education0101The ‘How’ of Self-Care for TeachersBuilding your Wellbeing Toolbox1A01NarelleLemon01eng003940393J93JK93JKS93JKSN93JKSN293JM93JMJ93JN93JNC93JNL93JNLB93JNLC93JNM93JNMT93JNS93M93MK93MKM93MKMT93V93VF93VFJ93VFJS20Boundary setting;Burnout prevention;Reflective practice;Staff mental health;Stress management for educators;Teacher resilience;Wellbeing literacy01060303Providing insights, ideas, strategies and compassion, this book offers a new way of looking at self-care for educators experiencing exhaustion and stress, or who may simply be feeling more tired than they should be. Drawing on personal experiences of burnout, as well as research in wellbeing literacy, self-care and positive psychology, Narelle Lemon presents a new framework for self-care. Designed especially for teachers of any discipline or sector, the framework is based on five key dimensions: self-compassion, mindful awareness, habits, time, and empowerment. Evidence-based and easy to follow, these dimensions scaffold the tools and strategies offered in the book, allowing the reader to create their own toolbox based on what resonates with them most. The book is designed to be flexible, so the reader is encouraged to follow the recommendations as closely as they wish, or to take inspiration for their own ideas, acknowledging that tools will change over time and across contexts. The practical tools in this book are further supported by reflective prompts, as well as opportunities for extension with tips for leaders, working groups and the education sector more broadly. Written by a teacher for teachers, this book gives you not only the tools but also the permission to look after yourself. It will show you that self-care is an act of self-love, self-compassion, and self-awareness, and that it is relational and you need to care for you in order to care for others.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111790/3/9781040040232.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120240615978104004023215978104004025611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111790/1/9781040040232.pdf9904 679da5fe-917f-4d9c-a0ac-cc9071f20526030001OAPEN Library ID679da5fe-917f-4d9c-a0ac-cc9071f2052601HANDLE20.500.12657/1120791597837315136810610.5445/KSP/100017103800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010227Karlsruhe transactions on biomedical engineering0101Local Impedance Characterization for Scar and Fibrosis Detection: Towards a New Substrate Assessment for Atrial Mapping1A01Maríadel Carmen Martinez Antón01eng002060393T93TJ20Cardiac electrophysiology;Herzelektrophysiologie;Impedance reconstruction;Impedanzrekostruction;In silico modelierung;In silico modelling01060303Regions with pathologically altered substrate have been identified as proarrhythmic regions. Mapping techniques are currently used to estimate the location of these fibrotic areas. Local impedance has gained attention as another modality for atrial substrate assessment as it does not rely on the dynamically changing electrical activity of the heart. Simulations can help exploring the abilities of LI measurements to account for atrial substrate and be used as a surrogate for fibrosis detection.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112079/3/9783731513681.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112079/1/9783731513681.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001710389904 61dfb87f-5f85-4e41-b038-5e2e180169ac030001OAPEN Library ID61dfb87f-5f85-4e41-b038-5e2e180169ac01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117591597817890651210610.2166/978178906513800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Reducing Water Use and Carbon FootprintWorking toward a circular economy1B01MagdalenaZabochnicka01eng001220393T93TQ93TQS93TQSW202030 Agenda for Sustainable Development;Air quality;CO2 capture;Carbon capture;Carbon footprint;Circular economy;European Green Deal;Exhaust gas purification;Greenhouse gas emissions;Industrial waste management;Low carbon;Post-process waste utilization;Waste management;Water management;Water use01060303Reducing Water Use and Carbon Footprint: Working toward a circular economy tackles some of today's most pressing environmental, economic, and social challenges. Aligned with the principles of the Circular Economy, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, and the European Green Deal, it showcases groundbreaking technologies that reduce carbon and water footprints, improve air quality, and promote smarter, more sustainable water and waste management. Designed for scientists, graduate students, industry professionals, policymakers, and environmentally conscious readers, this publication provides both the scientific foundation for and practical insights into efficient, cost-effective methods for exhaust gas purification and post-process waste utilization, framed within the Circular Economy's 6R concept - refuse, reduce, reuse, repair, recycle, rethink. Particular attention is given to novel carbon capture techniques using water-soluble sorbents and ferriferrohydrosol (FFH) - an innovative, affordable, and environmentally friendly reagent with catalytic and coagulating properties. The first part of the book provides an overview of modern CO2 capture technologies, comparative analyses of removal costs in solid fuel conversion processes, and the evolving regulatory framework for greenhouse gas emissions in small and medium-sized enterprises. The second part turns to innovative solutions for industrial waste and water management, including steam plasma processing of biomass and organic waste to generate hydrogen-enriched syngas and biochar, and the incorporation of fine granite waste into ceramic tile production to boost durability and reduce water absorption. Blending cutting-edge technologies and sustainable strategies, this book offers practical pathways toward lower CO2 emissions and water use, supporting the global transition to a low-carbon circular economy and resource-efficient future.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111759/3/9781789065138.pdf.jpg01IWA PublishingLondon, UK000120260615978178906513815978178906514511IWA Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111759/1/9781789065138.pdf990409IWA Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://iwaponline.com/ebooks/book/985/Reducing-Water-Use-and-Carbon-Footprint-working9904 5ca338c4-0299-4baa-9afc-239802019fad030001OAPEN Library ID5ca338c4-0299-4baa-9afc-239802019fad01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118041597810036948780610.4324/978100369487800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Perspectives on the Maghreb0101Environmental Sustainability and Autocratic Governance in MoroccoThe Emerald Kingdom1A01KatharinaNicolai01eng003160393J93JB93JBS93JBSD93JP93R93RN93RND20Authoritarian resilience;Autocratic environmental politics analysis;Elite co-optation;MENA environmental policy;Political ecology;Regime legitimation;Renewable energy governance01060303This book examines the foundations of Morocco’s approach to green energy and environmental sustainability politics and, through the approach of autocracy research, offers a new perspective on the country’s environmental turn during the reign of King Mohammed VI. International accolades have rained on the Moroccan regime for its transition toward green energy and environmental sustainability politics. Green mega projects, such as the Noor Ouarzazate solar plants and Morocco’s vast wind farms, contributed considerably to its reputation as a modern green kingdom. Within the nascent field of political ecology of the MENA region, the book examines the correlation between environmental sustainability politics and autocratic power. It proposes that the Moroccan regime strategically instrumentalizes this policy field to bolster regime resilience through legitimation strategies directed both at domestic and foreign audiences, as well as cooptive practices aimed at generating support among national as well as foreign elites. Inevitably, the book returns to the Western Sahara conflict and the role environmental sustainability politics play in Morocco’s attempt at its annexation. This book is perfect for undergraduates, postgraduates, and scholars alike. It speaks to a broad academic readership interested in modern Morocco and the Maghreb, as well as political and environmental studies. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com , has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111804/3/9781040841853.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104084185315978104084440311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111804/1/9781040841853.pdf9904 5cb07f43-e4a1-497c-80ee-49a004ee81e0030001OAPEN Library ID5cb07f43-e4a1-497c-80ee-49a004ee81e001HANDLE20.500.12657/1117371597890485765310610.5117/978904857653100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Veilig / SafeJaarboek Korpora, Erfgoed Publieke Veiligheid 3 / Annual Korpora, Heritage Public Safety 31B01JosBreukers2B01TristanBroos3B01LouisPh. Sloos4B01AnnetRuseler01dut0026003931931D931DD931DDN932932A932AC932ACD93J93JB93JBF93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Heritage studies;History of public safety;History of public services;Material objects;Social history01060303undefined0303Safe is the first and only periodical publication in the Netherlands on public safety heritage. This yearbook focuses on the extensive and leading collection of Korpora, Public Safety Heritage, in operation since 1 August 2022. The collection is currently formed by the national collections of the Dutch police and fire brigade, the Dutch Red Army, the former Protection of Population and heritage in the fields of crisis management, disaster relief, ambulance services and first aid. Korpora holds hundreds of thousands of objects from the 16th century onwards. Safe offers an insight into this fascinating collection. Each issue contains easy-to-read, scholarly articles on the various subfields. It also focuses on important and special acquisitions.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111737/3/9789048576548.pdf.jpg01Amsterdam University PressAmsterdam000120260615978904857654811Amsterdam University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111737/1/9789048576548.pdf990409Amsterdam University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.aup.nl/do.php?a=show_visitor_home&l=29904 54ec83f2-1895-4f44-ba4a-d161a2e1ab5c030001OAPEN Library ID54ec83f2-1895-4f44-ba4a-d161a2e1ab5c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1099271597894616674030610.11116/978946166741000EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Characterisation of Fermented Grain-based Raw Materials and FoodsAnalytical Methods from the HealthFerm Project1B01YaminaDe Bondt2B01ArnoG. B. Wouters3B01KatiKatina4B01ChristopheM. Courtin01eng002720393P93PN93PND93PS93PSB93T93TC93TD93TDC93TDCT20Analytical methods;Biochemical characterisation;Chemical characterisation;Food Microbiology;Food constituents;Food fermentation;Science Engineering and Technology01060303The importance of plant-based food fermentation and the need for analytical methods. Food fermentation is a complex yet highly relevant topic in food science today and is very likely to remain so for years to come. It is a technology that can enhance the sensory attributes, health-related properties, and shelf life of a wide variety of foods. Typical of food fermentation processes is that they induce numerous changes in the raw material or food matrix, including various (bio)chemical conversions of food constituents. To fully unlock the potential of grain-based food fermentation processes, a robust analytical toolbox, specifically developed for fermented raw materials and foods, is essential. This edited volume, written by leading experts in the field of food science and fermentation technology and one of the outcomes of the Horizon Europe project HealthFerm, offers a comprehensive collection of chemical analytical methods, each in its distinct way suited for the characterisation of fermented grain-based raw materials and food products.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109927/6/HealthFerm-frontcover-9789461667403-200h.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166741011Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109927/1/9789461667403.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109927/5/9789461667410.epub9904 5adffaea-d95b-4175-97bf-9d1992dcfa7d030001OAPEN Library ID5adffaea-d95b-4175-97bf-9d1992dcfa7d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117661597801989709650610.1093/9780198970996.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101A Century of Asia Minor Refugees in GreeceFlight, Fight, and Fraternity1A01MarilenaAnastasopoulou01eng003040393J93JH93JHB93JHBD93N93NH93NHD20Asia Minor refugees;Attitudes;Comparative;Forced migration;Greece;Identity;Intergenerational;Interregional;Memory;Oral history01060303This book is a comparative—intergenerational and interregional—history of Asia Minor memories and identities of forced displacement that examines the multilayered relationship between contemporary attitudes and refugee past. Marking the centenary of the Asia Minor population transfer in the context of Greece’s contemporary migration crisis, the research questions that this book addresses are: how have memories of the 1922–24 forced displacement changed over time from one generation to the next? How do people with these memories and identities think about subsequent migration? Following a regional history approach and an oral history approach, this study draws upon literature from several disciplines and rests upon oral testimony. Specifically, it employs a methodology of collecting primary sources using oral testimonies (262 life history interviews) and archival evidence (five thousand oral testimonies) based on three regional case studies, namely the borderland island of Lesvos, Central Macedonia in northern Greece, and Attica. This book argues that refugee identity is a capacious and dynamic platform of ongoing understanding as well as a limited space of domination and competition. Elucidating the attitudes of refugee descendants and unfolding key patterns about the complex role of refugee memory and identity, it brings together the intersection of three interlocking elements: time (refugee generations), place (refugee locations), and subsequent migration (waves of other migrations). In short, A Century of Asia Minor Refugees in Greece sheds light on the convoluted relationship between contemporary attitudes and refugee past, providing a nuanced history of the 1922–24 memories and identities of forced displacement.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111766/3/9780198970972.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120260615978019897097215978019897098915978019897099611Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111766/1/9780198970972.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/a-century-of-asia-minor-refugees-in-greece-9780198970989?lang=en&cc=gb9904 549e8e97-cb5f-4329-8747-2becb1e465fd030001OAPEN Library ID549e8e97-cb5f-4329-8747-2becb1e465fd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117721597801919808240610.1093/9780191980824.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Party Politics of Electoral System ChoiceStacking the Deck in First-Wave Democracies1A01PatrickEmmenegger2A01AndréWalter01eng003340393J93JP93JPA93JPB93JPH93JPHF20Democratization;Electoral alliances;Electoral manipulation;Electoral system choice;Majoritarian representation;Malapportionment;Partisan districting;Proportional representation;Representation01060303The Party Politics of Electoral System Choice explores the strategic manipulation of electoral systems by political actors to maintain power. It delves into how electoral systems are more than mere governance tools; they are pivotal instruments that shape power dynamics. The book shows that the choice of an electoral system is one of the most consequential decisions in any democracy. The authors develop a ‘neo-Rokkanian’ theory of electoral system choice, arguing that incumbent parties try to contain electoral threats through district design and electoral alliances. When successful, incumbent parties resist electoral reform. However, this strategy leads to growing seat-vote distortions, which is why disadvantaged parties demand proportional representation. In the absence of any exogenous shock, however, disadvantaged parties will struggle to overcome the incumbent parties’ resistance to electoral reform. If incumbent parties cannot resort to containment measures, for example because the electoral geography is not suitable, they support the adoption of proportional representation. In this response, incumbent parties opt for a more inclusive electoral system that allows them to limit their seat losses in the face of a rapidly growing electoral threat that they cannot neutralize. Through a comprehensive analysis of first-wave democracies and a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods, the authors reveal the broader patterns of strategic behaviour of political actors seeking to optimize their positions through electoral reform. This comprehensive study is essential for understanding the politics of electoral system choice, offering new insights into electoral geography, district design, electoral alliances, and party preferences for electoral reform.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111772/3/9780192885661.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford000120260615978019288566115978019288567815978019288568511Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111772/1/9780192885661.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-party-politics-of-electoral-system-choice-9780192885661?q=9780192885661&cc=gb&lang=en9904 5a9a14ce-6cc7-4697-8c6e-142a5e7c27ff030001OAPEN Library ID5a9a14ce-6cc7-4697-8c6e-142a5e7c27ff01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117811597802710538440610.5325/b.1905745600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Falckner's Curieuse Nachricht von PensylvaniaThe Book that Stimulated the Great German Immigration to Pennsylvania in the Early Years of the XVIII Century1A01DanielFalckner01eng002940393N93NH93NHK20America;American colonies;Curieuse Nachricht von Pensylvania;Flackner;Great German Immigration;Pennsylvania;Sachse;The new world;United states;Us;Usa;XVIII Century01060303Originally circulated in Germany, Daniel Falckner’s Curieuse Nachricht von Pensylvania was one in a wave of pamphlets about the American colonies disseminated in Europe during the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries. It stood alongside influential works by Penn and Pastorius that were circulated among Pietists and other groups to raise awareness in Europe about the practical and spiritual climates in Pennsylvania. Falckner’s pamphlet, in particular, was used in a promotional manner and utilizes a question-and-answer format, addressing everything from how to plan for a voyage to America to common professions for Europeans in the New World, dealings with the native population, seasonal climate, and hundreds of other issues. This translation of Curieuse Nachricht , first published by the Pennsylvania German Society in 1905, includes introductory chapters and annotations by Julius Sachse. The English translation and original German text appear on facing pages, and annotations examine the differences between an original manuscript and the version widely distributed by the Frankfort Company, a group of Pennsylvania land investors, in 1702.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111781/3/9780271103129.pdf.jpgMetalmark01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA000120120615978027110312911Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111781/1/9780271103129.pdf9904 5c1663ed-d6e0-49ec-a2cd-835379b134a0030001OAPEN Library ID5c1663ed-d6e0-49ec-a2cd-835379b134a001HANDLE20.500.12657/1118091597838376809350610.14361/978383946767100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010211Interdisziplinäre Wohnungsforschung0101Wohnraum als WareFeministisch-politökonomische Perspektiven auf Arbeiterwohnsiedlungen in Frankfurt am Main1A01Tabea CarlottaLatocha01ger003480393J93JB93JBS93JBSD20Capitalism;Feminism;Feminismus;Geographie;Geography;Habitation;Kapitalismus;Political Economy;Politische Ökonomie;Wohnen01060303undefined0303In welchem Verhältnis stehen die ökonomische Inwertsetzung von Wohnraum und die Subjektivierungsweisen und Widerstandspraktiken von Mieter*innen? Tabea Latocha entwickelt dazu eine Feministische Politische Ökonomie des Wohnens. Durch die integrierte Betrachtung struktureller Transformationsprozesse und alltäglicher Erfahrungen der Bewohner*innen fasst sie die Wohnungsfrage als ein Zusammenspiel von Ausbeutung, Entfremdung und Erschöpfung. So ergeben sich neue Perspektiven auf die Folgen der neoliberalen Reorganisation des Lebensbereichs Wohnen für Mieter*innen und ihre Handlungsfähigkeit als Subjekte im Spannungsverhältnis zwischen kapitalistischer Akkumulation und sozialer Reproduktion.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111809/3/9783839467671.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946767111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111809/1/9783839467671.pdf9904 593a94e4-c1f2-4b1f-82bc-87424cfc3825030001OAPEN Library ID593a94e4-c1f2-4b1f-82bc-87424cfc382501HANDLE20.500.12657/1118601597838376821200610.14361/978383947799100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Edition Moderne Postmoderne0101Maschinische NormativitätÜber Leben und Technik im digitalen Kapitalismus nach Félix Guattari1A01HenningSchmidgen01ger002100393J93JB93JBC93JBCT20Félix Guattari;Human;Machine;Maschine;Media Studies;Medienwissenschaft;Mensch;Philosophie;Philosophy01060303undefined0303Maschinische Normativität bezeichnet die biologisch fundierte und sozial vermittelte Fähigkeit, das Zusammenwirken von Menschen und Maschinen zur selbstbestimmten Gestaltung des gesellschaftlichen Lebens zu nutzen. Diesen Gedanken hat der Psychoanalytiker und Philosoph Félix Guattari in einer Fülle von Arbeiten entfaltet – von seinem frühen Engagement für eine Reform der Psychiatrie über die Zusammenarbeit mit Gilles Deleuze bis hin zu seinem Plädoyer für neue Formen der Ökologie. Dabei profilierte Guattari immer wieder das kinematographische Wechselspiel von Wahrnehmung und Bewegung, Überlegung und Handlung, Betrachtung und Gestaltung. Henning Schmidgen zeigt, warum dies eine besondere Relevanz für die Analyse und Kritik eines zunehmend digitalisierten Kapitalismus aufweist.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111860/3/9783839477991.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947799111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111860/1/9783839477991.pdf9904 41118bc8-c95a-430d-8ed8-cc976b0f34d7030001OAPEN Library ID41118bc8-c95a-430d-8ed8-cc976b0f34d701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117461597838474195700610.3224/8474302100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/1001021Trierer Beiträge zur interdisziplinären Antisemitismusforschung0101Antisemitismus in der postnazistischen MigrationsgesellschaftEine interdisziplinäre Bestandsaufnahme1B01AndreasBorsch2B01LuisaGärtner3B01SalomeRichter4B01LennardSchmidt5B01DorotheaSeiler6B01MarcSeul7B01LucaZarbock01ger0022703935935P935PB935PBC93G93GT93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFA193JBFH93JBG93JBGX93JBS93JBSR93JP93JPF93JPFQ93JPH93JPHX93JPV93JPVC20Antisemitism;Antisemitismus;Antizionism;Antizionismus;Bildung;Diversity;Diversität;Education;Migration;Migrationsgesellschaft;Post-migrant society;Postmigrantische Gesellschaft;Postnazismus;Racism;Rassismus01060303undefined0303Ob im Klassenzimmer oder auf dem Sportplatz, in der Sozialen Arbeit oder der deutschen Erinnerungskultur – Antisemitismus ist immer noch trauriger Alltag in der postnazistischen Migrationsgesellschaft Deutschlands. Der Band beleuchtet Kontinuitätslinien und aktuelle Entwicklungen des Antisemitismus in der Bundesrepublik und blickt auf Akteur:innen, Ideologien und die Möglichkeiten von Bildung gegen Antisemitismus.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111746/3/9783847419570.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202311Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111746/1/9783847419570.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/antisemitismus-in-der-postnazistischen-migrationsgesellschaft/9904 51ed88c8-6c65-4eee-b517-79c28729c057030001OAPEN Library ID51ed88c8-6c65-4eee-b517-79c28729c05701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117801597802711030060610.5325/b.1914673800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Pennsylvania Lion or Panther & Felis Catus in Pennsylvania?1A01Henry W.Shoemaker01eng00840393C93CF93N93NH93NHK93P93PS93PSV93PSVM93R93RG93RGB93RGBS93W93WN93WNC93WNW201920s literature;978-0-271-02265-9;Henry Shoemaker;Metalmark Animals in PA;PA history;Pennsylvania history;Regional Studies01060303This Metalmark volume combines two of Henry W. Shoemaker’s pamphlets, both published by Shoemaker’s Times Tribune Co., which also published his newspaper, the Altoona Tribune . Pennsylvania Lion or Panther , published in 1914, provides a narrative look into the history and romance of Pennsylvania’s mountain lion. Hunting lore and legends mix with local and natural history and Shoemaker’s musings on the disappearance of this once prevalent animal. The pages are dedicated to J. T. Rothrock, whose description of the mountain lion’s haunting cry graces the pages of this text. The second pamphlet, Felis Catus in Pennsylvania? , gathers reports of the 1922 capture of a wildcat in Bucks County, Pennsylvania, which many speculated was a European wildcat.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111780/3/9780271103006.pdf.jpgMetalmark01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001200711Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111780/1/9780271103006.pdf9904 4bf64176-6345-4eaf-8f24-7ff01c36f8ab030001OAPEN Library ID4bf64176-6345-4eaf-8f24-7ff01c36f8ab01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117911597810034627120610.4324/978100346271200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics0101Towards A New Christian Political RealismThe Amsterdam School of Philosophy and the Role of Religion in International Relations1A01SimonPolinder01eng002360393J93JP93JPA93JPS93Q93QR93QRA93QRAM93QRAM220Augustinian political thought;Morgenthau realism;Religion in world politics;Religion influence global affairs;Secularism in international relations;Theological approaches IR;Waltz neorealism01060303Towards A New Christian Political Realism presents a new theoretical approach to understanding the role of religion in international relations, considering the strengths of Christian realism, classical realism, and neorealism, as well as the literature about the relevance of religion for IR. The book discusses the resurgence of religion and how it has become ‘public’ in the world since around the 1960s. It extensively describes the role religion plays in Hans Morgenthau’s classical realism and Kenneth Waltz’s neorealism and how both thinkers are indebted to an Augustinian way of thinking that has influenced political realism through Reinhold Niebuhr’s Christian realism. The book presents an alternative approach inspired by the Amsterdam School of Philosophy: a new Christian political realism. It incorporates the theological inspiration of political realism and the necessity of theorizing while doing justice to the relevance and manifold manifestations of religion in international relations. This book will be of interest to scholars and higher-level students of International Relations, the Amsterdam School of Philosophy, Classical Realism, Neorealism, Christian Realism, and Religious Studies, as well as practitioners working in the field of International Relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111791/3/9781040103562.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120240615978104010356215978104010359311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111791/1/9781040103562.pdf9904 4ff8a5b9-9836-4555-badb-55751d57ce0f030001OAPEN Library ID4ff8a5b9-9836-4555-badb-55751d57ce0f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117981597830343627950610.3726/b2358800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.01001021Langues/Sprachen ?0101Langue et intégrationRequérants d’asile, bénévoles et institutions en Suisse romande : positionnements de la communauté asile1A01Anne-ChristelZeiter01fre002660393C93CJ93CJP93J93JB93JBS93JBSY93JN93JNP20Anne;Asile;Bénévolat;Bénévoles;Christel;Communauté;D’asile;Institutions;Intégration;Jésabel;Langue;Langues;Lien social;Martina;Migration;Positionnements;Requérants;Robin;Romande;Sociolinguistique;Suisse;Zeiter;Zimmermann01060303undefined0303Comment séjourne-t-on dans un pays auquel on demande l’asile? Comment vit-on dans cette réalité intermédiaire et inconnue? Sur quelles ressources compter pour donner sens à son nouvel environnement et à sa langue, souvent aussi étrange qu’étrangère? Cet ouvrage explore les premiers temps du parcours de l’asile – l’attente d’une réponse – entre l’accompagnement socioprofessionnel prévu par l’État et l’accueil prodigué par des bénévoles. Il analyse conjointement les normes générées par différents textes de loi, tendances politiques et enjeux économiques avec celles produites par des trajectoires et idéologies personnelles – individuelles ou communautaires. L’auteure cherche ainsi à comprendre comment, à travers la transmission de la langue, se crée un lien social toujours spécifique au sein de ce qu’elle décrit comme une communauté asile: personnes migrantes, bénévoles, spécialistes du travail social et responsables politiques, pour qui la langue importe toujours.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111798/3/9783034362795.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120260615978303436280111Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111798/1/9783034362795.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/document/16123659904 47f272db-6f27-47d6-beef-16c14440d5ce030001OAPEN Library ID47f272db-6f27-47d6-beef-16c14440d5ce01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118021597810036459550610.1201/978100364595500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Taylor and Francis Proceedings in Civil and Structural Engineering0101GeoVadisThe Future of Geotechnical Engineering (Volume 3)1B01AnilJoseph2B01AshishJuneja3B01Dasaka S.Murty01eng006760393R93RB93RN93T93TB93TBC93TN93TQ93TV93TVB20Advanced geotechnical modelling;Embankment design;Environmental geotechnics;Ground stabilisation;Risk assessment engineering;Rock tunnelling;Soil mechanics01060303This book contains a prolific compilation of research on geotechnical engineering presented at the First Geotech Asia International Conference (GAIC 2025). The papers reflect dynamic engagement of researchers, engineers, and professionals from all over Asia to offer insights into ongoing developments and applied problem-solving. This publication brings together contributions across 19 technical themes, including cold region geotechnics, deep excavations, earthquake engineering, foundation systems, and underground construction. It also delves into artificial intelligence and machine learning applications, environmental and transportation geotechnics, site characterisation, slope stability, embankments and dams, and ground improvement techniques. It is intended for academics, practising engineers, consultants, contractors, industry professionals, government authorities, and students involved in geotechnical research, education, and design and implementation. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111802/3/9781040935484.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120260615978104093548415978104093554511CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111802/1/9781040935484.pdf9904 43c2bf04-ea38-4ee2-b86a-67ce29445d6c030001OAPEN Library ID43c2bf04-ea38-4ee2-b86a-67ce29445d6c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118231597838376795190610.14361/978383943944900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102131Edition Medienwissenschaft0101Biohacking und kybernetische BiopolitikZur technischen Reformulierung des Lebens1A01LauraHille01ger002280393J93JB93JBC93JBCT20Bio Politics;Biohacking;Biopolitik;Cybernetics;Kybernetik;Media Studies;Medienwissenschaft01060303undefined0303Wir leben in einer Gegenwart, in der uns die Kybernetik wortwörtlich unter die Haut gedrungen ist. Von Supplement-Industrien und Selbstoptimierungsratgebern bis hin zu DIY-Sequenzierungen in Hinterhoflaboren blickt Laura Hille auf unterschiedlichste Praktiken, die unter dem Buzzword »Biohacking« die Bearbeitbarkeit des Lebens behaupten. Mithilfe ethnografischer Episoden, historischer Vignetten und theoretischer Montagen analysiert sie die kybernetische Biopolitik: eine Regierungsform, in der Macht, Wissen und Subjektivierung auf die technische Formbarkeit des Bios zielen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111823/3/9783839439449.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383943944911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111823/1/9783839439449.pdf9904 34632344-a11e-435a-b654-d2f1778db423030001OAPEN Library ID34632344-a11e-435a-b654-d2f1778db42301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117581597817890639360610.2166/978178906394300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Computational Techniques for Modelling and Simulating Adsorption Processes for (Waste)Water Treatment1A01PawanLabhasetwar2A01AnshulYadav01eng002820393T93TQ93TQS93TQSW20AI;Adsorption;Computational fluid dynamics;Computational techniques;Computational tools;Contaminants;Density functional theory;Machine learning;Molecular dynamics;Monte Carlo simulation;Pollution;QSAR technique;Wastewater treatment;Water pollution;Water treatment01060303As global water resources face growing threats from pollution and overuse, sustainable treatment solutions are urgently needed. Among these, adsorption stands out as an effective and versatile method for removing a broad spectrum of contaminants from water and wastewater. However, optimizing adsorption for large-scale applications is a complex challenge that demands both a solid understanding of adsorption science and the use of advanced computational tools. Computational Techniques for Modelling and Simulating Adsorption Processes for (Waste)Water Treatment addresses this challenge by providing a comprehensive guide integrating core adsorption principles with cutting-edge computational approaches for enhancing adsorption efficiency and system design. Structured to lead readers from fundamental concepts to advanced applications, the book includes: an overview of water pollution and treatment; a detailed exploration of adsorption principles and models; an introduction to general computational strategies for modelling and optimization, leading on to density functional theory, molecular dynamics, Monte Carlo simulations and QSAR techniques; AI and machine learning in adsorption modelling; computational fluid dynamics and system-level optimization. Together, these topics provide researchers, engineers, and practitioners with the tools needed to model, simulate, and optimize adsorption processes for more efficient and sustainable water treatment.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111758/3/9781789063943.pdf.jpg01IWA PublishingLondon, UK000120260615978178906394315978178906395011IWA Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111758/1/9781789063943.pdf990409IWA Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://iwaponline.com/ebooks/book/986/Computational-Techniques-for-Modelling-and9904 3b9c36b2-ccf0-4259-9cf4-6b40e234891f030001OAPEN Library ID3b9c36b2-ccf0-4259-9cf4-6b40e234891f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117781597802711029310610.5325/b.1991120800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Studies in Romance Literatures0101Refiguring the HeroFrom Peasant to Noble in Lope de Vega and Calderón1A01DianFox01eng002600393D93DS93DSA93DSB93DSBB20Drama;Golden Age;Lope de Vega;Monarchs;Peasants;Pedro Calderón de la Barca;Theater01060303Refiguring the Hero reassesses the social significance of several of the most widely read plays of Spain's Golden Age in light of then-contempory ideas about heroism. The Spanish dramatists Lope de Vega and Pedro Calderón de la Barca, near contemporaries of Shakespeare, are hailed by Hispanists as democrats at heart for making heroes, in both the literary and the positive moral sense, of peasants. Spanish drama is alleged to be the first literature in the Western world to find the common man worthy of heroic status. Refiguring the Hero reevaluates the place of the canon of Spanish Golden Age drama within its European context. The book discusses European literary heroism through the seventeenth century,with particular attention to the Spanish or moral enlightenment were essential characteristics of a hero. However, the protagonists of Spanish "peasant honor" plays do not fit into this heroic tradition. The peasant often murders a nobleman who has offended his honor, and is rewarded by the reigning monarch. The peasants gain official approval by misrepresenting the events leading up to the murders. The generous kings, in their turn, are historical figures known for their failures. While most scholars approaching Spanish Golden Age drama regard these plays a s socially subversive or revolutionary, Dian Fox contends that they are consistent with other contemporary European national dramas in reserving heroism in serious works for socially superior characters. She challenges the "democratic" view of the peasant triumphing over the nobleman as heroic and shows that political and social developments since the seventeenth century have enhanced the sympathy with which modern readers regard the violent acts of the peasants in these plays.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111778/3/9780271102931.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199111Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111778/1/9780271102931.pdf9904 2d65ef54-dcf8-47d9-8145-b003fe1064b5030001OAPEN Library ID2d65ef54-dcf8-47d9-8145-b003fe1064b501HANDLE20.500.12657/1117831597802710653970610.5325/b.1912783200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Tales of the Bald Eagle Mountains in Central Pennsylvania1A01Henry W.Shoemaker01eng005100393F93FN20Bald Eagle Mountain;Central Pennsylvania;Folklore;Legend;Oral history;Shoemaker;Wildlife01060303Tales of the Bald Eagle Mountains in Central Pennsylvania , originally published in 1912 by the Bright Printing Company, was the fourth of Henry Shoemaker’s many published volumes of fantastical tales about Pennsylvania’s folklore and wildlife. Focusing on what Shoemaker calls the “dark and sombre” Bald Eagle Mountains of Centre, Clinton, Lycoming, Juniata, and Union counties, the book provides a tale or legend centered on each mountain in the range. Stories of hunters and wolves, giant bears, quirky innkeepers and mysterious travelers, nefarious magic, brave Native American warriors, tragic murders, and anguished lovers are spun with the author’s usual flair for blurring the lines between myth and reality. Like Shoemaker’s other books, Tales of the Bald Eagle Mountains preserves a rich oral history, capturing what the author calls “a passing phase, a time and mode of life that will come no more,” and provides a window onto the cultural life and folklore of early central Pennsylvania.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111783/3/9780271103143.pdf.jpgMetalmark01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA000120140615978027110314311Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111783/1/9780271103143.pdf9904 2f7ff9c2-6e50-40d6-ab8e-a6e3a72d552b030001OAPEN Library ID2f7ff9c2-6e50-40d6-ab8e-a6e3a72d552b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117921597813155621480610.4324/978131556214800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Environmental Communication and Media0101Environmental Communication Pedagogy and Practice1B01TemaMilstein2B01Eric LMorgan3B01MairiPileggi01eng002980393G93GT93GTC93J93JN93JNA93JNF93JNM93JNT93K93KN93KNT93R93RN93RNC93RND20Arts Based Research;Ecopedagogy;Empathetic Unsettlement;Environmental Communication Classroom;Environmental Communication Courses;Environmental Communication Pedagogy;Environmental Communication Teachers;Environmental Issues;Environmental Studies Major;Environmental literacy;Finless Porpoise;Galapagos Marine Reserve;Intercultural communication;Praxis-based learning;Pride Campaign;Repair Cafes;Sustainability education;Transformative environmental education practice;Visual communication skills01060303Given the urgency of environmental problems, how we communicate about our ecological relations is crucial. Environmental Communication Pedagogy and Practice is concerned with ways to help learners effectively navigate and consciously contribute to the communication shaping our environmental present and future. The book brings together international educators working from a variety of perspectives to engage both theory and application. Contributors address how pedagogy can stimulate ecological wakefulness, support diverse and praxis-based ways of learning, and nurture environmental change agents. Additionally, the volume responds to a practical need to increase teaching effectiveness of environmental communication across disciplines by offering a repertoire of useful learning activities and assignments. Altogether, it provides an impetus for reflection upon and enhancement of our own practice as environmental educators, practitioners, and students. Environmental Communication Pedagogy and Practice is an essential resource for those working in environmental communication, environmental and sustainability studies, environmental journalism, environmental planning and management, environmental sciences, media studies and cultural studies, as well as communication subfields such as rhetoric, conflict and mediation, and intercultural. The volume is also a valuable resource for environmental communication professionals working with communities and governmental and non-governmental environmental organisations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111792/3/9781317203476.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120170615978131720345215978131720346915978131720347611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111792/1/9781317203476.pdf9904 3934c98a-a168-4018-918b-3267177ccf75030001OAPEN Library ID3934c98a-a168-4018-918b-3267177ccf7501HANDLE20.500.12657/1117931597810036316440610.4324/978100363164400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Democratization and Government0101Yemen at the CrossroadsCrisis and Reconstruction1B01MonaHedaya2B01Khalil FadlOsman01eng002920393G93GT93GTM93GTP93GTU93J93JP93JPV93JPW93JPWS93K93KC93KCM20Climate change impacts;Conflict mediation;Disarmament and reintegration;Federalism models;Peacebuilding strategies;Post-conflict governance;Sustainable peacebuilding in Yemen01060303Nearly a decade into a devastating conflict, Yemen stands at a crossroads, grappling with destruction, socio-economic decline, and political deadlock. This edited volume provides a comprehensive and insightful exploration of Yemen’s current crisis, emphasizing the urgent need for a holistic and forward-looking approach to post-conflict reconstruction and peacebuilding. Yemen at the Crossroads: Crisis and Reconstruction examines the historical roots, geopolitical implications, and local dynamics of Yemen’s conflict. Structured into two comprehensive parts, the book first provides a thorough examination of the conflict’s evolution and peacemaking processes, and then shifts to envisioning and strategizing for post-conflict recovery and sustainable development. By highlighting the interplay between local political dynamics and international interests, this book enhances our understanding of Yemen’s conflict and illuminates potential pathways toward peace and reconstruction. Yemen at the Crossroads: Crisis and Reconstruction is an essential resource for policymakers, scholars, and practitioners involved in conflict resolution and post-conflict reconstruction. It aims to guide efforts toward a resolution that respects the resilience and aspirations of the Yemeni people, fostering a just, inclusive, and sustainable peace.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111793/3/9781040576427.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104057642715978104060695711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111793/1/9781040576427.pdf9904 38470063-018f-424f-8cf0-5ea34cdcd2d0030001OAPEN Library ID38470063-018f-424f-8cf0-5ea34cdcd2d001HANDLE20.500.12657/1118361597838376711930610.14361/978383947119700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010233Human-Animal Studies0101Unwriting NatureZur Kritik der ökologischen Gewalt1A01SimoneHorstmann01ger002640393J93JB93JBF93JBFU93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93QR93QRA20Animal;Animal Ethics;Animal Philosophy;Animal Suffering;Creation;Cultural Studies;Ecology;Ethics;Ethik;Human-Animal Studies;Human-animal Studies;Kulturwissenschaft;Moral;Nachhaltigkeit;Natur;Nature;Religion;Religionswissenschaft;Religious Studies;Schöpfung;Sustainability;Theologie;Theology;Tier;Tierethik;Tierleid;Tierphilosophie;Ökologie01060303undefined0303Wer von »Ökologie«, »Nachhaltigkeit« oder »Schöpfung« spricht, denkt die Tierethik immer schon mit – so eine gängige These. Tatsächlich zeigen die Diskurse der vergangenen Jahre aber deutlich, dass das Anliegen einer Tierethik, die Tiere als individuelle Subjekte moralisch berücksichtigt, nicht automatisch mit den abstrakten, entindividualisierten Kalkülen der Ökologie in Einklang zu bringen ist: »Ökologische Ethiken« fordern zwar Rechte für Flüsse, Berge, Pflanzen und ganze Planeten, lassen die Ansprüche von Tieren aber meist außen vor. Simone Horstmann zeigt, wie ökologische Argumente in den Theologien zum neuen Einwand gegen die moralischen Ansprüche von Tieren wurden – und wie dadurch das Risiko steigt, Gewalt an Tieren zu legitimieren.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111836/3/9783839471197.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120230615978383947119711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111836/1/9783839471197.pdf9904 317e7ec3-f09c-43b4-9085-32a93eaed6a2030001OAPEN Library ID317e7ec3-f09c-43b4-9085-32a93eaed6a201HANDLE20.500.12657/1118501597838376793420610.14361/978383943576200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010277TanzScripte0101Autochoreografie im ZeitgeschehenWie Selbstentwürfe Tanzgeschichte schreiben1A01NadjaRothenburger01ger002800393A93AB20Autobiografie;Autobiography;Choreografie;Choreography;DDR;Dance Theory;German Democratic Republic;Schweiz;Switzerland;Tanzwissenschaft01060303undefined0303Tänzerisch-autobiografische Verfahren von Künstler*innen, sogenannte »Auto_Choreo_Grafien«, sind häufig in sozio-temporale Umbruchsdiskurse eingebettet. Nadja Rothenburger betrachtet sie im Kontext der 1970er bis 2020er Jahre anhand der Positionalität und Perspektive von Tänzer*innen gegenüber dem Berliner Mauerfall oder der Implementierung professioneller Arbeitsbedingungen für freiberufliche Schweizer Tanzschaffende. Dabei analysiert sie die dynamische Bezugnahme auf historische und politische Ereignisse mithilfe spezifischer Konstellationen, die ein produktives Überdenken von Ich-Konstitutionen ermöglichen – ein Ausgangsmoment für eine multiperspektivische, raumzeitliche Tanzgeschichtsschreibung.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111850/3/9783839435762.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383943576211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111850/1/9783839435762.pdf9904 373d0efe-ddf3-47bd-b964-f2877c4118da030001OAPEN Library ID373d0efe-ddf3-47bd-b964-f2877c4118da01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120691597816857128840610.53288/0537.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101Dutch Afro BecomingsHybrid Being in Black Art and Culture1A01CharlLandvreugd01eng002400393A93AB93ABA93AG93AGA93G93GL93GLZ20Afro-Europeans;Black studies;Contemporary art;Curating;Diaspora;Dutch art;Hybridity01060303In Dutch Afro Becomings, artist, curator, and researcher Charl Landvreugd argues that we do not yet have a language to understand Dutch Afro-ness, and that it is insufficient to rely on the discourses developed in African American, Black British, or Caribbean cultural theory alone. This critical monograph on continental European Black art and cultural history articulates the specificity of Dutch Afro-ness and the way that Blackness has been translated and (mis)understood across multiple decades of cultural policy, while also providing an incisive analysis of the Dutch state’s aim to showcase “diversity” in a way that is comfortable to the white cultural class, without ever addressing issues of racism or race. Simultaneously, Landvreugd traces how recent generations of artists are effectively constructing a new visual language to name their Dutch Afro-ness by deepening the way their being is shaped across multiple cultural identities and national histories. These time travelers and wanderers are the Wakaman: cultural workers that embrace their hybridity and multiplicity and have defined, on their own terms and through their own words, their nativity within the Dutch art scene. Dutch Afro Becomings is a key theoretical and art-historical work, as an introduction to both different international genealogies of Black arts and culture and to the different movements that shaped the specificity of Dutch Afro artists in particular.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112069/3/9781685712891.pdf.jpgpunctum books01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571289115978168571311911punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112069/1/9781685712891.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/dutch-afro-becomings-hybrid-being-in-black-art-and-culture/9904 2d3b313f-1c67-49db-88fd-65779f5841c5030001OAPEN Library ID2d3b313f-1c67-49db-88fd-65779f5841c501HANDLE20.500.12657/1120781597837315132610610.5445/KSP/100016993300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/10010250Schriftenreihe / Institut für Mess- und Regelungstechnik, Karlsruher Institut für Technologie0101Deep Fusion of Camera and LIDAR1A01NickSchneider01eng001400393T93TG93TGB20Bildverstehen;Computer Vision;Machine Learning;Maschinelles Lemen;Neural Networks;Neuronale Netze;Sensor Fusion;Sensorfusion01060303Fusing camera and LIDAR data in autonomous driving poses challenges such as accurate calibration, differing data representations, and extensive training data requirements. This dissertation addresses these by three contributions: a deep neural network for LIDAR-to-camera calibration, two depth completion approaches for processing sparse depth measurements in the image space, and a large-scale dataset of 93k RGB and depth images for training and evaluating deep networks.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112078/3/9783731513612.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany000120260615978373151361211KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112078/1/9783731513612.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001699339904 1022f586-8412-4f5d-8d3d-20c3f4e8c5a4030001OAPEN Library ID1022f586-8412-4f5d-8d3d-20c3f4e8c5a401HANDLE20.500.12657/1117821597802711031360610.5325/b.1908745800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Pennsylvania-German in the Revolutionary War, 1775–17831A01Henry Melchior MuhlenbergRichards01eng0058603931931K931KB931KBB933933M933ML933MLQ933MLQ-US-B93N93NH93NHK93NHW93NHWF93NHWR20American Revolution;Battalions;Battle;Frontier;Henry Melchior Muhlenberg Richards;Pennsylvania German Society;Pennsylvania-German;Pre–World War I era;Revolutionary War;United states;Us;Usa;War01060303Published by the Pennsylvania German Society in 1908, this volume is one among many compiled to help illuminate the achievements of the Pennsylvania Germans during our nation’s early years. In the pre–World War I era, such works were written to dismiss the common belief that “the German element of this country has been practically a non-entity in its development” and to lift the “curtain of ignorance” on the subject. In this volume, Henry Melchior Muhlenberg Richards takes on this task by examining the role played by Pennsylvania Germans during the American Revolution. In eighteen chapters, Richards details the involvement of Pennsylvania Germans in every aspect of the war, from the raising of battalions to the battles in which they fought. He recounts their activities on the home front, in public life, and on the frontier, and he also writes about prisoners and the noncombatant pacifists who contributed to the war effort. Richards pays significant attention to the Pennsylvania German contribution to Pennsylvania’s battalions and line, reproducing regimental rosters and profiling prominent men both in and outside of military service during the war. This name-heavy volume also includes substantial surname and general indexes.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111782/3/9780271103136.pdf.jpgMetalmark01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001201211Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111782/1/9780271103136.pdf9904 20ea4288-88db-45ec-a4e4-8b5d2a7d15cc030001OAPEN Library ID20ea4288-88db-45ec-a4e4-8b5d2a7d15cc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117961597810035177880610.4324/978100351778800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Critical Approaches to Health0101Health Anxiety and the Quest for SafetyInterdisciplinary and Critical Perspectives1A01MártaCsabai01eng001640393J93JB93JBF93JBFN93JH93JHB93JM93JMH93JMP93M93MB93MBN93MBNH93MBNH993MBS93MK93MKM93MKMT93MQ93MQC93MQCL93MQCL593V93VF93VFD20Body image research;Digital health behaviours;Fad diet psychology;Hypochondria;Psychosocial risk factors;Resonance theory;Sociocultural influences on anxiety;Stigma and self-blame01060303Health Anxiety and the Quest for Safety critically examines how psychological and sociocultural processes influence anxiety and safety-seeking behaviour concerning perceived health risks in globalised information societies. It provides insights into how people respond to uncertainty and perceived threats to their body and health in the 'age of anxiety'. In examining the history of health anxiety, the author explores fluctuations in concepts, highlighting the power dynamics, uncertainties, and biased social and scientific attitudes in the background. The chapters offer a critical analysis of contemporary safety-seeking strategies, including online health information searches, fad diets, self-tracking, body image interventions, and the pursuit of personal meaning and well-being. Additionally, the book investigates how sociocultural influences can induce guilt about one’s body and health, promote self-blame, or foster stigmatising attitudes, while emphasising how the emergence of 'psy-culture', pop psychology, and digital tools may enhance health empowerment but also generate health-related anxieties and deepen inequalities. As a critical reflection on prevailing individualistic paradigms, the work also considers concepts that emphasise resonance and connectedness. This book is valuable reading for clinical and health psychologists, critical social scientists, researchers, and students in the health sciences, as well as practitioners in all healthcare settings, psychotherapists, and communication specialists.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111796/3/9781040527337.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104052733715978104068656011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111796/1/9781040527337.pdf9904 226d1f24-e8a3-42f3-8652-feddd05bab21030001OAPEN Library ID226d1f24-e8a3-42f3-8652-feddd05bab2101HANDLE20.500.12657/1117971597810035602270610.4324/978100356022700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Explorations in Development Studies0101Monetizing and Localizing Foreign AidEvolving Paths and the Professionals Treading Them1A01MollySundberg01eng001980393G93GT93GTP93GTU93J93JB93JBF93JBFF93JH93JHB93JK93JKS93JKSN93JKSN193JP93JPP93JPS93JPSN93JPW93JPWH93K93KC93KCM93R93RG93RGC93RGL93RN93RNR20Aid worker professionalisation;Aid workers;Bilateral aid;Civil servants;Consultancies;Consulting firms in development;DFIs;Decolonisation;Decolonization;Development finance institutions;Donors;For-profit international aid careers;Global North South relations;Global South;Global development;Globalization;International aid;International development;North-South;Poverty alleviation strategies;Private sector;Qualitative social research;South-South;State aid agencies01060303This book investigates the uneasy coexistence of two current policy pathways within international development: to monetize aid and simultaneously to localize it. It explores these paths through the experiences of the development experts who are treading them, notably those who hail from aid recipient countries, and those who engage with for-profit instruments and institutions. In focus are the institutional realms of consulting firms, development finance institutions and foreign state aid agencies involved in both for-and non-profit work. Based on over 100 interviews with development practitioners from Kenya, Tanzania and Sweden, as well as a range of other OECD-DAC countries, the book inquires into these professionals’ everyday work, voice and authority, employment terms, career trajectories, moral convictions and professional drivers. It synthesizes these empirical findings with a rich collection of internal aid documentation that rarely reaches public eye. Together, these inquiries offer a multi-layered exploration of capitalism, poverty alleviation and global North–South inequalities within contemporary foreign aid. Addressing fundamental shifts within global development, this book will be an important read for researchers and students within qualitative social scientific studies of global development and international aid. Written accessibly and to the point, the book also highlights possibilities for change which would be relevant for public and private sector development practitioners and policymakers.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111797/3/9781040547526.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104054752615978104067118411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111797/1/9781040547526.pdf9904 1260452d-e9fd-4c5d-ab1e-22e66d67ed87030001OAPEN Library ID1260452d-e9fd-4c5d-ab1e-22e66d67ed8701HANDLE20.500.12657/1118221597838376809660610.14361/978383946859300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode0101Naturaneignung im UmbruchÜber die Entstehung, Funktionsweise und Neukonstitution reproduktiver Ökonomien1A01UlrichEisel01ger002820393R93RN93RNU20Aneignung;Appropriation;Capitalism;Economy;Kapitalismus;Natur;Nature;Ökonomie01060303undefined0303Natur wird durch die kalkulierte wirtschaftliche Ausbeutung und den beliebigen Raub von Ressourcen zu einem Objekt doppelter ökonomischer Aneignung. Diese ökonomische Praxis des Raubs geht historisch auf die Ausbeutung durch Tribut in den orientalischen Despotien zurück. Sie konstituiert die Natur als frei verfügbare Objektwelt. Die Formen der Naturaneignung befinden sich jedoch im Umbruch: Im Rahmen des Industriekapitalismus wird der Raub an Natur zwar bedrohlich fortgeführt, aber Ökosysteme und das weibliche Geschlecht, die vormals durch den ökonomischen Mechanismus von Kapitalverwertung als »Natur« konstituiert wurden, erhalten zunehmend Subjektstatus und gesellschaftliche Rechte. In diesem Rahmen zeigt Ulrich Eisel, wie die Struktur tributärer Ausbeutung durch physikalische Theorien gespiegelt wird.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111822/3/9783839468593.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946859311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111822/1/9783839468593.pdf9904 133ee002-6e9f-4ec4-8ee7-377b9837e194030001OAPEN Library ID133ee002-6e9f-4ec4-8ee7-377b9837e19401HANDLE20.500.12657/1118291597838376810170610.14361/978383946933000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102208Edition Politik0101Politische RepräsentationEine methodologische Begriffsstudie1A01Jakob FriederHorneber01ger003060393J93JP93JPH93JPHC20Democracy;Demokratie;Political Studies;Poltikwissenschaft;Representation;Repräsentation;Sociology;Soziologie01060303undefined0303Ob eine soziale Bewegung im Namen künftiger Generationen spricht, eine Gewerkschaft eine Unterhändlerin entsendet oder eine Partei die seltene Einladung in Talkshows beklagt – politisch präsent sein zu wollen, wird vor allem demokratisch begründet. Aber Repräsentation hat ihre eigenen Gesetze. Um den Besonderheiten dieses Konzepts nachzuspüren, unternimmt Jakob Horneber Ausflüge in die Begriffsgeschichte, aber auch in Musik, Religion und Kunst. Dabei orientiert er sich an der Frage, wann Repräsentationsversuche erfolgreich sind und auf welche Kriterien sich eine empirische Analyse stützen sollte. Die von ihm vorgeschlagene Funktionstypologie macht deutlich, dass Repräsentationen stets konkurrierenden Erwartungen ausgesetzt sind.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111829/3/9783839469330.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946933011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111829/1/9783839469330.pdf9904 2095587f-e1e6-47e8-86c7-501700674ba8030001OAPEN Library ID2095587f-e1e6-47e8-86c7-501700674ba801HANDLE20.500.12657/1118431597838376752380610.14361/978383947523200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102231Edition Kulturwissenschaft0101Semantiken des VerzichtsKultur- und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven1B01HeikePaul2B01AstridSéville01ger002640393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ20Cultural Studies;Cultural Theory;Culture;Environmental Ethics;Ethics;Ethik;Kultur;Kultursoziologie;Kulturtheorie;Kulturwissenschaft;Natur;Nature;Sociology of Culture;Umweltethik01060303undefined0303Verzicht ist ein Schlüsselbegriff in der gegenwärtigen politischen, gesellschaftlichen und wissenschaftlichen Diskussion. Dabei wird er häufig mit einem gewissen Unbehagen oder Widerwillen assoziiert, was einer sachlichen Debattenkultur nicht zuträglich ist. Die Beiträger*innen bieten eine überfällige interdisziplinäre Begriffsdiskussion, die die unterschiedlichen Semantiken von Verzicht systematisiert und reflektiert. Dabei fokussieren sie auf eine historisch angelegte ideengeschichtliche Einordnung, eine kritische Bestandsaufnahme aktueller politischer und kultureller Praktiken sowie einen analytischen Blick auf Ästhetiken des Verzichts in Literatur und Populärkultur – und leisten damit einen aktuellen Beitrag zur Diskussion um Verzicht in all seinen Facetten.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111843/3/9783839475232.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947523211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111843/1/9783839475232.pdf9904 1ad7c87d-42af-44b1-acd8-2ee488a305b3030001OAPEN Library ID1ad7c87d-42af-44b1-acd8-2ee488a305b301HANDLE20.500.12657/1118461597838376754360610.14361/978383947543000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102114Histoire0101Heimat als soziale PraxisAlltagshandeln in Sachsen zwischen Staatssozialismus und Umbruchserfahrungen, 1969-20001A01JohannesSchütz01ger004860393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Contemporary History;Cultural History;Deutsche Geschichte;Emotionsgeschichte;Erinnerungskultur;German History;Geschichtswissenschaft;History;History of Emotions;Kulturgeschichte;Memory Culture;Raum;Space;Zeitgeschichte01060303undefined0303Heimat ist nicht nur ein wichtiger Begriff und eine wirkmächtige Idee, Heimat ist soziale Praxis: Historische Akteure haben immer wieder bestimmte Vorstellungen von Heimat in Handeln übersetzt. Anhand von fünf ausgewählten Praktiken analysiert Johannes Schütz die Konstruktion von Heimat in Sachsen zwischen 1969 und 2000. Dabei fragt er nicht nur nach der Aneignung von Heimat, sondern betrachtet die Heimatpraxis vor allem im Spannungsfeld zwischen staatssozialistischer Herrschaft und postsozialistischer Transformation. Damit untersucht er, wie der Alltag der Menschen in der späten DDR und den Jahren nach der Wiedervereinigung von Heimatpraktiken geprägt war.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111846/3/9783839475430.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947543011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111846/1/9783839475430.pdf9904 2092e749-c0cc-4958-a65b-7488960f976e030001OAPEN Library ID2092e749-c0cc-4958-a65b-7488960f976e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1120711597837315145030610.5445/KSP/100018361100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/10010251Schriften des Instituts für Mikrostrukturtechnik am Karlsruher Institut für Technologie0101Lamination and recrystallization of perovskite thin films for photovoltaics1A01JulieRoger01eng002560393T93TJ20Heißprägen;Hot-pressing;Lamination;Laminierung;Perovskite;Perowskit;Solar cells;Solarzellen;Tandem01060303This work presents lamination as an innovative fabrication process for perovskite-based photovoltaics (PVs). Solar cells are processed in two independent half-stacks, subsequently united by hot-pressing. This method enables new choices for materials, deposition techniques, and architectures. Lamination thereby offer the necessary fabrication flexibility to address the remaining milestones of perovskite PVs – scalability, stability, and efficiency –, paving the way toward commercialization.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112071/3/9783731514503.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112071/1/9783731514503.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001836119904 19240851-dfa7-4eb9-926b-5b9029dd0415030001OAPEN Library ID19240851-dfa7-4eb9-926b-5b9029dd041501HANDLE20.500.12657/1120971597837639795920610.3278/978376397959200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode.de1001025Albanische Universitätsstudien0101Prof. Eqrem Çabej në Albanologji dhe në gjuhësinë europianeMonografi e digjitalizuar, Open Access mbi materiale autentike të papublikuara deri tani, të përkthyera në shqip (letërkëmbim me personalitetet Prof. Gerhard Rohlfs, Tübingen, Prof. Hermann Ölberg, Innsbruck dhe Prof. Maximilian Lambertz, ...1A01BrikenaKadzadej2A01MimozaKore3A01AnilaOmari4A01SonilaSadikaj01alb003300393C93CF93CFF20Albanien 20. Jahrhundert;Albanologie;Archivforschung;Briefwechsel;Editionswissenschaft;Eqrem Çabej;Historische Linguistik;Sprachkontakt;Wissenschaftsgeschichte;Zensur und Wissenschaft01060303undefined0303Kjo monografi shkencore me qasje të hapur (Open Access), i kushtohet Profesor Eqrem Çabejt, figurës themelore të Albanologjisë të shekullit XX dhe rolit të tij në kontekstin e gjuhësisë europiane dhe indoeuropiane. Vepra paraqet për herë të parë një korpus të rëndësishëm materialesh autentike të pabotuara: Letërkëmbimin e Çabejt me tri personalitete të shquara të gjuhësisë europiane, Gerhard Rohlfs (Tübingen), Hermann Ölberg (Innsbruck) dhe Maximilian Lambertz (Leipzig). Një element me vlerë të veçantë është fakti se letrat e profesor Çabejt nuk janë ruajtur, pasi ai i shtypte me makinë shkrimi pa mbajtur kopje. Si rrjedhojë, janë ruajtur vetëm letrat e kolegëve të tij europianë, të cilat përfaqësojnë sot një burim unik për studimin e dialogut shkencor dhe të rrjeteve akademike të shekullit XX. Ky arkiv është ruajtur me përkushtim nga e bija znj. Brikena Çabej dhe po botohet për herë të parë i përkthyer në shqip. Letrat dëshmojnë vlerësimin e lartë ndërkombëtar për Çabejn. Hermann Ölberg e cilëson atë si autoritet qendror të fushës, duke shkruar: "Çdo kërkim albanologjik duhet, në fund të fundit, të nisë nga ju." Ky vlerësim nënvizon rolin e Çabejt si pikë referimi në studimet albanologjike dhe si urë lidhëse mes shkollës shqiptare dhe traditës europiane të gjuhësisë. Monografia ofron kështu jo vetëm një dokumentim historik, por edhe një dëshmi të rëndësisë shkencore dhe morale të Eqrem Çabejt në historinë e gjuhësisë europiane.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112097/3/9783763979592.pdf.jpg01wbv MediaBielefeld0001202611wbv Media01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112097/1/9783763979592.pdf990409wbv Media01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.wbv.de9904 079f5150-6a89-4447-9265-af2d29f33463030001OAPEN Library ID079f5150-6a89-4447-9265-af2d29f3346301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117381597890485749950610.5117/978904857499500EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/10010218Lage Landen Studies0101Het Nederlandstalige kinderboekGrenzeloos divers1B01IrenaBarbara Kalla2B01FraukePauwels01dut002580393D93DS93DSY93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL120Children’s and young adult literature;Diversity;Migration;Reception;Young adult literature education01060303undefined0303Despite concerns about declining literacy, Dutch-language children’s and young adult literature enjoys considerable recognition both nationally and internationally. Enthusiasm among researchers to study this field is also growing, from a variety of perspectives and with attention to a wide range of themes. This book showcases that diversity. Rather than confining children’s literature to a single category, the authors deliberately look beyond boundaries. Central to the volume is the interaction between Dutch-language children’s and young adult literature and literatures in other languages, cultures of other countries, adult literature, the visual arts, theatre, and education.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111738/4/9789048575008.pdf.jpg01Amsterdam University PressAmsterdam000120260615978904857500815978904857501511Amsterdam University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111738/1/9789048575008.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111738/2/9789048575015.epub990409Amsterdam University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.aup.nl/do.php?a=show_visitor_home&l=29904 02edcfde-b287-4e32-8da9-b14c4e086527030001OAPEN Library ID02edcfde-b287-4e32-8da9-b14c4e08652701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117891597810037719370610.4324/978100377193700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Humanities and Social SciencesA Multidisciplinary Approach1B01Tapan KumarChandola2B01AnilSehrawat3B01AparnaSharma01eng009620393A93AB93AG93AGA93C93CF93CJ93G93GT93GTC93GTP93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC193JBS93JBSF93JH93JHB93JP93JPN93JPQ93JPQB93JPS93JPV93JPVH93K93KJ93KJP93KJR20Environmental ethics;Gender and social justice;Indian knowledge systems;Interdisciplinary humanities research;Mental health policy;Postcolonial studies;Qualitative research methods01060303This compilation of original, peer-reviewed papers takes a multidisciplinary approach to address a diverse range of topics in the humanities and social sciences. It explores traditional knowledge systems and their relevance to sustainable development, leadership, health, and ethics. The book delves into various themes of Indian Knowledge System, Global Relations, Governance, Policy, and Political Dynamics, Geographical Innovations, Revisiting Indian History and Culture, Contemporary Sociological Imagination, Dialogues in Literature and Literary Discourse, Communication and Language Studies, Contemporary Issues in Mental Health and Well-being, Law, Gender, Human Rights and Teacher Education. With a special emphasis on historical and cultural developments, it provides a comprehensive understanding of society, economy, human behaviour and policy in the modern world through novel academic perspectives. This volume serves as a valuable resource for academicians, researchers and students in the field of humanities and social sciences. It also addresses concerns of policymakers, educators, civil society members, and professionals working in NGOs, governance, law, business, media, and environmental advocacy. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111789/3/9781040910979.pdf.jpgRoutledge01CRC Press000120260615978104091097915978104091098611CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111789/1/9781040910979.pdf9904 0bf7530b-c6f3-4f82-a95c-cad9a4238f86030001OAPEN Library ID0bf7530b-c6f3-4f82-a95c-cad9a4238f8601HANDLE20.500.12657/1118271597838376818190610.14361/978383947766300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010260Religionswissenschaft0101Das Gesetz in Schleiermachers PredigtenHomiletische Perspektiven1A01Markus M.Totzeck01ger002760393J93JB93JBS93JBSR20Friedrich D. E. Schleiermacher;Homily;Law;Predigt;Recht;Religionswissenschaft;Religious Studies01060303undefined0303Recht und Gesetz dienen der Orientierung im Leben. Allerdings fällt es der heutigen Theologie oft schwer, positiv darauf Bezug zu nehmen. Dies gilt insbesondere für die Predigt. Markus M. Totzeck entwickelt eine neue Perspektive für die religiöse Rede vom Gesetz und geht dabei von den Predigten Friedrich D. E. Schleiermachers aus. Er nutzt computergestützte Verfahren für die Analyse der Predigttexte und schließt auf diese Weise bestehende Lücken in der Schleiermacherforschung, der Praktischen Theologie und der Predigtforschung.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111827/3/9783839477663.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947766311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111827/1/9783839477663.pdf9904 0c6b2b03-03df-40d8-bc42-68cd4263f81d030001OAPEN Library ID0c6b2b03-03df-40d8-bc42-68cd4263f81d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1118371597838376810480610.14361/978383946957600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102133Edition Medienwissenschaft0101Voice and Publics in West African Radio»Grogneurs« as Media Activists in Bénin1A01TiloGrätz01eng001860393J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Benin;Grogne Program;Media Studies;Participation;Radio01060303»First caller, good morning« – this is how a famous radio show in Bénin begins. Callers can express their concerns on almost any topic of public life, if they do so precisely and politely. These programs are called grogne , and listeners can denounce grievances. Grogne programs are media dramas with typical rhetoric and interaction rituals. The most frequent callers to these programs, the grogneurs , have become committed media activists. Tilo Grätz examines their topics, motives, strategies, and public position. Based on field research, he offers scholars of African Studies new understandings of media change in West Africa, and provides non-specialists with comprehensible insights into vibrant debates in this region of the continent.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111837/3/9783839469576.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946957611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111837/1/9783839469576.pdf9904 f09c9501-4a6e-494a-92f1-41ba07bcc31b030001OAPEN Library IDf09c9501-4a6e-494a-92f1-41ba07bcc31b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117131597814780298610610.1215/978147806206600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102The Visual Arts of Africa and its Diasporas0101When Home Is a PhotographBlackness and Belonging in the World1A01LeighRaiford01eng001700393A93AJ20Antiblackness;Art exhibition;Belonging;Black Panther Party;Black habits of photography;Black internationalism;Black radical tradition;Covid-19 pandemic;Curatorial practice;Dawoud Bey;Diaspora;Eslanda Goode Robeson;Ethnographic photography;Family photography;Family photography album;Freedom;Home;James Van Der Zee;Jr.;June Jordan;Kathleen Neal Cleaver;Marcus Garvey;Paul Robeson;Photography;Portraiture;Sadie Barnette;Southern Africa;Stereoscopic;Travel;Universal Negro Improvement Association UNIA01060303When Home Is a Photograph asks how Black people use photography to make home in the world. Leigh Raiford explores the practices of Black American activists and artists to understand the complex relationship between their lives and the medium of photography.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111713/3/9781478062066.pdf.jpg01Duke University PressDurham, North Carolina, USA000120260615978147803331815978147806206615978147809462311Duke University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111713/1/9781478062066.pdf990409Duke University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.dukeupress.edu/when-home-is-a-photograph9904 ecff5cce-cb70-42e9-9f00-1d0f8820c03f030001OAPEN Library IDecff5cce-cb70-42e9-9f00-1d0f8820c03f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117251597804729054160610.3998/mpub.1453210700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Stealing from the GodsTemple Robbery in the Roman Imagination1A01Isabel K.Köster01eng002580393D93DB93J93JK93JKV93N93NH93NHD93NHDA20Appian;Caesar;Cicero;Evocatio;Gaius Verres;Livy;Lucius Mummius;Marcus Claudius Marcellus;Pausanias;Roman conquest;Roman decadence;Roman greed;Roman imperial administration;Roman impiety;Roman insults;Roman invective;Roman plundering;Roman religion;Roman warfare;Sacrilegesacrilegium01060303Stealing from the Gods investigates how authors writing between the first century BCE and second century CE addressed the issue of temple robbery or sacrilegium . As a self-proclaimed empire of pious people, the Romans viewed temple robbery as deeply un-Roman and among the worst of offenses. On the other hand, given the constant financial pressures of warfare and administration, it was inevitable that the Romans would make use of the riches stored in sanctuaries. In order to resolve this dilemma, the Romans distinguished sharply between acceptable and unacceptable removals of sacred property. When those who conducted themselves as proper Romans plundered the property of the gods, their actions were for the good of the state. In contrast, the temple robber was viewed as a stranger to the norms of Roman society and an enemy of the state. Ancient authors including Cicero, Caesar, Livy, Appian, and Pausanias present isolated, grotesque individuals whose actions have no bearing on the conduct of Romans as a whole, rendering temple robbery not a matter of collective responsibility, but of individual moral failure. By revealing how narratives of temple robbery are constructed from a literary perspective and how they inform discourses about military conquest and imperial rule, Isabel K. Köster shines a new light on how the Romans coped with the more pernicious aspects of their empire.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111725/3/9780472905416.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111725/1/9780472905416.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 d919851e-460d-4909-8f07-7366d9ef4e02030001OAPEN Library IDd919851e-460d-4909-8f07-7366d9ef4e0201HANDLE20.500.12657/11170315978180270185200EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Bucolic Mode in Byzantine ArtSound, Weather, Imperium1A01ParomaChatterjee01eng0015803936936M936MB93A93AG93AGA93AV93AVL93AVLA93Q93QR93QRM93QRMB93QRMB220Ekphrasis;Image theories;Musical iconography;Religious art01060303Bucolic imagery—of shepherds with flocks in idyllic surroundings—has barely been studied in Byzantine art history. These images elude our usual analytical categories of imperial, sacred, and secular art, and challenge our assumptions about visual narrative. This book demonstrates that a “bucolic mode” existed in Byzantium in diverse media, such as textiles, sculpture, mosaics, silver, and manuscripts. Through a close reading of a select group of images, this book argues that bucolic themes were deployed to reflect concerns about the salvific effects of sound, the vagaries of the weather, and the contingency of imperial rule at different moments in the Byzantine era.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111703/4/9781802704327.pdf.jpgArc Humanities Press01Arc Humanities PressLeeds000120250615978180270432715978180270433411Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111703/1/9781802704327.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111703/2/9781802704334.epub990409Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://arc-humanities.org/9904 e4def417-7e1f-4538-ab9a-6a9ecec39410030001OAPEN Library IDe4def417-7e1f-4538-ab9a-6a9ecec3941001HANDLE20.500.12657/11170715978377999434300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode0101Erziehung – Gewalt – IdentitätErzählungen ehemaliger Adressat*innen über intensivpädagogische Maßnahmen1A01AnnaHamer01ger003210393J93JK93JKS93JKSB20Erfahrungen mit Gewalt;Erziehung;Erziehung und Gewalt;Gewalt;Gewalt in Erziehungsverhältnissen;Gewalt in der Erziehung;Gewaltbiografien;Gewalterfahrungen;Identität und Gewalt;Intensivpädagogik;Intensivpädagogische Maßnahmen;Soziale Arbeit;Soziale Arbeit und Gewalt;Zwang in der Erziehung01060303undefined0303Die Studie untersucht aus positionierungsanalytischer Perspektive, wie ehemalige Adressat*innen intensivpädagogischer Maßnahmen ihre Erfahrungen mit Gewalt thematisieren und dabei Identität narrativ aushandeln. Im Zentrum steht das ambivalente Verhältnis von Erziehung und Gewalt sowie die diskursive Konstruktion legitimer Sprechpositionen im Kontext der Zuschreibung, "besonders schwierig" (gewesen) zu sein. Die Studie leistet einen Beitrag zur Adressat*innenforschung und zur Analyse von Gewalt in Erziehungsverhältnissen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111707/3/9783779994343.pdf.jpg01Beltz JuventaWeinheim0001202611Beltz Juventa01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111707/1/9783779994343.pdf990409Beltz Juventa01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.beltz.de/97837799943439904 e0011d58-00c6-46d8-8ba8-6be437798f47030001OAPEN Library IDe0011d58-00c6-46d8-8ba8-6be437798f4701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117291597804729053620610.3998/mpub.1213631100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102China Understandings Today0101Creative BelongingThe Qiang and Multiethnic Imagination in Modern China1A01YanshuoZhang01eng003220393N93NH93NHF93NHK20Asian Studies;China Studies;Chinese Studies;Critical humanities;Critical race and ethnicity studies;Critical theory;Cultural studies;East Asian Studies;Ethnic minority studies;Global indigenous studies;Indigeneity;Interdisciplinary studies;Literature and film;Multiculturalism01060303China is a multicultural country home to fifty-five ethnic minority groups, yet due to linguistic and cultural barriers many of these groups remain understudied or unknown in the West. The Qiang, one of modern China’s officially recognized ethnic minorities, is also China’s longest-standing ethnoracial identity marker that has existed since the earliest recorded history of China. Creative Belonging investigates the formation and evolution of the Qiang as a people, a concept, and a cultural history in China. It further examines how the contemporary Qiang ethnic group interacts strategically with mainstream Chinese society, challenging the historically entrenched hierarchies between the sociocultural “centers” of China and its ethnic “peripheries.” This book is based on years of ethnographic and textual-archival research in the Himalayan regions of southwest China, where the contemporary Qiang group resides. Drawing on a diverse range of official and local political discourses and previously unstudied literary, historiographical, and cinematic works, Yanshuo Zhang illuminates how the Qiang have carved out spaces of “creative belonging” within the parameters of multiculturalism in contemporary China. Rooted in ethnographic and textual-archival research, the book presents original materials produced by Qiang indigenous writers, scholars, artists, grassroots village cultural activists, and entrepreneurs at both the local and the global levels. Creative Belonging invites readers to rethink ethnicity and national belonging in China by centering minority groups’ efforts to expand the meanings and implications of “Chinese culture.”01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111729/3/9780472905362.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111729/1/9780472905362.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 9aa80062-6d18-4138-a672-5d8998acfe48030001OAPEN Library ID9aa80062-6d18-4138-a672-5d8998acfe4801HANDLE20.500.12657/1117081597837799917620610.3262/978-3-7799-9176-200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Liberating Voices in School1B01ReinhardBauer2B01SabineZauchner01ger002420393J93JN93JNL20Bildung;Bildungssystem;Change;Education;Education system;Educational science;Erziehungswissenschaft;Learner agency;Learning;Lernen;Participation;Partizipation;Schule;Students01060303undefined0303Schools must foster conditions that empower students to actively shape their future in a world of constant change. To meet societal demands, young voices must be heard: What do they need? What are their solutions? Liberating Voices at School unites experts sharing practical and academic insights to rethink education. It presents methods to encourage participation, critical reflection, and learner agency. With innovative models, it showcases inclusive, participatory education approaches, enabling students to co-create their learning and build a future-ready system.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111708/3/9783779991762.pdf.jpg01Beltz JuventaWeinheim0001202611Beltz Juventa01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111708/1/9783779991762.pdf990409Beltz Juventa01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.beltz.de/97837799917629904 a81027a2-ee7d-418c-9430-fdfdb88641b6030001OAPEN Library IDa81027a2-ee7d-418c-9430-fdfdb88641b601HANDLE20.500.12657/1117091597837799961320610.3262/978-3-7799-9613-200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Die Nachbetreuung in der Sozialpädagogischen Familienhilfe aus Sicht der Nutzer*innenEine qualitative Studie1A01BenjaminSchroth01ger003360393J93JN93JNC20Familie;Familienhilfe;Hilfe;Hilfeverläufe;Nachbetreuung;Nutzer;Rekonstruktion;SPFH;Soziale Arbeit;Sozialpädagogische Familienhilfe;innensicht01060303undefined0303Die Nachbetreuung der Sozialpädagogischen Familienhilfe (SPFH) wird bereits seit den frühen Publikationen zur SPFH diskutiert und ist auch heute Bestandteil von Praxiskonzepten. Ihr Bedarf wird jedoch überwiegend aus Expert*innensicht begründet. Die Perspektive der Nutzer*innen wurde bislang kaum erforscht. In der vorliegenden Untersuchung kommen die Familienmitglieder, die eine SPFH erhalten und eine systematische Nachbetreuung erlebt haben, selbst zu Wort. Im Fokus stehen ihre Erfahrungen und Einschätzungen. Gänzlich nachvollziehbar werden diese jedoch erst vor dem Hintergrund der erlebten Hilfeverläufe, deren Rekonstruktion daher ebenfalls eine wichtige Rolle zukommt.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111709/3/9783779996132.pdf.jpg01Beltz JuventaWeinheim0001202611Beltz Juventa01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111709/1/9783779996132.pdf990409Beltz Juventa01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.beltz.de/97837799961329904 c5c4b028-6066-435c-92c3-9179eafd32bb030001OAPEN Library IDc5c4b028-6066-435c-92c3-9179eafd32bb01HANDLE20.500.12657/11171515978183999064900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Anthem Studies in Gothic Literature0101Chernobyl Trauma and GothicTestimony, Cultural Memory and Global Literary Perspectives1A01StuartLindsay01eng001820393D93DS93DSA93DSB93DSBH93DSK20Chernobyl Disaster 1986;Chernobyl Gothic;Collective Social Trauma;Cultural Aftermath;Disaster Studies;Exclusion Zone;Geopolitics and Memory;Gothic Literature;Intergenerational Trauma;Memory and Mourning;Nuclear Catastrophe;Nuclear Trauma;Post-Soviet Culture;Science Fiction and Disaster;Soviet Literature;Testimonial Writing;Trauma Theory;Uncanny Aesthetics;Video Games and Disaster;Virtual Reality and Memory01060303This scholarly monograph explores the published eyewitness testimonies, poetry and literature surrounding the 1986 Chernobyl nuclear disaster. It argues for the contextualisation of the disaster’s collective traumatic wound and its Soviet political repression through public articulation of survivor experience and its interpretation by the trauma narratives of Science Fiction and the Gothic.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111715/3/9781839990649.pdf.jpgAnthem Press01Anthem PressUK000120260615978183999065615978183999066311Anthem Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111715/1/9781839990649.pdf990409Anthem Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://anthempress.com/books/chernobyl-trauma-and-gothic-hb9904 9c1b5321-9906-4de0-9cc5-c65fc6f5cc60030001OAPEN Library ID9c1b5321-9906-4de0-9cc5-c65fc6f5cc6001HANDLE20.500.12657/1117191597804729058670610.3998/mpub.1450504500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Second in CommandReevaluating the Role of Vice Presidents and Running Mates in Modern American Politics1B01Christopher J.Devine2B01KarinePrémont01eng003480393J93JP93JPQ20American politics;American presidency;Communication studies;Constitutional duties;Constitutional law;Democratic institutions;Electoral influence;Executive power;Gender dynamics;Governance;History;Interdisciplinary research;Leadership;Media coverage;Policy influence;Political institutions;Political science;Popular culture;Presidential campaigns;Presidential succession;Presidential transition;Running mates;Ticket balancing;U.S. elections;Vice presidency;Vice presidents;Walter Mondale01060303In recent years, the office of the vice president has become a focal point of presidential politics and governance. From the emergence of the modern vice presidency under Walter Mondale to Mike Pence’s and Kamala Harris’s dramatic influence on the outcome of the 2020 election, Second in Command explores how vice presidents and vice-presidential candidates have shaped the direction of the country and changed American politics. The frenzy of speculation surrounding the “veepstakes” every four years and extensive media coverage of the vice-presidential debate may seem odd, given the vice presidency’s limited constitutional powers and dismal public reputation. Dispelling the myth that the vice presidency is a powerless or merely ceremonial role, Second in Command draws on the multidisciplinary expertise of more than a dozen leading vice-presidential scholars to reveal the complex, consequential, and often misunderstood nature of the office. With accessible language and vivid examples, it traces the transformation of vice-presidential power over the past half-century, reveals the evolving electoral significance of vice-presidential running mates, and highlights the need for a deeper public understanding of these pivotal figures. Chapters employ a range of qualitative and quantitative methodologies, including elite interviews, archival research, case studies, and advanced statistical modeling to cover topics such as gender and media effects in running mate selection and the representation of vice presidents in popular culture. This book offers a fresh, engaging, and essential perspective on a vital institution at the heart of American democracy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111719/3/9780472905867.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111719/1/9780472905867.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 8f979056-92ff-499d-83c2-7fc66e5abc04030001OAPEN Library ID8f979056-92ff-499d-83c2-7fc66e5abc0401HANDLE20.500.12657/11170415978180270243900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Medieval Manuscripts and the Computational HumanitiesBig Data, Scribes, and the “Paris Bible”1A01EstelleGuéville2A01David JosephWrisley01eng002010393D93DS93DSB93DSBB93N93NH93NHA93NHAH93NHD93NHDJ93U93UX93UXA20Academic crowdsourcing;Automated transcription;Handwritten text recognition;Materiality of manuscripts;Natural language processing01060303This book examines the transformations in medieval studies—and the humanities more broadly—enabled by decades of digitization and advances in computational methods. Centring on the Paris Bible, a widely copied thirteenth- and fourteenth-century manuscript genre, we demonstrate how automated transcription produces scribal data at a scale once inaccessible, and how automation can support new approaches to localizing, dating, and contextualizing manuscripts. We argue that bringing machine learning and artificial intelligence to medieval studies not only requires re-centring expert human intelligence within computational systems, but also raises the question of the infrastructures needed for equitable, collaborative scholarship across the field. The book models how medieval studies might rethink interpretation, highlighting both the promise and risks of computational methods in manuscript research.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111704/3/9781802704488.pdf.jpgArc Humanities Press01Arc Humanities PressLeeds000120260615978180270448815978180270449511Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111704/1/9781802704488.pdf990409Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://arc-humanities.org/9904 9470f0f0-a9e7-4338-a399-b28a63f30cc7030001OAPEN Library ID9470f0f0-a9e7-4338-a399-b28a63f30cc701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117101597838474334910610.3224/8474341100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010230Theorie, Forschung und Praxis der Sozialen Arbeit0101Ein Glossar zum Praxisverständnis Sozialer ArbeitPraxis als gemeinsame Spurensuche1B01SelmaHaupt2B01TilmannKallenbach3B01NilsKlevermann01ger003510393J93JH93JHB93JHBC93JK93JKS93JKSB93JKSN93JN93JNE20Discipline and profession of social work;Disziplin und Profession Sozialer Arbeit;Nachschlagewerk;Reference work;Social pedagogy;Social work;Sozialarbeit;Sozialpädagogik;Theoretical-practical relationship;Theorie-Praxis-Verhältnis01060303undefined0303Was ist gemeint, wenn in der Sozialen Arbeit von „der Praxis“ die Rede ist? Der Sammelband vereint Beiträge von Wissenschaftler*innen und Praktiker*innen, die Praxis in der Sozialen Arbeit aus verschiedenen Blickwinkeln betrachten – von professionstheoretischen Reflexionen über Praxis als Erfahrung bis hin zu Praxis im Kontext gesellschaftlicher und politischer Bedingungen. Die Beiträge zeigen sowohl praxisnahe Darstellungen als auch theoretische Analysen und verdeutlichen, wie vielfältig und dynamisch Praxis in der Sozialen Arbeit verstanden werden kann.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111710/3/9783847433491.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111710/1/9783847433491.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/ein-glossar-zum-praxisverstaendnis-sozialer-arbeit/9904 94fedb83-9a75-451b-b52c-6eb22989a4a9030001OAPEN Library ID94fedb83-9a75-451b-b52c-6eb22989a4a901HANDLE20.500.12657/1117141597837815621960610.35468/621900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/0101Bildung als Menschenrecht1A01SabrinaBacher01ger002460393J93JN20Bildungsgerechtigkeit;Bildungswissenschaften;Ethik;Interdisziplinarität;Menschenrechte;Philosophie;Recht;Recht auf Bildung;Vereinte Nationen;Werte01060303undefined0303Menschenrechte – allen voran das Recht auf Bildung – bilden einen zentralen Bezugsrahmen im zeitgenössischen Bildungsdiskurs. Sie werden als Legitimationsgrundlage für bildungspolitische Entscheidungen herangezogen und prägen die Gestaltung von Bildungssystemen weltweit. Was bedeutet es jedoch konkret, wenn wir von Bildung als Menschenrecht sprechen? Die vorliegende Monografie geht dieser Frage nach. Aus interdisziplinärer Perspektive werden Bildungswissenschaften, Ethik und Recht verknüpft, um historische Entwicklungen, normative Grundlagen und gegenwärtige Herausforderungen des Menschenrechts auf Bildung zu analysieren. Im Zentrum stehen der Bildungsbegriff selbst, seine inhärenten Werte und Normen, anthropologischen Leitbilder sowie das Spannungsverhältnis von Recht und Gerechtigkeit im Kontext von Bildung. Angesichts globaler Krisen und tiefgreifender Transformationsprozesse bietet das Buch einen differenzierten Orientierungsrahmen für Theorie und Praxis, und lädt dazu ein, Bildung als Menschenrecht weiterzudenken.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111714/3/9783781562196.pdf.jpg01Verlag Julius KlinkhardtBad Heilbrunn0001202611Verlag Julius Klinkhardt01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111714/1/9783781562196.pdf9904 845d68d0-f400-411d-b1e5-9724845516ad030001OAPEN Library ID845d68d0-f400-411d-b1e5-9724845516ad01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117651597816431510210610.3998/mpub.1323097700EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102ASIANetwork Books0101God’s Own LandSacred Landscape, Pilgrim Economy, and Religious Change in the Ganga Himalaya1A01James G.Lochtefeld01eng003750393N93NH93NHF93Q93QR93QRD20Badrinath;Char Dham;Cultural geography;Devta;Ganga;Ganges;Gangotri;Garhwal;Goddess;Himalayas;Hindu sages;Imagined landscape;Kedarnath;Landscape;Local deity;Pilgrim;Pilgrimage;Pilgrimage places;Religion and social change;Religion and tourism;Rural development;Shiva;Tirtha;Tourism;Uttarakhand;Vishnu;Yamunotri01060303God’s Own Land follows the tectonic shift from traditional religious pilgrimage in the early twentieth-century to contemporary pilgrim tourism, in which ever-burgeoning visitor numbers have brought both benefits and challenges to the Garhwal region of India—the source of Hindu India’s sacred river, the Ganges. Despite Hinduism’s regional and sectarian variation, India’s Garhwal Himalaya region is one the most sacred places to Hindus, drawing pilgrims across sectarian lines from throughout the subcontinent and the world. This sacred land— dev bhumi or “land of the gods”—appears in foundational Hindu stories describing the presence and activity of gods, goddesses, saints, and cultural heroes. This study from James G. Lochtefeld draws out Hindu convictions regarding the Garhwal’s eternal and continuing sanctity as a holy region, based on the premise of an “imagined landscape.” The region is strongly associated with divine activity and yet the landscape is a real place with a real history inhabited by real people, who have historically been poor because of the challenges created by the region’s geography. Juxtaposing the history of the region with its construction in the Hindu imaginary, this multidisciplinary study unpacks the nuanced image of the region, its religious significance, and the impacts of pilgrimages on the community through textual, historical, and ethnographic methods.Lever Press01Lever Press0001202611Lever Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111765/1/9781643151021.epub990409Lever Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.leverpress.org9904 803aa722-2495-41f4-9f75-9c7dfd82508f030001OAPEN Library ID803aa722-2495-41f4-9f75-9c7dfd82508f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11171615978183999297100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Anthem Studies in International Security and Sustainability0101The Culture of the Second Cold War1A01RichardSakwa01eng001980393J93JP93JPS93JPSH93N93NH93NHW93NHWR93NHWR720Charter International System;China;Diplomacy;Disinformation;End Of History;European Union;Fake News;Hegel;Ideology;Kant;Liberalism;Media;Nato;Neo-Revisionism;Political East;Political West;Revisionism;Russia;Sanctions;United Nations;United States;World Majority;World Order01060303This title analyses the deeper structures and mindsets of the Second Cold War.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111716/3/9781839992971.pdf.jpgAnthem Press01Anthem PressUK000120250615978183999298815978183999299511Anthem Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111716/1/9781839992971.pdf990409Anthem Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://anthempress.com/books/the-culture-of-the-second-cold-war-pb9904 8118b002-d013-4ba7-81ae-308be74f7d55030001OAPEN Library ID8118b002-d013-4ba7-81ae-308be74f7d5501HANDLE20.500.12657/11171715978081421602600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Global Latin/o Americas0101Coming of Age(ncy) on the Migrant TrailAdolescent Journeys in Contemporary Latinx Young Adult Literature1A01SusanaS. Martinez01eng001920393D93DS93DSY93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93JBS93JBSL20Adolescence;Aida Salazar;Alexandra Diaz;Ander & Santi Were Here;Angela Cervantes;Border security;Borderless;Brighter Than The Sun;Central America;Children’s literature;Civil war;Coming of age;Daniel Aleman;David Bowles;Deportation;Detention;Diaspora;Dream Things True;Efren Divided;El Salvador;Ernesto Cisneros;Ethnic studies;Family separation;Francisco X. Stork;Gaby;Guadalupe Garcia McCall;Guatemala;Hispanic;Honduras;Illegal;Immigration;Indigenous;Indivisible;Jenny Torres Sanchez;Jonny Garza Villa;Land of the Cranes;Latinx;Lost and Found;Marie Marquardt;Mexico;Middle grade;Migration;Narcoviolence;Santiago’s Road Home;Social justice;Testimonio;The Crossroads;The Only Road;The Radius of Us;The Secret of the Moon Conch;The Weight of Everything;Transmigration;Unaccompanied;Undocumented youth;We Are Not From Here01060303Susana S. Martínez’s Coming of Age(ncy) on the Migrant Trail maps the contours of agency in young adult literature involving Latine/x migrant youth—a project that could not be timelier given anti-immigrant hostility, LGBTQ+ book bans, and intense scrutiny of how we teach about race. Martínez leads readers chronologically and geographically from the 1980s Central American civil wars north through Mexico during the war on drugs to the recent experiences of those living undocumented in the United States, showing that YA is an ideal medium through which to tease out those stories of Central American migration that are often subsumed within Latine/x studies and to combat stereotypes of young migrants. Viewed through the lenses of intersectionality and racialized capitalism’s politics of disposability, the novels in question contribute to timely antiracist pedagogical discussions where youth emerge as catalysts for social change. By including non-Latinx authors who wrote about the Guatemalan and Salvadoran civil conflicts alongside authors from the Central American diaspora—Marcia Argueta Mickelson, Jennifer De Leon, and Bessie Flores Zaldívar among them—Martínez invites us to reflect on solidarity in contentious times.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111717/3/9780814216026.pdf.jpgThe Ohio State University Press01The Ohio State University PressUSA000120250615978081425965815978081428449011The Ohio State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111717/1/9780814216026.pdf990409The Ohio State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ohiostatepress.org/books/titles/9780814216026.html9904 5e36d554-4b01-473a-9b4c-4eaea0ff752b030001OAPEN Library ID5e36d554-4b01-473a-9b4c-4eaea0ff752b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117211597804720295250610.3998/mpub.508580800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Legislative Politics And Policy Making0101Partisan Gerrymandering and the Construction of American Democracy1A01Erik J.Engstrom01eng002360393J93JP93JPH93JPHF93JPHV93JPQ2019th century;American government;American politics;Campaign;Congressional districts;Contemporary redistricting;Decennial redistricting;Democracy;Elections;Equal population;Gerrymander;Gerrymandered;Gerrymandering;Governance;Legislation;Legislative Politics and Policy Making;Majority-minority districting;Nineteenth century;Partisan;Partisan Gerrymandering and the Construction of American Democracy;Partisanship;Party control;Political ideology;Political parties;Political process;Political science;Redistricting;United States House of Representatives;Voting boundaries01060303Erik J. Engstrom offers a historical perspective on the effects of gerrymandering on elections and party control of the U.S. national legislature. Aside from the requirements that districts be continuous and, after 1842, that each select only one representative, there were few restrictions on congressional districting. Unrestrained, state legislators drew and redrew districts to suit their own partisan agendas. With the rise of the “one-person, one-vote” doctrine and the implementation of the Voting Rights Act of 1965, however, redistricting became subject to court oversight. Engstrom evaluates the abundant cross-sectional and temporal variation in redistricting plans and their electoral results from all the states, from 1789 through the 1960s, to identify the causes and consequences of partisan redistricting. His analysis reveals that districting practices across states and over time systematically affected the competitiveness of congressional elections, shaped the partisan composition of congressional delegations, and, on occasion, determined party control of the House of Representatives.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111721/3/9780472900015.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press000120130615978047290001511Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111721/1/9780472900015.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 63aae86d-7e9e-4532-9687-4816d78372b9030001OAPEN Library ID63aae86d-7e9e-4532-9687-4816d78372b901HANDLE20.500.12657/1117221597804729054230610.3998/mpub.1460001800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Planetarity from BelowDecolonial Ecopoetics of Migration and Diaspora1A01Emily YuZong01eng002360393D93DS20Affect theory;Anthropocene;Asian diaspora;Blue humanities;Cli-fi;Cyborg;Decolonial;Diaspora;E-waste;Ecology;Ecopoetics;Environmental ethics;Globalization;Literature;Migrant;Migrant literature;Migrant worker;Mobility;Planetary;Political ecology;Posthumanism;Posthumanist;Refugee literature01060303What can migrant ecologies teach us about collective planetary futures? In Planetarity from Below , Emily Yu Zong argues that modern freedom has framed migration in anthropocentric terms, neglecting that migration is also an ecological process. Analyzing a diverse body of migration literature across Australia, North America, and China, she explores how these works unlearn modern capitalist systems of property, individualism, and freedom while imagining collaborative and ecological survival from the margins. Through short stories, memoirs, speculative fiction, poetry, and documentary films, Zong unpacks a decolonial migrant ecopoetics, revealing a pluralist method of worldmaking—from Australia’s oceanic refugee camps, Indigenous Canadian land, and Chinese migrant worker sweatshops, to climate futures. These migrant ecologies imagine freedom “from below” not simply as individual survival or assimilation but as an unruly and contingent process of shared creativity with animals, waters, minerals, waste, and technology. Shifting environmental ethics from individual morality to a political ecology of sustaining life in precarity, Zong introduces decolonial knowledges, imaginations, and praxes that help us expand justice and freedom beyond the human, asking how borderland subjectivities can open new possibilities for multispecies flourishing.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111722/3/9780472905423.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111722/1/9780472905423.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 6bb70901-f29f-4afe-93fd-5a0cc3721a36030001OAPEN Library ID6bb70901-f29f-4afe-93fd-5a0cc3721a3601HANDLE20.500.12657/1117241597804729057060610.3998/mpub.1303147800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Legislative Politics And Policy Making0101Posting for PowerCongressional Partisanship on Social Media1A01JeremyGelman2A01Steven LloydWilson01eng002360393J93JP93JPH93JPQ20Bickering;Congress;Congressional dysfunction;Congressional partisanship;Hyper-partisan;Negative partisanship;Partisan;Partisan bickering;Partisan intensity;Partisan teamsmanship;Partisan tone;Partisanship;Polarization;Political ambition;Political dysfunction;Progressive ambition;Reelection;Social media;Social media as data;Twitter01060303Among the most common features of the modern US Congress is its partisanship, a deeply felt political divide that sometimes seems to be each side’s primary motivator. In Congress we have seen heated disagreements, a tendency to blame the opposing party for any bad outcome, and attempts to undermine the other side’s successes. For those watching Congress, it is easy to assume everyone on Capitol Hill participates equally in framing issues as pitting Democrats versus Republicans. Yet in Posting for Power , Jeremy Gelman and Steven Wilson show that partisanship varies a great deal among legislators: it is motivated by reelection and promotion-seeking considerations, and it comes with no substantial legislative or electoral consequences. In the US Congress, lawmakers regularly choose to bicker for political gain, whether or not they disagree on issues. By classifying millions of social media posts as partisan or not, Gelman and Wilson quantify a legislator’s partisan intensity through the time and effort they spend supporting their party and bickering with the opposition. The authors argue that the partisan personas politicians create are both a home style, to help them win reelection, and hill style, to help them become politically influential by showing off as good team players. Bringing together a wide range of data on leadership races, elections, voting records, cosponsorship patterns, and lawmaking outcomes, they demonstrate the nearly consequence-free way that legislators strategically deploy partisanship to impress their copartisans and voters. Gelman and Wilson closely examine what motivates members to differ so much in developing this part of their public personas and offer clear recommendations for how to turn down the partisan heat on Capitol Hill.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111724/3/9780472905706.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111724/1/9780472905706.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 5b0bdcf2-00c9-4d4c-9efb-e40586003c78030001OAPEN Library ID5b0bdcf2-00c9-4d4c-9efb-e40586003c7801HANDLE20.500.12657/1117271597804729054920610.3998/mpub.1299280400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102China Understandings Today0101Reportage in the Chinese-Speaking World1B01LiGuo2B01Charles A.Laughlin01eng003060393D93DS93K93KN93KNT93KNTP93KNTP293N93NH93NHF20Affective reverberations;Art of the real;Chinese and Sinophone reportage;Chinese diasporic cultures;Documentary film;Epistemic encounters;Ethical response-ability;Ethico-aesthetic paradigm;Ethics;Lived and historical actualities;Non-fiction art;Observational documentaries;Photographic reportage;Plurimedial reportage;Race in reportage;Realism;Subjectivity;Subversive discourse in reportage;Taiwanese reportage;Women's reportage01060303Reportage in the Chinese-Speaking World examines reportage as an important aesthetic form of cultural production in the Sinophone world. Originating as a proletarian nonfiction form in interwar Europe, reportage spread around the world, coming into its own in the Sinophone world from the 1930s to today. Going beyond fact-based journalism, reportage is pursued through a variety of artistic forms and media, from nonfiction writing to photography to documentary film. Reportage’s plurimedial representations facilitate and amplify intersectional struggles against multiple forms of social and political oppression. Engaging its audiences in affective ethico-political exchanges with (human or nonhuman) subjects, reportage promotes audiences’ empathetic responses to the democratic appeals of marginalized groups whose status, identity, or situation manifest emergent ethical challenges in the society of their time. This work offers new understandings of reportage’s dialectical relationship with its readership by evoking sympathetic identifications with personal contemplations of place, hearth, and senses of belonging. Covering a breadth of media across mainland China, Taiwan, and the Sinophone diaspora in the United States and Japan, this book examines how intermediality cultivates distinctive expressions in reportage, cross-cultural empathy, and ethico-political relationships between the reporter, photographer, filmmaker, and their surroundings.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111727/3/9780472905492.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111727/1/9780472905492.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 5b13e43d-fedd-47c9-9ac0-f5da98064e8f030001OAPEN Library ID5b13e43d-fedd-47c9-9ac0-f5da98064e8f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117281597804729053930610.3998/mpub.1451308800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Rome's Visceral ReactionsPolitics and Poetics in Flesh and Blood1A01CaitlinHines01eng002460393D93DB93DN93DNT93J93JH93JHM93JHMC93N93NH93NHD93NHDA20Ancient Rome;Augustan literature;Body metaphor;Cicero;Civil war;Conceptual metaphor theory;Cultural discourse;Embodied metaphor;Fertility politics;Intertextuality;Latin elegy;Latin epic;Latin language;Latin literature;Latin poetry;Latin tragedy;Lucan;Neronian literature;Ovid;Roman empire;Roman republic;Roman sacrifice;Semantic change;Seneca;Situational semantics;Vergil;Viscera01060303In ancient Rome, the Latin word viscera denoted the inner parts of the body, where physical sensations related to fear and anger could be felt and whose injury meant certain death. Viscera were also entangled with religious, political, and reproductive imagery: the word could refer to cuts of sacrificial meat, the inner workings of a governing body, a mother’s fertile womb, and the offspring she has carried. It appears in scientific descriptions of human anatomy, in elaborations of violent deaths, accusations of political conspiracy, and the laments of parents who must watch their children die. The sudden expansions of viscera into vivid metaphors for the body politic, the violated womb, and the desecrated sacrifice materialized in parallel with watershed moments in Roman history, reflecting urgent contemporary anxieties about politics, reproduction, and succession. Rome’s Visceral Reactions traces and interprets the semantic history of viscera , whose progressive acquisition of new meanings offers a compelling case for the dynamic interaction between body metaphor, semantic change, and political crisis at Rome. Caitlin Hines follows the history of viscera from its earliest attestations through the end of the Julio-Claudian period and considers the works of Lucretius, Cicero, Vergil, Livy, Ovid, Seneca, and Lucan. Applying theories of embodied cognition and semantic change, Hines demonstrates how Roman authors influenced the development of their language through the invention, reception, and affirmation of innovative meanings and how pressing political and cultural crises could shape, and be shaped in return, by the sophisticated linguistic games of the Roman literary elite.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111728/3/9780472905393.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111728/1/9780472905393.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 0fe5ee47-48a0-4cea-9b0d-f62908ca24b3030001OAPEN Library ID0fe5ee47-48a0-4cea-9b0d-f62908ca24b301HANDLE20.500.12657/11170515978164189065600EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Female Monastic Networks in Late ByzantiumTextual, Spatial, and Cultural Entanglements1A01EkateriniMitsiou01eng002640393N93NH93NHD93NHDJ93Q93QR93QRA93QRAX93QRM93QRV93QRVS93QRVS520Byzantine nun;Coenobitical monasticism;Gendered space;Social Network Analysis01060303This book offers the first analysis of female monasticism across the last three centuries of the Byzantine empire using Social Network Analysis (SNA). The present study analyzes and reconstructs the networks of Byzantine female monasteries as well as the geographical and spatial dimensions of monastic life, art, and literary production. Moreover, it reconstructs and represents the networks of specific female monastic individuals, female involvement in ecclesiastical controversies, and the complexity of patronage.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111705/4/9781802702194.pdf.jpgArc Humanities Press01Arc Humanities PressLeeds000120250615978180270219415978180270386311Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111705/1/9781802702194.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111705/2/9781802703863.epub990409Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://arc-humanities.org/9904 153f116e-3ea7-4000-9946-bdb87d1532b9030001OAPEN Library ID153f116e-3ea7-4000-9946-bdb87d1532b901HANDLE20.500.12657/11170615978180270309200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Religion, Gender, and Politics in Medieval Sri LankaThe Reconstruction of Buddhist Kingship, ca. 1070–12151A01Bruno M.Shirley01eng002800393N93NH93NHF93Q93QR93QRF20Inscriptions;Monarchy;Poḷonnaruva;Royal consorts01060303The early second millennium was a pivotal moment in the history of Theravāda Buddhism. Religious reforms carried out at Poḷonnaruva, then-capital of Sri Lanka, shaped the latter course of Buddhism across South and Southeast Asia. However, our understanding of these reforms has been over-determined by retrospective accounts written by male monastics, who focused on the heroic deeds of male monarchs. This book offers a radical revision of this narrative. Drawing on textual, inscriptional, numismatic, and material evidence from within the period itself, it reveals how the intellectual and social histories of Buddhism, politics, and gender were inextricably intertwined in Poḷonnaruva. In particular, it argues that debates over what it meant to be a “good Buddhist king” were intrinsically debates about Buddhist masculinity and about the proper relationship of gender to power.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111706/3/9781802704532.pdf.jpgArc Humanities Press01Arc Humanities PressLeeds000120260615978180270453211Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111706/1/9781802704532.pdf990409Arc Humanities Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://arc-humanities.org/9904 572df6fd-fc76-432f-b3c4-26e5e69f56ce030001OAPEN Library ID572df6fd-fc76-432f-b3c4-26e5e69f56ce01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117111597815017891060610.7298/9g9x-dd8800EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Brown Democracy Medal0101A Democracy, If We Can Teach ItEducating the Next Generation of Citizens1A01Marjorie O.Rendell01eng00840393J93JN93JNF93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Childhood education;Citizenship Challenge;Civic education;Civic engagement;Democracy;Democratic citizenship;Rendell Center01060303The Laurence and Lynne Brown Democracy Medal, awarded by the McCourtney Institute for Democracy at Penn State University, recognizes outstanding individuals, groups, and organizations that produce innovations to further democracy in the United States or around the world. The Rendell Center for Civics and Civic Engagement advances nonpartisan civic learning by working with K–12 teachers and students. Founded in 2014 by Judge Marjorie O. Rendell and former Pennsylvania Governor Ed Rendell, the center's programs include statewide read-alouds, where judges, lawyers and other professionals read books to elementary school students across the state, as well as the Citizenship Challenge, an essay contest for fourth- and fifth-graders with prompts based on Pennsylvania civics standards. This book tells the story of how the center equips young people with knowledge about the workings of our constitutional system and prepares them to step into public life as leaders and active, engaged citizens. For this important work, the Rendell Center for Civics and Civic Engagement is the recipient of the 2025 Brown Democracy Medal from the McCourtney Institute for Democracy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111711/4/9781501789106.pdf.jpgCornell University Press01Cornell University PressIthaca000120260615978150178911311Cornell University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111711/1/9781501789106.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111711/2/9781501789113.epub990409Cornell University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.cornellpress.cornell.edu/book/9781501789090/a-democracy-if-we-can-teach-it9904 1b2e90f9-f035-4fbf-89e3-d04080a5ff9b030001OAPEN Library ID1b2e90f9-f035-4fbf-89e3-d04080a5ff9b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117121597814780297240610.1215/978147806191500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Climate TrialLaw and Justice on a Melting Planet1A01NoahWalker-Crawford01eng002320393J93JH93JHM93JHMC93T93TQ20Andean environment;Andes;Attribution science;Causality;Climate Modelling;Climate change;Climate justice;Climate litigation;Climate skepticism;Environmental disaster;Flood risk;Flood safety;Fossil fuels;German Civil Code;Glacial retreat;Global warming;Huaraz;Indigenous environmental practices;Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change IPCC;Lake Palcacocha;Legal anthropology;Neighborly relations;RWE;Saúl Luciano Lliuya;Sentient environment;Transnational activism;Water scarcity01060303The Climate Trial is a gripping journey through a landmark climate lawsuit that links a Peruvian mountain guide with a German energy giant in court, revealing how global warming reshapes moral responsibility in a changing world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111712/3/9781478061915.pdf.jpg01Duke University PressDurham, North Carolina USA000120260615978147803317215978147806191515978147809448711Duke University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111712/1/9781478061915.pdf990409Duke University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.dukeupress.edu/the-climate-trial9904 0fe1e58c-c599-45c5-905d-425e053c4069030001OAPEN Library ID0fe1e58c-c599-45c5-905d-425e053c406901HANDLE20.500.12657/1117181597804729058120610.3998/mpub.1461239300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101A Critique of Political ScienceA History of the Caucus for a New Political Science1A01Clyde W.Barrow01eng004520393J93JP93JPA93JPH20American Political Science Association;Behavioralism;Critical Political Science;Critical University Studies;Disciplinary History;History of Higher Education;Ideological State Apparatus;Intellectuals;Marxism;New Political Science;Pluralism;Radical Political Science;Sociology of Knowledge01060303The Caucus for a New Political Science (CNPS) was created in 1967, when several hundred dissident political scientists walked out of the annual meeting of the American Political Science Association (APSA) to protest the Association’s refusal to take an official position against the Vietnam War. The CNPS soon expanded its mission to challenge the APSA’s behavioral and pluralist orthodoxy, protest a lack of democratic procedure and transparency in the organization, and oppose ties between the leadership and government agencies involved in covert activities. It remains unique among the more than 50 Organized Sections of APSA as the only section that defines itself ideologically and politically, rather than by research topic, methodology, subfield, or identity status. A Critique of Political Science distinguishes between the discipline of political science (methods and concepts) and the profession of political science (persons and institutions) to move disciplinary history beyond its current form as intellectual history toward a politics of political science. The book argues that understanding the development of a discipline requires the same type of theoretical analysis that political scientists apply to other political institutions. By examining universities and professional associations as political institutions, this approach puts political struggles and ideological conflict at the very core of disciplinary history. In reviewing 50 years of debate, controversy, and in-fighting in the political science profession, the book serves as a critique of the profession and the discipline of political science, which remains woefully disengaged from the concerns of ordinary citizens, particularly the working class and the poor throughout the world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111718/3/9780472905812.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111718/1/9780472905812.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 405606d0-8eea-4b8e-a06d-e0fb3681f63c030001OAPEN Library ID405606d0-8eea-4b8e-a06d-e0fb3681f63c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117201597804729056830610.3998/mpub.1271008400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Teaching Academic Writing in the Health SciencesA Guide for Instructors, Mentors, and Trainers1A01EllaAugust01eng002560393C93CJ93G93GB93J93JN93JNU20Academic advising;Academic article;Academic publishing;Academic reading skills;Academic writing;ChatGPT;Collaborative writing;IMRAD;Journal peer review;Mentoring;Pedagogy;Power dynamics;Publication workshop;Publications;Research article;Rhetoric;Scientific figures;Scientific publishing;Scientific writing;Teaching;Text annotation;Writing accountability groups;Writing assignments;Writing barriers;Writing course;Writing feedback;Writing groups;Writing process;Writing productivity;Writing retreats;Writing skills;Writing supports;Writing workshop01060303Immersing trainees into academic research culture helps them learn to think, write, and publish like full-fledged researchers. Teaching Academic Writing in the Health Sciences offers best practice pedagogical strategies to help instructors, mentors, advisors, lab leaders, and ministries of health as they guide trainees toward professional development and publication. With practical strategies and examples, the book supports readers in improving their mentoring skills; creating effective writing assignments; providing effective feedback; developing writing courses; and planning publication workshops, retreats, and writing groups. In addition, the book includes strategies for supporting writers with varying backgrounds, including second-language speakers and neurodiverse writers. Part 1 offers the pedagogical basis teachers need to apply best practices, as well as: Tips for collaborative writing and writing productivity Strategies for using generative artificial intelligence (AI) technology in teaching and writing Open-access resources and instruction planning activities Part 2 focuses on the steps of writing a scientific paper, offering: A strong foundation in the structure of and strategies for successful writing Customizable teaching materials on how to write a scientific paper Strategies for planning a paper, crafting writing to reach readers, developing persuasive arguments, and building a successful author team How-to write each section of a paper, from the title to the conclusion Guidance on navigating the publishing process, including selecting the appropriate journal and effectively responding to peer-reviewer comments01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111720/3/9780472905683.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press ELT01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111720/1/9780472905683.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 252e43bd-4a0b-4319-ba4d-455ed136cdeb030001OAPEN Library ID252e43bd-4a0b-4319-ba4d-455ed136cdeb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117231597804729053790610.3998/mpub.1247254600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Future of the South China SeaDisputes and Negotiations1A01JiyeKim01eng002380393J93JP93N93NH93NHF20ASEAN;Asia;Asia-Pacific;Balance of Power;Bilateral;China;Diplomacy;East Asia;Foreign Policy;Geopolitics;Indo-Pacific;International Relations;International Security;Law of the Sea;Maritime Dispute;Multilateral;Negotiation;Non-Traditional Security;Philippines;Process Tracing;Qualitative;Rivalry;Security Policy;Southeast Asia;Sovereignty;Taiwan;Territorial Dispute;Trilateral;Vietnam01060303For over seventy years, China has steadfastly asserted its sovereignty over the South China Sea, transforming these waters into a flashpoint of international tension and a focal point of global diplomacy. The Future of the South China Sea intricately explores China’s motivations, unveiling its ambitions in the South China Sea that are anything but static. Despite the prevailing narrative that frames China’s objectives as monolithic and unchanging, its underlying interests in the region have fluctuated in both content and urgency, driven by economic imperatives, historical legacies, domestic pressures, and broader international security concerns. By incorporating negotiation records, such as the 1958 Declaration on China’s Territorial Sea, the 1992 ASEAN Declaration, and the 2005 Tripartite Agreement, Jiye Kim traces how China reshapes its interests into negotiation agendas, providing critical insights into the nation’s diplomacy and making a significant contribution to an existing literature on the South China Sea that has been largely dominated by analyses of great power rivalry. This book sheds light on China’s underlying interests as living and adaptable entities, providing scholars with a detailed, evidence-based understanding of the complexities that define one of the world’s most contested maritime regions.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111723/3/9780472905379.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111723/1/9780472905379.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 2e9dc9c7-4cdb-4d28-a941-6ec28e0acaa7030001OAPEN Library ID2e9dc9c7-4cdb-4d28-a941-6ec28e0acaa701HANDLE20.500.12657/1117261597804729056690610.3998/mpub.1450302400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Social History, Popular Culture, And Politics In Germany0101Icon DresdenBaroque City, Air War Symbol, Political Token1A01SusanneVees-Gulani01eng003880393J93JB93JBS93JBSR93N93NH93NHD93NHW93NHWR93NHWR720AfD;Air war;Architecture;Augustus the Strong;Baroque;Bernardo Bellotto;Bombing;Canaletto;Dresden;East Germany;Far-right politics;Frauenkirche;Frederick Augustus II;GDR;German Victim Discourse;National Socialism;November Pogrom;Pegida;Rebuilding;Remembrance;Romanticism;Saxony;Travel and Tourism;War destruction;World War II;World War II and Holocaust remembrance in the GDR01060303Icon Dresden explores how memory and politics in Dresden after its 1945 bombing are deeply intertwined with the city’s urban history. It highlights the complex origins of Dresden’s reputation as an exclusively cultural center, focusing on urban planning, marketing, tourism, and the city’s visual archive since the 17th century. Based on this iconic status, a narrative of victimhood arose after its destruction that ignored responsibilities while highlighting the city’s innocence. Despite its origin in Nazi propaganda, this narrative influenced postwar political discourse in socialist and post-reunification Germany. Icon Dresden also provides insight into Dresden’s role under National Socialism and the GDR’s evasive response to this history. It reveals how the strong presence of far-right movements in the city today stems from multiple discourses formed over centuries and communicated from generation to generation. Drawing on urban, heritage, and tourism studies, visual and memory studies, and environmental psychology, Icon Dresden examines Dresden’s history, identity, visual representations, and rebuilding decisions. It exposes the narratives that define its place in German and international memory and how, paradoxically, they support both Dresden’s current image as a symbol of peace and reconciliation and its backing of nativist and far-right movements.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111726/3/9780472905669.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111726/1/9780472905669.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 27713612-34b9-4a9a-8780-45509c952c1a030001OAPEN Library ID27713612-34b9-4a9a-8780-45509c952c1a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117301597804729056520610.3998/mpub.1290380600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101K-Pop FandomPerforming Deokhu from the 1990s to Today1A01AreumJeong01eng001760393A93AT93ATD93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93N93NH93NHF20Affective labor;Fan culture;Fan labor;Fan studies;Fan video;Fandom;Hallyu;Idol culture;Idol fan culture;Idol fandom;Idol fandom culture;Idol-fan relationship;K-pop;K-pop autograph;K-pop cupsleeve;K-pop exile;K-pop fan culture;K-pop fan labor;K-pop fan studies;K-pop fan video;K-pop fandom;K-pop fansign;K-pop idol;K-pop photocard;K-pop research;K-pop streaming;K-pop studies;K-pop unboxing;K-pop voting;Korean popular culture;Korean wave;Parasocial relationship01060303K-Pop Fandom insists that K-pop fan practices and activities constitute a central productive force, shaping not only K-pop’s explosive global popularity, but also K-pop’s cultural impacts, politics, and horizons of possibility. Over the past three decades, the K-pop fandom and its activities have expanded, intensified, and diversified along myriad dimensions, assuming novel social, technological, and economic forms, some of which are unique to K-pop, and some of which reflect broader cultural and industrial logics of globalized mass entertainment culture. Areum Jeong argues that K-pop fans, in performing deokhu —a Korean term connoting an “avid fan”—perform a materialization of affective labor that also seeks to produce good relationships between asymmetrically positioned actors in the K-pop ecosystem. Through an autoethnography of becoming a K-pop deokhu , Jeong connects their experiences to generations of K-pop fans, showing simultaneously how fandom practices have shifted over time and the intricacies of fan labor participation. This personal connection paved the way for participant-observation and co-performer witnessing methodologies in the study, which crucially allowed for collaborating with fans whose communal pursuits have been stigmatized by dominant discourses that denigrate their activities as solely addictive, uncritical, and wasteful. Jeong’s genre-spanning corpus of fan activities and analyzing its contexts and contents represents an important contribution to the making of a fan archive that is also an archive of affective labor.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111730/3/9780472905652.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111730/1/9780472905652.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 07066b88-6a1f-4391-8cbb-c47ff84ef208030001OAPEN Library ID07066b88-6a1f-4391-8cbb-c47ff84ef20801HANDLE20.500.12657/1117311597804729050720610.3998/mpub.1291558500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Social History, Popular Culture, And Politics In Germany0101The Photographic FixMemory, Ideology, and the First World War in the Weimar Republic1A01JustinCourt01eng002760393A93AJ93J93JP93N93NH93NHD20Amateur photography;Collective memory;Der Weltkrieg im Bild;Ernst Friedrich;First World War;Franz Schauwecker;George Soldan;German history;Germany;Memory studies;Military history;Nationalism;Photo albums;Photography;Picture books;Politics;Propaganda;Reichsarchiv;So ist der Friede;So war der Krieg!;Text and image;Visual memory;WWI;Walter Bloem;War Against War!;Weimar Republic;Werner Beumelburg;Western Front01060303The Photographic Fix explores how photographs from World War I were used in personal photo albums and mass-market picture books to determine the meaning and legacy of the postwar Weimar Republic. Due to their publication success and wide reception, picture books should be considered no small part of this broad struggle of ideas to cement the war’s legacy in the Weimar era. Drawing from a large archive of photographs created during the war by amateur soldier-photographers and professional reporters alike, Justin Court explores how visual depictions of the war were used to construct and distort memory in the highly contested realm of war commemoration in the Weimar. These books of photography reveal an effort to shape how the war was visually remembered in order to influence public opinion on myriad matters following in the war’s wake, including notions of German guilt and responsibility, the legitimacy of the Republic, and the political future of the German nation. By utilizing relatively neglected sources, The Photographic Fix expands scholarship on German war photography to illuminate how images from the war and Weimar period reflected the public’s understanding of the medium at the time.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111731/3/9780472905072.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111731/1/9780472905072.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 0660456b-1277-4c08-9e7e-8c278e4270ad030001OAPEN Library ID0660456b-1277-4c08-9e7e-8c278e4270ad01HANDLE20.500.12657/6312315978191268542400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Broadcast 41Women and the Anti-Communist Blacklist1A01Carol A.Stabile01eng003040393J20american;american history;american history books;biography;business;culture;economics;education;essays;feminism;feminist;gender;gifts for history buffs;historical;historical books;history;history books;history buff gifts;history gifts;history lovers gifts;history teacher gifts;leadership;medicine;music;philosophy;physics;political books;politics;pop culture;psychology;society;sociology;sociology books;technology;united states history;us history;women in history;women's history;world history01060303At the dawn of the Cold War era, forty-one women working in American radio and television were placed on a media blacklist and forced from their industry. The ostensible reason: so-called Communist influence. But in truth these women — among them Dorothy Parker, Lena Horne, and Gypsy Rose Lee — were, by nature of their diversity and ambition, a threat to the traditional portrayal of the American family on the airwaves. This book from Goldsmiths Press describes what American radio and television lost when these women were blacklisted, documenting their aspirations and achievements. Through original archival research and access to FBI blacklist documents, The Broadcast 41 details the blacklisted women’s attempts in the 1930s and 1940s to depict America as diverse, complicated, and inclusive. The book tells a story about what happens when non-male, non-white perspectives are excluded from media industries, and it imagines what the new medium of television might have looked like had dissenting viewpoints not been eliminated at such a formative moment. The all-white, male-dominated Leave it to Beaver America about which conservative politicians wax nostalgic existed largely because of the forcible silencing of these forty-one women and others like them. For anyone concerned with the ways in which our cultural narrative is constructed, this book offers an urgent reminder of the myths we perpetuate when a select few dominate the airwaves.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63123/7/9781912685424.pdf.jpgGoldsmiths Press01Goldsmiths Press0001202011Goldsmiths Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63123/1/9781912685424.pdf9904 ee0cd8c3-ec10-40a5-a7dc-d34e45a27023030001OAPEN Library IDee0cd8c3-ec10-40a5-a7dc-d34e45a2702301HANDLE20.500.12657/1117321597988950601790610.3998/mpub.1298866100EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Forgotten FriendshipsYugoslavia and the Anticolonial Francophone World1A01AlexandraPerišic01eng002880393D93DS20Transnational solidarity01060303Forgotten Friendships: Yugoslavia and the Anticolonial Francophone World examines transnational friendships and alliances between intellectuals from Yugoslavia and the Francophone African and Caribbean world during the mid-twentieth century. The book argues that transnational political friendships helped shape major intellectual movements like Négritude, African socialism, and global socialist feminisms, which surged beyond national, regional, and even diasporic spaces. Blending archival research, literary analysis, and biography, the book fills a significant gap in our understanding of how intellectuals from the Global South and the socialist world collaborated on shared goals of decolonization, anti-racism, and socialist worldmaking. Forgotten Friendships emphasizes the ways in which writers, intellectuals, and activists envisioned alternative futures rooted in collaboration across peripheries. Personal bonds of friendship were not mere footnotes to the anti-colonial struggle, but vital political tools for rethinking global solidarity.Amherst College Press01Amherst College Press0001202511Amherst College Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111732/1/9798895060179.epub990409Amherst College Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://acpress.amherst.edu9904 b28dacb9-103a-4c37-bc34-6a2fff8e705e030001OAPEN Library IDb28dacb9-103a-4c37-bc34-6a2fff8e705e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117331597816431508710610.3998/mpub.1300696000EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Open Access Musicology0101Open Access MusicologyVolume Three1B01DanielBarolsky2B01TrudiWright01eng002000393A93AV20Contemporary music;Ethnomusicology;Historical music;Historical musicology;Music education;Music exploration;Music history;Music scholarship;Music studies;Music theory;Musicological inquiry;Musicology01060303Open Access Musicology (OAM) publishes peer-reviewed, scholarly essays primarily intended to serve students and teachers of music history, ethno/musicology, and music studies. The constantly evolving collection ensures that recent research and scholarship inspires classroom practice. OAM essays provide diverse and methodologically transparent models for student research, and introduce different modes of inquiry to inspire classroom discussion and varied assignments. Addressing a range of histories, methods, voices, and sounds, OAM embraces changes and tensions in the field to help students understand music scholarship. These essays are intended for undergraduates, graduate students, and interested readers without any particular expertise. The topics introduce and explore a variety of subjects, practices, and methods but, above all, seek to stimulate classroom discussion on music history’s relevance to performers, listeners, and citizens. Open Access Musicology will never pretend to present complete histories, cover all elements of a subject, or satisfy the agenda of every reader. Rather, each essay provides an opening to further contemplation and study. The third volume of Open Access Musicology presents provocative case studies and analyses through which readers can choose their own path while also putting these essays in conversations from those in previous volumes of OAM . This new volume challenges us to ask difficult questions about the place and function of music in our societies, on our stages, and in our institutions. The authors demonstrate ways in which the past can be re-imagined as well as the ways legacies of the past are inscribed in present-day practices, structures, histories, and beliefs. We invite readers to follow the thematic links between essays, pursue notes and other online resources, or simply repurpose the essay’s questions into new and exciting forms of research and creativity.Lever Press01Lever Press0001202511Lever Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111733/1/9781643150871.epub990409Lever Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.leverpress.org9904 9a16af7a-6d05-411f-98b8-725b7009da0f030001OAPEN Library ID9a16af7a-6d05-411f-98b8-725b7009da0f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1117351597816431509250610.3998/mpub.1308189300EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Re-Editions: Literary and Cultural Texts Recovered for the Classroom0101Traditional Chinese Children’s PrimersA Sourcebook1B01KatherineNgo2B01KellyNgo01eng003200393J93JN93JNB93N93NH93NHF20Bai jia xing;Changli juyao;Children’s literature;Chinese children’s education;Chinese cultural history;Chinese elementary pedagogy;Chinese primers;Chinese proverbs;Conduct literature;Cultural literacy;Dizigui;Etiquette;Family reverence;Filial piety;Ganying pian;Morality books;Pre-modern Chinese elementary education;Pre-modern children’s primers;Primary education;Qianziwen;Sanzijing;Thousand Character Classic;Thousand Character Essay;Three Character Classic;Wenchang dijun yinzhi wen;Xiaojing;Xiao’er yu’ Lord Wenchang;Yinzhi wen;Zengguang xianwen01060303Traditional Chinese Children’s Primers: A Sourcebook is the first anthology of traditional Chinese children’s textbooks in a European language. This selection of eleven primers, spanning over two thousand years of Chinese education history, remains well-known in East Asia and the global diaspora of Confucian-heritage cultures. These texts represent an important genre of children’s literature and education materials that were employed to teach basic vocabulary, develop cultural literacy, and start students on their journey toward greater fortunes in the imperial examinations. The sourcebook covers texts from the second-century BCE to the late twentieth-century, and a range of subject areas, including etiquette instruction, literacy training, character education, and Confucian and Daoist thought. The Classic of Family Reverence ( Xiaojing ), for example, opens a window onto early Confucian thought in ancient China, while the Extended Wise Sayings ( Zengguang xian wen ) represents the eclectic worldviews and beliefs of the seventeenth century, and Lord Wenchang’s Essay on Quiet Merits ( Wenchang dijun yinzhi wen ) introduces readers to the tradition of popular morality books. This first-of-a-kind sourcebook in English addresses a long-standing gap in the translation of primers and provides impetus for research in the development of character and virtues, comparative literature, and cross-cultural education studies.Lever Press01Lever Press0001202511Lever Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111735/1/9781643150925.epub990409Lever Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.leverpress.org9904 314b73e4-72fa-44b7-862e-015f7b91ebd4030001OAPEN Library ID314b73e4-72fa-44b7-862e-015f7b91ebd401HANDLE20.500.12657/1117341597816431509010610.3998/mpub.1307498900EBE10715101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Trigger WarningsTeaching Through Trauma1B01IanBarnard2B01Ryan AshleyCaldwell3B01JadaPatchigondla4B01AneilRallin5B01MorganRead-Davidson6B01EthanTrejo7B01Kristi MWilson01eng003200393J93JN93JNA93JNT93JNU20Affect;Colleen Hoover;College;Composition;Content warnings in popular culture;Creative writing;Education;Faculty;Feminism and trigger warnings;Higher education;Homophobia;Learning;PTSD;Pedagogy;Praxis;Racial linguistic justice;Rhetoric;Rhetoric and composition;Social justice pedagogy;Students;Teachers;Teaching;Trauma;Trigger warnings;Trigger warnings and security state;Trigger warnings in the classroom;Veterans and trigger warnings;Writing studies01060303How do instructors navigate the tension between facilitating safe spaces for students while also challenging students intellectually in increasingly politicized classroom settings? How can trigger warnings be used to empower and/or support students and facilitate antiracist, queer, anticolonial, and other social justice-oriented pedagogies? Trigger Warnings: Teaching Through Trauma brings theory and praxis to examine the ideological underpinnings and pedagogy around trigger warnings and trauma, offering multiple heuristics for classroom implementation. The ongoing interest in trigger warnings is partly a result of trigger warnings and trauma becoming more inextricably interwoven in the past few years in the wake of COVID-19, mental health crises, right-wing attacks on educational institutions, climate change, and attempts at political redress and educational equity. Critiques of trigger warnings come from all sides of the political and pedagogical spectra, and even scholars and practitioners who offer a trauma-informed approach to the topic are not unified in their view of the benefits or drawbacks of trigger warnings. Trigger Warnings: Teaching Through Trauma provides insights through a range of forms: research articles, personal essays, long and short teaching narratives, student perspectives, memoirs, vignettes, autoethnographies, reflections, case studies, manifesto, theory, and history. Not only does this collection create a more varied engagement experience for readers, but, in line with recent scholarship in “counterstory,” it also allows for a wider variety of voices to be heard and for the articulation of experiences that might not be well accommodated by traditional scholarly essays.Lever Press01Lever Press0001202611Lever Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111734/1/9781643150901.epub990409Lever Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.leverpress.org9904 dd49d6ff-4e3d-464e-9e97-458b3aef6d9c030001OAPEN Library IDdd49d6ff-4e3d-464e-9e97-458b3aef6d9c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113891597894616672050610.11116/978946166721200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Contentious SpacesUncovering the Hidden Narratives of State-Socialist Built Heritage1B01MajaBabić2B01TinoMager01eng0025003936936M936MC93A93AB93ABC93AG93AGA93AM93AMX93G93GL93GLZ93J93JP93JPF93JPFC93JPFF93N93NH93NHD20Architectural history;Centre and periphery;Conservation and preservation;Eastern Europe;Heritage;Heritagization;Historicization;Modernism;Socialism;Yugoslavia01060303The architectural heritage of socialist modernism and conservation in former Eastern Bloc countries. Contentious Spaces explores the heritage of state-socialist architecture and urbanism, examining the socio-political, economic, and cultural processes that shaped these developments. The articles collected in this volume investigate both the conservation and preservation of this heritage, as well as the historicisation of modernist architectural vocabulary in the contemporary era. Moreover, the texts consider state-socialist architecture and urban planning heritage in relation to today’s built environment globally and current geopolitical and socio-cultural processes. Contentious Spaces expands existing scholarship by engaging with marginalised actors and spaces within post-socialist discourse. This includes acknowledging the architectural heritage of women architects and minorities, as well as the links between the political centres of power and modernist architecture in geopolitical peripheries and their contemporary heritage. Geographically, the chapters engage with East-Central Europe, Eastern Europe, the Balkans, and other post-socialist spaces worldwide.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111389/3/9789461667205.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166721211Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111389/1/9789461667205.pdf9904 1e10c058-4f3e-45d9-82aa-768fdee17e51030001OAPEN Library ID1e10c058-4f3e-45d9-82aa-768fdee17e5101HANDLE20.500.12657/1113901597894616673800610.11116/978946166739700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Minding Her BusinessWomen, Architecture, and Design1B01AlborzDianat2B01KathleenJames-Chakraborty01eng003500393A93AK93AKX93AM93AMC93AMX93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF120Architecture;Capitalism;Construction;Design;Entrepreneur;Gender;Journalism;Philanthropy;Women01060303The impact of women’s contributions to modern architecture and the built environment. Women have influenced the development of modern architecture and design through a wide variety of entrepreneurial activities. This book highlights their contributions to the construction industry, editorial production, and real estate development, as well as the cultivation of social spaces and delivery of philanthropic interventions. With a global focus, the contributors provide case studies ranging from eighteenth-century Britain and early twentieth-century Istanbul to postwar Finland, mid-century America, and post-independence Kenya, demonstrating the breadth of roles women have created for themselves, whether by challenging patriarchal systems and the capitalist marketplace or by working effectively within them. Recognition of these roles supplements the increasing attention being paid to women architects and enables us to understand the full scope of the impact that women have long had in shaping the built world around us.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111390/3/9789461667380.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166739711Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111390/1/9789461667380.pdf9904 3585365e-b495-44c5-8cd1-abb947653197030001OAPEN Library ID3585365e-b495-44c5-8cd1-abb94765319701HANDLE20.500.12657/1114581597837639795920610.3278/978376397959200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/1001025Albanische Universitätsstudien0101Prof. Eqrem Çabej në Albanologji dhe në gjuhësinë europianeMonografi e digjitalizuar, Open Access mbi materiale autentike të papublikuara deri tani, të përkthyera në shqip (letërkëmbim me personalitetet Prof. Gerhard Rohlfs, Tübingen, Prof. Hermann Ölberg, Innsbruck dhe Prof. Maximilian Lambertz, ...1A01BrikenaKadzadej2A01MimozaKore3A01AnilaOmari4A01SonilaSadikaj01alb003300393C93CF93CFF20Albanien 20. Jahrhundert;Albanologie;Archivforschung;Briefwechsel;Editionswissenschaft;Eqrem Çabej;Historische Linguistik;Sprachkontakt;Wissenschaftsgeschichte;Zensur und Wissenschaft01060303undefined0303Kjo monografi shkencore me qasje të hapur (Open Access), i kushtohet Profesor Eqrem Çabejt, figurës themelore të Albanologjisë të shekullit XX dhe rolit të tij në kontekstin e gjuhësisë europiane dhe indoeuropiane. Vepra paraqet për herë të parë një korpus të rëndësishëm materialesh autentike të pabotuara: Letërkëmbimin e Çabejt me tri personalitete të shquara të gjuhësisë europiane, Gerhard Rohlfs (Tübingen), Hermann Ölberg (Innsbruck) dhe Maximilian Lambertz (Leipzig). Një element me vlerë të veçantë është fakti se letrat e profesor Çabejt nuk janë ruajtur, pasi ai i shtypte me makinë shkrimi pa mbajtur kopje. Si rrjedhojë, janë ruajtur vetëm letrat e kolegëve të tij europianë, të cilat përfaqësojnë sot një burim unik për studimin e dialogut shkencor dhe të rrjeteve akademike të shekullit XX. Ky arkiv është ruajtur me përkushtim nga e bija znj. Brikena Çabej dhe po botohet për herë të parë i përkthyer në shqip. Letrat dëshmojnë vlerësimin e lartë ndërkombëtar për Çabejn. Hermann Ölberg e cilëson atë si autoritet qendror të fushës, duke shkruar: "Çdo kërkim albanologjik duhet, në fund të fundit, të nisë nga ju." Ky vlerësim nënvizon rolin e Çabejt si pikë referimi në studimet albanologjike dhe si urë lidhëse mes shkollës shqiptare dhe traditës europiane të gjuhësisë. Monografia ofron kështu jo vetëm një dokumentim historik, por edhe një dëshmi të rëndësisë shkencore dhe morale të Eqrem Çabejt në historinë e gjuhësisë europiane.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111458/3/9783763979592.pdf.jpg01wbv MediaBielefeld0001202611wbv Media01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111458/1/9783763979592.pdf9904 6b2c6a7b-5230-4ee5-9c64-6f631cb459c7030001OAPEN Library ID6b2c6a7b-5230-4ee5-9c64-6f631cb459c701HANDLE20.500.12657/1114591597817761499400610.18772/2202603996400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Advances in Psychological Assessment in South Africa1A01ZaytoonAmod2A01JustinAugust3A01KatherineBain4A01NabeelahBemath5A01SahbaBesharati6A01PieterBronkhorst7A01KateCockcroft8A01AmandaCromhout9A01IrmaEloff10A01AlineFerreira Correia11A01TharinaGuse12A01TasneemHassem13A01CarinHill14A01NicoleIsrael15A01AnwynneKern16A01ThaliaKritharis17A01SumayaLaher18A01KobusMaree19A01SimangeleMayisela20A01Ahmed RiazMohamed21A01KgabeMolepo22A01BrandonMorgan23A01NadiaMorton24A01EricaMunnik25A01Jan AlewynNel26A01PetrusNel27A01RubyPatel28A01ShazlySavahl29A01PieterSchaap30A01LusildaSchutte31A01AnnShuttleworth-Edwards32A01LindaTheron33A01SharonTruter34A01Adriana CatherinaVorster35A01kevin pauldistiller36B01KateCockcroft37B01SumayaLaher01eng003500393J93JM93JMB93JMBT20AI and psychological testing;Cognitive and personality assessment;Culturally responsive testing;Ethics in psychological assessment;Indigenous knowledge and assessment;Neuropsychological testing South Africa;Post-apartheid psychology and practice.;Psychological assessment South Africa;Technology-driven assessments;Vocational and career counselling tools01060303Advances in Psychological Assessment in South Africa provides a detailed, practical and critical appraisal of the evolution of psychological testing since the publication of Psychological Assessment in South Africa: Research and Applications (2013). Editors Laher and Cockroft once again bring together practitioners and researchers to explore new tools and methods used to evaluate mental processes and behaviours in South Africa’s unique and diverse contexts. The book covers a wide range of psychological domains, including cognitive abilities, personality traits, vocational interests and neuropsychological functions. It examines established testing methods while introducing innovative approaches, technology-driven tools and artificial intelligence-based assessments. These advancements allow for more efficient, accurate, and accessible testing, which is critical given the varied educational, cultural and linguistic backgrounds of South Africans. The country’s diversity presents both opportunities and challenges for psychological assessment. Tests must be relevant to local languages, cultures, and social realities to ensure fairness and accuracy. The book highlights efforts to develop and refine tests that reflect these needs, addressing practical issues like accessibility and ethical concerns in the aftermath of apartheid. Written for practitioners, researchers, educators, and students, the book serves as both a reflection on progress and a guide for the future. It showcases how far South Africa has come in creating reliable, culturally sensitive assessments and points to emerging trends, like the integration of Artificial Intelligence to personalise and streamline testing processes. This makes it a valuable resource for those within and beyond South Africa who are interested in understanding how psychological tools can be applied in diverse settings.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111459/3/9781776149940.pdf.jpg01Wits University PressSouth Africa000120260615978177614996415978177614997115978177614999511Wits University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111459/1/9781776149940.pdf9904 fde4306e-7751-45e2-84ff-a9c973088ff0030001OAPEN Library IDfde4306e-7751-45e2-84ff-a9c973088ff001HANDLE20.500.12657/1099311597894616670210610.11116/978946166702100EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Urban EyesGerman-speaking Émigré Photographers in New York in the 1930s and 1940s1A01HeleneRoth01eng0045003935935P935PB935PBC93A93AG93AGA93AJ93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93N93NH93NHB201930s;1940s;Art;Exile;History;History 1800-present;Media and Visual Culture;Migration;Migration Studies;New York;Photography;Urban;Urban Studies01060303Exile through the camera's eye in New York When the National Socialists came to power, New York became a major city of arrival and a new base for German-speaking photographers. At this time, photography was undergoing a radical transformation as it sought to establish itself as an art form. The migrants, in turn, brought with them a broad spectrum of professional training and photographic skills. The camera served as a medium for engaging with the metropolis, reflecting on the experience of migration, building networks and simply surviving economically. In order to comprehensively analyse the complex relationships between photography and exile in the context of the metropolis of New York, Helene Roth takes a closer look at the creative achievements and heterogeneous perspectives, but also the setbacks of migrated photographers. From a transnational perspective, she engages with the socio-cultural, political and artistic developments of the 1930s and 1940s. The German edition of 'Urban Eyes' (Wallstein Verlag, 2025) was awarded the Gold Medal in the category 'Photography Theory Textbook' by the jury of the German Photo Book Award 2025/2026. The dissertation on which this monograph is based received the Claus-Dieter Krohn Prize (2024).01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109931/3/9789461667021.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166703811Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109931/1/9789461667021.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109931/4/9789461667038.epub9904 4bb2e812-9468-4aab-8f81-d34d00807ab3030001OAPEN Library ID4bb2e812-9468-4aab-8f81-d34d00807ab301HANDLE20.500.12657/1099321597894616672810610.11116/978946166729800EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Cartographies of CatastrophesDisaster Documentation and Reconstruction Plans in Europe, 1821–Present1B01LauraDemeter2B01Carmen M.Enss3B01PiotrKisiel4B01CarolLudwig01eng003000393A93AM93AMV93AMVD93AMX93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTP93NHTP193NHW93R93RG93RGV20Architecture and Urban Planning;Damage maps;Europe;Heritage conservation and reconstruction;History;History 1800-present;Military conflict;Natural disaster;Post‐war planning;Urban Studies;Urban morphology;Urban transformation01060303Disaster mapping and reconstruction from the 19th century to the present, with European case studies illustrating diverse regional and cultural approaches. Cartographies of Catastrophes is an in-depth exploration of how disasters, caused by war or natural calamity, have been documented and mapped over the past two centuries. This interdisciplinary volume brings together historians, urban planners, and architects to examine the role of maps in understanding, responding to, and rebuilding after catastrophic events. From the Greek War of Independence to the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, this book offers a unique perspective on how maps shape our perception of disasters and their aftermath. With case studies spanning Europe, it provides a compelling narrative of resilience, reconstruction, and the enduring impact of catastrophe on cities and landscapes. Essential reading for anyone interested in the intersection of history, cartography, and urban planning.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109932/3/9789461667281.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166729811Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109932/1/9789461667281.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109932/4/9789461667298.epub9904 c23ee7cf-2455-4f85-b897-c048284c00b2030001OAPEN Library IDc23ee7cf-2455-4f85-b897-c048284c00b201HANDLE20.500.12657/1114301597816857128840610.53288/0537.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101Dutch Afro BecomingsHybrid Being in Black Art and Culture1A01CharlLandvreugd01eng002400393A93AB93ABA93AG93AGA93G93GL93GLZ20Afro-Europeans;Black studies;Contemporary art;Curating;Diaspora;Dutch art;Hybridity01060303In Dutch Afro Becomings, artist, curator, and researcher Charl Landvreugd argues that we do not yet have a language to understand Dutch Afro-ness, and that it is insufficient to rely on the discourses developed in African American, Black British, or Caribbean cultural theory alone. This critical monograph on continental European Black art and cultural history articulates the specificity of Dutch Afro-ness and the way that Blackness has been translated and (mis)understood across multiple decades of cultural policy, while also providing an incisive analysis of the Dutch state’s aim to showcase “diversity” in a way that is comfortable to the white cultural class, without ever addressing issues of racism or race. Simultaneously, Landvreugd traces how recent generations of artists are effectively constructing a new visual language to name their Dutch Afro-ness by deepening the way their being is shaped across multiple cultural identities and national histories. These time travelers and wanderers are the Wakaman: cultural workers that embrace their hybridity and multiplicity and have defined, on their own terms and through their own words, their nativity within the Dutch art scene. Dutch Afro Becomings is a key theoretical and art-historical work, as an introduction to both different international genealogies of Black arts and culture and to the different movements that shaped the specificity of Dutch Afro artists in particular.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111430/3/9781685712891.pdf.jpgpunctum books01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571289115978168571311911punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111430/1/9781685712891.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/dutch-afro-becomings-hybrid-being-in-black-art-and-culture/9904 57d4c8b8-29b7-46fc-a5f5-0526bd23c883030001OAPEN Library ID57d4c8b8-29b7-46fc-a5f5-0526bd23c88301HANDLE20.500.12657/1113741597838474195700610.3224/8474302100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/1001021Trierer Beiträge zur interdisziplinären Antisemitismusforschung0101Antisemitismus in der postnazistischen MigrationsgesellschaftEine interdisziplinäre Bestandsaufnahme1B01AndreasBorsch2B01LuisaGärtner3B01Salome4B01LennardSchmidt5B01DorotheaSeiler6B01MarcSeul7B01LucaZarbock01ger0022703935935P935PB935PBC93G93GT93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFA193JBFH93JBG93JBGX93JBS93JBSR93JP93JPF93JPFQ93JPH93JPHX93JPV93JPVC20Antisemitism;Antisemitismus;Antizionism;Antizionismus;Bildung;Diversity;Diversität;Education;Migration;Migrationsgesellschaft;Post-migrant society;Postmigrantische Gesellschaft;Postnazismus;Racism;Rassismus01060303undefined0303Ob im Klassenzimmer oder auf dem Sportplatz, in der Sozialen Arbeit oder der deutschen Erinnerungskultur – Antisemitismus ist immer noch trauriger Alltag in der postnazistischen Migrationsgesellschaft Deutschlands. Der Band beleuchtet Kontinuitätslinien und aktuelle Entwicklungen des Antisemitismus in der Bundesrepublik und blickt auf Akteur:innen, Ideologien und die Möglichkeiten von Bildung gegen Antisemitismus.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111374/3/9783847419570.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202311Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111374/1/9783847419570.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/antisemitismus-in-der-postnazistischen-migrationsgesellschaft/9904 28bb8b35-95f0-41d2-91ef-f29541163508030001OAPEN Library ID28bb8b35-95f0-41d2-91ef-f2954116350801HANDLE20.500.12657/1114291597818051180150610.11647/OBP.051100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Make/UnmakePlay at the Centre of Culture Change1A01AnnaBeresin01eng001980393J93JB93JBS93JBSP93JBSP193JH93JHM93JHMC93JM93JMC93JN93JNA93JNC93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Childhood studies;Culture change;Makerspaces;Play;Playgrounds;UNICEF01060303Anna Beresin’s 'Make/Unmake' is an engaging and deeply original exploration of children’s play as a powerful cultural force. Drawing on ethnographic research and vivid travel writing, the author journeys to the Midlands region of England to observe three remarkable play-based programs: the Maker{Futures} Mobile Makerspace, the Pitsmoor Adventure Playground, and the GLUE Collective. She captures the voices of playworkers, teachers, and artists and documents the ingenuity of children turning objects into tools of imagination and change. At a moment when children’s opportunities for material play are shrinking, this book confronts urgent questions: Who gets to play? Who is left out? The work resonates with UNICEF’s recent call to address inequality, climate pressures, and technological shifts shaping children’s lives today. By centring under-resourced communities, gender equity, and cultural representation, this volume reframes play as both a process of making and unmaking the world—an act of resilience, creativity, and collective transformation. This book will appeal to scholars and students in childhood studies, play studies, education, and cultural anthropology, as well as practitioners, teachers, policymakers, and all who are committed to protecting children’s right to play.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111429/3/9781805118039.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511802215978180511803915978180511804615978180511805315978180511897811Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111429/1/9781805118039.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.05119904 2d3f60c9-cc27-4cee-a579-2beed584ba96030001OAPEN Library ID2d3f60c9-cc27-4cee-a579-2beed584ba9601HANDLE20.500.12657/1114311597818051161720610.11647/OBP.047100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Historicizing IQ TestingIntelligence Assessments and their Role in Norwegian Society from the 1900s to the Present1B01HåkonAamot Caspersen2B01Jon RøyneKyllingstad01eng004960393J93JH93JHB93JM93JMA93JMB93JMBT93JN93JND93JNDH93L93LA93LAR93M93MB93MBX93MK93MKM93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB93P93PD93PDX20Forensic Psychiatry;IQ History;Intelligence Testing;Norwegian Education;Psychological Assessment;Transnational Psychology01060303Intelligence testing has shaped modern society in profound ways, influencing education, psychology, law, and governance. This volume offers the first comprehensive study of the history of IQ testing in a Nordic country, shedding new light on its development, adaptation, and societal impact in Norway. By tracing the evolution of intelligence tests—from their role in schools and special education to forensic psychiatry and criminal law—the book uncovers the tensions surrounding their use. Are these tests instruments of empowerment or tools of control? How have they shaped access to education, healthcare, and legal rights? A key focus of this study is the transnational movement of intelligence tests, particularly between Norway, the USA, and other Nordic nations. It explores how tests have been translated, adapted, standardized, and used, raising questions about their claims to measure universal intelligence. This volume challenges assumptions about IQ testing, placing practices of testing and the tests themselves at the center of historical analysis. By examining the Norwegian case, it contributes fresh insights to international scholarship, offering a vital perspective on the global history of intelligence measurement. Essential reading for historians, psychologists, and educators, this book redefines our understanding of intelligence testing in a changing world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111431/3/9781805116196.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511618915978180511619615978180511620215978180511621911Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111431/1/9781805116196.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.04719904 f430e6fc-5191-4d78-930d-45a07d840e37030001OAPEN Library IDf430e6fc-5191-4d78-930d-45a07d840e3701HANDLE20.500.12657/1114561597819974685850610.64449/978199746859200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.00101G20 in Brazil and South AfricaPriorities, Agendas and Voices of the Global South1A01AnaGarcia2B01MartaFernández3B01Welcome SiphamandlaZondi01eng003900393J93JP93JPW20Brazil;G20;Global South;South Africa01060303This book examines key issues and priorities of the G20 from the perspective of the countries of the Global South, with a particular focus on the Brazilian and South African presidencies in 2024 and 2025. It aims to identify key agendas and policy propositions that consider the specific realities of developing countries. By identifying points of convergence and divergence between Brazil's and South Africa's agendas, the book explores how these countries have sought to shape global discussions and contribute to solutions to pressing global challenges from a Global South perspective. In doing so, it seeks to fill an essential gap in the prioritization of issues and representation of voices from the Global South within the G20.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978199746859215978199746860815978199746861511UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111456/1/9781997468592.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/4269904 f7d0a9b0-4e18-4535-88c6-1d05a81046fa030001OAPEN Library IDf7d0a9b0-4e18-4535-88c6-1d05a81046fa01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112571597837329122540610.57088/978-3-7329-8690-300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/10010212Studien zu Fach, Sprache und Kultur0101Wenn KI auf Fach und Sprache trifft1B01Ines-AndreaBusch-Lauer01ger004580393C93CF93CFP93CFX93G93GT93GTC93J93JN93JNM93JNT93U93UY93UYQ20AI;Artificial Intelligence;Artificial intelligence in professional communication;Business language;Copilot-assisted learning;Educational technology;Foreign-language acquisition;Higher-education teaching;Interpreter training;Language models;Legal communication;Legal translation;Specialised communication research;Specialised languages;Subject-specific didactics;Terminology studies;Translation practice01060303undefined0303In this volume, experts in specialised communication research from nine countries present their latest AI‑related projects in both research and teaching. Their contributions focus on: modelling and conceptual frameworks, AI literacy and competence development, terminology and knowledge structures, specialised translation and interpreting, and the teaching of specialised language in higher education. With an eye to the future quality of research and instruction in specialised communication, the authors explore both the potential and the risks associated with using artificial intelligence.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111257/5/9783732986903.pdf.jpg01Frank & TimmeBerlin000120260615978373298690311Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111257/4/9783732986903.pdf9904 f06a527f-7aea-4eb9-baee-0474cd788e70030001OAPEN Library IDf06a527f-7aea-4eb9-baee-0474cd788e7001HANDLE20.500.12657/1109901597819117124350610.31389/lsepress.tlc00EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The London ConsensusEconomic Principles for the 21st Century1B01TimBesley2B01IreneBucelli3B01AndrésVelasco01eng006720393J93JP93JPP93JPQ93JPQB93K93KC93KCM20Climate change;Development economics;Political economy;Public policy;Sustained development;Washington Consensus01060303A generation ago, the so-called Washington Consensus laid out a series of dos and don’ts for policymakers around the world. Today, that vision is recognised as having fallen short in a number of ways – particularly in its neglect of the social and institutional factors that are indispensable for achieving sustained growth and for building fairer and more cohesive societies. The immense challenges humanity faces are easy to list: climate change, pandemics, social inequalities, the far-reaching effects of the tech revolution and AI, a fragmenting world economy, and a wave of populism and political polarisation that has undermined support for liberal democracy in many countries. It is much harder to identify a set of new ideas – and policies – that will solve these seemingly intractable global problems. In this new world, political leaders and policymakers need guidance and principles that can assist when choosing among policy alternatives. To this end, the editors of this volume convened over 50 of the world’s leading economists and policy experts at the London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE). The London Consensus: Economic Principles for the 21st Century is the result of these exchanges. It is not intended as a one-size-fits-all set of economic remedies, but an exercise in assembling the best available evidence and ideas to foster dialogue, and ultimately to develop a set of principles that can address the urgent political, social and economic tasks ahead.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110990/3/9781911712442.pdf.jpgLSE Press01LSE PressLondon, UK000120250615978191171244215978191171245915978191171246611LSE Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110990/4/9781911712442.pdf9904 f1695c48-2903-436c-9bad-c7a6f8a79417030001OAPEN Library IDf1695c48-2903-436c-9bad-c7a6f8a7941701HANDLE20.500.12657/1114531597806398899550610.64449/978063988996200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Critical Conversations From Different Worlds Through Decoloniality, Gender Equity and Diversity1B01ZairaSolomons01eng001800393J93JH93JHB93JHBA93JHBL20Decoloniality;Decolonisation;Diversity;Gender equity01060303Zaira Solomons is a senior Research Associate at the University of Johannesburg. She holds a PhD from Coventry University and received the prestigious Leverhulme Study Abroad Studentship. She is a decolonial scholar with an emphasis on gender parity and STEM. This edited collection emerged as a result of an international conference she organised during her research sabbatical at the University of Johannesburg, South Africa. It weaves together voices from distinct South-North perspectives on matters relating to minorities and STEM, sexual diversity and inclusion, as well as the political economy and equity. “This book is a considered contribution to ongoing discussions and debates about inclusion and equity. A timely addition to the literature with important insights into under-researched challenges.”- Billy WongProfessor of Education and Director of Research and Evaluation (Access & Participation) at University of Reading, UK & Editor for British Educational Research Journal (BERJ) “In addition to being a political project that stresses the prospect of a just future, this book encourages us to pursue the possibilities of gender and epistemological justice. The contributions emphasise the necessity of persistently challenging colonial and patriarchal systems, drawing upon a thorough decolonial feminist overview. The book emphasises the value of elevating marginalised voices, perspectives, and knowledge as well as the skewed and invisible histories and contributions of women and all other disenfranchised people both in Africa and across the world.”- Puleng SegaloProfessor of Social Psychology & Chief Albert Luthuli Research Chair at University of South Africa “The authors tackled their respective topics from fresh and unique angles and should be congratulated for their contributions. This collection is aimed at providing valuable insights for anyone interested in ongoing work concerning decoloniality, gender equity and diversity.”- Leigh Ann van der MerweFounder of Social, Health & Empowerment Feminist Collective of Transgender Women of Africa & South African Commissioner for Gender EqualityUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988996215978063988997911UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111453/1/9780639889962.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/2849904 e85f764a-a46e-4260-9542-fd300acd3e7b030001OAPEN Library IDe85f764a-a46e-4260-9542-fd300acd3e7b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1114541597806398900980610.64449/978063989010400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101The QuestThe Underdevelopment of Postcolonial Africa1A01Seife01eng003980393J93JP93JPF93JPW20Development strategy;Postcolonial Africa;Underdevelopment01060303Seife Tadelle Kidane is the Director of the Center for Governance and Intra-Africa Trade Studies (CGIATS) at the University of Johannesburg and an Associate at the Institute of Pan African Thought and Conversation (IPATC). He also chairs ACESS: Africa Connect E-commerce Seamless Solutions, an initiative dedicated to advancing the implementation of the Continental Free Trade Area (CFTA). Dr. Seife has authored numerous scholarly publications in the fields of postcolonial African social and political philosophy, indigenous knowledge, contemporary African governance, and international relations. His professional experience spans national, regional, and global institutions, including leadership roles such as former head of the Pan African Youth Movement (PYM), President of the African Youth Peace Council (AYPC), Vice President of the World Federation of Democratic Youth (WFDY), and leadership positions in civil society organizations such as Africa Speaks and the Great Run Africa. He has also contributed to the African Union and the United Nations Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC). With over twenty-five years of engagement across public, private, academic, and non-state sectors in Africa, Dr. Seife brings a uniquely grounded perspective to his work. He identifies primarily as an African thinker, transcending ethnic, political, and religious categorizations. His scholarship is informed by both rigorous academic inquiry and extensive practical experience, reflecting a commitment to Pan-Africanism and transformative governance. Zaira Solomons is a senior Research Associate at the University of Johannesburg. She holds a PhD from Coventry University and received the prestigious Leverhulme Study Abroad Studentship. She is a decolonial scholar with an emphasis on gender parity and STEM. This edited collection emerged as a result of an international conference she organised during her research sabbatical at the University of Johannesburg, South Africa. It weaves together voices from distinct South-North perspectives on matters relating to minorities and STEM, sexual diversity and inclusion, as well as the political economy and equity. “This book is a considered contribution to ongoing discussions and debates about inclusion and equity. A timely addition to the literature with important insights into under-researched challenges.” Billy Wong Professor of Education and Director of Research and Evaluation (Access & Participation) at University of Reading, UK & Editor for British Educational Research Journal (BERJ) “In addition to being a political project that stresses the prospect of a just future, this book encourages us to pursue the possibilities of gender and epistemological justice. The contributions emphasise the necessity of persistently challenging colonial and patriarchal systems, drawing upon a thorough decolonial feminist overview. The book emphasises the value of elevating marginalised voices, perspectives, and knowledge as well as the skewed and invisible histories and contributions of women and all other disenfranchised people both in Africa and across the world.” Puleng Segalo Professor of Social Psychology & Chief Albert Luthuli Research Chair at University of South Africa “The authors tackled their respective topics from fresh and unique angles and should be congratulated for their contributions. This collection is aimed at providing valuable insights for anyone interested in ongoing work concerning decoloniality, gender equity and diversity.” Leigh Ann van der Merwe Founder of Social, Health & Empowerment Feminist Collective of Transgender Women of Africa & South African Commissioner for Gender EqualityUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063989010415978063989011115978063989012811UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111454/1/9780639890104.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/2449904 dc3977fe-81ac-4073-8af8-3c5dbcf31051030001OAPEN Library IDdc3977fe-81ac-4073-8af8-3c5dbcf3105101HANDLE20.500.12657/1114501597806398898630610.64449/978063988987000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101UmphrofethiThe Prophet1A01LuDlamini01eng00860393C93CJ93CJP93CJPG93Q93QR93QRR93QRRM20Kahlil Gibran;The Prophet01060303This translation by Lungile Dlamini is a timely gift of immeasurable proportions to her people. She is unequivocal in her offering, as articulated in her appeal to her readers: “Fundani le ncwadi, niyidlulisele nakwabanye njengesipho sengqondo nenhliziyo ejulayo ngomcabango".Hoopoe Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988987015978063988988715978063988989411UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111450/1/9780639889870.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/3109904 99e28877-6dfa-4b6a-9a5f-f6f6f28e7916030001OAPEN Library ID99e28877-6dfa-4b6a-9a5f-f6f6f28e791601HANDLE20.500.12657/1114451597806398900500610.64449/978063989006700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.001012024 Undergraduate Research Conference1A01Naphtali MosheAphane2A01ADabulamanzi3A01NjabuloDlamini4A01MartinGammon5A01TanaGoate6A01AGovender7A01CaitlinHamilton8A01NadineHerbst9A01WandileKhumalo10A01RazeenLe Roux11A01A.Madonsela12A01XMaluleke13A01DitshegofatsoMaoto14A01MMasikhwa15A01AMatlala16A01AMavimbela17A01MaggieMehlape18A01Yusuf GoolamMomoniat19A01LebohangMosia20A01NN. Sindane21A01MveloNyamelo22A01MorganPotgieter23A01PareleShamase24A01Karabo TshepoShoroma25A01SamukeloSibiya26A01BonginkosiYika27A01NqobileZwane28B01NkosiniNgwenya29B01JohannesSchoeman01eng002180393G93GP93GPS93J93JN20Research;Undergraduate;University of Johannesburg01060303The Academic Development Centre (ADC) and the UJ Library presented the fourth annual Undergraduate Research Conference on the 1st of October 2024. The broad purpose of the conference was to showcase undergraduate research at UJ and to develop undergraduate students in preparation for possible postgraduate studies. All Faculties and the College were represented in what was a cross-disciplinary conference. In addition to the conference, students wrote short articles about their research projects. The articles are presented in this first edition of the UJ Undergraduate Research Conference (UGRC) monograph.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063989006715978063989007415978063989008111UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111445/1/9780639890067.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/3709904 a3896103-72c1-473e-af40-f38441bce3f2030001OAPEN Library IDa3896103-72c1-473e-af40-f38441bce3f201HANDLE20.500.12657/1114521597806398898250610.64449/978063988983200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101The Uncommon Becomes CommonA Critical Gaze at Some Research Trends in the South African Indigenous Languages1B01ONELISAmbathu01eng003040393C93CJ93CJP93CJPG20Multilingualism;Naming;Novels;Poetry;Theme01060303This book is an attempt to investigate some of the pertinent research trends in the indigenous languages of South Africa. It covers aspects ranging from literature, language education, translation, folklore, linguistics, artificial intelligence and multilingualism, music, and creative media. The editors believe that the book lays a firm foundation and inspiration for the publication of more books that will include more of the official languages of South Africa. It would be a delight to see languages such as Sesotho, Setswana, Tshivenda, Xitsonga, isiXhosa, Siswati, and even Afrikaans coming to the party.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988983215978063988984915978063988985611UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111452/1/9780639889832.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/2829904 9aae7a1c-cefa-4930-866d-c05fe70a3def030001OAPEN Library ID9aae7a1c-cefa-4930-866d-c05fe70a3def01HANDLE20.500.12657/1114551597819974682330610.64449/978199746823300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Security-Development Nexus in AfricaProgress Towards the Agenda 2063 and Sustainable Development Goals1A01SiphumeleleDuma2B01RichMashimbye01eng004740393J93JP93JPR93JW20Development;Intra-Africa trade;Peacebuilding;Political economy;Security01060303This book is a riveting account of major political, economic and social issues that are pertinent to the African continent. At its core, the book explores the ever-important matrix of security-development nexus as this plays out on the African continent. One of the main concerns of African states and, indeed, the continental organisation, the AU, and its RECs, has been regional integration. But how do you achieve economic integration, for example, in the context of poor intra-continental transport infrastructure? What about the deep-seated conflicts in some parts of Africa, like the Great Lakes Region; how do you attain economic integration and development against this background? The many contributions by some of the foremost scholars on Africa and the issues that affect the continent offer pathways to answers around how to achieve an Africa that is developed, secure and modernised. The authors provide captivating accounts of the histories, present realities and possible future scenarios that are at play as the African continent aspires to attain the Agenda 2063 and the SDGs. Thus, themes like economic development and integration, transport infrastructure development, conflicts and terrorism, migration, peacebuilding and sustainable development, human security and food security are some of the primary themes that the book looks at.“This book provides a refreshing perspective on Africa’s development challenges, masterfully unpacking key intersections between sustainable development and security. It critiques well-worn paradigms while providing forward and alternative frames of understanding development, placing a greater premium on the transformative potential of continental integration through initiatives like the African Continental Free Trade Area. It also tackles difficult themes such as climate-induced disasters, land conflicts, food insecurity, and emerging cybersecurity threats. Thought-provoking and deeply relevant, this volume is an indispensable resource for scholars and decision-makers committed to shaping Africa’s future.” — Mzukisi Qobo, Ambassador of South Africa to the World Trade Organisation, Geneva“This text is timely in tackling pertinent discourses of international relations at a time of increasing echoes of re-membering and reclamation of Africa’s agency. By establishing an organic link between security and development on one hand and on the other Agenda 2063 and SDGs, the Editors and contributors of this exceptional text have successfully relocated Africa’s agency following its dislocation for the past 650 years.” – Dr Alexander Madanha Rusero, Head, Department of International Relations and Diplomacy, Africa University, Mutare, ZimbabweSiphumelele Duma is a Senior Postdoctoral Fellow at the University of Johannesburg’s Institute for Pan-African Thought and ConversationRich Mashimbye is a Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the Institute for Pan-African Thought and ConversationUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978199746824015978199746825711UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111455/1/9781997468233.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/2609904 92a62b6c-51d7-4d12-956c-1d8a2c0a4ca7030001OAPEN Library ID92a62b6c-51d7-4d12-956c-1d8a2c0a4ca701HANDLE20.500.12657/1114481597806398899930610.64449/978063989000500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101PHARMAKONUrban Law and the Making of Johannesburg1A01Eric NyembeziMakoni01eng002460393J93JP93JPF93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ20Colonialism;Decolonialism;Johannesburg;Law;Planning;South Africa;Spatial planning;Urban law;Urbanism01060303“This book is truly a pharmakon, a potion historically prescribed and a healing adventurously re-imagined. Pharmakon, as the title indicates, shows how the same thing that can be healing, can also poisons us. Makoni takes us through the colonial and postcolonial lawscape of urban South Africa and especially Johannesburg, making a case for how injustice was established through planning laws, and all along trying to find ways in which justice can be achieved. This especially pernicious form of spatial violence is shown to have persevered throughout colonial history, with concrete examples of racial capitalism, where state and private initiatives were implicated. makoni shows how the law has been a conspirator of colonial racialisation, and a precious yet precarious compass to help navigate the post-apartheid lands – the law as true pharmakon, with the trophy of spatial justice in the centre of legal concerns.”Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos Professor of Law & Theory / Artist / Fiction AuthorUniversity of Westminster, London “Rich in theory, concepts and empirical examples, eric nyembezi makoni's book is a groundbreaking and timely intervention in the field of urban planning and city studies.”Prof. Sabelo J. Ndlovu-Gatsheni Professor and Chair in Epistemologies of the Global South, University of Bayreuth, Germany “Through the concept of the lawscape, this book provides an excellent, expansive history of how legal and planning instruments have together shaped South African cities to make spatial racial segregation possible during the colonial and Apartheid era but also to create more inclusive, democratic cities in the post-Apartheid period. PHARMAKON: Urban Law and the Making of Johannesburg is a lucid, critical and yet hopeful book; a must-read for anyone committed to contribute to decolonised cities that promote spatial justice and economic inclusivity.”Dr. Wendy WillemsDepartment of Media and Communications, London School of Economics and Political ScienceUJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063989000515978063989001215978063989002911UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111448/1/9780639890005.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/1259904 6c9ed91c-2ef4-4142-97c5-23c09d746f45030001OAPEN Library ID6c9ed91c-2ef4-4142-97c5-23c09d746f4501HANDLE20.500.12657/1114571597806398901730610.64449/978063989018000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/01013rd Conference of Planning Students and Young Graduates:Spatial Planning, Urban Development Challenges / Opportunities, Resilience and Smart Cities With Focus on 4IR1A01GeorgeOnatu2B01TrynosGumbo01eng003540393A93AM93AMC93AMCR93AMV93AMVD204IR;Smart cities;Spatial planning;Urban development01060303This is the first edition of the Proceedings of the Conference for Planning Students and Young Graduates (CPSYG). The CPSYG 2022 brought together young planning researchers, seasoned academics from various universities, built environment practitioners and relevant stakeholders from South Africa and other countries to share and debate latest research findings, foster interdisciplinary collaboration and explore innovative / cutting edge solutions to both current and emerging challenges in the built environment. Areas of focus as shared in this proceeding and volume includes: the emergence and evolution of Alexandra Township in Johannesburg ; the assessment of the relationship between urbanization and economic development around the world, how policies and legislation responds to water infrastructure in Rustenburg, South Africa; Wetland ecosystems in Limpopo Province, the influence of Non-Motorised Transport (NMT) systems around the world, Planning for sustainable Tourism in Zimbabwe, the use and application of 4IR in the revitalization of declining mining town in South Africa, Urban Informality Presence in Botswana, Demolition and Forced eviction in Accra, Ghana, Challenges of state-subsidised housing provisions in Maseru, Lesotho; Urban Renewal and sustainable development nexus in Mbombela, Competitive Cities in South Africa and Poor basic services provisions in Stjwetla, Alexandra, Johannesburg.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063989018015978063989019711UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111457/1/9780639890180.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/1969904 39806422-3898-4961-96cb-58ed625b0764030001OAPEN Library ID39806422-3898-4961-96cb-58ed625b076401HANDLE20.500.12657/1114511597806398901350610.64449/978063989014200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Gender and Feminist Meditations on Women’s Political Participation in Africa1B01DikelediMokoena01eng002760393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JP20Africa;Feminism;Politics;Women's leadership01060303Across Africa, women continue to face structural, cultural, and political barriers that limit their participation in governance. This volume, financially supported by Akina Mama Wa Afrika, brings together scholars and activists to explore the diverse ways women are challenging these constraints and claiming space in political life. From Nigerian women using social media to amplify their voices, to Zimbabwe’s Nambya women dealing with patriarchal cultural practices, the chapters examine both the obstacles and strategies for empowerment. Empirical studies from South Africa, Ghana, and Uganda highlight how rural women, literary interventions, and activist-leaders like Stella Nyanzi are reshaping political participation and challenging entrenched gender norms. Drawing on African feminism, comparative analyses, and real-world case studies, the book offers insights into increasing women’s representation in decision-making platforms and national assemblies, advancing gender equality, and fostering inclusive governance. Essential for scholars, policymakers, and advocates, this collection illuminates the pathways toward a more equitable political future in Africa. Dr Dikeledi A. Mokoena is a South African academic and lecturer at the University of Johannesburg's Department of Anthropology and Development Studies. Her research focuses on Gender, Politics of Development and Feminist Political Economy, which explores the intersection of gender and economics in African contexts. Dr Mokoena is a former youth leader of a pan-Africanist movement and has served in various leadership portfolios. Dr Mokoena has a colourful history in political activism & remains an activist scholar. Her work is centred around promoting pan-African unity, collective leadership, and African feminist principles for a more just and equal world. Sharon Adetutu OMOTOSO is an Associate Researcher at the Institute for the Future of Knowledge, University of Johannesburg. She is also Associate Professor (Gender and Media Studies) at the Institute of African Studies, University of Ibadan where she heads the Women’s Research and Documentation Centre (WORDOC). Her works integrate the transdisciplinary fields of Applied Ethics, Media/Information Literacy, Gender Studies, Higher education leadership, African Politics and African Philosophy. On these, she serves on editorial boards of scholarly journals and consults for international agencies. As an Alexandra von Humboldt fellow, her strength lies in developing innovative concepts that contribute to debates in scholarship, activism, and policy engagements.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063989014215978063989015915978063989016611UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111451/1/9780639890142.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/2469904 19248dd6-3716-4ecb-843e-6d6985e3face030001OAPEN Library ID19248dd6-3716-4ecb-843e-6d6985e3face01HANDLE20.500.12657/1114471597806398899000610.64449/978063988991700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Artificial Intelligence Transforming Higher Education Volume 21B01ErnaOliver01eng003300393J93JN93JNK204IR;Artificial intelligence;Ethics;Higher education01060303When the rhythm of the music changes, the dance steps must change also. Step onto the cusp of a new era in teaching and learning. Informed by leading innovators in education technology, this book offers a clear, practical roadmap to turn the promises of/about AI and LLMs into campus-ready solutions. Discover how to harness intelligent tools without losing sight of the human connections that define higher education. Inside these books you will learn how to• craft personalised learning experiences that enhance student engagement and success;• safeguard academic integrity while embracing AI-driven assessments;• empower yourselves with intuitive, low-barrier AI tools for content creation and feedback;• leverage data analytics to close equity gaps and support at-risk students; and• build an ethical AI and LLM strategy that aligns with higher educational missions and values.Whether you are an educator or instructor rethinking lesson design, or a manager streamlining support services, these volumes provide insights and guidance to lead change that will transform higher education culture, elevate outcomes, and equip graduates for work in an AI-infused world.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988991715978063988992415978063988993111UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111447/1/9780639889917.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/4469904 0d417aa0-8fbf-4e46-ac8e-4f919376a3e2030001OAPEN Library ID0d417aa0-8fbf-4e46-ac8e-4f919376a3e201HANDLE20.500.12657/1114461597806398898010610.64449/978090678599700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Politics and PoetryA Collection of Poems on Politics and International Relations1A01Ndzalama CleopatraMathebula01eng00520393G93GT93GTC93J93JP93JPW20International Relations;Poetry;Politics01060303Ever envisioned what the amalgamation of politics and poetry looks like? Persuasion and eloquence are at the heart of this combination. This book brings about the pleasure of succinctly, emotively, figuratively, and strangely compellingly expressing politics. Poetry has always been praised for its patterned language, as a form of literary art, and for its amusing rhyming scheme. Beyond this order, poetry has always been at the heart of politics, through expressive and loud poems that capture the struggles of the day or implicit ciphers aimed at dispatching encoded messages. This book is tasked with capturing the current political state of affairs through poetry and inciting an alternative form of reading, writing, and exploring politics through a different writing genre. Ndzalama Mathebula is an Assistant Lecturer at the Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Johannesburg. She is also an Associate Editor for the Journal of World Affairs: Voice of the Global South. Her research niches include energy and mineral resources, African political economy, political risk analysis, and international relations. Ndzalama holds a bachelor’s degree in Humanities, an Honours degree in Politics and International Relations, and a Master’s degree in Politics from the University of Johannesburg, and she’s currently pursuing her PhD on Energy Communities. Ndzalama has recently published a book titled Debt Crisis and Sovereign Risk in Afric a. She also holds membership with the Institute of Risk Management South Africa and has participated in conferences, webinars, and TV interviews as a political commentator and panellist.Hoopoe Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978063988981815978090678598015978090678599711UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111446/1/9780906785997.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/3269904 05de80e6-eec2-4729-9389-9e4a2abbf149030001OAPEN Library ID05de80e6-eec2-4729-9389-9e4a2abbf14901HANDLE20.500.12657/1114491597809067854920610.64449/978090678550800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Diplomacy on TimeDenmark in South Africa’s Negotiated Revolution1A01PeterBrückner01eng002680393J93JP20Apartheid;Denmark;Diplomacy;South Africa01060303The purpose of this memoir is not to write the whole story from Nelson Mandela’s release in 1990 to the first democratic elections in 1994. That has already been done. My aim is merely to describe the Danish efforts during the negotiation process in the four years that culminated in the adoption of South Africa’s first democratic constitution and the installation of Mandela as president.UJ Press01UJ PressJohannesburg000120250615978090678550815978090678551515978090678552211UJ Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111449/1/9780906785508.pdf990409UJ Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://ujonlinepress.uj.ac.za/index.php/ujp/catalog/book/3809904 ed1ceb01-f521-42c7-a213-427d79b1d905030001OAPEN Library IDed1ceb01-f521-42c7-a213-427d79b1d90501HANDLE20.500.12657/1113651597837315142440610.5445/KSP/100017959800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/100102100Karlsruher Schriftenreihe Fahrzeugsystemtechnik0101A simulation-based approach to the fluid-structure interaction inside fatigue cracks in hydraulic components1A01LukasMichiels01eng002020393T93TG93TGB20Bauteilermüdung;Computational Fluid Dynamics;Fatigue;Fluid-Induced Crack Closure;Fluid-Induziertes Rissschließen;Fluid-Structure Interaction;Fluid-Struktur Interaktion;Strömungssimulation01060303Experiments on hydraulic components indicated that hydraulic pressure causes an additional load on the crack faces and that a viscous fluids do not flow out during rapid load changes, which reduces the effective damage amplitude. In this work, a simulation of the fluid-structure interaction is modeled with an averaged thin-film flow and coupled with a mechanical model. The simulation of the oil flow in the crack and the crack provides a better understanding of the FSI and its impact on fatigue.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111365/3/9783731514244.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111365/1/9783731514244.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001795989904 42089f46-bd63-488d-8915-dee0c28b0efc030001OAPEN Library ID42089f46-bd63-488d-8915-dee0c28b0efc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113661597837315144420610.5445/KSP/100018279300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/10010243The Karlsruhe Series on Software Design and Quality0101Automatic Performance Modeling and Analysis of Configurable Scientific Software and Workflows1A01LarissaSchmid01eng002000393U93UY20Benchmark;Benchmark serverless;Configurable software;Konfigurierbare Software;Leistungsmodellierung;Performance modeling;Serverless01060303This work reduces the cost of automatic performance modeling and enables comparative analysis of workflow orchestration performance. We use parametric profiles to cut measurement costs, a method to identify performance-irrelevant options, and a serverless workflow benchmarking suite based on a Petri Net model. These contributions help developers and scientists better understand, model, and optimize application performance across diverse platforms and configurations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111366/3/9783731514442.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111366/1/9783731514442.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001827939904 61ffc34f-99ba-4f6d-ae3c-e7599f24b48b030001OAPEN Library ID61ffc34f-99ba-4f6d-ae3c-e7599f24b48b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113671597895236914210610.33134/HUP-3500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/0101Displaced Families, Dispersed Memories1B01SeijaJalagin2B01OutiKähäri3B01JohannaLeinonen4B01IlmariLeppihalme5B01Hanna-LeenaMäättä6B01ElinaTurjanmaa01eng003570393D93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93JH93JHB93JHBK93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Displacement;Family memory;Intergenerational transmission;Postmemory;Resilience;Trauma01060303Displaced Families, Dispersed Memories explores the memory work and mnemonic practices of families dispersed by war, conflict, repression, occupation, or forced migration. Against a backdrop of escalating displacement, protracted conflict, and deepening political and societal instability, this volume advances family memory as a vital lens for understanding the enduring human consequences of political upheaval. Drawing on case studies from South Asia, Europe, the Americas, and post-Soviet spaces in the 20th and 21st centuries, the chapters illuminate how memories of rupture—whether spoken, silenced, embodied, or materialized—shape family reminiscence, relationships, and well-being of descendants. These impacts extend long after the original events, reaching two or three generations. The volume examines family memory as a dynamic, intergenerational process. It asks how stories of loss and survival circulate through narratives, letters, photographs, rituals, and objects, and how they persist in gestures, sensory experiences, and broader cultural practices. The volume also considers how these memories are reimagined in literature, activism, and art. Contributors probe the affective and ethical dimensions of remembering, revealing how families negotiate silence, trauma, and resilience amid shifting political and cultural contexts. They show that memory work is not only retrospective but also future oriented as it has the capacity to claim justice, foster solidarity, and challenge hegemonic narratives that marginalize certain histories. The volume is organized around three themes: silences and sensory memories, trauma and resilience, and counter-memories. It bridges historical and contemporary perspectives, combining history, sociology, social psychology, literary studies, cultural studies, and cultural anthropology. The book’s 13 chapters demonstrate that family memory is a site of both vulnerability and strength, where intimate recollections intersect with national and transnational memory cultures. By foregrounding the lived and felt dimensions of displacement, Displaced Families, Dispersed Memories invites readers to reconsider how families make sense of violent pasts and how these legacies reverberate in present struggles for belonging and recognition.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111367/3/9789523691438.pdf.jpgHelsinki University Press01Helsinki University PressHelsinki, Finland000120260615978952369143815978952369144511Helsinki University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111367/1/9789523691438.pdf990409Helsinki University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.33134/HUP-359904 e1b5c148-f52e-4a23-9cbb-41d62dd32a2a030001OAPEN Library IDe1b5c148-f52e-4a23-9cbb-41d62dd32a2a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113681597837639795920610.3278/978376397959200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode.de1001025Albanische Universitätsstudien0101Prof. Eqrem Çabej në Albanologji dhe në gjuhësinë europianeMonografi e digjitalizuar, Open Access mbi materiale autentike të papublikuara deri tani, të përkthyera në shqip (letërkëmbim me personalitetet Prof. Gerhard Rohlfs, Tübingen, Prof. Hermann Ölberg, Innsbruck dhe Prof. Maximilian Lambertz, ...1A01BrikenaKadzadej2A01MimozaKore3A01AnilaOmari4A01SonilaSadikaj01alb003300393C93CF93CFF20Albanien 20. Jahrhundert;Albanologie;Archivforschung;Briefwechsel;Editionswissenschaft;Eqrem Çabej;Historische Linguistik;Sprachkontakt;Wissenschaftsgeschichte;Zensur und Wissenschaft01060303undefined0303Kjo monografi shkencore me qasje të hapur (Open Access), i kushtohet Profesor Eqrem Çabejt, figurës themelore të Albanologjisë të shekullit XX dhe rolit të tij në kontekstin e gjuhësisë europiane dhe indoeuropiane. Vepra paraqet për herë të parë një korpus të rëndësishëm materialesh autentike të pabotuara: Letërkëmbimin e Çabejt me tri personalitete të shquara të gjuhësisë europiane, Gerhard Rohlfs (Tübingen), Hermann Ölberg (Innsbruck) dhe Maximilian Lambertz (Leipzig). Një element me vlerë të veçantë është fakti se letrat e profesor Çabejt nuk janë ruajtur, pasi ai i shtypte me makinë shkrimi pa mbajtur kopje. Si rrjedhojë, janë ruajtur vetëm letrat e kolegëve të tij europianë, të cilat përfaqësojnë sot një burim unik për studimin e dialogut shkencor dhe të rrjeteve akademike të shekullit XX. Ky arkiv është ruajtur me përkushtim nga e bija znj. Brikena Çabej dhe po botohet për herë të parë i përkthyer në shqip. Letrat dëshmojnë vlerësimin e lartë ndërkombëtar për Çabejn. Hermann Ölberg e cilëson atë si autoritet qendror të fushës, duke shkruar: "Çdo kërkim albanologjik duhet, në fund të fundit, të nisë nga ju." Ky vlerësim nënvizon rolin e Çabejt si pikë referimi në studimet albanologjike dhe si urë lidhëse mes shkollës shqiptare dhe traditës europiane të gjuhësisë. Monografia ofron kështu jo vetëm një dokumentim historik, por edhe një dëshmi të rëndësisë shkencore dhe morale të Eqrem Çabejt në historinë e gjuhësisë europiane.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111368/3/9783763979592.pdf.jpg01wbv MediaBielefeld0001202611wbv Media01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111368/1/9783763979592.pdf990409wbv Media01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.wbv.de9904 04c22800-72f7-4f70-a8b8-dd7028691b3e030001OAPEN Library ID04c22800-72f7-4f70-a8b8-dd7028691b3e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113701597837315126600610.5445/KSP/100015348500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/10010271Karlsruher Schriften zur Anthropomatik0101Erklärbare Künstliche Intelligenz - Steigerung der Nachvollziehbarkeit überwachter maschineller Lernverfahren1A01NadiaBurkart01ger002620393U93UY20Artificial Intelligence;Erklärbarkeit;Explainability;Künstliche Intelligenz;Machine Learning;Maschinelle Lernverfahren01060303Artificial Intelligence is increasingly used in everyday applications. However, its high complexity often leads to a lack of transparency. Explainable Artificial Intelligence addresses this issue by making models and their decisions more understandable. This work contributes to explainable supervised machine learning by introducing a procedure model with five types of explanations and proposing global and local surrogate models to explain both overall model behavior and individual decisions.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111370/3/9783731512660.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111370/1/9783731512660.pdf9904 ff2a8fbb-36d2-4100-914e-484252ed3f81030001OAPEN Library IDff2a8fbb-36d2-4100-914e-484252ed3f8101HANDLE20.500.12657/1112931597816857120440610.53288/0483.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101Imagining What We Don't KnowCreative Theory and Critical Bodies1A01LisaSamuels01eng003200393Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDHR593R93RN93RNA93RNC20Art;Ecology;Ethics;Phenomenology;Poetry;Quantum life;Theory01060303Bringing together perception, ecology, community, lingual value, and quantum life, Imagining What We Don’t Know: Creative Theory and Critical Bodies presents twenty-four essays and theory poems that blend interpretive neologisms — wild dialectics, distributed centrality, membranism, deformance, bioautography, transplace, soft text, and more — with readings of visionary philosophers and the art and writing of Algeria, Australasia, the Caribbean, Oceania, the UK, and the US. Committed to experimental ideation and relational ethics, Imagining What We Don’t Know is for art and theory practitioners, philosophy rebels, creative writers, and anyone who relishes thinking about contemporary art, transnational and transdisciplinary life, and how we imagine with language. Imagining What We Don’t Know presents a biblio-architecture of “blurprints” built with theories of the embodied mind that are elemental, entangled, and electrified by the political. This is creative theory, hovering with alterities of art and interpretation and imagining with critical attention.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111293/3/9781685712051.pdf.jpgpunctum books01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571205115978168571308911punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111293/1/9781685712051.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/imagining-what-we-dont-know-creative-theory-and-critical-bodies/9904 fe21554a-4d36-4417-99f8-600e2f1bd0a3030001OAPEN Library IDfe21554a-4d36-4417-99f8-600e2f1bd0a301HANDLE20.500.12657/1113151597838376752690610.14361/978383947526300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode10010274Musik und Klangkultur0101Rhythmisch-energetische IntensivierungZur Verlaufsform von Sonatenexpositionen in der Wiener Klassik1A01FelixBaumann01ger001980393A93AV93AVA20Klang;Music;Music History;Musicology;Musik;Musikgeschichte;Musikwissenschaft;Rhythm;Rhythmic Development;Rhythmic Intensification;Rhythmic Transformation;Rhythmische Entwicklung;Rhythmische Intensivierung;Rhythmische Transformation;Rhythmus;Sonata Form;Sonate;Sonatensatzform;Sound;Vienna Classic;Wiener Klassik01060303undefined0303Musikkundigen ist geläufig, dass das Seitenthema einer Sonatenexposition der Wiener Klassik in einer Spannungstonart erfolgt. Weniger bekannt ist, dass sich zusammen mit der harmonischen Modulation eine rhythmisch-energetische Intensivierung vollzieht, die die Musik dramatisiert und strukturiert. In dieser Leseweise präsentiert sich die Sonatenform als die musikalische Form der Aufklärung. Felix Baumann zeigt, wie daraus innovative Einsichten resultieren, die mit den neuesten Theorieansätzen kompatibel sind und sie in fruchtbarer Weise ergänzen. So entsteht nicht nur für alle Spielarten der Musiktheorie, der Musikwissenschaft oder der Musikästhetik ein erheblicher Zugewinn, sondern auch eine Inspiration zur eigenen Auseinandersetzung mit der Materie.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111315/3/9783839475263.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947526311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111315/1/9783839475263.pdf9904 fc1323c9-c4d1-4722-94f2-113b391c98c9030001OAPEN Library IDfc1323c9-c4d1-4722-94f2-113b391c98c901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112891597815292477010610.51952/978152924772500EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The App EconomyMaking Sense of Platform Power in the Age of AI1A01KonradKollnig01eng001900393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193JBF93JBFV93JBFV593K93KN93KNT93KNTX93L93LN93LND93LNQ93LNQD93P93PD93PDR93U93UB93UBJ20App stores;Apple;Digital Services Act;Google;Online platforms01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Mobile apps have transformed how we live, work and connect – but at what cost? This book examines the immense power Apple and Google wield over society, arising from their control of app stores as well as mobile operating systems and browsers. With the EU’s new Digital Services Act defining their influence as a potential 'systemic risk', Konrad Kollnig unpacks the implications for competition, privacy, and regulation. Offering a clear roadmap for scholars as well as policy makers, this book not only reveals the hidden risks of app ecosystems but also outlines practical solutions for ensuring fairer digital markets.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111289/4/9781529247725.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152924771815978152924772515978152924773211Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111289/1/9781529247725.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111289/2/9781529247718.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 fe14d432-efe4-4d1a-9857-c90c1ade7825030001OAPEN Library IDfe14d432-efe4-4d1a-9857-c90c1ade782501HANDLE20.500.12657/1113091597838376501360610.14361/978383945013000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode1001021The Academy in Exile Book Series0101Refugee RoutesTelling, Looking, Protesting, Redressing1B01VanessaAgnew2B01KaderKonuk3B01Jane O.Newman01eng003200393J93JB93JBF93JBFH93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Displacement;Exile;Fleeing;Genocide;Humanitarianism;Migration;Migration Policy;Political Science;Protest Movements;Refugee Studies;Refugees;Scholar Rescue Initiatives;Sociology01060303The displaced are often rendered silent and invisible as they journey in search of refuge. Drawing on historical and contemporary examples from Turkey, the Ottoman Empire, Iraq, Syria, UK, Germany, France, the Balkan Peninsula, US, Canada, Australia, and Kenya, the contributions to this volume draw attention to refugees, asylum seekers, exiles, and forced migrants as individual subjects with memories, hopes, needs, rights, and a prospective place in collective memory. The book's wide-ranging theoretical, literary, artistic, and autobiographical contributions appeal to scholarly and lay readers who share concerns about the fate of the displaced in relation to the emplaced in this age of mass mobility.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111309/3/9783839450130.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945013011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111309/1/9783839450130.pdf9904 fb925e8b-0573-4c42-b2d6-7a9bfcc41bdf030001OAPEN Library IDfb925e8b-0573-4c42-b2d6-7a9bfcc41bdf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112561597837329110730610.57088/978-3-7329-8689-700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Kamishibai im universitären DaF-Unterricht1A01NataliaZalipyatskikh01ger0012603932932A932AC932ACG934934C934CT93A93AT93ATX93ATXM93C93CJ93CJA93CJAD93J93JN93JNM93JNMT93JNP93JNU20Action‑oriented DaF teaching;Adult education;DaF didactics;DaF instruction;Didactics;German as a Foreign Language (DaF);German as a foreign language;Grounded Theory;Kamishibai;Narrative didactics;Paper theatre;Process‑oriented competences;Storytelling theatre;Subject‑specific didactics;Teacher education;The IKAJA principles;University‑level teaching01060303undefined0303In an era shaped by artificial intelligence and a broader narrative crisis, the Japanese paper‑theatre form Kamishibai is experiencing a renaissance. Although it is traditionally associated with younger children, adults, too, are captivated by its unique aesthetic and performative qualities. Natalia Zalipyatskikh demonstrates the medium’s potential for university‑level foreign‑language teaching. Her focus lies on implementing an action‑oriented approach in German‑as‑a‑Foreign‑Language (DaF) instruction, with particular emphasis on process‑oriented competences. The results of her empirical study point to a multidimensional construct within narrative didactics that supports action‑oriented discursive practices. Using Kamishibai in the classroom is inherently multimodal, fostering an active, process‑oriented culture of reflection and biographical engagement. By connecting to learners’ personal experiences and imaginations, the medium unfolds strong social, emotional, narrative, and aesthetic effects. The resulting motivation for learners’ own linguistic production is a significant gain for both students and teachers.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111256/3/9783732986897.pdf.jpg01Frank & TimmeBerlin000120260615978373298689711Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111256/1/9783732986897.pdf990409Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.frank-timme.de/de/programm/produkt/kamishibai_im_universitaeren_daf-unterricht9904 fb14b15c-99c6-4c8b-860a-5b03b7dc50cc030001OAPEN Library IDfb14b15c-99c6-4c8b-860a-5b03b7dc50cc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112711597802711023130610.5325/b.2010719400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Second-Wave NeoliberalismGender, Race, and Health Sector Reform in Peru1A01ChristinaEwig01eng93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JK93JKS93JP93JPB93M93MB93MBQ93N93NH93NHK20Currency devaluation;Economics;Ewig;Gender;Global competition;Health sector reform;Industry;Latin America;Peru;Politics;Race;Second-wave neoliberalism;Social policy reforms;Social services;Society;Structural adjustment01060303The first wave of neoliberal reform that swept across Latin America in the early 1990s focused on economic policies favoring structural adjustment, such as currency devaluation, cuts in state-supplied social services, and removal of protection for domestic industry against global competition. This wave has been the subject of widespread debate and criticism for its negative impact on the most vulnerable strata of society. But the second wave of the mid-1990s, which saw the introduction of many social policy reforms, has not received nearly as much attention. Christina Ewig seeks to correct this imbalance in scholarly research by presenting a case study of the multifaceted efforts to reform the health sector in Peru under the Fujimori regime. Second-Wave Neoliberalism combines top-down analysis of policy formation with bottom-up analysis of policy implementation using both qualitative and quantitative approaches—interviews and ethnographic observations along with formal surveys. Ewig’s findings lead her to conclude that neoliberal health reforms have brought greater social stratification and, in many ways, have increased gender, racial, and class inequity. But the story is complex, with real progress in some areas and surprising paradoxes in others, such as feminist involvement in family planning policy that resulted in a massive sterilization program targeting poor, indigenous women.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111271/3/9780271102313.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001201011Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111271/1/9780271102313.pdf9904 fad15e73-03c0-431d-92a4-d45a23046659030001OAPEN Library IDfad15e73-03c0-431d-92a4-d45a2304665901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112841597836319203670610.3726/b2191600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.010010217Studies in Classical Literature and Culture0101The New GreeksPolish Romantics’ Historicism and the Emergence of Altertumswissenschaft1A01MaciejJunkiert01eng002780393D93DB93DC93DN93DS20Adam Mickiewicz;Altertumswissenschaft;Classical philology;Emergence;Gottfried Ernst Groddeck;Greeks;Historicism;History of humanities;History of philology;Joachim Lelewel;Junkiert;Koschalka;Maciej;Mikołaj;Nineteenth century history;Polish;Polish culture;Romanticism;Romantics’;Szymański;Younger Europe01060303The book discusses the development of Polish studies on Greek antiquity in the first half of the nineteenth century. Junkiert scrutinizes the relationship of Polish intellectuals with their predecessors in this field in France and the German-speaking culture. The book describes scholarly rivalry between nations in search of their own visions of antiquity. Methodologically, the book develops the vein of classical reception studies. The key figures of this study are Adam Mickiewicz, Joachim Lelewel, and Gottfried Ernst Groddeck.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111284/3/9783631920367.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120240615978363192037411Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111284/1/9783631920367.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/view/product/101042?format=EB009904 fab74be4-1e52-4a0b-adc4-31ce12d98657030001OAPEN Library IDfab74be4-1e52-4a0b-adc4-31ce12d9865701HANDLE20.500.12657/1113201597838376449130610.14361/978383944491700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode10010217Jahrbuch für Kulturpolitik0101Jahrbuch für Kulturpolitik 2019/20Kultur. Macht. Heimaten. Heimat als kulturpolitische Herausforderung1B01UlrikeBlumenreich2B01Christine WingertChristine Wingert3B01SabineDengel4B01NorbertSievers01ger005120393J93JN93JNA93K93KJ93KJM20Combat Concept;Cultural Management;Cultural Policy;Diversity;Diversität;Heimat;Heimatpolitik;Heimatverein;Home;Kampfbegriff;Kulturmanagement;Kulturpolitik;Kulturprojekt;Local Politics;Macht;Museum;Politics;Politik;Populism;Populismus;Power01060303undefined0303»Heimat« ist ein ebenso schillernder wie problematischer Begriff, wenn er als politische Kategorie benutzt wird. Gegenwärtig in aller Munde, steht er in der Gefahr, als politischer Kampfbegriff missbraucht zu werden. Kann es in dieser Situation gelingen, ihn in einem aufgeklärten Sinne kulturpolitisch produktiv zu machen? Ist eine kulturelle Heimatpolitik möglich? Das Jahrbuch für Kulturpolitik 2019/20 versammelt Beiträge des 10. Kulturpolitischen Bundeskongresses 2019 »Kultur.Macht.Heimat en «. Die über 50 Expert*innen aus dem In- und Ausland, darunter namhafte Kulturpolitiker*innen und Kulturwissenschaftler*innen sowie zahlreiche Praktiker*innen aus Heimatvereinen, Kultureinrichtungen und Kulturprojekten, diskutieren die Risiken und Potenziale einer Kultur- als Heimatpolitik.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111320/3/9783839444917.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383944491711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111320/1/9783839444917.pdf9904 f7f20594-8cef-4dd2-9671-0e4e2812715b030001OAPEN Library IDf7f20594-8cef-4dd2-9671-0e4e2812715b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113341597838376720390610.14361/978383947203300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102242Image0101Virtual PhotographyArtificial Intelligence, In-game, and Extended Reality1B01AliShobeiri2B01HelenWestgeest01eng002420393A93AB93ABA93AJ93J93JB93JBC93JBCT20Art;Artificial Intelligence;Cultural Studies;Digitalization;Extended Realities;In-Game Photography;Media Studies;Photography;Photography Theory;Virtual Photography;Visual Studies01060303While it has traditionally been seen as a means of documenting an external reality or expressing an internal feeling, photography is now capable of actualizing never-existed pasts and never-lived experiences. Thanks to the latest photographic technologies, we can now take photos in computer games, interpolate them in extended reality platforms, or synthesize them via artificial intelligence. To account for the most recent shifts in conceptualizations of photography, this book proposes the term virtual photography as a binding theoretical framework, defined as a photography that retains the efficiency and function of real photography (made with or without a camera) while manifesting these in an unfamiliar or noncustomary form.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111334/3/9783839472033.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947203311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111334/1/9783839472033.pdf9904 e63de54d-633f-435a-a934-23abe0688930030001OAPEN Library IDe63de54d-633f-435a-a934-23abe068893001HANDLE20.500.12657/1113241597838376721520610.14361/978383947215600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102Urban Studies0101Transformative RegionenNeue Handlungsräume zwischen Land und Stadt1B01AnnaEckert2B01EleonoreHarmel3B01AndreasWillisch01ger003600393A93AK93J93JH93JHB93R93RG93RGC93RP93RPC20Agriculture;City;Climate;Country;Energie;Energy;Future;Klima;Land;Landwirtschaft;Mobility;Mobilität;Nachhaltigkeit;Raum;Region;Social Geography;Sociology;Sozialgeographie;Soziologie;Space;Stadt;Stadtplanung;Sustainability;Transformation;Transformationsdesign;Urban Planning;Urban Studies;Zukunft01060303undefined0303Transformative Regionen sind Räume, in denen Akteur*innen Praktiken in Gang setzen, lokale Ressourcen aktivieren und Wissen teilen, um Wandel zu gestalten. Denn ob Klima, Energie, Mobilität oder Landwirtschaft: Die derzeitigen Herausforderungen können für Land und Stadt nicht getrennt voneinander betrachtet werden. Aus sozialwissenschaftlicher und planerischer Perspektive erkunden die Beiträger*innen den Maßstab der Region als Raum- und Handlungsgefüge. Sie bieten für alle, die planen, transformieren oder forschen neue Sichtweisen auf vermeintlich abgehängte oder boomende Regionen und eröffnen so Chancen zur Zukunftsgestaltung.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111324/3/9783839472156.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947215611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111324/1/9783839472156.pdf9904 e6d65e1c-f94b-45fb-a8f3-56f76f35df2d030001OAPEN Library IDe6d65e1c-f94b-45fb-a8f3-56f76f35df2d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113331597838376717730610.14361/978383947177700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102246Image0101Bio-ArtVarieties of the Living in Artworks from the Pre-modern to the Anthropocene1B01JulioVelasco2B01KlausWeber01eng002540393A93AB93ABA93AG93AGA93J93JB93JBF93JBFU20Animal;Anthropocene;Anthropocentrism;Art;Art History;Bio Art;Contemporary Art;Cultural Studies;Culture;Fine Arts;Human-Animal Studies;Nature;Theory of Art01060303In the face of climate change, the destruction of biodiversity or genetic experimentation, Bio Art appears as a form that is most directly grappling with the problems of the »Anthropocene«. It develops many different approaches and explores a variety of mediums, often related to scientific research, creating art that uses plants, insects, mammals, bacteria, bird songs, forest sounds, or genetic modification. Bio Art's uniqueness comes from incorporating, rather than just representing the living in a diverse range of artworks. In discussing such works from various world regions and time periods, the contributors address the divide between human and non-human animals, between »culture« and »nature«.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111333/3/9783839471777.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947177711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111333/1/9783839471777.pdf9904 e5c9c9e7-8df6-41ab-b91e-48a4b9c4fd5a030001OAPEN Library IDe5c9c9e7-8df6-41ab-b91e-48a4b9c4fd5a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112811597805852789020610.5325/b.1997127500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Civil Rights and Social WrongsBlack-White Relations Since World War II1B01JohnHigham01eng93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBS93JBSL93JP93JPQ93JPQB93N93NH93NHK200-271-01709-0;0-271-01932-8;American;Civil rights;Discontent ethnicity pluralistic international;History;John Higham;Movement affirmative action multiculturalism;Racial inequality democratic;Society;Stalemate;United states;Us;Usa01060303The persistence of racial inequality in a democratic society may be the gravest problem confronting the United States. It has surely been the most intractable. Yet the torrent of scholarship and comment unleashed in recent years by the question of race provides a general reader with little overall understanding of the solutions attempted and the resulting outcomes. These essays by ten leading scholars offer the most compact comprehensive appraisal we have of how the modern civil rights movement arose, what changes it brought about in relationships between blacks and whites, and how it led to affirmative action, to multiculturalism, and eventually to the present stalemate and discontent. Contributors are Christopher Beem, Lawrence Bobo, Erwin Chemerinsky, Gerald Early, Jean Bethke Elshtain, Lawrence H. Fuchs, Nathan Glazer, John Higham, Douglas S. Massey, and Diane Ravitch.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111281/3/9780585278902.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199711Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111281/1/9780585278902.pdf9904 dba5833d-6bba-45aa-a116-836e0dbf5919030001OAPEN Library IDdba5833d-6bba-45aa-a116-836e0dbf591901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112771597802711022450610.5325/b.1997158100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Don’t Burn it HereGrassroots Challenges to Trash Incinerators1A01Douglas ClaytonSmith2A01EdWalsh3A01RexWarland01eng93J93JB93JH93JHB93JP93JPA93N93NH93NHK93R93RN93RNA93RND93RNK20-7 American Politics;-9 0-271-01664;0-271-01663;Case studies interviews focus group discussions extensive newspaper files questionnaire responses Fo;D. Clayton Smith;Don't Burn it Here Edward J. Walsh;For Research in Dispute Resolution;New Jersey;New York;Rex Warland;United states;Us;Usa;Waste-to-energy throw-away society garbage electricity landfill space environmental movement Pennsyl01060303When first proposed in this country during the 1970s, waste-to-energy (WTE) incinerators appeared to be ideal solutions to the growing mounds of trash in our "throw-away" society. Promising to convert useless garbage into electricity while saving precious landfill space, trash incinerators seemed perfectly timed to respond to a national need. Within a decade, however, a grassroots anti-incineration movement emerged as a vibrant offshoot of the environmental movement. In Don't Burn It Here , sociologists Edward Walsh, Rex Warland, and D. Clayton Smith examine this grassroots movement through detailed analyses of the struggles surrounding proposals to build eight municipal incinerators in Pennsylvania, New York, and New Jersey. The eight case histories that form the heart of the book are comparable to hundreds of others across the U.S. The authors' research is based on interviews, focus group discussions, extensive newspaper files, and questionnaire responses from participants on both sides of the conflicts. A final chapter examines the similarities and differences between the three successful projects and the five defeated ones. An overview of the history of the modern incinerator in the U.S. and the emergence of a major national opposition movement provides the necessary context, and throughout the book, the authors make useful comparisons to other national movements seeking legal justice for deprived collectivities such as women and ethnic groups. This project was supported by a grant from the Ford Foundation's Fund for Research in Dispute Resolution. Striving to maintain a balanced treatment of both sides of the incinerator battles, the authors provide fresh theoretical and methodological perspectives on a new type of collective action. They also help to close the gap between theory and empirical data in the social sciences.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111277/3/9780271102245.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199711Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111277/1/9780271102245.pdf9904 d64ee124-bba2-4f44-9ced-854a3a5ebe44030001OAPEN Library IDd64ee124-bba2-4f44-9ced-854a3a5ebe4401HANDLE20.500.12657/1113121597838376423840610.14361/978383944238800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode10010257Edition Politik0101Erfahrung und EngagementMotive, Formen und Ziele der Globalisierungskritik1A01ChristineUnrau01ger003780393G93GT93GTQ93J93JH93JHB93JP93JPA93JPS20Civil Engagement;Civil Society;Creativity;Emotion;Engagement;Erfahrung;Experience;Globalisierung;Globalisierungskritik;Globalization;Globalization Critique;Kreativität;Political Action;Political Science;Political Sociology;Politics;Politik;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Soziologie;Politisches Handeln;Religion;Social Movements;Soziale Bewegungen;Zivilgesellschaft01060303undefined0303»Eine andere Welt ist möglich« – so lautet das Credo der Globalisierungskritik, die sich als Gegenbewegung zur neoliberalen Umgestaltung der Welt formiert hat. Darin liegt ein Appell zum politischen Engagement und eine Kritik am Rückzug ins Private, Gemütliche und Überschaubare. Doch auf welcher Erfahrungsbasis beruht dieser Appell? Welche Rolle spielt etwa die Erfahrung der Empörung für die Motivation politischen Handelns? Und lässt sich aus universalem Mitleid ein neues Ethos für eine globalisierte Welt ableiten? Christine Unrau geht diesen Fragen anhand eines mehrdimensionalen Erfahrungsbegriffs nach, der neben Vernunft auch Spiritualität, Emotionalität und Kreativität miteinbezieht.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111312/3/9783839442388.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120180615978383944238811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111312/1/9783839442388.pdf9904 e1973fbe-9cac-4946-992d-a34b30d469ec030001OAPEN Library IDe1973fbe-9cac-4946-992d-a34b30d469ec01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113481597837328536560610.14361/978383945365000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102X-Texte zu Kultur und Gesellschaft0101Das zweite konvivialistische ManifestFür eine post-neoliberale Welt01ger001440393G93GT93GTQ93J93JB93JBF93JBFQ93JBS93JBSD93JN93JP93JPA93K93KC93KCA93R93RN93RNT20Community;Convivialism;Crisis;Economy;Gemeinschaft;Gesellschaft;Hybris;Konvivialismus;Konvivialität;Krise;Manifest;Manifesto;Neoliberalism;Neoliberalismus;Philosophie;Philosophy;Political Philosophy;Political Science;Political Theory;Politics;Politik;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Philosophie;Politische Theorie;Posthumanism;Posthumanismus;Society;Solidarity;Solidarität;Wirtschaft01060303undefined0303In der gegenwärtigen gesellschaftlichen und ökologischen Krisensituation ist nichts dringender gefragt als eine Vorstellung davon, wie eine Zeit nach dem Neoliberalismus aussehen kann. Das zweite konvivialistische Manifest stellt eine politische Philosophie vor, die konsequent relational und pluriversal angelegt ist, die das Zusammenleben der Menschen untereinander und das Verhältnis zur Natur auf neue, glaubwürdige und überzeugende Grundlagen stellt. Ein zentraler Aspekt ist dabei die Überwindung aller Formen menschlicher Hybris. Nach einer intensiven Diskussion haben fast 300 Wissenschaftler*innen, Intellektuelle und Aktivist*innen aus 33 Ländern dieses Manifest unterzeichnet.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111348/3/9783839453650.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383765365615978383945365011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111348/1/9783839453650.pdf9904 d114b78a-c96d-4b1a-9dd2-41d298666655030001OAPEN Library IDd114b78a-c96d-4b1a-9dd2-41d29866665501HANDLE20.500.12657/1113001597837328744600610.14361/978383947446400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/legalcode100102164Edition Politik0101Populismus und autoritäre IdeologieKämpfe um Hegemonie im demokratischen Kapitalismus1A01FelixBreuning01ger002700393J93JP93JPA93JPH93JPHV20Authoritarian Ideology;Autoritäre Ideologie;Capitalism;Critical Theory;Critique of Society;Democracy;Demokratie;Gesellschaft;Gesellschaftskritik;Kapitalismus;Kritische Theorie;Political Science;Political Sociology;Political Theory;Politics;Politik;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Ideologie;Politische Soziologie;Politische Theorie;Populism;Populismus;Racism;Rassismus;Society;Stuart Hall;Theodor W. Adorno01060303undefined0303Populistische Parteien gewinnen seit den 1990er Jahren vermehrt Sitze in westlichen Parlamenten. Vor allem radikal rechter Populismus gilt oft als Sinnbild unserer krisenhaften politischen Gegenwart. Was aber können uns die wichtigsten Theorien zum Populismus darüber sagen? Wie hängen Krisen der Demokratie, die Entwicklung des Kapitalismus und die Konjunktur autoritärer Ideologie heute zusammen? Felix Breuning durchleuchtet die wichtigsten Stränge der Fachdiskussion mithilfe kritischer Theorien in den Traditionen Theodor W. Adornos und Stuart Halls. Dabei macht er deutlich: Wir müssen autoritäre Ideologie und Kämpfe um politische Hegemonie endlich gesellschaftskritisch in den Blick nehmen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111300/3/9783839474464.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383767446015978383947446411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111300/1/9783839474464.pdf9904 d06e0d53-1221-4cbe-bfdb-63abb5470c07030001OAPEN Library IDd06e0d53-1221-4cbe-bfdb-63abb5470c0701HANDLE20.500.12657/1113231597838376506620610.14361/978383945066600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode1001022Public History – Angewandte Geschichte0101Historisches Lernen und Materielle KulturVon Dingen und Objekten in der Geschichtsdidaktik1B01SebastianBarsch2B01Jörgvan Norden01ger002840393J93JN93JNA93JNB93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Actor-network-theory;Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie;Bildung;Bildungsforschung;Bildungsgeschichte;Cultural History;Didactics;Didaktik;Education;Educational Research;Epistemologie;Epistemology;Geschichtswissenschaft;Historisches Lernen;History;History of Education;Kulturgeschichte;Museum;Neuer Materialismus;New Materialism;Objects;Objekte;Pedagogy;Pädagogik;Sachquellen01060303undefined0303Im Zuge der Etablierung des »New Materialism« wird die Bedeutung von Objekten für menschliche Gesellschaften neu verhandelt. Welches Potenzial dieser Neue Materialismus für Geschichtswissenschaft und Geschichtsdidaktik hat, ist bisher nur ansatzweise ausgelotet worden, doch es scheint vielversprechend: Wenn Sachquellen nicht als passive Überreste gedeutet werden, sondern auch als Akteure der Gegenwart, wenn sie gesichertes Wissen über die Vergangenheit ermöglichen, dann sind sie in besonderem Maße geeignet, historisches Lernen zu fördern. Oder sind gegenständliche Objekte der interpretativen Willkür genauso ausgeliefert wie jede andere Quelle?01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111323/3/9783839450666.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945066611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111323/1/9783839450666.pdf9904 d286def2-8c35-4924-bf06-338617da9a00030001OAPEN Library IDd286def2-8c35-4924-bf06-338617da9a0001HANDLE20.500.12657/1113421597838376705230610.14361/978383947052700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Studien zur Popularmusik0101Remixing the Hip-Hop NarrativeBetween Local Expressions and Global Connections1B01JamesBarber2B01ChristianBüschges3B01Dianne VioletaMausfeld4B01BrittaSweers01eng003300393A93AV93AVA93AVL93AVLP93AVM93J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Cultural History;Cultural Studies;Culture;Hip Hop;Media;Music;Music History;Musicology;Pop Music;Popular Culture;Popular Music;Race01060303Although hip hop is now a well-established global music genre and cultural form, its history and current impact have not yet been sufficiently studied. The interdisciplinary contributions to this volume address hip hop's historical and regional struggles for representation of race, gender, generation, place, and language, as well as the tension between authenticity and commercialization. Contributors offer approaches to historicizing hip-hop culture, and present new theoretical perspectives and methodological tools for addressing hip hop's global impact. This volume targets not only scholars and students but also resonates with recent public debates about identity politics and cultural appropriation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111342/3/9783839470527.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947052711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111342/1/9783839470527.pdf9904 d12eec71-d59c-420c-b8f5-de798eeebade030001OAPEN Library IDd12eec71-d59c-420c-b8f5-de798eeebade01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113431597838376721070610.14361/978383947210100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102298Edition Kulturwissenschaft0101Kulturwissenschaften und neue TechnologienZwischen Technikentwicklung und öffentlichen Diskursen1B01Libuše HannahVeprek2B01johannesmoser01ger002000393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCT93JBCT193P93PD93PDR20Alltag;Artificial Intelligence;Augmented Reality;Collaboration;Cultural Studies;Culture;Development;Digital Media;Digitale Medien;Digitalisierung;Digitalization;Discourse;Diskurs;Entwicklung;Everyday Life;Gesellschaft;Gestaltung;Kollaboration;Kultur;Kulturwissenschaft;Künstliche Intelligenz;Lebenswelt;Lifeworld;Philosophy of Technology;Public Debate;Robotics;Robotik;Science and Technology Studies;Shaping;Society;Sociology of Technology;Technikphilosophie;Techniksoziologie;Technologie;Technology;Öffentliche Debatte01060303undefined0303Wie verändern neue Technologien wie Künstliche Intelligenz, Robotik oder Augmented Reality unser Zusammenleben und unsere Zukunft? In öffentlichen Diskursen um neue Technologien stehen meist Auswirkungen auf Wirtschaft, Gesellschaft und Politik im Vordergrund, seltener sind diese bereits Teil der Technikentwicklung selbst. Die Rolle der Kulturwissenschaften, die auf alltagspraktische Phänomene fokussieren und somit nah an den Lebenswelten sind, in welche die neuen Technologien eingreifen, bleibt oft unberücksichtigt und gilt es zu verdeutlichen. Die Beiträger*innen schließen diese Forschungslücke und erörtern, was die Kulturwissenschaften sowohl zu den Debatten um neue Technologien als auch zu einer reflektierten Technikentwicklung selbst beitragen können.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111343/3/9783839472101.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947210111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111343/1/9783839472101.pdf9904 ca444b39-91c9-43b0-ba37-ad299aa2d2e5030001OAPEN Library IDca444b39-91c9-43b0-ba37-ad299aa2d2e501HANDLE20.500.12657/1113441597838376264900610.14361/transcript.978383942649400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode100102Kultur und soziale Praxis0101Räume und Identitäten in GrenzregionenPolitiken – Medien – Subjekte1B01MarkusHesse2B01SonjaKmec3B01RachelReckinger4B01ChristianWille01ger004000393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JH93JHM93JHMC20Border;Cultural Anthropology;Culture;Europa;Europe;Gesellschaft;Grenze;Identity;Identität;Interculturalism;Interkulturalität;Kultur;Kulturanthropologie;Kultursoziologie;Raum;Society;Sociology of Culture;Space01060303undefined0303Die Raum- und Identitätsforschung arbeitet mit Unterscheidungen und Relationen. Diese sind als heuristische Instrumente besonders in Grenzregionen gewinnbringend, wenn soziale und geopolitische Markierungen auseinanderfallen. Die Beiträge des Bandes setzen hier an. Anhand empirischer Erhebungen in Deutschland, Frankreich, Belgien und Luxemburg untersuchen sie Raum- und Identitätskonstruktionen in grenzüberschreitenden Bezügen, wie sie sich in alltäglichen, institutionellen und medialen Praktiken manifestieren. Die Ergebnisse werden mit sensiblem Blick für quer liegende Räume und Identitäten diskutiert und an gouvernementale Fragen der Normierung und Subjektivierung rückgebunden.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111344/3/9783839426494.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120140615978383942649411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111344/1/9783839426494.pdf9904 cb8d725e-4e40-4931-8108-4acdb1b2b6e6030001OAPEN Library IDcb8d725e-4e40-4931-8108-4acdb1b2b6e601HANDLE20.500.12657/1112631597894616670450610.11116/978946166704500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Islam, Culture, and Society0101Ibn Taymiyya's ThoughtCorpus, Reception, and Legacy1B01MehdiBerriah2B01ArjanPost01eng0028203935935P935PG935PGP93J93JB93JBS93JBSR93N93NH93NHG93Q93QD93QDH93QDHK93QR93QRP20Ibn Taymiyya;Islamic thought;Jihad;Modern reception;Philosophy;Religious discourse;Surnatural;Theology01060303A fresh reading of medieval thinker Ibn Taymiyya, offering pathbreaking insight into his lasting relevance in debates on Islam, authority, and religious thought. Ibn Taymiyya’s Thought: Corpus, Reception, and Legacy explores the work, influence, and lasting impact of one of the most controversial and prolific figures in Islamic intellectual history: Taqī l-Dīn Aḥmad Ibn Taymiyya (d. 728/1328). Adopting a clear and rigorous approach, this book traces the key strands of Ibn Taymiyya’s thought and shows how his writings have been interpreted, transformed, challenged, and reappropriated over time. It sheds light on the tensions between tradition and renewal, and between religious authority and critical inquiry. Beyond Taymiyyan thought itself, the book offers a deeper understanding of contemporary debates about Islam by situating them within a long and complex intellectual history. Thus, it will appeal both to readers eager to grasp the complex thought of one of medieval Islam’s most controversial scholars and to those interested in the ongoing relevance of his ideas in modern intellectual and religious debates across the Muslim world. This volume makes a vital contribution to the study of Ibn Taymiyya by engaging closely with his texts, and considering them in their original historical context as well as in the diverse settings in which they have been reread and reappropriated, whether directly or indirectly.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111263/3/9789461667045.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166705211Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111263/1/9789461667045.pdf9904 cb0bc90c-243c-49a2-a210-4ec18db75d64030001OAPEN Library IDcb0bc90c-243c-49a2-a210-4ec18db75d6401HANDLE20.500.12657/1112801597802711022900610.5325/b.1992142100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Western Hemisphere Immigration and United States Foreign Policy1B01ChristopherMitchell01eng935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93JP93JPS93N93NH93NHK200-271-00789-3;0-271-02610-3;American;Christopher Mitchell;Latin America;Migration trady;Policy population;Politics;United states;Us;Usa;Western Hemisphere Immigration and United States Foreign Policy01060303This book adds a wealth of new data on the political significance of inter-American migration, through case studies of the policies of population flows from Cuba, Central America, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, and Mexico. This theme has received only preliminary attention fully ten years after the Mariel boat-lift from Cuba. The contributing scholars bolster an emerging trend in the broad study of international population movements, emphasizing the effect government policies on migration is a social process quire insulated form the effects of public policy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111280/3/9780271102290.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199211Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111280/1/9780271102290.pdf9904 c095e0a7-078e-4dda-8711-ddff4067fc59030001OAPEN Library IDc095e0a7-078e-4dda-8711-ddff4067fc5901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112611597837757622360610.61608/978377576269400EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Culture Codes Democracy1A01AndreasBabler2A01Ana-MariaCarabelea3A01VanessaHannesschläger4A01GeorgHauesler5A01VeronikaLiebl6A01GerfriedStocker7A01GünseliYalcinkaya8B01ArsElectronica Center Linz01eng001000393A93AB93AF93AFC93AFCC93AFK93AFKB93AG93AGA93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT393JH93JHB93JHM93JHMC93M93MB93MBP93MK93MKF93MQ93MQW93Q93QD93QDT93QDTK93V93VF93VFD93VFDB93X93XQ93XQE20AI;Culture;Digital sovereignty;Europe;Future vision;Hybrid;Infrastructure;Innovation;KI;Media;Politic;Society;Technology01060303This publication shows how art and cultural institutions can help shape the development of new technologies in society. It draws on the experiences of leading European cultural organizations and highlights the role that cultural and art criticism plays in the emergence and perception of technology. Cultural institutions can help address the challenges posed by the increasing use of artificial intelligence. The book highlights the contributions the cultural sector is already making to promote a more conscious approach to such innovations, and outlines a vision of how it can remain an important player in Europe’s journey toward digital sovereignty in the future.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111261/4/9783775762694.pdf.jpg01Hatje Cantz VerlagBerlin, German000120260615978377576269411Hatje Cantz Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111261/1/9783775762694.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111261/2/9783775762236.epub990409Hatje Cantz Verlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.hatjecantz.com/products/84152-culture-codes-democracy?variant=532855296167309904 c9167cde-8f77-4345-a012-2b3745cd4150030001OAPEN Library IDc9167cde-8f77-4345-a012-2b3745cd415001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112671597815261828760610.7765/978152618289000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Visual arts and medicine in early modern Europe and beyondBernardino Ramazzini,1A01Carly B.Boxer2A01RobertBrennan3A01JuliaCzapla4A01FabrizioFederici5A01FrancesGage6A01JanaGraul7A01FabianJonietz8A01CatherineLawless9A01AriellaMinden10A01KatherinaSabernig11A01RomanaSammern12A01PaoloSanvito13A01KatharineStahlbuhk14B01RobertBrennan15B01FabianJonietz16B01RomanaSammern01eng0031603933933M933MG933ML93A93AG93AGA93AGH93M93MB93MBX93N93NH93NHD93P93PD93PDX20Age;Anatomy;Aristotelianism;Art history;Art theory;Artisanal knowledge;Body history;Bologna;Bonaventura Berlinghieri;Botany;Cennino Cennini;China;Christianism;Cimabue;Collaboration;Colour;Connoisseurship;Cosmetics;Craftwork;Cross-cultural exchange;Cure;Dissimulation;Embodied knowledge;Ex voto;Eyesight;Figline Master;Fragments;Fresco painting;Galen;Garden of Health;Giotto;Giulio Mancini;Herbal;History of Florence;History of Poland;History of labour;History of science;Interdisciplinarity;Jesuits;Julius von Schlosser;Liberal arts;Libraries;Manila;Medicine;Mimesis;Missionary;Mondino de’ Luzzi;Mural painting;Pharmacology;Pigments;Pilgrimage;Pontormo;Prayer;Print history;Quintus;Race;Reception of antiquity;Scientific illustrations;Social history;St Birgitta;St Luke;Taddeo Alderotti;Tibet;Transfer of knowledge;Translation;Translations;Urine wheel;Uroscopy01060303This book looks beyond the traditional nexus of painting, anatomy, and optics to explore a wider, more complex network of material, institutional, and theoretical connections between visual art and medicine in early modern Europe. Focusing on the thirteenth through seventeenth centuries, the book sheds light on collaborations between painters and doctors on colour charts, handwork skills common to sculptors and surgeons, the transmission of art theory through medical texts long before the emergence of art writing itself as an independent genre, and the kinship of medical diagnosis with early modes of connoisseurship. On one level, the book proposes that visual art and medicine enjoyed a special degree of intertwinement, beyond the typical range of connections that bound the arts together in premodernity. On another level, it also demonstrates the relevance of this intertwinement to a range of pressing methodological concerns in current humanities scholarship, such as recent approaches to the history of the body, embodied knowledge, and transregional connectivity. Alongside nine chapters that explore these and other topics, the book also provides an array of little-known primary sources, translated into English from languages such as Latin, Italian, Polish, and Tibetan, along with introductions and commentary. The aim of the book is not to write a visual history of the medical profession, nor to chronicle the role that medical illustration has played in art history, but rather to rethink the broader social and epistemological standing of both disciplines.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111267/3/9781526182890.pdf.jpg01Manchester University PressManchester000120260615978152618289011Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111267/1/9781526182890.pdf990409Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.manchesteruniversitypress.co.uk/97815261828769904 c77efd19-a0dc-4fdc-a54a-e0c9b14d6c91030001OAPEN Library IDc77efd19-a0dc-4fdc-a54a-e0c9b14d6c9101HANDLE20.500.12657/1113281597838376426050610.14361/978383944260900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode10010259Edition Politik0101Liquid Democracy in DeutschlandZur Zukunft digitaler politischer Entscheidungsfindung nach dem Niedergang der Piratenpartei1A01AnjaAdler01ger002540393J93JP93JPA93JPH93JPHV93JPL20Decision-making;Democracy;Demokratie;Entscheidungsfindung;Grounded Theory;Liquid Democracy;Pirate Party;Piratenpartei;Political Science;Political System;Political Theory;Politics;Politik;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Theorie;Politisches System;Software01060303undefined0303Dem raketenhaften Aufstieg der Piratenpartei folgte ihr ebenso schneller Niedergang. Ist das mit ihr verbundene Experiment politischer Willensbildung – Liquid Democracy – also ebenso gescheitert? Auf dem originellen Weg der Grounded Theory nähert sich Anja Adler der jüngsten deutschen Politikgeschichte, um sich mit dem ambitionierten Vorschlag zur Entwicklung eines neuen Betriebssystems für die Politik auseinanderzusetzen. Durch zahlreiche Interviews mit den Akteurinnen internet-gestützter Beratungs- und Entscheidungsverfahren zeichnet sie ein lebendiges und durchaus zukunftstaugliches Portrait sowohl der konkreten Verfahren als auch der Einstellungen und Visionen von Demokratieentwicklerinnen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111328/3/9783839442609.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120180615978383944260911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111328/1/9783839442609.pdf9904 bc99fdf7-a5b9-49ed-bbb8-9af6553567e1030001OAPEN Library IDbc99fdf7-a5b9-49ed-bbb8-9af6553567e101HANDLE20.500.12657/1113311597838376738830610.14361/978383947388700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001024Pflege - Bildung - Wissen0101Bildungsarchitektur der Pflege in Deutschland (BAPID)Bestandsaufnahme und Empfehlungen für die Pflegebildung von morgen1B01Wolfgang vonGahlen-Hoops2B01KatharinaGenz01ger003420393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JK93JKS93JKSN20BAPID;Bildung;Bildungskonzept;Care;Deutschland;Education;Germany;Gesundheit;Health;Kompetenzmatrix;Medicine;Medizin;Patient-centered Care;Pflege;Pflegeberuf;Pflegewissenschaft;Social Pedagogy;Social Work;Sozialarbeit;Sozialpädagogik;Versorgung01060303undefined0303Wie lässt sich für die Pflege eine qualitativ hochwertige Bildung im Lichte gegenwärtiger und zukünftiger Versorgungserfordernisse gewährleisten? Die Mitarbeiter*innen des vom Deutschen Pflegerat e.V. beauftragten Projekts »Bildungsarchitektur der Pflege in Deutschland (BAPID)« erarbeiteten in einem iterativen und partizipativen Forschungsprozess ein neues Bildungskonzept für Pflegeberufe. Neben der Versorgungszielsetzung stand dabei auch die internationale Anschlussfähigkeit der Pflegebildung im Fokus. Darüber hinaus dient das neue Konzept als Grundlage für die Kommunikation mit im Bereich relevanten Akteur*innen, um berufs- und bildungspolitische Ziele gemeinsam durchzusetzen. Mit einem Vorwort von Christine Vogler und unter Mitarbeit von Dr. Jana Herzberg.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111331/3/9783839473887.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947388711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111331/1/9783839473887.pdf9904 b41b7b71-3621-432b-aa87-9cfc997e6ce1030001OAPEN Library IDb41b7b71-3621-432b-aa87-9cfc997e6ce101HANDLE20.500.12657/1112961597838376719570610.14361/978383947195100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode1001023Virtuelle Lebenswelten0101Hass teilenTribunale und Affekte virtueller Streitwelten1B01RupertGaderer2B01VanessaGrömmke01ger002720393D93DS93DSB93J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Affect;Affekt;Allgemeine Literaturwissenschaft;Analoge Medien;Analogue Media;Conflict;Digital Media;Digitale Medien;Digitaler Hass;Empörung;Geste;Gesture;Hassrede;Hate Speech;History of Literature;Konflikt;Law;Literary Studies;Literatur;Literature;Literaturgeschichte;Media;Media History;Media Studies;Medien;Mediengeschichte;Medienwissenschaft;Medium;Recht;Rhetorics;Rhetorik;Shitstorm;Social Media;Soziale Medien;Tribunal;Virtuality;Virtualität01060303undefined0303Die gesellschaftliche Brisanz des virtuellen Hasses hat zugenommen. Shitstorms, Empörungswellen oder Online-Eskalationen können als eine Phase in der Literatur- und Mediengeschichte des Tribunals gelesen werden. Die Beiträger*innen analysieren im Kontext der Geschichte und Theorie des Tribunals eskalierende Konflikte in sozialen Medien. Dabei setzen sie den Schwerpunkt auf mediale Gesten, rhetorische Darstellungstechniken, autofiktive Strategien und Interaktionsformen. Ein weiterer Aspekt sind Prozesse des Umstülpens, bei denen originär digitale Phänomene in analoge Kontexte übertragen werden. Der Fokus des Bandes wird somit um künstlerische und literarische Praktiken, die auf den virtuellen Hass reagieren, erweitert.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111296/3/9783839471951.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947195111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111296/1/9783839471951.pdf9904 b146d0e4-1213-4229-9c0a-4dec713bc45c030001OAPEN Library IDb146d0e4-1213-4229-9c0a-4dec713bc45c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113071597838376240830610.14361/transcript.978383942408700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode1001022Edition Museum0101Neubesetzungen des Kunst-RaumesFeministische Kunstausstellungen und ihre Räume, 1972-19871A01MonikaKaiser01ger002980393A93AG93AGA93G93GL93GLZ93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Art History of the 20th Century;Arts;Ausstellungsraum;Cultural History;Feminismus und Kunst;Fine Arts;Gender;Gender Studies;Geschlechterforschung 1972-1987;Kulturgeschichte;Kunst;Kunstgeschichte des 20. Jahrhunderts;Kunstwissenschaft;Künstlerinnen;Magna Feminismus;Museology;Museum;Museumskunde;Museumswissenschaft;VALIE EXPORT;Womanhouse01060303undefined0303Wie stehen Kunst und weibliche Emanzipation in Zusammenhang? Mit einem Spannungsbogen von den hochpolitischen Anfängen feministischer Künstlerinnenausstellungen am Anfang der 1970er Jahre bis zu deren subversiven Ausläufern Mitte der 1980er Jahre stellt Monika Kaiser internationale Projekte wie Womanhouse (Judy Chicago), Magna Feminismus und Kunst mit Eigen-Sinn (Valie Export) sowie sechs weitere exemplarische Ausstellungen in einen neuen, am Raum orientierten Bedeutungszusammenhang. Unveröffentlichtes Quellenmaterial ermöglicht die Rekonstruktion konkreter Ausstellungsräume und gibt Einblick in einen bislang unterschätzten Teil emanzipatorischer Ausstellungskultur.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111307/3/9783839424087.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120140615978383942408711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111307/1/9783839424087.pdf9904 b0227efb-0284-43a0-966c-5ea0c49982d8030001OAPEN Library IDb0227efb-0284-43a0-966c-5ea0c49982d801HANDLE20.500.12657/1112661597815261455430610.7765/978152614555000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102New Ethnographies0101Restless justiceAsylum, homelessness and volunteering1A01MarkRainey2B01MarkJustin Rainey01eng001390393J93JB93JBF93JBFC93JBFD93JBFG93JBS93JBSD93JH20Asylum;Asylum policy;Asylum seeker;Asylum seekers;Borders;Bureaucracy;Charity;Destitution;Differential inclusion;Emotions;Eschatology;Ethnography;Faith;Faith-based organisation;Faith-based organisations;Homelessness;Hostile environment;Immigration;Justice;Love;Manchester;Mourning;Night shelters;Participant observation;Placelessness;Policy;Refugees;Street;Temporality;Time;United Kingdom;Volunteering;Waiting;Weaponised time01060303Amid the global migration crisis, the UK has created an increasingly hostile environment for people seeking asylum that has pushed many into unnecessary hardship and homelessness. This book offers a politically engaged ethnographic account of emergency night shelters for refused male asylum seekers and refugees in Manchester, UK. The shelters are operated by the Boaz Trust, a local faith-based organisation, and are located in churches across the city. They are at once sites of displacement, on the fringes of public life and society while also being focal points of community activity formed in response to the injustices of the UK asylum system. This ethnography firstly offers insight into the day-to-day lives of the men who stayed in the shelters as they experience homelessness and legal and social uncertainty on account of their immigration status. It argues that a weaponised time sits alongside dispersal, denial and destitution as a key pillar of the UK asylum system. These serve less as deterrents and more as forms of punishment for the very act of seeking sanctuary in the UK. The book also turns to the Boaz Trust and the volunteers who work in the shelters. It suggests that the organisation and churches are not merely service providers but also offer a faith-based counternarrative to the inhumanity of the asylum system. They are putting into practice a ‘restless justice’ through everyday acts of care and love, at a community level, in the face of often cruel national policy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111266/3/9781526145550.pdf.jpg01Manchester University PressManchester000120260615978152614555011Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111266/1/9781526145550.pdf990409Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.manchesteruniversitypress.co.uk/97815261455439904 af58235c-744b-461f-8855-52bc59ad7dbf030001OAPEN Library IDaf58235c-744b-461f-8855-52bc59ad7dbf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112821597836319091880610.3726/b2122200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.010010247Studies in History, Memory and Politics0101The Mysterious Death of Jan “Anoda” Rodowicz1A01PrzemysławBenken01eng002780393N93NH93NHA93NHB93NHC93NHD20Barbara;Benken;Collevcitve memory;Communist Crimes;Death;Empires;Home Army;Klich;Kluczewska;Mysterious;Political repressions;Przemysław;Przemysław Benken;Rodowicz;Stalinism;The Mysterious Death of Jan “Anoda” Rodowicz;The Second World War;Totalitarian states;Warsaw Rising;“Anoda”01060303Dr. Benken’s book is a case study of the life and death of Jan Rodowicz, nom-de-guerre Anoda, who served as a combatant in the Polish pro-independence underground resistance movement during the Second World War. The operations in which Anoda was involved, his conduct during and after the War, especially in the investigation following his arrest by the Communist security service and the mystery shrouding his death while under interrogation, turned him into a symbol for the young people of Poland in those times. His generation was forced to fight for its freedom against two criminal totalitarian systems, the Nazi Germans and the Soviets, paying with their life or health for the ideals they did not want to give up.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111282/3/9783631909188.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120240615978363190919511Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111282/1/9783631909188.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/view/product/108826?format=EB009904 ab4b1d29-2d12-472c-bcfb-e8c239bae22e030001OAPEN Library IDab4b1d29-2d12-472c-bcfb-e8c239bae22e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112991597838376537550610.14361/978383945375900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102196Forschung aus der Hans-Böckler-Stiftung0101Kampf um MitbestimmungAntworten auf »Union Busting« und die Behinderung von Betriebsräten1A01AlrunFischer2A01MarkusHertwig3A01SissyMorgenroth4A01OliverThünken01ger002460393J93JH93JHB93JHBL93K93KC93KCF20Arbeit;Arbeitgeber;Arbeitnehmer;Arbeits- und Industriesoziologie;Arbeitsbeziehungen;Arbeitsrecht;Arbeitsökonomie;Betriebliche Mitbestimmung;Betriebsräte;Collective Labour Agreement;Company Co-determination;Conflict;Economic Sociology;Employees;Employer;Gewerkschaften;Industrial Relations;Industrielle Beziehungen;Konflikt;Labour Economics;Labour Law;Political Sociology;Politische Soziologie;Public Relations;Sociology;Sociology of Work and Industry;Solidarity;Solidarität;Soziologie;Tarifvertrag;Trade Unions;Wirtschaftssoziologie;Work;Work Relations;Works Councils;Öffentlichkeitsarbeit01060303undefined0303Wenn Arbeitgeber*innen systematisch gegen Betriebsräte und Gewerkschaften vorgehen und damit grundlegendes Arbeitsrecht unter Druck gerät, stellt sich die Frage, wie Belegschaften und Interessenvertretungen auf diese Angriffe noch reagieren können. Entlang von betrieblichen Fallstudien dokumentieren die Autor*innen exemplarische Fälle und arbeiten Potenziale und Herausforderungen der Mitbestimmung heraus. Dabei wird u.a. erörtert, was mit einer möglichen Einleitung rechtlicher Schritte einhergeht, wie über eine forcierte Öffentlichkeitsarbeit erfolgreich Solidarität organisiert werden kann und wie wichtig die aktive Einbeziehung der Belegschaft im Kampf um Mitbestimmung ist.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111299/3/9783839453759.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945375911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111299/1/9783839453759.pdf9904 af152b8d-41bc-4a2f-833e-7fb8d69bf07a030001OAPEN Library IDaf152b8d-41bc-4a2f-833e-7fb8d69bf07a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113021597838376682610610.14361/978383946826500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010238Religionswissenschaft0101Social Forms of ReligionEuropean and American Christianity in Past and Present1B01MarenFreudenberg2B01AstridReuter01eng003300393J93JB93JBS93JBSR93JH93JHB93JHBA93JHBD20Christianity;Europe;Latin America;Religion;Religious Studies;Social Forms;Social Movements;Social Relations;Sociological Theory;Sociology of Religion;United States01060303Social forms of religion – the ways in which individuals and groups coordinate religious practice – produce community at the same time as they enable individual religious experiences. A mix of group, organization, market exchange, network, event, and/or other forms characterizes different traditions. Shifts in dominant social forms within a religious tradition are catalysts and expressions of religious transformation alike. The contributions to the volume test this argument by presenting Catholic, Protestant, Charismatic/Pentecostal, Orthodox, and Mormon case studies from Europe and the Americas.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111302/3/9783839468265.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383946826511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111302/1/9783839468265.pdf9904 ad7fe77e-76d3-40d7-a7e0-4492a4204fe8030001OAPEN Library IDad7fe77e-76d3-40d7-a7e0-4492a4204fe801HANDLE20.500.12657/1113081597838376250420610.14361/transcript.978383942504600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode0101Nach der MigrationPostmigrantische Perspektiven jenseits der Parallelgesellschaft1B01MarcHill2B01ErolYildiz01ger002980393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBF93JBFH20Culture;Film;Identität;Interculturalism;Interkulturalität;Kultur;Kultursoziologie;Migration;Mobilität;Museum;Postmigration;Sociology;Sociology of Culture;Soziologie;Stadt;Transkulturalität;Urban Studies;Urbanity01060303undefined0303Durch Migration entstehen vielfältige Formen der Mobilität, die verschiedene Orte, Lebensweisen und Visionen miteinander verbinden. Menschen, die migrieren, schaffen Räume, die sich sowohl von denen unterscheiden, die sie verlassen haben, als auch von jenen, die neu bezogen wurden. So werden Strukturen, Kulturen und Kommunikationsformen erschaffen, die ohne Impulse durch Migration kaum denkbar wären. Die Lebenspraxis zeigt, dass Menschen mehrere Heimaten und Zugehörigkeiten haben, diverse kulturelle und soziale Netzwerke schaffen können und dass sie mit negativen Zuschreibungen von außen kreativ und subversiv umzugehen wissen. Auf diese Weise entwickeln sich postmigrantische, mehrheimische, hybride und transkulturelle Alltagspraktiken, die bisher kaum gewürdigt worden sind. Die Beiträge dieses Bandes verstehen sich daher als Plädoyer für eine andere Sicht der Dinge und als Absage an das vorauseilende Misstrauen, mit dem migrationsbedingten Phänomenen häufig begegnet wird. Dieser Reader enthält Beiträge u.a. von Wolf-Dietrich Bukow, Sabine Hess, Regina Römhild und Mark Terkessidis.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111308/3/9783839425046.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120140615978383942504611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111308/1/9783839425046.pdf9904 ac610567-1f47-4f3d-b392-38d15f670c93030001OAPEN Library IDac610567-1f47-4f3d-b392-38d15f670c9301HANDLE20.500.12657/1113381597838376742310610.14361/978383947423500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001029Literatur in der digitalen Gesellschaft0101Radikale VerletzbarkeitSchreibweisen bewusster Selbstentblößung zwischen Sozialen Medien und Literaturbetrieb1A01LeaSchneider01ger003040393D93DS93DSB93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT120Aesthetics;Allgemeine Literaturwissenschaft;Autobiografie;Autobiographie;China;Contemporary Literature Scene;Deutschland;Digital Media;Digitalität;England;Feminism;Feminismus;Gender;Gender Studies;Germany;Geschlecht;Internet;Literary Studies;Literatur;Literaturbetrieb;Literature;Literaturwissenschaft;Social Media;Soziale Medien;Vulnerability;Vulnerabilität;Ästhetik01060303undefined0303Verletzbarkeit als Fähigkeit und als dezidiert politische und feministische Haltung: Diesen Ansatz verfolgt eine Reihe radikal autobiografischer Schreibweisen, die in den letzten Jahren aus den sozialen Medien in den Literaturbetrieb eingezogen sind. Anhand von Beispielen aus dem deutsch-, englisch- und chinesischsprachigen Internet beschreibt Lea Schneider Ästhetiken radikaler Verletzbarkeit, ihre medialen Affordanzen sowie die Wertungskämpfe, die sie beim Eintritt in den etablierten Literaturbetrieb auslösen – bis hin zu einer Neudefinition des Literaturbegriffs selbst.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111338/3/9783839474235.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947423511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111338/1/9783839474235.pdf9904 aa8d79c7-5fce-4178-88d0-06d14d57611a030001OAPEN Library IDaa8d79c7-5fce-4178-88d0-06d14d57611a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113051597838376216170610.14361/transcript.978383942161100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode100102Schriften zum Kultur- und Museumsmanagement0101Moderieren im MuseumTheorie und Praxis der dialogischen Besucherführung1B01ChristianeSchrübbers01ger002560393G93GL93GLZ93K93KJ93KJM20Cultural Education;Cultural Management;Erwachsenenbildung Im Museum;Konstruktivismus;Kulturelle Bildung;Kulturmanagement;Museum;Museum Education;Museum Management;Museumsmanagement;Museumspädagogik;Museumspädagogische Methodik und Didaktik;Partizipation01060303undefined0303Museumsbesucher fordern Möglichkeiten zur Teilhabe. Sie wollen Inhalte und Thesen von Ausstellungen vor Ort erörtern und kommentieren, ihre eigenen Gedanken, Erfahrungen und Erlebnisse unmittelbar an ihre Beobachtungen anbinden. Wie das gelingen kann, das haben sich Museen trotz Besucherforschung bisher kaum gefragt. Wie können sich Besucher in einer Führung einbringen, wie viel Zeit und Raum verlangt ihre Beteiligung, wie müssen sich Informationen und Vortragsstil ändern? Antworten liefert das Konzept der Museumsmoderation, das hier anhand praktischer Beispiele, technischer Anleitungen und theoretischer Hintergründe beschrieben wird. Mit Beiträgen von Bettina Altendorf, Anna Grosskopf, Christine Heiß, Michael Matthes, Sofija Popov-Schloßer, Marion Schröder, Friederike Weis, Georg von Wilcken.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111305/3/9783839421611.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120140615978383942161111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111305/1/9783839421611.pdf9904 aa6c45b3-dbc7-4a77-a28b-fb5eb466a21f030001OAPEN Library IDaa6c45b3-dbc7-4a77-a28b-fb5eb466a21f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113251597837328735620610.14361/978383947356600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Film0101Sozialismus im KinoFilmische Erinnerungen an die DDR und die Sowjetunion zwischen Politik, Kunst und Kommerz1A01DariaGordeeva01ger003440393A93AT93ATF93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCT93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Cinema;Critique;Cultural History;DDR;Erinnerungskultur;Film;Film Analysis;Filmanalyse;GDR (East Germany);Geschichtspolitik;Identity;Identität;Kino;Kritik;Kulturgeschichte;Macht;Media;Media History;Media Studies;Medien;Mediengeschichte;Medienwissenschaft;Memory Culture;Nation;Politics of History;Power;Soviet Union;Sowjetunion01060303undefined0303Wie wurden die DDR und die Sowjetunion rückblickend im Kino dargestellt? Daria Gordeeva analysiert mit einem Foucault-inspirierten Ansatz deutsche und russische Filme der letzten 30 Jahre, enthüllt deren Produktions- und Förderstrukturen und beleuchtet kulturpolitische Rezeptionskontexte. Mit ihrer interdisziplinären Methodik arbeitet sie komplexe Wechselwirkungen zwischen staatlicher Gedenkpolitik, nationaler Identität und filmischen Bildern heraus und zeigt, wie stereotype Narrative durchbrochen werden können. An der Schnittstelle von Film, Erinnerungskultur und Politik ergeben sich so neue Wege für eine machtkritische Filmanalyse – auch für Kinobegeisterte außerhalb der Wissenschaft.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111325/3/9783839473566.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383767356215978383947356611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111325/1/9783839473566.pdf9904 a5b1c572-32fe-4fca-91b4-f9d712ae9106030001OAPEN Library IDa5b1c572-32fe-4fca-91b4-f9d712ae910601HANDLE20.500.12657/1113361597838376535570610.14361/978383945355100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Pädagogik0101Religion in der SchulePädagogische Praxis zwischen Diskriminierung und Anerkennung1B01JoachimWillems01ger004320393J93JB93JBF93JBFC93JBFG93JBFH93JBS93JBSR20Anti-muslim Racism;Antimuslimischer Rassismus;Antisemitism;Antisemitismus;Bildung;Bildungsforschung;Bildungstheorie;Discrimination;Diskriminierung;Diversity;Diversität;Education;Educational Research;Hamburger Way;Hamburger Weg;Interreligiousness;Interreligiösität;Intrareligiöses Lernen;Law;Lehrer*innenbildung;Migration Society;Migrationsgesellschaft;Non-religiousness;Pedagogy;Pädagogik;Racism;Rassismus;Recht;Religion;Religion Politics;Religionslosigkeit;Religionspolitik;Religionssoziologie;Religionsunterricht;Religionswissenschaft;Religious Education;Religious Studies;School;Schule;Social Inequality;Sociology of Religion;Soziale Ungleichheit;Theory of Education01060303undefined0303Vom Religionsunterricht und Kopftüchern über Prüfungen am Schabbat und Sport während des Ramadan bis hin zu antisemitischem Mobbing und antimuslimischer Diskriminierung – Religion kommt in der Schule schon deshalb vor, weil religiöse Menschen in der Schule lernen, lehren und leben. Um den Unterricht und das Schulleben gut und gerecht für alle zu gestalten, bedarf es interdisziplinärer Reflexionen, in denen unterschiedliche Erfahrungen aus der Praxis ebenso wie wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse zusammengeführt werden. Die Beiträger*innen des Bandes liefern hierzu eine umfassende und multiperspektivische Analyse.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111336/3/9783839453551.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945355111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111336/1/9783839453551.pdf9904 a6d4295c-b518-473d-af6c-b3ee4ff01529030001OAPEN Library IDa6d4295c-b518-473d-af6c-b3ee4ff0152901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112761597802710310330610.5325/b.2001194000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Korean Americans and Their ReligionsPilgrims and Missionaries from a Different Shore1A01Kwang ChungKim2A01Ho-YoungKwon3A01R. StephenWarner01eng93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193Q93QR93QRF93QRM20Buddhist temples;Christian congregations;Cultural;Gender;Generational;Ho-Youn Kwon;Korean American population;Kwang Chung Kim;New immigrant;Psychology;R. Stephen Warner;Racial;Religious ministry;Sociology;Theology;United states;Us;Usa01060303Since 1965 the Korean American population has grown to over one million people. These Korean Americans, including immigrants and their offspring, have founded thousands of Christian congregations and scores of Buddhist temples in the United States. In fact, their religious presence is perhaps the most distinctive contribution of Korean Americans to multicultural diversity in the United States. Korean Americans and Their Religions takes the first sustained look at this new component of the American religious mosaic. The fifteen chapters focus on cultural, racial, gender, and generational factors and are noteworthy for the attention they give to both Christian and Buddhist traditions and to both first– and second-generation experiences. The editors and contributors represent the fields of sociology, psychology, theology, and religious ministry and themselves embody the diversities underlying the Korean American religious experience: they are Korean immigrants who are leaders in their fields and second-generation Korean Americans beginning their careers as well as leaders of both Christian and Buddhist communities. Among them are sympathetically analytical outside observers. Korean Americans and Their Religions is a welcome addition to the emerging literature in the sociology of "new immigrant" religious communities, and it provides the fullest portrait yet of the Korean religious experience in America.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111276/3/9780271031033.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001200111Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111276/1/9780271031033.pdf9904 9ede7ab4-0d06-4097-b2d9-f2973e0850b4030001OAPEN Library ID9ede7ab4-0d06-4097-b2d9-f2973e0850b401HANDLE20.500.12657/11126515978180596627200EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102British Academy Monographs0101The Making of the Scottish Dream Vision1A01KylieMurray01eng003100393A93AK93AKH93AKHM93D93DB93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC920Chaucer;Chronicle;Classical reception;Dream-vision;Gavin Douglas;Hary’s Wallace;History of ideas;Identity;Intellectual culture;James I of Scotland;Latin;Literary tradition;Manuscript culture;Medieval;Mystical tradition;Nationhood;Poetry;Prophecy;Scotichronicon;Scotland;Scots;Theological background;Walter Bower;William Dunbar01060303The Making of the Scottish Dream-Vision provides the first sustained book-length study of Scotland’s engagement with one of the most significant literary forms of the medieval world. The book situates the dream-vision at the heart of Scotland’s literary and intellectual culture, showing how it developed across several centuries, languages, and genres. Moving beyond the traditional focus on dream-poetry, this study demonstrates how the dream-vision intersected with romance, chronicle, epic, and theological writing, reshaping our understanding of Scotland’s pre-Reformation literary canon. Close analysis of both manuscript and print traditions traces how Scottish writers and readers reimagined the dream-vision, establishing a distinctive and enduring contribution. By asking who read these texts, when, and how, the book sheds new light on the circulation, reception, and cultural function of the dream-vision in Scotland. In so doing, The Making of the Scottish Dream-Vision seeks to open new methodological and comparative pathways for exploring the global history of the dream-vision.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111265/4/9781805966272.pdf.jpg01The British AcademyLondon000120260615978180596628915978180596629611The British Academy01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111265/1/9781805966272.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111265/2/9781805966272.epub990409The British Academy01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.liverpooluniversitypress.co.uk/doi/book/10.3828/97818059662729904 a12773d7-9f0e-4432-b8fd-6bf1b049ddd9030001OAPEN Library IDa12773d7-9f0e-4432-b8fd-6bf1b049ddd901HANDLE20.500.12657/1113221597837328716980610.14361/978383947169200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode10010236Edition Umbruch - Texte zur Kulturpolitik0101Kulturpolitik der WeltbeziehungenTransformation, Programmatik und Geschichte1A01Tobias J.Knoblich01ger002400393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Autonomie;Autonomy;Community;Cultural Management;Cultural Policy;Culture;Digitalisierung;Digitalization;Diversity;Diversität;Gemeinschaft;Gesellschaft;Globalisierung;Globalization;Individualisierung;Individualization;Kultur;Kulturmanagement;Kulturpolitik;Moderne;Modernity;Politics;Politik;Society;Transformation;Weltbeziehung;World Relationship01060303undefined0303Kulturpolitik bedeutet Beziehungsarbeit: Wie finden Kultureinrichtungen, Kulturprojekte sowie Formen der kreativen Zusammenarbeit zu gesellschaftlicher Wirksamkeit? Welche Programmatik verbindet uns, macht Kultur zum Gegenstand von Politik oder Engagement und sichert zugleich kulturelle Autonomie? Tobias J. Knoblich skizziert Möglichkeiten, wie eine hochtransformative Gesellschaft Kulturpolitik neu ausrichten kann, welche Erzählungen diese braucht und welchen Strömungen sie ausgesetzt ist. Er setzt den Fokus dabei auf Weltbeziehungen – eine Einbettung des Menschen, die von den planetaren Grenzen der Kultur bis zur notwendigen Stärkung von Gemeinschaft die sozialen Beziehungen in der individualisierten Digitalmoderne stärken will.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111322/3/9783839471692.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383767169815978383947169211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111322/1/9783839471692.pdf9904 a1e13e19-1937-4d63-a8ac-b2ade297d0ba030001OAPEN Library IDa1e13e19-1937-4d63-a8ac-b2ade297d0ba01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113301597838376422300610.14361/978383944223400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode10010256Edition Politik0101Hinter der glitzernden FassadeÜber die Macht der Informalität in der Kaukasusrepublik Aserbaidschan1A01RailSafiyev01ger003360393J93JP93JPF93JPH93JPHC93JPHV93JPL20Aserbaidschan;Authoritarianism;Autoritarismus;Azerbaijan;Caucasus;Civil Society;Corruption;Democracy;Demokratie;Herrschaftstheorie;Informality;Informalitätskultur;Kaukasus;Korruption;Political Culture;Political Science;Political System;Politics;Politik;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Kultur;Politisches System;Staat;State;Theory of Power Relations;Zivilgesellschaft01060303undefined0303Das Beispiel Aserbaidschans belegt die starke Beständigkeit eines Willkürregimes – insbesondere, wenn es von Wirtschaftswachstum und Wohlstandssteigerung in Verbindung mit überraschenden Erdöleinnahmen geprägt ist. Rail Safiyevs Studie zeigt einen Staat mit ausgeprägter Steuerungsfunktion, der auf fester Eigenlogik, Organisationsstärke und höchster Loyalität zur Herrschaft basiert, dessen Machtstrukturen aber von informalen Mitteln durchdrungen sind. Diese Herrschaft der Informalität gewinnt nicht allein auf der Ebene der politischen Institutionen an Durchsetzungskraft, sondern wird in alltäglichen Machtkämpfen ausgetragen und verhandelt.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111330/3/9783839442234.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120180615978383944223411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111330/1/9783839442234.pdf9904 a39338b3-2d51-4a77-831e-72e8e761ae40030001OAPEN Library IDa39338b3-2d51-4a77-831e-72e8e761ae4001HANDLE20.500.12657/1113411597838376557420610.14361/978383945574600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102Sozialtheorie0101Frei, fair und lebendig – Die Macht der Commons1A01DavidBollier2A01SilkeHelfrich01ger004000393G93GT93GTP93K93KC93KCV93KCVG93R93RN93RNU20Allmende;Commoning;Commons;Culture;Economic Policy;Economic Theory;Economy;Eigentum;Gemeingüter;Gesellschaft;Kultur;Lebendigkeit;Liveliness;Market;Markt;Muster;Nachhaltigkeit;Natur;Nature;Neoliberalism;Neoliberalismus;Politics;Politik;Property;Public Goods;Samples;Society;Sociology;Soziologie;Staat;State;Sustainability;Wirtschaft;Wirtschaftspolitik;Wirtschaftstheorie;Öffentliche Güter;Ökonomie01060303undefined0303Dieses Buch soll Mut machen. Es vereint ein beziehungsreiches Denken mit einer neuen Art zu handeln. Das Ziel: eine freie, faire und lebendige Gesellschaft. Doch das Gewohnte hat sich tief eingegraben in unseren Köpfen, in unseren Alltag, in Markt und Staat. Silke Helfrich und David Bollier legen überkommene Denkmuster frei und entwerfen ein Programm für ein gelingendes Miteinander, ein anderes Politikverständnis und ein sorgendes Wirtschaften. Im Mittelpunkt stehen dabei Commons-Praktiken. Sie zeigen, wie wir in Verschiedenheit gemeinsame Ziele verfolgen. Ganz praktisch können so Häuser und Fahrzeuge in ähnlicher Weise wie die Wikipedia entstehen. Das Buch stiftet zudem an, wie ein »Commoner« zu denken. Es bietet eine Sprache für die Welt von morgen. Es verändert nicht nur die Wirtschaft und die Politik – es verändert uns.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111341/3/9783839455746.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945574611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111341/1/9783839455746.pdf9904 9d55e36f-91c8-4b78-9dae-f0372b5cca17030001OAPEN Library ID9d55e36f-91c8-4b78-9dae-f0372b5cca1701HANDLE20.500.12657/1112941597838376703940610.14361/978383947039800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102162Theater0101Ästhetiken des EngagementsPerformative Perspektiven im Anthropozän1A01Jan-TageKühling01ger003400393A93AT93ATD20Aesthetics;Anthropocene;Anthropozän;Art;Climate Change;Ecology;Klimawandel;Kunst;Performance;Politics;Politik;Social Theory;Sozialtheorie;Theater;Theaterwissenschaft;Theatre;Theatre Studies;Ästhetik;Ökologie01060303undefined0303Wie reagieren die zeitgenössischen performativen Künste auf das »geologische Zeitalter des Menschen«? Jan-Tage Kühling zeichnet die Bezüge zwischen performativer Ästhetik und den Diskursen um das Anthropozän nach. Dabei zeigt er, dass es in Zeiten der Klimakatastrophe kein »Außen« mehr gibt, auf das sich die Ästhetik stützen könnte. Stattdessen sind die performativen Künste fundamental in die erdsystemischen, mehr-als-menschlichen Bezüge eingeschrieben: Sie sind »engagiert«. So werden auch deren Potentiale in Krisenzeiten sichtbar – besonders hinsichtlich der nötigen Transformationen des Denkens und des politischen Handelns.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111294/3/9783839470398.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947039811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111294/1/9783839470398.pdf9904 98434ec1-4150-476a-bcd0-de9f6041c078030001OAPEN Library ID98434ec1-4150-476a-bcd0-de9f6041c07801HANDLE20.500.12657/1113131597838376532290610.14361/978383945322300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102181Image0101Arts in Context – Kunst, Forschung, Gesellschaft1B01ThomasGartmann2B01ChristianPauli01ger002320393A93AB93ABA93J93JH93JHB93JN93JNF20Art;Art Education;Artistic Research;Design;Digital Humanities;Fine Arts;Gesellschaft;Imparting;Kunst;Kunstpädagogik;Kunstsoziologie;Kunsttheorie;Kunstwissenschaft;Künstlerische Forschung;Music;Musik;Open Access;Science;Society;Sociology of Art;Sound Arts;Theory of Art;Vermittlung;Wissenschaft01060303undefined0303Forschung entsteht im Dialog. Sie baut auf bisheriges Wissen und schafft neues. Seit Anfang 2020 erwarten die EU, aber auch die Förderinstitutionen in der Schweiz, dass die Forschenden ihre Ergebnisse Open Access – weltweit und schrankenlos – teilen. Kehrseite der digitalen Explosion, die Open Access erst möglich und auch notwendig gemacht hat, ist eine Inflation von Information und Wissen: das notorische Datenmeer. Speichern des Wissens, seine Vernetzung, vor allem aber Filtern, Fokussieren und Kuratieren heißen die daraus folgenden heutigen Herausforderungen. Gesucht sind hier neue Wegweiser und Kompasse. Wie weit Kunsthochschulen und die dort angesiedelte angewandte Forschung Ideen dazu beisteuern können, wird in diesem Band ausgelotet – mit interdisziplinär versammelten Beiträgen aus den Bereichen Bildungs- und Hochschulpolitik, angewandte Musik- und Interpretationsforschung, Digital Humanities und Big Data, Bildende Kunst und Kunstgeschichte, Ethnografie, Health Care und Social Design, Ästhetik und Grafik. Nebst klassischen Aufsätzen präsentiert diese Publikation Filme, künstlerische Beiträge und genuin digitale Formate wie Blogs oder Podcasts.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111313/3/9783839453223.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945322311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111313/1/9783839453223.pdf9904 97a7c828-70ff-4da3-90d2-1abc2d28b88c030001OAPEN Library ID97a7c828-70ff-4da3-90d2-1abc2d28b88c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113261597838376471360610.14361/978383944713000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode1001029Bild und Bit. Studien zur digitalen Medienkultur0101Time and Space in Video GamesA Cognitive-Formalist Approach1A01FedericoAlvarez Igarzabal01eng002320393A93AK20Aesthetics;Cognitive Science;Computer;Computer Games;Digital Media;Games;Media;Media Aesthetics;Media Studies;Popular Culture;Sequencing;Space;Time;Time Perception;Video Games01060303Video games are temporal artifacts: They change with time as players interact with them in accordance with rules. In this study, Federico Alvarez Igarzábal investigates the formal aspects of video games that determine how these changes are produced and sequenced. Theories of time perception drawn from the cognitive sciences lay the groundwork for an in-depth analysis of these features, making for a comprehensive account of time in this novel medium. This book-length study dedicated to time perception and video games is an indispensable resource for game scholars and game developers alike. Its reader-friendly style makes it readily accessible to the interested layperson.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111326/3/9783839447130.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120230615978383944713011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111326/1/9783839447130.pdf9904 9a85ec6c-b24b-49a7-ac6e-fe55db3d1211030001OAPEN Library ID9a85ec6c-b24b-49a7-ac6e-fe55db3d121101HANDLE20.500.12657/1112701597816460233630610.5325/b.2025977700EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Monograph Series of the Sonia and Marco Nadler Institute of Archaeology0101Hellenistic Nysa-Scythopolis IThe German-Israeli Tell Iẓṭabba Excavation Project, the 2019–2020 Seasons1A01AchimLichtenberger2A01OrenTal01eng93N93NH93NHC93NHG93NK93Q93QR93QRV93QRVC20Archaeology;Classical Archaeology;Near Eastern Archaeology;Post-Colonial Archaeology;Seleucids01060303This book deals with the first three campaigns of the German-Israeli Tell Iẓṭabba Excavation Project, conducted by the Institute for Classical Archaeology and Christian Archaeology / Archaeological Museum of the University of Münster and the Sonia and Marco Nadler Institute of Archaeology of Tel Aviv University, under the direction of Achim Lichtenberger and Oren Tal. Tell Iẓṭabba is the location of the town of Nysa (Scythopolis), established in the Seleucid period, a short-lived Hellenistic site founded under Antiochus IV in the 160s BCE and destroyed under John Hyrcanus in 107 BCE. The excavations shed light upon the material culture of this period, as well as producing evidence of earlier (Early Bronze Age) and later (Byzantine) occupation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111270/4/9781646023370.pdf.jpgEisenbrauns01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA000120250615978164602337011Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111270/1/9781646023370.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111270/2/9781646023363.epub9904 99ae47bb-0fe6-4a2a-b117-697385155ec0030001OAPEN Library ID99ae47bb-0fe6-4a2a-b117-697385155ec001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112791597802711022760610.5325/b.1995132200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Whitman, Slavery, and the Emergence of Leaves of Grass1A01MartinKlammer01eng93D93DS93DSA93DSC93J93JB93JBF93JBFA200-271-01315-X;0-271-01642-6;0-271-02499-2;Act Anthony Burns;America;Free soilism deep sympathy Kansas-Nebraska;History;Literature;Martin Klammer;Multiracial egalitarian society;Slavery race relations;United states;Us;Usa;Walt Whitman01060303Although the significance of Walt Whitman's thinking about African Americans and slavery to his poetry has been largely ignored by Whitman scholars, Martin Klammer argues that Leaves of Grass is a major text dealing with race relations in the mid-nineteenth century. Through a close historical analysis, Klammer reveals how the evolution of Whitman's attitudes—from pro-slavery to "Free Soilism" to a deep sympathy for slaves—parallels and inspires his emergence as a poet from the beginning of his career through the 1855 edition. The issue of slavery continually influenced Whitman's work, culminating in 1854 when public reaction to two national developments on the slavery question—the passage of the Kansas-Nebraska Act and the case of the fugitive slave Anthony Burns—suddenly created an audience more receptive to Whitman's views and compelled him to revise and publish the poems known as Leaves of Grass . At the heart of these poems is a radically new and sympathetic view of African Americans and of their significance to Whitman's vision of a multiracial, egalitarian society. While previous critics have described Whitman's puzzling, seemingly contradictory views on slavery, no other study has so thoroughly investigated Whitman and the question of slavery, nor understood the importance of slavery to Whitman's development as a poet.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111279/3/9780271102276.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199411Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111279/1/9780271102276.pdf9904 97353bb2-a12a-4b29-ad6d-0bf5af7f9ed0030001OAPEN Library ID97353bb2-a12a-4b29-ad6d-0bf5af7f9ed001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112741597802710867430610.5325/b.2020868400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Latin American Originals0101Baptism Through IncisionThe Postmortem Cesarean Operation in the Spanish Empire1A01MarthaFew2A01ZebTortorici3A01AdamWarren01eng93M93MB93MBX93N93NH93NHB93NHK93Q93QR93QRM93QRMP93QRMP120Abortion;Baptism;Cesarean operation;Cesarean section;Childbirth;Colonial;Guatemala;Indigenous Peoples;Latin America;Maya peoples;Mesoamerica;Obstetrics;Spanish Empire01060303In 1786, Guatemalan priest Pedro José de Arrese published a work instructing readers on their duty to perform the cesarean operation on the bodies of recently deceased pregnant women in order to extract the fetus while it was still alive. Although the fetus’s long-term survival was desired, the overarching goal was to cleanse the unborn child of original sin and ensure its place in heaven. Baptism Through Incision presents Arrese’s complete treatise—translated here into English for the first time—with a critical introduction and excerpts from related primary source texts. Inspired by priests’ writings published in Spain and Sicily beginning in the mid-eighteenth century, Arrese and writers like him in Peru, Mexico, Alta California, Guatemala, and the Philippines penned local medico-religious manuals and guides for performing the operation and baptism. Comparing these texts to one another and placing them in dialogue with archival cases and print culture references, this book traces the genealogy of the postmortem cesarean operation throughout the Spanish Empire and reconstructs the transatlantic circulation of obstetrical and scientific knowledge around childbirth and reproduction. In doing so, it shows that knowledge about cesarean operations and fetal baptism intersected with local beliefs and quickly became part of the new ideas and scientific-medical advancements circulating broadly among transatlantic Enlightenment cultures. A valuable resource for scholars and students of colonial Latin American history, the history of medicine, and the history of women, reproduction, and childbirth, Baptism Through Incision includes translated excerpts of works by Spanish surgeon Jaime Alcalá y Martínez, Mexican physician Ignacio Segura, and Peruvian friar Francisco González Laguna, as well as late colonial Guatemalan instructions, and newspaper articles published in the Gazeta de México , the Gazeta de Guatemala , and the Mercurio Peruano .01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111274/3/9780271086743.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001202011Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111274/1/9780271086743.pdf9904 923999f9-4b29-4124-8bda-47e784c6b56e030001OAPEN Library ID923999f9-4b29-4124-8bda-47e784c6b56e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113041597838376718410610.14361/978383947184500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001022Literary Ecologies0101Körperliche und pflanzliche PoetikFlorale Literatur zwischen Mensch und Blume1B01QingyuCai2B01ManuelFingado3B01HannesMittermaier4B01Sophie EmiliaSeidler01ger002220393A93AV93AVA93J93JH93JHB20Allgemeine Literaturwissenschaft;Blume;Body;Botanik;Culture;Ecocriticism;Ecology;Flora;Human;Kultur;Körper;Literary Studies;Literatur;Literature;Literaturwissenschaft;Mensch;Natur;Nature;Pflanze;Poetics;Poetik;Schrift;Writing;Ökologie01060303undefined0303Verbindungen zwischen Blumen und menschlichen Körpern wuchern wild in den Vorstellungen Dichtender, Forschender und Liebender. In Literatur und Theorie sind sie seit den frühesten schriftlichen Quellen erkundet worden: Blumen werden anthropomorphisiert, Menschen defloriert, Inspiration wird mit Bestäubung verglichen. Botanische Erkenntnisse beeinflussen das literarische Schreiben über Pflanzen, während menschliche Moralvorstellungen wiederum den Blick auf Florales verändern. Die Beiträger*innen analysieren aus interdisziplinärer Perspektive Zusammenhänge zwischen Poetik, Körperlichkeit und Floralem und verknüpfen so Literatur(-wissenschaften) mit Critical Plant Studies, Ecocriticism, Gender Studies sowie Dichtungstheorie.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111304/3/9783839471845.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120250615978383947184511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111304/1/9783839471845.pdf9904 94c6f44a-1ad5-4231-8f31-c2d1f21ff32b030001OAPEN Library ID94c6f44a-1ad5-4231-8f31-c2d1f21ff32b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113391597837328738210610.14361/978383947382500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102105Edition Medienwissenschaft0101Re-Composing YouTubeVernacular Musical Aesthetics in the Digital Age1A01JonasWolf01eng002800393A93AV93AVA93J93JB93JBC93JBCT20Composition;Digital Media;Media;Media Aesthetics;Media Studies;Music;Musical Aesthetics;Musicology;Popular Culture;Remix Culture;Social Media;Sound;Vernacular01060303YouTube features a wide array of multimodal musical figurations, including fan-made music videos, musical aestheticisations of pre-circulating content, and musical self-performances. Jonas Wolf explores open-ended forms of musical creative relay on YouTube, delving into formal, imitative, affective, and (non-)institutional aspects of networked media remix and (self-)aestheticisation. Beyond creating value for non-musical fields of discourse, this study is directed at filling a gap in a largely ocularcentric domain of study. It provides a concise theory of vernacular composition within our time's total digital archive that accounts for socio-aesthetic phenomena and their relation to systems of knowledge, control, and discourse.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111339/3/9783839473825.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383767382115978383947382511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111339/1/9783839473825.pdf9904 8adb067c-ed41-4d5a-8f85-81cf23d286c6030001OAPEN Library ID8adb067c-ed41-4d5a-8f85-81cf23d286c601HANDLE20.500.12657/1113491597838376743850610.14361/978383947438900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001024Philosophie – Aufklärung – Kritik0101Epistemic Injustice and ViolenceExploring Knowledge, Power, and Participation in Philosophy and Beyond1B01Cara-JulieKather2B01BarbaraSchellhammer3B01LenaSchützle4B01LouThomine5B01anupamyadav01eng002660393Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Ethics;Injustice;Intercultural Philosophy;Knowledge;Participation;Philosophy;Political Philosophy;Power;Racism;Social Philosophy;Violence01060303The practice of philosophy has led to both emancipation and exclusion in society. Questions around how philosophy should be practiced, who should engage in it, and with which issues philosophy should deal are subject to debate and controversy. This volume is dedicated to the special role of epistemic injustice and violence in philosophy. By shedding light on the inherent unjust structures of academic philosophy, the contributors to this volume help to better understand this powerful tool that impacts the academic landscape as well as individual and collective ways of being. From graphic novel to philosophical essay, they design a concept of transformative philosophy and offer various entry points to the conversation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111349/3/9783839474389.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947438911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111349/1/9783839474389.pdf9904 7617b9d0-41ed-4caf-a944-db1a6a7ffc99030001OAPEN Library ID7617b9d0-41ed-4caf-a944-db1a6a7ffc9901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112911597839072977110610.38107/07100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Frozen Conflicts in International LawChallenging Legal Categories in the Post-Soviet Space1A01LiviaEnzler01eng002280393J93JP93JPW93JPWS93L93LB93LBB20Abkhazia;Asymmetric warfare;Dichotomies;Frozen conflicts;Jus post bellum;Legal concepts;Nagorno-Karabakh;People’s right to self-determination;Post-Soviet;Secession;South-Ossetia;Territorial integrity;Transnistria01060303The term «frozen conflict» is commonly understood as a blurred state between war and peace. It typically refers to disputes in the post-Soviet space, namely South Ossetia and Abkhazia in Georgia, Transnistria in Moldova, and Nagorno-Karabakh in Azerbaijan. However, it remains an ambiguous concept with no uniform definition. This book explores the relationship between International Law and frozen conflicts by examining the term, analysing the four cases mentioned, and situating the concept within the wider legal landscape. Frozen conflicts challenge the discipline’s binary logic by blurring the boundaries of war and peace, international and non-international armed conflicts, states and nonstates, and law and politics. The book offers a critical reflection on the limitations of International Law when addressing such ambiguous phenomena.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111291/3/9783907297711.pdf.jpg01sui generis VerlagZürich0001202611sui generis Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111291/1/9783907297711.pdf9904 7c92cbd6-7320-417e-b4a5-44303da079fe030001OAPEN Library ID7c92cbd6-7320-417e-b4a5-44303da079fe01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112921597839072977350610.38107/07300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Reparation for Climate Change: The Successes and Limits of Litigation1B01CorinaHeri2B01HelenKeller01eng004400393L93LB93LBB93R93RN93RNP93RNPG20Accountability;Climate justice;Due diligence;Environmental and climate damage;Liability;No harm rule;Paris Agreement;Strategic litigation;UNFCCC;Vulnerability and resilience01060303Climate lawsuits have reached the courts. While the initial rulings primarily address the obligations of states and major CO₂ emitters, future cases will require courts to consider issues of compensation. This volume aims to shed light on the following questions: How can compensation for climate loss and damage be claimed? At what point can CO₂ emissions be considered harmful? How do the courts engage with climate science? How is climate damage quantified? How should historical CO₂ emissions be assessed to determine a just amount of compensation in an intergenerational and transnational context? Bringing together legal experts from private and public law as well as experts from the insurance industry, the social sciences, and economics, this volume is essential reading for anyone concerned with climate damage.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111292/3/9783907297735.pdf.jpg01sui generis VerlagZürich0001202611sui generis Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111292/1/9783907297735.pdf9904 7a5e8d49-7c42-42db-8973-616c193dbd7f030001OAPEN Library ID7a5e8d49-7c42-42db-8973-616c193dbd7f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113101597838376563050610.14361/978383945630900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode10010260Architekturen0101Women Architects and PoliticsIntersections between Gender, Power Structures and Architecture in the Long 20th Century1B01ChristinaBudde2B01Mary CatherinePepchinski01eng002900393A93AM93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSJ93JP93JPW20Architectural Education;Architectural History;Architecture;Care Studies;Civil Society;Gender;Gender History;Gender Studies;Museum Studies;Politics;Society01060303In the late 1960s, the feminist scholar Kate Millet broadly defined »politics« as arrangements of power which enable individuals collectively to assert authority over others. Taking this definition, case studies by scholars from Europe, Israel and the United States explore the gendered professional in the 20th century as she navigated arrangements of power including organised religion, emancipation movements, cultural norms and shifting forms of government to practice architecture. Additional contributions reflect upon power structures in contemporary architectural education, practice and history to propose other means of architectural knowledge, representation and professional activity.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111310/3/9783839456309.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120220615978383945630911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111310/1/9783839456309.pdf9904 7b650302-af6d-401c-ba00-3bb3a4496b97030001OAPEN Library ID7b650302-af6d-401c-ba00-3bb3a4496b9701HANDLE20.500.12657/1112581597837329103350610.57088/978-3-7329-8895-200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/10010236Schriften zur Sprechwissenschaft und Phonetik0101Ansprechhaltung und Adressierung – multimodal1B01HeinerApel2B01AlexandraEbel3B01SvenGrawunder4B01SusanneVoigt-Zimmermann01ger002240393C93CF93CFG93CFH93G93GT93GTC93M93MK93MKZ93MKZL20AI;Acting;Aphasia therapy;Classroom interaction;Communication;Communicative stance;Conversation analysis;Modes of address;Nonverbal communication.;Radio news;Theatre;Voice and speech training01060303undefined0303Addressing a real interlocutor, an assumed audience, or an imagined public is a fundamental component of successful communication. In speech communication studies, vocal and verbal addressing—understood as a speaker’s stance toward their addressee—forms the core of analysis. Conversation‑analytic and linguistic perspectives broaden this view by adding further verbal and nonverbal dimensions, thereby opening up a multimodal perspective on speaking and communication. The contributions in this volume explore the phenomenon of addressing in its full breadth: in spoken radio news, in the use of AI for shaping modes of address in broadcast presentation, in musical‑instructional settings, in classroom discourse, in influencer talk, during theatre rehearsals, in acting for the feature‑film camera, and in digital tools for aphasia therapy. Taken together, the volume offers a comprehensive overview of how multimodally addressed speech unfolds its communicative impact.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111258/3/9783732988952.pdf.jpg01Frank & TimmeBerlin000120260615978373298895211Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111258/1/9783732988952.pdf990409Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.frank-timme.de/de/programm/produkt/ansprechhaltung_und_adressierung9904 7745aa62-673e-43d4-8551-6767b94e5dbf030001OAPEN Library ID7745aa62-673e-43d4-8551-6767b94e5dbf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112731597802710782120610.5325/j.ctv14gp26x00EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102RSA Series in Transdisciplinary Rhetoric0101InfertilityTracing the History of a Transformative Term1A01Robin E.Jensen01eng93C93CF93CFG93G93GT93GTC93J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93M93MB93MBX20History;IVF;Infertility;Jenson;Motherhood;”inability to conceive”;”reproductive health problems”01060303This book explores the arguments, appeals, and narratives that have defined the meaning of infertility in the modern history of the United States and Europe. Throughout the last century, the inability of women to conceive children has been explained by discrepant views: that women are individually culpable for their own reproductive health problems, or that they require the intervention of medical experts to correct abnormalities. Using doctor-patient correspondence, oral histories, and contemporaneous popular and scientific news coverage, Robin Jensen parses the often thin rhetorical divide between moralization and medicalization, revealing how dominating explanations for infertility have emerged from seemingly competing narratives. Her longitudinal account illustrates the ways in which old arguments and appeals do not disappear in the light of new information, but instead reemerge at subsequent, often seemingly disconnected moments to combine and contend with new assertions. Tracing the transformation of language surrounding infertility from “barrenness” to “(in)fertility,” this rhetorical analysis both explicates how language was and is used to establish the concept of infertility and shows the implications these rhetorical constructions continue to have for individuals and the societies in which they live.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111273/3/9780271078212.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001201611Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111273/1/9780271078212.pdf9904 659edda7-8312-454a-a6cf-efea40929b4e030001OAPEN Library ID659edda7-8312-454a-a6cf-efea40929b4e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112551597832052246860610.7767/978320522468600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0100102Band 003Fokus Kloster0101Knowledge and OrderLebens- und Wissensräume religiöser Kulturen1B01MichaelaWiesinger01ger002030393N93NH20Augustiner;Handschriften;Klosterbibiliothek01060303undefined0303Obwohl Klöster als Räume des spirituellen Rückzugs verstanden werden, sind für die Verwaltung von Besitztümern, das Rechnungswesen, den Handel und das Betreiben von Schulen fortgeschrittene mathematische Kenntnisse notwendig. Die zehn Beiträge dieses Bandes untersuchen, wie dieses mathematische Wissen in klösterlichen Umgebungen gesammelt und angewandt wurde. Anders als in akademischen, universitär organisierten Institutionen liegt der Sammlungsschwerpunkt im monastischen Umfeld auf pragmatischen Texten: Rechnungsbücher, Vermessungsanleitungen, Rechenbücher und Perspektivtraktate finden sich vermehrt in Klöstern wieder und offenbaren jene als aktive Orte, an denen theoretische Neugier und praktische Notwendigkeit kontinuierlich ineinandergreifen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111255/3/9783205224686.pdf.jpgBrill Österreich Ges.m.b.H.01BöhlauWien0001202511Böhlau01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111255/1/9783205224686.pdf990409Böhlau01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.7767/97832052246869904 7264d7f6-9f84-41f2-b41c-8c4e2056efe6030001OAPEN Library ID7264d7f6-9f84-41f2-b41c-8c4e2056efe601HANDLE20.500.12657/1112591597837329121620610.57088/978-3-7329-8700-900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010221Easy – Plain – Accessible0101Automatic German Text Simplification: Data, Evaluation, and Models1A01ReginaStodden01eng0028603931931D931DF931DFG932932A932AC932ACG93C93CF93CFG93CFK93CFP93J93JN93JNF93JNFK20Accessibility;Automatic text simplification;Automatische Textvereinfachung;Automatisierung;Foreign language learners;Fremdsprachenlernen;German TS models;Inklusion;People with low literacy;Plain language;Text simplification01060303Texts written in simplified language are essential for accessible communication. However, manually writing accessible texts or simplifying difficult-to-read texts into accessible language is very time-consuming. Machine learning models such as large language models (LLMs) can assist with this intra-lingual translation task by providing drafts for professional translators. This volume takes a computational linguist’s perspective on automatic text simplification (ATS), providing a broad introduction to the field. The book begins by introducing the challenges and opportunities. It also explains how to build simplification datasets, use them to train machine learning models, and evaluate them. The book also provides state-of-the-art overviews of German text simplification models, datasets and evaluation metrics for document and sentence simplification. While the focus is primarily on German plain language (“Einfache Sprache”), the book also provides some insights into German easy-to-read language (“Leichte Sprache”) and other languages.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111259/3/9783732987009.pdf.jpg01Frank & Timme000120260615978373298700911Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111259/1/9783732987009.pdf990409Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.frank-timme.de/ de/programm/produkt/automatic_german_text_simplifcation9904 740f1435-d025-48a7-95ec-6efaafc6ba30030001OAPEN Library ID740f1435-d025-48a7-95ec-6efaafc6ba3001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112951597838376166750610.14361/transcript.978383941667900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode100102Kultur und soziale Praxis0101Doing Identity in LuxembourgSubjective Appropriations – Institutional Attributions – Socio-Cultural Milieus01eng002980393J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Cultural Studies;Culture;Europe;Identity;Interdisciplinarity;Luxembourg;Milieus01060303Luxembourg – international financial center, European administrative center, destination country for immigration? This empirical study provides insights about a society that has hitherto largely eluded scientific investigation and observes the processes of identity construction in globalised conditions. The interdisciplinary team of authors exposes the processes of subjective appropriations and institutional attributions at work in the fields of languages, spaces, perceptions of self and others as well as everyday cultures, and identifies for the first time socio-cultural milieus in the Grand Duchy. The findings of the three-year research project uncover the ambivalences and dynamics of a multicultural and multilingual society.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111295/3/9783839416679.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120140615978383941667911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111295/1/9783839416679.pdf9904 711d2c54-40aa-42b9-8413-27c296e6365f030001OAPEN Library ID711d2c54-40aa-42b9-8413-27c296e6365f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113061597838376488290610.14361/978383944882300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Science Studies0101Sustainable Development in Science Policy-MakingThe German Federal Ministry of Education and Research's Policies for International Cooperation in Sustainability Research1A01AnnaSchwachula01eng003460393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93K93KC93KCV93KCVG93P93PD93PDR93R93RN93RND93RNU20Developing Countries;Discourse Analysis;International Cooperation;Nature;Policy;Politics;Science;Science Policy;Sociology;Sociology of Development;Sociology of Science;Sustainability;Sustainable Development01060303New knowledge, created in international cooperation, is essential for global sustainability. Set against this background, this study focuses on German science policy for research cooperation with developing countries and emerging economies in sustainability research. Based on interviews with policy makers and researchers, the book scrutinizes the actors, processes and contents of science policy in Germany. The author argues that science policy mainly aims at German economic benefits and technology development. This, however, negatively influences global sustainability. To counter existing path dependencies, the author provides recommendations for sustainability-oriented scientific practice and science policy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111306/3/9783839448823.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120230615978383944882311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111306/1/9783839448823.pdf9904 6c92beab-ce64-4841-a70a-aa11ea2768b3030001OAPEN Library ID6c92beab-ce64-4841-a70a-aa11ea2768b301HANDLE20.500.12657/1113211597838376738760610.14361/978383947387000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001023Pflege - Bildung - Wissen0101Kinder und Jugendliche pflegen lernenNeue Lernorte in der Pflegeausbildung1B01Robert PhilipWietzke2B01Wolfgangvon Gahlen-Hoops01ger001660393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBS93JBSP93JBSP220Adolescents;Bildung;Care;Children;Deutschland;Education;Germany;Jugend;Jugendliche;Kinder;Kindergarten;Medicine;Medizin;Pflege;Pflegeausbildung;Pflegewissenschaft;Social Economy;Social Work;Sozialarbeit;Sozialwirtschaft;Youth01060303undefined0303Kann man Pflege im Kindergarten lernen? Die Pflegebildung in Deutschland beschreitet neue Wege: Viele Bundesländer ermöglichen neben den klinischen und ambulanten Bereichen der Pflege von Kindern und Jugendlichen auch den Einsatz an neuen Lernorten in der Sozialwirtschaft, die nun in den Fokus von Pflegelehrenden, -lernenden und Ausbildungsträger*innen rücken. Die Beiträge dieses Bandes tragen erstmals die Lernpotentiale und Lernhemmnisse dieser Neuerungen zusammen. Die Ergebnisse geben nicht nur Praxisanleitenden, Pflegelehrenden und Einrichtungsleitungen konkrete Handlungsempfehlungen an die Hand, sondern erlauben allen an der Pflegebildung Interessierten einen Einblick in die aktuellen Entwicklungen des Fachs.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111321/3/9783839473870.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947387011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111321/1/9783839473870.pdf9904 5ed76107-b01b-4320-be5d-a4a40130b917030001OAPEN Library ID5ed76107-b01b-4320-be5d-a4a40130b91701HANDLE20.500.12657/1113111597838376711620610.14361/978383947116600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode1001023The Academy in Exile Book Series0101What We Brought with UsThings of Exile and Migration1B01VanessaAgnew01eng001920393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBF93JBFG93JBFH20Cultural Studies;Culture;Exile;Fleeing;Forced Migration;Holocaust;Interculturalism;Material Culture;Migration;Object;Refugee;Refugee Studies;Turkey;US-Mexico Borderland;Vietnamese Boatpeople01060303In exile and migration, the things that forcibly displaced people take with them become mobile testimonies of defiance, mourning, creativity, and rejuvenation. Through a series of scholarly essays and autobiographical vignettes, this richly illustrated volume draws on such observations to examine the meanings that possessions assume when they are wrenched from their original contexts. The contributors to this collection shine an intimate spotlight on those who are driven from their homes by conflict and forced into exile by authoritarian regimes. In so doing, the contributors underscore the necessity for civil societies to support academic freedom and the work done by critical thinkers worldwide.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111311/3/9783839471166.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947116611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111311/1/9783839471166.pdf9904 652bbd85-3d1c-4975-94fc-5c41b2fa5cb0030001OAPEN Library ID652bbd85-3d1c-4975-94fc-5c41b2fa5cb001HANDLE20.500.12657/1113171597837328520550610.14361/978383945205900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode1001023Achtsamkeit - Bildung - Medien0101Perspektiven pragmatischer MedienphilosophieGrundlagen – Anwendungen – Praktiken1A01MikeSandbothe01ger002300393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JN93JNA93Q93QD20Addiction Culture;Bildung;Communication;Computer Game;Computerspiel;Culture;Digitalisierung;Digitalization;Ecology;Education;Filmphilosophie;Kommunikation;Kultur;Media;Media Education;Media Philosophy;Medien;Medienphilosophie;Medienpädagogik;Pedagogy;Philosophie;Philosophy;Philosophy of Film;Pragmatism;Pragmatismus;Pädagogik;Social Work;Soziale Arbeit;Spirituality;Spiritualität;Suchtkultur;Ökologie01060303undefined0303Inspiriert von den Vordenkern des amerikanischen Pragmatismus – William James, John Dewey und Richard Rorty – entwickelt Mike Sandbothe ein normativ nachhaltiges Konzept von Medien und Philosophie. Anhand exemplarischer Fallstudien zeigt er auf, wie sich dies in den Kultur- und Medienwissenschaften, den Bildungs- und Sozialwissenschaften sowie in der Psychologie nutzen lässt. Seine pragmatische Medienphilosophie kann dazu beitragen, die Betriebssysteme unserer Bildungsanstalten mit Hilfe von achtsamkeits- und körperbasierten sowie spirituellen Praktiken gesundheitsförderlich zu transformieren.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111317/3/9783839452059.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383765205515978383945205911transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111317/1/9783839452059.pdf9904 603b8929-90f2-431b-9d16-1cf5af5098a0030001OAPEN Library ID603b8929-90f2-431b-9d16-1cf5af5098a001HANDLE20.500.12657/1113291597838376538540610.14361/978383945385800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010226VerKörperungen/MatteRealities – Perspektiven empirischer Wissenschaftsforschung0101Ver-rückte ExpertisenEthnografische Perspektiven auf Genesungsbegleitung1A01ChristineSchmid01ger002200393J93JB93JBF93JBFN93JH93JHM93JHMC93M93MB93MBS20Alltag;Beruf;Cultural Anthropology;Erfahrung;Ethnografie;Ethnography;Ethnologie;Ethnology;Everyday Life;Experience;Expertise;Genesungsberatung;Gesundheitswesen;Healthcare;Kulturanthropologie;Medicine;Medizin;Medizinsoziologie;Profession;Professionalism;Professionalität;Psychiatrie;Psychiatry;Recovery Advice;Sociology of Medicine01060303undefined0303Die eigene Erfahrung zum Beruf machen. Genesungsbegleiter*innen sind Psychiatrie-Erfahrene oder deren Angehörige, die in der psychiatrischen Versorgung professionell tätig werden. Aber wie lässt sich überhaupt eine spezifische (Krisen-)Erfahrung zu einer alltäglichen Expertise machen? Christine Schmid bietet hierauf eine ethnografisch-empirische Antwort: Sie entwickelt das ambivalente Bild einer professionellen Zwischenzone und schärft damit den Blick auf die Zusammenhänge zwischen Erfahrung(en) und Expertise(n) – für den Beruf der Genesungsbegleitung, für das Fach Europäische Ethnologie und nicht zuletzt für gegenwärtige gesellschaftliche Debatten um die Legitimität von Expertise.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111329/3/9783839453858.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945385811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111329/1/9783839453858.pdf9904 5e9c7e2f-a5d4-45f4-8313-b6135195855c030001OAPEN Library ID5e9c7e2f-a5d4-45f4-8313-b6135195855c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113471597838376517130610.14361/978383945171700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Global Studies0101Southeast Asian TransformationsUrban and Rural Developments in the 21st Century1B01SandraKurfürst2B01StefanieWehner01eng002940393J93JB93JBS93JBSD93JH93JHB93R93RG93RGC93RN93RNT20City;Communication;Culture;Development;Ethnology;Social Geography;Sociology;Southeast Asia;Space;Urban Studies;Urbanism01060303Southeast Asia is one of the most dynamic regions in the world. This volume offers a timely approach to Southeast Asian Studies, covering recent transitions in the realms of urbanism, rural development, politics, and media. While most of the contributions deal with the era of post-independence, some tackle the colonial period and the resulting developments. The volume also includes insights from Southern India. As a tribute to the interdisciplinary project of Southeast Asian Studies, this book brings together authors from disciplines as diverse as area studies, sociology, history, geography, and journalism.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111347/3/9783839451717.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945171711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111347/1/9783839451717.pdf9904 64646caf-b940-43f0-af41-464c5b909477030001OAPEN Library ID64646caf-b940-43f0-af41-464c5b90947701HANDLE20.500.12657/1112641597833811464130610.24053/978338114642000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/100102593Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik (TBL)0101Reference to NamesAn empirically based study on metalinguistic uses of names of lexicalized concepts1A01NataschaRaue01eng002720320Empirical evidence;Lexicalized concepts;Name-mentioning;Philosophy of Language;Pragmatics;Quotation;Reading processes;Semantics01060303How do people talk about words? This work investigates naming constructions like This formation is called a “coral reef” that introduce lexicalized concepts like coral reef through metalinguistic reference. Based on theoretical considerations from the philosophy of language, semantics, and pragmatics in combination with experimental evidence from psycholinguistic data – including self-paced reading and eye-tracking – it reveals how people use quotational constructions to talk about language, and how readers interpret and process naming constructions with and without quotation marks.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111264/3/9783381146420.pdf.jpg01Gunter Narr Verlag000120260615978338114642011Gunter Narr Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111264/1/9783381146420.pdf990409Gunter Narr Verlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.narr.de/reference-to-names-1464-1/9904 5932bea3-9899-4e2a-9ce8-2a331f2098c1030001OAPEN Library ID5932bea3-9899-4e2a-9ce8-2a331f2098c101HANDLE20.500.12657/1111131597810036106250610.4324/978100361062500EBE10715107J091010Open licence02https://oapen.org/article/rights100102Routledge Explorations in Energy Studies0101China and Gulf Cooperation Council CountriesPartnerships Towards Economic and Energy Transition1B01MajedAlsuwailem2B01DongmeiChen3B01FuqiangYang4B01LeiYang01eng003660393G93GT93GTP93GTQ93J93JP93K93KC93KCL93KCLT93KCP93KCV93KCVG93KF93KFF93KFFM93L93LB93LBB93LBBM93P93PH93PHD93PHDY93R93RN93RNF93RNP93RNPG93T93TH93W93WK20Circular carbon economy;Critical minerals supply;Digital energy innovation;Hydrogen market development;Petrochemical industry analysis;Renewable energy investment case studies;Sustainable financing strategies01060303This book investigates the evolving bilateral relations between China and the six Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries as the global energy system undergoes a profound transformation and the architecture of international trade and investment continues to shift. This book examines how China-GCC relations are evolving as they leverage their resource endowments, structurally transform their economies, and ramp up investments in clean technologies, low-carbon infrastructure, and resilient supply chains. It contemplates the synergistic potential of China-GCC cooperation around three overarching themes: traditional energy, including hydrocarbons and associated petrochemical industries low-carbon energy sources such as renewables, energy efficiency, hydrogen, and nuclear energy key enablers of the clean energy transition, including climate policy framework, sustainable financing, critical minerals, and digitalization The authors of the book envision a future in which joint endeavors foster shared socioeconomic benefits and promote an inclusive, orderly energy transition, with potential spillover effects that improve economic integration and structural transformation across the Middle East and North Africa. Using evidence-based and structured analysis, the authors draw on case studies and lessons learned to propose policy recommendations that foster coherence, strategy, and effective coordination between China and the GCC in the areas of energy and sustainability. This book will be an invaluable reference for researchers and academics studying international relations, energy policy and economics, energy geopolitics, and Asian and Middle Eastern studies. It will also be useful for policy analysts in academia and think tanks and advisors and decision-makers in government and private enterprises.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111113/3/9781040597972.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104059797215978104061264415978104100506315978104100582711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111113/1/9781041005827.pdf9904 5055015e-a4a7-4602-9c2e-21aa930097e8030001OAPEN Library ID5055015e-a4a7-4602-9c2e-21aa930097e801HANDLE20.500.12657/1112881597815292497810610.51952/978152924979800EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Research in Sociotechnical Cyber Security0101Understanding Digital Responsibilities1A01MarkBurdon2A01LizzieColes-Kemp01eng002020393J93JB93JBF93JBFV93JBFV593L93LN93LND93P93PD93PDR93U93UB93UBJ93UBL20Digital policy making;Digital product design;Harms;Infrastructure;Policy fragmentation;Regulation;Risks01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. How can we make the digital world safer, more responsible and accountable? This innovative book offers an original framework for understanding digital responsibility, blending insights from law, technology and policy. Through a series of case studies showcasing work from early career researchers, it highlights the diverse groups, values and governance challenges shaping digital environments across jurisdictions. From crafting effective policies to designing ethical digital products, this book equips policy makers, practitioners and academics with the tools to minimise harm and enhance accountability and responsibility in the digital age. This is a vital resource for navigating the complexities of digital responsibility in a pluralistic, globalised world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111288/4/9781529249798.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120250615978152924979815978152924980411Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111288/1/9781529249798.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111288/2/9781529249804.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 4d668111-4109-446b-a298-81210f61f74e030001OAPEN Library ID4d668111-4109-446b-a298-81210f61f74e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113031597838376749720610.14361/978383947497600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010275Digitale Gesellschaft0101Philosophische DigitalisierungsforschungVerantwortung, Verständigung, Vernunft, Macht1B01RainerAdolphi2B01SuzanaAlpsancar3B01SusanneHahn4B01MatthiasKettner01ger004640393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93Q93QD93QDT93QDTK93QDTQ93QDTS20Algorithm;Algorithmus;Artificial Intelligence;Communication;Culture;Digital Ethics;Digital Media;Digitale Ethik;Digitale Medien;Digitalisierung;Digitalization;Ethics;Ethik;Kultur;Kulturprozess;Künstliche Intelligenz;Macht;Media Philosophy;Medienphilosophie;Philosophie;Philosophy;Philosophy of Technology;Power;Reason;Responsibility;Roboter;Social Media;Technikphilosophie;Verantwortung;Vernunft;Verständigung01060303undefined0303Digitalisierung ist nicht nur ein technisches Geschehen, sondern erfasst als machtvoller kultureller Prozess alle Lebensbereiche. Die Einsicht, dass soziotechnische Vorgänge gestaltbar sind, erlaubt eine grundsätzliche Reflexion über die neuen Handlungsmöglichkeiten und Zumutungen sowohl in individueller wie auch in kollektiver Perspektive. Welche Herausforderungen stellen sich für unsere bewährten Überzeugungen und sozialen Praktiken in den Prozessen von Verantwortung, Verständigung, Vernunft und Macht? Die Beiträger*innen analysieren aktuelle Entwicklungen der Digitalisierung und tragen im Lichte provisorischer Maßstäbe praktischer Vernunft zu einer aufgeklärten öffentlichen Diskussion über (nicht) wünschenswerte technokulturelle Zukünfte bei.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111303/3/9783839474976.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947497611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111303/1/9783839474976.pdf9904 4d6fcfe9-2ae1-4c30-8b9f-940fb7b2f9b8030001OAPEN Library ID4d6fcfe9-2ae1-4c30-8b9f-940fb7b2f9b801HANDLE20.500.12657/1113181597838376704790610.14361/978383947047300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010261Sozial- und Kulturgeographie0101WohlstandsalternativenRegionale Positionen und räumliche Praktiken1B01MartinaHülz2B01BastianLange3B01BenediktSchmid4B01ChristianSchulz01ger002100393K93KC93KCV93KCVG93R93RG93RGC93RN93RNT93RNU20Basic Need;Economy;Geographie;Geography;Gesellschaftliche Verantwortung;Global Crisis;Globale Krise;Growth;Grundbedürfnis;Human Ecology;Humanökologie;Nachhaltigkeit;Natur;Nature;Post-growth;Postwachstum;Prosperity;Raum;Raumentwicklung;Raumplanung;Regional Development;Regionalentwicklung;Social Geography;Social Responsibility;Sozialgeographie;Space;Spatial Development;Sustainability;Transformation;Urban and Regional Planning;Wachstum;Wellbeing;Wirtschaft;Wohlergehen;Wohlstand01060303undefined0303Auf der Suche nach Bewältigungsstrategien für globale Krisen braucht es Alternativen zu den vorherrschenden Wohlstandsmodellen. Wie kann ein gutes, gelingendes und gesundes Leben innerhalb der planetaren Grenzen aussehen? Welche Praktiken und Prozesse prägen eine sorgende Wohlstandsorientierung? Und welche Widersprüche ergeben sich aus den entsprechenden Transformationsimpulsen? Die Beiträger*innen vereinen Positionen und Perspektiven auf veränderte Wohlstandsverhältnisse jenseits von wirtschaftlichem Wachstum. Mit Blick auf aktuelle Krisenkontexte hinterfragen sie überkommene Ansätze, skizzieren nachhaltige Alternativen und zeigen auf, welche Unterstützung Politik und Planung für eine zukunftsfähige Raumentwicklung leisten können.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111318/3/9783839470473.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947047311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111318/1/9783839470473.pdf9904 4fe632a4-d802-4938-a1c5-4ca0188ca1c2030001OAPEN Library ID4fe632a4-d802-4938-a1c5-4ca0188ca1c201HANDLE20.500.12657/1113321597838376269640610.14361/transcript.978383942696800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode10010218Gesellschaft der Unterschiede0101Die Praxis der KreativitätEine Ethnografie kreativer Arbeit1A01HannesKrämer01ger004220393A93AM93J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Arbeit;Arbeits- und Industriesoziologie;Cultural Studies;Economic Sociology;Economy;Ethnografie;Kreativarbeit;Kreativität;Kultursoziologie;Kulturwissenschaft;Sociology;Sociology of Culture;Sociology of Work and Industry;Soziologie;Werbeindustrie;Werbung;Wirtschaft;Wirtschaftssoziologie;Work01060303undefined0303Wie läuft kreatives Arbeiten ab? Was bedeutet Kreativität für den Arbeitsalltag und wie wird in komplexen Organisationen Kreativität verankert? Am Beispiel der Arbeitspraxis in der Werbeindustrie rekonstruiert Hannes Krämer die Entdeckung, Formierung und Stabilisierung kreativer Produkte en détail. Hierbei zeichnet er ethnografisch die Entstehung eines Werbeprodukts anhand prägender Stationen nach und schließt so eine systematische Leerstelle: den Einblick in die konkrete Praxis künstlerisch-kreativer Arbeit in zeitgenössischen Ökonomien. Kreativarbeit erscheint demnach nicht vordergründig als mythische Tätigkeit, sondern als Ensemble kreativer Routinen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111332/3/9783839426968.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120140615978383942696811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111332/1/9783839426968.pdf9904 52b46006-6bb1-4fe7-b952-d47158e810bc030001OAPEN Library ID52b46006-6bb1-4fe7-b952-d47158e810bc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113351597838376292790610.14361/978383942927300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode100102Kultur und soziale Praxis0101Lebenswirklichkeiten und politische Konstruktionen in GrenzregionenDas Beispiel der Großregion SaarLorLux: Wirtschaft – Politik – Alltag – Kultur1B01ChristianWille01ger003480393J93JB93JH93JHB93JP93JPS93JPSN93R93RG93RGC20Border Studies;Cooperation;Cultural Geography;Culture;Europa;Europe;European Politics;Europäische Politik;Greater Region;Grenzraumstudien;Großregion;Kultur;Kulturgeographie;Kultursoziologie;Politics;Politik;Raum;Regionalisierung;Regionalization;SaarLorLux;Saarlorlux;Sociology;Sociology of Culture;Soziologie;Space;Zusammenarbeit01060303undefined0303Wie entstehen grenzüberschreitende Regionen und was charakterisiert sie? Am Beispiel der Großregion SaarLorLux untersuchen die aus Deutschland, Frankreich und Luxemburg stammenden Beiträger dieses Bandes die gesellschaftliche Praxis an EU-Binnengrenzen. Sie diskutieren die Praktiken von institutionellen Akteuren und von Grenzraumbewohnern in den Bereichen Wirtschaft, Arbeitsmarkt, politische Kooperation sowie Alltag, Medien und Kultur. Die sozial- und kulturwissenschaftlichen Beiträge situieren die Großregion SaarLorLux zwischen grenzüberschreitenden Lebenswirklichkeiten und politischen Konstruktionen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111335/3/9783839429273.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120150615978383942927311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111335/1/9783839429273.pdf9904 4d3e6ffd-d65e-4bc5-bec6-289f151ae7e4030001OAPEN Library ID4d3e6ffd-d65e-4bc5-bec6-289f151ae7e401HANDLE20.500.12657/1113401597838376698170610.14361/978383946981100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010211andererseits – Yearbook of Transatlantic German Studies0101andererseits – Yearbook of Transatlantic German StudiesVol. 11/12, 2022/231B01William CollinsDonahue2B01GeorgMein3B01RolfParr01eng005020393D93DS93DSB20Culture;German Literature;German Studies;Interculturalism;Language;Literary Studies;Literature;Media Literacy;Memory;Modernism01060303andererseits provides a forum for research, commentary, and creative work on topics related to the German-speaking world and the field of German Studies. Works presented in the publication come from a wide variety of genres including book reviews, poetry, essays, editorials, forum discussions, academic notes, lectures, and traditional peer-reviewed academic articles. In addition, we welcome contributions by journalists, librarians, archivists, and other commentators interested in German Studies broadly conceived. As a specifically transatlantic endeavor, we also highlight select topics in American Studies that impact German Studies. By publishing such a diverse array of material, we hope to demonstrate the extraordinary value of the humanities in general, and German Studies in particular, on a variety of intellectual and cultural levels. This issue features sections about German Studies approaches to media literacy, Stephen Dowden's book »Modernism and Mimesis« and the poetics of ambiguous memory.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111340/3/9783839469811.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383946981111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111340/1/9783839469811.pdf9904 4e28347b-2bc2-45e2-a1be-cddc1858be62030001OAPEN Library ID4e28347b-2bc2-45e2-a1be-cddc1858be6201HANDLE20.500.12657/1113461597838376353790610.14361/978383943537300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode100102Urban Studies0101Produkt AltstadtHistorische Stadtzentren in Städtebau und Denkmalpflege1B01Carmen M.Enss2B01GerhardVinken01ger002800393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBS93JBSD93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Altstadt;City;Cultural Geography;Cultural History;Denkmalpflege;Erinnerungskultur;Heimatschutz;Heritage Conservation;Homeland Security;Kulturgeographie;Kulturgeschichte;Memory Culture;Modern Urban Restructuring;Moderner Stadtumbau;Old Town;Post-war Reconstruction;Reconstruction;Rekonstruktion;Sociology;Soziologie;Stadt;Urban Studies;Wiederaufbau01060303undefined0303Weltweit entstehen neue Altstädte – die Unterscheidbarkeit zwischen historischen Stadtzentren und deren Imitationen wird dabei zunehmend unerheblich. Die Beiträge suchen die »Produktion« von Altstädten seit ihren Anfängen im frühen 20. Jahrhundert auf und ordnen sie in die Stadtbaugeschichte der Moderne ein. Die Bandbreite reicht hierbei vom Heimatschutz über den Wiederaufbau bis zur Postmoderne und aktuellen Rekonstruktionsprojekten, wobei hygienische, ästhetische und denkmalpflegerische Fragen ebenso beleuchtet werden wie wechselnde Nutzungen und Akteurskonstellationen. Der Band bietet ein aktuelles interdisziplinäres Kompendium zum Thema Altstadt, das über die Fachkreise hinaus von Interesse ist.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111346/3/9783839435373.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120160615978383943537311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111346/1/9783839435373.pdf9904 375ef0b5-0fc5-4f53-a07e-0eb6d3af1173030001OAPEN Library ID375ef0b5-0fc5-4f53-a07e-0eb6d3af117301HANDLE20.500.12657/1112901597814473727830610.51952/978144737281300EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Critical Research and Creative Practice with Migrant and Refugee CommunitiesTowards interventions based on practice research and community voices1B01BrianCallan2B01PearsonNkhoma3B01NaomiThompson01eng0021603935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93JH93JHB93JHBC93JK93JKS93JKSN20Community work;Migration;Refugees;Social work;Therapies01060303EPUB and EPDF available Open Access under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Drawing on the voices and experiences of refugees, activists and professional practitioners, this collection illustrates the complexities of migration with real world case studies, and the possibilities of innovative and compassionate interventions. Highlighting the use of creative and narrative methods in the social, therapeutic and community sectors, all chapters provide clear practice implications. Rather than presenting migration as a problem to be avoided, this book offers original insights on how research and practice can be better informed by the voices of those seeking a better way.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111290/4/9781447372813.pdf.jpgPolicy Press01Policy PressBristol000120250615978144737279015978144737280615978144737281315978144737282011Policy Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111290/1/9781447372813.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111290/2/9781447372806.epub990409Policy Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 3972bc7b-6f6d-4743-9633-0bef71a35c5b030001OAPEN Library ID3972bc7b-6f6d-4743-9633-0bef71a35c5b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112981597838376144800610.14361/transcript.978383941448400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode100102Kultur und soziale Praxis0101Doing Identity in LuxemburgSubjektive Aneignungen – institutionelle Zuschreibungen – sozio-kulturelle Milieus01ger003040393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JH93JHM93JHMC20Cultural Anthropology;Culture;Europa;Europe;Gesellschaft;Identität;Interculturalism;Interdisziplinarität;Interkulturalität;Kultur;Kulturanthropologie;Kultursoziologie;Luxemburg;Milieu;Society;Sociology of Culture01060303undefined0303Luxemburg – internationaler Finanzplatz, europäisches Verwaltungszentrum, Einwanderungsland? Dieses Buch gibt Einblicke in eine wenig erforschte Gesellschaft und Hinweise auf Identitätskonstruktionen unter globalisierten Bedingungen. Das interdisziplinäre Autorenteam arbeitet subjektive Aneignungs- und institutionelle Zuschreibungsprozesse auf den Gebieten »Sprache«, »Raum«, »Alltagskultur« sowie »Selbst-« und »Fremdbild« heraus und ermittelt erstmals sozio-kulturelle Milieus im Großherzogtum. Der materialreiche Band zeigt Ambivalenzen und Dynamiken in einer multikulturellen und mehrsprachigen Gesellschaft auf.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111298/3/9783839414484.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120140615978383941448411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111298/1/9783839414484.pdf9904 4b60a757-47f5-40e3-8a2f-536f651a0b21030001OAPEN Library ID4b60a757-47f5-40e3-8a2f-536f651a0b2101HANDLE20.500.12657/1113161597838376405330610.14361/978383944053700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/legalcode10010246Edition Medienwissenschaft0101»Hate Speech« und Verletzbarkeit im digitalen ZeitalterPhänomene mediatisierter Missachtung aus Perspektive der Gender Media Studies1A01JenniferEickelmann01ger003320393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193JBS93JBSF20Communication;Digital Media;Digitale Medien;Gender;Gender Studies;Geschlecht;Hate Speech;Internet;Kommunikation;Materiality;Materialität;Media;Media Studies;Media Theory;Medien;Mediensoziologie;Medientheorie;Medienwissenschaft;Sociology of Media01060303undefined0303Die Debatten um Hate Speech im Internet zeugen von der Brisanz der Frage, welche Verletzungsmacht diffamierenden Adressierungen inhärent ist: Handelt es sich um einen rein zeichenhaften Ausdruck freier Rede oder um einen ›realen‹ Gewaltakt? Aus einer dualismuskritischen Perspektive entwickelt Jennifer Eickelmann ein Konzept mediatisierter Missachtung , das sich diesem Entweder-oder verweigert. Entlang materialreicher Analysen zeigt sie die Kontingenz dieser Kommunikationen im Spannungsfeld von Realität/Virtualität auf und legt dar, welche Bedeutung der Kategorie Gender und dem Medialen bei der Konstitution und Wirkmacht mediatisierter Missachtung zukommt.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111316/2/9783839440537.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120170615978383944053711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111316/1/9783839440537.pdf9904 3b6b4b8a-0475-4322-a77f-c96c30dd498f030001OAPEN Library ID3b6b4b8a-0475-4322-a77f-c96c30dd498f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1113191597838376710630610.14361/978383947106700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010286Gesellschaft der Unterschiede0101Weltoffenheit, Toleranz und GemeinsinnChancen und Herausforderungen in der Gegenwartsgesellschaft1B01AnjaGampe2B01SeçkinSöylemez01ger002300393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBF93JBFQ93JH93JHB20Cosmopolitanism;Cultural Studies;Culture;Diversification;Diversifizierung;Gemeinsinn;Gesellschaft;Inequality;Kosmopolitismus;Kultur;Kultursoziologie;Kulturwissenschaft;Migration;Nationalism;Nationalismus;Participation;Partizipation;Social Inequality;Society;Sociology;Sociology of Culture;Sociology of Knowledge;Soziale Ungleichheit;Soziologie;Tolerance;Toleranz;Ungleichheit;Weltoffenheit;Wissenssoziologie01060303undefined0303Diskurse über gesellschaftliche Diversifizierung eröffnen heutzutage gleichermaßen Herausforderungen und Chancen für das Gelingen sozialer Kohäsion. Ausgehend von diesem Befund beschäftigen sich die Beiträger*innen aus trans- und interdisziplinärer Perspektive mit »Weltoffenheit«, »Toleranz« sowie »Gemeinsinn« und unterziehen diese drei Konzepte einer kritischen Analyse, die deren gesellschaftlichen Mehrwert herausstellt. Im Mittelpunkt stehen dabei Fragen im Lichte gesamtgesellschaftlicher Realitäten: Wer definiert diese Ideale? Wer erhebt Anspruch auf sie, wer fordert ihre Umsetzung? Und sind sie Mittel zum Zweck oder ein eigenständiges Ziel?01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111319/3/9783839471067.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947106711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111319/1/9783839471067.pdf9904 32762746-b7a2-4a9b-a2c4-9d703e243e77030001OAPEN Library ID32762746-b7a2-4a9b-a2c4-9d703e243e7701HANDLE20.500.12657/1113271597838376607770610.14361/978383946077100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode10010221Historische Lebenswelten in populären Wissenskulturen/History in Popular Cultures0101Appropriating HistoryThe Soviet Past in Belarusian, Russian and Ukrainian Popular Culture1B01MatthiasSchwartz2B01NinaWeller01eng003180393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Belarus;Comics;Computer Games;Cultural Appropriation;Cultural History;Cultural Memory;Culture;Eastern European History;Film;History;Literature;Mass Media;Memory Culture;Popular Culture;Popular History;Post-Soviet;Public History;Russia;Television Series;Ukraine01060303Popular media play an important role in reconstructing collective imaginations of history. Dramatic events and ruptures of the 20th century provide the material for playful as well as neo-imperialist and nationalist appropriations of the past. The contributors to the volume investigate this phenomenon using case studies from Belarusian, Russian and Ukrainian popular cultures. They show how in mainstream films, TV series, novels, comics and computer games, the reference to Soviet history offers role models, action patterns and even helps to justify current political and military developments. The volume thus presents new insights into the multi-layered and explosive dynamics of popular culture in Eastern Europe.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111327/3/9783839460771.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383946077111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111327/1/9783839460771.pdf9904 3b761256-fc52-4d10-80ed-149b2f460ba1030001OAPEN Library ID3b761256-fc52-4d10-80ed-149b2f460ba101HANDLE20.500.12657/1113371597838376541720610.14361/978383945417600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102BiUP General0101Recht und DiversitätLokale Konstellationen und globale Perspektiven von der Frühen Neuzeit bis zur Gegenwart1B01ChristinaBrauner2B01AntjeFluechter01ger003760393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93N93NH93NHD93NHF93NHH93NHT93NHTB20Bielefeld University Press;Bosnia and Herzegovina;Bosnien-Herzegowina;Brasilien;Brazil;Cultural Contact;Cultural History;Diversity;Diversität;Global History;Globalgeschichte;India;Indien;Islamic Law;Islamisches Recht;Jesuiten;Jesuits;Kulturgeschichte;Kulturkontakt;Law;Legal Pluralism;Peru;Poland;Polen;Recht;Rechtspluralismus;Schweden;Social History;Social Inequality;Soziale Ungleichheit;Sozialgeschichte;Sweden01060303undefined0303Paralleljustiz, Antidiskriminierungsgesetze, Rechtstransfer – das Thema »Recht und Diversität« verbindet unterschiedlichste aktuelle Diskussionen und erweist sich als zentral für den gesellschaftlichen Umgang mit Differenz und Gleichheit. Die Beiträger*innen des Bandes – aus der Geschichts- und Rechtswissenschaft sowie den Jüdischen Studien – rücken dieses Thema in eine historische Perspektive und nehmen Konstellationen und Umgangsweisen mit Rechtsvielfalt von der Frühen Neuzeit bis in die Gegenwart in den Blick. Beleuchtet werden Situationen des Kulturkontakts und des interreligiösen Zusammenlebens sowie global agierende Akteur*innen und Organisationen in Europa, Asien, den Amerikas und Afrika.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111337/3/9783839454176.pdf.jpgBiUP01Bielefeld University Press000120200615978383945417611Bielefeld University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111337/1/9783839454176.pdf9904 4c237551-0694-40ac-a432-db8bba5a6af2030001OAPEN Library ID4c237551-0694-40ac-a432-db8bba5a6af201HANDLE20.500.12657/1112691597891989941310610.7765/978919899414800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The first ordained women in the Church of SwedenNarratives of vocation and recognition1A01FridaMannerfelt2A01AlexanderMaurits3B01FridaMannerfelt4B01AlexanderMaurits01eng003540393J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193Q93QR93QRA93QRAX93QRM93QRMB93QRMB393QRMB3393QRMB342028;Ambivalent recognition;Apostolic succession;Attitudes of bishops;Attitudes of fellow clergy;Axel Honneth;Church commitments;Church developments viewed personally;Church leadership;Church of Norway;Church of Sweden;Clergy in the Church of Sweden;Clerical code of conduct;Clerical families;Confirmation;Conscience clause;Consecratio;Core episodes;Denied recognition;Ecumenical argument;Ecumenical connections;Emancipation;Evangelical Lutheran Church in Denmark;Female ordination;Female priests and ecumenism;Formal recognition;Galatians 3;Gender and priesthood;Gustaf Wingren;Historical consciousness;Historical context;Historical narrative;Historical narratives;Jörn Rüsen;Legal recognition;Low Church revivals;Luther and the three estates;Margit Sahlin;Narrative analysis;Narrative of division;Opposition to women clergy;Parish attitudes;Paul Ricoeur;Practical-theological training;Recognition;Recognition of female clergy;Religious pluralism;Resistance to female clergy;Secularisation;Social recognition;Struggle for r01060303When the Church of Sweden General Synod decided to open the priesthood to women on 28 September 1958, a long theological and political debate came to an end. On Palm Sunday in 1960 the first three women were ordained as priests; over the next ten years, 54 women were ordained. This book centres on their narratives of vocation and recognition. At the heart of the book are the narratives of 34 of the first ordained women, detailing their journey to ordination and their early years in parish service. The narratives are analysed against the backdrop of the theological and historical contexts of vocation and recognition that shaped these women's narratives, describing the warm and widespread recognition they received from colleagues, bishops and parishes as well as the conditional, or even withheld, recognition they sometimes faced. Through this close reading of the vocation narratives, established historical narratives of the opening of the priesthood to women are complemented and challenged. The book also places the Swedish experience in a broader context by exploring the ecumenical and international influences that impacted the process, using the dual analytical lens of vocation and recognition to point to parallels and connections across denominational and national boundaries.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111269/3/9789198994148.pdf.jpg01Manchester University PressLund000120260615978919899414815978979899413111Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111269/1/9789198994148.pdf990409Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.manchesteruniversitypress.co.uk/97897989941319904 3d515bb3-7eb7-457a-bf77-28a9806e634e030001OAPEN Library ID3d515bb3-7eb7-457a-bf77-28a9806e634e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112751597802710868660610.5325/j.ctv14gpcv300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Animalibus0101Rabies in the StreetsInterspecies Camaraderie in Urban India1A01DeborahNadal01eng93G93GT93GTP93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBF93JBFN93JH93JHM93JHMC93M93MZ93V93VF93VFJ93VFJB20Dog bites;India;Infectious diseases;Interspecific camaraderie;Multispecies ethnography;One Health;Rabies;Zoonoses01060303Found in two-thirds of the world, rabies is a devastating infectious disease with a 99.9 percent case-fatality rate and no cure once clinical signs appear. Rabies in the Streets tells the compelling story of the relationship between people, street animals, and rabies in India, where one-third of human rabies deaths occur. Deborah Nadal argues that only a One Health approach of “interspecies camaraderie” can save people and animals from the horrors of rabies and almost certain death. Grounded in multispecies ethnography, this book leads the reader through the streets and slums of Delhi and Jaipur, where people and animals, such as dogs, cows, and macaques, interact intimately and sometimes violently. Nadal explores the intricate web of factors that bring humans and animals into contact with one another within these urban spaces and create favorable pathways for the transmission of the rabies virus across species. This book shows how rabies is endemic in India for reasons that are as much social, cultural, and political as they are biological, ranging from inadequate sanitation to religious customs, from vaccine shortages to reliance on traditional medicine. The continuous emergence (and reemergence) of infectious diseases despite technical medical progress is a growing concern of our times and clearly questions the way we think of animal and environmental health. This original account of rabies challenges conventional approaches of separation and extermination, arguing instead that a One Health approach is our best chance at fostering mutual survival in a world increasingly overpopulated by humans, animals, and deadly pathogens.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111275/3/9780271086866.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001202011Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111275/1/9780271086866.pdf9904 20958c55-8c97-4a9c-a5a0-7ff4d4facef1030001OAPEN Library ID20958c55-8c97-4a9c-a5a0-7ff4d4facef101HANDLE20.500.12657/1112601597837329114480610.57088/978-3-7329-8769-600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/1001028Forum: Bulgarien0101Die Bulgaren in Bessarabien und Taurien. Geschichte, Sprache und Kultur im nördlichen Schwarzmeerraum1A01GerganaBörger2A01MartinHenzelmann3A01ThedeKahl01ger0024203931931D931DT931DTM931DX931DXB931Q931QS931QSK932932A932AG932AGB93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBF93JBFH93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Bessarabia;Bulgaria;Bulgarian communities;Cultural history;Cultures of remembrance;Diaspora;Diaspora studies;Ethnic minorities;Historical regions;History;Language change;Literary history;Memory studies;Migration history;Reference work;Southeastern Europe;Tauria;The Republic of Moldova;Ukraine01060303undefined0303The Bulgarians of Bessarabia and Tauria constitute a large yet little-known historical diaspora in what is today Ukraine and the Republic of Moldova. Drawing on international scholarship and their own field studies, the authors of this book reconstruct the migratory movements from the eighteenth century onward: from colonization within the Tsarist Empire and the state formations of the twentieth century (Greater Romania, the Soviet Union) to contemporary nationality and language policies. Alongside these historical developments, particular attention is given to language change and the region’s diverse literary production. After all, Alexander Pushkin had already turned a Bulgarian village in Bessarabia into a literary setting, and despite difficult circumstances, the Bulgarians of this region have made a significant contribution to Bulgarian literary history. This volume serves as a reference work for anyone engaged with East European history, Slavic studies, Bulgarian studies, as well as diaspora and memory studies—whether in academia, research, or teaching.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111260/3/9783732987696.pdf.jpg01Frank & Timme000120260615978373298769611Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111260/1/9783732987696.pdf990409Frank & Timme01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.frank-timme.de/de/programm/produkt/die-bulgaren-in-bessarabien-und-taurien9904 0dee9f52-11b8-4cc4-b288-6a32fe9171bc030001OAPEN Library ID0dee9f52-11b8-4cc4-b288-6a32fe9171bc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112681597891987404310610.7765/978919874044800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Monarchy in the Age of LibertyRoyal power and public life in eighteenth-century Sweden1A01JonasNordin2B01JonasNordin01eng004330393N93NH93NHB93NHD20Attitudes to monarchy;Benevolent rulers;Constitutional law;Constitutional monarchy;Constitutional rituals;Eighteenth-century attitudes to power;Eighteenth-century court expenditure;Eighteenth-century media;Eighteenth-century monarchy;Eighteenth-century public sphere;Eighteenth-century republicanism;Foreign-born kings;Image of the king;Kings on coins;Kings without power;Kingship;Legitimacy of kings;Legitimacy of monarchs;Lese-majesty;Lese-majesty crimes;Majesty;Monarchism;Monarchy;Popular opinion on rulers;Popular politics;Public perception of the monarch;Public statuary;Representations of the king;Royal absolutism;Royal ceremonies;Royal portrayals in art;Royal rituals;Sacrosanct monarchs;Sovereignty;Swedish constitution;Swedish coronations;Swedish kings;Swedish royal ordinances;Symbolic power of kings;Woodcut broadsheets01060303This book is about the role of monarchy as an institution when the king has no power. During the Age of Liberty (1718–1772), absolutism was abolished in Sweden and the king reduced to a mere figurehead. Even so, the monarchy continued to be an indispensable part of the form of government. The king’s role in politics and public life is investigated, with special reference to the image of the monarch that was mediated through available channels. A central question is what ordinary subjects thought about the monarch as a person and as a political figure. As the king’s power was curtailed, the symbolic importance and public impact of the monarchy increased. Subjects learned more about the public and private lives of monarchs than ever before, and the period saw some of the most lavish royal ceremonies in Sweden’s history. This is not just a story about the development of ideas and political conditions on the margins of Europe; it is also a story of the public sphere and of political radicalisation in the West decades before the French Revolution.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111268/3/9789198740448.pdf.jpg01Manchester University PressLund000120260615978919874044811Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111268/1/9789198740448.pdf990409Manchester University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.manchesteruniversitypress.co.uk/97891987404319904 127c4675-f2db-413f-9eef-db0295b9fe57030001OAPEN Library ID127c4675-f2db-413f-9eef-db0295b9fe5701HANDLE20.500.12657/1112721597802711023200610.5325/b.2001203600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Who Is Black?One Nation’s Definition1A01F. JamesDavis01eng93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBS93JBSF93JBSL93JH93JHB93K93KC200-271-02172-1;African-American history;Classification racial ethnic groups;Economically politically;Edition multiracial identity;Epilogue anniversary;F. James Davis;History miscegenation;Hypodescent;Movement census;One-drop rule;Psychologically socially;United states;Us;Usa;Who is Black? One Nation's Definition01060303This volume is the Tenth Anniversary Edition of a book that was honored in 1992 as an "Outstanding Book" by the Gustavus Myers Center for the Study of Human Rights in the United States. Reprinted many times since its first publication in 1991, Who Is Black? has become a staple in college classrooms throughout the United States, helping students understand this nation’s history of miscegenation and the role that the "one-drop rule" has played in it. In this special anniversary edition, the author brings the story up to date in an epilogue. There he highlights some revealing responses to Who Is Black? and examines recent challenges to the one-drop rule, including the multiracial identity movement and a significant change in the census classification of racial and ethnic groups.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111272/3/9780271102320.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001200111Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111272/1/9780271102320.pdf9904 31120619-fc39-42fb-be0f-a71fa1eef09d030001OAPEN Library ID31120619-fc39-42fb-be0f-a71fa1eef09d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112831597836319179610610.3726/b2182000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.010010233Cross-Roads0101Praxis. An Exercise in Engaging Cultural StudiesStudies in Culture, Literary Theory, and History1A01AgataSkórzyńska01eng003500393A93AB93ABQ93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCT93JBF93JH93JHM93JHMC93JM93JP93N93NH93NHB93NHC93NHD20Agata;Critical theory;Cult;Cultural;Cultural studies;Engaging;Exercise;Marxism;Methodology of cultural research;Neomaterialism;Nycz;Ontological turn;Participatory action reseach;Philosophy of praxis;Post-anthropocentric humanities;Poststructuralism;Praxis;Ryszard;Skorzynska;Studies;The practice turn;Theories of culture;Theory of social practice01060303The book is designed as a methodological exercise in cultural studies described as "engaging", which refers to a specific research approach requiring cooperation and the inclusion of individuals and communities in the research process, using a rich repertoire of humanistic traditions as a tool of social criticism. The key is to treat cultural studies as a workshop in which the researcher changes from a distant observer into a practical person – a public intellectual and craftsman at the same time. The turn from “engaged” to “engaging” research methodologies described in the book is strongly rooted in the tradition of the philosophy of praxis and the theory of social practices, from Aristotle, through Marxist theories, to contemporary participatory action research. Today, however, the practical approach in the humanities takes on particular importance in the context of the so-called ontological turn. The book tries to answer the question whether cultural studies based on the category of practice has a chance to be a new form of critical thinking under the conditions of post-anthropocentric humanities.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111283/3/9783631917961.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120240615978363191797811Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111283/1/9783631917961.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/view/product/101109?format=EB009904 2288a953-224b-44e4-a1bd-0b0e803fc1f8030001OAPEN Library ID2288a953-224b-44e4-a1bd-0b0e803fc1f801HANDLE20.500.12657/1112851597830343606090610.3726/b2306500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.01001022Langues/Sprachen ?0101Transmettre le françaisPolitiques linguistiques familiales de parents francophones «der Stadt Bern»1A01JésabelRobin01fre001640393C93CJ93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JH93JHM93JHMC20Bern»;Bi;Contexte sociolinguistique suisse;Familiales;Francophones;Français;Jésabel;Linguistiques;Martina;Parents;Plurilinguisme;Politiques;Politiques linguistiques familiales;Robin;Stadt;Transmettre;Témoignages parents;Zimmermann01060303undefined0303Avec pour objectifs de mieux comprendre un groupe précis de personnes, d’identifier ses représentations, de dégager d’éventuels écarts entre des logiques institutionnelles et des logiques individuelles et d’esquisser des pistes didactiques, le projet de recherche qualitative « Politiques linguistiques familiales et institutions scolaires : le cas des parents francophones à Bern » est parti quatre années durant à la rencontre de parents soucieux.ses de transmettre le français tout en résidant en ville de Bern. Installé.e.s par choix en Suisse alémanique, ces parents impulsent une dynamique de reterritorialisation du français à Bern. L’implantation de ces jeunes familles plurilingues, germanophiles et décomplexées qui n’attendent pas de services « en français » mais davantage d’offres « bilingues », témoigne d’une phase en pleine évolution de l’histoire de la ville avec le français, qui bouscule l’organisation traditionnelle des langues et invite les autorités à se questionner et à se (re)positionner.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111285/3/9783034360609.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120260615978303436061611Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111285/1/9783034360609.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/view/product/114468?format=EB009904 17648f56-8e9e-41c5-b9d6-32eea5805a63030001OAPEN Library ID17648f56-8e9e-41c5-b9d6-32eea5805a6301HANDLE20.500.12657/1112861597815292361490610.51952/978152923617000EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Platform PoliticsCorporate Power, Grassroots Movements and the Sharing Economy1A01LukeYates01eng001600393G93GT93GTC93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193K93KC93KCP93KJ93KJG93KN93KNT93KNTX93P93PD93PDR93U93UB93UBJ20Airbnb;Corporate social movements;Grassroots lobbying;Platform economy;Urban governance and gentrification01060303Available open access digitally under a CC-BY-NC-ND license. The ‘sharing economy’, powered by companies like Airbnb, Uber and Deliveroo, promised to revolutionize the way we work and live. But what changes have come about, and why? This book shows how platform capitalism is not only shaped by business decisions, but is a result of struggles involving social movements, consumer politics and state interventions. It focuses in particular on the controversial tactics used by platform giants to avoid regulation. Drawing on cutting-edge research and analysis, the book provides a critical overview of the struggles around platforms, examines platform power, and reflects on the different possible futures of the platform economy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111286/4/9781529236170.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120240615978152923615615978152923616315978152923617015978152923618711Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111286/1/9781529236170.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111286/2/9781529236163.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 08dcd080-5137-49db-8d06-0edd140026ed030001OAPEN Library ID08dcd080-5137-49db-8d06-0edd140026ed01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112971597838376504570610.14361/978383945045100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Globaler lokaler Islam0101Moscheeleben in DeutschlandEine Ethnographie zu Islamischem Wissen, Tradition und religiöser Autorität1A01Ayse AlmilaAkca01ger004360393J93JB93JBS93JBSR93Q93QR93QRA93QRP93QRPP20Deutschland;Gender;Germany;Islam;Islamic Studies;Islamwissenschaft;Moschee;Mosque;Muslim*innen;Religion;Religionssoziologie;Religionswissenschaft;Religious Authority;Religious Knowledge;Religious Practice;Religious Studies;Religiöse Autorität;Religiöse Praxis;Religiöses Wissen;Sociology of Religion01060303undefined0303Welches religiöse Wissen und welche Praktiken sind in deutschen Moscheen vorzufinden? Wie legitimieren Muslim*innen islamisches Wissen als gültig bzw. ungültig und wer autorisiert dieses Wissen? Ayse Almila Akca bietet mit ihrer ethnographischen Studie tiefe Einblicke in das Moscheeleben in Deutschland und gibt spannende Antworten auf diese und weitere Fragen. Sie hinterfragt gängige Vorstellungen und analysiert religiöse Autorität, Geschlechterverhältnisse und innerislamische Kritik in deutschen Moscheen auf Basis ihrer langjährigen und intensiven Feldforschungen. Damit leistet sie einen wichtigen Beitrag, um die Entwicklungen im islamischen Feld in Deutschland besser zu verstehen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111297/3/9783839450451.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120200615978383945045111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111297/1/9783839450451.pdf9904 20a57151-2435-4935-906a-c98b1e7689a2030001OAPEN Library ID20a57151-2435-4935-906a-c98b1e7689a201HANDLE20.500.12657/1113141597837328737910610.14361/978383947379500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010269Digitale Gesellschaft0101Digitale Kollektivität?Von intelligenten Schwärmen und manipulierten Massen1A01TimOthold01ger003080393J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Collectivism;Cooperation;Crowd Swarm Theory;Crowds;Culture;Digital Media;Digitale Medien;Digitalisierung;Digitalität;Digitalization;Kollektivität;Kooperation;Kultur;Masse;Massentheorie;Media;Media Philosophy;Media Studies;Media Theory;Medien;Medienphilosophie;Mediensoziologie;Medientheorie;Medienwissenschaft;Network;Netzwerk;Participation;Schwarm;Schwarmtheorie;Sociology of Media;Swarm;Swarm Theory;Teilhabe01060303undefined0303Schaffen digitale Netzwerke eine neue Art von Kollektivität? Bringen intelligente Algorithmen bessere Formen von Kooperation, Sozialität oder politischer Teilhabe hervor? Derlei Erwartungen sind fest mit unserem Bild digitaler Medien verbunden – und das, obwohl heutzutage unverkennbar ist, wie oft sie stattdessen gesellschaftliche Spaltungen forcieren und neue Kontroll- und Kapitalisierungsmechanismen ermöglichen. Tim Othold geht der hartnäckigen Idee digitaler Kollektivität auf den Grund. Anhand von drei einflussreichen Denkfiguren – Netzwerke, Massen und Schwärme – analysiert er, wie wir digitale Medien als vermeintlich kollektive, kooperative Größen imaginieren und was wir dabei allzu oft nicht hinterfragen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111314/3/9783839473795.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383767379115978383947379511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111314/1/9783839473795.pdf9904 098b5a8f-8e47-469a-b7c5-c858d34cc720030001OAPEN Library ID098b5a8f-8e47-469a-b7c5-c858d34cc72001HANDLE20.500.12657/1113451597838376506000610.14361/978383945060400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010225Queer Studies0101Queer TurkeyTransnational Poetics of Desire1A01Ralph J.Poole01eng002620393A93AT93ATD93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC193JBF93JBFQ93JBFW93JBS93JBSF93JH93JHB93JHBK20Cultural Studies;Culture;Gender;Gender Studies;Istanbul;LGBTQ;Orientalism;Popular Culture;Queer Theory;Sexuality;Turkey01060303Before President Erdogan's repressive politics took hold, queer cultures were more visible than ever in Turkey. Queer Turkey offers a broad range of reflections on queer Turkish cultures within a transnational, Euro-American context. Based on his experience in Istanbul, Ralph J. Poole shares his impressions of queer desires between Muslim tradition and global pop, observes what goes on in the hamam , and wonders about Arabesk culture. The book features discussions of queer travel writers, poets, playwrights, and film directors. Their multifarious works manifest the subtle and subversive ways in which artists crisscross the cultural borders of East and West. With its many facets of Turkish-Euro-American cultural interactions, Queer Turkey outlines a kaleidoscope of transnational poetics.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111345/3/9783839450604.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120220615978383945060411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111345/1/9783839450604.pdf9904 05ffc045-0742-48f0-b102-5d8061e1013a030001OAPEN Library ID05ffc045-0742-48f0-b102-5d8061e1013a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112871597815292258150610.51952/978152922583900EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Global Migration and Social Change0101Migration, Crisis and Temporality at the Zimbabwe–South Africa BorderGoverning Immobilities1A01KudakwasheVanyoro01eng0019003935935P935PB935PBC93G93GT93GTP93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JH93JHM93JHMC93JK93JKS93JKSN93JKSN193JKSR93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Crisis;Governance;Humanitarianism;Migration;Temporality01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND license. Only 15 kilometres away from the border of Zimbabwe, Musina is an obscure town in South Africa that the media cast into the public eye in the wake of the 2008 Zimbabwean economic crisis. Taking as its starting point the arrival of thousands of displaced Zimbabwean migrants at Musina, this book presents valuable new perspectives on the temporality of migration and the governance of immobilities. The author explores the role of humanitarian actors in supporting migrants and examines the outcomes of government-led activities in the longer term. This is an insightful assessment of how state and non-state practices intertwine in the management of largely immobile people, and of the importance of time in understanding African migration and borders.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111287/4/9781529225839.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120240615978152922582215978152922583915978152922584611Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111287/1/9781529225839.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111287/2/9781529225822.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 08ab3d4b-d07a-4ef0-878e-96a96763f316030001OAPEN Library ID08ab3d4b-d07a-4ef0-878e-96a96763f31601HANDLE20.500.12657/1113011597838376740880610.14361/978383947408200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102X-Texte zu Kultur und Gesellschaft0101Das Auto und die ökologische KatastropheUtopische Auswege aus der autodestruktiven Vernunft1A01KilianJörg01ger003900393Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ20Anthropocene;Anthropozän;Automobil;Automobile;Beyoncé;David Lynch;Ecology;Environmental Ethics;Erdöl;Freiheit;KFZ;Liberty;Masculinity;Männlichkeit;Nachhaltigkeit;National Parc;Nationalpark;Natur;Nature;Neuer Materialismus;New Materialism;Normality;Normalität;Philosophie;Philosophy;Philosophy of Technology;Popkultur;Popular Culture;Reason;Sustainability;Technik;Technikphilosophie;Technology;Umweltethik;Ursula K. Le Guin;Utopia;Utopie;Vernunft;Ökologie;Ökozid01060303undefined0303Kaum etwas prägt die moderne Konsumgesellschaft so sehr wie das Automobil – Grund genug, unsere toxische Liebesbeziehung zu ihm zu analysieren und Auswege aus der planetaren Autodestruktion aufzuzeigen. Jenseits von Klimabilanzen und moralischen Vorwürfen unternimmt Kilian Jörg eine letzte Spritztour durch einbetonierte Vorstellungen von »Freiheit«, »Normalität«, »Vernunft« und »Natur«, die den Ökozid als alternativlos erscheinen lassen. Mithilfe von Beyoncé, Lynch und Le Guin begibt er sich auf eine Achterbahnfahrt durch Popkultur, faschistische Männlichkeit, Erdöl, Nationalparks, aktivistische Landbesetzungen und die Tugenden der Autofetischist*innen, um zu einer Utopie autofreier Welten aufzurufen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111301/3/9783839474082.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120240615978383947408211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111301/1/9783839474082.pdf9904 08a4571c-8123-46bf-baae-a98f695eeaf3030001OAPEN Library ID08a4571c-8123-46bf-baae-a98f695eeaf301HANDLE20.500.12657/1112781597802711022690610.5325/b.1995129500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Religion, Ethnicity, and PoliticsRatifying the Constitution in Pennsylvania1A01Owen S.Ireland01eng931931K931KB931KBB933933M933ML933MLQ933MLQ-US-B93J93JP93JPA93JPH93JPHC93N93NH93NHK93NHW93NHWF93NHWR93Q93QR93QRA93QRAX200-271-02599-9;Constitutional Convention;Federalist;Owen S. Ireland;Ratifying teh Constitution in Pennsylvania01060303In September 1787 the Constitutional Convention in Philadelphia proposed a new Federal Constitution to replace the beleaguered Articles of Confederation. Each state then had to call a convention of its own to vote on ratification. Pennsylvania, like many states, was deeply divided over the new constitution. For six months Federalists and Antifederalists fought a bitter and, on occasion, violent political battle, with the Federalists ultimately prevailing. In this detailed study of Pennsylvania, the first in fifty years, Owen S. Ireland argues that the overwhelming majority of voters in Pennsylvania favored ratification. While many modern views of the ratification conflict in America explain the Federalist success as a victory of the "patrician" minority over the "plebeian" majority, Ireland finds that political divisions were based less on class, sectional, and occupational differences than on partisan attachments rooted in religious and ethnic conflicts. The state Constitutionalist party, dominated by Presbyterians, opposed ratification, while the Anglican-led Republicans supported it. Voters from Scots-Irish and German Reformed backgrounds joined the Antifederalists, and those from virtually every other ethnic and religious group supported the Federalists. Ireland has long concentrated his scholarly work on assembling and analyzing quantitative data on politics and politicians in late eighteenth-century Pennsylvania. Here he uses the results of this research as the foundation on which to build a narrative of one of the most dramatic and significant events of the Revolutionary era.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111278/3/9780271102269.pdf.jpgPenn State University Press01Penn State University PressUniversity Park, PA0001199511Penn State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111278/1/9780271102269.pdf9904 5d726d9d-cdd2-47b3-ae08-cc3f3525746d030001OAPEN Library ID5d726d9d-cdd2-47b3-ae08-cc3f3525746d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1099231597894616671200610.11116/978946166713700EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Ancient and Medieval Philosophy - Series 10101Thomas Aquinas and Hervaeus Natalis on Concepts and Intentional Objects1A01FabrizioAmerini01eng002060393Q93QD93QDH93QDHF20Concepts;Form;Hervaeus Natalis;History 500-1500;Intentionality;Mental Objects;Mental Representation;Philosophy;Philosophy of Mind;Realism;Thomas Aquinas01060303Analysis of two key medieval reflections at the intersection of our mental representations and external reality Thought, in a sense, transforms the world. When we think of a particular thing - Charlie the dog, for example - we always think of it in a universal way: as a dog. Through this act of thinking, Charlie comes to exist in our mind and becomes the dog that is the object of our thought. Explaining how our act of thinking relates to and transforms the reality around us is often considered the hallmark of the modern age. Yet the Middle Ages offer illuminating examples of speculation on the human mind and how it functions. This book explores the views on mental acts, concepts and objects of the mind of two of the most eminent Dominican authors of the late Middle Ages: Thomas Aquinas and Hervaeus Natalis, one of his closest followers. By putting Aquinas and Hervaeus Natalis directly in conversation with each other Amerini proposes a new interpretative framework for understanding their philosophy of mind and traces the origins of modern accounts of the intentionality of the mind.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109923/3/9789461667120.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166713711Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109923/1/9789461667120.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109923/4/9789461667137.epub9904 3225283d-4685-4fb7-8b55-7ffd58baf375030001OAPEN Library ID3225283d-4685-4fb7-8b55-7ffd58baf37501HANDLE20.500.12657/1099281597894616672290610.11116/978946166723600EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Fossil ConsumerismEnergy, Ecology and Everyday Life in the Early Modern Low Countries1A01WoutSaelens01eng0027403933933M93J93JB93JBF93JBFS93N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHDL93NHT93NHTB93R93RN93RNC93RNF93RNFY93T93TH93THF20Anthropocene;Anthropocene Studies;Climate and Ecology;Consumption;Domestic life;Early modern period;Everyday ecologies;Fossil energy;Gendered labour;History;Low Countries;Material culture01060303A groundbreaking perspective on energy history that reveals the early modern home, and not industry, as the first major driver of fossil-fuel adoption. This book explores how the homes of ordinary city dwellers sparked our modern dependence on fossil fuels. Drawing on a rich variety of sources, including probate inventories, household manuals, personal journals, medical treatises and contemporary artwork, it reveals how households in the early modern Low Countries embraced peat and coal to fuel new standards of warmth, light and domesticity. Yet, with these new home comforts came rising indoor pollution, intensified and gendered housework and, ultimately, a quiet shift in humanity’s relationship with nature. Bridging the histories of environments, material culture and consumption, Fossil Consumerism offers a reinterpretation of the historical roots of global warming, finding these not in the industrial mill, but in the intimate, overlooked spaces of the home. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in the everyday origins of the Anthropocene.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109928/5/9789461667229.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven000120260615978946166723611Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109928/1/9789461667236.epub||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109928/2/9789461667229.pdf9904 ff090e52-d8b9-4aff-86be-0c9a4c8ac4e5030001OAPEN Library IDff090e52-d8b9-4aff-86be-0c9a4c8ac4e501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107231597836665025210610.13109/978366650252100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Was kann und was leistet Militärseelsorge?Seelsorge und Religion in den deutschen Streitkräften. unter Mitwirkung von Veronika Drews-Galle im Auftrag der Evangelischen Militärseelsorge1B01Petra-AngelaAhrens2B01GerhardKümmel3B01SylviMauermeister4B01HilkeRebenstorf5B01MarkusThurau6B01MeikeWanner01ger004870393Q93QR93QRV93QRVG20Militärseelsorge;Praktische Theologie;Seelsorge01060303undefined0303Ob konfessionslos oder Kirchenmitglied: Die Präsenz von Militärseelsorge in der Bundeswehr wird von Soldat:innen nahezu einhellig gutgeheißen. Gut die Hälfte hat ihre Angebote bereits in Anspruch genommen und würde dies auch wieder tun, wie eine groß angelegte Repräsentativumfrage zeigt, die im Herbst 2022 vom Zentrum für Militärgeschichte und Sozialwissenschaften der Bundeswehr in Kooperation mit dem Sozialwissenschaftlichen Institut der Evangelischen Kirche in Deutschland durchgeführt wurde. Rund 7.000 Soldat:innen haben sich an der Befragung zu „Seelsorge und Religion in der Bundeswehr“ beteiligt. Was kennzeichnet Militärseelsorge als gefragtes kirchliches Angebot, wo doch die beiden großen Kirchen in Deutschland sonst eher Austrittszahlen verzeichnen? Was sind die (religiösen) Bedürfnisse, die Lebens- und Wertorientierungen der Soldat:innen, auf die Militärseelsorge antwortet? Wie nimmt die Truppe Militärseelsorge wahr – im Alltag, in der Einsatzbegleitung und in der ethischen Bildung? Wie wird ihr Beitrag zur Inneren Führung der Bundeswehr erlebt? Und: Was bedeuten die Forschungsergebnisse im Hinblick auf eine Bundeswehr in der Zeitenwende, die sich vorbereiten muss auf den Fall der Landes- und Bündnisverteidigung? Diesen Fragen wird hier erstmals vertieft empirisch nachgegangen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110723/3/9783666502521.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110723/1/9783666502521.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836665025219904 fee1c043-651e-46af-b112-14dbe03db1a3030001OAPEN Library IDfee1c043-651e-46af-b112-14dbe03db1a301HANDLE20.500.12657/1107551597837815620970610.35468/tfs-11-202500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/0101transfer Forschung ↔ Schule Heft 11Vielfalt schulübergreifende Kooperationsformen1B01BettinaDimai2B01AndreaRaggl01ger001690393J93JN93JNL20Bildungs- Netzwerke;Bildungsforschung;Bildungspolitik;Demokratiebildung;Italien;Lehrkräftebildung;Schulcluster;Schulentwicklung;Schulfamilien;Schulsprengel;Schulvernetzungen;Schulzusammenschlüsse;Südtirol;Unterrichtsentwicklung;Österreich01060303undefined0303Dieses Heft widmet sich den unterschiedlichen Formen schul(form)- übergreifender Kooperation. Eine Antwort auf die drängenden Zukunftsfragen ist der Ruf nach Kooperation und Vernetzung: als Zukunftskompetenz für die junge Generation, als zentrales Element einer pädagogischen Professionalisierung und als Qualitätsmerkmal und Entwicklungspotential effektiver Schulen. Die vorliegenden Beiträge beschreiben das Phänomen schulüber­greifender Kooperationsformen aus unterschiedlichen theoretischen Ansätzen und praxisorientierten sowie evidenzbasierten Erfahrungen in folgenden Themenblöcken: - Schulübergreifende Kooperationsräume durch gesetzliche Reformen - Außerschulische Kooperationsakteure in schulübergreifenden Settings - Schulübergreifende Kooperationsthemen01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110755/3/9783781562097.pdf.jpg01Verlag Julius KlinkhardtBad Heilbrunn0001202611Verlag Julius Klinkhardt01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110755/1/9783781562097.pdf9904 feddb463-401e-45f3-aade-76faa18f210a030001OAPEN Library IDfeddb463-401e-45f3-aade-76faa18f210a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111701597810033032750610.4324/978100330327500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge International Handbooks0101The Routledge Handbook of Anti-Corruption Research and Practice1A01PhilipM. Nichols2B01RoxanaBratu3B01JosephPozsgai-Alvarez01eng0010393J93JP93JPB93JPH93JPHV93JPQ93JPQB93JPZ20Anti-Corruption;Corruption;Ethics;Integrity development;Public administration;Regulations01060303The Routledge Handbook of Anti-Corruption Research and Practice takes a multidisciplinary and multidimensional approach to provide a comprehensive exploration of the processes, conditions, and activities that hold the potential to control corruption. Building on existing knowledge gathered from a variety of social science sources, it strives to provide analytical emancipation of, and coherence to, anti-corruption studies. Anti-corruption transcends the traditional boundaries of state actors, involving individual and organizational business actors, civil society groups, members of the media, accounting, and legal professions, as well as sports associations and other non-traditional actors. This handbook adopts a holistic approach to reflect the rich nature of the manifestations of anti-corruption – past and present – and the possible shapes it may still take in the future. This handbook is a key reference for scholars, students and practitioners engaged in the study and practice of anti-corruption, corruption, democracy, public administration, comparative politics, as well as more broadly to the wider social sciences. Chapter 46 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111170/3/9781003303275.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103229475915978103230060311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111170/1/9781003303275.pdf9904 fe875cfc-c930-4f23-8eac-355eec2683f2030001OAPEN Library IDfe875cfc-c930-4f23-8eac-355eec2683f201HANDLE20.500.12657/1111841597810032805070610.4324/978100328050700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Routledge Anthropology Handbooks0101The Routledge Handbook of Social Studies of Outer Space1A01Victor Buchli,Aaron Parkhurst,Adryon Kozel,Giles Bunch,Jenia Gorbanenko,Makar TereshinDavid Jeevendrampillai2B01JuanFrancisco Salazar3B01AliceGorman01eng0010393J93JH93JHM93JHMC20Artificial Satellite;Astrobiology;Bawaka Country;Bioregenerative Life Support Systems;Drawing Back;Extraterrestrial;Extraterrestrial Environment;Extraterrestrial Intelligence;Extraterrestrial Space;Human Spaceflight;ISS;International Space Law;Low Earth Orbit;Mauna Kea;National Academies;Outer space;Overview Effect;Satellite;Soil Scientist;Space Archaeology;Space Debris;Space Exploration;Space Industry;Space Law;Space Weather;Space exploration;Spaceflight;Square Kilometre Array;Vice Versa01060303The Routledge Handbook of Social Studies of Outer Space offers state-of-the-art overview of contemporary social and cultural research on outer space. International in scope, the thirty-eight contributions by over fifty leading researchers and artists across a variety of disciplines and fields of knowledge, present a range of debates and pose key questions about the crafting of futures in relation to outer space. The Handbook is a call to attend more carefully to engagements with outer space, empirically, affectively, and theoretically, while characterizing current research practices and outlining future research agendas. This recalibration opens profound questions of intersectional politics, race, equity, and environmental justice around the contested topics of space exploration and life off-Earth. Among the many themes included in the volume are the various infrastructures, networks and systems that enable and sustain space exploration; space heritage; the ethics of outer space; social and environmental justice; fundamental debates about life in outer space as it pertains to both astrobiology and SETI; the study of scientific communities; the human body and consciousness; Indigenous astronomical systems of Knowledge; contemporary space art; and ongoing critical interventions to overcome the legacies of colonialism and dismantle hegemonic narratives of outer space. Chapter 33 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution (CC BY) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111184/3/9781003280507.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120230615978103224861515978103224874511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111184/1/9781003280507.pdf9904 fedcce0e-092d-4568-b943-42cf36fb5210030001OAPEN Library IDfedcce0e-092d-4568-b943-42cf36fb521001HANDLE20.500.12657/1108161597801904636010610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199348305.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Evolution and Cognition0101The Shape of ThoughtHow Mental Adaptations Evolve1A01H.Clark Barrett01eng004160393J93JM93JMR93P93PS93PSX93PSXE93Q93QD93QDT93QDTM20Cognition;Cognitive science;Culture;Developmental systems;Evolution;Evolutionary developmental biology;Evolutionary psychology;Modularity;Neuroscience;Plasticity01060303This book presents a roadmap for an evolutionary psychology of the twenty-first century. It brings together theory from biology and cognitive science to show how the brain can be composed of specialized adaptations, and yet also be an organ of plasticity. Although mental adaptations have typically been seen as monolithic, hardwired components frozen in the evolutionary past, this book presents a new view of mental adaptations as diverse and variable, with distinct functions and evolutionary histories that shape how they develop, what information they use, and what they do with it. The book describes how advances in evolutionary developmental biology can be applied to the brain by focusing on the design of the developmental systems that build it. Crucially, developmental systems can be adaptively plastic, designed by the process of natural selection to build adaptive phenotypes using the rich information available in our social and physical environments. This approach bridges the longstanding divide between nativist approaches to development, based on innateness, and empiricist approaches, based on learning. It shows how a view of humans as a flexible, culturally dependent species is compatible with a complexly specialized brain, and how the nature of our flexibility can be better understood by confronting the evolved design of the organ on which that flexibility depends.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110816/3/9780199348305.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressNew York, NY, United States000120150615978019934830515978019934831215978019934832915978019934833611Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110816/1/9780199348305.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-shape-of-thought-97801993483059904 fd929fe0-02cb-4693-b198-aade742dc28a030001OAPEN Library IDfd929fe0-02cb-4693-b198-aade742dc28a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110101597891706154430610.22188/kriterium.7000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/0101Elden är lös! Janghen var!Konstantinopel som flerspråkig litterär värld 1878–19221A01HelenaBodin01swe003430393C93CF93CFD93CFDM93CFL93CFLA93D93DS93DSM93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBS93JBSL93JBSL120Istanbul;Literary multilingualism;Print culture;Scriptworlds;Travel writing;Women authors01060303undefined0303This monograph in Swedish examines how Constantinople (Istanbul) emerges as a multilingual literary world in fiction and travel writing between 1878 and 1922. Drawing on recent international research in literary multilingualism, world literature, and translation studies, Helena Bodin traces a multilingually imagined community. Thanks to the city’s rich print culture, reading becomes a meeting place between visitors and residents – a place that welcomes also contemporary readers. During the decades around 1900, Constantinople was a city marked by crises – fires, wars, revolutions, and waves of refugees and migrants. The study spans the protracted decline of the Ottoman Empire under Sultan Abdülhamid II to the rise of the Turkish Republic under Mustafa Kemal Atatürk, who carried through the Turkish language and alphabet reforms in 1928. Key issues addressed are exilic writing, the lives of women in harems, and literacy education. The material analysed includes novels, short stories, poems, travelogues, and collections of letters by around thirty authors, written in a dozen languages with five different scripts: Swedish, Danish, Norwegian, English, French, German, Italian, Croatian, Russian, Armenian, Modern Greek, and (Ottoman) Turkish. All of them render phrases in the many languages of Constantinople, and several of these works were widely translated. Particular emphasis is placed on Swedophone texts, highlighting a Swedish literary interest in the city. Across nine chapters, the study explores how a multilingual – and at times multiscript – literary world is constructed in relation to both the city and its diverse readerships. The analyses mobilize a range of interrelated conceptual frameworks, including world-making, soundscape, and scriptworld, Yuri Lotman’s semiosphere, Eric Hayot’s literary worlds, the autobiografiction of diplomats, and Mikhail Bakhtin’s chronotope. Reflecting the linguistic diversity of Constantinople, this literary world transcends traditional national literary boundaries and challenges a monolingual paradigm.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111010/3/9789176555446.pdf.jpgKriterium01KriteriumGöteborg, Stockholm000120250615978917655544611Kriterium01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111010/1/9789176555446.pdf990409Kriterium01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.22188/kriterium.709904 fdcbc6c6-d8e5-452c-969f-46ca96200b79030001OAPEN Library IDfdcbc6c6-d8e5-452c-969f-46ca96200b7901HANDLE20.500.12657/1110841597810408785140610.1201/978874380865700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode100102River Publishers Series in Communications and Networking0101Beyond Horizons – The Rise of the Edge AI Processing Paradigm1B01FabianChersi2B01MarcelloCoppola3B01OvidiuVermesan01eng001380393U93UY93UYQ20Computer engineering;Computer science;Internet of Things;Neuromorphic computing01060303Welcome to the cutting edge of innovation, where intelligent processing is migrating to every device that interacts with the physical world. The convergence of edge computing, artificial intelligence (AI), and the Internet of Things (IoT) drives a shift in the computing continuum, giving rise to the dynamic and transformative field of edge AI. This book, a curated collection of research work presented at the European Conference on EDGE AI Technologies and Applications (EEAI), serves as both a ledger and a beacon for this exciting new era of edge intelligence-driven technologies. The EEAI stands as a vital European forum, bringing together interested minds from academia and industry to explore the entire edge AI technology stack. From silicon circuits, AI accelerators, and specialised hardware platforms to the complexities of advanced algorithms and the architecture of next-generation edge AI systems, the conference fosters a vibrant exchange of ideas that propel the field of edge AI forward. The research presented in these pages captures the spirit of that collaboration, offering a panoramic view of the challenges being addressed and the groundbreaking solutions being developed. The book is more than a collection of papers, it is a synopsis presenting the real-world impact of edge AI. It moves beyond theoretical discussions to showcase how these technologies are being applied to solve some of the most pressing challenges. The chapters of the book navigate from the complex urban landscapes of last-mile delivery to the fertile fields of smart agriculture, discovering how intelligent systems are creating new efficiencies, enhancing security, and redefining what is possible at the network's edge. We invite you to immerse yourself in these chapters, not just as a reader but as a participant in the ongoing dialogue that is shaping the future of edge intelligence. Whether you are a curious and creative researcher, an innovative engineer, or a student eager to understand the next wave of edge AI processing, the insights shared here provide a comprehensive and deep understanding of the technologies and applications that are bringing intelligence to the edge. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial (CC BY-NC) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111084/3/9788743808664.pdf.jpgRiver Publishers01Taylor & Francis000120260615978874380865715978874380866415978874380867111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111084/1/9788743808664.pdf9904 fd5bcf57-588c-4cd0-87b5-383d2cd56aca030001OAPEN Library IDfd5bcf57-588c-4cd0-87b5-383d2cd56aca01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108231597836319278470610.3726/b2252700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.010010227Eastern European Studies in Musicology0101Beauty in MusicConflicting Views in the Modern Age1A01AlicjaJarzębska01eng004660393A93AV93AVA93AVL93AVLP93AVM93N93NH93NHT20Aesthetics;Alicja;Avant-garde;Beauty;Comber;Conflicting;Controversy;Dodecaphonic and serial music;Eternal classicism;Gołąb;History of music;Jarzebska;Jazz;John;Maciej;Modern;Modernism;Music;National music;Philosophy of art;Postmodernism;Rock culture;Sonorism;Sung poetry;The Bible in music;The ideology of progress in art;Views01060303This book is interdisciplinary in nature and examines the debate over beauty in twentieth-century art. It synthesizes artistic phenomena and composers’ aesthetic attitudes considering the ideological and social contexts of music from the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The proposed historiographical structure is based on the premise that diverse artistic phenomena and aesthetic attitudes can be interpreted in relation to the concept of beauty, which was largely “banished” in the twentieth century. Jarzębska addresses the debates over models of musical culture in the interwar period, inspired by the ideas of national and progressive music. She also explores issues related to musical life, which in the postwar period was influenced by the Iron Curtain and , at the turn of the second millennium by postmodern philosophy and the rise of rock culture.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110823/3/9783631927847.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120250615978363192965011Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110823/1/9783631927847.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/9904 fcf492fa-da4f-4ebd-af7d-1a7a96559762030001OAPEN Library IDfcf492fa-da4f-4ebd-af7d-1a7a9655976201HANDLE20.500.12657/1108951597838376798230610.14361/978383944475700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010218Philosophie – Aufklärung – Kritik0101The Epistemic Violence of MathematicsDecolonial-Feminist Re-Writings of the »Rational« and the »Human«1A01Cara-JulieKather01eng002220393Q93QD93QDT93QDTK20Epistemic Violence;Feminism;Mathematics;Philosophy01060303What does it mean to know something? What does it mean to prove something? And how are the two connected? Cara-Julie Kather explores Mathematics as a way of thinking and being in the world. She investigates Mathematics in its conceptual relation to Western understandings of the Rational and the Human , and proposes possibilities of subverting Western Mathematics and of forming different mathematical practices. To engage in decolonial-feminist re-writings of the Rational and the Human requires to re-write mathematical practice too. This study seeks to inspire such practices of re-writing thinking and being – in the realm of the mathematical and beyond.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110895/3/9783839444757.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383944475711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110895/1/9783839444757.pdf9904 fba2b9d7-2f78-48af-a0c3-69b291b52531030001OAPEN Library IDfba2b9d7-2f78-48af-a0c3-69b291b5253101HANDLE20.500.12657/11074215978384741967900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010226Qualitative Fall- und Prozessanalysen. Biographie – Interaktion – soziale Welten0101Das Gruppenklima in der HeimerziehungEine empirische Untersuchung in Nord- und Mittelhessen1A01Nicolevon Langsdorff01ger001430393J93JK93JKS93JKSB93JKSB193JKSL93JKSN93JN93Y93YN93YNQ93YX93YXH20Child and youth care;Children and adolescents;Group climate;Group processes;Gruppenklima;Gruppenprozesse;Heime;Homes;Kinder und Jugendliche;Kinder- und Jugendhilfe;Residential groups;Social atmosphere;Social climate;Soziale Atmosphäre;Soziales Klima;Wohngruppen01060303undefined0303Die Bedeutung von Gruppenprozessen und -klima in der Heimerziehung nimmt aktuell nur wenig Raum in den Fachdiskursen der Kinder- und Jugendhilfe ein. Die Autorin beleuchtet das soziale Klima in der stationären Unterbringung aus der Perspektive von Kindern und Jugendlichen. Für die Praxis der Heimerziehung werden Handlungsperspektiven für die Einzel- und Gruppenarbeit in Heimen und Wohngruppen entwickelt.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110742/3/9783847419679.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202411Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110742/1/9783847419679.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/das-gruppenklima-in-der-heimerziehung/9904 fb6c0b24-9b32-4af4-b77e-04be0f4897b2030001OAPEN Library IDfb6c0b24-9b32-4af4-b77e-04be0f4897b201HANDLE20.500.12657/1107431597839666588430610.3224/9666511100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Die Implementierung des Lernfeldkonzepts an Fachschulen für SozialwesenEine qualitative Studie zur Schulentwicklung in Sachsen1A01CarolinStirner01ger002320393J93JK93JKS93JKSN93JN93JND93JNE93JNK93JNL93JNLC93JNP20Berufliche Bildung;Change Process;Didactics of Social Pedagogy;Didaktik der Sozialpädagogik;Implementation;Learning Field Concept;Lernfeldkonzept;Organisationsentwicklung;Organizational Development;School Development;Schulentwicklung;Veränderungsprozess;Vocational Education and Training (VET)01060303undefined0303Weg von der Fächerorientierung, hin zu einer tätigkeitsorientierten Ausbildung – mit der Einführung des Lernfeldkonzepts stehen Fachschulen für Sozialwesen vor einem tiefgreifenden Wandel. Aber wie verändert das Lernfeldkonzept Fachschulen als Organisationen? Welchen Herausforderungen sehen sich Lehrkräfte und Schulen in einem Bildungssystem ausgesetzt, das zunehmend von unternehmerischen Steuerungslogiken geprägt ist? Mit qualitativen Methoden untersucht die Autorin, wie Fachschulen in Sachsen diese neuen Anforderungen erleben und pädagogisch gestalten.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110743/3/9783966658843.pdf.jpgBarbara Budrich Academic Press01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110743/1/9783966658843.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/die-implementierung-des-lernfeldkonzepts-an-fachschulen-fuer-sozialwesen/9904 f96811d9-abf2-4131-b1e3-8019fd0b5f86030001OAPEN Library IDf96811d9-abf2-4131-b1e3-8019fd0b5f8601HANDLE20.500.12657/1107151597832052238490610.7767/978320522384900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0100102Band 003Schriftenreihe des Instituts für Historische Sozialforschung0101Nicht einschüchtern lassen!Der KonsumentInnenschützer Fritz Koppe1A01AlexanderEmanuely01ger004740393N93NH20Konsumentenschutz;Verbraucherschutz;Verein für Konsumenteninformation01060303undefined0303Alexander Emanuely beschreibt, wie Fritz Koppe (1929-2015) den NS-Terror als sogenannter „Mischling ersten Grades“ in Wien überlebte, Sozialdemokrat und Sozialarbeiter wurde und als Mitarbeiter der Arbeiterkammer nachhaltig innenpolitische Impulse setzte. Koppe gründete Zeitschriften, prägte die PR-Arbeit der Regierung Kreisky und baute den Verein für Konsumenteninformation zu einer wesentlichen Stütze des Verbraucher:innenschutzes aus. Als „Mister Konsumentenschutz“ und „Konsumentenpapst” trat er drei Jahrzehnte für die Rechte der Konsument:innen ein. Koppes Lebensgeschichte spiegelt das „Zeitalter der Extreme“ in Österreich wider. Gerade heute erleben wir, wie wichtig und aktuell seine Vorarbeit ist.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110715/3/9783205223849.pdf.jpgBrill Österreich Ges.m.b.H.01BöhlauWien0001202511Böhlau01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110715/1/9783205223849.pdf990409Böhlau01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.7767/97832052238499904 f9224c5e-899f-45fb-bbc8-b7ed0db1b80b030001OAPEN Library IDf9224c5e-899f-45fb-bbc8-b7ed0db1b80b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110861597810326710240610.1201/978103267102400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Ethics in Human-like Robots1A01KamilMamak01eng001400393A93AK93AKP93P93PD93PDA93PDR93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93T93TB93TBC93TBD93TBDG93TG93TGB93TJ93TJF93TJFM93TJFM193U93UB93UBL93UY93UYQ93UYZ20Anthropomorphism;Artificial moral agents;Ethical design in autonomous systems;Machine ethics;Moral agency robotics;Philosophy of technology;Social robotics applications01060303The idea of creating artificial humans can be found at the beginning of the human culture. Ancient myths contain the stories of artificial humans brought to life by gods. The word robot originates from a play that was about artificial humans made from artificial flesh that aims to serve real humans. With advancements in robotics, the materialization of this idea is more real than ever before. We are witnessing attempts to create humanoid robots that might be deployed in many spheres of our life - policing, healthcare, and even for love and sex. The book focuses on the ethical issues of human likeness of robots and human tendency to anthropomorphize. It is built on the assumption that design choices are not neutral, and they need to be discussed to align robots with human values. With robots operating in the physical world, they bring ideas and risks that should be addressed before widespread deployment. The book reviews specific issues and provides suggestions and recommendations for improving robots to serve humans better. It draws on literature from Human-Robot Interactions, ethics of AI and robotics, and the philosophy of technology. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 International license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111086/3/9781040276822.pdf.jpgRoutledge01CRC Press000120240615978104027682215978104027685311CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111086/1/9781040276822.pdf9904 f99cb55a-501a-447d-a88a-72a5bc71f1dd030001OAPEN Library IDf99cb55a-501a-447d-a88a-72a5bc71f1dd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110871597810036795610610.1201/978100367956100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Fluid Mechanics and Industrial Applications1B01ZhigangFang01eng001100393P93PB93PBW93PH93PHF93PHFP93PHV93PHVG93R93RB93RBK93T93TN20CFD;Fluid flow;Fluid mechanics;Fluid power01060303The book captures the essence of the Eighth International Conference on Fluid Mechanics and Industrial Applications (FMIA 2025). These original and peer-reviewed research papers delve into recent developments and applications of parallel computing in the field of fluid mechanics, CFD, fluid power, fluid flow and related disciplines. This volume covers basic formulations and their computer modelling as well as the relationship between experimental and analytical results. It touches upon a wide array of topics including Aerodynamics, Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer, and Fluid Theory and Related Algorithms. The inclusion of innovative research contributions and practical applications makes this book a repository of novel ideas highlighting the latest developments in fluid mechanics. This is a highly beneficial guide for researchers from industry and academia, practitioners, students, and technology enthusiasts. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111087/3/9781040558324.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120260615978104055832415978104061883711CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111087/1/9781040558324.pdf9904 f93f8e71-9ca4-4972-9ca6-d58bad1c8fcb030001OAPEN Library IDf93f8e71-9ca4-4972-9ca6-d58bad1c8fcb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112301597810036381930610.4324/978100363819300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility0101Customer Insight in TourismSegments, Profiles and Personas1A01Salvatore Loriga - http://orcid.org/0009-0004-7008-9546,Marcello Atzeni - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2360-9954Giacomo Del Chiappa - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4318-04622B01AdrianLubowiecki-Vikuk - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9672-95143B01IzabelaMichalska-Dudek - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2804-651301eng0010393K93KN93KNS93KNSG20Accessible tourism research;Experiential marketing tourism;Gender diversity travel;Health tourism segmentation;Rural tourism motivations;Tourist behaviour analysis;Transformative experiences in tourism01060303Customer Insight in Tourism: Segments, Profiles and Personas offers important insight into the phenomenon of new travellers and contemporary tools and techniques that help better recognize tourists and their changing needs. Using cutting-edge research, it explores contemporary customer trends and segmentation in tourism such as digitalization, authenticity in a virtual context and ecological awareness; it also offers practical strategies of how tourism marketers and managers can build more satisfying experiences adapted to the modern recipient of tourism services. This is essential reading for students, researchers and academics of Tourism as well as those of Hospitality, Marketing, International Business and Consumer Behaviour.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111230/3/9781003638193.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104106969015978104106971311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111230/1/9781003638193.pdf9904 fa98833c-4533-46d0-8251-6f9333043e79030001OAPEN Library IDfa98833c-4533-46d0-8251-6f9333043e7901HANDLE20.500.12657/1111421597810036274870610.4324/978100362748700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society0101Technostress and Organizational SustainabilityStress Management, Emotion, and Well-being1A01VincenzoAuriemma2A01CaterinaGaldiero3A01GennaroIorio4A01RosarioMarrapodi5A01MarcelloMartinez01eng002160393J93JH93JHB93JHBL93JM93JMJ93K93KJ93KJM93KJMV93KJMV293KJMV693KJU93KJW93KJWX93KN93KNS93KNSJ93S20Change management strategies;Digital workplace stress;Emotional resilience at work;Gamification for employee well-being;Human resource management;Hybrid work environments;Occupational health psychology01060303This in-depth book explores the growing challenge of technostress, a unique form of work-related stress caused by increasing dependence on technology and its impact on individuals, organizations, and society. By examining the sources, consequences, and management of technostress, the book bridges the gap between technology and organizational sustainability. It offers practical strategies for addressing discomfort, promoting well-being, and building healthier, more productive work environments in the digital age. Readers will gain a comprehensive understanding of the negative effects of technostress on health, emotions, and organizational performance. The book provides actionable strategies for managing stress at both the individual and organizational levels, promoting productivity and resilience. By focusing on the intersection of technology, emotions, and work, it contributes to the growing body of knowledge on well-being and sustainability in the workplace. In digital transformation processes, which generate organizational change, gamification represents a new challenge for managing technostress. This research volume is essential reading for researchers and advanced students in the field of workplace well-being and sustainability, business leaders, human resources professionals, and organizational psychologists. It is also very useful for academics and students of economics, management, and organizational studies, as well as for those who wish to better understand and manage the impact of technology on modern work.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111142/3/9781040578193.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104057819315978104068551811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111142/1/9781040578193.pdf9904 f7fc0af2-440e-4fbc-863f-15da8d3b3a3e030001OAPEN Library IDf7fc0af2-440e-4fbc-863f-15da8d3b3a3e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111531597803674905460610.4324/978100304425300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Environment and Sustainability Handbooks0101Routledge Handbook on Climate Crisis Communication1A01Rebecca Willis - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9551-7608Andy Yuille - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2327-22632B01AlisonAnderson3B01CandiceHowarth01eng0010393G93GT93GTC93J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93K93KN93KNT93R93RN93RNC93RNP93RNPG20Climate change communication;Climate emergency;Climate justice;Environmental communication;Environmental journalism;Environmental politics;Social media01060303This Handbook provides a state-of-the-art review of leading research on climate change communication. As climate change has moved further up the political agenda, the challenge of how to communicate the scientific, social, and political aspects of the climate emergency is of increasing interest to researchers, NGOs, governments, and policymakers at national and international levels. The Routledge Handbook on Climate Crisis Communication provides a concise and expert summary of this growing field, explaining the theoretical, conceptual, and empirical developments that have been made in recent years and describing the origins and connections to broader topics, including risk perception; environmental journalism; social media; and climate justice and activism. With contributions from leading international scholars, the book is divided into seven key parts, besides the Introduction chapter: Part One: Conceptual Challenges Part Two: Methodological Considerations Part Three: Communicating Climate Science across Cultures Part Four: Journalism and News Reportage Part Five: Activism and Social Movements Part Six: Audiences and Popular Culture Part Seven: Future Directions Taking stock of the current landscape of climate change communication and helping to shape the field of inquiry going forward, this is a go-to guide for established and newly interested researchers, government and policymaking bodies, and students and their instructors.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111153/3/9781003044253.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978100304425315978104103277911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111153/1/9781003044253.pdf9904 f776f33d-1af4-4508-bea0-5668eaee43e3030001OAPEN Library IDf776f33d-1af4-4508-bea0-5668eaee43e301HANDLE20.500.12657/1111921597810033828500610.4324/978100338285000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Fascism and the Far Right0101Transatlantic Practices of Fascism(s) and Populism(s) from the MarginsThe Cultural Politics of “Us” versus “Them”1A01LauraMoure Cecchini - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3755-99622B01MariaBonaria Urban - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0690-05583B01ReindertDhondt - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2889-81104B01MonicaJansen - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7649-529501eng0010393J93JP93JPA20Artivism;Colonial Ideology;Culture;Fascism;Genealogies;Latin America;Pablo Iglesias;Populism;Santiago Abascal01060303This volume brings together leading international experts in politics, discourse, memory, and culture to examine the complex entanglements of populism(s) and fascism(s) in political thought and cultural productions. The starting point is Argentine historian Federico Finchelstein’s assertion that the dynamics of transnational fascism and populist movements become clearer when viewed from the margins. Indeed, it was in Latin America – not Europe – where fascism and populism first intersected, with Argentine Peronism as the paradigmatic case. Building on this perspective, the volume explores Europe’s political and cultural legacy of fascism within the context of globalised mobilities, linking its totalitarian roots to the Latin American genealogies of populism(s). Adopting an interdisciplinary transnational and transhistorical approach, and cultural transfer as a method, it investigates cultural representations and practices that both reflect and challenge the divisive “Us” versus “Them” rhetoric central to fascist and populist discourses. Particular attention is given to how cultural artefacts and practices memorialise, remediate, and oppose narratives of fascism(s) and populism(s), with the assumption that (anti)fascist art and activism still move along transatlantic trajectories. This book will be of interest to researchers of fascism, populism, social and cultural history, European and Latin American history, literature, art, and activism.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111192/3/9781003382850.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103246362915978103246686611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111192/1/9781003382850.pdf9904 f80e26ef-8f27-4e21-92ac-6007165f697b030001OAPEN Library IDf80e26ef-8f27-4e21-92ac-6007165f697b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108191597801993970510610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199860852.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101The History and Future of BioethicsA Sociological View1A01JohnH. Evans01eng002560393P93PS93PSA93PSAD93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ93QDTS20Bioethics;Profession of bioethics;Professional competition;Public sphere;Theology01060303Seemingly every day society faces a new ethical challenge raised by a scientific innovation. Human genetic engineering, stem cell research, face transplantation, synthetic biology – all were science fiction only a few decades ago, but are now all are reality. How do we as a society decide whether these technologies are ethical? For decades professional bioethicists have served as a mediator between a busy public and decision-makers, helping people understand their own ethical concerns, framing arguments, discrediting illogical claims and lifting up promising ones. These bioethicists operate in multiple venues such as hospital decision-making, institutions that conduct research on humans, and recommending ethical policy to the government. While functioning quite well for many years, the bioethics profession is in crisis. Policy-makers are less inclined to take the advice of bioethics professionals, with many observers saying that bioethics debates have simply become partisan politics with dueling democratic and republican bioethicists. While this crisis is contained to the task of recommending ethical policy to the government, there is risk that it will spread to the other tasks conducted by bioethicists. To understand how this situation came into being, and the solution to this problem, this book closely examines the history of the bioethics profession. Bioethics debates were originally dominated by theologians, but came to be dominated by the emerging profession of bioethics due to the subtle and slow involvement of the government as the primary consumer of bioethical arguments. However, after the 1980s the views of the government changed, making bioethical arguments not quite so legitimate. With this knowledge of the sociological processes that lead to this evolution, the book proposes a radical solution to the crisis, which is for the bioethics profession to give up on some of the work that it currently does so that it can focus upon its strengths, and change the way the profession makes ethical arguments.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110819/3/9780199860852.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressNew York, NY, United States000120110615978019986085215978019986086915978019993247411Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110819/1/9780199860852.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-history-and-future-of-bioethics-97801998608529904 f91a1803-c898-4306-ab1c-cda4871f88b0030001OAPEN Library IDf91a1803-c898-4306-ab1c-cda4871f88b001HANDLE20.500.12657/1109291597838376798850610.14361/978383944546400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010239Bildungsforschung0101Die Wende im LehrerzimmerErfahrungsgeschichte ostdeutscher Lehrer:innen in der Transformationszeit1A01AdrianWeiß01ger003300393J93JN93JNB93JNF20DDR;East Germany;Lehrer;Peaceful Revolution;Pedagogics;Pädagogik;Teacher;Wende01060303undefined0303Wie verarbeiteten die Lehrer:innen in Ostdeutschland das Ende der DDR? Adrian Weiß analysiert die politischen, aber auch ganz alltägliche Umbrüche in ostdeutschen Schulen zwischen 1989 und 2005 und rekonstruiert, welche prägenden Erfahrungsmuster sich in diesem Prozess bei Lehrpersonen herausbildeten. Die bisher enge gesellschaftliche Integration löste sich Anfang der 1990er Jahre auf. Hierdurch verlor die Berufsgruppe nicht nur institutionelle Sicherheiten, sondern beklagte auch Ansehensverlust, sich ändernde pädagogische Beziehungen und eine wandelnde (bildungs-)politische Ordnung. In diesem Prozess entwickelten sie aber auch eigenständige Selbstkonzepte und Reaktionsmuster.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110929/3/9783839445464.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383944546411transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110929/1/9783839445464.pdf9904 f605eb3a-5956-4085-8742-d2c39ada1b84030001OAPEN Library IDf605eb3a-5956-4085-8742-d2c39ada1b8401HANDLE20.500.12657/1108071597801977556170610.1093/med/9780197755617.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Clinical Manual of Palliative Care for Any SettingToward Universal Contextually-Adapted Access1A01EricL. Krakauer01eng93M93MK93MKB93MQ93MQC93MQCL93MQCL920Cancer;End-of-life;Global health;Non-communicable disease;Pain;Palliative care;Public health;Social suffering01060303This manual is an easy-to-use clinical guide for providing high-quality, contextually adapted palliative care in low- and middle-income settings. Palliative care is a medically and morally imperative response to any acute or chronic suffering associated with serious illness, serious injury, or severe emotional trauma that is not adequately relieved in any setting. Because the most common and severe types of suffering often vary by location and over time, and because the meaning of optimum care often varies by culture, the character of palliative care and the populations it serves also may need to vary. The manual specifically enables practicing clinicians at all levels of healthcare systems to assess and relieve physical, psychological, social, and spiritual suffering using medicines, equipment, and resources that are safe, effective, inexpensive, and widely available in most low- and middle-income countries. It also guides the integration of palliative care into healthcare systems and the adaptation of palliative care to local and individual needs and meaningful cultural practices.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110807/3/9780197755624.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressNew York000120250615978019775562415978019775563115978019775564811Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110807/1/9780197755624.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/clinical-manual-of-palliative-care-for-any-setting-9780197755617?q=9780197755617&cc=gb&lang=en9904 f1a0567f-8e66-4f84-a68e-e0a6708a5cf7030001OAPEN Library IDf1a0567f-8e66-4f84-a68e-e0a6708a5cf701HANDLE20.500.12657/1108181597801951137540610.1093/acprof:oso/9780195113754.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Faces of PovertyPortraits of Women and Children on Welfare1A01JillDuerr Berrick01eng002240393J93JB93JBF93JBFC93JK93JKS93JKSB93JKSB193JKSN20American welfare system;Crime;Divorce;Government assistance;Poor families;Poverty;Reforms;Victimization;Welfare families;Welfare population01060303Most Americans are insulated from the poor; it is hard to imagine the challenges of poverty, the daily fears of crime and victimization, the frustration of not being able to provide for a child. Instead, we are often exposed to the rhetoric and hyperbole about the excesses of the American welfare system. These messages color our perception of the welfare problem in the United States and they close the American mind to a full understanding of the complexity of family poverty. But who are these poor families? What do we know about how they arrived in such desperate straits? Is poverty their fate for a lifetime or for only a brief period? Faces of Poverty answers these questions as it dispels the misconceptions and myths about welfare and the welfare population that have clouded the true picture of poverty in America. Over the course of a year, the author spent numerous hours as a participant-observer with five women and their families, documenting their daily activities, thoughts, and fears as they managed the strains of poverty. We meet Ana, Sandy, Rebecca, Darlene, and Cora, all of whom, at some point, have turned to welfare for support. Each represents a wider segment of the welfare population, ranging from Ana (who lost a business, injured her back, and temporarily lost her job, all in a short period of time) to Cora (who was raised in poverty, spent ten years in an abusive relationship, and now struggles to raise six children in a drug-infested neighborhood). As the author documents these women's experiences, she also debunks many of the myths about welfare: she reveals that welfare is not generous (welfare families remain below the poverty line, even with government assistance); that the majority of women on welfare are not long-term welfare dependents; that welfare does not run in families; that “welfare mothers” do not keep having children in order to increase their payments (women on welfare have, on average, two children); and that almost half of all women on welfare turned to it after a divorce. At a time when welfare has become a hotly debated political issue, Faces of Poverty gives us the facts. The debate surrounding welfare will continue as each of the 50 states struggles to reform their welfare programs, and this debate will turn on the public's perception of the welfare population. The author offers insight into each of the reforms under consideration, and starkly demonstrates their implications for poor women and children. She provides a window into these women's lives, portraying their hopes and fears, and their struggle to live with dignity.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110818/3/9780195113754.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressNew York, NY, United States000119970615978019802581815978019989354611Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110818/1/9780195113754.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/faces-of-poverty-97801951137549904 f14f8f0c-dfa1-4303-8392-7395cbc4af09030001OAPEN Library IDf14f8f0c-dfa1-4303-8392-7395cbc4af0901HANDLE20.500.12657/1107171597837370191940610.14220/978373701919400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0100102Band 004Schriften aus der Max Weber Stiftung0101Immerwährend und außerordentlichSteuern, Herrschaft und Sozialordnung im Alten Reich (17.–18. Jahrhundert)1A01RachelRenault01ger004360393L93LA93LAF93LAFR93N93NH93NHD93NHDA20Altes Reich;Aufstände;Frühe Neuzeit;Herrschaft;Popular Politics;Revolten;Sozialgeschichte;Steuern;Symbolische Herrschaft01060303undefined0303Dieser Band untersucht Konflikte rund um die Zahlung von Reichssteuern im Heiligen Römischen Reich des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts. Die Untersuchung gilt den Triebfedern räumlicher und sozialer Konstruktion von Macht sowie der Zustimmung zur Unterwerfung bzw. ihrer Verweigerung. Als hoheitliches Vorrecht und Instrument der Machtbestätigung konsolidiert die Besteuerung die Ordnung der sozialen Welt, provoziert aber auch Widerstand. Anhand der Steuerzahlungen lässt sich das gesamte Netz der Loyalitäten und Abhängigkeiten nachvollziehen – vom einfachen Steuerzahler bis zum Reichsfürsten. Die Reichssteuer ist somit der Ausgangspunkt für die Untersuchung jener Mechanismen, die die soziale Welt des Heiligen Römisches Reiches zusammenhalten. This book examines conflicts surrounding the payment of the imperial tax in the Holy Roman Empire in the 17th and 18th centuries. At the centre of the analysis are the drivers of the spatial and social construction of power, the consent to submission and its refusal. Taxation is a vector for the ordering of the social world, as a sovereign prerogative and as an instrument of power affirmation. But it is also a vector of protest. From the ordinary taxpayer to the imperial prince, the network of loyalties and dependencies can be traced on the basis of the tax. The imperial tax is an observation post for how the social world holds together and is held together in an Ancient Reich characterised by the persistence of surprising forms of power.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110717/3/9783737019194.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110717/1/9783737019194.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.14220/97837370191949904 f0bbf459-5272-4a57-a366-8fd56dc0768a030001OAPEN Library IDf0bbf459-5272-4a57-a366-8fd56dc0768a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107221597836663029230610.13109/978366630292300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 114Schriftenreihe der Historischen Kommission bei der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften0101Digitale Edition und vormoderner Parlamentarismus / Digital Scholarly Edition and Pre-modern ParliamentarismEine interdisziplinäre Annäherung an frühneuzeitliche Quellen / An Interdisciplinary Approach to Early Modern Sources1B01RomanBleier2B01JosefLeeb3B01FlorianZeilinger01ger002590393N93NH93NHA93NHAH93NHAP20Digitale Geisteswissenschaften;Digitale Transformation;Editorik;Frühe Neuzeit;Ständeversammlungen01060303undefined0303Der digitale Wandel in der Editorik schreitet voran. Die erste genuin digitale Edition der „Deutschen Reichstagsakten“, jene des Reichstags zu Regensburg 1576, steht nicht allein. Diverse Editionen verschiedener europäischer Ständeversammlungen und anderer frühneuzeitlicher Quellen zeigen das Potential digitaler Technologien. Sie erlauben die globale Nutzbarkeit und Zugänglichkeit, eine bessere Recherchierbarkeit durch Suchfunktionen sowie eine auch maschinell mögliche Datenverarbeitung. Mit diesem Band treten verschiedene Editionsunternehmen, Forscherinnen und Forscher im Sinne interdisziplinärer und internationaler Verständigung in einen Dialog über die unterschiedlichen Deutungs-, Editions- und Forschungstraditionen ein, welche den Blick auf den kulturell bedingten vormodernen europäischen Parlamentarismus seit jeher prägen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110722/3/9783666302923.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202411Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110722/1/9783666302923.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836663029239904 ed5f8543-21ab-4fa8-889a-c1aadbdec652030001OAPEN Library IDed5f8543-21ab-4fa8-889a-c1aadbdec65201HANDLE20.500.12657/1110241597895185899480610.21435/tl.30300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010239Tietolipas0101Suomalaisen säädöskielen vaiheitaPaatin siirtämisestä pesänkavallukseen1A01HarriUusitalo01fin001390393C93CF20Finnish language;Language history;Legal language;Literary language;Official language (professional language);Old Literary Finnish01060303undefined0303The Finnish legislative language has a centuries-long history, with roots extending to the time before written Finnish. The oldest translations of legal texts were made in the late 16th century, and legislative language has been studied since the late 18th century by many scholars. However, until now, knowledge of this language has been fragmented and partly incorrect. This book provides an up-to-date and revised overview of the historical background and development of the Finnish legislative language by presenting the most important written sources and the history of their research. The development of the language is demonstrated with examples of spelling, grammar and vocabulary. This concise book is useful for everyone who works with the legislative language, as well as anyone interested in the development of the Finnish language.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111024/3/9789518589962.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858995515978951858996211Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111024/1/9789518589962.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/tl.3039904 f0072966-cf76-4589-8252-214299d1579a030001OAPEN Library IDf0072966-cf76-4589-8252-214299d1579a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112041597810327059340610.4324/978103270612200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Africa0101Contested Heritage in Europe and AfricaRepresentation, Commemoration, and Memorialization of a Connected Past1A01KathleenJames-Chakraborty2B01MarcoZoppi01eng00103935935P935PB935PBA93A93AB93AG93AGA93G93GL93GLZ93J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JBSL1193JH93JHM93JHMC93JP20Axum obelisk;Black Madonna;CIVA Museum;Commemoration;Cultural diversity;Euro-African cultural relations;Exhibitions;Graffiti;Immaterial heritage;Inclusion;Looted art;Material heritage;Multiculturalism;Restitution;Rhodes;Selassie;Sharpeville Massacre;Statues;Tapestries;Vasco da Gama;Yataal Art01060303This book investigates Euro-African cultural relations, considering their connected histories through material and immaterial forms of representation, commemoration, and memorialization. Recent waves of protest around the world have called for restitution of looted African art, and toppled statues and vandalized monuments which are connected to white suprematism, colonialism, and imperialism. These events have highlighted an urgent need to debate the management and preservation of Europe and Africa’s shared heritage. Drawing on a range of varied, trans-continental case studies, this book considers the key question of whether such monuments should be removed as forms of unacceptable celebration of an evil past, or preserved precisely because of what they recount about that past of oppression and domination. The book encourages readers to consider how diverse and pervasive the notions of shared heritage and common past are, encompassing discussions of statues, exhibitions, graffiti, tapestries, and commemorations. Providing a timely analysis of the developing cultural relations between Africa and Europe, this book will be an important resource for researchers across the fields of global history, heritage studies, memory studies, and international relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111204/3/9781032706122.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120240615978103270598915978103270612211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111204/1/9781032706122.pdf9904 ed63031a-61f1-47ea-ad9d-75a34560b508030001OAPEN Library IDed63031a-61f1-47ea-ad9d-75a34560b50801HANDLE20.500.12657/1112161597810036123390610.4324/978100361233900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in the History of Science, Technology and Medicine0101Earth-KnowledgeHistory of Earth Sciences as Histories of Knowledge?1A01Johannes Mattes - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8546-7149,Marianne Klemun - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0418-0216Norman Henniges - http://orcid.org/0009-0001-3614-92322B01NormanHenniges - http://orcid.org/0009-0001-3614-92323B01MarianneKlemun - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0418-02164B01JohannesMattes - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8546-714901eng0010393N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Historical geography methods;Interdisciplinary earth science history;Knowledge production;Mineralogical studies;Paleoclimatology research;Scientific collaboration;Sociology of science01060303Using a transdisciplinary approach, this book examines how scientific understanding of the Earth has been created, transformed, and shared across time - combining perspectives from the history of science, sociology of knowledge, and cultural studies to explore the evolution of Earth sciences. Focusing on the practices, actors, and socio-cultural contexts that have shaped knowledge production, this volume offers fresh methodological insights and highlights the contributions of scientists, local experts, and non-specialist collaborators. Case studies range from Johann Reinhold Forster’s eighteenth-century mineralogical research to Cold War impact geology and interdisciplinary developments in ice core paleoclimatology. Targeted at scholars, students, and general readers, this book provides an innovative lens for understanding the historical dimensions of Earth sciences, bridging disciplinary boundaries and uncovering new perspectives on the production and exchange of knowledge.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111216/3/9781003612339.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978104100932015978104100933711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111216/1/9781003612339.pdf9904 ecebe834-4cd6-46f2-8b21-3c26a334cabb030001OAPEN Library IDecebe834-4cd6-46f2-8b21-3c26a334cabb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111881597810036020330610.4324/978100360203300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Rights to the City0101Extended Mobility for the City as a CommonFurthering the Right to the City in Global Perspective1A01Jorge Luiz Barbosa,Francesca CognettiLucia Capanema-Alvares2B01LuciaCapanema-Alvares3B01RomuloOrrico01eng0010393A93AM93AMG93AMV93AMVD93K93KN93KNS93KNSG93W93WG93WGC93WGCF20Accessibility;City planning;Comparative case studies;Ethnography;Marginalized communities;Mobility;Mobility justice frameworks;Motility;Participatory urban research;Planning;Planning policy;Porosity;Public transport;Rights to the city;Social exclusion;Stigmatization;Transport;Transportation equity;Urban design;Urban sociology01060303Extended Mobility for the City as a Common offers a novel framework for understanding how urban inhabitants access and experience cities. It invites readers to critically examine the ways in which stigmatization and socioeconomic barriers combine to restrict access to urban opportunities for marginalized communities. Arguing that the right to the city is inseparable from the right to mobility, this book calls for a radical shift toward a welcoming and solidary city, both in transportation systems and in the inhabitants’ destinations. This book is structured into three parts. Part I introduces the concept of “Extended Mobility,” a multidimensional framework encompassing motility, accessibility, and porosity that provides a new lens to interrogate the multifaceted nature of mobility as a social phenomenon. Part II applies this framework through a grounded ethnographic comparison of Favela da Maré in Rio de Janeiro and the San Siro housing project in Milan. These rich and detailed studies develop robust methodological tools and theoretical insights that uncover the complex mobility experiences of peripheral urban inhabitants. In the final section, leading experts in transportation and urban planning engage Extended Mobility across different global settings to critique existing policies and explore pathways toward mobility justice and a city of rights for all. By integrating structural and experiential perspectives on urban mobility, this book is an essential resource for social science researchers and urban and transportation planning scholars as well as policymakers, practitioners, and activists seeking to foster more inclusive cities and empower communities to access the full possibilities of a common urban life. Chapters 1, 4, 7, and the Introduction of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 International license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111188/3/9781003602033.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103297875815978103299052111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111188/1/9781003602033.pdf9904 ec93283b-5019-4091-aa76-de6bc5791679030001OAPEN Library IDec93283b-5019-4091-aa76-de6bc579167901HANDLE20.500.12657/1111941597810035085330610.4324/978100350853300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Southeast European Studies0101Bosnian FluxesBelonging, Caring, and Reckoning in a Post-Cold War Semiperiphery1A01Jaroslav Klepal - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9502-2576,Ondřej Žíla - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5162-330XDavid Henig - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6111-65232B01DavidHenig - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6111-65233B01JaroslavKlepal - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9502-25764B01OndřejŽíla - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5162-330X01eng0010393J93JP93JPF93JPFN20Bosnia and Herzegovina;Frozenness;Immobility;Post-Cold War;Semi-peripheries;Stuckedness01060303This volume offers unique conceptual and empirical insights into ordinary lives in the violent aftermath of the Cold War. Considering Bosnia and Herzegovina as a comprehensive coordinate of larger social, political, and economic fluxes, it demonstrates why the widely used tropes of stuckedness, immobility, and frozenness associated with post-Cold War semiperipheries need to be understood in the context of excessive upheavals that mobilise or suspend modes of belonging, care, and reckoning. Bringing together emerging and leading scholars from across the social sciences with long-term research experience in Bosnia and Herzegovina, along with scholars who have been documenting similar processes in other parts of the world, this volume develops new analytical heuristics and interventions into global post-Cold War studies. It will be of particular interest to researchers and students of Anthropology, Sociology, Human Geography, Contemporary History, and Area Studies along with those studying the history, politics, economy, and culture of semiperipheries.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111194/3/9781003508533.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103281899315978103283264711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111194/1/9781003508533.pdf9904 ecece05a-f0ef-4e07-9731-c62fd927b263030001OAPEN Library IDecece05a-f0ef-4e07-9731-c62fd927b26301HANDLE20.500.12657/1108061597839662706700610.33968/9783966270670-0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101KI-Textgeneratoren in der Wertschöpfungskette von Belletristikverlagen1A01KonstantinaThein01ger001290393K93KC93KCV93KCVM20Artificial Intelligence;Digitisation;Expert interview;Fiction;Fiction publishers;Literary industry;Publishing;Research paper;Text generators;Value chain;Wirtz01060303undefined0303This bachelor's thesis examines the role of AI text generators in fiction publishing. The aim is to explain how they work and identify potential applications in the value chain. Literature sources and expert interviews were used. The theoretical part comprises a market analysis and explanations of AI. In the empirical part, interviews were conducted with publishing representatives and readers in order to capture different perspectives. The results show that the use of AI text generators is possible at various stages of the value chain, but that there are challenges. Further research could focus on practical feasibility.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110806/3/9783966270670.pdf.jpg01HTWK Leipzig - OA-HochschulverlagLeipzig000120240615978396627068711HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110806/1/9783966270670.pdf990409HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://oa-hochschulverlag.htwk-leipzig.de/katalog/informatik-und-medien/thein9904 e9741829-aa7d-4dd6-815f-592993cf8e66030001OAPEN Library IDe9741829-aa7d-4dd6-815f-592993cf8e6601HANDLE20.500.12657/1110261597895185899170610.21435/skst.150600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010237Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seuran Toimituksia0101Aineen ja tunteen kylätUusmaterialistisia tulkintoja Sivakasta ja Rasimäestä1B01PerttiRannikko2B01MaaritSireni01fin003030393J93JB93JBS93JBSC93R93RG93RGC93RGCU20Case study;Emotions;New materialism;Rural culture;Rural environment;Rurality01060303undefined0303This book presents the results of the latest phase of a 50-year longitudinal study of two villages in eastern Finland: Sivakka and Rasimäki. The current study is based on new materialist approaches in social sciences and cultural studies. New materialism emphasizes the influence of non-human factors – such as nature, objects, and technology – on people’s everyday lives and activities. It challenges human-centered thinking by exploring how the material environment shapes social phenomena. The authors apply new materialist ideas and concepts from the perspective of their own disciplines. They explore topics such as water and winter as forces shaping daily life, changes in human-animal relationships, villages as assemblages, the role of information technology in community life, the significance of music in identity formation and cultural heritage, emotional representations of villages in research and fiction, and villagers’ own narratives about their communities. The epilogue reflects on the significance of new materialism in this study.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111026/3/9789518589931.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858992415978951858993111Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111026/1/9789518589931.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/skst.15069904 eac0f7d0-9f82-4671-8c33-5c29d65b2857030001OAPEN Library IDeac0f7d0-9f82-4671-8c33-5c29d65b285701HANDLE20.500.12657/1111511597810034250690610.4324/978100342506900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Comparative Legal History0101Borders of the Early Modern Ius CommuneEngland, Venice, and Scandinavia1A01StefaniaGialdroni2B01DoloresFreda3B01ChiaraMaria Valsecchi4B01MarioPiccinini5B01HeikkiPihlajamäki01eng0010393L93LA93LAM93LAZ93N93NH93Q93QR93QRM93QRMB20Comparative law;Early modern period;England;Ius commune;Law and religion;Legal history;Scandinavia;Venice01060303The culture of the ius commune has been a unifying element of European and Western legal civilization. As shown by several recent studies, the influence of ius commune extended much farther than its traditional core area. This volume discusses the expansion and changes of ius commune in three significant corners of Europe, which in the classical narrative either totally or partially were left out of the picture: England, Scandinavia, and Venice. The study goes beyond the traditional question of the influence of ius commune in comparing the different constellations of normativity and legal pluralism in these regions. It investigates how not only ius commune but also other forms of normativity – such as customary law, written norms, and legal practice – were used and applied, and how they circulated. The approach helps create new narratives as to how the relationship between centers and peripheries in Europe evolved in the early modern period. These new narratives are built from bottom to top; thus, they are based on concrete source information, and they focus on the learned legal systems and their connection to the local legal sources. The collection further looks into the circulation of professors and doctors, students, and legal texts, starting from the idea that a theoretical understanding of the forms of normativity can emerge only through concrete, multidisciplinary research recognizing the tensions between global legal unification and differentiation. The book will be essential reading for researchers and academics in Legal History, Law and Religion, Comparative Legal Studies, and Early Modern History.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111151/3/9781003425069.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103253584515978103254470011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111151/1/9781003425069.pdf9904 eaadc277-ebef-4649-ab5d-705aeacbcb41030001OAPEN Library IDeaadc277-ebef-4649-ab5d-705aeacbcb4101HANDLE20.500.12657/1111541597810034720870610.4324/978100347208700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Towards a Community of Antiracist Praxis in Higher EducationTransformative Principles, Practices, and Resources for the Classroom1A01Laurie Ross - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7444-2125Jie Y. Park - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3553-50592B01LaurieRoss - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7444-21253B01JieY. Park01eng0010393J93JN93JNF20And inclusion;Anti racism;Anti racist;Antiracism;Antiracist;Curriculum and instruction;DEI;Diversity;Equity;Faculty learning;Higher education;Pedagogy;Practitioner inquiry;Practitioner research;Praxis;Professional development;Racial justice;SOTL;Scholarship on teaching and learning;Social justice01060303Weaving together theory, research, and practice, this edited volume provides rich accounts of teaching from faculty at a predominantly white institution who participated in a community of antiracist praxis – a cycle of action and reflection on pedagogy. The chapters highlight the ways in which faculty can transform classrooms and colorblind discourses in higher education. They center the voices of faculty who are “on the ground” and grappling with their own positionality and academic training to present an antiracist pedagogy that emphasizes student agency and authority, exposes whiteness in course content and inquiry processes, and introduces students to new ways of knowing that are racially just. Each contributing author offers principles, teaching activities, and resources that readers can apply in their own disciplinary or interdisciplinary contexts. Written for faculty, graduate students, administrators, and pedagogy specialists in higher education, this book urges readers who work in higher education to action, and paves a path forward through the creation of communities of antiracist praxis.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111154/3/9781003472087.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103274434615978103275031611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111154/1/9781003472087.pdf9904 e5fa99bf-b481-4aef-84b4-21ecab63dc97030001OAPEN Library IDe5fa99bf-b481-4aef-84b4-21ecab63dc9701HANDLE20.500.12657/1107241597836663037220610.13109/978366630372200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 017toldot0101Ausgeschlagenes ErbeEssays zur jüdischen Geschichte und Kultur1A01PhilippGraf01ger002250393J93JB93N93NH93Q93QR93QRJ20Antisemitismus;Jüdisches Kulturerbe;Jüdisches Leben;Neue Bundesländer01060303undefined0303Bis zum Zweiten Weltkrieg beherbergte Halberstadt eine der bedeutendsten jüdischen Gemeinden Mitteldeutschlands. Dies drückte sich in der Einwohnerschaft aus und auch darin, dass die kleine Stadt im Vorharz eines der Zentren der Neo-Orthodoxie in Deutschland war. 1942 wurden die letzten verbliebenen Jüdinnen und Juden deportiert und Halberstadt 1945 durch alliierte Bombenangriffe stark zerstört. Die jüdische Stadtgeschichte fiel daraufhin der Vergessenheit anheim, bis Ende der 1970er Jahre kirchliche Kreise die Erinnerung aufleben ließen. Philipp Graf betrachtet in seinem Essay den staatlichen, städtischen und zivilgesellschaftlichen Umgang mit der jüdischen Vergangenheit in vier Jahrzehnten DDR. Vor dem Hintergrund bis in die Gegenwart zu vernehmender antisemitischer Vorbehalte in der Stadt fragt der Autor, inwieweit sich der „verordnete Antifaschismus“ und die politische Kultur der DDR hierin Ausdruck verschaffen und beeinflussen, wie in Halberstadt und in den neuen Bundesländern insgesamt über Juden, Judentum und jüdisches Leben gesprochen wird.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110724/3/9783666303722.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110724/1/9783666303722.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836663037229904 e74bb447-63ef-443f-866f-8c814e713505030001OAPEN Library IDe74bb447-63ef-443f-866f-8c814e71350501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107311597836663708920610.13109/978366637089200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 105Schriftenreihe der Historischen Kommission bei der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften0101Supplikationswesen und Petitionsrecht im Wandel der Zeit und im Spiegel der Publikationen der Historischen Kommission1B01EstebanMauerer01ger001680393N93NH93NHD20Bittschriften;Eingaben und Petitionen;Euopäische Geschichte;Europäische Geschichte;Geschichte;Historische Kommission bei der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften;Kommunikation;Petitionen;Politische Kulltur;Politische Partizipation01060303undefined0303Suppliken bezeichnen formalisierte Bitten an eine Obrigkeit, deren Bandbreite von privaten Gesuchen bis hin zu politischen Forderungen reicht. Die Untersuchung von Bittschriften und Petitionen liefert Erkenntnisse über die wechselnden Beziehungen zwischen Obrigkeiten und Individuen mit Blick auf gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und politische Partizipation. Die Beiträge des Bandes beschäftigen sich über eine Zeitspanne vom Spätmittelalter bis zum Bonner Grundgesetz mit Eingaben, Gesuchen und Beschwerden. Sie zeigen den Wandel der »Kultur der Bitte« auf und stellen die Bedeutung des Supplikenwesens als Kommunikationskanal heraus, über den die Obrigkeiten ebenso Einblicke in die Befindlichkeiten der Untertanen gewinnen konnten wie die Untertanen in Kontakt mit der Obrigkeit traten.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110731/3/9783666370892.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202011Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110731/1/9783666370892.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836663708929904 e658d87d-67fc-4e7a-9fdd-3580c5a9780f030001OAPEN Library IDe658d87d-67fc-4e7a-9fdd-3580c5a9780f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107681597838353606930610.46500/8353606900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/10010269/2025Jahrbuch der deutschen Schillergesellschaft0101Jahrbuch der Deutschen SchillergesellschaftInternationales Organ für Neuere deutsche Literatur1B01AlexanderHonold2B01ChristineLubkoll3B01SteffenMartus4B01SandraRichter01ger004450393D93DS93DSB93DSBD93DSBF93DSBH93DSBJ93DSC93DSG93DSK93DSM20Africa;Basic research;Colonialism;Comics;Contemporary literature;Enlightenment;German Literature Archive;Ingeborg Bachmann;Kotzebue;Literary studies;Marbach;Modernism;Romanticism;Schiller;Series;Weimar Classicism;Yearbooks01060303undefined0303The “Jahrbuch der Deutschen Schillergesellschaft” (Yearbook of the German Schiller Society) is a literary journal that primarily publishes articles on German-language literature from the Enlightenment to the present day. This period corresponds to the areas covered by the German Literature Archive in Marbach, which is supported by the German Schiller Society.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110768/3/9783835381780.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538178011Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110768/1/9783835381780.pdf9904 e544acd9-48ba-4571-aa1c-7b4c746cde91030001OAPEN Library IDe544acd9-48ba-4571-aa1c-7b4c746cde9101HANDLE20.500.12657/1108081597801989590140610.1093/9780198959045.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Learning to Govern Together in Representative DemocracyThe Dynamics of Cooperation and Competition in Coalition Governance1A01Xiao LuThomas König01mul001600393J93JP93JPA93JPH93JPHC93JPHL20Agenda timing;Coalition governance;Cyclical joint policy-making;Learning partnership;Representative democracy01060303undefined0303Learning to Govern Together in Representative Democracy introduces a dynamic theory of coalition governance, focusing on the temporal constraints that coalition parties face when governing together in representative democracies. The book examines how coalition partners, over the course of a legislative term, adapt their strategies for joint policy-making as they encounter varying levels of cooperation and competition in partnership. Two distinct models of learning are developed: the portfolio-learning model, where ministers learn through interactions within their portfolios, and the partisan-learning model, which accounts for learning from co-partisan experiences across portfolios. Empirical evidence from 11 parliamentary democracies demonstrates that ministerial office-holders infer the type of partnership from their experienced parliamentary scrutiny, with consequences for their legislative behavior, such as initiating government bill proposals earlier in the term if they perceive a cooperative partnership, or later in the term if they perceive a competitive partnership. The book makes a significant contribution to our understanding of coalition effectiveness, stability, and satisfaction with governance.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110808/3/9780198959014.pdf.jpgComparative Politics01Oxford University PressOxford000120250615978019895902115978019895903815978019895904511Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110808/1/9780198959014.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/learning-to-govern-together-in-representative-democracy-9780198959014?q=9780198959014&cc=gb&lang=en9904 e6ae5f44-d027-46ab-b2f8-7eb242c3ca4d030001OAPEN Library IDe6ae5f44-d027-46ab-b2f8-7eb242c3ca4d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108111597801980725530610.1093/acprof:oso/9780198072553.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Empire, Media, and the Autonomous WomanA Feminist Critique of Postcolonial Thought1A01EshaNiyogi De01eng002640393D93DS93DSA93DSB93DSBH93DSBH593J93JB93JBC93JBS93JBSF93JBSF120Aparna Sen;Enlightenment;Ethical autonomy;Liberal individualism;Manjusri Chaki-Sircar;New Individualism;Non-Western cultures;Personal autonomy;Postcolonial cultures;Rabindranath Tagore01060303Drawing lessons from the intersection of literature, photography, cinema, television, dance-drama, and ethnography, this book presents a unique analysis of Indian activist thought spread over two centuries. It discusses two presuppositions of liberal individualism: personal autonomy and ethical autonomy. Besides, it argues that the ‘individual’ has been creatively indigenized in modern non-Western cultures: thinkers attentive to gender in postcolonial cultures embrace selected ethical premises of the Enlightenment and its human rights discourse while they refuse possessive individualism. Debating influential schools of postcolonial and transnational studies, the chapter provides radical argument through a rich tapestry of gender portrayals drawn from two moments of modern Indian thought: the rise of humanism in the colony and the growth of new individualism in contemporary liberalized India. From autobiographical texts by nineteenth century Bengali prostitutes, point-of-view photography, as well as women-centred dance-dramas and essays by Rabindranath Tagore to representation of Tagore's works on mainstream television, video, and stage; feminist cinema, choreography and performance by Aparna Sen and Manjusri Chaki-Sircar respectively—the book makes use of such and much more to creatively engage with empire, media, and gender.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110811/3/9780198072553.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford, United Kingdom000120110615978019908091511Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110811/1/9780198072553.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/empire-media-and-the-autonomous-woman-97801980725539904 e5fe881f-97fa-4324-9cc5-f35134ce03c8030001OAPEN Library IDe5fe881f-97fa-4324-9cc5-f35134ce03c801HANDLE20.500.12657/1108131597801997724380610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199772438.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Pragmatist DemocracyEvolutionary Learning as Public Philosophy1A01ChristopherK. Ansell01eng002960393J93JP93JPA93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Democracy;Governance;Institutionalism;Learning;Pragmatism;Public agencies;Public philosophy01060303Drawing inspiration from the philosophy of Pragmatism, this book argues for a new “problem-solving democracy,” where public agencies build consent for public policy by engaging the public in active problem-solving. More so than legislatures, public agencies serve as linchpins between popular sovereignty and on-the-ground governance. For pubic agencies to play a different role in democracy, we must re-imagine how they function as organizations and interact with the public. The Pragmatist philosophy associated with Charles Peirce, William James, John Dewey, George Herbert Mead provides a framework for re-imagining that role. Pragmatism advances an evolutionary, learning-oriented perspective that stresses problem-driven, reflexive, and deliberative public action. The book uses this evolutionary learning perspective to analyze how public agencies might overcome tensions between centralization and decentralization, engage in more strategic problem-solving, and facilitate collaborative governance among public stakeholders. In developing these arguments, the book builds on and extends the current revival of interest of the social sciences in Pragmatism, reinvigorating an overlooked tradition of Pragmatist institutionalism. By showing how Pragmatism’s evolutionary learning perspective can tackle issues at the heart of our current democratic malaise and engage the broad intellectual concerns of the social sciences, the book provides a concrete demonstration of why Pragmatism can serve as a powerful public philosophy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110813/3/9780199772438.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressNew York, NY, United States000120110615978019991899711Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110813/1/9780199772438.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/pragmatist-democracy-97801997724389904 df3016ac-1464-4f83-bef9-cb229bdf6508030001OAPEN Library IDdf3016ac-1464-4f83-bef9-cb229bdf650801HANDLE20.500.12657/1108401597816857121430610.53288/0499.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101Corporeal Aesth/ethicsThe Body in Bracha L. Ettinger's Theory and Art1A01AnnaKisiel01eng002200393A93AF93AFC93AG93AGB93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JM93JMA93JMAF93N93NH93NHT93NHTZ93NHTZ193Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ20Bracha L. Ettinger;Ethics;Female body;Femininity;Holocaust;Matrixial theory;Psychoanalysis;Visual arts01060303Can we think of an ethics that originates in corporeality, and not in codified or symbolic systems? In Corporeal Aesth/ethics, the body resurfaces as a central category of Bracha L. Ettinger’s theory and art, as well as an interpretive key that allows us to assume ethical responsibility for an Other who is not abstract, or distant, or total. Ettinger’s matrixial theory, a deeply feminist psychoanalytical system, ventures beyond the models of subjectivity based on separation and lack, and thus it helps us rethink togetherness and our own humanity. Corporeal Aesth/ethics explores how we become subjects not through a series of cuts, but through an encounter with radical openness, modeled upon the intrauterine/pregnancy period. Even though the theorized encounter relies on caring, carrying, and sharing, it is far from pleasant and safe, as we might assume. Indeed, some of the knowledge communicated in this phase of subjectivity-becoming may turn out to be painful, even traumatic. It is this profoundly corporeal encounter, Kisiel contends, that makes it possible to conceive of the body as a site and source of ethics. Envisioned through the lens of the matrixial, a subject (never alone, always in severality) reaches new modes of intimacy and hospitality, occasioned by our universally shared, originary experience of becoming with-in the maternal body. A psychoanalyst, theoretician, and feminist, Ettinger is also an artist. Sharing Ettinger’s conviction that “painting and theory are not different aspects that attest to the same thing, but are rather differentiated levels of working-through,” Kisiel maps the entanglements of the (feminine/motherly) body in both dimensions of Ettinger’s work. In five chapters, this book delineates the project of Ettinger’s corporeal aesth/ethics. It contextualizes the matrixial body, analyzes its humanizing potential, and proposes dialogues of Ettinger’s work with feminism, theology, and Holocaust studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110840/3/9781685712150.pdf.jpgMAI: Feminism and Culture01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571215015978168571299011punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110840/1/9781685712150.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/corporeal-aesth-ethics-the-body-in-bracha-l-ettingers-theory-and-art/9904 e194cf8a-f078-4e07-a7ff-528b7946897d030001OAPEN Library IDe194cf8a-f078-4e07-a7ff-528b7946897d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108541597819204890690610.47622/978192048906900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Educational Challenges in Multilingual SocietiesLOITASA Phase Two Research1A01Open Society Initiative for Southern Africa(OSISA2B01BirgitBrock-Utne3B01ZubeidaDesai4B01MarthaQorro01eng001360393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL120Education01060303With reportedly over USD50 billion lost annually through graft and illicit practices, combating corruption in Africa has been challenging. However, laws and policies at the continental, regional and national levels have been promulgated and enacted by African leaders. These initiatives have included the establishment of anti-corruption agencies mandated to tackle graft at national level, as well as coordinate bodies at regional and continental lev Yet, given the disparity between the apparent impunity enjoyed by public servants and the anti-corruption rhetoric of governments in the region, the effectiveness of these agencies is viewed with scepticism. This continent-wide study of anti-corruption agencies aims to gauge their relevance and effectiveness by assessing their independence, mandate, available resources, national ownership, capacities and strategic positioning. These surveys include evidence-based recommendations calling for stronger, more relevant and effective institutions that are directly aligned to regional and continental anti-corruption frameworks, such as the African Union Convention on Preventing and Combating Corruption (AUCPCC), which the three countries in this current report Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda have all ratified.els to ensure the harmonisation of normative standards and the adoption of best practices in the fight against corruption.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110854/3/9781920489069.pdf.jpgAfrican Minds01African MindsCape Town000120120615978192833221315978192833222015978192833223711African Minds01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110854/1/9781920489069.pdf990409African Minds01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.africanminds.co.za/educational-challenges-in-multilingual-societies/9904 e2a7d587-601b-4182-a774-f997bf58ef88030001OAPEN Library IDe2a7d587-601b-4182-a774-f997bf58ef8801HANDLE20.500.12657/1109181597838376804610610.14361/978383945751100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/legalcode100102X-Texte zu Kultur und Gesellschaft0101AdaptationFreedom, Hope and Politics after Modernity1A01PhilippStaab01eng001500393J93JB20Adaptation;Cultural Studies;Philosophy;Sociology01060303Modernity was characterised by a belief that progress would automatically lead to a better future. Today, that optimism has evaporated. In its place we have global heating, multiple wars, economic austerity and a prevailing sense of malaise. Now the primary concern is to limit the damage and avert the catastrophe. Even if that succeeds, we will still be faced with unprecedented change. We are looking at a future where collective survival will take precedence over individual and collective self-fulfilment. Adaptation will be the guiding principle of society. This is raising momentous questions about our understanding of time, of politics and of ourselves – to which progressive political forces and humanity as a whole are going to have to find answers.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110918/3/9783839457511.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383945751111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110918/1/9783839457511.pdf9904 e209568d-af58-44cb-b7d2-16fe9bfe2f16030001OAPEN Library IDe209568d-af58-44cb-b7d2-16fe9bfe2f1601HANDLE20.500.12657/1110891597810326936060610.1201/978103269360600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Digital Futures in Human-Computer InteractionDesign Thinking for Digital Transformation1B01AnnaBarbara2B01ZhiyongFu3B01PeterScupelli01eng002640393A93AK93AKP93G93GT93GTC93J93JB93JBF93JBFZ93K93KJ93KJM93KJMV93KJMV693T93TB93TBC93TBD93TBDG93TH93THR93TJ93TJK93TJKW93U93UB93UBJ93UBL93UY93UYQ93UYZ20Digital wellbeing;Ecological interaction;Futures literacy;Futures thinking in HCI research;Interactive narrative;Metaverse applications;Speculative design01060303The application of futures thinking in Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) has become increasingly important in recent years. Integrating speculative thinking with future design approaches has allowed HCI researchers to explore the potential impacts of technology on digital society. However, the implementation and application of futures thinking in HCI research is an emerging area. Digital Futures in Human-Computer Interaction: Design Thinking for Digital Transformation fills this gap by systematically analyzing HCI's innovation trends in the digital era. This book explores the dialogue between digital transformation and futures thinking for alternative visions of HCI research. The book highlights significant trends and advancements in futures thinking related to HCI. Case studies illustrate the role of futures thinking, offering readers a broad overview of the subject while detailing the competencies and practices that can lead to successful futures design. This engaging and informative reference will appeal to students, academics, and researchers interested in various design aspects related to HCI. These aspects include service design, sustainable design, product design, space design, visual communication, design education, futures studies, and social innovation. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111089/3/9781040260128.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120250615978104026012815978104026018011CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111089/1/9781040260128.pdf9904 e30cec4c-65a5-4ac4-9e2f-a7c53246424f030001OAPEN Library IDe30cec4c-65a5-4ac4-9e2f-a7c53246424f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11076215978338112681100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.de10010283Vox Romanica0101VOX ROMANICA 83 (2024)1A01MonicaCastillo Lluch2A01Elwysde Stefani01fre01ger003510393C93CF20Francoprovençal Dialects and Linguistic Variation;Historical Sociolinguistics of Written Language;Italian and Iberian Romance Studies in World War I Contexts;Medieval French Literature and Ogier le Danois;Medieval Romance Literature and Textual Criticism;Neutral Gender in Romance Linguistics;Old French Regional Variation and Dialectology;Romance Philology and Historical Linguistics;Spanish Historical Linguistics and Corpus Studies;Troubadour Poetry Stylistic Analysis01060303undefined0303VOX ROMANICA is a scientific journal of linguistics and Romance philology, published once a year. Rooted in Swiss Romance studies since its foundation in 1936 and open to international research, it devotes particular attention to issues concerning multilingualism and linguistic minorities. While remaining committed to a historical and philological perspective, it also promotes the study of contemporary Romance varieties and new approaches to linguistic research.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110762/3/9783381126828.pdf.jpg01A. Francke Verlag000120250615978338112682811A. Francke Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110762/1/9783381126828.pdf990409A. Francke Verlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.narr.de/vox%20romanica%2084%20(2025)-1505-1/9904 e5346d86-3276-4e83-b255-7a3ecd9bebbc030001OAPEN Library IDe5346d86-3276-4e83-b255-7a3ecd9bebbc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107981597804729057200610.3998/mpub.1289973100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102106Michigan Monograph Series in Japanese Studies0101Modern Japanese Literary Studies1B01Jonathan EranAbel2B01SethJacobowitz01eng002720393D93DS93DSB93N93NH93NHF20African Americans in Japanese literature;Contemporary Japanese literature;Cool Japan;Japan Studies;Japanese ecology;Japanese literary theory;Japanese media theory;Japanese popular culture;Japanese visual culture;Japanese women's literature;Japanophone literature;LGBT literature;Manga studies;Modern Japanese literature;Okinawan literature;Resident Korean literature;Sinosphere;Soft power;Translation studies;Zainichi Korean literature01060303Explores new directions in modern Japanese literature01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110798/3/9780472905720.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110798/1/9780472905720.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 df8cbb1f-930f-4074-859a-00bdbbd438a6030001OAPEN Library IDdf8cbb1f-930f-4074-859a-00bdbbd438a601HANDLE20.500.12657/1112201597810035155860610.4324/978100351558600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102The IATIS Yearbook0101Constructive News Across Languages and Cultures1A01Raluca Tanasescu - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2789-5145,Anna Beatriz Dimas Furtado - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2801-5146Anne O'Connor - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2458-22232B01LucileDavier - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5219-64183B01AshleyRiggs - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9674-590901eng0010393C93CF93CFP93G93GT93GTC20Comparative media research methodologies;Constructive News;Cross-Cultural Communication;Cross-cultural communication;Journalism studies;Media Audiences;Media pedagogy;Multimodal Critical Discourse Analysis;Multimodal analysis;News Translation;News translation;Solutions journalism01060303Constructive news is an alternative to the negativity of if-it-bleeds-it-leads journalism but still unfamiliar to some audiences and still relatively under-researched, particularly by news translation scholars. And yet, it is “done” across cultures and, therefore, languages. This innovative book contributes to filling that research gap and raising awareness of the phenomenon by showcasing cross-cultural research on constructive news, including in the Global South – a region that has traditionally received less scholarly attention than the Global North. Constructive news is resolutely multimodal, and so a number of chapters analyse it from that perspective. The chapters also tackle such topics as audience attitudes, service to the local community, pedagogy, financial news, and religious news. This book will appeal to journalism studies and translation scholars, applied linguists, lecturers, journalists, editors, and members of the public who consume, study, or teach news but are looking for alternatives.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111220/3/9781003515586.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103284905815978103284907211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111220/1/9781003515586.pdf9904 e2d77b62-97b6-44ba-92b2-5c4067b3d20f030001OAPEN Library IDe2d77b62-97b6-44ba-92b2-5c4067b3d20f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112261597810033035410610.4324/978100330354100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Global Realities in Private Higher Education0101Private Higher Education in AsiaChanging the Dynamics of Privateness and Publicness1A01AkiyoshiYonezawa2B01DanielC. Levy3B01QuangChau4B01AkiyoshiYonezawa01eng0010393J93JN93JNF93JNM20Access;Akiyoshi Yonezawa;Asia;Borders;China;Comparative education studies;Daniel Levy;Demographics;Distinctiveness;Education privatization;Governance;Governance of private universities in Asia;Higher education;Higher education policy;India;Institutional autonomy;Japan;Malaysia;Market;Nonprofit education sector;PHE;PROPHE;Philippines;Policy;Private Higher education;Private funding;Private sector;Privatization;Profit;Program for Research on Private Higher Education;Public;Public sector;Quality;Quality assurance frameworks;Quang Chau;Sector;South Korea;Southeast Asia;Taiwan;Thailand;Vietnam01060303As Asia alone holds the majority of the world’s fast-expanding private higher education (PHE), this volume probes the character, diversity, and significance of Asian PHE. Across seven national case studies, astride both developing and developed countries, older and newer HE systems, in entrenched democracies to creakier ones, to Communist rule, the volume systematically addresses a common PHE typology. This fosters volume coherence and cross-national comparison.The two most central comparisons within each country are private vs public and private versus private. Authors all identify significant differences between PHE and its longer standing public counterparts, though with variation in the degree and contours of blurring across sectors. Even more novel for scholarship on this subject matter, authors dig into patterns of differences and similarities across the now quite varied manifestations of PHE: religious, gender, nationally elite, increasingly business and job-oriented, international, nonprofit, for-profit etc. However rigorous the comparative frameworks contributing to volume coherence, authors integrate particulars of national historical and contemporary context wherever their national expertise leads them. This helps make the book appropriate for those generally interested in Asian affairs, especially in East and Southeast Asia. At the same, the private-public and private-private comparisons engage most key issues of top concern to those keenly interested in higher education generally: institutional autonomy versus government control, regulation, competition across institutions, management, effectiveness and innovation, faculty composition and roles, student composition and roles, accountability measures, challenges of quality assurance amid rapid expansion, the partial privatization of public institutions, tuition, internationalization, and so forth. The volume will be valuable for all concerned with global PHE and HE overall. It should likewise be an important work for those studying, working in, or making policy within or for PHE in Asia.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111226/3/9781003303541.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103230124215978103230125911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111226/1/9781003303541.pdf9904 e31a762d-1f61-4d71-88d8-a818dbf92b8b030001OAPEN Library IDe31a762d-1f61-4d71-88d8-a818dbf92b8b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112321597810032660440610.4324/978100326604400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge International Handbooks0101Routledge Critical Companion to Race and Architecture1A01KathleenJames-Chakraborty2B01FelipeHernández3B01ItohanOsayimwese01eng0010393A93AM93AMC93AMD93AMX93J93JB93JBF93JBFA20Architectural historiography;Built environment studies;Colonial architecture;Decenerting curriculum architecture;Ethnic identity in design;Global perspectives on racialised architecture;Indigenous housing practices;Postcolonial architeture;Race and architecture;Race in architectural education;Racialised spaces;Spatial justice;Theories of race in architecture;Urban segregation analysis01060303This book explores the malleability of race as a construct, one subject to continuous redefinitions in different times, cultures and places. While race has been deployed historically to establish hierarchies in a modern-colonial world, it also has acquired the capacity to challenge those hierarchies, enabling critical engagements with epistemic positions that have been excluded from univocal Eurocentric architectural narratives. The volume expands the discourse on racializing concepts and categories beyond the traditional Africa–North America axis, examining many issues that have been overlooked in the field of architecture. This broader range of topics provides for a more comprehensive understanding of how race is constructed and represented in architectural theory and practice globally. Written by an international and influential cast of contributors, the structure of the book permits a detailed revision of the most current theoretical debates on race. Each part deals with a specific challenge at a particular scale. Ultimately, the book embraces discussions about theory, urban and regional debates, architectural design at the scale of the building, history and education, exploring the concept of race in all aspects of the discipline. It is essential reading for anyone studying or working in the built environment.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111232/3/9781003266044.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103220942515978103220945611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111232/1/9781003266044.pdf9904 d95e2345-c720-4003-af54-19f84bfbb4ed030001OAPEN Library IDd95e2345-c720-4003-af54-19f84bfbb4ed01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112431597810036896520610.4324/978100368965200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Annals of Bioethics0101Markets in Human Organs for TransplantationControversy and Contention1A01Alvin E. Roth - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8834-6481Kimberly D. Krawiec - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4149-18142B01MarkJ. Cherry - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2646-19003B01JamesStacey Taylor01eng0010393M93MB93MBD93MBDC93Q93QD93QDT93QDTQ20Bioethics;Bodily autonomy;Commodification;Communitarian theory;Controversial markets;Distributive justice;Ethical regulation of organ sales;Ethics of markets;Ethics of transplantation;Exploitation;Healthcare policy debate;Inequality;Integrative pluralism;James Stacey Taylor;Libertarian perspectives;Living donation;Mark J. Cherry;Medical commodification;Medical ethics;Organ markets;Organ trafficking;Organ transplantation;Paternalism;Transplant ethics;Utilitarian bioethics01060303This volume presents a comprehensive examination of one of bioethics’ most divisive debates: whether human organs should be bought and sold. It brings together diverse philosophical perspectives from leading scholars who explore the moral, political, and practical dimensions of organ markets. The volume addresses critical questions at the intersection of medicine, ethics, and economics: Would financial incentives for organ donation save lives or exploit the vulnerable? Can organ markets be ethically regulated to prevent abuse? How do principles of distributive justice apply to organ allocation? Should bodily autonomy extend to selling one’s organs? Contributors include both proponents who argue that properly regulated markets would increase organ supply and reduce suffering, and opponents who contend that commodification of organs violates human dignity and risks exploitation. The collection examines utilitarian, libertarian, and communitarian approaches while considering real-world policy implications. It also offers nuanced analysis of paternalistic prohibitions, feasibility concerns, and alternative procurement systems. By presenting multiple viewpoints in dialogue, the volume provides readers with the intellectual tools to form their own informed positions on this controversial issue. Markets in Human Organs for Transplantation is an ideal resource for researchers, students, and healthcare professionals interested in the ethical dimensions of transplant medicine.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111243/3/9781003689652.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978104117429515978104117431811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111243/1/9781003689652.pdf9904 d7d039c6-3aff-4c97-88b2-3ac736e190b7030001OAPEN Library IDd7d039c6-3aff-4c97-88b2-3ac736e190b701HANDLE20.500.12657/1108011597804729058360610.3998/mpub.1303703800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Emerging Democracies0101Ruling IndonesiaJokowi's Presidency in an Age of Democratic Crisis and Great Power Competition1A01MarcusMietzner01eng002820393J93JP93JPH93JPHV20ASEAN;Authoritarianism;Autocracy;COVID-19;Democracy;Democratic recession;Global South;Governance;Great power competition;Indonesia;Industrialization;Joko Widodo;Jokowi;Nickel industry;Politics;Populism;Prabowo Subianto;Presidency;Presidential popularity;Presidentialism;Sino-American rivalry;South China Sea;Southeast Asia01060303Joko Widodo—popularly called Jokowi—ruled Indonesia for a decade, from 2014 to 2024. The world’s fourth-largest nation and third-largest democracy, Indonesia had embarked on a messy democratic transition in the late 1990s, with the country’s ethnic and religious heterogeneity posing significant challenges to governance. Initially seen as a reformer who might challenge oligarchic structures, Jokowi was slowly but steadily seen as himself being a threat to democracy. By the time Jokowi wrapped up his presidency, he had achieved the highest approval ratings among Indonesia’s post-authoritarian presidents—and became the president with the tightest grip over Indonesia’s political elite. Based on exclusive interviews with Jokowi and many of Indonesia’s top leaders, Ruling Indonesia shows Jokowi as a president obsessively preoccupied with his economic development agenda, subordinating all other aspects of governance to this goal. His focused approach delivered economic successes and unprecedented popularity, but also seriously undermined the health of Indonesia’s democratic institutions. Offering a holistic appraisal of his decade in office, Marcus Mietzner analyzes Jokowi’s domestic record in the context of his attempts to position Indonesia more favorably in the international competition for power and resources. Crucially, his obsession to push Indonesia closer to industrialized status while neglecting democratic development represented the ambitions and trials of many Global South leaders who are trying to juggle economic development, growing Sino-American tensions around the world, and concerns for democratic rights. As such, this book provides valuable insights into how the great power rivalry of the 21st century and the global recession of democracy are playing out in central arenas of the Global South.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110801/3/9780472905836.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110801/1/9780472905836.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 d95fd5c9-a8d8-448b-a392-34cec9283345030001OAPEN Library IDd95fd5c9-a8d8-448b-a392-34cec928334501HANDLE20.500.12657/1108171597801910207590610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199640386.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101MigrationThe Biology of Life on the Move (Second Edition)1A01HughDingle01eng003380393P93PS93PSA93PSAF93PSV93PSVP20Biodiversity;Flight;Life history;Migration;Movement;Orientation;Polymorphism;Syndrome;Tracking01060303Migration is a dramatic behaviour distinct from other movements. It is an important component of life histories of biodiverse organisms including terrestrial and marine vertebrates, insects, many invertebrates, and the propagules of some plants. This sequel discusses migration across a wide range of groups and species drawing comparisons to illuminate migratory life cycles and their evolution. It takes an integrative approach to migration as a physiological and behavioural phenomenon with important ecological consequences. Part I defines migration in relation to other movements, provides examples, and includes an updated chapter on recent results from newly developed electronic tracking and other methods. Part II surveys proximate mechanisms including physiology, morphology, constraints, the use of winds and currents, and new discoveries regarding the ability to orient and navigate. Part III on the evolution of migratory life histories is the longest section of the book. It addresses adaptations of migration to various habitats, the genetics and evolution of migration syndromes and variability, and the role of migrants in ecological communities. Part IV is a brief discussion of applied aspects of migration including disease transmission, pest management, and conservation. This book concentrates on the literature since 1996 and updates a vital subject. It provides comprehensive information to students and researchers in animal behaviour, ecology, and conservation biology across organisms from aphids and butterflies to birds and whales.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110817/3/9780199640386.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford, United Kingdom000120140615978019102076615978019178071415978019964038615978019964039311Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110817/1/9780199640386.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/migration-97801996403869904 d73bb518-4121-49a8-9c85-26608e8b1bc2030001OAPEN Library IDd73bb518-4121-49a8-9c85-26608e8b1bc201HANDLE20.500.12657/1108241597815292474420610.51952/978152924747300EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Climate Justice in ActionActivism and Adaptation in Eastern Africa1B01NeilCrawford2B01AdmireMare3B01KatieMcQuaid4B01SusanNanduddu01eng002880393J93JP93JPV93JPVH93JPW93JPWG93R93RN93RNK93RNP93RNPG93RNT20Activism;Climate Change;Eastern Africa;Environmental Justice;Social Movements01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Climate Justice in Action celebrates the activism and adaptations of Eastern Africa, one of the most climate vulnerable regions of the world. Contributions from activists and researchers highlight diverse innovations and efforts to curb environmental catastrophe through transforming social inequalities and addressing root causes. The book amplifies community voices and intersectional approaches that integrate environmental sustainability with social and climate justice. The book highlights the direct actions and policy changes taking place in Eastern Africa today to address the pressing challenges of erratic weather, forced displacement, disasters and energy and food insecurity. It includes case studies on African concepts of climate justice and resistance, youth activism in Uganda and Kenya, climate displacement in Somalia, sexual and reproductive health in Zimbabwe and environmental graffiti in Sudan.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110824/4/9781529247473.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152924745915978152924746615978152924747315978152924748011Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110824/1/9781529247473.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110824/2/9781529247466.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 dbfed4dd-5579-48b5-a5a9-be310724d980030001OAPEN Library IDdbfed4dd-5579-48b5-a5a9-be310724d98001HANDLE20.500.12657/11083115978152924633900EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Law, Society, Policy0101What is a Family?Law and Regulation in a Transdisciplinary Context1B01ClaireFenton-Glynn2B01AliceMargaria01eng002940393J93JH93JHB93JHBK93L93LA93LAQ93LN93LNM93LNMB20Family law;Interdisciplinary;Marriage;Socio-legal;Transdisciplinary01060303Available open access under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. How families are formed, lived and understood has shifted dramatically—yet legal frameworks often still reflect outdated norms. This collection brings together a diverse team of international contributors to explore what a family is through a variety of disciplinary perspectives, including law, psychology, economics, family science and history, inviting transdisciplinary reflections on family regulation. By examining how legal systems respond to, resist, or incorporate diverse family forms, from non-marital partnerships to trans families, the book reveals the tensions between lived realities and legal recognition. Offering fresh insight into how regulation shapes and is shaped by evolving family life, this book is essential for scholars interested in family law, social policy and the changing dynamics of kinship.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110831/4/9781529246360.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152924634615978152924635315978152924636015978152924637711Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110831/1/9781529246360.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110831/2/9781529246353.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 dc684ff5-0304-4974-a284-b9921b28bce9030001OAPEN Library IDdc684ff5-0304-4974-a284-b9921b28bce901HANDLE20.500.12657/1108811597838376759790610.14361/978383947597300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/legalcode100102302Edition Kulturwissenschaft0101Die Sortierung der MenschheitSchemata und Praktiken der Humandifferenzierung1A01KlausBehnam Shad01ger003900393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JH93JHM93JHMC20Categorisation;Complexity;Cultural Anthropology;Cultural Studies;Cultural Theory;Culture;Differentiation;Differenzierung;Group;Gruppe;Gruppen;Human Differentiation;Humandifferenzierung;Intersectionality;Intersektionalität;Kategorisierung;Komplexität;Kultur;Kulturanthropologie;Kultursoziologie;Kulturtheorie;Kulturwissenschaft;Psychologie;Psychology;Sociology of Culture;Sozialanthropologie;Systems Theory;Systemtheorie01060303undefined0303Die Humandifferenzierung umfasst menschliche Einteilungs- und Kategorisierungsprozesse, denen wir täglich begegnen. Klaus Behnam Shad schlägt eine Rekonzeptualisierung von Schemata der Humandifferenzierung vor, die soziale Komplexität und Intersektionalität in den Mittelpunkt stellt. Dabei verbindet er systemtheoretische Perspektiven mit politischer, psychologischer sowie biologischer Anthropologie und weist kulturalisierende, moralisierende und ideologisierende Stimmen entschieden zurück. Disziplinenübergreifend gelingt so ein wertvoller Einblick in gruppenbasierte Differenzierungsprozesse, die sonst oft undurchschaubar bleiben.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110881/3/9783839475973.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947597311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110881/1/9783839475973.pdf9904 d605fb23-7222-465e-b9fa-df83419ef122030001OAPEN Library IDd605fb23-7222-465e-b9fa-df83419ef12201HANDLE20.500.12657/1109391597838376807440610.14361/978383946434200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102264Image0101RollenbildungZu responsiv-performativen Dimensionen der Erfahrung künstlerischer Installationen1A01FatmaKargin01ger003020393A93AB20Aesthetics;Art;Installation;Kunst;Kunstpädagogik;Subject;Subjekt;Visual Arts Education;Ästhetik01060303undefined0303Wie kann die Erfahrung künstlerischer Installationen vor dem Hintergrund der transformatorischen Ästhetik theoretisch gefasst werden? Am Beispiel der Installation »House« nimmt Fatma Kargin die responsiv-performativen Prozesse in den Blick, die sich zwischen den Betrachter*innensubjekten und der Installation wechselseitig hervorbringen. In Anlehnung an eine spezifische Aufführungslogik skizziert sie eine ästhetisch-performative Bildungstheorie, die vor allem die situative Neuorientierung der Subjekte, ihre ordnungskontingente Wahrnehmung sowie die Konstruktion von Wirklichkeit, Selbst und Welt ins Zentrum stellt.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110939/3/9783839464342.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946434211transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110939/1/9783839464342.pdf9904 dbcd1fb5-902c-40e0-b03f-df75767c5691030001OAPEN Library IDdbcd1fb5-902c-40e0-b03f-df75767c569101HANDLE20.500.12657/1110491597895236914210610.33134/HUP-3500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/0101Displaced Families, Dispersed Memories1B01SeijaJalagin2B01Outi ElineKähäri3B01JohannaLeinonen4B01IlmariLeppihalme5B01Hanna-LeenaMäättä6B01ElinaTurjanmaa01eng003570393D93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93JH93JHB93JHBK93N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Displacement;Family memory;Intergenerational transmission;Postmemory;Resilience;Trauma01060303Displaced Families, Dispersed Memories explores the memory work and mnemonic practices of families dispersed by war, conflict, repression, occupation, or forced migration. Against a backdrop of escalating displacement, protracted conflict, and deepening political and societal instability, this volume advances family memory as a vital lens for understanding the enduring human consequences of political upheaval. Drawing on case studies from South Asia, Europe, the Americas, and post-Soviet spaces in the 20th and 21st centuries, the chapters illuminate how memories of rupture—whether spoken, silenced, embodied, or materialized—shape family reminiscence, relationships, and well-being of descendants. These impacts extend long after the original events, reaching two or three generations. The volume examines family memory as a dynamic, intergenerational process. It asks how stories of loss and survival circulate through narratives, letters, photographs, rituals, and objects, and how they persist in gestures, sensory experiences, and broader cultural practices. The volume also considers how these memories are reimagined in literature, activism, and art. Contributors probe the affective and ethical dimensions of remembering, revealing how families negotiate silence, trauma, and resilience amid shifting political and cultural contexts. They show that memory work is not only retrospective but also future oriented as it has the capacity to claim justice, foster solidarity, and challenge hegemonic narratives that marginalize certain histories. The volume is organized around three themes: silences and sensory memories, trauma and resilience, and counter-memories. It bridges historical and contemporary perspectives, combining history, sociology, social psychology, literary studies, cultural studies, and cultural anthropology. The book’s 13 chapters demonstrate that family memory is a site of both vulnerability and strength, where intimate recollections intersect with national and transnational memory cultures. By foregrounding the lived and felt dimensions of displacement, Displaced Families, Dispersed Memories invites readers to reconsider how families make sense of violent pasts and how these legacies reverberate in present struggles for belonging and recognition.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111049/3/9789523691438.pdf.jpgHelsinki University Press01Helsinki University PressHelsinki, Finland000120260615978952369143815978952369144511Helsinki University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111049/1/9789523691438.pdf990409Helsinki University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.33134/HUP-359904 dbeb4302-3c32-4f4d-b8ea-12df32f5133e030001OAPEN Library IDdbeb4302-3c32-4f4d-b8ea-12df32f5133e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107361597836665025140610.13109/978366650251400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Kluger Knecht in Instruction und im Lukasevangelium1A01AstridStacklies01ger002640393Q93QR93QRV93QRVG20Exegese;Lukasevangelium;Neues Testament;Paläographie01060303undefined0303Was macht einen Knecht im Verhältnis zu seinem Herrn und seiner Umwelt zu einem klugen? Die vorliegende exegetische Arbeit zeigt auf, welche Antwort sich Instruction, dem großen Weisheitstext aus den Qumranfunden, und dem Lukasevangelium entnehmen lässt, indem sie zwei thematisch verwandte Schlüsseltexte (4Q416 frg. 2 ii 9–16 und Lk 16,1–8) analysiert und miteinander vergleicht. Die Untersuchung des ausgewählten Instruktionstextes umfasst auch eine materielle und paläographische Rekonstruktion. Astrid Stacklies weist nach, dass die beiden Textperikopen sowohl als Anweisungen für das alltägliche Verhältnis von Dienstherr und Bedienstetem im menschlichen Bereich gelesen als auch auf das Verhältnis von Gott und Mensch gedeutet werden können und durchgehend eine Transparenz vom irdischen in den göttlichen Bereich aufweisen. Des Weiteren zeigt die Verfasserin auf, dass jede der beiden Textperikopen als nähere Erläuterung der jeweils anderen gelesen werden kann. Bezügen zu Textpassagen in beiden Werken, die um den Umgang mit Vermögen und Schulden kreisen, sowie zu biblischen Texten, der rabbinischen und der griechisch-römischen Literatur und Philosophie kommen in der Auslegung besonderes Gewicht zu. Die präsentierten Deutungen, die vergleichende Untersuchung wie auch die aufgezeigte durchgängige Transparenz der beiden Perikopen auf die Gott-Mensch-Beziehung stellen einen innovativen Forschungsbeitrag zu ihrem Verständnis dar.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110736/3/9783666502514.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110736/1/9783666502514.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836665025149904 d713965f-b151-4e93-bc72-f434ad525645030001OAPEN Library IDd713965f-b151-4e93-bc72-f434ad52564501HANDLE20.500.12657/11076915978486658058600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Heritage Culture and Business, Kyoto StyleCraftsmanship in the Creative Economy1A01YuzoMurayama2Z99Juliet WintersCarpenter01eng001600393K93KJ93KJD20Business management;Heritage culture;Industry;Kyoto;Technology;Traditional craftsmanship01060303Kyoto, where world-class high-tech industries exist alongside heritage industries. Achieving highly competitive strength by keeping a step ahead of the global standard while maintaining the spirit of harmony that distinguishes Japanese style management. What is the essence of this style of management? How has Kyoto’s living traditional culture as a part of daily life been preserved? A thorough study of various unique approaches, based on interviews with managers and craftspeople, Murayama’s work covers everything from distinct management styles aimed at increasing workforce motivation to the development of capabilities that yield products with high cultural value, and innovation for the sake of business continuity. This book is packed with valuable hints for the future management of not only Japanese firms but also businesses worldwide.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110769/2/9784866580586.pdf.jpg01Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for CultureJapan000120190615978486658087611Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for Culture01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110769/1/9784866580586.pdf9904 d8b22a78-a164-4487-8f80-36fd7a955202030001OAPEN Library IDd8b22a78-a164-4487-8f80-36fd7a95520201HANDLE20.500.12657/1111151597810034791230610.4324/978100347912300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Contemporary Issues in Equity, Democracy, and Public EducationMultidisciplinary Perspectives from Education, Social Sciences, and Health1B01Fadie T.Coleman2B01FelicityCrawford3B01ElsaWiehe01eng002240393J93JN93JNA93JNC93JND93JNDG93JNF93JNU20Educational disparities;Epigenetic mechanisms;Inclusive pedagogy;Marginalized populations;STEM equity curriculum innovations;Settler colonialism;Systemic bias01060303Contemporary Issues in Equity, Democracy, and Public Education explores how inequity manifests in public education and social institutions, and how this inequity impacts the health and wellbeing of citizens, including marginalized people. Demonstrating how inequity thereby threatens democracy, this book also poses suggestions for improving equity in U.S. education. Taking a multidisciplinary approach to historical and contemporary sources of inequity that operate in social institutions and public policy, this carefully curated volume shows how disparities in education levels, income, housing, and health have consequences that reverberate through individuals’ lives, and thereby undermine a democratic way of life. Contributions from a wide variety of experts offer approaches to solving these problems, as well as curricular innovations for identifying and alleviating systemic inequities. Part 1 begins by examining the origins and persistence of systemic inequity in U.S. public education, while Part 2 highlights the physiological, psychological, and social impacts of systemic bias, and how these factors interrupt democratic engagement over time. Moving on to examine the curriculum in more detail, Part 3 explores how we can promote equity across the curriculum, and Part 4 closely considers how we can expand educational opportunities for marginalized groups within STEM education. The book will make invaluable reading for graduate students and researchers in Education – particularly Social Justice Education, Multicultural Education, Educational Policy and Politics, STEM Education, and Social Studies Education – as well as policymakers, in-service teachers, administrators, and activists. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111115/3/9781040266359.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120240615978104026635915978104026638011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111115/1/9781040266359.pdf9904 d6047c67-0ebc-4b07-8840-a458afb8ed2c030001OAPEN Library IDd6047c67-0ebc-4b07-8840-a458afb8ed2c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111371597810036698690610.4324/978100366986900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge-Giappichelli Studies in Law0101Individual Will and the Civil Law TraditionRethinking Lex Privata1B01Tommasodalla Massara01eng003980393L93LA93LAB93LAF93LAFD93LAM93LAZ93LN93LNA93LNAC93LNC93LNCB93LNCJ93N93NH20Civil Law;Comparative Law;Contract Law;Legal History;Legal Philosophy;Legal Theory;Lex Contractus;Private Law;Regulatory Free Will;Roman Law01060303This volume sets out to explore the relationship between individual will ( voluntas ) and the legal rule. What unfolds in the following pages is a wide-ranging itinerary, moving between past and present, most notably ancient Rome and the contemporary world. The guiding question is as radical as it is enduring: in what way can voluntas (a psychological impulse internal to the individual) come to determine the legal rule? European private law tradition rests on the premise that legally binding acts – contract and will, to mention only two paradigmatic cases – derive their force from individual will. From the Roman sources arises, with exemplary force, the notion of lex privata : the idea that private will itself may generate binding legal norms. Such a premise immediately leads to further questions. Above all, it compels reflection on the authenticity of that will: what if voluntas is compromised? The law of defects ( error , dolus , metus ) opens the problem of whether distorted or corrupted will can truly sustain the validity and effects of a legal rule. The reflections gathered in this book approach the European civil law tradition as a broad and unified phenomenon, one in which law is inseparably bound to the historical and cultural contexts in which it takes shape.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111137/3/9781040575086.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104057508615978104062568211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111137/1/9781040575086.pdf9904 de20fd66-33cb-4788-819e-75ce4437fc1c030001OAPEN Library IDde20fd66-33cb-4788-819e-75ce4437fc1c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111521597810036466480610.1201/978100364664800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101National-Scale Dynamic Water Resources Assessment Model in China1A01JunkaiDu2A01PengHu3A01YangwenJia4A01HuanLiu - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1044-75065A01JiajiaLiu6A01CunwenNiu7A01JianhuaWang01eng0010393T93TQ93TQS93TQSR93TQSW20Dynamic Water Resource Assessment;Environment Engineering;Water Management01060303This detailed book introduces China's national dynamic water resources assessment model, presenting its construction, application scenarios, and modern modeling approach to replace traditional statistics-based methods. The book thoroughly explores the applications of distributed hydrological modeling techniques in national water resources assessment. It presents the successful development of the China Water Assessment Model (CWAM), which is based on the WEP-L hydrological model. CWAM demonstrates broad potential in supporting national water information acquisition, uniquely covering both surveyed and un-surveyed regions. The work highlights the model's ability to account for China's diverse climatic and geological characteristics, while improving the efficiency of water resources assessment and providing solutions to dynamic assessment challenges, especially under climate change and human impacts. This work will serve as an essential reference for scholars and students in hydrology and water resources, as well as policy makers and engineers involved in water resources management and assessment.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111152/3/9781003646648.pdf.jpgCRC Press01Taylor & FrancisBoca Raton000120250615978104108697015978104108702111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111152/1/9781003646648.pdf9904 cf6bee01-dcb2-48c0-b32a-f6a60df8cec9030001OAPEN Library IDcf6bee01-dcb2-48c0-b32a-f6a60df8cec901HANDLE20.500.12657/1111431597810327159260610.4324/978103271592600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Relational Perspectives Book Series0101The Psychic Life of FragmentsOn Splitting and the Experience of Time in Psychoanalysis1A01RalucaSoreanu01eng002500393J93JM93JMA93JMAF93M93MK93MKM93MKMT20Clinical vignettes;Ferenczi trauma model;Mental health practitioners;Minor psychoanalysis approaches;Psychic fragmentation;Psychoanalytic theory;Trauma studies01060303The Psychic Life of Fragments rethinks trauma and psychic fragmentation starting from the psychoanalytic clinic. What does it mean to work with fragments in psychoanalysis? What is the psychic life of fragments? And what can a fragment do? Raluca Soreanu writes about trauma, fragmentation and the radical plasticity of the psyche. Reconstructing Sándor Ferenczi’s trauma theory, she articulates an original vocabulary of fractures, splits, atomisations, pulverisations, leakages, detritus and psychic dematerialisation along with new formations, protective membranes, expansions, contagions and growths. She approaches the scene of trauma from new angles, paying attention to oblique lines and asymmetric encounters. Mobilizing clinical and literary vignettes, this book further argues for a minor psychoanalysis, one that emerges at the intersection of four types of theoretical-clinical experimentation: a psychoanalysis of scars, a psychoanalysis of organs, an eventful psychoanalysis and a blue psychoanalysis. This book is important for clinicians and trainees in psychoanalysis, for mental health practitioners working with trauma, and for psychosocial and psychoanalytic thinkers. It is written to be used, between the psychoanalytic chair and the couch, especially at challenging times, in the transference and in the world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111143/3/9781040476901.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104047690115978104070642811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111143/1/9781040476901.pdf9904 d258783f-e9b9-4cfb-8e63-d67d649e95ca030001OAPEN Library IDd258783f-e9b9-4cfb-8e63-d67d649e95ca01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111071597810034885760610.4324/978100348857600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Explorations in Sustainability and Governance0101Energy Consumption and Aging PopulationsExperiences from Japan and Spain1B01ShigeruMatsumoto01eng002240393G93GT93GTM93GTP93J93JH93JHB93JP93K93KN93KNB93KNBT93M93MB93MBN93P93PH93PHD93PHDY93R93RG93RGC93RN93RND93RNF93RNT93T93TH93THV93TN20Demographic transition;Energy demand modelling in ageing societies;Environmental impact assessment;Health care resource allocation;Social infrastructure planning;Sustainable energy policy;Time use analysis01060303This book explores the impact of population aging on energy use patterns in society from both a theoretical and an empirical angle, with a specific focus on Japan and Spain. Many developed countries are currently experiencing both population aging and population decline, while the demand for social services, such as health care and public transportation, is expected to increase. This book expands upon these well-known socioeconomic challenges and explores the less well-known and more complex relationship between population aging, time allocation to social practices, and energy resource consumption. In the face of energy supply scarcity and climate change concerns, the impact of population aging on energy consumption is of paramount importance. By focusing on the effects of changing time allocation patterns on social practices, the book shows that the impact of population aging on energy consumption will affect not just only affect the residential sector but also other socio-economic sectors of society. Using data from Japan and Spain – currently among the fastest- aging countries in the world – the volume shows that the challenges of an aging society are far more complex and worrying than previously anticipated. If an aging society is an inevitable future, we need to prepare for the challenges that lie ahead. Written by researchers in the fields of demography, economics, environmental engineering, geography, physics, and transportation engineering, this book will compel academics and policy makers to reflect on these problems and act.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111107/3/9781040317457.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104031745715978104031752511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111107/1/9781040317457.pdf9904 d01b6e02-cc4c-45b6-8ff8-0357f7cfb273030001OAPEN Library IDd01b6e02-cc4c-45b6-8ff8-0357f7cfb27301HANDLE20.500.12657/1107211597836663697660610.13109/978366636976600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 056Schriften des Hannah-Arendt-Instituts für Totalitarismusforschung0101Todesurteile sowjetischer Militärtribunale gegen Deutsche (1944–1947)Eine historisch-biografische Studie1B01Klaus-DieterMüller2B01MikeSchmeitzner3B01AndreasWeigelt01ger005460393N93NH20Deutschland;Deutschland (Sowjetische Zone);Geschichte;Nachkriegszeit (Weltkrieg II);Politik;Politik 1945 ff.01060303undefined0303Die Publikation schließt eine schmerzliche Lücke in der Aufarbeitung des Stalinismus und der deutschen Nachkriegsgeschichte. Es handelt sich dabei um Todesurteile Sowjetischer Militärtribunale (SMT) gegen Deutsche in der Zeit von 1944 bis 1947. Mit dieser Studie werden zugleich weiter zurückliegende Forschungen des Hannah-Arendt-Instituts für Totalitarismusforschung und der Stiftung sächsischer Gedenkstätten fortgeführt. Lange nach Abschluss des Projekts zu den SMT-Todesurteilen gegen deutsche Zivilisten 1950 bis 1953 war der Zeitraum von 1944 bis zur Aussetzung der Todesstrafe 1947 weitgehend eine terra incognita geblieben. Die jetzt abgeschlossene Forschungsarbeit beruht auf Recherchen in russischen, deutschen und amerikanischen Archiven. Sie präsentiert sowohl eine statistische und qualitative Auswertung der Urteile als auch eine umfassende biografische Übersicht zu den Verurteilten. So wurden nach aktuellem Stand gegen 3301 Deutsche Todesurteile verhängt, 2542 davon vollstreckt. Anders als für die Zeit von 1950 bis 1953, in der die Verfolgung widerständiger Aktionen gegen die Sowjetisierung in der DDR dominierte, stand für die Jahre bis 1947 die juristische Ahndung von Verbrechen aus der Zeit vor 1945 im Vordergrund. Die Studie basiert auf einem Verbundprojekt des Hannah-Arendt-Instituts, der Stiftung sächsischer Gedenkstätten und des Zentrums für Zeithistorische Forschung, die von der Stiftung zur Aufarbeitung der SED-Diktatur finanziert wurde.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110721/3/9783666369766.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110721/1/9783666369766.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836663697669904 cf55ae93-0524-4b52-b4ef-3c8d6f6be4b0030001OAPEN Library IDcf55ae93-0524-4b52-b4ef-3c8d6f6be4b001HANDLE20.500.12657/1107481597838474334150610.3224/847400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Traumasensibel arbeitenPerspektiven einer Psychosozialen Traumatologie1B01JürgenBeushausen2B01EddieHartmann3B01ClaudiaNikitsin4B01MaikeStern01ger002690393J93JB93JBF93JBFH93JK93JKS93JKSB93JKSB193JKSN93JKSN293JM93JMH93M93MB93MBP93MBPK93V93VF93VFJ93VFJQ93VFJQ320Child and youth care;Ehrenamt;Kinder- und Jugendhilfe;Pedagogy;Psychosocial counseling;Psychosoziale Beratung;Pädagogik;Social assistance;Social work;Sozialarbeit;Soziale Arbeit;Trauma;Trauma help;Trauma pedagogy;Traumahilfe;Traumapädagogik;Traumatologie;Traumatology;Volunteering01060303undefined0303In vielen Tätigkeitsfeldern der Psychosozialen Beratung und der Sozialen Arbeit sind die Fachkräfte mit Klient*innen konfrontiert, die durch traumatische Ereignisse belastet und geprägt sind. Dieser Band versammelt Aufsätze zur Weiterentwicklung der psychosozialen Traumatologie. Auf Basis aktueller Forschungsergebnisse und praxisorientierter Handlungsempfehlungen aus Masterarbeiten der Diploma Hochschule zeigen die Beiträge, wie Fachkräfte in der Traumahilfe unterstützt werden können, die psychosoziale Komplexität traumatischer Erfahrungen besser zu verstehen und wirksam zu handeln.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110748/3/9783847433415.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110748/1/9783847433415.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/traumasensibel-arbeiten/9904 d0406b83-05e8-4d48-901f-d0f9a13b01fc030001OAPEN Library IDd0406b83-05e8-4d48-901f-d0f9a13b01fc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107731597890872850810610.24415/978908728508100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Religion and Ecological CrisisResponses from Asia1B01KennethBo Nielsen2B01MetteHalskov Hansen01eng002300393Q93QR93QRV93QRVS93R93RN93RNA93RND93RNK20Agroecology;China;Ecological crisis;Environmental movements;Environmentalism;India;Religion;Spiritual ecology;Sustainability;Taiwan;Transcendence;Vietnam01060303How and why do religion and spirituality motivate individuals and collectivities in contemporary Asia to engage in environmental action? This question is at the heart of Religion and Ecological Crisis: Responses from Asia . Across nine chapters, the book examines a wide range of environmental initiatives, ranging from agroecology, waste recycling and dietary change, to a broader cultivation of ecological values and ethics. With case studies from India, China, Taiwan, and Vietnam, the book brings out the complex ways in which religious and spiritual institutions and movements become repositories of alternative ways of knowing and acting on the world, complementing and sometimes also providing more radical alternatives to scientific forms of reasoning and materialist modes of living. Religion and Ecological Crisis also crucially demonstrates how the power of religious and spiritual forms of environmentalism to accelerate the transformation towards more sustainable ways of producing, consuming, and living is conditioned by wider structural relationships. While there may be no immediate ecological revolutions on the horizon in the contexts and communities analyzed in this book, the case studies powerfully portray a rich landscape of collective environmental agency that points towards an ongoing search for more ecologically sustainable and ethically sound futures.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110773/3/9789400605725.pdf.jpgLeiden University Press01Leiden University PressLeiden000120260615978940060572515978940060573211Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110773/1/9789400605725.pdf990409Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://lup.nl/9904 cf8f68ec-6031-4045-99bf-0d366a888ab8030001OAPEN Library IDcf8f68ec-6031-4045-99bf-0d366a888ab801HANDLE20.500.12657/11078015978180041846200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Translingual Practices in English Language Education in South AsiaInclusivity and Equity1A01TanzeelaAnbreen2A01RowshonAra3A01Padmini BhuyanBoruah4A01Liaquat AliChanna5A01Nani BabuGhimire6A01Muhammad YasirKhan7A01Ramesh C.Malik8A01Syed AbdulManan9A01SunitaMishra10A01NaashiaMohamed11A01Ajit K.Mohanty12A01LinaMukhopadhyay13A01PremPhyak14A01Abu Saleh MohammadRafi15A01Pramod K.Sah16A01ShailaSultana17A01Harsha DulariWijesekera18B01Pramod K.Sah19B01ShailaSultana01eng002760393C93CF93CFD93CFDM93CJ93CJA93J93JN93JNF93JNFK20Acceptance;Education policy;English language teaching;Feasibility;Hegemony;Ideologies;Injustice;Intolerance;Language attitudes;Language policy;Language teaching methods;Linguistic bias;Linguistic equity;Linguistic rights;Marginalisation;Monolingual bias;Monolingual norms;Multilingualism;Negative attitudes;Social justice;Sociolinguistics;South Asia;Translanguaging;Translingualism;Violence01060303Identifies diverse language uses in sociolinguistically underexplored formal domains of education in South Asia. This book presents empirical research from a wide range of South Asian contexts, in order to develop critical understandings of the intricate relationships between translingual practices, language education, social justice and equity. The chapters explore the feasibility, acceptance and prospects of translingual practices as meaningful communication and pedagogic practices in South Asian English language classrooms. The authors identify diverse language uses in sociolinguistically unexplored formal domains of education and address the persistent monolingual biases and ideologies, hegemonic language policies and negative attitudes towards non-standard varieties of English and other languages within these contexts. The book raises awareness of the marginalisation, violence, intolerance and injustice sustained through English language education in South Asia and suggests steps to ensure linguistic rights, linguistic equity and social justice. This book is Open Access under a CC BY NC ND license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110780/3/9781800418462.pdf.jpgMultilingual Matters01Channel View PublicationsBristol000120260615978180041847911Channel View Publications01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110780/1/9781800418462.pdf990409Channel View Publications01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.channelviewpublications.com9904 cfd93e46-7c8c-4c21-bad7-52146f31d2e4030001OAPEN Library IDcfd93e46-7c8c-4c21-bad7-52146f31d2e401HANDLE20.500.12657/11083515978144737519700EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Healthy AgeingSocial, Behavioural and Design Innovations in Research1B01ElaineDouglas2B01JudithPhillips01eng002720393J93JB93JBF93JBFN93JBS93JBSP93JBSP493JK93JKS93JKSG93V93VF93VFD93VFJ93VFJG20Ageing Society;Business;Environments;Healthy Ageing Challenge;Healthy ageing;Inequalities;Older people01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY licence. This book shares insights from the Healthy Ageing Challenge, bringing research, business, policy and practice together to create age-friendly homes, workplaces and communities. Spanning co-design with older people, business collaboration and innovations in design, work, housing, culture and health, it explores the real-world impact of ageing research and the possibilities for business in developing an ageing market. From age-friendly homes to climate-resilient communities, the book provides a rich evidence base for healthier, more connected lives.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110835/4/9781447375210.pdf.jpgPolicy Press01Policy PressBristol000120260615978144737520315978144737521011Policy Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110835/1/9781447375210.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110835/2/9781447375203.epub990409Policy Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 d16cee78-41a4-4bd2-abb5-004cda7080e5030001OAPEN Library IDd16cee78-41a4-4bd2-abb5-004cda7080e501HANDLE20.500.12657/1108511597819285028900610.47622/978192850289000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101RocklandsOn Becoming the First Generation of Black Psychologists in Post-Apartheid South Africa1A01Liezille JeanJacobs01eng001760393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL120Psychology01060303In Rocklands, Liezille Jacobs reframes psychology not only as a profession, but as a profound calling that is intertwined with personal and societal evolution. Traversing her own personal journey from her adverse childhood experiences in Rocklands, Mitchell’s Plain, to being the first black Head of Department at Rhodes University in 120 years, Jacobs illuminates the interconnectedness of personal, professional and public roles, advocating for a shift from careerism to a movement grounded in shared values and principles. At the same time, the book makes a brave and erudite scholarly contribution to the field of psychology. Its method is unconventional but carefully considered. Those who have provided comments on the manuscript unanimously concur – this book is essential reading for students and academics, families and patriarchs in equal measure. The transformation imperative within psychology demands a stance of activism, if not revolution, against systems of oppression. This stance urges readers to view this book not only as an academic exercise but as a profound transformative exploration of “giving psychology away”; emphasising the idea of making psychological knowledge and expertise more accessible to the general public and sharing the benefits of psychological science with society to improve people’s lives.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110851/3/9781928502906.pdf.jpgAfrican Minds01African MindsCape Town000120240615978192850290615978192850291311African Minds01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110851/1/9781928502906.pdf990409African Minds01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.africanminds.co.za/rocklands/9904 d407771a-e392-4789-871c-1cb7bf4deb4a030001OAPEN Library IDd407771a-e392-4789-871c-1cb7bf4deb4a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110171597891899361710610.21525/kriterium.7200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/0101Grå reformer och gröna omställningarOmregleringar av sociotekniska system i Sverige runt 19901B01MartinHultman2B01PerLundin3B01AndreasMørkved Hellenes01swe002280393J93JP93JPP93N93NH93NHD93T93TB93TBX20Agriculture and Forestry;Green transition;Infrastructures;Neoliberalism;Social democracy;Sweden01060303undefined0303The Swedish public administration was profoundly transformed in the years around 1990. The “market” was introduced into policy areas that had previously chiefly been considered the responsibility of society. The book Grå reformer och gröna omställningar (Grey reforms and green transitions) brings together historians and social scientists to explicate the reform projects of these dramatic years. The authors argue that the main purpose of the reforms was often to solve sector-specific problems and that they were “grey” in the sense that they were not primarily ideologically motivated or spearheaded by political actors. The researchers’ case studies of policy sector regulation and deregulation elucidate how reform processes played out in fields such as government housing loans, electricity, environmental governance and the railways. The ambition is to capture the condensed course of events around 1990 and relate it to today’s reawakened interest in a more active state’s capacities in matters like preparedness, energy, climate and housing.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111017/3/9789189936218.pdf.jpgKriterium01Nordic Academic PressLund, Sweden000120250615978918993621811Nordic Academic Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111017/1/9789189936218.pdf990409Nordic Academic Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21525/kriterium.729904 cf0f802d-1b49-4135-85c4-2b428f808e4a030001OAPEN Library IDcf0f802d-1b49-4135-85c4-2b428f808e4a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108201597801916428690610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199664993.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Cross-Linguistic Variation and Efficiency1A01JohnA. Hawkins01eng002920393C93CF93CFF93CFK20Complexity;Corpus linguistics;Crosslinguistic variation;Efficiency;Language universals;Noun phrase structure;OV and VO languages;Performance–Grammar Correspondence Hypothesis;Processing ease;Typology01060303This book argues that major patterns of variation across languages are structured by general principles of efficiency in language use and communication. Evidence for these comes from languages permitting structural choices from which selections are made in performance, e.g. between competing word orders and between relative clauses with a resumptive pronoun versus a gap. The preferences and patterns of performance within languages are reflected in the fixed conventions and variation patterns across grammars, leading to a ‘‘Performance–Grammar Correspondence Hypothesis.’’ The general theory that is laid out in Hawkins’s Efficiency and Complexity in Grammars (OUP) is extended and updated. New areas of grammar and of performance are discussed, new research findings are incorporated that test Hawkins’s earlier predictions, and new advances in the contributing fields of language processing, linguistic theory, historical linguistics, and typology are addressed. This efficiency approach to variation has far-reaching theoretical consequences of relevance for many current issues in the language sciences. These include the notion of ease of processing and how to measure it, the role of processing in language change, the nature of language universals and their explanation, the theory of complexity, the relative strength of competing and cooperating principles, and the proper definition of fundamental grammatical notions such as ‘dependency.’ The book also gives a new typology of VO and OV languages and their correlating properties seen from this perspective, and a new typology of the noun phrase and of argument structure.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110820/3/9780199664993.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford, United Kingdom000120140615978019174854715978019966499315978019966500611Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110820/1/9780199664993.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/cross-linguistic-variation-and-efficiency-97801996649939904 cd80f8a4-f313-463a-a6c1-acc1b4a5cdcd030001OAPEN Library IDcd80f8a4-f313-463a-a6c1-acc1b4a5cdcd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108421597818051164000610.11647/OBP.047500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/10010242Semitic Languages and Cultures0101al-Dānī's al-Taysīr fī al-qirāʾāt al-sabʿA Translation with Linguistic Commentary1A01Marijnvan Putten01eng0035403932932C932CS932CSR93C93CF93CFF93CFP93Q93QR93QRM93QRP93QRV93QRVC20Al-Dānī;Al-Taysīr;Classical Arabic;Qirāʾāt;Quran;Quranic Arabic;Quranic Reading Traditions01060303Al-Taysīr fī al-Qirāʾāt al-Sabʿ by the 11th century Andalusian scholar ʾAbū ʿAmr al-Dānī is one of the most influential descriptions of the seven reading traditions of the Qurʾān. It is the work on which the later didactic poem by al-Šāṭibī was based, which still stands as the basis for the teaching of the reading traditions among Muslim specialists. This book makes the highly technical genre of the Qurʾānic reading traditions accessible through a rigorous translation of al-Dānī’s work with extensive elucidating footnotes. Besides a full translation of the text, the book also includes an in-depth introduction, which lays out the history of the reading traditions, details of their transmission, the technical terminology of the Qirāʾāt genre, and summarises the linguistic principles of the reading traditions using modern linguistic terminology and illustrative tables.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110842/3/9781805116424.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511641715978180511642411Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110842/1/9781805116424.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.04759904 cdb178df-546e-47b4-a380-5975d62a1e65030001OAPEN Library IDcdb178df-546e-47b4-a380-5975d62a1e6501HANDLE20.500.12657/1110151597891763528300610.16993/bcw00EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/1001023Stockholm Studies in Indo-European Language and Culture0101Indo-European AfterlivesInterdisciplinary Perspectives on Life beyond Death1B01JennyH. Larsson2B01ThomasOlander3B01AndersRichardt Jørgensen01eng002120393C93CF93CFF93N93NK93Q93QR93QRA93QRAX93QRS20Eschatology;Funeral Rituals;Indo-European;Indo-European Poetics;Mythology;Religion01060303This volume brings together scholars from archaeology, historical linguistics and comparative mythology to explore how early Indo-European communities imagined death and what lies beyond. From poetic visions of the afterlife to the ritual logic of cremation and the etymology of mourning, Indo-European Afterlives examines how the transition from life to death was conceptualized and ritualized across the Indo-European world. Topics include the eschatological power of poetry, the symbolic role of fire in funerary rites, linguistic reconstructions of underworld deities and rituals and the significance of mythic figures such as the Valkyries, the R̥bhus and Orpheus in navigating the boundary between life and the afterlife. By interweaving philological analysis, archaeological evidence and mythological narratives, the volume offers new perspectives on how notions of death and the beyond were embedded in early Indo-European belief systems. Interdisciplinary in scope, Indo-European Afterlives will appeal to scholars and curious readers alike.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111015/3/9789176352830.pdf.jpgStockholm University Press01Stockholm University PressStockholm, Sweden000120250615978917635284715978917635285415978917635286111Stockholm University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111015/1/9789176352830.pdf990409Stockholm University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.16993/bcw9904 cc5bc4dc-0378-478e-9b9e-bc64a725363b030001OAPEN Library IDcc5bc4dc-0378-478e-9b9e-bc64a725363b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112251597810326969660610.4324/978103269698000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Europa Regional Perspectives0101Trends in Latin American International RelationsShifting Alliances in the New World (Dis)Order1A01Claudia Zilla - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8338-6177Peter Birle - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4164-48922B01PeterBirle - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4164-48923B01ClaudiaZilla - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8338-617701eng0010393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Democracy clauses Latin America;Development;External actors influence;Feminist international relations;Foreign policy analysis;Latin American diplomatic strategies;Latin American studies;Multipolar world order;Regional integration theory;Regionalism01060303Since the beginning of US President Donald Trump’s second term, the already volatile international order has faced increasingly disruptive developments and fundamental challenges. This volume outlines and analyses the role of Latin America as a whole, and of individual countries including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia and Mexico, in the new global (dis)order. The book is divided into three parts. The first contains contributions on regional dynamics in Latin America: What do global developments mean for Latin America’s development options? What are the consequences for Latin American regionalism? Why have regional democracy clauses repeatedly proved ineffective? The second part examines the role of external actors in Latin America: the USA, China, the European Union and Russia. The third section analyses the foreign policies of single states and asks what role concepts such as ‘active non-alliance’ and ‘feminist foreign policy’ play for Latin America. In their concluding remarks, the editors analyse the potential consequences of Trump’s policies for the topics covered in the volume after the first 100 days of his Administration. The volume provides an up-to-date, theory-based examination of key issues in Latin American international relations and is essential reading for scholars, students, policymakers and others interested in Latin American international relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111225/3/9781032696980.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103269697315978103269698011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111225/1/9781032696980.pdf9904 caef0b7b-bf22-4fdf-8d6d-46cc1eed6cc1030001OAPEN Library IDcaef0b7b-bf22-4fdf-8d6d-46cc1eed6cc101HANDLE20.500.12657/1111901597810035625350610.4324/978100356253500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Advances in Translation and Interpreting Studies0101Confronting Digital Dilemmas in Translator and Interpreter Training1A01MartinDjovčoš - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2487-41512B01MartinDjovčoš - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2487-41513B01EmíliaPerez - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8176-50294B01PavolŠveda - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3574-516301eng0010393C93CF93CFP20AI in translation and interpreting;Digital technologies;Emília Perez;Intercultural communication;Interpreter training;Martin Djovčoš;Pavol Šveda;Translation and interpreting studies;Translator training01060303This collection explores the challenges and opportunities brought on by developments in emergent technologies for translator and interpreter training. Given the growing role of language professionals as mediators in an increasingly fragmented and globalized world, this book offers an in-depth look at the present and future of translator and interpreter training amidst these changes. Featuring perspectives from established and up-and-coming scholars, the volume is organized in three sections taking in turn different dimensions of the current training landscape. These parts consider key topics including theoretical foundations and pedagogical innovations, ethical considerations and social responsibility, and ways forward for adapting training programs to better grapple with new tools. Taken as a whole, this book will be a useful resource for students and scholars in translation and interpreting studies, as well as practicing professionals.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111190/3/9781003562535.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103291312415978103291313111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111190/1/9781003562535.pdf9904 ca48d635-f234-46a7-8abc-4558d0055228030001OAPEN Library IDca48d635-f234-46a7-8abc-4558d005522801HANDLE20.500.12657/1110021597895185896410610.21435/tl.29900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010236Tietolipas0101Unohtuneet kirjoituksetKatoaminen kirjallisuushistoriassa1B01SariKivistö2B01KatariinaKärkelä3B01ErikaPihl4B01IsaVälimäki01fin004690393D93DS93DSB20Authors;Book history;Disappearance;Genres;History of literature;Literary research01060303undefined0303Literary history is typically written from the standpoint of preserved and canonised works, while many lesser-known authors, texts and forms of writing remain overlooked or lost in the margins. This volume takes a multidisciplinary view of literary loss and oblivion, providing methodological and analytical frameworks for their research from the perspective of literary studies, history and philosophy. Giving prominence to rare and forgotten texts, manuscripts, writers and genres across Europe from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century, it explores the multifaceted nature of their loss by applying various methodological tools and considering relevant contextual factors. Through its case studies, the book illuminates the memory and vulnerability of literature as well as the blind spots and forgotten corners of literary history.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111002/3/9789518589665.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858965815978951858966511Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111002/1/9789518589665.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/tl.2999904 ca362963-4456-4b10-958b-8f549b96e00d030001OAPEN Library IDca362963-4456-4b10-958b-8f549b96e00d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107881597804729054540610.3998/mpub.1452440600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101HomebodiesPerformance and Intimacy in the Age of New Media1A01L. ArcherPorter2A01Lindsey ArcherPorter01eng002580393A93AT93ATD93ATQ93ATX93J93JB93JBC93JBCT20Aestheticization of intimacy;Algorithmic control;Algorithmic surveillance;Autochoreography;Candid dancing;Choreographed intimacy;Data commodification;Digital aesthetics;Digital culture;Digital intimacy;Digital visibility;Domestic performance;Embodiment in media;Home concerts;Home dance videos;Homebody;Instagram;Intimaesthetics;Media aesthetics;Minor choreography;Moving selfie;Neoliberal commodification;Nonchalant gestures;Performative identity;Performer agency;Personal branding;Platform control;Self-expression online;Social media performance01060303Homebodies: Performance and Intimacy in the Age of New Media sheds light on a fascinating yet often overlooked phenomenon: how ordinary people transform their private lives into captivating performances for the digital stage. Focusing on home dance videos shared on Instagram from 2010 to 2020, the book explores the delicate art of "intimaesthetics"—the aestheticization of intimacy through the interplay of body, space, and media—and the paradox of the homebody. These seemingly spontaneous performances reveal how users craft images of closeness and authenticity, drawing audiences into a curated version of their domestic lives. Yet, Porter argues, these intimate portrayals exist within a larger system of platform control, algorithmic surveillance, and the commodification of personal expression. Porter utilizes hand-drawn illustrations in place of screenshots, which reflects their commitment to critiquing the exploitative dynamics of digital visibility while respecting the personal nature of the media studied. By examining the intersection of personal agency, algorithmic control, and the commodification of authenticity, Homebodies provides a nuanced understanding of how technology redefines intimacy, identity, and creativity in the twenty-first century.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110788/3/9780472905454.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110788/1/9780472905454.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 c983fbe2-fc6e-4626-b6aa-b1dc2c9b71ac030001OAPEN Library IDc983fbe2-fc6e-4626-b6aa-b1dc2c9b71ac01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112001597810033229240610.4324/978100332292400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Histories0101The Routledge History of the Senses1A01Hannah PiercyAnnette Kern-Stähler2B01AndrewKettler3B01WillTullett01eng0010393N93NH93NHB93NHT93NHTB20Five senses;Food history;Global history;History of senses;History of sound;Sensory turn;Visual studies01060303The Routledge History of the Senses presents readers with an overview of the field. As well as pointing to directions for the future of the discipline, it illustrates the extent to which the subject offers a considerable space for the exploration of diverse historical topics through the lens of sensory experience. The handbook brings together essays and case studies from some of the leading academics on the history of the senses. Together, they not only chart topics and arguments in existing scholarship but introduce fresh methodologies for future analyses. Specifically, the chapters collectively show that the senses of the historical body often portray the intensity of the invasion of capital upon the functions of the mind throughout global history. As a global history, this work arrives at a time when many sensory historians are looking for a touchstone for moving beyond the often heavily Western frameworks that dominate the existing literature on the historical senses. Not only will this book appeal to students and scholars of the history of senses, visual studies, art history, food studies, and many of the social sciences, but individual chapters also offer useful reading material for a wide range of history modules and contemporary topics.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111200/3/9781003322924.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103234587115978103234588811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111200/1/9781003322924.pdf9904 c9a6698f-9e7c-49a5-84f5-8feba662f67e030001OAPEN Library IDc9a6698f-9e7c-49a5-84f5-8feba662f67e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109061597838376789940610.14361/978383942939600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/legalcode100102241Histoire0101Luft unter DruckDreizehn Geschichten zur Zukunft der Pneumatik1A01FlorianBettel01ger001980393K93KC93KCZ20Air Pressure;History of Technology;Luftdruck;Pneumatics;Pneumatik;Technikgeschichte;Utopia;Utopie01060303undefined0303Die Geschichte der Pneumatik ist reich an Zukunftsentwürfen. Das vermeintlich simple Luft-unter-Druck-Setzen formte sich im Laufe von rund zwei Jahrhunderten zu immer waghalsigeren technischen Versprechungen aus, wovon sich kaum je eine erfüllte. Von der »Wind-Maschine« zur Lösung der Energieproblematik um 1800, den pneumatischen Untergrundbahnen in London und New York Ende der 1860er-Jahre über eine in Wien geplante Bahn, in deren Röhrensystemen ein künstlicher Wind Särge zum neu errichteten Zentralfriedhof transportieren sollte, bis hin zu Robotern, die in näherer Zukunft sowohl pneumatisch denken als auch sich mithilfe von Druckluft auf der Venus fortbewegen sollen – Florian Bettel zeigt, wie diese Entwürfe von den Bemühungen zeugen, das im Überfluss vorhandene Material Luft auch heute noch technisch zur Anwendung zu bringen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110906/3/9783839429396.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383942939611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110906/1/9783839429396.pdf9904 c999586c-55f9-4d5e-8bcb-06ffb65d33ba030001OAPEN Library IDc999586c-55f9-4d5e-8bcb-06ffb65d33ba01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110901597810034585620610.1201/978100345856200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101High Spatio-Temporal-Spectral Thermal Remote SensingResearch and Applications1B01KerryCawse-Nicholson2B01SimonHook3B01ChristineLee4B01Jeffrey C.Luvall01eng003720393R93RB93RBK93RG93RGC93RGW93RN93RNF93T93TH93THR93TJ93TN93TQ93U93UY93UYT20Autocorrelation;Ecosystem energy flux;Environmental Geography;Environmental Monitoring;Geospatial Data;High resolution environmental applications;Hyperspectral data integration;Image Time-Series;Impact Assessment;Land surface temperature analysis;Regional Studies;Remote Sensing;Spatial Geography;Spatial Land Cover Change;Thermal infrared imaging;Uncertainty Assessment;Urban heat island studies;Wildfire monitoring techniques01060303There have been numerous advances in thermal infrared (TIRS) sensors, analytical techniques and applications in recent years. A number of new satellite platforms have launched with TIR capabilities, and others will be ready for launch in the near future. This book builds upon the book Thermal Remote Sensing in Land Surface Processing and provides new and updated information on thermal remote sensing satellite and aircraft-borne sensors. It includes examples of new analysis and modeling techniques, applications on land and water bodies, provides insight into what TIR sensors will be launched in the near future, and includes an open source/digital format with additional interactive materials in each chapter. Features Highlights the latest and updated information on TIR remote sensing, current TIR sensors and future sensors. Explains new and updated TIRS sensor analytical techniques. Focuses on new modeling techniques to derive information on land and water surface processes from TIR sensor data. Includes relevant and updated examples of applications of TIR sensor data to land surface and water body processes. Provides examples of linkage of TIR sensor data with hyperspectral and other remote sensing datasets. This book is for professionals, academics, and students who are part of remote sensing and geospatial community, environmental science community, geologists, geographers, ecologists, spatial statisticians and all those involved in quantitative analysis. It is also an excellent resource for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in photogrammetry and image processing in information science and engineering. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111090/3/9781040496886.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120260615978104049688615978104074188711CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111090/1/9781040496886.pdf9904 c897fcd6-cce3-446a-91e8-ca6f7797cd3e030001OAPEN Library IDc897fcd6-cce3-446a-91e8-ca6f7797cd3e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111271597810326599850610.4324/978103265998500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Multispecies Encounters0101Knowing LifeThe Ethics of Multispecies Epistemologies1B01BrianneDonaldson01eng003640393J93JH93JHB93JHM93JHMC93Q93QD93QDT93QDTK93QDTQ93QR93QRA93QRAM93QRAM193R93RN93RNA93RNT20Animal ethics;Crosscultural knowledge systems;Decolonial epistemology;Embodied cognition;Environmental philosophy;Interspecies relations;Multispecies communication01060303Knowing Life examines the limits of dominant knowledge forms that contribute to current practices negatively affecting more-than-human beings, while also exploring alternative approaches to knowing that are capable of reducing harm and maximizing planetary thriving. Specifically, this volume seeks multispecies answers to long-standing questions in Western philosophy: Who or what counts as a knower? What kinds of knowing are valid? Is knowledge a product of mind, body, or something else? Historically, these epistemic questions have been answered in ways that neutralize the knowing and knowledge contribution of and for more-than-human beings, as well as those on the margins of society considered less than “human.” Consequently, these epistemic assumptions often support the destruction of ecological habitats, industrialization of food animals, widespread use of insect and plant toxins, water and air pollution, climate extinctions, ecological militarism, and the perpetual flow of living beings used for entertainment, research, clothing, companionship, and economic resources. In this book, crosscultural and multidisciplinary contributors—including lesser-known global religious-philosophical accounts, philosophies of plant and insect life, race and disability studies, laboratory epistemology, embodied semiotics, and scholar-artists—challenge and expand these classical concepts through diverse modes of embodied engagement on multispecies knowing toward open futures of planetary co-flourishing.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111127/3/9781040308592.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104030859215978104030865311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111127/1/9781040308592.pdf9904 c6860ab6-09f4-434f-8dfd-acf1afa9748d030001OAPEN Library IDc6860ab6-09f4-434f-8dfd-acf1afa9748d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107891597804729056450610.3998/mpub.1235032400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101The Subtlety of the StreetThe Discourse of Responsibility1A01M PeregrineBalmat01eng002660393J93JH93JHM93JHMC93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Applied linguistics;Autoethnography;Community college education;Deontic responsibility terminology;Discourse;Discourse analysis;Discourse ideology;Discretion;Discretionary discourse;Discretionary language;Higher education;Institutional discourse;Institutional interaction;Interactional linguistics;Language ideologies;Language ideology;Linguistic microaggressions;Microaggressions;Neoliberal discourses;Neoliberal language;Neoliberalism;Organizational communication;Public administration;Racialization;Responsibilisation;Responsibilization;Social welfare;Social work;Street-level;Street-level bureaucracy;Street-level pedagogy;Street-level worker;Vulnerable observer01060303The Subtlety of the Street examines the effects of small, seemingly mundane words that occur in conversations between street-level workers and those they serve. Combining discourse analysis, public policy studies, and higher education and social work research, M Peregrine Balmat examines data from two distinct ethnographies that comprise over 1100 pages of transcribed social interaction and 24 months of participant observation fieldwork. Balmat uses Interactional Linguistics to examine how responsibility is constructed over time in social work (homeless shelter) and higher education (community college) contexts, bringing to light systemic issues that face street-level disciplines. Analyzing constellations of words—personal pronouns, terms referring to performance benchmarks and assessments, and cultural mythologies—the author shows that clusters of seemingly generic phrases street-level workers use to communicate responsibility can function, in concert, as racialized microaggressions —termed the Gestalt of Responsibility. These problematic linguistic choices can accumulate over a student’s time in the classroom or over a person’s time in shelter. They shift in response to performance assessments and measurements, increasing in unfriendly, morally-loaded constructions of responsibility as testing days and shelter restrictions approach. While street-level research suggests that strategies like these are utilized because workers believe those discourse practices work, the phrases reflect historical English Poor Laws and racialized ideologies leveled against enslaved Black people as well as more modern neoliberal welfare state and education politics where such ideologies persist. The Subtlety of the Street offers recommendations for street-level workers’ collaborative professional development and implications for street-level approaches to pedagogy and practice.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110789/3/9780472905645.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110789/1/9780472905645.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 c7acf4ec-0a88-4567-a4a5-75f09c7b7857030001OAPEN Library IDc7acf4ec-0a88-4567-a4a5-75f09c7b785701HANDLE20.500.12657/1112101597810033865510610.4324/978100338655100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Multilingualism, Lingua Franca and Translation in the Early Modern Period0101Translation in Early Modern Diplomacy1A01StefanEklöf Amirell2B01GuidoBraun3B01IndravatiFélicité4B01SophieHolm5B01VladislavRjéoutski01eng0010393N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Cross-cultural negotiation;Diplomatic communication;Diplomatic translation practices;Diplomats;Early modern Europe;Interpreter training;Language policy history;Languages;Multilingual correspondence;Peace congresses;Sociolinguistics;Translators01060303This book highlights the crucial contributions of translators in shaping early modern diplomacy, offering a unique lens through which to understand the growing complexity of international relations and communication in this era. The early modern period was a transformative time for European diplomacy, marked by the rise of resident diplomacy, the advent of peace congresses, and significant shifts in linguistic practices. As Latin, German, and Italian waned as major diplomatic languages, French emerged as the dominant pan-European medium of diplomatic communication. These changes had profound implications for translation in diplomacy, shaping its role, function, and institutionalisation. New translation departments were established, and the need for trained translators became critical, leading to the foundation of schools and the development of specialised practices. By adopting a transnational perspective, the book offers a fresh, insightful exploration of the evolution of translation and its impact on the expanding network of diplomatic contacts and correspondence. Bringing a panoramic and multidisciplinary approach to the history of translation, this book is intended for scholars and students of the early modern period, translation studies, the history of diplomacy, the history of languages and historical sociolinguistics, and European cultural history more generally.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111210/3/9781003386551.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103247923115978103247924811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111210/1/9781003386551.pdf9904 c596b90d-0211-43bd-9ec8-c9668266fe0a030001OAPEN Library IDc596b90d-0211-43bd-9ec8-c9668266fe0a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111301597810036006190610.4324/978100360061900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Knowledge, Communication and Society0101Communicative Constructivism and the Empirical Study of Social RealityContributions to a New Theory1B01FrederikeBrandt2B01DavidJoshua Schröder3B01HubertKnoblauch4B01LynnSibert01eng004080393G93GT93GTC93J93JH93JHB93JHBA20Bodies;Communicative construction;Construction of space;Digitization;Empirical research;Social construction;Sociology of knowledge;Subjectivation;Violence01060303This book presents a new range of theoretical and empirical studies dedicated to Communicative Constructivism, a new approach in social theory developed from within the Sociology of Knowledge. Based on Social Constructivism and emerging from German-speaking social sciences, Communicative Constructivism integrates interpretive perspectives, poststructuralist theories, new materialism, actor network theories, and Science and Technology studies in a way which provides a systematic yet open theoretical frame for empirical studies. In doing so, it escapes the problems of postmodern arbitrariness of theoretical plurality, and of a too narrowly defined sociality. Instead, it presents clear elaborated theoretical premises and rich empirical studies, inviting an examination of relations to international research within ethnomethodology and interactionism. The theoretical chapters posit Communicative Constructivism within the field of social theories, illustrating its unique approach to subjectivity and helping to define a new field of research, while the empirical chapters ground the theoretical concepts of Communicative Constructivism in analyses across a range of fields from communicative actions, the role of violence, and religion and spirituality, to mediatization and the politics of knowledge. Providing a unique collection of the current state of the theory and serving as the first English-language publication of this kind, its foundational debates, and ongoing research in terms of theory formation and empirical analysis will appeal to scholars and researchers of sociology with interests in social theory, the sociology of knowledge, and the sociology of space.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111130/3/9781040545782.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104054578215978104066436011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111130/1/9781040545782.pdf9904 c5450fdb-bdbb-4599-a499-694ad94b61df030001OAPEN Library IDc5450fdb-bdbb-4599-a499-694ad94b61df01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111801597810036398790610.4324/978100363987900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Cultural History0101Embodied LabourInterdisciplinary Perspectives on Work's Cultural Heritage in Modern Europe1A01JustynaSzklarczyk - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6253-70712B01AleksandraGalasińska - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2518-44973B01MartaKurkowska-Budzan - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8597-932001eng0010393N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHT93NHTB20Art;Heritage;Labour;Literature;Museums;The Body;Work01060303In a world where physical labour seems to disappear from dominant public narratives, Embodied Labour offers an in-depth, interdisciplinary analysis of the bodily experiences of work and their significance as elements of European cultural heritage. This collection examines the physical dimension of labour across various European locations – from Estonian oil shale mines, through Norwegian ironworks, to State Agricultural Farms in Poland. Together, the chapters explore how the rhythms of physical labour shaped landscapes, identities, and communities, whilst also addressing issues of representation in museums, literature, and art, and the challenges of conveying bodily experiences to contemporary audiences. The authors challenge linear narratives about the development of work, showing that physical labour has not disappeared but rather changed its character – becoming less visible, more fragmented, and marginalised in public narratives. The volume restores dignity and significance to these experiences, treating the working body not merely as a tool of production but also as a carrier of memory, identity, and knowledge. Embodied Labour is of interest to students and scholars from various disciplines – from history and anthropology, through heritage studies, to philosophy – as well as anyone interested in the cultural, social, and historical dimensions of labour in Europe. Chapter 10 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 International license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111180/3/9781003639879.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978104107305515978104107307911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111180/1/9781003639879.pdf9904 c57f25a9-ffee-4036-9c6e-fdbd9342b913030001OAPEN Library IDc57f25a9-ffee-4036-9c6e-fdbd9342b91301HANDLE20.500.12657/1107971597804729057130610.3998/mpub.1449383900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Neoliberalism and Unlawful GovernanceThe Crisis of Democratic Rights1A01GuillerminaSeri01eng002780393J93JP93JPH93JPHV93JPV93JPVH20Agamben;Capital;Commons;Crisis;Democracy;Emergency;Emergency regimes;Extinction;Foucault;Marx;Neoliberalism;Politics;Protests;Reason of state;Rights;Spectacle;Spectacular;State abuses;State of emergency;State of exception;Unlawful01060303Neoliberalism and Unlawful Governance explores how democratic governments continue to exclude and abuse people. It examines the authoritarian roots of neoliberal policies that portray markets as the solution to every single problem and how these policies have been prioritized above democracy, human rights, and even nature. By examining global trends, the book identifies neoliberalism as the current dominant expression of capitalism. Grounded in emergency, security, police mechanisms, and the politics of the spectacular, this framework helps explain the rationale behind the persistence of unlawful governance and its legitimizing strategies. In looking at the ways in which people resist, the book honors the perspective of the excluded and the voices of those most immediately affected by neoliberal austerity—from activists defending land and rights to communities subjected to various forms of exploitation, extractivism, and displacement. Bringing in these voices and theoretical perspectives, including from beyond the English-speaking world, this book highlights alternative ways of thinking about democracy and rights, drawing from the tradition of the commons. Through its deep analysis of history, theory, and world events, Neoliberalism and Unlawful Governance offers fresh insights into how various forms of emergency measures, policing, and security are used to privilege markets over people and the planet, while also emphasizing the crucial role of popular movements in defending and expanding democratic rights and to rebuilding commons.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110797/3/9780472905713.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110797/1/9780472905713.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 c5156fa2-14e6-45f1-b8a9-bb1edcc114c6030001OAPEN Library IDc5156fa2-14e6-45f1-b8a9-bb1edcc114c601HANDLE20.500.12657/1108481597816857120440610.53288/0483.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101Imagining What We Don't KnowCreative Theory and Critical Bodies1A01LisaSamuels01eng003200393Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDHR593R93RN93RNA93RNC20Art;Ecology;Ethics;Phenomenology;Poetry;Quantum life;Theory01060303Bringing together perception, ecology, community, lingual value, and quantum life, Imagining What We Don’t Know: Creative Theory and Critical Bodies presents twenty-four essays and theory poems that blend interpretive neologisms — wild dialectics, distributed centrality, membranism, deformance, bioautography, transplace, soft text, and more — with readings of visionary philosophers and the art and writing of Algeria, Australasia, the Caribbean, Oceania, the UK, and the US. Committed to experimental ideation and relational ethics, Imagining What We Don’t Know is for art and theory practitioners, philosophy rebels, creative writers, and anyone who relishes thinking about contemporary art, transnational and transdisciplinary life, and how we imagine with language. Imagining What We Don’t Know presents a biblio-architecture of “blurprints” built with theories of the embodied mind that are elemental, entangled, and electrified by the political. This is creative theory, hovering with alterities of art and interpretation and imagining with critical attention.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110848/3/9781685712051.pdf.jpgpunctum books01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571205115978168571308911punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110848/1/9781685712051.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/imagining-what-we-dont-know-creative-theory-and-critical-bodies/9904 c4f4e2f6-b067-4e6f-b57b-7c55dec41ab7030001OAPEN Library IDc4f4e2f6-b067-4e6f-b57b-7c55dec41ab701HANDLE20.500.12657/11083315978152925348100EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Global Migration and Social Change0101Decolonizing Queer MigrationIranian Voices in Exile1A01MoiraDustin2A01NunoFerreira3A01KamranMatin4A01MehranRezaei-Toroghi5A01IsabelSoloaga01eng0022403935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFH93JBS93JBSF93JBSJ93JBSL93JH93JHB20Asylum law;Decolonialism;Exile;Forced migration;Gender;Iran;LGBTIQ+;Middle East;Migration;Queer migration;Sexuality01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. What happens to sexual and gender identities when crossing borders under duress? This book offers an unprecedented account of how forced migration shapes the lives of queer Iranian individuals. Tracing movements from Iran through transition countries to Western resettlement, the book explores how identities are expressed, negotiated, silenced, and reimagined along the way. Engaging de/postcolonial theory and participatory methods, the authors centre the voices of non-heterosexual and non-cisnormative Iranians in exile. This is an essential study for scholars of sexuality, migration, and Middle Eastern studies seeking to understand queerness in global displacement.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110833/4/9781529253504.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152925349815978152925350411Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110833/1/9781529253504.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110833/2/9781529253498.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 c38f0099-5e29-465a-8a6c-491d72736453030001OAPEN Library IDc38f0099-5e29-465a-8a6c-491d7273645301HANDLE20.500.12657/1112461597810035284560610.4324/978100352845600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Critical European Studies0101Citizenship and Democratic Innovations in Europe1A01Janusz GrygieńćJoanna Podgórska-Rykała2B01CarstenHerzberg3B01IreneuszPaweł Karolewski01eng0010393J93JP93JPH93JPHV20Citizen assemblies;Comparative political systems;Deliberative democracy;European Union studies;Participatory governance;Praxis approach to citizenship;Public policy analysis01060303This book brings together scholarship and debates on citizenship and democratic innovation, and examines how democratic innovations might change, or even consolidate, the existing contours of citizenship. Arguing that the nexus between research on citizenship and democratic innovations can be found in the praxis approach to citizenship, where citizenship can be framed as a realm of actions and practices, the book shifts the discussion from the institutional level into a more conceptual realm of analysis. Taking stock of the democratic innovations at the local level, the national level, and the EU-level, such as citizen assemblies, referendums, and participatory budgeting, the book further surveys and maps their contribution to the democratic quality of citizenship across various European countries. This book is of key interest to scholars and students of democratic innovations, citizenship studies, democratization, governance, and more generally public policy, and European Politics and Studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111246/3/9781003528456.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103286643715978103286644411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111246/1/9781003528456.pdf9904 c28903ab-ab68-4d19-971a-f09415d83a0b030001OAPEN Library IDc28903ab-ab68-4d19-971a-f09415d83a0b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11077215978491605579800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101The Entrepreneur Who Built Modern JapanShibusawa Eiichi1A01MasakazuShimada2Z99PaulNarum01eng002010393D93DN20Bank of Japan;Capitalism;Economics;Entrepreneurship;Labor;Meiji Restoration;Modernization;Shibusawa Eiichi;Society;Zaibatsu01060303In this penetrating biography of Shibusawa Eiichi (1840–1931), one of Japan's foremost entrepreneurs, Shimada Masakazu traces Shibusawa's youth, when he witnessed the decay of Japan's feudal society and experienced the benefits of modernization at first hand in Europe; his service in the Ministry of Finance of the new Meiji government in its early years; and his venture into business and involvement in literally hundreds of companies as he set about building the roots of modern corporate Japan. Shimada also looks closely at Shibusawa's social activities and his insistence that economics and morals are inseparable. In troubled times like the present, when the limits of capitalism are being seen around the world, Shibusawa's vision is as relevant as ever.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110772/3/9784916055798.pdf.jpg01Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for CultureJapan0001201711Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for Culture01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110772/1/9784916055798.pdf9904 c1ef835c-3fc6-4f74-9d6b-7228e5db160e030001OAPEN Library IDc1ef835c-3fc6-4f74-9d6b-7228e5db160e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109221597837328001620610.14361/978383947211800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode10010212mdwPress0101The Flavor of ThinkingPhilosophy in Artistic Research – Artistic Research in Philosophy1B01ArnoBöhler2B01Susanne ValerieGranzer01eng002920393A93AB93ABA20Art;Artistic Research;Philosophy;Writing01060303The relation between art and philosophy is highly precarious. To explore this complex connection, the contributors to this volume have structured their texts around key questions such as: What image of thought emerges when artistic practices are integrated into philosophical research? How does the conceptual personae of philosophers change when they become artist-philosophers? And how do writing and working methods shift when crossing the boundaries between art and philosophy? This approach opens up a holistic perspective on strategies, methodologies, and concrete examples of writing and reading by philosopher-artists and artistic researchers who strive toward a genuine crossover between art and philosophy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110922/3/9783839472118.pdf.jpgmdwPress01mdwPress000120260615978383768119215978383947211811mdwPress01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110922/1/9783839472118.pdf9904 c252727d-1745-4b9d-9df2-60634f52222e030001OAPEN Library IDc252727d-1745-4b9d-9df2-60634f52222e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111241597810036812050610.4324/978100368120500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Asian Religion and Philosophy0101The Birth of Tzu ChiEstablishing the Charity Mission (1966 to 1978)1B01Rey-ShengHer2B01Rei-LingLai01eng003440393G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JH93JHM93Q93QR93QRA93QRAB93QRF93QRFP20Buddhist Charity;Disaster Relief;Engaged Buddhism;Faith-Based Social Action;Humanitarianism;Tzu Chi01060303The Birth of Tzu Chi is a historical series documenting the development of the Tzu Chi Foundation. This book covers its foundational years, detailing how Master Cheng Yen's simple aspiration, "For Buddha's teachings, for all living beings," led to a global movement. This volume documents Tzu Chi's origins from 1966 to 1978, tracing its expansion from Hualien, eastern Taiwan, across the island. It includes the "Bamboo Bank Era," where 30 housewives saved 50 cents daily, and the establishment of free medical clinics in 1972, which addressed the intertwined issues of poverty and illness. It further examines key events and Tzu Chi's distinct approach to charity, including systematic home visits, providing aid, and promoting principles of "equal giving" and "giving without expectation." These early actions established a model for engaged compassionate action, demonstrating how spiritual principles could be applied in society. Providing a detailed account of Tzu Chi’s early development, this is valuable reading for students, academics, and researchers in Buddhist Studies, Asian Studies, Religious Studies, Sociology, as well as anyone interested in social welfare, Buddhist philanthropy, or the history of modern Taiwan. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111124/3/9781040600313.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104060031315978104060033711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111124/1/9781040600313.pdf9904 c0646165-ccf5-4c61-9d14-8172ec95b763030001OAPEN Library IDc0646165-ccf5-4c61-9d14-8172ec95b76301HANDLE20.500.12657/1111121597810035340060610.4324/978100353400600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Research Companions in Business and Economics0101Global Cooperative Economics and MovementsA Research Companion1B01AsiaGuerreschi2B01KemiOgunyemi3B01MaciejSzulc4B01Jerome NikolaiWarren01eng006680393J93JP93JPF93JPFF93K93KC93KCA93KCC93KCM93KCP93KCV93KCVG93KCZ93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Cooperative policy analysis in practice;Data stewardship ethics;Mutual aid networks;Participatory governance;Platform cooperativism;Social enterprise models;Worker cooperatives01060303Cooperatives are traditionally recognized as marginal players in the economic sector, but their role in policymaking and in social arenas has garnered even less attention. Over the past two decades, an extensive body of literature in management science and economics has arisen, designating non-capitalistic enterprises as subjects of particular attention. In the context of rising global challenges like economic inequality, environmental sustainability, and labor rights, the role of cooperatives has become increasingly relevant. This book examines the practical and policy dimensions and implications of cooperative economics and movement(s). It delves into the more politicized aspects of cooperatives, exploring how they intersect with global movements, social justice, policymaking, and grassroots activism and provides insights into real struggles tackled by this enterprise form. It offers an understanding of how communication in cooperatives plays a role in promoting principles, values and practices and how these are transferred across generations of cooperators. It provides a deeper understanding of the elements of intergenerational evolution within cooperatives in concepts on employment and labour as new policies are raising expectations. Further, it offers a broad variety of global case studies pertinent to issues of relevance to cooperative economics and management, profiling how different types of cooperatives on six continents can promote sustainability and self-organized community wealth-generation, connecting to development studies, ethics and political economy, while revealing how cooperatives can address the current challenges of the digital age, especially including issues of data governance and artificial intelligence. The book will serve as an invaluable tool for anyone seeking to understand the broader implications of cooperative models in today's globalized world. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike (CC-BY-SA) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111112/3/9781040522493.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104052249315978104067330011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111112/1/9781040522493.pdf9904 c2815aab-a383-4e8a-b79a-5e0327e2907a030001OAPEN Library IDc2815aab-a383-4e8a-b79a-5e0327e2907a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111811597810035324910610.4324/978100353249100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Southeast European Studies0101Yugoslavia and ChinaHistories, Legacies, Afterlives1A01AnastasVangeli - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4580-16672B01DraganPavlićević - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4734-27403B01AnastasVangeli - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4580-166701eng0010393J93JP93JPS93JPSD20Balkans;China;Cold War;Diplomacy;Non-alignment;Political economy;Sino-Yugoslav relations;Yugoslavia01060303This book explores the historical relationship between Yugoslavia and China, examining its features, significance, and reverberations today. Studying a wide array of state-to-state and society-to-society connections and interactions, it provides novel perspectives on Yugoslavia’s and China’s intertwined trajectories and relations. Drawing from a rich array of primary sources and multidisciplinary approaches, the contributors shed light on the key events, major developments, and important aspects of the Sino-Yugoslav relationship and analyse contemporary relations between China and the Yugoslav successor states. The volume offers a timely intervention in the global history of the Cold War, area studies of Southeast Europe and of China, and studies of socialist and post-socialist transformations. Conclusion of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111181/3/9781003532491.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103276788815978103287400511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111181/1/9781003532491.pdf9904 bfa7faf4-3900-452e-b6ab-ca1b25289bc3030001OAPEN Library IDbfa7faf4-3900-452e-b6ab-ca1b25289bc301HANDLE20.500.12657/1111651597810033801220610.4324/978100338012200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Research in Phenomenology0101Husserl on Depiction1A01ReikoIjuin2B01JohnB. Brough3B01Regina-NinoMion4B01ClaudioRozzoni01eng0010393Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDHR520Claudio Rozzoni;Depictive image consciousness;Edmund Husserl;Empathy;Franz Brentano;Husserl’s philosophy of depiction;Jean Baudrillard;Jean-Paul Sartre;John B. Brough;Leopold Blaustein;Maurice Merleau-Ponty;Memory;Perception;Phantasy;Pictorial representation;Regina-Nino Mion;Roman Ingarden01060303The publication of Husserliana XXIII “Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung” in 1980 and John B. Brough’s translation of it in 2005 increased interest in Edmund Husserl’s philosophy of depiction. This volume is the first comprehensive book collection in English that provides a systematic reading of Husserl’s theory of depictive image consciousness. The book explains the meaning of various concepts in Husserl’s philosophy of depiction—such as Bildobjekt, Vergegenwärtigung, Perzeption — and examines the range and limits of the application of Husserl’s depictive image consciousness to various art practices and media, and to other mental acts, e.g., phantasy, memory. The book discusses, among other topics, empathy, symbolic presentation and the aesthetic experience of depictions. Additionally, the book compares Husserl’s theory of depiction with that of other philosophers, notably Franz Brentano, Jean-Paul Sartre, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Roman Ingarden, Leopold Blaustein and Jean Baudrillard. Husserl on Depiction will be of interest to scholars and advanced students working in phenomenology, philosophy of perception, philosophy of art, aesthetics and pictorial representation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111165/3/9781003380122.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103246110615978103246111311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111165/1/9781003380122.pdf9904 bc9f2668-0a04-45ff-ae02-9ae8612abdd6030001OAPEN Library IDbc9f2668-0a04-45ff-ae02-9ae8612abdd601HANDLE20.500.12657/1109041597838376776210610.14361/978383940687800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102Lettre0101Writing AngstSchauerliteratur, Gothic Novel und literarischer Schrecken von 1800 bis zur Gegenwart1B01JakobBaur2B01LarsKoch3B01BarbaraSchaff01ger003120393D93DS93DSB20Angst;Literary Studies;Literaturwissenschaft;Novel;Roman01060303undefined0303Die Literarisierung der Angst begann um 1800, als kulturelle Ordnungsvorstellungen erodierten und die aufgeklärte Vernunft sich zunehmend ihren verunsichernden Schattenseiten und irritierenden Doppelgängern gegenübersah. Die Beiträger*innen gehen in exemplarischen Lektüren literarischen Inszenierungen von Furcht und Schrecken für diesen Zeitraum bis zur Gegenwart nach – mit besonderem Fokus auf den deutschen Schauerroman und die anglo-schottische Gothic Novel. Dabei analysieren sie Motivtraditionen, Erzählverfahren und emotionale Semantiken literarischer Angst(-Lust), die sie als Effekt und Resonanzraum moderner Verunsicherungserfahrungen rekonstruieren.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110904/3/9783839406878.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383940687811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110904/1/9783839406878.pdf9904 bf5097c4-8a39-4260-9c90-9dee6e038ff7030001OAPEN Library IDbf5097c4-8a39-4260-9c90-9dee6e038ff701HANDLE20.500.12657/1110311597819116535230610.18573/book1100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/0101Resonant SpaceReligion, Theatre, and the Chinese Martial Arts1A01DanielCharles Mroz2Z99Chapter by Colin LalondePeter Lorge3Z99Prefacesby Gey Pin Ang01eng002510393A93AT93Q93QR93S93SR20Chinese Martial Arts;Chinese Religions;Contemporary Dance;Contemporary Theatre01060303Resonant Space constellates the martial, ritual, and theatrical elements of the Chinese martial arts with the practice of contemporary theatre and dance. This interdisciplinary approach blends the embodied experiences of the author, a lifelong student of the Chinese martial arts and a theatre director and dance dramaturg, with the study of Chinese cultural history. This is a work for scholars and practitioners of the Chinese martial arts, of contemporary dance and theatre, and for scholars of Chinese religion and cultural history.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111031/3/9781911653523.pdf.jpgCardiff University Press01Cardiff University PressCardiff, UK000120250615978191165354715978191165355415978191165356115978191165357811Cardiff University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111031/1/9781911653523.pdf990409Cardiff University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.18573/book119904 bb93bde8-3298-425c-9f12-12c10448a248030001OAPEN Library IDbb93bde8-3298-425c-9f12-12c10448a24801HANDLE20.500.12657/1109441597838376814510610.14361/978383947720500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001025Digitalität und Bildung0101Mensch und Maschine im AtelierZur Bedeutung von rechenbasierten Technologien für kreativ-künstlerische Praktiken1A01JulianeKoglin01ger003240393A93AB20Art;Artificial Intelligence;Kunst;Künstliche Intelligenz;Pedagogics;Pädagogik;Subject;Subjekt01060303undefined0303Mit der zunehmenden Verbreitung komplexer, rechenbasierter Technologien in kreativ-künstlerischen Bereichen stellt sich aus subjekttheoretischer Perspektive die Frage nach der Rolle und Bedeutung Kreativ- und Kunstschaffender. Anhand einer interdisziplinär angelegten ethnografischen Studie zeigt Juliane Koglin, wie Kreativität und Medialität in einer von Algorithmen und emergenten Prozessen geprägten Welt neu verhandelt werden. Welche Rolle spielen Algorithmen- und Dateninfrastrukturen für kreativ-künstlerische Praktiken? Und wie lassen sie sich analytisch in den Blick nehmen? Es zeigt sich, dass diese veränderten Bedingungen sich unmittelbar auf Artikulations- und Subjektivierungsprozesse auswirken.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110944/3/9783839477205.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947720511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110944/1/9783839477205.pdf9904 ba8198ff-da44-4cc5-8417-fd117f46f57f030001OAPEN Library IDba8198ff-da44-4cc5-8417-fd117f46f57f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110001597895185897950610.21435/ht.29500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010213Historiallisia Tutkimuksia0101Äänirautaa rajalleMusiikki, Suomi ja Neuvostoliitto 1960–19851A01SimoMikkonen01fin004480393A93AV93AVM201960-1985;Cultural exchange;Export of culture;Finland;Music life;Soviet Union01060303undefined0303Richter, Rozhdestvensky, Gutman, Sokolov, Kremer, Kagan. During the Cold War, more Soviet musicians performed in Finland than in any other Western country. Many of them numerous times. What made small Finland such an attractive destination? Was it politics – or the skill of Finnish impresarios? This book shows that in musical exchange, the role of “Finlandization” was surprisingly minor. Instead, artist networks, cultural institutions, and practical negotiations shaped relations. Finnish organizations such as the National Opera, the Fazer Concert Agency, the Helsinki Festival, and Jyväskylä Summer played central roles while navigating Soviet bureaucracy. At the same time, Soviet musicians often found ways to bypass ideological restrictions – frequently with Finnish support. Landmark events included the world premiere of Schnittke’s Second Violin Concerto (1966), the Estonia Theatre’s celebrated visit in 1967, and the 1984 “Week of New Soviet Music” in Helsinki that featured music by Gubaidulina, Denisov and Schnittke among others. The exchange was not one-way: Finland also exported classical, popular, and even jazz music to the Soviet Union, with Estonia and the Baltic states serving as key arenas. Drawing on extensive archival research in four countries and dozens of interviews, this study reveals how Finland became an outsized cultural actor during the Cold War and offers new perspectives on the distinctive nature of Finnish-Soviet musical relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111000/3/9789518589818.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858980115978951858981811Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111000/1/9789518589818.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/ht.2959904 baa77b60-136c-4e83-8f13-49e48d5dee3f030001OAPEN Library IDbaa77b60-136c-4e83-8f13-49e48d5dee3f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107451597838474337050610.3224/8474342800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101akademisieren, professionalisieren, transformierenSAGE-Hochschulen im Strukturwandel am Beispiel der Alice Salomon Hochschule Berlin1B01GesineBär2B01ZolaKappauf3B01JoachimKuck4B01BettinaVölter5B01MüjganŞenel01ger002600393J93JK93JKS93JKSN93JN93JNK93JNM20Academization;Akademisierung;Anti-discrimination;Antidiskriminierung;Case orientation;Childhood education;Diversity;Equality;Fallorientierung;Gesundheitsberufe;Gleichstellung;Health professions;Inter- and transdisciplinarity;Inter- und Transdisziplinarität;Kindheitspädagogik;Nachhaltigkeit;Nursing professions;Pflegeberufe;Professionalisierung;Professionalization;SAGE;Social Entrepreneurship;Social entrepreneurship;Sustainability;Therapieberufe;Therapy professions01060303undefined0303Wie können SAGE-Hochschulen (Soziale Arbeit, Gesundheit, Erziehung und Bildung) trotz struktureller Hürden dem Fachkräftemangel erfolgreich entgegensteuern? Diese und weitere Fragen behandelt der Sammelband. Notwenige strategische Entwicklungen von SAGE-Hochschulen im 21. Jahrhundert einbeziehend präsentieren die Beiträge praxisnahe Ansätze zur interdisziplinären, menschenrechtsorientierten und diskriminierungssensiblen Zusammenarbeit am Beispiel der Alice Salomon Hochschule Berlin.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110745/3/9783847433705.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110745/1/9783847433705.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/akademisieren-professionalisieren-transformieren-2/9904 bbc77f93-a464-4c2c-8aec-9ab095164773030001OAPEN Library IDbbc77f93-a464-4c2c-8aec-9ab09516477301HANDLE20.500.12657/1112481597810035407550610.4324/978100354075500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Health and Medical Anthropology0101Epidemiological ObfuscationHistorical and Contemporary Case Studies1A01EleanorKashouris - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6985-80112B01HillaryA. Ash - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6115-29193B01FreyaL. Jephcott - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3256-00994B01CoreenMcGuire - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3828-857801eng0010393J93JB93JBF93JBFN93JH93JHM93JHMC93M93MB93MBN93MBNS93MBX20Burden;Case study;Clinic;Community;Control;Data;Disease;Distributed ignorance;Epidemic;Epidemiological knowledge production;Epidemiology;Ethnography;Exclusion in research;Global health;Health disparities research;Healthcare;History of medicine;Information;Knowledge;Maternal health inequities;Medical anthropology;Medical data bias;Obscure;Policy;Population;Practice;Public health;Rhetoric;Science and technology studies;Social justice;Surveillance;Surveillance ethics;System;Visibility01060303Epidemiology ostensibly exists to reveal and ascribe features to burdens of disease at a population level. However, as the designated arbiter of visibility in public health, it is well-positioned to also obscure burdens of disease with significant implications for both social justice and disease control. This edited volume brings together empirical accounts of epidemiological obfuscation developed by public health researchers from diverse fields, including medicine, history, anthropology, sociology, epidemiology, and rhetoric. In reading across these rich accounts, we begin to characterise what epidemiological obfuscation is, the situations in which it occurs, and the practices underlying it. As such, the book serves not only as a catalogue of independently interesting and robustly developed accounts of important episodes in the history and contemporary practice of epidemiology but also as a foundational body of scholarship on this central but oft overlooked aspect of epidemiology, namely, its ability to obscure as well as elucidate.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111248/3/9781003540755.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103284701615978103289003611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111248/1/9781003540755.pdf9904 b5b5b538-0db7-452f-a688-a0a9a8df6780030001OAPEN Library IDb5b5b538-0db7-452f-a688-a0a9a8df678001HANDLE20.500.12657/11107615978180008978500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode100102Urban Africa0101Extra/ordinary JohannesburgCentrality, periphery, and the spaces between1A01Lindsay BlairHowe01eng93G93GT93GTP93J93JB93JBS93JBSD93R93RG93RGC93RGCU93RP93RPC20Dialectics;Gauteng City-Region;Henri Lefebvre;Johannesburg;Peripheralization;Postcolonialism;South Africa;Spatial;Spatial Development;Urban Development;Urbanization01060303Johannesburg, South Africa, is often associated with inequality and referred to as the quintessential 'apartheid city'. Yet this book argues that Johannesburg, part of the highly urbanized Gauteng City-Region, is actually an 'ordinary' space where spatial changes both marginalize and create opportunities for people going about their lives. Relying on more than a decade of empirical research, the book also interrogates the concept of 'spatial dialectics' proposed by Henri Lefebvre. Through deep insight into the practices and experiences of everyday life, Lindsay Blair Howe shows how cities and regions like greater Johannesburg are more than just a sum of their parts. Individuals, and the collectives they forge, influence processes of urbanization and capital accumulation. Extra/ordinary Johannesburg reveals how Lefebvre’s assertions about the production of space remain relevant today, but also where they reach their limits, and how theories on the production of space can be further developed by a stronger understanding of this African urban region. What we can learn from how people are able to navigate the urban fabric of centralities, peripheries, and the spaces between matter greatly in productively reimagining ways to encounter urban Africa.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111076/3/9781800089785.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180008979211UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111076/1/9781800089785.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 b90e54b4-9abe-4908-adc3-ce36f2de2fb0030001OAPEN Library IDb90e54b4-9abe-4908-adc3-ce36f2de2fb001HANDLE20.500.12657/1107401597836665171050610.13109/978366651710500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 136Novum Testamentum et Orbis Antiquus / Studien zur Umwelt des Neuen Testaments0101Doppelkodierung im Lukasevangelium und in der ApostelgeschichteNeue Perspektiven auf eine lukanische Strategie1B01Marion ChristinaHauck2B01JosephVerheyden01ger002040393Q93QR93QRV93QRVG20Apostelgeschichte;Hellenistisches Judentum;Lukasevangelium;Narratologie;Neues Testament;Philosophie der Kaiserzeit01060303undefined0303Doppelkodierung als literarische und hermeneutische Strategie entwickelte sich rezent zu einem großen Thema der Lukasforschung. In den Beiträgen dieses Bandes wird diese Strategie an Texten des Lukasevangeliums und der Apostelgeschichte erforscht und aus religionsgeschichtlichen Blickwinkeln beleuchtet. Im Fokus steht das Verfahren des „Blending“ jüdischer und paganer Vorstellungsgehalte; die Frage der narrativen Einbindung doppelkodierter Einheiten in die Ereignisfolge des Lukasevangeliums und der Apostelgeschichte; und die Frage, welche Impulse Ansätze aus der Literatur- und Theaterwissenschaft und der Emotionsforschung zur Tiefenschärfung der Theorie liefern. Dabei wird untersucht, mit welchen Ansätzen und Beschreibungsmodellen Doppelkodierung kombiniert werden kann. Zudem wird die These von der Doppelkodierung an anderen neutestamentlichen Schriften erprobt und es werden die Grenzen des Ansatzes ausgelotet. Double codification as a literary and hermeneutic strategy has recently become a major topic in scholarship on Luke-Acts. This volume explores this strategy in selected texts from Luke's gospel and Acts. The focus lies on several aspects of these texts: the religio-historical process of “blending” Jewish and Greco-Roman ideas; the integration of double-coded units into the narrative sequence in Luke-Acts; and insights from literary and theater studies and emotion research. The contributors to the volume examine which approaches and descriptive models can be combined with double codification. Several additional contributions test the idea of double codification on other New Testament writings and explore the limits of the approach.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110740/3/9783666517105.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110740/1/9783666517105.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836665171059904 b89e507c-a60a-4ba9-a14d-b3ca8caac769030001OAPEN Library IDb89e507c-a60a-4ba9-a14d-b3ca8caac76901HANDLE20.500.12657/1107941597804721294300610.3998/mpub.1205032900EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Music and Social Justice0101On Music Theory, and Making Music More Welcoming for Everyone1A01PhilipEwell01eng003320393A93AV93AVA93AVC93J93JB93JBS93JBSL20Antiblackness;Antiracism;Antisemitism;Antisexism;Autoethnography;Blackness;Bothsideism;Classical music;Heinrich Schenker;Journal of Schenkerian Studies;Music textbooks;Music theory;Musicology;Patriarchy;Race scholarship;Racism;Sexism;Social studies;Western canon;White supremacy;Whiteness01060303Since its inception in the mid-twentieth century, American music theory has been framed and taught almost exclusively by white men. As a result, whiteness and maleness are woven into the fabric of the field, and BIPOC music theorists face enormous hurdles due to their racial identities. In On Music Theory , Philip Ewell brings together autobiography, music theory and history, and theory and history of race in the United States to offer a black perspective on the state of music theory and to confront the field’s white supremacist roots. Over the course of the book, Ewell undertakes a textbook analysis to unpack the mythologies of whiteness and western-ness with respect to music theory, and gives, for the first time, his perspective on the controversy surrounding the publication of volume 12 of the Journal of Schenkerian Studies . He speaks directly about the antiblackness of music theory and the antisemitism of classical music writ large and concludes by offering suggestions about how we move forward. Taking an explicitly antiracist approach to music theory, with this book Ewell begins to create a space in which those who have been marginalized in music theory can thrive.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110794/4/9780472904006.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press000120260615978047290400611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110794/1/9780472904006.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110794/2/9780472904006.epub990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 b75b5a07-39fe-48f1-a4f4-f3424ca554f4030001OAPEN Library IDb75b5a07-39fe-48f1-a4f4-f3424ca554f401HANDLE20.500.12657/1111621597810035212800610.4324/978100352128000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Contemporary Asia Series0101Popular Culture in Hong Kong After the National Security Law, 2020–20221A01JanetNg01eng0010393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC193JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JP93JPV93JPVH20Cantonese-language culture;Cantopop;Hong Kong after 2019;Hong Kong culture under the National Security Law;Hong Kong popular culture;Mass protest01060303In this study, Ng examines the aftermath of the massive protests in 2019 and the implementation of the National Security Law in Hong Kong. Despite 2 years of fluctuating COVID measures and social constraints, the city witnessed an unparalleled cultural resurgence after the enactment of the National Security Law in 2020. This book explores Hong Kong beyond the end of the Anti-Extradition Bill Movement in 2019, to examine what happened afterward, how society repaired itself, how the people of the city resumed their everyday life, and what this everyday life entails. Ng examines the social debates and conversations during these 2 years, analyzing a wide range of creative projects in the city, from television shows, popular music, and social media to literary writings. She describes the difficulties, emotional experiences, and also daily strategies to repair local life, recreate a self-identity, and reclaim the city’s narrative against the pressures from China. This book is a valuable resource for researchers, scholars, students, and general readers interested in popular culture and society, and the global uprisings of the first decades of the twenty-first century. The study, supported by detailed research, also makes this essential reading for those with a specialized interest in global studies, and China and Hong Kong studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111162/3/9781003521280.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120240615978103286089315978103286091611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111162/1/9781003521280.pdf9904 b77848f9-ea73-48bb-a4af-85cafdbb3ed8030001OAPEN Library IDb77848f9-ea73-48bb-a4af-85cafdbb3ed801HANDLE20.500.12657/1111341597810037419470610.4324/978100374194700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Focus on Philosophy0101Performative BeautyA Pragmatist and Somaesthetic Account1A01FalkHeinrich01eng001120393A93AB93AF93AFK93AFKP93AG93AGA93AT93ATD93ATQ93Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDT93QDTN20Aesthetic awareness;Aesthetic experience;Beauty;Consummation;Dewey;Embodiment;Enactment;Performative beauty;Playfulness;Pragmatist aesthetics;Proprioception;Shusterman;Somaesthetics;Somatic practices;Transaction01060303This book develops an original theory of performative beauty by reconsidering and reworking Deweyan pragmatic aesthetics through the lens of somaesthetics, contemporary embodiment theories, and philosophies of play. While philosophical aesthetics has traditionally focused on beauty as a property of external objects, this book explores beauty as an enacted experience that emerges through our own actions and somatic practices. The author draws on his own experiences with Argentine tango and other somatic practices to challenge conventional Western epistemological distinctions between subject and object, agency and patiency, and artist and audience. Through an exploration of concepts such as somaesthetic awareness, unity, aesthetic presence, objectivisation, transaction, playfulness, and consummation, the author constructs a comprehensive framework for understanding beauty as a sentient enactment of playful transactions between the human being and their environment. This pragmatist approach responds to our contemporary moment, where beauty is regaining epistemological, existential, political, and economic value across diverse domains of human experience. Performative Beauty is a valuable resource for researchers and advanced students interested in philosophical aesthetics, pragmatism, somaesthetics, and performativity studies, as well as practitioners interested in the aesthetic dimensions of dance, yoga, and other somatic practices.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111134/3/9781040853634.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104085363415978104085372611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111134/1/9781040853634.pdf9904 b3365880-edc2-441e-896e-ddc5320d6088030001OAPEN Library IDb3365880-edc2-441e-896e-ddc5320d608801HANDLE20.500.12657/1110931597810034388780610.4324/978100343887800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102SEMPRE Studies in The Psychology of Music0101Teenage Boys, Musical Identities, and Music EducationAn Australian Narrative Inquiry1A01JasonGoopy01eng002520393A93AV93AVA93AVS93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC193JN93JND93JNDG93JNL93JNLC20Adolescent male identity;Arts-based research;Music and mental wellbeing;Narrative inquiry methods;Possible selves theory;Qualitative study of teenage boys music education;School music pedagogy01060303Music is a powerful process and resource that can shape and support who we are and wish to be. The interaction between musical identities and learning music highlights school music education’s potential contributions and responsibilities, especially in supporting young people’s mental health and well-being. Through the distinctive stories and drawings of Aaron, Blake, Conor, Elijah, Michael, and Tyler, this book reveals the musical identities of teenage boys in their final year of study at an Australian boys’ school. This text serves as an interface between music, education, and psychology using narrative inquiry. Previous research in music education often seeks to generalise boys, whereas this study recognises and celebrates the diverse individual voices of students where music plays a significant role in their lives. Adolescent boys’ musical identities are examined using the theories of identity work and possible selves, and their underlying music values and uses are considered important guiding principles and motivating goals in their identity construction. A teaching and learning framework to shape and support multiple musical identities in senior secondary class music is presented. The relatable and personal stories in this book will appeal to a broad readership, including music teachers, teacher educators, researchers, and readers interested in the role of music in our lives. Creative and arts-based research methods, including narrative inquiry and innovative draw and tell interviews, will be particularly relevant for research method courses and postgraduate research students.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111093/3/9781040046746.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120240615978104004674615978104004678411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111093/1/9781040046746.pdf9904 b584cb20-1567-4e6e-acc0-1c30b312878d030001OAPEN Library IDb584cb20-1567-4e6e-acc0-1c30b312878d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111581597810033989980610.4324/978100339899800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Companions to the Digital Humanities0101The Routledge Companion to Transnational Web Archive Studies1A01GabrieleBalbi - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7752-277X2B01SusanAasman - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1675-29983B01AnatBen-David - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4510-56344B01NielsBrügger - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1787-198001eng0010393G93GL93GLC93GLF93GLM93U93UB93UBW20Transnational web archive studies;Web archives01060303The Routledge Companion to Transnational Web Archive Studies explores the untapped potential of web archives for researching transnational digital history and communication. It covers cross- border, cross- collection, and cross- institutional examination of web archives on a global scale. This comprehensive collaborative work, emerging from the WARCnet research network, presents an exploration of the ways web archive research can transcend technological and legal challenges to allow for new comparative, transnational studies of the web’s pasts, and of global events. By combining interdisciplinary work and fostering collaboration between web archivists and researchers, the book provides readers with cutting- edge approaches to analyzing digital cultural heritage across countries. The book contains concrete examples on how to research national web domains through a transnational perspective; provides case studies with grounded explorations of the COVID- 19 crisis as a distinctly transnational event captured by web archives; offers methodological considerations while unpacking techniques and skill sets for conducting transnational web archive research; and critically engages the politics and power dynamics inherent to web archives as institutionalised collections. The Routledge Companion to Transnational Web Archive Studies is an essential read for graduate students and scholars from internet and media studies, cultural studies, history, and digital humanities. It will also appeal to web archiving practitioners, including librarians, web curators, and IT developers.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111158/3/9781003398998.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103249778515978103250555811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111158/1/9781003398998.pdf9904 b349350b-b3d3-4b8c-9bf5-b93bd7c6680f030001OAPEN Library IDb349350b-b3d3-4b8c-9bf5-b93bd7c6680f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112051597808153475210610.4324/978135116892200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Early Modern Themes0101Early Modern Bodies1A01AlannaSkuse - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5034-97862B01SarahToulalan01eng0010393N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHK20Bodily identity formation;Cultural history of medicine;Historical anthropology;Life cycle perspectives in historical research;Race and ethnicity studies;Sexuality in early modern Europe;Social marginality analysis01060303Early Modern Bodies is a wide-ranging and detailed introduction to a variety of different approaches to and perspectives on bodies in the early modern period, circa 1500–1750. The collection guides readers through an examination of bodies at every stage of life, from birth to death and the afterlife, as they are situated in different social, cultural, and geographical contexts. It considers the bodies of numerous potential identities, such as criminals, prostitutes, witches, soldiers, and non-conforming sexualities. Though its focus is primarily Western Europe, the volume also pays attention to the wider world, especially with respect to developing ideas about race and ‘other’ bodies in what has been dubbed an ‘age of exploration’. Chapters are also dedicated to analysing what it was to be human, how humankind was considered in relation to the natural world, and how those adhering to non-Christian faiths were thought about. This book is an accessible, essential text for students and established scholars alike who are interested in the history of the body, early modern history, and gender and sexuality.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111205/3/9781351168922.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978081534754515978135116892211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111205/1/9781351168922.pdf9904 b4502ad4-a563-4693-be0f-cd20f47fa040030001OAPEN Library IDb4502ad4-a563-4693-be0f-cd20f47fa04001HANDLE20.500.12657/1107861597804729057440610.3998/mpub.1285142800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Rejecting Climate Doomism1A01DianaStuart01eng001280393J93JP93R93RN93RND93RNP93RNPG20Carbon emissions;Choosing hope;Clean energy;Climate change;Climate crisis;Environmental action;Environmental policy;Fatalism;Global warming;Individual choice;Renewable energy;Social change;Sustainability;Sustainable future;Taking action01060303As scientists call for widespread climate action, there has been an alarming rise in climate doomism, the belief that it is too late to do anything about climate change. Many people who struggle to imagine the solutions and social order that would be needed to support more sustainable outcomes instead look away and do nothing, immobilized by defeatist thinking. Yet every fraction of a degree of warming avoided means saving lives and livelihoods in the future. Drawing from climate science, sociology, psychology, and philosophy, Rejecting Climate Doomism outlines the reasons to instead choose action grounded in active hope. It examines how global warming could be effectively limited through specific policy proposals. Despite the many obstacles to achieving some of the policies discussed in this book, they are still possible and worth pursuing. By outlining a positive vision of the far-reaching changes that can be used to minimize warming, the book encourages readers to advocate for the social and economic changes necessary to forge the best path for people and the planet.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110786/3/9780472905744.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110786/1/9780472905744.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 af742486-149e-4438-8900-af1889ec335a030001OAPEN Library IDaf742486-149e-4438-8900-af1889ec335a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107271597832052231390610.7767/978320522313900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.00101Licht, Luft und SchattenWiener Gemeindebauten in Austrofaschismus und Nationalsozialismus1B01ClaudiaKuretsidis-Haider01ger004400393N93NH20Goethehof;Karl-Marx-Hof;Sandleitenhof01060303undefined0303Die Wiener Gemeindebauten waren in der Zwischenkriegszeit des 20. Jahrhunderts eines der bahnbrechenden Projekte der sozialdemokratischen Wohnungs- und Sozialpolitik. Der Sammelband schlägt eine Brücke vom Austrofaschismus bis zum Ende der NS-Herrschaft. Nach Überblicksdarstellungen zur Geschichte des Gemeindebaus in Wien, zu personellen Brüchen und Kontinuitäten zwischen den beiden Diktaturen und zu Fragen des Mieterschutzes widmen sich mehrere Beiträge anhand von ausgewählten Gemeindebauten dem Schicksal der dort lebenden Menschen, die als Juden*Jüdinnen verfolgt und gekündigt bzw. aufgrund ihres widerständigen Verhaltens Opfer polizeilichen und juristischen Unrechts wurden. Biografien von verfolgten Männern, Frauen und Kindern schließen den Band ab, gleichsam als „Gedenkbuch“ für die Opfer von Gewalt und Terror in den Gemeindebauten.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110727/3/9783205223139.pdf.jpgBrill Österreich Ges.m.b.H.01BöhlauWien0001202611Böhlau01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110727/1/9783205223139.pdf990409Böhlau01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.7767/97832052231399904 b14f86ff-bb16-4d10-a592-e9af5d126cfa030001OAPEN Library IDb14f86ff-bb16-4d10-a592-e9af5d126cfa01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107321597836667001870610.13109/978366670018700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Mentalisieren in der Praxis0101Mentalisieren in der PsychomotoriktherapieGelingende Beziehung mit sich selbst und anderen1A01OliviaGasser-Haas2A01Pierre-CarlLink3A01LuciaMaier4B01Tillmann F.Kreuzer5B01AgnesTurner01ger001760393M93MK93MKZ20Epistemisches Vertrauen;Mentalisieren;Motologie;Psychomotoriktherapie;Pädagogisch-therapeutisch;Therapie01060303undefined0303Der Fokus der mentalisierungsbasierten Therapie liegt auf dem Zur-Verfügung-Stellen eines therapeutischen Raums, der die sozio-emotionale Entwicklung des Kindes fördert. Es wird dabei als Akteur, Regisseurin und Initiant der eigenen Entwicklung ins Zentrum gestellt. Das Kind lernt sich in der Beziehung mit der Therapeutin und in der Auseinandersetzung mit sich selbst, Objekten und dem Anderen (neu) kennen. Mit dem Mentalisieren finden Verständniserweiterung, Bewegungsförderung und Stärkung der Beziehungsfertigkeiten in der Klasse statt. Kinder mit Auffälligkeiten im psychomotorischen Entwicklungsprozess werden unterstützt. – Was braucht das Kind für eine gesunde Entwicklung? Wie kann ein offenes Angebot gestaltet werden, um das Erleben und Erfahren der noch fehlenden Kompetenz anzuregen?01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110732/3/9783666700187.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110732/1/9783666700187.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836667001879904 afeba6d7-0a47-4bea-8a55-897e64ec4785030001OAPEN Library IDafeba6d7-0a47-4bea-8a55-897e64ec478501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107521597839666588120610.3224/9666511400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Wissen, Internationalität und Kolonialität in Sozialer ArbeitDiskursanalyse und Social Cartography von Curricula aus kolonialkritischer Perspektive1A01NinaWesterholt01ger003780393G93GT93GTS93J93JK93JKS93JKSB93JKSN93JN93JND93JNDG93JNF93JNFK93JNM20Colonialism;Curricula;Discourse Analysis;Diskursanalyse;Epistemic Power;Epistemische Gewalt;Indigene Wissen;Indigenous Knowledges;International Social Work;Internationale Soziale Arbeit;Internationalisation;Internationalisierung;Knowledge Nexus;Kolonialismus;Power;Social Cartography;Social Work Education;Studiengänge Sozialer Arbeit;Wissen-Macht-Verhältnisse01060303undefined0303Soziale Arbeit ist mit kolonialen Machtverhältnissen verwoben, insbesondere, wenn sie in internationalen Kontexten agiert. Nina Westerholt analysiert koloniale Kontinuitäten und epistemische Gewalt in der Wissensproduktion anhand der Curricula von Studiengängen Sozialer Arbeit mit internationalem Fokus. Auf Basis kolonialkritischer und Indigener Theorien zeigt sie Möglichkeiten für eine Erweiterung von Wissensverständnissen und kolonialkritische Curriculumgestaltung auf.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110752/3/9783966658812.pdf.jpgBarbara Budrich Academic Press01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110752/1/9783966658812.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/wissen-internationalitaet-und-kolonialitaet-in-sozialer-arbeit/9904 b0608d5c-1d96-4bb3-afa1-22261e3fc924030001OAPEN Library IDb0608d5c-1d96-4bb3-afa1-22261e3fc92401HANDLE20.500.12657/1112361597810034309950610.4324/978100343099500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Routledge International Handbooks0101The New Routledge Handbook of Political Ecology1A01IoanaFlorea - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4755-779X2B01EliaApostolopoulou - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8166-46393B01YolandaAriadne Collins - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4138-91584B01JessicaHope - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8726-888001eng0010393G93GP93GPS93R93RG93RGC20Apostolopoulou;Collaborative research in political ecology;Collins;Decolonial methodologies;Decolonising political ecology;Energy transition resistance;Environmental justice;Feminist environmentalism;Hope;Indigenous sovereignty;Political;Political ecology;Political issues;Territorial ecologies;Urban ecological activism01060303The New Routledge Handbook of Political Ecology offers a state-of-the-art exploration of contemporary political ecology, grounded in the field’s radical foundations and its longstanding connections to political activism. This book is organized around the field’s engagement with contemporary political issues, spanning 52 chapters. Part I explores Decolonizing Political Ecology, Part II examines Activism and Praxis, and Part III focuses on the Making of Twenty-First Century Natures. Adopting an inclusive, cross-disciplinary approach, the book features a gender-balanced and ethnically diverse range of authors, including contributions from scholars at various career stages. This diverse representation is reflective of a commitment to challenging established hierarchies within political ecology and recognizing the varying perspectives researchers themselves bring to the field. This editorial strategy has proven intellectually enriching, resulting in a dynamic collection that broadens and deepens our understanding of what political ecology is and what it can achieve. Together, as editors and authors, we contribute a forward-looking overview of contemporary Political Ecology, offering an essential reference for scholars conducting research that is relevant, ethical, critical, and, hopefully, transformative, as well as for activists involved in environmental conflicts and struggles around the world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111236/3/9781003430995.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103255500315978103255501011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111236/1/9781003430995.pdf9904 aec83ab6-cf36-4ec4-b33e-bbed9e21842f030001OAPEN Library IDaec83ab6-cf36-4ec4-b33e-bbed9e21842f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111411597810035845370610.4324/978100358453700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Political Sociology0101Political Trust and Distrust in GovernanceA Comparative Analysis in Times of Crisis1B01ChristianLahusen01eng002400393J93JH93JHB93JP93JPH93JPW93JPWC93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Civil society engagement;Cross-national trust research;Democratic participation;Institutional legitimacy;Media trust dynamics;Policy deliberation;Social movement analysis01060303This edited volume provides new, nuanced answers to questions concerning the complex nature of political trust and distrust, exploring the role they play within democratic governance and the implications that varying degrees of trust can have on relations between citizens and institutions. In times of uncertainty and crisis, trust and distrust become a particularly important topic of public concern and scientific interest. Presenting findings from a research project spanning seven European countries, the book explores the meaning and role of institutional trust and distrust, analyses individual manifestations, enquires into arenas of trust formation and contestation, and discusses scenarios and implications. The authors present fresh theoretical and empirical insights by corroborating a co-presence of institutional trust and distrust and, crucially, propose a relational approach that considers the interplay between (dis)trusting citizens and institutions at the individual and collective level. An important and original contribution to understandings of political trust, it will be an essential resource for scholars, researchers, and upper-level students of political sociology, political science, psychology, and media studies, with interests in understanding forms of political trust and distrust, and their conditions and implications.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111141/3/9781040543641.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104054364115978104067743811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111141/1/9781040543641.pdf9904 acd58760-bf0b-40f5-bc72-156ea763f95e030001OAPEN Library IDacd58760-bf0b-40f5-bc72-156ea763f95e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111061597810036226280610.4324/978100362262800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode0101Legal Sightseeing and International Law1A01SofiaStolk2A01RenskeVos01eng001940393A93AM93G93GL93GLZ93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93K93KN93KNP93KNS93KNSG93L93LA93LAQ93LB93LN93LNT93T93TN20Legal Architecture;Tourism01060303This book is an invitation to pause and wonder at the spectacular yet mundane practice that we have come to call legal sightseeing. Increasingly, international courthouses are becoming top tourist destinations that host public events, exhibitions, and tours. But international law also pops up in more everyday spaces: as the theme for an organised city run or as a symbol printed on a T-shirt or an image on a cookie jar. Legal sightseeing stands for this broad category of encounters between ‘international law’ and ‘the public’ that encompasses many different activities, sites, artefacts, and participants. The book presents a rich collection of images and research that introduces legal sightseeing as both the phenomenon under study and an experimental research methodology. Structured as a catalogue, the book covers a wide range of iconic and surprising instances of legal sightseeing, located, for example, at the former American Embassy in the Netherlands, the Museum of White Terror in Taipei, in Bulgaria’s capital city, Sofia, and at more traditional sites such as the Peace Palace in The Hague and Courtroom 600 in Nuremberg. Moreover, every chapter advances a particular aspect of legal sightseeing as an innovative, visually oriented, and collaborative method of research. By revisiting a selection of projects curated under the legal sightseeing umbrella, the book contributes to academic discussions on international law’s visual turn, its spaces and materiality, and the plurality of international law’s audiences. Concretely, it offers readers hands-on examples of how to integrate art-based methods such as collaging, drawing, and photography into legal research and teaching practices. Legal Sightseeing and International Law is an interdisciplinary catalogue that will be a timely resource to students of public international law, politics, and art. The book will also engage readers interested in the intersections of socio-legal studies, critical legal studies, legal anthropology, and international relations. Moreover, it will appeal to legal professionals, artists, and members of the general public. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com , has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution (CC-BY) 4.0 International license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111106/3/9781040557075.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104055707515978104065891811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111106/1/9781040557075.pdf9904 ae68b688-0c2b-4116-ba1e-f2b856b09f14030001OAPEN Library IDae68b688-0c2b-4116-ba1e-f2b856b09f1401HANDLE20.500.12657/1111281597810036529460610.4324/978100365294600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101How the Taliban Regained Power in Afghanistan1A01Lars ErslevAndersen2A01DinoKrause3A01Jan WernerMathiasen4A01Mona KanwalSheikh5A01OleWæver01eng002640393G93GT93GTM93GTU93J93JP93JPS93JPSD93JPW93JPWL93JW93N93NH93NHF20Asian geopolitics;Conflict analysis;Intelligence assessment;Military strategy;Peacebuilding approaches;Post-intervention state reconstruction;Security studies01060303This book examines how the Taliban were able to regain power in Afghanistan in 2021, some 20 years after the US intervention. The volume presents an analysis of the factors that contributed to the Taliban’s ability to seize power following the withdrawal of the international coalition in August 2021, marking the end of 20 years of international engagement in the country. It is the result of a thorough review of research and policy publications over the course of 20 years, and is based on open-source data, including threat assessments of the Danish intelligence services. There are multiple explanations in academic and policy reports as to why the Taliban were able to take power despite the efforts expected to prevent this from happening. Based on existing research literature, analyses, studies and reports, the book identifies five factors that are central to understanding the outcome. These factors offer overarching explanations for why the Taliban were able to regain power, with each encompassing different clusters of challenges that constituted central conditions for the Taliban takeover. Although the book is not about assigning blame, the explanations provided here can contribute to further discussion about how to ensure the necessary knowledge base for future decisions when confronted with new emergencies calling for possible international intervention. This book will be of interest to students of security studies, conflict resolution, Asian security, military interventions, peace building, and International Relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111128/3/9781040562758.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104056275815978104066542811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111128/1/9781040562758.pdf9904 ad3d5acb-de13-4de9-9216-f26ebe659698030001OAPEN Library IDad3d5acb-de13-4de9-9216-f26ebe65969801HANDLE20.500.12657/1107381597837370196370610.14220/978373701963700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Current Perspectives on Contemporary Singlehood1B01KatarzynaAdamczyk01eng001920393J93JH93JHB93JHBK93JM93JMH20Adult singlehood;Aging;Challenge of aging;Intimate relationships;Life course trajectories;Never-married;Psychology;Religious attributions to singlehood;Singlehood;Well-being01060303The book consists of seven chapters that systematically explore various dimensions of adult singlehood while addressing methodological considerations relevant to studies in this area. It encompasses topics such as the well-being of single adults, their life course trajectories, the challenges associated with aging, the phenomenon of inceldom, and the implementation of qualitative research that investigates the subjective experiences of single individuals. Furthermore, it presents the development and validation of a novel instrument designed to evaluate religious attributions related to singlehood. Overall, the book offers valuable new insights into the complexities of contemporary singlehood.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110738/3/9783737019637.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110738/1/9783737019637.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.14220/97837370196379904 adb014c9-f282-4201-8855-07dc122c23c5030001OAPEN Library IDadb014c9-f282-4201-8855-07dc122c23c501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107831597804729054300610.3998/mpub.1460078800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102African Perspectives0101The Post-Global CityTheorizing Technology Cultures in Urban Africa1B01OmoladeAdunbi2B01Michael M.J.Fischer3B01KatrienPype01eng002760393J93JB93JBS93JBSD93JBSL93JBSL193N93NH93NHH20Africa Rising;Assemblage culture;Digital economy;Dignity;Dystopia;Energy culture;Engineers;Futuring;Globalization;Hope;Medical technology;Post-globalization;Repair;Repair shops;Screen culture;South-South;Tech culture;Techniques;Technological appropriation;Urban life;Urbanization;Utopia01060303The Post-Global City seeks to open a new field of analytical inquiry that examines knowledge production and technological developments in urban Africa rooted in local, historical realities, while also partaking in transnational, global processes. This work explores the ways in which urban residents have utilized technologies and networks to operate around, under, and beyond the state and the international “order,” and challenges the stereotypical images of Africa as a continent either devoid of technology or filled with either broken technologies or technologies from the Global North or Asia. This book focuses on accounts and critiques of new “Rising Africa” ideologies, examining megaprojects such as geothermal and hydroelectric plants with new networked startups that circumvent state and patriarchal hierarchies, women vendors selling online, youths designing and constructing oil refining technologies and tech startups working across diasporas. Grounded in ethnographic fieldwork carried out in urban spaces in Nigeria, Kenya, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Sudan, Gabon, Cameroon, and Tanzania, The Post-Global City brings together voices from Africa, Europe, and the United States to inquire into the dialectics between technology and the urban on the African continent.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110783/3/9780472905430.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110783/1/9780472905430.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 ab21c21b-0464-4569-b118-a9055f5abce3030001OAPEN Library IDab21c21b-0464-4569-b118-a9055f5abce301HANDLE20.500.12657/1111491597810035982130610.4324/978100359821300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy0101Corporate Systems in Emerging Market EconomiesA Comparison of China and Eastern Europe1A01IchiroIwasaki - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3196-28222A01XinxinMa - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7616-19413A01SatoshiMizobata - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9638-223101eng0010393K93KC93KCM93KJ93KJR20Central planning;Economic transformation;Emerging markets;Post-communist economies;Socialist legacy;Transitional countries;Transitional economy01060303This book provides a comparative perspective of various areas of corporate management in two post-socialist regions: China and Eastern Europe. The book employs original firm-level empirical analyses and meta-analyses of the extant literature to investigate the impacts of corporate ownership on firm performance and organizational behavior; internal organization through the lens of the corporate board; and the interrelationship between firms and gender, labor relations, and society. In comparing China and Eastern Europe, the book addresses whether corporate governance structures have evolved due to global pressures from competition and technological progress or if inter-regional differences reflect how firms were privatized or handed over to managers after the end of central planning. This book will appeal to researchers and post-graduate students interested in comparative economics, economic system transition, and comparative corporate systems.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111149/3/9781003598213.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103298354715978103298359211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111149/1/9781003598213.pdf9904 ac7175e2-4107-4a95-939f-9a3616afc6cb030001OAPEN Library IDac7175e2-4107-4a95-939f-9a3616afc6cb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111191597810035424520610.4324/978100354245200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge International Handbooks0101The Routledge Handbook of Peripheries in European Studies1B01PamelaBallinger2B01ClemensSedmak01eng005020393G93GT93GTM93J93JH93JHB93JHM93JP93JPB93JPS93L93LB20Anthropological research Europe;European integration studies;Migration policy analysis;Peripheral regions case studies;Postcolonial theory Europe;Socio-spatial transformation;Urban exclusion dynamics01060303The Routledge Handbook of Peripheries in European Studies critically and systematically explores peripheries – in their various notions, definitions, and possibilities – within the European sphere. Variously considered, peripheries reveal common asymmetries and constraints, shed light on combinations and intersections of well-established distinctions and structures, and yet also offer places of resilience, creativity, and innovation to challenge the status quo. As such, peripheries offer revealing perspectives to understand the changing spatial, political, and cultural landscapes of Europe as well as a crucial object of study in their own right, giving weight to persons, processes, and places who seem not to matter, yet demand a reconsideration of the history and politics of Europe. Using case studies and organized around the exploration of four types of peripheries – geographic, structural, socio-political, and epistemic – this multi- and interdisciplinary handbook shows Europe constructed, deconstructed, and reconstructed through the very processes of peripheralization and centralization that it explores. The Routledge Handbook of Peripheries in European Studies is a key reference for scholars and students of European studies and culture, European politics as well as the broader social sciences, humanities, and law.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111119/3/9781040525463.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104052546315978104067630111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111119/1/9781040525463.pdf9904 abca86ba-7053-4326-9b21-cef03d9f10a6030001OAPEN Library IDabca86ba-7053-4326-9b21-cef03d9f10a601HANDLE20.500.12657/1108261597815292472990610.51952/978152924731200EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Geopolitics of Energy System TransformationManaging the Messy Mix1A01MichaelBradshaw01eng001960393J93JP93JPS93JPSL93K93KC93KCM93KCP93KCV93KCVG93KJ93KJJ93P93PH93PHD93PHDY93R93RN93RND93RNF93RNFY93RNP93RNPG20Climate change;Energy geopolitics;Energy system transformation;Fossil fuel phase out;Global energy governance;Low carbon future;Transition management01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Our global energy system needs radical and speedy transformation in order to meet climate change targets. This shift is currently conceived in two ways: a ‘high carbon transition’ away from fossil fuels and a ‘low carbon transition’, the development of a low carbon energy system. This accessible book guides us through the 'messy mix', the perilous ground that sits between the present and the future energy systems. Evidence-based and solutions-focused, this is a novel framework to help manage geopolitical challenges and enable a swift, just, orderly and equitable transition away from fossil fuels.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110826/4/9781529247312.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152924730515978152924731211Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110826/1/9781529247312.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110826/2/9781529247305.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 ac198558-b3bd-4bb8-9bdc-dc08b7f3e956030001OAPEN Library IDac198558-b3bd-4bb8-9bdc-dc08b7f3e95601HANDLE20.500.12657/11083015978152924604900EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Post-Brexit Student Mobilities1A01RachelBrooks2A01JohannaWaters01eng0018403935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93JH93JHB93JN93JNF93JNK93JNM93JP20Brexit;Europe;Higher education;International;Migration;Mobilities;Students01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Since the UK’s dramatic departure from the European Union, student mobility has become a frontline issue in the reshaping of higher education. This book investigates how cross-border movement into and out of the UK has been transformed in the wake of Brexit. Drawing on extensive empirical data, the book explores changing mobility patterns, the rise of new infrastructures and the politics surrounding schemes like Turing. It critically examines how government policies and stakeholder responses are redefining international education. This is a vital resource for researchers, policy makers and practitioners navigating the evolving landscape of global student mobility.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110830/4/9781529246063.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152924605615978152924606311Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110830/1/9781529246063.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110830/2/9781529246056.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 aafaea79-3672-4faa-8c73-5920857d02ef030001OAPEN Library IDaafaea79-3672-4faa-8c73-5920857d02ef01HANDLE20.500.12657/11083215978152925262000EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Atmospheres and Digital MediaConnection and Disconnection Across Everyday Life1B01SofiaCaldeira2B01AnaJorge01eng001720393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT193P93PD93PDR93U93UB93UBJ20Affect;Audiences;Connectivity;Digital media;Disconnection;Everyday media cultures;Social media01060303Available open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. From parenting and pilgrimage to activism and mourning, this thought-provoking book explores how digital connection—and disconnection—shapes the emotional texture of our lives. Using the concept of ‘affective atmospheres’, the authors examine the feelings that emerge in the interactions between people, platforms and places. Drawing on rich, real-world examples, it explores how digital media infuse our homes, beliefs, rituals and politics with emotion, tension and meaning. A timely exploration of the emotional labour of online life, this book offers fresh insights into how we feel our way through digital culture.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110832/4/9781529252644.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152925263715978152925264411Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110832/1/9781529252644.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110832/2/9781529252637.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 a77f9e9e-7d16-4b22-9d14-1cbea0283fdf030001OAPEN Library IDa77f9e9e-7d16-4b22-9d14-1cbea0283fdf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109971597819117124730610.31389/lsepress.tgs00EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/0101The Growth Story of the 21st CenturyThe Economics and Opportunity of Climate Action1A01NicholasStern01eng005580393K93KC93KCG93R93RN93RNU20Climate action;Climate policy;Economic transformation;Growth;Investment and innovation;Sustainable development01060303The world stands at a crossroads. The next decade will determine whether we avoid climate, biodiversity, and economic catastrophe – or unlock a new era of sustainable, resilient, and inclusive growth. The Growth Story of the 21st Century challenges the outdated idea that we must choose between climate action and development. Instead, it presents a compelling case for a transformation that delivers both prosperity and a healthier planet. Drawing on economics, finance, policy, politics, and behavioural science, Nicholas Stern explores why this transformation is essential, what it entails, and how we can achieve it. He revisits the insights of the Stern Review two decades on and sets out a new research agenda for economics and the social sciences. This is a story of optimism – about how rapid technological advances, including digitisation and AI, can drive change at scale. But it does not shy away from the immense challenges ahead. With clear and practical strategies for national and international action, this book is a call to leaders, businesses, and individuals alike: the future is in our hands, and delay is the riskiest option of all.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110997/3/9781911712480.pdf.jpgLSE Press01LSE PressLondon, UK000120250615978191171248015978191171249715978191171250311LSE Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110997/1/9781911712480.pdf990409LSE Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.31389/lsepress.tgs9904 a825fdc8-6061-4af9-9748-184badf16354030001OAPEN Library IDa825fdc8-6061-4af9-9748-184badf1635401HANDLE20.500.12657/1110051597895185897330610.21435/skst.150200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010236Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seuran Toimituksia0101Tekojen kaupunki1B01TerhiAiniala2B01SiljaLaine3B01PäiviLeinonen4B01PiaOlsson01fin004940393G93GL93GLZ93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBS93JBSD93JH93JHM93JHMC93R93RP93RPC20Placemaking;Towns and cities;Urban culture;Urban design;Urban environment;Urban space01060303undefined0303Cities become lived and meaningful places through the actions of both human and more-than-human inhabitants, and through tangible and intangible features. While cities are subject to planning and regulation, they are also continuously made and shaped through everyday practices—such as inhabiting, caring for domestic environments, moving within urban spaces, and articulating lived experiences into stories and narratives that contribute to public urban culture. This book brings together scholars from the humanities and social sciences, offering a multidisciplinary inquiry into the diverse processes through which contemporary urban environments are formed and reformed. The volume calls for a broad understanding of urban placemaking, emphasizing the need to understand how human and more-than-human constitute and influence urban development. The chapters are divided into four thematic groups: belonging, everyday life, language and memory. These are approached through a variety of methods and concepts.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111005/3/9789518589757.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858974015978951858975711Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111005/1/9789518589757.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/skst.15029904 a8a65c42-b13d-48bc-a5f6-5778e5087d1b030001OAPEN Library IDa8a65c42-b13d-48bc-a5f6-5778e5087d1b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111821597810033993080610.4324/978100339930800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Routledge International Handbook of English Language Education in Indonesia1A01Yusnita FebriantiDidi Sukyadi2B01FuadAbdul Hamied3B01SubhanZein01eng0010393C93CF93CJ93J93JN93JNU20Curriculum approaches;ELF;ELT;English teacher preparation;Indonesia;Indonesian history;Intercultural language teaching;Language Policy;Language assessment;Madrasah;Pesantren;Primary;Secondary;Teaching English;Translanguaging01060303This handbook is a landmark volume offering an unparalleled exploration of English language education in the world’s largest archipelagic nation. Home to over 17,000 islands and more than 600 ethnolinguistic groups, Indonesia has an extraordinary linguistic and cultural diversity making up a unique context for English language education. With the growing prominence of Indonesia’s superdiversity, this comprehensive resource on English language education in the country is timely. This handbook assembles cutting-edge research reviews from a diverse group of contributors, both Indonesian and international. It investigates key themes across six major areas: history and policy; curriculum and assessment; pedagogy; teacher education; English in the education system; and innovative approaches to the English language, teaching, and research. With perspectives ranging from historical and sociolinguistic to pedagogical and ideological, the chapters provide a multidimensional understanding of the complexities and opportunities shaping English language education in Indonesia. An essential resource for academics, policymakers, teachers, and students, this volume not only captures the dynamism of English education in Indonesia but also charts pathways for future scholarship, practice, and policymaking. It serves as a critical reference for anyone seeking to understand and contribute to the evolving landscape of English language education in the nation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111182/3/9781003399308.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103250616615978103250619711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111182/1/9781003399308.pdf9904 a827ca3f-8b0c-482c-a71e-93c35941991a030001OAPEN Library IDa827ca3f-8b0c-482c-a71e-93c35941991a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111331597810326318750610.4324/978103263187500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101The Impossible Subject of SuicideChallenging Suicide Prevention1A01SaartjeTack01eng001620393J93JB93JBF93JBFN93JH93JHB93JHBA93JM93M93MB93MBS93MK93MKM93MKMT20Agency;Cultural studies;Fiction;Freedom;Healthy;Mental health;News media;Public health;Rational;Representations;Scholarly research;Social media;Sociology;Subjectivity;Suicide;Suicide prevention;Suicidology;Will-to-live01060303Deploying feminist and queer theories of embodiment and subjectivity, The Impossible Subject of Suicide stages an intervention into dominant understandings of suicide that position suicide prevention as the only possible and ethical response to suicide, thus ruling it out as a legitimate choice. With attention to scholarly research, news media, fiction, public health, and social media, the author investigates the cultural mechanisms at play in positioning and sustaining suicide prevention as a pre-discursive, a-contextual, and natural response to suicide. As the prevention narrative relies on the assumption that "normal," "healthy," and "rational" people want to live, it relegates the suicidal subject to de-agentified subject positions such as mentally ill, at-risk, or vulnerable, and thus effectively silences those who consider death. As such, the suicidal subject cannot exist as a subject in its own right: it is an impossible subject. A study of the ways in which the subject’s agency is conditioned by the expression of a normative desire to live, this book interrogates the taken-for-granted knowledges of suicide that have for decades informed understandings and representations of suicide, and aims to render the lives of those who live with suicide more liveable and open up a space from which those who have culturally been silenced can speak. It will, therefore, appeal to scholars in the social sciences and humanities with an interest in mental health, suicide, and/or questions around agency, embodiment, and subjectivity.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111133/3/9781040865217.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104086521715978104086524811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111133/1/9781040865217.pdf9904 a83b2899-e5d2-4012-a971-5b87806fa6cf030001OAPEN Library IDa83b2899-e5d2-4012-a971-5b87806fa6cf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111221597810008298840610.4324/978100324436300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Linguistic Anthropology0101Indigenous Multilingualism at WarruwiCultivating Linguistic Diversity in an Australian Community1A01RuthSinger01eng0019803935935P935PB935PBA93C93CF93CFB93CFD93CFDM93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JBSL1193JH93JHM93JHMC20Arnhem Land;Cape York Peninsula;Clan Estates;Common Language;Eastern Arnhem Land;Ethnographic language study;Father’s Language;Indigenous Languages;Intergenerational language transmission;Language Ideologies;Language Portraits;Language contact dynamics;Language maintenance strategies;Linguistic Biographies;Multilingualism in remote Australian communities;Receptive Multilingual;Remote Indigenous Communities;Small language communities;Sociolinguistic fieldwork;Western Arnhem Land;Young Man01060303This book is an exploration of the role of language at Warruwi Community, a remote Indigenous settlement in northern Australia. It explores how language use and people’s ideas about language are embedded in contemporary Indigenous life there. Using an ethnographic approach, the book examines what language at Warruwi means in the context of the history of the community, ongoing social and political changes and the continuing importance of ancestral traditions. Children growing up at Warruwi still learn to speak many small Indigenous languages. This is remarkable not just in the Australian context, where many Indigenous languages are no longer spoken, but around the world as this kind of multilingualism in small languages persists only in a few remaining pockets. The way that people use many languages in their daily life at Warruwi reveals how high levels of linguistic diversity can be maintained in a small community. This detailed study of the creation of linguistic diversity is relevant to sociolinguistics, linguistic typology, historical linguistics and evolutionary linguistics. More generally, this book is for linguists, anthropologists and anyone with an interest in contemporary Australian Indigenous lives. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com , has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111122/3/9781000829884.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120230615978100082990715978100324436311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111122/1/9781000829884.pdf9904 a7168598-c2af-497e-a3a3-f3eeb8667f10030001OAPEN Library IDa7168598-c2af-497e-a3a3-f3eeb8667f1001HANDLE20.500.12657/1107741597890872847490610.24415/978908728474900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Customary Governance in Post-Independence Timor-LesteSpirit Ecologies of the House1A01AndrewMcWilliam2A01LisaPalmer01eng002000393J93JB93Q93QR93QRR93QRRT93R93RN93RNC20Culture;Ecologies of practice;Governance;House societies01060303This book examines the dynamics of a 'return to custom’ in post-independence Timor-Leste; a set of practices connecting ancestral house communities with the complex spirit ecologies upon which people's livelihoods and well-being depend. Drawing on detailed comparative studies, it considers the contribution of custom and its inter-generational legacies to the development of sustainable social and environmental policies of governance in Southeast Asia’s newest nation-state. The book is both a timely study of social renewal in post-conflict societies, and a creative contribution to the possibilities of sustainable environmental and cultural resource management in Timor-Leste and the wider region.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110774/3/9789400605114.pdf.jpgLeiden University Press01Leiden University PressLeiden000120260615978940060511415978940060566411Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110774/1/9789400605114.pdf990409Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://lup.nl/9904 a0cf4786-e029-4f1a-97b8-07df1f5d1552030001OAPEN Library IDa0cf4786-e029-4f1a-97b8-07df1f5d155201HANDLE20.500.12657/1107781597894616629650610.11116/978946166296500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Tracheal TransplantationCurrent Possibilities1A01PierreDelaere01eng001070393M93MN93MNQ20Biomedical Science01060303Defining the requirements for a successful transplantation of tracheal segments The trachea is one of the most fascinating organs in the human body. At first sight, it may appear to be a simple tube for air transport to and from the lungs. However, the cartilaginous framework of this airway, combined with its ultrathin mucosal lining and rich, but difficult to handle, blood supply, makes it to one of the most challenging tuberous organs to repair and transplant. In 2011, the trachea was heralded as the first organ that could be engineered with stem cells. In the last years however, it became clear that this achievement was based on scientific deception. Richly illustrated and in full colour, this ebook is intended to highlight both the intricacies of the laryngotracheal airway and the reconstructive approaches that can potentially restore airway function, particularly in relation to laryngotracheal stenoses and defects. Although, allotransplantation to restore segmental defects is still an unmet need, Tracheal Transplantation. Current possibilities attempts to define the requirements needed for a successful transplantation of tracheal segments. Includes video clips * Due to the nature of the video clips, a YouTube account might be required in order to enable access. Contributors (all KU Leuven): Herbert Decaluwé (Thoracic Surgery), Paul De Leyn (Thoracic Surgery), Margot Den Hondt (Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery), Christophe Dooms (Pulmonology), Jeroen Meulemans (ORL Head & Neck Surgery), Thomas Nevens (Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery), Katarina Segers (Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery), Vincent Vander Poorten (ORL Head & Neck Surgery), Dirk Van Raemdonck (Thoracic Surgery), Geert Verleden (Pulmonology), Robin Vos (Pulmonology), Jan Vranckx (Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery), Jonas Yserbyt (Pulmonology)01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110778/4/9789461662965.pdf.jpgLeuven University Press01Leuven University PressLeuven0001201911Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110778/1/9789461662965.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110778/2/ePDF_TrachealTransplantion9904 a454d370-1eb9-40d8-b0aa-7ddea2b5eb7c030001OAPEN Library IDa454d370-1eb9-40d8-b0aa-7ddea2b5eb7c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111991597810035466580610.4324/978100354665800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Focus on Environment and Sustainability0101Greenwashing Practices in Company Marketing Communications1A01MałgorzataBudzanowska-Drzewiecka2A01MagdalenaDołhasz3A01JustynaOstrowska4A01AnitaProszowska01eng0010393K93KC93KCM93KJ93KJJ93KJS20ESG;Ethical marketing;Green marketing;Greenwashing;Marketing communication;Pro-environmental;Sustainability01060303This book explores greenwashing practices in company marketing communications, outlining the different types of greenwashing and recommending strategies for readers to successfully differentiate between greenwashing and green marketing. It reviews the theoretical and practical concepts of greenwashing – focusing on those related to marketing communication and marketing strategy – and highlights the various tools companies utilise to mislead their customers, including green advertising, green packaging, eco-labelling, AI, and social media. Drawing upon specific case study examples, the volume illustrates how and when companies employ these methods and the subsequent impact on the environment, while contrasting these with best practices in ethical, pro-environmental marketing communications. Overall, the book campaigns for increased awareness of greenwashing among stakeholders and outlines a proposal for controlling the implementation of pro-environmental practices in green marketing communication to ensure that consumers are not misled. Assisting readers in easily identifying truly green products, as well as those which have been marketed inaccurately, Greenwashing Practices in Company Marketing Communications will be useful for researchers, academics, and students analysing contemporary marketing communication and its compatibility with the principles of sustainable development.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111199/3/9781003546658.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103290239515978103290240111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111199/1/9781003546658.pdf9904 a68ca07b-8112-4ebc-95b1-090459afa994030001OAPEN Library IDa68ca07b-8112-4ebc-95b1-090459afa99401HANDLE20.500.12657/1112491597810035931400610.4324/978100359314000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Research in Public Relations0101Sociopolitical Advocacy and the Role of Public RelationsTheoretical Developments and Emerging Perspectives on Corporate Social Advocacy and Related Constructs1A01Nicholas Browning - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5402-7143Sung-Un Yang - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3940-02692B01NicholasBrowning - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5402-71433B01HollyK. Overton - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1980-851201eng0010393G93GT93GTC93K93KJ93KJS93KJSP20Advocacy;CEO activism;Conflict;Corporate responsibility;Corporate responsibility to race;Corporate social advocacy;Crisis communication;DEI;Diversity Equity Inclusion;Leadership Management;Organizational citizenship;Public relations;Relationship-building;Societal change;Sociopolitical advocacy01060303This volume explicates the role of sociopolitical advocacy and other related constructs as forms of prosocial communication. Bringing together a diverse group of scholars, this volume provides comprehensive conceptualizations and discussions of key constructs related to prosocial communication—including corporate social advocacy (CSA), corporate political advocacy (CPA), corporate racial responsibility (CRR), corporate social responsibility (CSR), and CEO activism—through perspectives grounded in public relations, marketing, and communication theory. The chapters examine theoretical underpinnings of sociopolitical advocacy to offer understanding of both normative and instrumental drivers of advocacy, relationship building, effective and ethical advocacy messaging, and how advocacy intersects with subdisciplines of public relations. With attention to current issues, the book also examines principles and concepts of advocacy and explains how they have been applied in research and practice in various organizational contexts to address how societal changes will impact sociopolitical advocacy research and practices in the future. Offering both a strong introduction to topics for novices as well as a more advanced interrogation of sociopolitical advocacy for more knowledgeable readers, this book will appeal to advanced students and researchers in public relations, strategic communication, organizational communication, and allied fields.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111249/3/9781003593140.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120260615978103297295415978103297296111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111249/1/9781003593140.pdf9904 a387f620-3e5b-402b-9eb1-638a1c5b8038030001OAPEN Library IDa387f620-3e5b-402b-9eb1-638a1c5b803801HANDLE20.500.12657/1112531597810035960040610.4324/978100359600400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Open Business and Economics0101Sustainable Development in East Asia1A01KrzysztofFalkowski - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4639-01182B01KrzysztofFalkowski - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4639-011801eng0010393K93KC93KCL93KCM93KCV93KCVS20Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN);East Asia;Economic;Legal;Political and social issues;SDG 8 decent work and economic growth;Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs);Sustainable Trade;Sustainable production and consumption01060303East Asia plays a crucial role in the contemporary world, not only as a center of rapid economic growth but also as a region facing challenges in achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). In the context of global efforts toward sustainable development, the role of East Asia is becoming increasingly significant due to its impact on the world economy and the environment. It seems evident that without considerable involvement from Asia, including East Asia, achieving the SDGs globally will be impossible. This book presents both European and Asian perspectives on sustainability issues in East Asia, emphasizing the economic, political, and legal characteristics of the East Asian region, understood as the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) member states plus China, Japan, and South Korea (ASEAN+3). This is a significant backdrop for further in- depth research on selected dimensions of sustainability in East Asia, which are particularly important for achieving the SDGs. It explores various aspects that constitute the region’s pursuit of sustainable development, analyzing them from the perspective of several dimensions. These include the normative- institutional dimension of cooperation among East Asian countries in implementing sustainable development; the promotion of sustainable trade in the region; sustainable consumption and production as a central challenge to East Asia’s sustainability; and the role of the services sector in advancing SDG targets related to decent work. The book’s interdisciplinary approach makes it a useful guide for researchers, scholars, and students specializing in sustainable development, development economics, international economics, international law, and political sciences, as well as policymakers and activists striving to achieve or promote the SDGs.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111253/3/9781003596004.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120260615978103297901415978103297903811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111253/1/9781003596004.pdf9904 a4510de8-b30e-433f-a308-aaa56b413754030001OAPEN Library IDa4510de8-b30e-433f-a308-aaa56b41375401HANDLE20.500.12657/1108881597838376751530610.14361/978383942449000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode1001024Digitalität und Bildung0101Medien | Didaktik | HochschuleReflexionen und Resonanzen1B01SandraHofhues2B01EileenLübcke3B01MandySchiefner-Rohs01ger002040393J93JN93JNB93JNF93JNM20Artificial Intelligence;Didactics;Didaktik;Higher Education;Hochschule;Künstliche Intelligenz;Media;Medien01060303undefined0303Wie sich in der Trias von Medien, Didaktik und Hochschule spezifische Forschungs- und Arbeitszusammenhänge, methodische Spannungen und Zukunftsimpulse spiegeln, welche Resonanzen daraus für Theorie und Praxis entstehen, erkunden die Beitragenden dieser Festschrift anlässlich Gabi Reinmanns 60. Geburtstag auf je eigene Weise. Etwa: Baut Wissenschaftsdidaktik Brücken in die Zukunft? Wie steht es um forschendes Lernen in der unternehmerischen Hochschule? Warum erscheinen Medien oft nur als Tools, als ob ihre sozio-technischen Einschreibungen kaum Geltung hätten? Entlang solcher Fragen zeigt sich ein geteiltes Interesse an Hochschuldidaktik und -entwicklung sowie an einem kritisch-produktiven Umgang mit technischen Entwicklungen einschließlich Künstlichen Intelligenzen. Die Trias eröffnet einen Resonanzraum, in dem sich gegenwärtige und künftige Formen akademischer Bildung entfalten.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110888/3/9783839424490.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383942449011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110888/1/9783839424490.pdf9904 a106096e-4e56-48bd-83d4-b7e4dceb3d15030001OAPEN Library IDa106096e-4e56-48bd-83d4-b7e4dceb3d1501HANDLE20.500.12657/1109951597895185893440610.21435/tl.29400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010235Tietolipas0101Tito Colliander ja Hitlerin SaksaPoliittisen pyhiinvaeltajan profiili1A01Carl-JohanHolmlund01fin003280393D93DS93DSK93N93NH93NHD20Authors;Finland;Germany;History of literature;National socialism;Political history01060303undefined0303Tito Colliander (1904–1989), a Finnish-Swedish writer, became known to his readers for his fluent memoirs but also as an Orthodox religious writer and teacher. A much less known part of his career was his activity with the Nazi Germany during the 1930s and 1940s. This study will provide a historical description of Colliander’s visits in Germany in 1934, 1937 and 1942, and his writings about the new political order in Germany. He can be called a political pilgrim according to professor Paul Hollander. This study focuses specially on the sociological background of Tito Colliander, such as the severe social and financial problems of his family during the Russian Revolution in 1917 and so forth, ancestors of his family as military officers over many generations, the instability of the political society in Finland after the Civil War in 1918 and, last but not least, his close relations with the Finnish-Swedish far-right radicalism and its representatives, above of all Örnulf Tigerstedt and Bertel Gripenberg. This study will show how the sociological background of Tito Colliander can help us to understand his activity and conformism to Hitler and the Third Reich. Colliander can be connected, like Tigerstedt and Gripenberg, to the far-right radicalism and intellectual or literal fascism in Finland during the 1930s and 1940s.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110995/3/9789518589368.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858935115978951858936811Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110995/1/9789518589368.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/tl.2949904 a64a0327-c400-457c-a6cb-5688c0702ce3030001OAPEN Library IDa64a0327-c400-457c-a6cb-5688c0702ce301HANDLE20.500.12657/11107815978180008991400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode0101Understanding China through Digital Anthropology1B01DanielMiller2B01XinyuanWang01eng93J93JB93JBS93JH93JHM93JHMC20China;Digital;Economy;Education;Gender;Health;Heterogeneity;Media;Society;Technology01060303Understanding China through Digital Anthropology questions our understanding of digital technologies by demonstrating fundamental differences in the meaning of both technology and the digital between China and the West. This follows from a longstanding historical divergence in the meaning of and attitude to the relationship between technology and humanity. The book also challenges our understanding of China through a series of case studies that range from the creation of algorithms, the normative basis of social media and the impact of digital communication on diverse fields including economic practices, gender, media and healthcare. These further demonstrate the value of long-term ethnographic studies that situate people’s online activities in their everyday offline lives. These case studies are testimony to the continued heterogeneity of China in covering sophisticated urban IT professionals, Tibetan villagers and grassroots women struggling to make a living. All of this contributes to a new understanding of a contemporary China that has been transformed by the sheer scale and dynamism manifested in the deployment of digital technologies. The book also includes an extensive summary of work undertaken by scholars inside China on digital anthropology and previously only available in Chinese.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111078/3/9781800089914.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180008992111UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111078/1/9781800089914.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 9f5208d0-7835-4724-a7d2-162b995aa484030001OAPEN Library ID9f5208d0-7835-4724-a7d2-162b995aa48401HANDLE20.500.12657/1110371597895185897640610.21435/ht.29400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010214Historiallisia Tutkimuksia0101Pyhä Birgitta ja birgittalaisuus myöhäiskeskiajan Suomessa1B01Anna-StinaHägglund2B01SofiaLahti01fin003750393N93NH93NHD93NHDJ93Q93QR93QRM93QRMB93QRMB193QRV93QRVS93QRVS193QRVS520Brigittines;Convents and monasteries;Late Middle Ages;Naantali Convent;Saint Bridget of Sweden;Saints01060303undefined0303This book brings together the most recent research on the influence of St Birgitta and the Birgittines in late medieval Finland. The Naantali monastery was a place of cult and teaching where both the mystical and practical aspects Birgittine learning were taught to the nuns through the reading aloud of religious texts, but also preached to laypeople by Birgittine brethren. It was also a place where nuns prayed daily for the souls that were in the Purgatory. For the sake of this service, the monastery received generous donations of land, images, and liturgical objects from the wealthy members of the local communities. On feast days, laypeople could witness solemn processions with holy images and relics and hear the nuns singing the officium of St Birgitta. From Naantali, the Birgittine spiritual, literary, musical, and visual heritage reached to the entire Turku Diocese. In this book, these phenomena are analysed from the perspectives of lived religion, senses and emotions, materiality, and fragmentation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111037/3/9789518589788.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858977115978951858978811Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111037/1/9789518589788.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/ht.2949904 9f9b71b9-b5d6-4c4a-963c-919e86a3be05030001OAPEN Library ID9f9b71b9-b5d6-4c4a-963c-919e86a3be0501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107181597837370192480610.14220/978373701924800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0100102Band 036Schriften zu Familienunternehmen0101Das Familienunternehmen als selbstgesteuerte OrganisationZwischen patriarchalen und postpatriarchalen Strukturen1A01EvaHohenberger01ger002590393K93KJ93KJH93KJT20Dezentralisierung;Eigentümergeführtes Familienunternehmen;Entscheidungsprämissen;Familieneinfluss;Hierarchie;Holacracy;Holokratie;Musterwechsel;Organisation und Führung;Selbstgesteuerte Organisation;Systemtheorie01060303undefined0303Trotz zunehmendem Interesse an Familienunternehmen ist das Verständnis von Führungs- und Organisationspraktiken, die sich aus dem Zusammenspiel von Familie und Unternehmen ergeben, bislang begrenzt – insbesondere mit Blick auf Dezentralisierung. Mit dem Wandel der Arbeitswelt haben einige klein- und mittelständische Familienunternehmen ihre eigentümerzentrierten Strukturen zu einer selbstgesteuerten Organisation reformiert und dabei Entscheidungsbefugnisse formal und systematisch neu verteilt. Mit Luhmanns Systemtheorie als Basis untersucht diese qualitative Studie die formalen Spielregeln sowie praktische Dynamiken, die sich im Musterwechsel zeigen – mit Fokus auf den Einfluss der Familie in diesem Übergang. Die Studie liefert Einblicke zur selbstgesteuerten Organisation als eine Form postpatriarchaler Strukturen in Familienunternehmen. Despite growing interest in family firms, leadership and organizational practices shaped by the interplay of family and firm remain underexplored – especially regarding decentralization. As work environments change, some small and medium-sized family firms have moved from owner-centered structures to self-managing organizations, redistributing decision-making rights in a formal and systematic way. Based on Luhmann’s systems theory, this qualitative study examines these formal rules and the dynamics emerging in this pattern change, with a focus on the family’s influence in this transition. This study offers insights into self-managing organizations as one form of post-patriarchal structures in family firms.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110718/3/9783737019248.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110718/1/9783737019248.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.14220/97837370192489904 9c730c5a-bd2c-4f80-bdfb-549c391df7b2030001OAPEN Library ID9c730c5a-bd2c-4f80-bdfb-549c391df7b201HANDLE20.500.12657/1107391597836667035460610.13109/978366670354600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Schule als Lernort der DemokratieMaterialien zur politischen Bildung1A01PiaDiergarten2A01RalfKoerrenz3A01ChristophSchröder01ger00980393Y93YP93YPJ20Antisemitismus;Demokratie;Digitalisierung;Fake News;Geisteswissenschaften;Gesellschaftswissenschaften;Menschenwürde;Rassismus;Religionsunterricht;Schulbuch;Schulentwicklung;Sekundarstufe 1;Sekundarstufe 2;Sozialwissenschaften;Unterrichtsmaterialien;Wahrheit01060303undefined0303Wie kein anderer gesellschaftlicher Transformationsprozess verändert die Digitalisierung unsere Lebenswelten. Sie verändert auch, wie wir diese wahrnehmen und was wir als „Normal“ verstehen – digitale Erfahrungswelten beeinflussen, wie wir denken, fühlen und lernen. Für demokratische Gesellschaften heißt das, einerseits die unterschiedlichen Wahrnehmungen anzuerkennen, andererseits in dieser Vielfalt gemeinsame Leitlinien zu entwickeln, die sich an den Rechten und der Würde des Einzelnen orientieren. Digitalisierung bedeutet für den schulischen Kontext nicht nur den Umgang mit neuen Technologien zu fördern, sondern auch ein ethisches Bewusstsein für die mit der Digitalisierung verbundenen Fragen und Herausforderungen zu entwickeln. Die allumfassende Veränderung unserer Lebenswelten kann oft nur an Beispielen konkretisiert werden. Deshalb versammelt dieses Arbeitsheft exemplarische Lernimpulse aus Religion und Ethik, die Schüler*innen die Möglichkeit geben, Themen des Digitalen kennenzulernen und sich darüber auszutauschen. Es stellt Materialien zur Verfügung, die die Digitalisierung im System Schule adressieren und die Bearbeitung des Themas im Kontext von Religionsunterricht, Ethik und Fächern wie Sozialkunde oder Geografie ermöglicht. Das Heft ist für die Jahrgangsstufen 8–10 konzipiert, die Verwendung einiger Materialien ist auch in der Oberstufe möglich. Daneben ist es allgemein für den Einsatz in der politischen Bildungsarbeit geeignet. Das 1. Kapitel lotet aus, wie sich Schule, Digitalisierung und Demokratie in der pädagogischen Praxis sinnvoll verbinden lassen. Im 2. Teil steht der didaktische Umgang mit der Produktion von Wissen im digitalen Zeitalter im Mittelpunkt. Im 3. Kapitel werden Schlaglichter auf die Konstruktion von (digitalen) Selbst- und Fremdbildern geworfen. Teil 4 und 5 widmen sich mit den Themen Rassismus und Antisemitismus konkreten Formen der Diskriminierung und Ausgrenzung, die sich durch die Digitalisierung noch einmal in einer anderen Qualität zeigen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110739/3/9783666703546.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110739/1/9783666703546.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836667035469904 9d0f26dc-c0ec-47d5-8984-2dfab179f326030001OAPEN Library ID9d0f26dc-c0ec-47d5-8984-2dfab179f32601HANDLE20.500.12657/1107571597837815621100610.35468/621100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/10010231Jahrbuch für Historische Bildungsforschung0101Jahrbuch für Historische Bildungsforschung Band 31Schwerpunkt: Wandel und Verflechtung von Bildungsungleichheiten, Bildungsinstitutionen und Gesellschaft im langen 20. Jahrhundert01ger002680393J93JN93JNB20Arbeiterfakultäten;BRD;Bildungspolitik;Bildungsungleichheiten;DDR;Digitalisierung;Historische Bildungsforschung;Jugendliche;Migration;Nachkriegszeit;Prekarisierung;Rassismus;Schulpolitik;Soziale Ungleichheit;Sozialgeschichte01060303undefined0303Aus dem Inhalt:Schwerpunkt: Wandel und Verflechtung von Bildungsungleichheiten, Bildungsinstitutionen und Gesellschaft im langen 20. Jahrhundert.Redaktion: Sandra Wenk, Tilman Drope, Joachim Scholz.Dennis Mathie: Von Einheimischen und Auswärtigen Herkunftsabhängige Bildungsund Lebensunterschiede von Schülern höherer Lehranstalten im späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhundert.Ingrid Miethe: Die internationale Ausbreitung der ‚Arbeiterfakultäten‘ – Eine globalgeschichtliche Perspektive auf den Bedeutungsund Funktionswandel sozialer Ungleichheit. Phillip Wagner: Demokratische Differenzierungen. Meritokratische Schulpolitik und ungleiche Umerziehung in der westdeutschen Nachkriegszeit (1945–1955).Sven Schibgilla: Computergestützte Hierarchien: Die ungleiche Einführung des Computers in westdeutsche Schulen (1970er–1980er Jahre).Abhandlung: Daniel Erdmann: 30 Jahrgänge Jahrbuch für Historische Bildungsforschung – ein Rückblick aus der Distanz.Quelle:Susanne Schregel: Nationalsozialistische ,Begabtenförderung‘ und das Versprechen sozialer Chancen. Der Rundbrief Berufswettkampf und Begabtenförderung (1940–1944).01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110757/3/9783781562110.pdf.jpg01Verlag Julius KlinkhardtBad Heilbrunn0001202611Verlag Julius Klinkhardt01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110757/1/9783781562110.pdf9904 9d74da46-51b4-4a6e-8e6f-f3e48520c156030001OAPEN Library ID9d74da46-51b4-4a6e-8e6f-f3e48520c15601HANDLE20.500.12657/1111831597810033823930610.4324/978100338239300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Research in Art History0101Surrealism and the People’s Republic of ChinaFrom Mao to Now1A01LaurenWalden - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1757-183001eng0010393A93AG93AGA201985;Advertising;André Masson;Art history;Artists;Artwork;Beijing;Calligraphy;Capitalism;Christian Dotremont;Communism;Communist;Cultural Revolution;Deng Xiaoping;Ding Fang;Europe;France;Jean Degottex;Mao;Maoist;Marcel Mariën;Michel Leiris;Nanjing;New Wave;Political;Politics;Propaganda;Protest;Red Travels Group;Revolution;Sha Qi;Shanghai;Simon Hantaï;Socialism;Socialist Realism;Surrealist pop;Udit Riegl;Visual art;Zhao Shou01060303This study investigates cultural exchange between the Surrealist movement and the People’s Republic of China (1949-present). Surrealist art was officially prohibited under Mao’s rule (1949-1976). However, the book interrogates potent tensions in clandestinely created surrealist artworks by Zhao Shou and Sha Qi, who discovered the movement while studying abroad. Furthermore, Walden explores how several European Surrealists aligned Chinese calligraphy with automatism as well as Michel Leiris and Marcel Mariën’s travels to Maoist China and their diametrically opposed visions of the nation. Amidst post-socialism, the book posits that the ’85 New Wave consciously employed Surrealism to process the traumatic Cultural Revolution (1966-1976) and react to newfound societal freedoms. Subsequently, the volume considers why a new artistic tendency of ‘surrealist pop’ emerged in the 1990s. At present, Lauren Walden reveals how Surrealism has become officialised and even promoted by Chinese authorities owing to revolutionary resonances between traditional Chinese art and the western avant-garde. The book will be of interest to scholars working in art history, Chinese studies, and Surrealism.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111183/3/9781003382393.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103246467115978103246581411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111183/1/9781003382393.pdf9904 9b30c283-9569-437c-8d21-d09cece4da91030001OAPEN Library ID9b30c283-9569-437c-8d21-d09cece4da9101HANDLE20.500.12657/1111501597810034275370610.4324/978100342753700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Advances in Teaching English as an International Language Series0101Dismantling the Native Speaker Construct in English Language Teaching1A01EnricLlurda2B01EnricLlurda01eng0010393C93CF93CJ93J93JN93JNU20EIL;ELF;English As A Lingua Franca;English As An International Language;Native Speaker;Native Speakerism;Native Teachers;Nnests;Non-Native Speaker;Non-Native Teachers;Teaching Of EIL01060303This edited volume provides a set of cutting-edge research on native-speakerism and how the concept of the native speaker is still present in the teaching of English as a global language. The chapters each take a critical stance on the concept of ‘native speaker’ and thus deconstruct it so that the reader can construct their own vision of language use, language acquisition, and language teaching in an unbiased way, detached from myths and fallacies that have permeated in language education up until today. Though this book is contextualized within the teaching of English as an International Language, its contributions and argumentations are also illuminating for any other language teaching context. Research included in this volume is empirical, thus providing rich data to support critical argumentation, and ensuring a global overview of studies conducted in Asia, Europe, and the Americas. A unique reference for students, scholars, and practitioners interested in the native speaker construct and its effect on language teachers’ identities, general language teaching practices, and advancing the field of Applied Linguistics. Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111150/3/9781003427537.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103254793015978103254794711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111150/1/9781003427537.pdf9904 9ed707a0-d124-4f02-a336-aca3597a774e030001OAPEN Library ID9ed707a0-d124-4f02-a336-aca3597a774e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110921597810036614500610.1201/978100366145000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Critical Network InfrastructuresMethods for Modelling and Analysis1A01SamborGuze01eng001520393G93GP93GPQ93GPQD93K93KJ93KJM93KJMV93KJMV593KN93KND93P93PB93PBT93PH93PHD93PHDY93T93TB93TBC93TBD93TBDG93TD93TDP93TG93TGB93TGP93TGPQ93TJ93TJF93TJFM93TN20Graph Theory and Game Theory;Mathematical Modeling;Quality Assurance and Reliability;Safety Engineering;Statistic and Probabilistic Models;Transportation Networks01060303Highlighting critical issues surrounding network infrastructures, this book offers innovative methods and parameters for modelling, analysing, enhancing reliability and safety, and addressing vulnerabilities. It is imperative to develop new tools or enhance existing ones to ensure the dependable, secure, and resilient operation of these infrastructures, and this book offers solutions to achieve this goal. The primary focus of the book lies in the application of graph theory and game theory and methods in various capacities. Drawing from over 15 years of research, the authors have distilled their findings into simple yet powerful tools for mathematical modelling, analysis, and optimisation of real, intricate technical systems and networks. This book presents a straightforward approach to graph theory for modelling, analysing, and optimising various complex networks. It explores weight functions within graph theory and utilises graph theory terminology to assess the reliability, safety, and vulnerability of network structures. The text combines SWOT analysis and game theory with nature, graph and game theories, incorporating various multi-criteria methods and other strategies for continuous goal functions. The book continues by introducing readers to a range of system and network modelling tools, including graph and game theory models, along with algorithms, methods, and techniques for both single and multi-criteria optimisation. Written to be used as a reference for specialists, engineers, and academics involved in research and development. It also serves professionals responsible for the reliable and safe operation of transportation systems, energy networks, and telecommunication networks, as well as those developing solutions for Intelligent Transport Networks. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commer-cial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111092/3/9781040582589.pdf.jpgCRC Press01CRC Press000120260615978104058258915978104061580511CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111092/1/9781040582589.pdf9904 9552f97b-6a28-4fde-8c1c-2eebfb992cbc030001OAPEN Library ID9552f97b-6a28-4fde-8c1c-2eebfb992cbc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111211597810036137180610.4324/978100361371800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Myths about Sustainable Consumption: Dispelled1B01OksanaMont01eng002720393G93GT93GTP93J93JH93JHB93K93KC93KCK93KCM93KJ93KJJ93KJS93R93RN93RND20Anti-consumption;Behavioural change;Consumer behavior;Consumer behaviour;Consumption patterns;Environmental policy;Ethical consumption;Green consumers;Green consumption;Green products;Overconsumption;Sustainability;Sustainable consumption;Systemic sustainability01060303Why, despite decades of warnings and solutions, does unsustainable consumption still persist? What keeps societies locked into business as usual even when the consequences are clear? This book contends that part of the answer lies in the myths we adhere to – powerful narratives that normalise the status quo, limit imagination and delay the transition to sustainability. Gathering leading scholars from various disciplines, this book examines 12 of the most widespread myths about sustainable consumption – from the belief that information provision, small individual actions or technological fixes will deliver sustainability to the faith in economic growth as the goal of societal development and the idea that consumer demand drives sustainability. Each chapter explores the origin of a specific myth, details its environmental and social impacts and presents evidence-based counterarguments. Chapters also move beyond critique by offering practical strategies, policy and business implications and inspiring real-world examples, illustrating how alternative pathways can be implemented in practice. Collectively, the chapters reveal how myths endure through cultural resonance, institutional embedding, daily practices and political interests, while also providing a clear and applicable framework for diagnosing myths, debating them and designing alternatives. The book underscores recurring barriers to change but highlights leverage points and opportunities for transformation. This volume will benefit researchers, students, policymakers, business leaders and engaged citizens seeking to understand why simplistic solutions fall short and how sufficiency, justice and systemic change can foster more sustainable ways of living within planetary boundaries. It ultimately empowers readers to rethink taken-for-granted assumptions and help accelerate sustainability transformations. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111121/3/9781040869581.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104086958115978104086962811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111121/1/9781040869581.pdf9904 94157ca3-418a-42a1-9a77-46c3afa07ea6030001OAPEN Library ID94157ca3-418a-42a1-9a77-46c3afa07ea601HANDLE20.500.12657/1111201597810326387990610.4324/978103263879900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Literary Translation0101Literary Translation LifecyclesThe Vital Networks Behind the Circulation of Dutch Literature1B01PaolaGentile2B01JackMcMartin3B01ElisaNelissen01eng003700393C93CF93CFP93D93DS93DSB20Book marketing strategies;Circulation of literature;Cross-cultural publishing;Dutch literary system;Dutch literature;Global literary translation case studies;Jack McMartin;Literary systems of the Low Countries;Literary translation;Literary translation policy;Literature in the Low Countries;Minority language translation;Paola Gentile;Reception studies;Sociology of translation;Translated literature;Translation agents;Translation publishing;World literature networks01060303This collection examines how translated books come into being and circulate across languages, cultures, and book markets. Using Dutch as a case study of a source language at the margins of the world literary system, the volume sets out an innovative conceptual framework for understanding the making of translated literature, covering discovery, selection, acquisition, translation, production, marketing, and reception. It brings together fifteen accounts of recent literary works translated from Dutch, spanning five genres and fourteen different target languages. This comparative approach, keeping the focus on the same source language at the periphery of the world literary system across examples, allows for a deeper look into the numerous agents involved in the lifecycle of a translated book, including translators, editors, agents, rights managers, marketing staff, and government representatives. Chapters explore the connections between production-side decisions and how translated books were ultimately received in the market, from success stories and breakthroughs to works that faced delays, setbacks, or limited uptake, thereby illustrating a variety of trajectories within the global translation system. Taken together, the collection provides a comprehensive picture of the circulation of Dutch literature in translation and contributes to broader discussions on the translation of less widely studied languages. This book will appeal to scholars in translation studies and world literature, particularly those interested in literary translation, the sociology of translation, and translation publishing.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111120/3/9781040495322.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104049532215978104073537411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111120/1/9781040495322.pdf9904 95ef3010-679e-4323-97fd-ed8e36f023a9030001OAPEN Library ID95ef3010-679e-4323-97fd-ed8e36f023a901HANDLE20.500.12657/1108461597818051176670610.11647/OBP.050400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Africa in Russian Imperial CultureRace, Empire, and Representation (1850-1917)1A01AnitaFrison01eng003640393N93NH93NHB93NHH93NHT93NHTB93NHTQ20Africa;National identity;Postcolonial Studies;Representation;Russian Imperial Culture01060303This volume uncovers how Sub-Saharan Africa was imagined in Russian culture from 1850 to 1917. Drawing on travelogues, ethnographic studies, fiction, and museum collections, Anita Frison reveals how Russia—though lacking formal colonies in Africa—nonetheless engaged deeply with Western colonial discourse. Organized around themes of Strangers, Lands, Bodies, Collectors, and Disguises, the book explores how Russians represented African peoples, landscapes, and artifacts to negotiate questions of race, empire, and national identity. Challenging the notion of Russian ‘exceptionalism’, this book demonstrates that imperial attitudes toward Africa often prefigured Soviet anticolonial rhetoric, whilst simultaneously relying on the colonial paradigm. Richly documented and interdisciplinary, this study offers fresh insights for scholars of history, literature, and postcolonial studies, while remaining accessible to curious general readers.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110846/3/9781805117681.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511767415978180511768115978180511769815978180511770411Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110846/1/9781805117681.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.05049904 94b2576a-a988-4f04-a215-f1b257fd856d030001OAPEN Library ID94b2576a-a988-4f04-a215-f1b257fd856d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109341597838376812770610.14361/978383947534800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Global Studies0101Drug Assemblages – Policies, Counternarratives, and Local Experiences1B01PhilippWolfesberger01eng002700393J93JH93JHB20America;Drug Policy;Drug Trafficking;Policy;Political Science;Sociology01060303In the shifting landscapes of global drug governance, power asymmetries shape drug economies as well as policy discourses. Through counternarratives and regional case studies of the Americas, this edited volume investigates how prohibition, securitization, and regulation intertwine in the production of violence and inequality. Bridging fresh interdisciplinary studies and critical policy analysis, the contibutors provide conceptual and empirical insights toward more reflexive, context-sensitive, and emancipatory approaches to drug policies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110934/3/9783839475348.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947534811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110934/1/9783839475348.pdf9904 969f64e2-396e-4072-91ce-7db2d9cb5392030001OAPEN Library ID969f64e2-396e-4072-91ce-7db2d9cb539201HANDLE20.500.12657/1109931597895185895280610.21435/ksvk.10400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/1001025Kalevalaseuran vuosikirja0101Käänteet ja kierrotKulttuuriset ympäristömuutokset pohjoisessa1B01NiinaHämäläinen2B01VeeraKinnunen3B01RogerNorum01fin004170393J93JH93JHM93JHMC93R93RN93RNC20Environmental changes;Environmental research;Human ecology;Humanities;Natural diversity;Relation to nature01060303undefined0303Twists and turns, cycles and circulations: Cultural environmental change in the North The Kalevalaseura’s one hundred and fourth Yearbook, Käänteet ja kierrot – Kulttuuriset ympäristömuutokset pohjoisessa examines the interplay between cultural practices and environmental transformations during the era of ecological crisis. It introduces the concept of cycles of cultural environmental change, a dynamic framework that highlights the reciprocal, and at times synergistic, weavings of human cultural activity and non-human ecosystems. Drawing on interdisciplinary methodologies that draw from folklore studies, environmental humanities, and cultural anthropology, the authors explore how narratives, ritual practices, and ecological imaginaries adapt and evolve alongside environmental conditions. The publication proposes new modes of storytelling that decenter anthropocentric values — and anthropocenic visions — and foreground multispecies cohabitation and co-agency. By investigating how meaning-making systems reflect and respond to shifting planetary realities, this study contributes to a deeper understanding of how culture and cultures both shape and are shaped by environments. The findings underscore the urgency of reimagining cultural narratives as a critical form of ecological engagement, resistance and transformation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110993/3/9789518589542.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858953515978951858954211Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110993/1/9789518589542.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/ksvk.1049904 9660a51d-1a7b-4a0d-85f3-556bcb6e3c7b030001OAPEN Library ID9660a51d-1a7b-4a0d-85f3-556bcb6e3c7b01HANDLE20.500.12657/11107915978180008993800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode100102Grammars of World and Minority Languages0101A Grammar of Gaddi1A01PreetiKumari2A01ShreyaMehta3A01AnjaliNair4A01AnusuyaNayak5A01YangchenRoy6A01VyomSharma01eng93C93CB93CBG93CF93CFB93CFF93CJ93CJA93CJAB93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL120Asian languages;Comparative historical linguistics;Comparative linguistics;Dialect;Endangered languages;Gaddi;Grammar;Historical linguistics;Indian;Language categories;Language decline;Language features;Language planning;Language preservation;Language revitalisation;Language revival;Language structure;Languages;Linguistics;Minority language;Orthography;Phonology;Semantics;Sociolinguistics;Syntax01060303This is the first long-form descriptive grammar of the Pahari Indo-Aryan language, Gaddi (also called Bharmauri), spoken by the Gaddi people, a traditionally pastoral community now undergoing rapid occupational and lifestyle change. In 2010, the language was considered ‘definitely endangered’ by the UNESCO Atlas of the World’s Languages in Danger. A Grammar of Gaddi begins with an account of the historical and sociolinguistic profile of the community, including a discussion on the vitality of the language. Following this is a detailed documentation of the linguistic properties of the language, with chapters dedicated to the language’s phonetics and phonology, its word classes, its morphosyntax and its syntax. The appendices in the book contain the phonemic inventory of the language, a basic word list, and the cardinal, ordinal, fractional and distributive numerals of Gaddi. The careful linguistic analysis in the book allows for Gaddi language data to be presented in the International Phonetic Alphabet, with minute morphological glosses for maximum transparency. The book thus serves as a vital resource for public and private bodies, and will be of use to the language community as a basis for primers, textbooks and learning tools.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111079/3/9781800089938.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180008994511UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111079/1/9781800089938.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 98db0eb3-0d85-45d3-9330-543529a4e72f030001OAPEN Library ID98db0eb3-0d85-45d3-9330-543529a4e72f01HANDLE20.500.12657/11108115978180655029600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode0101Critical Heritage and Social JusticeRedistribution, recognition and representation in context1B01VeyselApaydin2B01KalliopiFouseki3B01DavidFrancis4B01JonathanGardner5B01SaraPerry01eng93G93GL93GLZ93J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC293JBF93JBFA93JP93JPW20Climate justice;Critical heritage;Curation;Decolonialism;Displays;Education;Equality;Inclusivity;Inequalities;Injustices;Material culture;Migration;Museum;Nancy Fraser;Racism;Recognition;Redistribution;Representation;Social justice01060303Critical Heritage and Social Justice brings together insights and experiences of scholars and practitioners working across heritage, museums, galleries, and cultural institutions to explore how principles of social justice can be embedded within these spaces. Bridging theoretical frameworks with practical applications, it presents a range of case studies and critical reflections that illuminate pathways toward transformative, justice-oriented heritage practices. Using Nancy Fraser’s three-dimensional justice framework of redistribution, recognition, and representation, the book situates social justice at the heart of critical heritage studies, highlighting its intersections with urgent global challenges including the climate crisis, conflict, forced migration, and widening social, cultural and economic inequalities. All these issues demand inclusive, equitable and community-engaged approaches within the heritage sector. Each chapter considers how to support communities, particularly those that are marginalised, by linking heritage to broader social justice struggles, addressing structural inequalities, promoting interdisciplinary collaboration, and fostering inclusive education and curatorial practices. Contributors from diverse disciplinary backgrounds – including anthropology, archaeology, architecture, conservation, education, science communication, and urban planning – offer rich, cross-sectoral perspectives. Through this collaborative and critically engaged approach, the volume articulates new conceptual and methodological directions for advancing social justice through heritage work, responding to the urgent demands of a fragmented and rapidly evolving world.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111081/3/9781806550296.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180655030211UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111081/1/9781806550296.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 93cf6569-cd74-4cf5-8e5c-541972628723030001OAPEN Library ID93cf6569-cd74-4cf5-8e5c-54197262872301HANDLE20.500.12657/1110831597810408805620610.1201/978874380886200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102River Publishers Series in Communications and Networking0101Charting the Intelligence Frontiers – Edge AI Systems Nexus1B01PaoloMeloni2B01AlainPagani3B01OvidiuVermesan01eng004480393U93UY93UYQ20Computer engineering;Distributed computing;Edge AI hardware architectures;Internet of Things;Neuromorphic computing01060303We are witnessing a fundamental shift in the computing landscape, a paradigm shift where intelligence is rapidly migrating to the very edges of the network. This is the era of edge AI, which embeds decision-making, perception, and control directly into devices that shape our physical world. This book is a selected collection of the presented work from the European Conference on EDGE AI Technologies and Applications (EEAI) held on 21–23 October 2024 in Cagliari, Sardinia, Italy. The conference is part of a series of annual conferences that delve into the expanding continuum of micro-, deep-, and meta-edge architectures, which form the backbone of emerging intelligent autonomous systems across numerous sectors. From the complexities of advanced algorithms and the design of novel edge AI hardware accelerators to the architecture of next-generation communication networks, AI frameworks and software systems, the EEAI fosters a vibrant exchange of ideas that are following the future and actively defining it. From industrial automation to environmental monitoring, from manufacturing to smart mobility, the expansion of micro-, deep-, and meta-edge AI processing is propelling a new class of autonomous systems. These systems thrive on distributed intelligence, leveraging advancements in edge AI hardware architectures, accelerators, performant algorithms, and advanced software frameworks. The chapters in this volume celebrate this paradigm shift and offer a glimpse into the vibrant ecosystem shaping the future of edge AI technologies and applications. The numerous chapters describe novel solutions and rigorous investigations spanning verification and validation, federated learning, neuromorphic design, scalable architectures, sensor fusion, and human–machine collaboration, each chapter demonstrating the innovation wave fuelling Europe's edge AI landscape. Together, these twenty chapters provide a rich, multi-layered, and deeply insightful perspective on the state of edge AI. Each chapter documents the achievements made and highlights the path forward, offering a compelling vision of a future where intelligence is seamlessly and securely integrated into the fabric of the real world. This book is an essential guide for navigating, understanding, and contributing to the dynamic and rapidly evolving field of edge AI. The real value of this book lies in its innovative, forward-looking perspective, offering a guided exploration of the latest scientific breakthroughs and practical advancements shaping intelligent systems at the edge. For researchers, students, practitioners, and visionaries, this book provides a comprehensive roadmap for the next stage in the evolution of intelligent, connected systems at the edge.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111083/3/9788743808879.pdf.jpgRiver Publishers01Taylor & Francis000120260615978874380886215978874380887915978874380888611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111083/1/9788743808879.pdf9904 93941b3d-52a2-419c-b545-79e88ace6240030001OAPEN Library ID93941b3d-52a2-419c-b545-79e88ace624001HANDLE20.500.12657/1107411597838638832870610.3224/8638877400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/0101Soziale Arbeit im Kontext SchuleAktuelle Entwicklungen in Praxis und Forschung in der Schweiz1A01EstherBussmann2A01EmanuelaChiapparini3A01RenateStohler01ger001720393J93JK93JKS93JKSN93JN93JNL93JNLB20Child and youth welfare;Day school;Kinder- und Jugendhilfe;School social work;Schulsozialarbeit;Tagesschule01060303undefined0303The anthology provides insight into fields of action and offers of social work in the school context and focuses for the first time on various current developments in German- and French-speaking Switzerland. In addition, the opportunities and challenges of social work in schools are presented and discussed with practical and research-based contributions.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110741/3/9783863883287.pdf.jpgBudrich UniPress01Budrich Academic PressLeverkusen-Opladen0001201811Budrich Academic Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110741/1/9783863883287.pdf990409Budrich Academic Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/soziale-arbeit-im-kontext-schule/9904 962ac84d-f28d-4ba3-a782-5d946f09139e030001OAPEN Library ID962ac84d-f28d-4ba3-a782-5d946f09139e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112291597810036853020610.4324/978100368530200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Nomos Studies in Law, Culture and Power0101Legal Imaginaries of Crisis and FearDark Constitutionalism1A01MartinBelov2B01MartinBelov01eng0010393J93JP93JPH93JPHC93L93LB93LN93LND20Affective jurisprudence;Apocalyptic political theory;Constitutions;Crisis;Emotional dynamics in legal systems;Emotional semiotics;Emotions;Fear;Legal philosophy research;Socio-legal theory;Trauma and law01060303This book explores the epistemological, semiotic, semantic, and heuristic dimensions of the dark emotions in constitutional and international law. We are living in times of crisis and emergency where negative emotions and dark feelings are abundant. As these have come to form the intellectual and socio-legal context for the performance of constitutional and international law, this book explores their place – especially the politics of fear, but also anger, hate, despair, and crisis – in our current constitutional polycrisis. Focusing on this ‘dark constitutionalism’, the book draws together an international and interdisciplinary range of scholars to consider the place of emotive semiotics in collective meaning making, the constitutional politics of emotions, and emotional approaches to global challenges in a time of crisis, emergency, and transition. The book thereby develops a compelling analysis of the use of negative emotions in the shaping of contemporary constitutional imaginaries, and with it a novel account of the rise of dark constitutionalism. This book will appeal to researchers and scholars working in the areas of legal theory, legal philosophy, constitutional law, international law, and socio-legal studies. Chapter 1 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111229/3/9781003685302.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104116571215978104116575011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111229/1/9781003685302.pdf9904 938277e9-4bd4-4d17-b42a-3deedbd77cf9030001OAPEN Library ID938277e9-4bd4-4d17-b42a-3deedbd77cf901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112331597810036556190610.4324/978100365561900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Rethinking Asia and International Relations0101Nationalist Entrepreneurs and Territorial Disputes in Northeast AsiaSustaining Public Interest1A01JiunBang01eng0010393J93JP93JPF93JPFN20Comparative area studies;East Asian politics;Everyday nationalism;Nationalist industrial complex case studies;Political consumerism;Security studies;Sovereignty commodification01060303This book explores how nationalism surrounding territorial sovereignty requires a domestic nationalist ecosystem, aka the Nationalist Industrial Complex, to sustain public interest. It focuses on nationalist entrepreneurs representing local merchants who commodify nationalism by building businesses that explicitly incorporate elements of territorial sovereignty protection, e.g. food and apparel with the insignia of a disputed territory. The author argues that this ‘mundane’ everyday activity of commodification co-constitutes public interest surrounding territorial sovereignty and explains why nationalism might be more contingent than permanent. Despite its prevalence the commodification of nationalism is one of the most under-explored areas. This fresh insight on how everyday nationalism can influence ordinary people’s understanding of or attention to nationalistic issues will be of interest to scholars and students of East Asian international relations, nationalism, security studies, area studies, and comparative politics.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111233/3/9781003655619.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104109849215978104110542811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111233/1/9781003655619.pdf9904 8da66661-5d61-4c9d-a732-0696870c1450030001OAPEN Library ID8da66661-5d61-4c9d-a732-0696870c145001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112401597810036886620610.4324/978100368866200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Contemporary Liminality0101Grammar of LossA Study in Liminal Linguistics1A01AnneStorch - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0385-296801eng0010393C93CF93J93JH93JHB93JHM20Disappearing language community Nigeria;Endangered language research;Ethnographic fieldwork;Knowledge transmission studies;Oral tradition analysis;Postcolonial linguistics;Qualitative language documentation01060303This book explores how language and linguistic knowledge can be encountered through walks, shared meals, conversations, and daily life rather than being written about in the style and genre of western academic grammar. Through an innovative exploration of the multivocal forms of knowledge transmission about a disappearing language within a small, diverse community in Nigeria, the book reveals a revolutionary perspective on linguistic research by uncovering hidden dimensions of language through stories of both the living and the dead. The author presents valuable insights into how language knowledge persists and transforms in liminal spaces, including ruined sites. Readers will gain a fresh understanding of linguistic description that transcends traditional academic boundaries, revealing magical properties of language and meanings that conventional approaches might miss. In decidedly treading on liminal grounds, the author offers insights into what remains in terms of knowledge after loss. It will therefore be of strong interest to scholars and researchers in linguistics, particularly those focused on endangered languages and linguistic anthropology. It will also appeal to academics working in liminality studies and those interested in alternative approaches to language documentation. Chapters 3, 4 and 10 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111240/3/9781003688662.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120260615978104117237615978104117238311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111240/1/9781003688662.pdf9904 8a7b8d16-13ac-41b7-b2be-76466d074976030001OAPEN Library ID8a7b8d16-13ac-41b7-b2be-76466d07497601HANDLE20.500.12657/1112421597810035716670610.4324/978100357166700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102RIPE Series in Global Political Economy0101War EconomyGendered Circuits of Violence and Capital1A01Jacqui TrueAida A. Hozić2B01AidaA Hozić3B01JacquiTrue01eng0010393J93JP20Arms trade networks;Capital;Conflict;Economy;Energy conflict dynamics;Feminist;Feminist analysis of war economies;Feminist security studies;Gaza;Gender;Global;IPE;International Political Economy;Militarisation analysis;Political;Postwar justice research;Security;Social reproduction theory;Ukraine;Violence;War01060303War Economy: Gendered Circuits of Violence and Capital examines the war economy from feminist perspectives, bringing fresh thinking in the context of heightened geopolitical tensions. This book challenges the common understanding of war economy as a state‑driven, top‑down project necessitated by a conflictual international order. It introduces the concept of gendered circuits of violence – different types of violence across space and time – to conceptually and empirically link crises and wars through flows of capital, bodies, weapons, and militarised technologies. It deals with real‑world conflicts, including in Gaza and Russia/Ukraine as well as Bosnia and Herzegovina, Iran, Liberia, and Mexico. With increasing calls for the development of a war economy, especially in Europe, and broad acceptance that the global political economy is rapidly being primed for war, this book’s feminist political economy analysis and alternatives are vital and urgent. War Economy will appeal to students, scholars, and policymakers in the areas of International Political Economy, Politics and International Relations, Gender Studies, Security Studies, and War, Peace, and Conflict Studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111242/3/9781003571667.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103293559115978103294610811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111242/1/9781003571667.pdf9904 8baec733-514c-481e-8678-7e5121926b46030001OAPEN Library ID8baec733-514c-481e-8678-7e5121926b4601HANDLE20.500.12657/1112441597810034117580610.4324/978100341175800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge International Handbooks0101Routledge Handbook of Digital Technologies in Sport, Exercise and Physical Education1A01Rylan Curtis,Andrea Bundon,Erica BennettKatherine Tamminen2B01VictoriaA. Goodyear3B01AndreaBundon01eng0010393J93JH93JHB93JHBS93P93PD93PDR93S93SC93SCG93SCGF93Y93YN93YNW20Active bodies;Athlete safeguarding online;COVID-19;Coach learning;Communication;Communicative Ecology;Community;Connection;Consumption;Culture;Digital Ethnographies;Digital Health Promotion;Digital Media Technologies;Digital Technologies;Digital pedagogy strategies;Digital spaces;Exercise;Feminist;Feminist relational approach;Fitness;Fitness Consumption;Health;Inclusive physical activity research;Media Production;Methods;Motherhood;Movement;Narrative research;PE;Pedagogy;Physical Activity;Physical Education;Praxis;Privacy;Qualitative research methods;Representation;Sedentary lifestyles;Social media;Sport;Sport Media;Sub Saharan Africa;Teacher learning;Technology;Technology integration in sport education;Theories;Theories of Behavior change;Visual Methodologies;Visual qualitative analysis;Wearable technology applications;Youth sport psychology01060303This is the first book to offer in-depth analysis of the use of digital technologies in sport, exercise and physical education; their significance for the relationship between sport, exercise and wider society; and their impact on research in sport, exercise and physical education. Featuring the work of leading researchers from around the world, and drawing on multidisciplinary perspectives including from sociology, pedagogy, psychology and related disciplines, with a strong focus on qualitative, social scientific approaches, this book examines how individuals experience and engage with technology in the context of their physical practices. Exploring key concepts and methodologies, as well looking at how digital technologies are used in practice, this book covers diverse topics including social media, wearables, apps, video software, AI and in the context of teaching, coaching, learning, athlete safeguarding and more. This book is essential reading for any student, researcher, teacher, instructor or coach with an interest in sport, exercise, physical education, psychology, health and the relationships between technology and society. Chapters 21 and 30 of this book are freely available as downloadable Open Access PDFs at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111244/3/9781003411758.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103253379715978103253380311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111244/1/9781003411758.pdf9904 90cab3c0-f91c-416c-a11a-b2eeb72445cf030001OAPEN Library ID90cab3c0-f91c-416c-a11a-b2eeb72445cf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112511597810032954020610.4324/b2293000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Religion0101Religious Responses to Pandemics and CrisesIsolation, Survival, and #Covidchaos1A01ElisaUusimäki2B01ChristianA. Eberhart3B01MarianneBjelland Kartzow4B01SravanaBorkataky-Varma01eng0010393Q93QR93QRA93QRAM93QRAM293QRAM320Celebrate Holy Communion;Comparative religion studies;Eucharistic Celebration;Face To Face;Follow;LGB;Latvian Lutheran;Luo Culture;Magic Rituals;Mary’s Magnificat;Meal Ministry;Medical humanities;Mortuary Ritual;Omnipresent;Pacific Northwest USA;Pagan Community;Pandemic coping mechanisms;Pauline Discourse;Prayer Language;Press Trust;Religious anthropology;Religious ritual responses to health crises;Ritual adaptation;Sacred Space;Shadow Work;Skin Ailment;Spiritual community dynamics;Systematic Lore;Tamil Nadu;Trans People;Virtual Sacred Spaces;Wander01060303Religious Responses to Pandemics and Crises explores various dimensions of the interrelations between the individual, community, and religion. With their global scope, the contributions to this volume represent reflections on the rich and multifaceted spectrum of human responses in a variety of different religions and cultures to the current SARS-2-COVID-19 pandemic and similar crises in the past. The contributions are organized in three thematic parts focusing on strategies, rituals, and past and present responses to pandemics and crises. They reflect on the intersection of personal or communal responses and state-mandated policies relative to SARS-2-COVID-19 while outlining different strategies to cope with the pandemic crisis. Timely questions explored include: How do individuals connect with or disconnect from religious and spiritual communities during times of personal and collective crises, including pandemics? How do religious practices such as rituals bridge individuals and communities? How do religious texts from past and present highlight and represent crises and pandemics? Dynamic and multidisciplinary in its inquiry, this volume is an outstanding resource for scholars of religion, theology, anthropology, social sciences, ritual theory, sex and gender studies, and contemporary medical science.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111251/3/9781003295402.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120230615978103228122315978103228125411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111251/1/9781003295402.pdf9904 8b409518-e6ab-4347-987a-cc56ad7d751c030001OAPEN Library ID8b409518-e6ab-4347-987a-cc56ad7d751c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111661597810035140080610.4324/978100351400800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Ashgate Screen Music Series0101Nordic Music Videos1A01KaiArne Hansen2B01MathiasBonde Korsgaard3B01Anna-ElenaPääkkölä - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7687-479X4B01JohnRichardson - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7627-422201eng0010393A93AV93AVL93AVLP20Cultural studies;Media production;Popular culture01060303Nordic Music Videos fills a gap in the existing research on music videos by bringing together new perspectives on music videos across the Nordic region, from the academic to the practical, the aesthetic to the industrial, while addressing issues of local, transnational, and global significance. The collection offers groundbreaking scholarly research into music videos, including critical readings of music videos, explorations of emerging formats, discussions of music video aesthetics and Nordic music videos in a global context and within popular culture. The book’s chapters are interdisciplinary explorations which recognise the strengths of specific areas of scholarly research, such as music video studies, audiovisual studies, popular music studies, and film/media studies, while nevertheless bridging disciplines and doing justice to the multimodal and intermedial nature of practices. Furthermore, the book includes the viewpoints of industry practitioners through interviews with artists and music video directors and research on industry-related issues. The book is likely to be of interest to a variety of readers, ranging from researchers interested in popular music and audiovisual expression in the Nordic region to master’s level students and undergraduates. The industry angles and the focus on Nordic cultures will also interest anyone who wants to discover how music videos developed or influence Nordic societies. Chapters 1, 4 and 5 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111166/3/9781003514008.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103284589015978103284591311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111166/1/9781003514008.pdf9904 8e33f9d0-f995-4257-b1ed-457c00aa81fa030001OAPEN Library ID8e33f9d0-f995-4257-b1ed-457c00aa81fa01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110961597810007715270610.4324/978100331072300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Cass Series: Naval Policy and History0101Maritime Gray Zone OperationsChallenges and Countermeasures in the Indo-Pacific1B01Andrew SErickson01eng001740393J93JP93JPS93JPV93JW93JWA93JWC93JWCK93JWK93N93NH93NHF93NHW20Bohai Gulf;Chinese Fishing Vessels;Coast guard operations;Conflict escalation dynamics;Demarcation Line;EEZ;East Asia security;East China Seas;Gray Zone;Gunboat Diplomacy;Hybrid Warfare;Indo-Pacific maritime conflict research;Johnson South Reef;MCF;Maritime Militia;Maritime militia analysis;Maritime security studies;NLL;NWI;Naval strategy;North Korean;PLA Navy;People’s Armed Force Departments;Provincial Military District;ROK Navy;Socotra Rock;South China Seas;Yellow Sea;Yeonpyeong Island01060303This book addresses the issues raised by Chinese and North Korean maritime ‘gray zone’ activities in the Indo-Asia-Pacific region. For years, China has been harassing its neighbors in South China Sea and East China Sea, employing both coast guard and maritime militia forces, in the name of safeguarding Chinese sovereignty. This behavior is frequently characterized as constituting ‘gray zone’ activity. As the term suggests, this refers to a state of conflict that falls between peace and war. Interestingly, the Yellow Sea, which is geographically much closer to China than South China Sea or East China Sea, has been comparatively quiet. However, there is a danger that the PRC has the capability to replicate its gray zone activities in this area. Worse, North Korea has also been engaging in carefully-calibrated provocations there. This book addresses pressing questions about these activities and offers: (1) a conceptual framework to understand maritime gray zone operations and Beijing and Pyongyang’s approach, with an unprecedented focus on the Yellow Sea; (2) a comprehensive, fully updated fleet force structure for the PRC’s Coast Guard, together with projections regarding how the Coast Guard is likely to develop in the future; (3) an extensive organizational analysis of the PRC’s Maritime Militia that surveys the many units relevant to Yellow Sea operations, some revealed publicly for the first time; and (4) a detailed assessment of North Korean maritime ‘gray zone’ activities. This book will be of great interest to students of naval strategy, maritime security, Asian politics, and international security. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111096/3/9781000771527.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120220615978100077154115978100331072311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111096/1/9781000771527.pdf9904 9127be74-ef43-4d09-9fcd-15386a1369b1030001OAPEN Library ID9127be74-ef43-4d09-9fcd-15386a1369b101HANDLE20.500.12657/1111561597810036243560610.4324/978100362435600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Routledge Explorations in Environmental Studies0101Environmental and Technological Threats in the Arctic RegionInfrastructures, Geopolitics and Strategy1A01KristenCsenkey - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4074-26022B01MichaelDelaunay - http://orcid.org/0009-0004-7535-68423B01MathieuLandriault - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3357-19804B01MagaliVullierme - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9962-449101eng0010393R93RN93RNP93RNPG93T93TB20Arctic;Climate change;Digital economy;Environmental governance;Environmental security;Security;Technology01060303Arctic subregions have undergone major structural changes in the past few decades. Looking past traditional military and geopolitical understandings of these regions, this book focuses rather on climate change and on the emergence of the digital economy and its infrastructures as two of the most fundamental challenges for Arctic communities and inhabitants. To this end, Section I, on Arctic (re)newned environment, focuses on the acceleration of permafrost thaw, protection of submarine cables, and the importance of an all-domain military approach. Section II analyses infrastructure challenges linked to this “new” Arctic environment, providing examples within maritime, transportation, and digital-physical infrastructures. Finally, Section III provides results of research focusing on the emerging geopolitical and strategic threats posed by data routes, technological dependencies, cryptocurrency mining, and disinformation. Over the course of the book, authors offer practical insights into how to tackle these threats, lessons learned, best practices, and recommendations. By bringing together analyses from a range of authors from different interdisciplinary backgrounds, the book provides a holistic understanding of these phenomena. This volume will be useful for students, scholars, and researchers of Arctic studies, environmental governance, and environmental security.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111156/3/9781003624356.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104103583115978104103585511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111156/1/9781003624356.pdf9904 8e1ef14d-126b-451f-8684-cbb2da03f5c3030001OAPEN Library ID8e1ef14d-126b-451f-8684-cbb2da03f5c301HANDLE20.500.12657/1111471597810035705610610.4324/978100357056100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Assessment of Educational Technology0101Navigating Digital TransformationThe Dynamics of Educational Technology Adoption1A01LongweiZheng01eng0010393J93JN93JNF93JNU93JNV20Cultural-influences;Educational Technology;Educational-Practice-Policy;Methodological Approaches;Nonhomogeneous-Hidden-Markov-Model;Peer-influence.;Teacher-experiences;Teacher-interventions01060303This book explores the process of educators’ technology adoption, which is crucial for digital transformation in today's educational landscape. It is based on rigorous research which highlights the dynamics of technology adoption, the evolution of institutional culture, and the development of digital artifacts as educators navigate the incorporation of educational technology. Through a thorough analysis of the complex factors influencing technology adoption, the book seeks to bridge theory and practice, technology and teaching methods, policy, and execution, to promote more effective and meaningful educational innovation and transformation. This book confronts the challenges within this field by illustrating the development process of teachers' technology adoption. It introduces novel representations and analytics of technology adoption dynamics, offering new insights into the mechanisms behind teachers' technological understanding beyond mere self-reported acceptance. Through a thorough analysis of the complex factors influencing technology adoption, the book seeks to bridge theory and practice, technology and teaching methods, policy, and execution, to promote more effective and meaningful educational innovation and transformation. To study the short- and long-term effects that may improve the assessment of interventions, the author proposes a dynamic model. The reader is also introduced to a framework based on a downscaling scheme that can project cultural factors of the institution onto a teacher’s implementation behaviour. The book further considers navigating through technological integration by inspecting technology-related quality of teaching artifacts. It considers patterns of integrating digital tools and teaching practice that can be identified by examining the technology-specific quality of digital artifacts shaped by teachers. This book targets several key groups in the education sector, including educators, researchers, policymakers, and educational technology professionals. The author shares the knowledge to support the integration of technology and transformation in education by providing interdisciplinary perspectives and practical strategies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111147/3/9781003570561.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103294406715978103294407411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111147/1/9781003570561.pdf9904 8b4af361-29f9-4ece-a51b-434c8da33eb8030001OAPEN Library ID8b4af361-29f9-4ece-a51b-434c8da33eb801HANDLE20.500.12657/1107351597836665024080610.13109/978366650240800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 127Forschungen zur Kirchen- und Dogmengeschichte0101KirchengeschichteSelbstverständnis, Zukunft und Herkunft einer akademischen Disziplin. Junge Perspektiven1B01TobiasJammerthal2B01StefanMichels3B01GiannaZipp01ger003280393Q93QR93QRV93QRVG20Gender Studies;Hermeneutik;Historische Theologie;Kulturgeschichte;Literaturwissenschaft;Theologische Enzyklopädie01060303undefined0303Die Kirchengeschichte ist von steigernder Spezialisierung geprägt. Dies berührt das Selbstverständnis der Kirchengeschichte, die ohnehin drängende Frage nach ihrem Verhältnis zur allgemeinen Historiographie und auch die Frage nach ihrem Ort im Konzert der theologischen Fächer. Eine im März 2023 im Alfried-Krupp-Wissenschaftskolleg in Greifswald mit Unterstützung der Alfried Krupp von Bohlen und Halbach-Stiftung, der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft, der Evangelischen Kirche in Deutschland und der Vereinigten Evangelisch-Lutherischen Kirche in Deutschland durchgeführte Tagung rückte diese Fragen vor dem Hintergrund jüngster Veränderungen in der Arbeitsweise sowie wissenschaftlicher und wissenschaftspolitischer Transformationen in den Arbeitsumfeldern kirchenhistorisch Forschender in den Fokus. Die hier abgedruckten Referate hinterfragen vorliegende Ansätze auf ihre Tragweite und Aussagekraft und bringen sie mit neuen Initiativen ins Gespräch.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110735/3/9783666502408.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110735/1/9783666502408.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836665024089904 8c6b1993-f3c7-4e6a-88d1-d4be1ff1c408030001OAPEN Library ID8c6b1993-f3c7-4e6a-88d1-d4be1ff1c40801HANDLE20.500.12657/11074615978384743334700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/1001021Global Trends: Prospects for Development and Peace0101Global Trends: Prospects for Development and PeaceMultilateral Cooperation for People and Planet1B01MarcusKaplan2B01CorneliaUlbert01eng001260393J93JP93JPS93JPSD93JPSF93JPSL93JPSN93JPW93JPWH93JW93JWC20Digital governance;Digital sovereignty;Digitale Governance;Digitale Souveränität;Friedensmissionen;Geopolitics;Geopolitik;Global order;Global public goods;Global supply chains;Globale Lieferketten;Globale Ordnung;Globale öffentliche Güter;Multilateral cooperation;Multilaterale Kooperation;Nachhaltige Entwicklung;Peace operations;Sustainable development;Wasserdiplomatie;Water diplomacy01060303Angesichts sich wandelnder globaler Machtstrukturen und Ordnungsvorstellungen zeigt die Reihe auf, dass regelbasierte Zusammenarbeit weiterhin notwendig und möglich ist, um die vielfältigen globalen Herausforderungen anzugehen. Auf der Grundlage längerfristiger Trends erläutern die Beiträge, wohin sich eine gemeinsame globale Problembearbeitung in ausgesuchten Themenfeldern entwickeln kann.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110746/3/9783847433347.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110746/1/9783847433347.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/global-trends-prospects-for-development-and-peace/9904 8e22f283-d124-4bcf-9d2d-33de1fead245030001OAPEN Library ID8e22f283-d124-4bcf-9d2d-33de1fead24501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107841597804729054610610.3998/mpub.1440822700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102China Understandings Today0101The Death and Life of Chinese Civil Society1A01MujunZhou01eng002860393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JP93N93NH93NHF20Authoritarian state;China;Civil society;Critical journalists;Critical media;Democracy;Environmental movement;Feminist movement;Grassroots organizations;Homeowners' movement;Ideational movement;Ideology;Institute of Civil Society;Institutionalization;Interstitial emergence;Interstitial space;Labor movement;Liberal intellectuals;Liberalism;NGOs;New left;New rural reconstruction movement;Open Constitute Initiative;Public intellectuals;Public sphere;Social movement;Southern Weekly;Weiquan;Youth activists01060303The Death and Life of Chinese Civil Society examines how a group of Chinese intellectual elites referred to as the liberals or ziyou pai edified the civil society project beginning in the 1990s to build an independent space to constrain state power, increase political participation, and promote China’s democratization. In the early 2000s, activists in movements such as the environmental and the AIDS movements identified with the liberals and regarded their activism as part of the project of building civil society. However, since the late 2000s the liberals’ influence has gradually declined. In prominent social movements in the 2010s such as the labor and feminist movements, activists have openly criticized the liberal interpretation of civil society and regarded liberals’ civil society agenda as irrelevant. Mujun Zhou employs the concept of interstitial space, or the space where the exercise of power has not been fully institutionalized, to examine the history of the civil society project over the past three decades and its changing relationship with other social movements. Zhou suggests that by advocating for civil society the liberals gained allies and thematized many social problems rising during China’s economic reform; however, liberals’ activism also produced new forms of power inequalities.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110784/3/9780472905461.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110784/1/9780472905461.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 8f7e03bd-eb1a-41ce-baa7-44225b433cfb030001OAPEN Library ID8f7e03bd-eb1a-41ce-baa7-44225b433cfb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108411597818051178100610.11647/OBP.050700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101NeomaniaHow Our Obsession With Innovation is Failing Science, and How to Restore Trust1A01KristVaesen01eng001980393J93JH93JHB93JP93JPP93K93KJ93KJM93KJMV93KJMV693P93PD93PDA93PDX93Q93QD93QDT93QDTK20History;Innovation;Open Science;Replication crisis;Scientific coordination;Sociology and philosophy of science01060303Contemporary science faces a profound poly-crisis: replication failures, weak theories, poor generalizability, and declining public trust. Neomania contends that these symptoms stem not merely from flawed practices or institutional pressures, but from a deeper cultural pathology—our collective obsession with innovation. This valorization of the new for its own sake has reshaped the scientific enterprise, privileging novelty over reliability and fragmentation over coordination. Drawing on metascience as well as the philosophy and sociology of science, Neomania offers a critical analysis of how this ethos has permeated the norms and institutions of modern science. The book traces its historical emergence, diagnoses its systemic consequences, and articulates a reform agenda centered on coordination, shared research programs, and epistemic integrity—an agenda that goes well beyond the principles of Open Science. Neomania advances a constructive vision for rebuilding science as a coherent and truth-oriented system. Combining philosophical depth with institutional analysis, it addresses students, scholars, policymakers, and practitioners concerned with the organization of knowledge production in an era of epistemic crisis. It is both a critique of contemporary scientific culture and a normative proposal for its renewal.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110841/3/9781805117834.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511782715978180511783415978180511784115978180511785811Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110841/1/9781805117834.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.05079904 8efa7724-234a-4bbe-a02e-64b806df5f2f030001OAPEN Library ID8efa7724-234a-4bbe-a02e-64b806df5f2f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108851597838376810930610.14361/978383946976700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Edition Moderne Postmoderne0101Freiheit in VorsorgeGrundbestimmungen einer Theorie nachhaltiger Sittlichkeit1A01EricGrabow01ger003900393Q93QD93QDT93QDTJ20Freedom;Freiheit;Hegel;Nachhaltigkeit;Philosophie;Philosophy;Sustainability01060303undefined0303In Hegels Berliner Rechtsphilosophie beschreibt die Sittlichkeit den Raum der Autogenese und Reproduktion der Freiheit. Deren Einheit – die Vorsorge – wird im Zeitalter sozial-ökologischer Krisenwissenschaft wichtiger denn je. Freiheit ist ein prekäres kollektives Naturverhältnis, moderne Freiheit der wiederkehrende Konflikt zwischen der Vorsorge des Ganzen und seiner Gesellschaft. Im Anschluss an Hegels Philosophie des Objektiven Geistes erarbeitet Eric Grabow eine Theorie vorsorglicher Freiheit, die sich nicht nur auf anthropologische, sondern auch auf ontologische Fundamente stützt. Damit gelingt ihm eine Zusammenführung des Nachhaltigkeits- und Freiheitsdiskurses, die neue Denkansätze für aktuelle Probleme liefert.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110885/3/9783839469767.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946976711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110885/1/9783839469767.pdf9904 90c0775a-f0e6-426e-84d3-018f90973098030001OAPEN Library ID90c0775a-f0e6-426e-84d3-018f9097309801HANDLE20.500.12657/1109421597838376790450610.14361/978383943066800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102130Edition Medienwissenschaft0101Interactive Documentary and Non-Fiction MediaRelational Practice and (De)Stabilized Reception1B01TobiasConradi2B01FlorianKrautkrämer3B01VanessaZallot01eng002580393J93JB93JBC93JBCC20Film Studies;Interactive Documentary;Interface;Media Studies01060303Interactive documentaries combine moving images, text, graphics, and digital interactions to create dynamic, web-based narrative formats. As a post-cinematographic expansion of the classical documentary film, they provide viewers with opportunities to select options and make decisions that co-determine what is shown and in what order. This volume brings together perspectives from film, media, game, and interface studies and includes analyses of key works as well as interviews with actors involved in making interactive documentaries. Key topics explored include opportunities for participating in interactive formats, challenges for the long-term archiving and accessibility of browser-based documentaries, and the influence of software and interfaces on the concept of the documentary.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110942/3/9783839430668.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383943066811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110942/1/9783839430668.pdf9904 8a25e33d-2751-4362-a2db-4920e99dffdf030001OAPEN Library ID8a25e33d-2751-4362-a2db-4920e99dffdf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108391597819121869140610.63308/63899870973021.book00EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101Rural Transitions in Mongolia and Central AsiaPastoralism, Wellbeing and Economic Relations1B01AriellAhearn2B01GantulgaMunkherdene3B01TakahiroOzaki01eng003000393J93JB93JBF93JBFN93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JH93JHM93JHMC20Central Asia;Pastoralism;Resilience01060303Focusing on pastoral and rural communities, this volume highlights ongoing transitions in rural Central Asia. Informed by in-depth case studies from Mongolia, Buryatia and Kyrgyzstan, the essays focus on themes in contemporary pastoralism, including the adaptation and resilience of rural pastoralist livelihoods during and after the Covid-19 pandemic; healing, food and wellbeing, including an examination of rural experiences of wellbeing and the re-invention and revival of traditional foods; and economic relations, including changing spatialisation of labour spurred by mineral extraction, the role of digital media and urban-rural dynamics. The volume presents insights into contemporary human geography and anthropology of the Inner Asian region; highlights the ongoing importance of scholarship on rural places; and offers a critical lens on broader processes of change affecting the region. A collaboration between scholars spanning Japan, Mongolia, Kyrgyzstan, the UK and the USA, the volume showcases work by diverse authors with longstanding engagement in Inner Asia.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110839/3/9781912186921.pdf.jpgThe White Horse Press01The White Horse PressWinwick, Cambs.000120260615978191218692115978191781308211The White Horse Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110839/1/9781912186921.pdf990409The White Horse Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.whpress.co.uk/publications/2025/02/06/ruraltransitions/9904 89e66fe3-639e-4d11-a99f-80f9c26cd6c2030001OAPEN Library ID89e66fe3-639e-4d11-a99f-80f9c26cd6c201HANDLE20.500.12657/1111891597810035176410610.4324/978100351764100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Research in Interior Design0101Aesthetic Femininity and Domestic Modernity in Late Victorian Advice Literature1A01Shu-chuanYan - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0596-367701eng0010393A93AK93AM93AMC93AMK93AMR93N93NH93NHB93NHD20Adolescent girls;Advice literature;Domestic interior;Female body;Gentlewomen;Home art;Home decoration;Interiority;Intimacies;Materiality;Privacies;Spatiality01060303Aesthetic Femininity and Domestic Modernity in Late Victorian Advice Literature considers how the domestic interior is constituted, imag(in)ed, contested, and mediated in the public forum of advice literature. It interrogates the construction and negotiation of aesthetic femininity and domestic modernity within the larger contexts of the New Journalism, the New Art Criticism, a new girls’ culture, and the emerging New Woman phenomenon in Britain. This book presents extensive new search on women-authored advice literature, including domestic advice manuals, home decoration books, and periodicals for young girls and adult women, within the discourse of household art. Part One justifies girls’ presence in the cultivation of beauty and taste at home. The practice of home decoration can be appropriated as a mode of agency and subjectivity for a girl to articulate her own voice and specific positioning as she grows toward womanhood. Part Two uncovers the ways in which advice literature serves as a mediator of decorating practices to help foster the affinities between gentlewomen’s domestic bodies and decorated interiors. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this book adds to the growing body of scholarship on the studies of home cultures, art and interior design, nineteenth-century studies, and the social history of women. Chapters 3 and 5 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111189/3/9781003517641.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103285321515978103285322211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111189/1/9781003517641.pdf9904 890b8e37-6f45-4643-862b-a592d9cf8fb4030001OAPEN Library ID890b8e37-6f45-4643-862b-a592d9cf8fb401HANDLE20.500.12657/1111251597810036948230610.5117/978908964188500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Surf/EU-Driver0101Enhanced PublicationsLinking Publications and Research Data in Digital Repositories1A01MarjanVernooy-Gerritsen01eng002100393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Monograph (DRM-Free)01060303The traditional publication will be overhauled by the ‘Enhanced Publication’. This is a publication that is enhanced with research data, extra materials, post publication data, and database records. It has anobject-based structure with explicit links between the objects. In this book a state-of-the-art overview is given of the structural elements of an Enhanced Publication, as well as publication models, interrelationship andrepository issues. The use of Enhanced Publications evokes questions on object models and functionalities. An in-depth study is made of these subjects. More practically, a sample is given of datasets together witha demonstrator-project. In the final section, this book deals with long-term preservation issues, linking to thedevelopments of digital repositories that are studied in other books in this series.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111125/3/9781040780411.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104078041115978104078643711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111125/1/9781040780411.pdf9904 87d36487-8635-464d-abe7-11c4e3d86718030001OAPEN Library ID87d36487-8635-464d-abe7-11c4e3d8671801HANDLE20.500.12657/1108141597801998959600610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199895977.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Socialism Vanquished, Socialism ChallengedEastern Europe and China, 1989-20091B01NinaBandelj and Dorothy J. Solinger01eng002700393J93JP93JPB93JPF93JPFC93JPS201989;China;Civil society;Eastern Europe;Economy;Inequality;Institutions;Politics;Protest;Socialism;Soviet bloc;State01060303This book examines the 20-year aftermath of the 1989 assaults on established, state-sponsored socialism in the former Soviet bloc and in China. It brings together prominent experts on Eastern Europe and China to examine the respective trajectories of political, economic and social transformations that unfolded in these two areas, while also comparing the changes that ensued within the two regions. The volume features paired comparisons, with one chapter on the countries from the former Soviet bloc and one on China for each of the following themes: the reinstitutionalization of politics, the recasting of state-society relations, the reform of economic systems, changes in economic behavior, and transformations of social institutions. Even if they differ in their specific substantive focus and in their disciplinary grounding, the chapters share a concern with the fate of the state in postsocialism. They elaborate on topics such as the transformations of the old socialist state and its nature, activities and roles; civil society before and after 1989; the ways in which the state has, or has not acted to encourage new forms of economic behavior; and the state's responsibility for novel societal trends, whether in family formation, in protest or in inequality. The volume challenges claims of the unfeasibility of comparing across these divergent contexts by uncovering insights about political models and economic patterns that have emerged in the grand project of the transition from socialism.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110814/3/9780199895977.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressNew York, NY, United States000120120615978019989597715978019989598415978019998011615978019999626111Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110814/1/9780199895977.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/socialism-vanquished-socialism-challenged-97801998959779904 8742ef2d-d445-45ab-9447-b93ae71a7d05030001OAPEN Library ID8742ef2d-d445-45ab-9447-b93ae71a7d0501HANDLE20.500.12657/11082515978152924231700EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Displacement UrbanismPolitics of Bodies and Spaces of Abandonment and Endurance1B01GiovannaAstolfo2B01CamilloBoano01eng0032203935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93JBS93JBSD93JP93JPF93JPFA93JPV93JPVC93R93RG93RGC93RGCD93RGCG93RP93RPC20Biopolitics;Displacement;Extraction;Migrants;Urbanism01060303Available open access digitally under CC BY NC ND licence. At a time when the annihilation of places to live and to imagine a future is unfolding—through the violent return of war, aggressive capitalism, and biopolitical projects of territorial control—this timely book explores the layered and ongoing displacements that shape much of the world today. Bringing together case studies from both the Global North and South, the contributors examine the deeply entangled relationship between displacement and the production of urban space in our time. This perspective takes root in the everyday fragility of urban life, particularly in places marked by colonial legacies, racial capitalism, extractive economies and imperial infrastructures. It draws attention to the creative urban processes that arise in the aftermath of violence and the resourceful practices that continue to shape how cities are lived in, imagined and built.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110825/4/9781529242348.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152924232415978152924233115978152924234815978152924235511Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110825/1/9781529242348.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110825/2/9781529242331.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 88f9acc0-2456-4019-b30b-3265cbce8a75030001OAPEN Library ID88f9acc0-2456-4019-b30b-3265cbce8a7501HANDLE20.500.12657/1109241597838376666940610.14361/978383946669800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102149Edition Politik0101»Hijacking Memory« – Zur Instrumentalisierung des Holocaust durch die Neue Rechte1B01SusanNeiman01ger004320393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JP93JPF93JPFQ20Erinnerungskultur;Memory Culture;Political Ideologies;Political Parties;Political Science;Politics;Politik;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Ideologien;Politische Parteien;Rechtsextremismus;Right-wing Extremism01060303undefined0303Rechte Kräfte wie die AfD, Viktor Orbán oder Steve Bannon verfolgen seit einigen Jahren eine Strategie, die gefährliche Erfolge zeigt. Wenn ihnen vorgeworfen wird, sich rassistischer oder gar neofaschistischer Methoden zu bedienen, haben sie oft eine schnelle Antwort parat: Wer bedingungslose Solidarität mit Israel verkündet, kann kein Nazi sein. Die Beiträger*innen eruieren diese berechnende Rhetorik und zeigen, wie die Instrumentalisierung des Holocaust durch die Neue Rechte die demokratische und rechtsstaatliche Gesellschaft gefährdet.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110924/3/9783839466698.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946669811transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110924/1/9783839466698.pdf9904 86c49f65-a542-4eec-839f-e67f7fc50b80030001OAPEN Library ID86c49f65-a542-4eec-839f-e67f7fc50b8001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112341597810034270940610.4324/978100342709400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Research in Art History0101Contemporary Art in the Post-Yugoslav SpaceCase Studies in Hauntology1A01Jasmina TumbasJonathan Blackwood2B01JonathanBlackwood3B01JasminaTumbas01eng0010393A93AG93AGA20Anti-fascist legacy;Art institutional critique;Balkan cultural studies;Feminist art theory;Neoliberalism in Eastern European art;Post-socialist art;Queer performance studies01060303This edited volume is centered on the production, discussion, and consumption of contemporary art in the post-Yugoslav space now. Authors in this volume demonstrate how and why contemporary art discourses have continued to overcome chronic difficulties in local cultural economies since the dissolution of the common federal space of socialist Yugoslavia. This book focuses on socialist Yugoslavia’s prevailing cultural legacies of anti-fascism, non-alignment, queer and feminist movements, and socially engaged art, which inform and shape contemporary critiques of neoliberal capitalist conditions in the arts. Chapters are rooted in ongoing global challenges in contemporary art: a universal exhaustion through over-work (on the part of the artist/art worker) and over-stimulation (the audience); the structural weakness of contemporary art as a set of institutional activities; and the instrumentalization of art. The book will be of interest to scholars working in art history, contemporary art, gender studies, Slavic studies, politics, and post-conflict studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111234/3/9781003427094.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103273180315978103273181011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111234/1/9781003427094.pdf9904 8725fb12-3e88-4e1d-be91-1152a947d85d030001OAPEN Library ID8725fb12-3e88-4e1d-be91-1152a947d85d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107301597836663709530610.13109/978366637095300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 106Schriftenreihe der Historischen Kommission bei der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften0101Briefkultur(en) in der deutschen Geschichtswissenschaft zwischen dem 19. und 21. Jahrhundert1B01MatthiasBerg2B01HelmutNeuhaus01ger003980393N93NH93NHA20Brief;Geschichtswissenschaft;Historiker;Wissenschaftsgeschichte01060303undefined0303Obwohl der Brief in der deutschen Geschichtswissenschaft zwischen dem 19. und 21. Jahrhundert zu den unverzichtbaren materiellen Grundlagen der wissenschaftlichen Praxis zählte, hat dieser in der fachgeschichtlichen Reflexion nur selten eigenständig Aufmerksamkeit erfahren. Der Band untersucht Briefe von, an und über Historiker in historiographie- und wissenschaftsgeschichtlicher, aber auch in kulturhistorischer Hinsicht, als Arbeitsinstrument und Kommunikationsmittel, als Ausdruck individueller Sinnwelten wie kultureller Prägungen und fragt nicht zuletzt auch nach den Grenzen seiner Bedeutung angesichts der Etablierung anderer Kommunikationsformen. Die Beiträge des Bandes belegen nachdrücklich, dass der Gebrauch von Briefen wie auch ihre sinngebende Wirkung sowohl eine den untersuchten Zeiträumen jeweils eigene fachliche Briefkultur als auch langfristig wirksame, gegebenenfalls widersprüchliche Briefkulturen geformt hat.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110730/3/9783666370953.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202011Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110730/1/9783666370953.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836663709539904 868f27af-cf0e-4e82-afc7-5248924ffadf030001OAPEN Library ID868f27af-cf0e-4e82-afc7-5248924ffadf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107541597837815583040610.35468/583000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/100102klinkhardt forschung0101Moralerziehung in der FamilieEine empirische Studie über reziproke Vermittlungs- und Aneignungstätigkeiten in Eltern-Kind-Beziehungen mit Fokus auf moralbezogene Regelbrüche sowie Leit-, Selbst- und Fremdbilder1A01MonikaWitzke01ger002540393J93JN93JNC93JNE93JNG20Eltern;Eltern-Kind-Beziehung;Familienpädagogik;Fremdbild;Jugendbildung;Jugendforschung;Kinder;Kindheitspädagogik;Moralerziehung;Moralforschung;Normen;Selbstbild;Werte01060303undefined0303In Familien nehmen Moralerziehung und die Entwicklung einer moralbezogenen Identität biographisch meist ihren Ausgang. Daher sind Prozesse der innerfamiliären Vermittlung und Aneignung des Erziehungsgegenstands ‚Moral‘ auch von großer Relevanz für Moralerziehung und -bildung in allen anderen Feldern wie Kita, Schule, Arbeitsstätte usw. Die vorliegende Untersuchung beschäftigt sich mit dem Lösen von Problemen in Familien im Kontext von Verstößen gegen Regeln, die aus Sicht der Akteure für alle Menschen gelten sollten. Welche Fehlerkulturen werden in Familien praktiziert? Wie zeigen sich ggf. Rollen bzw. Leit-, Selbst- und Fremdbilder der befragten Mütter, Väter, Mädchen und Jungen, die das Brechen solcher Regeln legitimieren, z.B. mit Blick auf das Geschlecht? Werden auch Kinder als Vermittler moralbezogenen Wissens, Wollens und Könnens tätig und falls ja, wie wird in Eltern-Kind-Beziehungen damit umgegangen? Können oder sollen auch Kinder moralische Vorbilder sein? Werden moralische Regeln in Familien im Sinne eines Verhandlungshaushalts verhandelt? Diese und weitere Fragen werden in der vorliegenden Untersuchung aus interaktionistischer Perspektive bearbeitet.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110754/3/9783781558304.pdf.jpg01Verlag Julius KlinkhardtBad Heilbrunn0001202011Verlag Julius Klinkhardt01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110754/1/9783781558304.pdf9904 855ead4a-ff84-4c65-a962-b03ddb59c22c030001OAPEN Library ID855ead4a-ff84-4c65-a962-b03ddb59c22c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111451597810033203950610.4324/978100332039500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Art and Activism in the Nuclear AgeExploring the Legacy of Hiroshima and Nagasaki1A01VeronicaDe Pieri2B01YasukoClaremont3B01RomanRosenbaum01eng0010393A93AG93AGA93J93JW93JWM93JWMN93N93NH93NHB93NHF20Abolish Nuclear Weapons;Anti-nuclear Power Movement;Anti-nuclear activism;Atomic Bomb Survivors;Atomic Bomb Victims;Atomic bomb legacy;Australian War Memorial;BCOF;Barefoot Gen;Bikini Atoll;Bird’s Eye;Commonwealth Reconstruction Training Scheme;Cultural memory studies;Fox Inquiry;Fukushima Dai Ichi;Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant;Fukushima Nuclear Accident;Hiroshima Peace Memorial Museum;Memorial Hall;Nuclear Art;Nuclear Ban Treaty;Nuclear Disarmament;Nuclear Power;Nuclear Weapon Ban Treaty;Nuclear disarmament movements;Nuclear history and cultural resistance;Oscar Temaru;Peace Museums;Peace studies;Postwar Japanese art;West Germany;Young Men01060303This book explores the contemporary legacy of Hiroshima and Nagasaki following the passage of three quarters of a century, and the role of art and activism in maintaining a critical perspective on the dangers of the nuclear age. It closely interrogates the political and cultural shifts that have accompanied the transition to a nuclearised world. Beginning with the contemporary socio-political and cultural interpretations of the impact and legacy of the destruction of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the chapters examine the challenges posed by committed opponents in the cultural and activist fields to the ongoing development of nuclear weapons and the expanding industrial uses of nuclear power. It explores how the aphorism that "all art is political" is borne out in the close relation between art and activism. This multi-disciplinary approach to the socio-political and cultural exploration of nuclear energy in relation to Hiroshima/Nagasaki via the arts will be of interest to students and scholars of peace and conflict studies, social political and cultural studies, fine arts, and art and aesthetic studies. Chapter 9 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111145/3/9781003320395.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120230615978103234067815978103234068511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111145/1/9781003320395.pdf9904 8605d008-f409-432e-80b2-00f3d1b16d06030001OAPEN Library ID8605d008-f409-432e-80b2-00f3d1b16d0601HANDLE20.500.12657/1111041597810035010460610.4324/978100350104600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy0101Capital and CapitalismThe Role of Economic Calculation in the Market Economy1A01EduardBraun01eng001720393K93KC93KCA93KCP93KCZ20Austrian economics;Capital;Capitalism;Evolutionary economics;Institutional economics;Menger;Shareholder value;Varieties of capitalism;Von Mises01060303Capitalism is an economic system where almost all production and trade activities are organised by enterprises whose purpose is to maximise the return on the capital that has been invested in them. Economists, however, have almost universally defined capital in a way that makes it impossible for them to analyse important practical and societal aspects of the economic calculations of capital-based enterprises in capitalism. In contrast, this book develops a theory of capital that is, at the same time, a theory of capitalism. Based on the definition of capital provided by the Historical and Institutional Schools, and later developed by Carl Menger and Ludwig von Mises, the theory of capital in this book takes account of the term “capital” as understood and used in actual business life. A theory of capital that is successful in explaining the rationale of economic calculations of profit-oriented enterprises in the market economy will necessarily also explain how the societal production process is organised in capitalism. Starting from the positive analysis of capital and capitalism, the book discusses the fair value and shareholder value revolutions of recent decades. These approaches, sometimes summarised under the label of “value-orientation,” have introduced theoretical neoclassical equilibrium concepts into the practice of enterprises in capitalism. The book argues that this has led to paradoxical and unsustainable results. It does not make sense to reform the institutions of economic calculation on the basis of a theory that does not, in any significant way, deal with these institutions. The book will be of great interest to readers in the areas of Austrian economics, institutional economics, history of economic thought, varieties of capitalism, and financial accounting.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111104/3/9781040530511.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104053051115978104068294411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111104/1/9781040530511.pdf9904 861c4688-4de7-44f8-8a2b-7b8678ca34f7030001OAPEN Library ID861c4688-4de7-44f8-8a2b-7b8678ca34f701HANDLE20.500.12657/1111461597810033765690610.4324/978100337656900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Sociological Futures0101Death, Dying and BereavementNew Sociological Perspectives1A01DianaTeggi2B01SharonMallon3B01LauraTowers01eng0010393J93JH93JHB93JHBZ93JM93JMQ93Q93QR93QRM93QRMP93V93VF93VFJ93VFJX20Bereavement;Death;Dying;Funeral;Funerary;Memorialisation;Remembrance;Sociology;Sociology of Death;Thanotology01060303While death, dying and bereavement are universal life events, the social conditions under which death takes place are fundamental in shaping how it is experienced by the individual. Bringing together contributors from around the world, this collection of chapters provides sociological insights into death, dying and bereavement. Drawing upon a range of sociological theorists, including Émile Durkheim, Zygmunt Bauman and C. Wright Mills, the book reviews the historical contribution of sociology to the field of thanatology. In doing so, the book challenges individualistic psychological approaches to death, dying and bereavement and demonstrates how sociological approaches can shape, constrain and empower experiences by imbuing them with both collective and individual meaning. Chapter-length case studies explore a wide range of issues, from digital aspects of remembrance and memorialisation and continued threats to liberties that permit life and death decisions to discussions of the impact and likely legacy of COVID-19 and climate change. This collection will be of interest to students and researchers in the social sciences with an interest in societal attitudes towards death and bereavement. Chapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution (CC-BY) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111146/3/9781003376569.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120240615978103245349115978103245352111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111146/1/9781003376569.pdf9904 84aeede3-ce6f-4c7e-b2ed-1796688a496d030001OAPEN Library ID84aeede3-ce6f-4c7e-b2ed-1796688a496d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111711597808153508350610.4324/978135114216800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Routledge Handbook of Francophone Africa1A01RachelAnne Gillett2B01MargaretA. Majumdar3B01TonyChafer01eng0010393J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193N93NH93NHD93NHH20African migration;Colonial medicine;Decolonisation Belgium;Francophonie;French african colonies;French african countries;French colonization of africa;French speaking africa;French west africa;Language policy Africa;Pan-Africanism;Postcolonial African cultural identity;Postcolonial studies01060303The Routledge Handbook of Francophone Africa brings together a multidisciplinary team of international experts to reflect on the history, politics, societies, and cultures of French-speaking parts of Africa. Consisting of approximately 35% of Africa’s territory, Francophone Africa is a shifting concept, with its roots in French and Belgian colonial rule. This handbook develops and problematizes the term, with thematic sections covering: Colonial and post-colonial ties between France and sub-Saharan Africa Belgium, Belgian colonialism and Africa The Maghreb African Francophones in France Francophone African literature and film ‘Francophone’ and ‘Anglophone’ Africa Beyond national boundaries and ‘colonial partners’ The chapters demonstrate the evolution of "Francophone Africa" into a multi-dimensional construct, with both a material and an imagined reality. Materially, it defines a regional territorial space that coexists with other conceptualisations of African space and borders. Conceptually, Francophone Africa constitutes a shared linguistic and cultural space within which collective memories are shared, not least through their connection to the French imperial imagination. Overall, the Handbook demonstrates that as global power structures and relations evolve, African agency is increasingly assertive in shaping French-African relations. Bringing this important debate together into a single volume, this Handbook will be an essential resource for students and scholars interested in Francophone Africa.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111171/3/9781351142168.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120230615978103258606915978135114216811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111171/1/9781351142168.pdf9904 84f77f1d-5476-4475-8a24-da0e203aaf99030001OAPEN Library ID84f77f1d-5476-4475-8a24-da0e203aaf9901HANDLE20.500.12657/1111781597810326783680610.4324/978103267838200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101What's the Problem Represented to Be?A New Thinking Paradigm1A01CarolBacchi - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8555-540801eng0010393J93JH93JHB93JHBC93JP93JPQ93JPQB20Discourse;Governmentality;New-thinking paradigm;Policy;Practices;Problem-solving;Problematization;Problems;Subjectivity;WPR01060303Originally developed as a mode of critical policy analysis, ‘What’s the Problem Represented to Be?’: A New Thinking Paradigm extends the thinking behind the innovative ‘What’s the problem represented to be?’ (WPR) approach to new areas of investigation. It poses a challenge to problem-solving as the dominant way of thinking about human existence and human endeavours and offers a fresh alternative that turns attention to the contours of designated ‘problems’. By focusing on proposed ‘solutions’ to conditions labelled ‘problems’, the WPR approach produces a dynamic form of analysis and critique targeting how ‘problems’ are represented. This critical analytic posture is extended from ‘problems’ to a wide range of putative conditions, including ‘indeterminate situations’, ‘issues’, ‘controversies’ and ‘matters of concern’. In this new thinking paradigm, items, such as buildings and maps, are analysed as proposals for change and hence as problematisations, with important political implications. The book brings together the theoretical resources underpinning the WPR approach and considers important methodological ramifications. A table of WPR questions incorporates changes to the approach signalled in the book. This book will be of interest to undergraduate and postgraduate students, early career researchers and academics in a wide range of fields, including public policy, education, law, international relations and disability, Indigenous and feminists' studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111178/3/9781032678382.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103267837515978103267838211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111178/1/9781032678382.pdf9904 822c48c1-9a41-46b2-a364-3577c33047b2030001OAPEN Library ID822c48c1-9a41-46b2-a364-3577c33047b201HANDLE20.500.12657/1111311597810036483690610.4324/978100364836900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Applied Linguistics0101Disfluencies We Live with in JapaneseAn Interdisciplinary Approach1B01ToshiyukiSadanobu01eng002780393C93CF93CFD93CFDC93CFG93CFK93CJ93CJC93CJCK93J93JM93JMM93M93MK93MKZ93MKZL20Conversational Analysis;Disfluency;Dysfluency;Fluency of language;Language disorders;Oral communication;Psycholinguistics;Speech synthesis01060303Sadanobu's research on fluency and disfluency in Japanese reveals that disfluency among healthy native speakers follows predictable patterns and may actually enhance their everyday communication. The book challenges the conventional view that disfluency should simply be eliminated by demonstrating that it serves dual purposes, both as an obstacle to overcome and a valuable communicative tool that speakers learn and strategically employ in conversation. Drawing from diverse fields including linguistics, conversation analysis, language education, and language disorders research, the contributors build a compelling case for this nuanced perspective. They extend their analysis to practical applications in second language teaching and speech synthesis, presenting disfluency as a spectrum that encompasses native speakers, language learners, and language-impaired individuals. Their findings reveal that disability-induced disfluency exists on a continuum with typical speaker disfluency rather than representing a separate phenomenon. This is an essential book for academics and researchers on oral communication, especially in Linguistics and Japanese studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111131/3/9781040584866.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104058486615978104060959011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111131/1/9781040584866.pdf9904 81d16f13-6104-4e65-a7bd-089e265eab18030001OAPEN Library ID81d16f13-6104-4e65-a7bd-089e265eab1801HANDLE20.500.12657/1107581597837815621340610.35468/621300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010229Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung0101Bezugsnotwendigkeiten der GrundschulePädagogik und Fachdidaktik in der Grundschulbildung1B01Lea MarieGebauer2B01PascalKihm3B01MarkusPeschel4B01MelaniePlatz01ger003820393J93JN93JNL93JNLB20Deutsch;Digitalität;Fachdidaktik;Grundschule;Grundschulpädagogik;Kindheitspädagogik;Lehrkräftebildung;Mathematik;Medien;Professionalisierung;Sachunterricht;Unterrichtsforschung;Übergänge01060303undefined0303Das 29. Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung adressiert die Frage, welche Bezüge in der Grundschulbildung notwendig sind, um die doppelte Anschlussfähigkeit der Grundschule zu gewährleisten. Dabei wird einerseits an die vielfältigen Bezüge der Grundschulpädagogik als eigenständige wissenschaftliche Disziplin angeknüpft: zu Fachdidaktiken, Stufendidaktiken, Kindheitspädagogik u. a. m. Andererseits wird die nach wie vor aktuelle Professionalisierungsdebatte in Verbindung mit Querschnittsaufgaben der Primarstufe wie Digitalisierung, Inklusion und Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung aufgegriffen. Insgesamt bündelt das 29. Jahrbuch den Blick auf die vielfältigen notwendigen Bezüge zu Pädagogik und Fachdidaktik in der Grundschulbildung zur Gestaltung einer Schule für alle Kinder.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110758/3/9783781562134.pdf.jpg01Verlag Julius KlinkhardtBad Heilbrunn0001202611Verlag Julius Klinkhardt01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110758/1/9783781562134.pdf9904 802fbdf8-370d-431a-8543-e9915b4cdd82030001OAPEN Library ID802fbdf8-370d-431a-8543-e9915b4cdd8201HANDLE20.500.12657/11077015978491605563700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Japan in AsiaPost-Cold-War Diplomacy1A01AkihikoTanaka2Z99Jean ConnellHoff01eng004420393J93JP93JPS93JPSL20Asian relations;Cold War;Geopolotics;Japanese diplomacy;ODA01060303Official development assistance (ODA), direct investment in Southeast Asia, participation in the Cambodian peace process, peacekeeping operations (PKO), the founding of APEC and other large-scale regional frameworks, the response to the Asian economic crisis, grappling with the "history" problem, trilateral summits: these have all been important milestones for postwar Japan―and especially for post-Cold-War Japan―in its efforts to rediscover Asia and Japan's place in it. Tanaka Akihiko traces the role of diplomacy in redefining the role of Japan in Asia from the 1977 Fukuda Doctrine of "heart-to-heart contact" between Japan and its Southeast Asian neighbors to the Abe administration's negotiations to settle the comfort woman issue with South Korea at the end of 2015. But he also looks at the transformation that Asia itself underwent during that period. The Cold War in Asia was not a simple bipolar confrontation between the United States and the Soviet Union and their allies. The situation there was complicated by the presence of China, the importance of nationalism for countries that had once been colonies, and the need to escape third-world status and become economically developed. Asia during the Cold War, especially East Asia, was a divided region; few countries had normal international relations with China. But in the late 20th century, Asia underwent three structural changes―the end of the Cold War, globalization, and democratization. The result has been dynamic growth in tandem with deepening economic interdependence and the development of a complex web of regional institutions among Asian countries. What has been Japan's role in this increasingly interconnected Asia? What has Japan achieved―or failed to achieve―in Asia? This book is a history of post-Cold-War international politics, the themes of which are crises, responses to crises, and institution-building to prevent crises before they happen, aimed to provide an overview of political trends in Asia and Japan's diplomatic response to them.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110770/2/9784916055637.pdf.jpg01Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for Culture0001201711Japan Publishing Industry Foundation for Culture01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110770/1/9784916055637.pdf9904 80c68cbc-df2c-4945-833d-a1afcafc2120030001OAPEN Library ID80c68cbc-df2c-4945-833d-a1afcafc212001HANDLE20.500.12657/1111981597810033762310610.4324/978100337623100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Routledge International Handbooks0101The Routledge International Handbook of Postmodern Therapies1A01Stephanie L. Baird - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5979-2300,Jane E. Sanders - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9039-5805,Rosemary Vito - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9021-1973Laura Béres - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6926-05622B01SalihaBava - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1623-22583B01PeterMuntigl - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6072-19484B01OlgaSmoliak - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1679-67745B01TomStrong - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5965-04016B01EleftheriaTseliou - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9114-731X01eng0010393J93JM20Clinical supervision techniques;Critical reflection in therapeutic practice;Decolonial psychotherapy;Dialogical practice methods;Narrative therapy approaches;Qualitative inquiry;Systemic family interventions01060303The Routledge International Handbook of Postmodern Therapies includes contributions by leading international experts to provide an invaluable resource and reference for therapy students, scholars, educators, and practitioners. Along with discussing key postmodern approaches, including collaborative-dialogic, narrative, solution focused, and open dialogue, the handbook features advances in theory, research, and applications of postmodern practice. It covers both critical perspectives and methodologies, such as narrative, poststructuralist, performative, and postqualitative. Considerations of issues of diversity, power, and privilege are infused throughout the handbook. This handbook is essential for practitioners and students interested in teaching, using, and researching postmodern practice, including counselors, clinical psychologists, family therapists, psychotherapists, and social workers. Chapter 28 and Chapter 38 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial 4.0 license (CC-BY-NC).01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111198/3/9781003376231.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103245266115978103245273911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111198/1/9781003376231.pdf9904 7e8bba94-fce1-44a7-b68e-60e91d101ddf030001OAPEN Library ID7e8bba94-fce1-44a7-b68e-60e91d101ddf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112171597810034313670610.4324/978100343136700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Twenty-First Century Perspectives on British Literature and Society0101The Myth of George EliotHow Marian Evans Invented the Victorian Novelist1A01AlessandraGrego01eng0010393D93DS93DSB93DSBF20Authorial persona in Victorian fiction;Collective identity;Democratic literature;Higher criticism;Literary theory;Narrative structure;Political philosophy01060303George Eliot is a myth rather than a pseudonym. The writer Marian Evans invented the Victorian novelist as a character with a personality, a political view and a style that was received enthusiastically by the expanding mid-century readership, and just as enthusiastically rejected by the new generation of writers who considered her the last Victorian novelist. "The Myth of George Eliot" proposes that the narrative style and structure of Evans’s fiction is the result of her studies, of her reflection on the role of literature in the political and ethical life of a nation, and on the novel as the site of a cooperation between writer and reader in the continuous work on inherited traditions. Neither the last Victorian nor the first Modernist, Evans emerges as an author reflecting on the power of collective narratives in an age of democracy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111217/3/9781003431367.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103255112815978103255596611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111217/1/9781003431367.pdf9904 7fa22549-7e2f-450d-af4a-56c2d535abc5030001OAPEN Library ID7fa22549-7e2f-450d-af4a-56c2d535abc501HANDLE20.500.12657/1111141597810037329450610.4324/978100373294500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Research in Higher Education0101Open Science and the Future of EducationA Global Manifesto for Open Solutions Through Interdisciplinary Collaboration1B01InésAlvarez Icaza Longoria2B01MaríaSoledad Ramírez-Montoya01eng001940393G93GT93GTP93J93JM93JMB93JN93JNA93JNT93JNU93P93PD93PDG20AI in Education;Educational Technology;Interdisciplinary Studies;Open Access;Open Research;Open Science01060303Open Science and the Future of Education emphasizes the crucial role of collaboration in generating new solutions for education through open science. A manifesto for future global collaboration, the contributors to this volume set out a path forward for education innovation across four essential categories: open scientific knowledge; open science infrastructures; scientific communication; and open participation of social agents and open dialogue. Each category represents a key element of the Open Movement, with chapters highlighting timely topics including AI literacy, migrant education, and disability studies. Featuring contributions from a diverse range of thought leaders in the open science movement, this timely volume is essential reading for anyone interested in global partnerships, open science, and interdisciplinary studies. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111114/3/9781040831045.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104083104515978104083110611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111114/1/9781040831045.pdf9904 7ee19f23-fd02-4cdb-ace9-eb9e191c2292030001OAPEN Library ID7ee19f23-fd02-4cdb-ace9-eb9e191c229201HANDLE20.500.12657/1107341597836663710970610.13109/978366637109700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0100102Band 275Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für Europäische Geschichte Mainz0101Baťas MenschenRationalisierung, social engineering und Differenzierung in der tschechoslowakischen Unternehmensstadt Zlín, 1918–19481A01GregorFeindt01ger005630393N93NH93NHD20Sozialgeschichte;Tschechoslowakei;Unternehmensgeschichte01060303undefined0303Das Schuhunternehmen Baťa produzierte in Zlín preisgünstige Schuhe für den Weltmarkt – und leistungsfähige Menschen. Baťa lockte seine Beschäftigten mit einem Leben in Wohlstand, mit modernen Annehmlichkeiten und einem Ausblick in die weite Welt – und drang weit in ihren Alltag ein. Dabei übertrug das Unternehmen das in der Produktion eingeübte Prinzip der Rationalisierung auf die Personalverwaltung und den Alltag in Zlín, formte seine Belegschaft und differenzierte sie. Die Arbeit analysiert Sozialreform und Personalpolitik im Schuhunternehmen Baťa und stellt die Beschäftigten der Schuhfabrik in den Mittelpunkt, von der Ausbildung an der Werkbank über die Karrieren erfolgreicher Männer und einiger weniger Frauen bis hin zum Privat- und Familienleben. Dabei verfolgt das Buch die Entwicklung und Überformung des Sozialexperiments von seinen Anfängen in der Habsburgermonarchie über die demokratische Tschechoslowakei bis zur deutschen Herrschaft im Zweiten Weltkrieg und den Anfängen des Staatssozialismus.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110734/3/9783666371097.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110734/1/9783666371097.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836663710979904 800b7cbc-cf14-471d-8619-71f2586d9f4f030001OAPEN Library ID800b7cbc-cf14-471d-8619-71f2586d9f4f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108371597816857124020610.53288/0532.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101Urban LiquefactionRethinking the Relationship between Land and Sea1B01TimIngold2B01MichelLussault3B01CristiánSimonetti01eng002680393J93JB93JBS93JBSD93JH93JHM93JHMC93R93RN93RNP93RNPG93RNT20Anthropocene;Climate emergency;Coastal geography;Fluid politics;Reclamation;Sea level rise;Wetlands01060303From classical times until today, cities have been conceived in the western imagination as ideally confined to the fixities of the land, a space defined in opposition to the fluxes of the sea. Whereas solid land afforded a durable platform for the establishment of property and citizenship, the fluid sea allowed markets---isolated within the secure boundaries of cities---to be connected across the globe though navigation. Urban Liquefaction: Rethinking the Relationship between Land and Sea attends to the concurrent tensions between solidity and fluidity, permanence and impermanence, and substance and change that remain at the core of the western intellectual tradition, often dividing what is perceived as social from what is perceived as natural in life. Sea level rise poses unprecedented threats to this oppositional relationship, forcing us to reconsider the tension between solidity and fluidity in the design of the built environment. Nearly ten percent of all major cities are likely to be impacted by sea level rise in the coming decades, compromising the necessary infrastructure on which urban life depends. In reality, urban landscapes have been continually in flux, which becomes dramatically visible to urban dwellers mostly in catastrophic events such as earthquakes, tsunamis, alluvions, sinkholes and, above all, soil liquefaction. Urban Liquefaction gathers contributions from scholars and practitioners working across continents and fields interested in urban life in (and after) the Anthropocene, including anthropology, archaeology, art, architecture, design, human geography, and science studies, to open up an inquiry into these categorical tensions and to speculate on alternative futures for the built environment.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110837/3/9781685712419.pdf.jpgpunctum books01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571241915978168571305811punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110837/1/9781685712419.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/urban-liquefaction-rethinking-the-relationship-between-land-and-sea/9904 7da453a2-d911-4da2-9167-6ecb54ed94ad030001OAPEN Library ID7da453a2-d911-4da2-9167-6ecb54ed94ad01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108051597839662707860610.33968/9783966270786-0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Automatisierte Inhaltserschließung an der Bibliothek des Max-Planck-Instituts für Mathematik in den Naturwissenschaften1A01Beatrice SimonWeers01ger00760393G93GL93GLK20Automatic indexing;Computer Science (LCSH);Data collection experiment;German National Library (Deutsche Nationalbibliothek);HTWK Faculty of Computer Science and Media;Library science;Max Planck Institute for Mathematics in the Science (Leipzig);Notation classification;Special libraries (LCSH);ZBW - Leibniz Information Centre for Economics01060303undefined0303This bachelor thesis deals with the topic of automated content indexing at the library of the Max Planck Institute for Mathematics in Science in Leipzig. The aim is to determine how well the library's specially developed program for automated content indexing works in comparison to intellectual indexing. To this end, some theoretical principles were examined and other current projects in Germany were presented. A study in which 97 publications were provided with notations by both the program and three test persons resulted in a 70 percent agreement between the program and at least one of the test persons. In addition, possibilities for improving the program were identified.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110805/3/9783966270786.pdf.jpg01HTWK Leipzig - OA-HochschulverlagLeipzig000120250615978396627079315978396627080911HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110805/1/9783966270786.pdf990409HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://oa-hochschulverlag.htwk-leipzig.de/katalog/informatik-und-medien/weers9904 7d71af02-a204-4321-8f4e-d5bad70bd7fe030001OAPEN Library ID7d71af02-a204-4321-8f4e-d5bad70bd7fe01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109021597838376521850610.14361/978383940008100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode10010278Digitale Gesellschaft0101Hochschullehre digital gestaltenPraxisbeispiele zur didaktischen Transformation1B01UweFahr2B01PeterRiegler01ger001560393J93JN93JNB93JNM20Bildung;Digitalisierung;Digitization;Education;Hochschule;University01060303undefined0303Die Digitalisierung der Hochschullehre entwickelt sich seit Jahren dynamisch, aber nicht überall im gleichen Tempo. Die Beiträger*innen versammeln exemplarische Projekte aus Universitäten und Hochschulen für angewandte Wissenschaften, die im Rahmen der bayerischen Förderlinie »NewNormal« realisiert wurden, und fokussieren auf konkrete didaktische Umsetzungen digital gestützter Lehre. Dabei beschreiben sie Herausforderungen, Lösungswege und Praxisbeispiele – von E-Portfolios bis hin zu XR-Projekten – und geben Impulse zur Weiterentwicklung und Nachahmung.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110902/3/9783839400081.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383940008111transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110902/1/9783839400081.pdf9904 7cfbb35a-f9c3-4452-aaa9-9b9ce2f35860030001OAPEN Library ID7cfbb35a-f9c3-4452-aaa9-9b9ce2f3586001HANDLE20.500.12657/1107141597832052237570610.7767/978320522375700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0100102Band 005Musik Traditionen / Music Traditions0101Singing, Song, and Sound as Human Acts of Personal and Cultural AgencyReihe des Instituts für Volksmusikforschung und Ethnomusikologie an der Universität für Musik und darstellende Kunst Wien / Series of the Department of Folk Music Research and Ethnomusicology at the University of Music and Performing Arts Vienna1B01ArdianAhmedaja01eng003080393A93AV93AVL93AVLT20Agency;Ethnomusicology;Multipart music;Music;Performace;Singing;Song;Sound01060303Johann Gottfried Herder characterised singing and song as human acts of personal and cultural agency (Herder and Bohlman 2017). These agencies are enacted musically, centralising the idea of “performance”. In this context, “singing” refers to the act of performance, which, due to its interactive nature in real time, is the most important moment of music-making, particularly in multipart music traditions, while “song” and its emergence remain the object and subject of the act of creation. “Sound” is an indispensable part of all these processes. The perception and interpretation of these aspects by different people affect both the practice and discourse of music, shaping meaningful experiences in terms of the attitudes and cognitive processes involved in its creation (Blacking 1973).01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110714/3/9783205223757.pdf.jpgBrill Österreich Ges.m.b.H.01BöhlauWien0001202511Böhlau01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110714/1/9783205223757.pdf990409Böhlau01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.7767/97832052237579904 7dabb136-1364-42a1-8dd9-521c653c7425030001OAPEN Library ID7dabb136-1364-42a1-8dd9-521c653c742501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107811597804721291190610.3998/mpub.1186573700EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101"Destined to Fail"Carl Seashore’s World of Eugenics, Psychology, Education, and Music1A01Julia EklundKoza01eng008120393J93JB93JBF93JBFM93JN93JND93JNDH20Ability;Carl Seashore;Curriculum theory;Disability;Disability studies;Education;Equity in education;Equity in music education;Eugenics;Eugenics and education;Eugenics and music education;Euthenics;Gender;Gifted and talented education;History of education;History of music education;History of psychology;History of science;History of the education of women;Intelligence;Intelligence testing;Intersectional research in education;Music;Music education;Musical talent testing;Psychology;Psychometrics;Race;Race theory;Racism;Racism and education;Sexism;Standardized testing;Talent;Tracking;White supremacy01060303A little-known fact about the prominent US psychologist and educator Carl E. Seashore (1866–1949) is that he was deeply involved in the American eugenics movement. He was among the US academics to support eugenics long before German Nazis embraced it. A titan in a host of disciplines and a proponent of radical education reform, Seashore used his positional power to promote a constellation of education reforms consistent with central precepts of eugenics. Many of these reforms, including tracking, gifted and talented programs, and high-stakes standardized testing, were adopted and remain standard practice in the United States today. He promulgated the idea that musical talent is biologically inheritable, and he developed the first standardized tests of musical talent; these tests were used by early-twentieth-century researchers in their attempts to determine whether there are race differences in musical talent. Seashore’s ideas and work profoundly shaped music education’s research trajectory, as well as enduring “commonsense” beliefs about musical ability. An intersectional analysis, “Destined to Fail” focuses on the relationship between eugenics and Seashore’s views on ability, race, and gender. Koza concludes that Seashore promoted eugenics and its companion, euthenics, because he was a true believer. She also discusses the longstanding silences surrounding Seashore’s participation in eugenics. As a diagnosis and critique of the present, “Destined to Fail” identifies resemblances and connections between past and present that illustrate the continuing influence of eugenics—and the systems of reasoning that made early-twentieth-century eugenics imaginable and seem reasonable—on education discourse and practice today. It maps out discursive, citational, and funding connections between eugenicists of the early twentieth-century and contemporary White supremacists; this mapping leads to some of Donald Trump’s supporters and appointees.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110781/4/9780472906109.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press000120260615978047290610911Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110781/1/9780472906109.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110781/2/9780472906109.epub990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 7b79ac89-6504-48c8-a350-dab4f4eb5dfb030001OAPEN Library ID7b79ac89-6504-48c8-a350-dab4f4eb5dfb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107631597838353815750610.46500/8353919100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101FließendGeschichte, Ästhetik und Politik des wissenschaftlichen Films1A01MarioSchulze2A01SarineWaltenspül01ger003850393A93AT93ATF93ATFA93ATFX93ATZ20Boundary layer theory;Film analysis;Flow phenomena;Flow research;History of media;History of science;National Socialism01060303undefined0303In what formats does science become effective? In addition to books, articles and lectures, numerous films have also shaped its history. Fließend is a surprising and enlightening attempt to write a history of science, media and film in the 20th century based on a single film. Scientific moving images make up a considerable part of the analogue and digital film heritage. However, little is usually known about their production, distribution and reuse. The fluid dynamics film Entstehung von Wirbeln bei in Wasser bewegten Körpern (The Formation of Vortices in Bodies Moving in Water) was produced in Göttingen in the 1920s by Ludwig Prandtl. The book tells its story from the early 20th century to the present day as one of the desires in science, technology and art: for a valid image of flow phenomena, for applause in conference halls and cinemas, for evidence, aesthetics and legacy. This film provided a visual justification for boundary layer theory, contributed to the Gleichschaltung (enforced conformity) under National Socialism and fascinated the military-industrial avant-garde. It changed its epistemic functions and media formats just as it transcended institutions, national borders and political systems. The knowledge conveyed by the film contributed to the exploration of the depths of the oceans and the conquest of the heights of the skies, all the way to outer space. This knowledge has lost none of its fatal impact in times of global armament.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110763/3/9783835381575.pdf.jpg01Konstanz University PressKonstanz000120260615978383539191811Konstanz University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110763/1/9783835381575.pdf9904 7b701425-7314-4f99-abd1-904cfb9e46db030001OAPEN Library ID7b701425-7314-4f99-abd1-904cfb9e46db01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111861597810032445610610.1201/978100324456100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Imaging Science0101Handbook of Geospatial Approaches to Sustainable Cities1A01Cheolhee Yoo - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3922-2300,Qihao Weng - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2498-0934Zhiwei Li - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5635-84992B01QihaoWeng - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2498-093401eng0010393A93AM93AMV93AMVD93R93RG93RGW93T93TQ20Agent-based simulation;Environmental monitoring techniques;Land use change analysis;Machine learning for urban sustainability;Nature-based solutions;Urban air pollution control;Urban climate modelling01060303This comprehensive handbook presents the current state of knowledge on geospatial technologies, techniques, and methods that are imperative for providing solutions to sustainable cities. It addresses the role of geospatial big data and AI techniques and how they are applied when analyzing the sustainability of urban development, land use, urban planning, and resource management, as well as monitoring the impact urbanization has on the environment and the ecosystem. Taking an interdisciplinary approach to sustainable cities, and with contributions from renowned experts around the world, this holistic handbook is a toolbox for geospatial, urban, and sustainability professionals, the artificial intelligence community, and those who work in related fields. Features: Explores cutting-edge geospatial and AI techniques in support of efficient, resilient, digital, and smart cities Bridges urban science and sustainability science via geospatial methods Contributes to the efforts of GEO by addressing and exemplifying pertinent societal benefit areas and engagement priorities Includes 16 case studies with a broad geographic scope that integrate societal needs with technological advances Draws expertise in geospatial technology, big data, and artificial intelligence from leading experts in the world This book is intended for researchers and scientists interested in learning techniques in GeoAI, including the technologies for collecting, analyzing, managing, processing, and visualizing geospatial datasets. Chapters 3, 6, 7, 8, and 15 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111186/3/9781003244561.pdf.jpgCRC Press01Taylor & FrancisBoca Raton000120240615978103215481715978103215534011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111186/1/9781003244561.pdf9904 7c4d233a-598a-4f1f-b724-7ea06dcd8b8a030001OAPEN Library ID7c4d233a-598a-4f1f-b724-7ea06dcd8b8a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112351597810036247830610.4324/978100362478300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Focus on Literature0101Irish Writers and The New Yorker in the Mid-Twentieth Century1A01Yen-ChiWu - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2302-621701eng0010393D93DS93DSB93DSBH93K93KN93KNT93KNTP93KNTP220Benedict Kiely;Edna O'Brien;Edna O’Brien;Elizabeth Bowen;Irish Literature;Irish writers;John McGahern;The New Yorker01060303Irish Writers and The New Yorker in the Mid-Twentieth Century draws on archival research in the New Yorker records to uncover the contractual details of the first-reading agreement, The New Yorker ’s “fat” payments, and Irish writers’ relationships with their editors and peers. The book offers fresh readings of the Irish stories in the publishing context of the magazine. The Irish writers examined in this book include celebrated authors, Elizabeth Bowen, Edna O’Brien, Benedict Kiely, and John McGahern. It also includes Irish and Irish-American writers whose literary works are lesser known today: Patricia Collinge, Walter Macken, Norah Hoult, and Elizabeth Cullinan. Combining the methodologies of archival research and periodical studies, this book tells the cultural history of Irish writers’ connections with one of America’s most influential publications, contributing to a better understanding of the transatlantic and commercial dimensions of Irish literature in the mid-twentieth century. This is an informative research survey for students and scholars in Irish literature and periodical studies. The Introduction and Chapter 1 of this book are freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 International license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111235/3/9781003624783.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120260615978104103665415978104103667811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111235/1/9781003624783.pdf9904 79b285f5-28bf-4a0e-be60-252b304bddd1030001OAPEN Library ID79b285f5-28bf-4a0e-be60-252b304bddd101HANDLE20.500.12657/1112021597810036541310610.4324/978100365413100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Comparative Legal History0101The Evolution of Justice, Equity, and EqualityPractical Wisdom from the Past1A01JanHalberda - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5475-64822B01IwonaBarwicka-Tylek - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4482-92433B01JanHalberda - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5475-64824B01MaciejMikuła - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6708-004X01eng0010393L93LA93LAM93LAZ93N93NH93NHT93NHTB93Q93QD93QDT93QDTS20Equality;Equity;Justice;Legal Culture;Legal Heritage;Legal History;Phronesis01060303This book presents a comprehensive exploration of historical perspectives on justice, equity, and equality, which have been, and still are, considered as the core values of any balanced political system. Combining historical methodology with wider philosophical and ethical insights, the volume offers a unique contribution to the fields of legal history, legal heritage, and legal culture. Bringing together scholars who specialise in different historical periods, the book covers a variety of concepts and practices, but also identifies some universal ideas about justice, equity, and equality that have been stimulating the development of the European political and legal tradition throughout the ages. In this way, it provides a multidisciplinary approach that advances the field of legal studies. By bridging the disciplines of history, law, and philosophy, the book demonstrates the interconnectedness of these fields and highlights how historical legal concepts can inform contemporary discussions. As such, it will be a valuable resource for academics and researchers working in these and related areas.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111202/3/9781003654131.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104110253315978104110260111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111202/1/9781003654131.pdf9904 7b5b217a-5d22-4d9d-bf91-982aabf35f8f030001OAPEN Library ID7b5b217a-5d22-4d9d-bf91-982aabf35f8f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112411597810036408370610.4324/978100364083700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Transformations of Labour through the Lens of Sex WorkNavigating Digitalization, Precarity and Resistance1A01Majda Hrženjak - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1809-5450Iztok Šori - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7594-55302B01MajdaHrženjak - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1809-54503B01IztokŠori - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7594-553001eng0010393J93JH93JHB20Digital surveillance studies;Feminist labour theory;Gig economy research;Neoliberal governance;Resistance strategies in sex industry;Socio-legal analysis;Workplace autonomy01060303This volume engages with the question of how labour is transforming under late capitalism, and what insights the study of sex work offers into these transformations. Presenting case studies from the Global North, this book situates sex work within the frameworks of neoliberal governance, digitalization, platformization, and gig economy to examine how economic relations, labour practices, and activism are changing under these conditions. It demonstrates that sex work offers a powerful lens through which to understand the contradictions of contemporary labour regimes: autonomy bound up with precarity, visibility with surveillance, and agency with algorithmic control. The book highlights the mobility and agency of labouring subjectivities, showing how resistance often emerges through strategic engagement with the very structures produced by neoliberalism. While affirming the importance of legal recognition of sex work, the book contends that this alone is insufficient to disrupt the broader systems of exclusion and inequality experienced by sex workers and embedded in late capitalist economies. This book will be of interest to scholars and advanced readers engaged in debates on labour, sexuality, and political economy. It is particularly relevant to those working in critical labour studies, feminist theory, sociology, and socio-legal research, as well as to policymakers and activists concerned with labour rights and social justice.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111241/3/9781003640837.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104107500415978104107502811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111241/1/9781003640837.pdf9904 7a649601-8ba9-4a11-9fa2-241a38ae8f99030001OAPEN Library ID7a649601-8ba9-4a11-9fa2-241a38ae8f9901HANDLE20.500.12657/11077915978178892912700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Storying the Immobilities of Gender Violence in the UK and Mexico1A01JessMoriarty2A01LesleyMurray3A01VickiPainting4A01Olga SabidoRamos5A01Paula SotoVillagrán01eng01spa002740393J93JB93JBF93JBFK93JBS93JBSF20Bilingual;Comparing UK and Mexico;Duoethnography;English;GBV;Gender studies;International comparative research;Mobilities;Spanish;Stories;Storytelling;Textual narratives;Trans-sensory;Transnational;Visual;Visualising01060303Offers an arts-based, storying, textual and visual lens on gender-based violence in the UK and Mexico. This book is a unique image-based bilingual (English and Spanish) book of textual and visual narratives of gender-based violence (GBV) in the UK and Mexico, framed with a critical commentary that sets these stories in the context of GBV in both countries. Visual and textual stories convey the 'felt' experience of GBV, engaging readers and audiences in the apparently mundane as well as the shocking. Such stories help contest the prominence of crime statistics in evidencing GBV, statistics which often distort experience and reflect and maintain exclusionary policies and practices, particularly for minoritised communities. The transnational project on which this book is based invited artists and creative writers from diverse backgrounds in the UK and Mexico to respond to lived accounts of GBV in comic stories, short stories, poems, 3D installations, fine art photography, painting and film. This book brings together these visual and textual stories and sets out a series of readings and analyses that seek to further knowledge on GBV in different cultural contexts. This book is open access under a CC BY licence.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110779/3/9781788929172.pdf.jpgMultilingual Matters01Channel View PublicationsBristol000120260615978178892917211Channel View Publications01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110779/1/9781788929172.pdf990409Channel View Publications01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.channelviewpublications.com9904 79778dfe-e127-4454-81a2-436fec3625ae030001OAPEN Library ID79778dfe-e127-4454-81a2-436fec3625ae01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110401597837315144730610.5445/KSP/100018318800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/100102133Karlsruher Schriftenreihe Fahrzeugsystemtechnik0101Reduction of Selected Road Noise Phenomena by Modifying Suspension Kinematics Using Metamodels in the Digital Vehicle Development Phase1A01Timovon Wysocki01eng002620393T20Achskinematik;Machine Learning;Metamodelle;Metamodels;NVH;Road Noise;Rollgeräusch;Suspension Kinematics01060303With growing electrification and comfort in cars, road noise reduction is increasingly important. This study explores influencing road noise via suspension kinematics optimization in early development. 500 kinematics variations are modeled with ANNs for fast numerical and qualitative optimization. Simulations resolve NVH conflicts and guide metamodel-based cavity noise tuning. Hardware validation confirms an effective, cost- and weight-neutral NVH improvement.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111040/3/9783731514473.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202511KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111040/1/9783731514473.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001831889904 79388bfe-e09d-4da3-98f5-132f6e4a85b2030001OAPEN Library ID79388bfe-e09d-4da3-98f5-132f6e4a85b201HANDLE20.500.12657/1108021597804729051570610.3998/mpub.1153575700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102African Perspectives0101The Institutionalization of Islam in Southern SenegalIntermarriage, Qur'anic Education, and Jihad1A01AlyDramé01eng002700393N93NH93NHG93NHH93Q93QR93QRP20Bainounk;Balante;Balmadou;Birassou;Boudhié;British;Casamance;Casamance River;Conversion to Islam;Darsilamé;Dianaba;Diola;Fodé Héraba Dramé;Fort of Sédhiou;French;French colonial rule;Guinea-Bissau;Interfaith marriage;Intermarriage;Islam;Islamization;Jihãd;Karantaba;Mandinka;Mandinkization;Merchant-scholars;Ndiama;Pakao;Portuguese;Qur’anic education;Senegal;Senegambia;Sonkoundou;Souna;Soungrougrou River;Taabo tree;The Gambia;Yacine01060303Weaving together oral and written sources, The Institutionalization of Islam in Southern Senegal investigates previously overlooked dimensions of Islamization in Senegambia through the processes of intermarriage, Qur’anic education, and jihãd. Due to its geographic location at the point where Senegal, The Gambia, and Guinea-Bissau meet, the Middle Casamance has historically been a melting pot where centralized and decentralized societies have coexisted for generations. In the past, historians have failed to consider the contributions of the Middle Casamance region and Mandinka Muslim settlements to the development of Islam, despite centers for Islamic education having existed in the region centuries before the emergence of the Sufi and jihãd movements of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Aly Dramé seeks to close this gap by conceptualizing the leading role played by these Mandinka settlements and how religious spaces are negotiated, acquired, and transformed through intermarriage, Qur’anic education, and jihãd when peoples from distinct backgrounds encounter one another. Drawing on archival documents, oral history and traditions, travelers’ accounts, the Arabic text Pakao al-Qurano (Holy Book of Pakao), and original ethnography, The Institutionalization of Islam in Southern Senegal demonstrates how these communities reframe the debates about the institutionalization of Islam in Senegambia geographically, chronologically, and thematically.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110802/3/9780472905157.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202511Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110802/1/9780472905157.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 764e7ad7-908a-4e24-a432-62757b0b91fd030001OAPEN Library ID764e7ad7-908a-4e24-a432-62757b0b91fd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108031597839662706940610.33968/9783966270694-0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Traditionelle Verlagsprodukte im Lichte gesellschaftlich gewandelter Anschauungen nicht-diskriminierender Sprache und rechtlichen Vorgaben1A01Josefine C.Bernhofer01ger00720393K93KN93KNT93KNTP93KNTP120Author's rights;Child protection;Children's books;Copyright;Discrimination;Fiction;Non-discriminatory language;Political correctness;Publishing;Publishing rights;Traditional publishing products01060303undefined0303Traditional publication products are the object of tensions between the interests of authors regarding copyright, the changing opinions of the public,and the economic interests of publishers. The goal of this paper is to develop approaches to publishing traditional publication products with contents that ethically or legally no longer publishable publication products in their range of offers? To answer, the contents of Jim Button and Luke the Engine modern public opinion deems offensive. The research question is: What are concrete steps a publishing house can take to keep Driver by Michael Ende were analysed. Specifically, it was examined whether the novel contains unconstitutional or youth-corrupting elements. The analysis shows that the indexation according to child protection is possible. Building on this, the following approaches were developed: modification of future author’s agreements, transmedial processing of the material, addition of supplementary material, translation to non-discriminatory language, and editing the original work. Which of these approaches is suitable for the product depends on the legal agreements between author and publisher.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110803/3/9783966270694.pdf.jpg01HTWK Leipzig - OA-HochschulverlagLeipzig000120240615978396627070015978396627071711HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110803/1/9783966270694.pdf990409HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://oa-hochschulverlag.htwk-leipzig.de/katalog/informatik-und-medien/bernhofer9904 761fdfa8-ce47-43fe-8604-583e01147fbd030001OAPEN Library ID761fdfa8-ce47-43fe-8604-583e01147fbd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110281597895236913910610.33134/HUP-3400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/deed.en/0101Rays of LanguageLinguistic Perspectives on Non-Literary Papyri and Related Sources1B01KlaasBentein2B01MarjaVierros01eng004430393C93CF93CFB93CFF93CFK93CFX20Language contact;Papyri;Quantitative approaches;Scribal practices;Socio-pragmatics;Syntax01060303Renewed attention to the language of ancient documentary sources – above all Greek papyri – has opened new paths in linguistic research. Rays of Language: Linguistic Perspectives on Non-Literary Papyri and Related Sources brings together specialists from across the field to explore how everyday written documents illuminate linguistic diversity, change, and communication in the ancient world. The volume offers a comprehensive overview of current approaches to the study of non-literary Greek and related languages. Drawing on new corpora, digital tools, and theoretical frameworks, the contributors examine a wide range of linguistic phenomena from spelling practices and language contact to syntax, register, and discourse structure. Each chapter demonstrates how documentary texts, often considered peripheral, in fact provide crucial evidence for the dynamics of language in use and for the multilingual realities of Graeco-Roman and Late Antique Egypt. The book is organised into four thematic parts. Part 1: Language Contact and Scribal Influence explores multilingualism, scribal norms, and the interplay between Greek and other languages used in Egypt, including Latin and Coptic, while also considering early Arabic documentary practices within a comparative framework. Part 2: Quantitative Studies applies corpus-based and computational methods to questions of usage and change, revealing new insights into frequency and distribution. Part 3: New Insights on Greek Syntax investigates syntactic developments in the papyri, shedding light on phenomena such as the optative, insubordination, and variation in formulaic complementation structures. And Part 4: Socio-Pragmatic Approaches situates linguistic choices within their social and communicative settings, analysing stylistic variation, occupational language, and discourse markers. By situating Greek within its wider linguistic environment – engaging with Latin, Coptic, and Arabic sources – Rays of Language broadens the horizons of papyrological linguistics and historical sociolinguistics alike. It offers both a synthesis of ongoing developments and a stimulus for future research into the language of the ancient Mediterranean’s everyday written culture.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111028/3/9789523691407.pdf.jpgHelsinki University Press01Helsinki University PressHelsinki, Finland000120250615978952369140711Helsinki University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111028/1/9789523691407.pdf990409Helsinki University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.33134/HUP-349904 773e0f56-399d-4117-9fc3-00f57897be78030001OAPEN Library ID773e0f56-399d-4117-9fc3-00f57897be7801HANDLE20.500.12657/1112311597810032946960610.4324/978100329469600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Advances in Ethnography0101Navigating Colour-Blind SocietiesA Comparative Ethnography of Muslim Urban Life in Copenhagen and Montreal1A01AmaniHassani01eng0010393J93JH93JHB2011;Anti-Muslim bias;Comparative Muslim urban experiences;Ethnonationalism;Intersectionality studies;Islamophobia;Liberal nation states;Muslim youth;Muslims;Nationalism;Otherization;Qualitative fieldwork;Racialisation processes;Racialization;Racism;Spatial segregation;Urban anthropology01060303Navigating Colour-Blind Societies is a comparative ethnography of racialisation, class, and gender in the lives of young Muslims coming of age in societies where race is deemed insignificant. The book offers insights into the urban lives of young middle-class Muslims in Copenhagen and Montreal. Based on their narratives, the book examines racialisation as (1) a social process that is classed and gendered and (2) a spatial process that is social and temporal. Denmark and Quebec have seen an increasing thrust of nationalist politics in recent years, which position their Muslim citizens as the quintessential “Other.” The book contributes to our understanding of how Muslims are racialised and how they navigate this process of racialisation in social and urban life. The interaction between movement and life stories provides a unique vantage point in bringing the city to life from the perspective of these young adults. The book appeals widely to academics and students in sociology, anthropology, and human geography. It also appeals to a wider audience interested in anti-racist scholarship and Muslim experiences in the Global North.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111231/3/9781003294696.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120240615978103227926815978103227929911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111231/1/9781003294696.pdf9904 7882d7dd-ddfd-40fb-9a37-1730c9ed11a4030001OAPEN Library ID7882d7dd-ddfd-40fb-9a37-1730c9ed11a401HANDLE20.500.12657/1107491597838474332310610.3224/8474318500EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010223Studien zu Differenz, Bildung und Kultur0101Intersektionale Perspektiven auf Mutterschaft und GleichberechtigungEine affekttheoretische Situationsanalyse der Erfahrungen benachteiligter Mütter1A01JuliaTietjen01ger002460393J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFA193JBS93JBSF93JBSF193JBSF1193JH93JHB93JHBK93JN93JNA20Ableism;Ableismus;Affect theory;Affekttheorie;Classism;Critique of discrimination;Diskriminierungskritik;Heteronormativity;Heteronormativität;Intersectionality;Intersektionalität;Klassismus;Mental health;Motherhood;Mutterschaft;Psychische Gesundheit;Racism;Rassismus;Situation analysis;Situationsanalyse01060303undefined0303Die Verantwortung von Fürsorge wird oft noch mit bestimmten Geschlechtervorstellungen verbunden und schränkt so die Gleichberechtigung von Müttern deutlich ein. Die Autorin zeigt intersektionale Perspektiven von Müttern auf die Diskriminierungsverhältnisse Heteronormativität, Klassismus, Rassismus und psychische Gesundheit. Sie gibt Einblick in Aushandlungen um Gleichberechtigung mit Beziehungspersonen sowie in ihre Entscheidungen als Mütter.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110749/4/9783847433231.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110749/1/9783847433231.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110749/2/9783847433231.epub990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/intersektionale-perspektiven-auf-mutterschaft-und-gleichberechtigung/9904 75bbc855-0084-4588-93b4-ee7e322f76aa030001OAPEN Library ID75bbc855-0084-4588-93b4-ee7e322f76aa01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107671597838353605940610.46500/8353605900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Öl für den EndsiegDie Kontinentale Öl AG 1941-19451A01KarstenLinne01ger005880393J93JP93JPH93JPHX93JW93JWL93JWLF93K93KC93KCZ93KJ93KJZ93KN93KNA93KNAT93N93NH93NHT93NHTT93NHW93NHWR93NHWR720Company history;Economic policy;Energy company;Extractivism;Geology;National Socialism;Occupation;Oil fields;Oil industry;Oil production;Resources;System of rule;War economy;World War II01060303undefined0303Founded in 1941, Kontinentale Öl AG was tasked with exploiting the oil wells of the Caucasus, thereby laying the foundation for the Nazis' dream of ultimate victory. World War II was a war fought with tanks, trucks, and aircraft. Oil was the indispensable basis for the campaigns. The German Reich had only small reserves and was therefore dependent on conquering an oil base. Founded in 1941, Kontinentale Öl AG was intended to counterbalance the large Allied oil companies and, above all, to exploit the rich oil wells of the Caucasus. However, since this area could not be occupied permanently, the Nazis had to content themselves with other European regions – Romania, Galicia, Estonia. The semi-state-owned, semi-private company involved all relevant economic, state, political, and military interest groups. Konti thus served as a model for future “continental” corporations. The ambitious plans for the future contrasted with the operational failure of Kontinentale Öl AG. Overall, the history of this company offers a new perspective on the Nazi economy, the ruling class of the regime, i.e., high-ranking representatives from business, the party, the military, and the state bureaucracy, and political and military decisions. It challenges supposedly established insights into the relationship between politics and economics.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110767/3/9783835381766.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538176611Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110767/1/9783835381766.pdf9904 7538564e-e1cd-4997-a52d-e9ddea128ee8030001OAPEN Library ID7538564e-e1cd-4997-a52d-e9ddea128ee801HANDLE20.500.12657/1108121597801915621810610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199580859.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101EuroclashThe EU, European Identity, and the Future of Europe1A01NeilFligstein01eng003040393K93KC93KCP20European Union;Managers;Market integration;National sovereignty;Political conflict;Popular culture;Professionals;Trade;Welfare state;White-collar workers01060303The European Union's (EU) market integration project has dramatically altered economic activity around Europe. This book presents evidence on how trade has increased, jobs have been created, and European business has been reorganized. The changes in the economy have been accompanied by dramatic changes in how people from different societies interact. This book argues that these changes have produced a truly transnational European society. The book explores the nature of that society and its relationship to the creation of a European identity, popular culture, and politics. Much of the current political conflict around Europe can be attributed to who is and who is not involved in European society. Business owners, managers, professionals, white-collar workers, the educated, and the young have all benefited from European economic integration, specifically by interacting more and more with their counterparts in other societies. They tend to think of themselves as Europeans. Older, poorer, less educated, and blue-collar citizens have benefited less. They view the EU as intrusive on national sovereignty, or they fear its pro-business orientation will overwhelm the national welfare states. They have maintained national identities. There is a third group of mainly-middle class citizens who see the EU in mostly positive terms and sometimes — but not always — think of themselves as Europeans. It is this swing group that is most critical for the future of the European project. If they favor more European cooperation, politicians will oblige. But, if they prefer that policies remain wedded to the nation, European cooperation will stall.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110812/3/9780199580859.pdf.jpg01Oxford University PressOxford, United Kingdom000120090615978019164794915978019170229715978019958085911Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110812/1/9780199580859.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/euroclash-97801995808599904 73a449e5-9de9-4e19-bf98-a25b1265b84a030001OAPEN Library ID73a449e5-9de9-4e19-bf98-a25b1265b84a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109321597838376805910610.14361/978383946056600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102200Edition Politik0101Bildung und RevolutionZum Verhältnis von Pädagogik, Politik und gesellschaftlichem Wandel1A01MatthiasHeil01ger003240393J93JP93JPH20Bildung;Education;Political Science;Political Theory;Politikwissenschaft;Politische Theorie;Revolution01060303undefined0303Die Revolution verkörpert die Hoffnung auf grundlegende Änderung – doch damit sie gelingt, müssen sich auch die Menschen ändern. Aus diesem Grund spielt Bildung für das revolutionäre Denken an entscheidenden Stellen eine wichtige Rolle: Sei es für die Frage nach dem Ausbruch und der Vorbereitung der Revolution, für die Frage nach dem Übergang in die post-revolutionäre Gesellschaft oder für die Frage nach der Stabilisierung der post-revolutionären Ordnung. Matthias Heil macht anhand der revolutionären Theorien Condorcets, Marx’ und Goldmans sichtbar, wie eng Pädagogik, Politik und gesellschaftlicher Wandel miteinander verzahnt sind und sich gegenseitig bedingen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110932/3/9783839460566.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946056611transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110932/1/9783839460566.pdf9904 756a2267-8fd1-4bda-b41f-7b3967bf8c87030001OAPEN Library ID756a2267-8fd1-4bda-b41f-7b3967bf8c8701HANDLE20.500.12657/1111351597810034367750610.4324/978100343677500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Advances in Sociology0101Visibilities and Invisibilities of Race and RacismToward a New Global Dialogue1B01Faye V.Harrison2B01YasukoTakezawa3B01AkioTanabe01eng002640393G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JH93JHB93JHM93JHMC93R93RG93RGC20Critical race theory;Ethnic minority studies;Intercultural anthropology;Non-Western racism frameworks;Postcolonial identity formation;Qualitative case analysis;Social exclusion dynamics01060303Takezawa, Harrison, Tanabe, and their contributors present a multi-sited, transnational, and intercultural perspective on racism, shifting its emphasis away from the conventional North Atlantic interpretive frameworks to better understand its fundamental nature. Racism is not a uniquely transatlantic phenomenon but, because it is most often understood within Euro-American paradigms, its salience in other contexts is often less visible. The chapters in this volume analyze the process by which fundamentally invisible differences have been made visible, and various groups and communities have been marked, essentialized, and substantialized under a range of social, political, and cultural conditions. Focusing on the space between the visible and invisible, they evaluate the dynamics by which invisible differences are rendered visible, and by which visible differences render other differences invisible. In doing so, they promote a decentering of Western-centered frameworks and elucidate continuities with and discontinuities from past era of racial antagonism and conflict. They look at case studies ranging from Japan, India, and Southeast Asia, to Iceland, the United States, and intra-“white” racism in Europe. The strength of this work lies in its exploration of the varied modalities of race and racism, particularly those that deviate from the conventional, visibly identifiable notions of race, thus broadening the understanding of racism beyond traditional paradigms. An important contribution to the re-worlding of the study of racism for scholars, researchers, and students of anthropology, sociology, ethnic studies, and intercultural studies. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111135/3/9781040047842.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104004784215978104004786611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111135/1/9781040047842.pdf9904 71f4dc64-26cb-4224-8310-4ecaa233317d030001OAPEN Library ID71f4dc64-26cb-4224-8310-4ecaa233317d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111181597810327054390610.4324/978103270543900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Critiques and Alternatives to Capitalism0101Marx and the Politics of Need1A01GeorgeBoss01eng002180393J93JH93JHB93JP93JPA93JPF93JPFC93Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDT93QDTS20Human needs;Interpretation;Karl Marx;Marxist theory;Needs;Political agency;Political philosophy;Political theory;Politics of needs;Radicalism;Re-reading;Social practice;Social theory01060303Marx and the Politics of Need challenges one of the most pervasive habits in contemporary political theory and practice: treating needs as moral facts that sit outside of our politics, and which can be used to judge it. Against this depoliticising impulse, George Boss offers a provocative re-reading of Marx’s writings on need, interpreting them not as didactic statements of an abstract philosophy, but as subversive interventions and provocations inseparable from his radical political activism. Re-read in this way, those writings take on new, hitherto unexplored dimensions. Building on them, Boss develops a distinctive Marxian framework that recasts needs as constitutively political, exposing the conflicts, stakes, and possibilities that shape how needs are defined, contested, and met. The result is a fresh, deeply political perspective on human need at a time when the politics of need is both increasingly urgent and increasingly unruly. Opening up what had become ossified and closed down in contemporary social thought, the book thus fashions new opportunities for radical political agency and portends new social possibilities. As such, it will appeal to scholars of politics, sociology, and philosophy exploring Marxist thought, economic justice, and the political dimensions of human need.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111118/3/9781040510698.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104051069815978104072587011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111118/1/9781040510698.pdf9904 727c3f8a-22d6-4991-9ca1-b08826b72d51030001OAPEN Library ID727c3f8a-22d6-4991-9ca1-b08826b72d5101HANDLE20.500.12657/1111961597810034352040610.4324/978100343520400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Democratic Innovations0101Public Deliberation in the Digital AgePlatforms, Participation, and Legitimacy1A01Raphaël Kies,Alina ÖstlingEmilien Paulis2B01RaphaëlKies3B01EmilienPaulis4B01AlinaÖstling01eng0010393J93JP93JPH93JPHC93JPHV20AI;Artificial Intelligence;Deliberative democracy;Democracy;Digital;E-consultations;Europe;Policy;Policymaking01060303This book provides a comprehensive examination of how digital platforms shape deliberative processes and democratic engagement, combining theoretical insights with empirical evidence. It draws on typologies, conceptual models, case studies, comparative analyses, and ethical reflections to assess how digital tools can support—or undermine—the legitimacy of deliberative procedures and wider democratic participation. This book focuses on initiatives by public institutions to involve citizens in areas such as climate governance, youth engagement, public service media, party politics, and AI-mediated dialogue. Using the input-throughput-output legitimacy framework, it systematically explores how digital platforms influence who participates, how they engage, and how these processes connect to the broader public and contribute to policy outcomes. In doing so, this book equips readers to critically navigate the evolving landscape of participatory and deliberative practices amid rapid digital transformation. This book is essential reading for scholars, students, and practitioners interested in the use of digital technologies for participatory and deliberative purposes, and more broadly in political communication, democratic innovation, media studies, party politics, and the social sciences.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111196/3/9781003435204.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103279900115978103279906311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111196/1/9781003435204.pdf9904 71bda2df-83f0-4be4-9300-0802f2d66403030001OAPEN Library ID71bda2df-83f0-4be4-9300-0802f2d6640301HANDLE20.500.12657/1112091597810031988570610.4324/978100319885700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102Routledge Research in the Law of Armed Conflict0101International Humanitarian Law and Hybrid Warfare1A01PiotrŁubiński01eng0010393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93L93LA93LB93LN93LND93LNDK20Conceptual thresholds;Cyber operations;Information disorder;Lawfare;Legal frameworks for hybrid threats;Non-state actors;Sovereignty norms01060303This groundbreaking monograph offers a comprehensive legal and conceptual analysis of hybrid warfare and hybrid threats—two evolving challenges that blur the boundaries between war and peace. Drawing from international law, political science, and security studies, the book explores how states and non-state actors exploit legal, informational, and cyber tools to undermine adversaries without crossing the threshold of conventional warfare. With in-depth case studies and a critical review of doctrines from NATO, the EU, China, and Russia, the author maps the conceptual thresholds that distinguish hybrid threats from hybrid warfare. The book introduces “hybrid legality” as a framework to understand how international humanitarian law, human rights law, and sovereignty norms are manipulated in modern conflicts. Emphasizing the risks of conceptual ambiguity, it warns against the overuse of terms like “hybrid war” and “hybrid attack,” which may lead to alarm fatigue and legal confusion. Instead, it argues for precision and interdisciplinary insight to confront these threats effectively. With a unique focus on legal thresholds and norms, the volume is essential reading for scholars, policymakers, and practitioners navigating today’s increasingly multipolar and legally ambiguous security environment.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111209/3/9781003198857.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103205717015978103205718711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111209/1/9781003198857.pdf9904 73083250-05ab-4ab3-9c04-4aa838a6c3c7030001OAPEN Library ID73083250-05ab-4ab3-9c04-4aa838a6c3c701HANDLE20.500.12657/1112151597810032713140610.4324/978100327131400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Handbooks in Translation and Interpreting Studies0101The Routledge Handbook of Translation Technology and Society1A01Michael TieberStefan Baumgarten2B01StefanBaumgarten3B01MichaelTieber01eng0010393C93CF93CFP93D93DS20AI-Driven language;Crowdsourcing translation;Digital humanities;Ethical issues in translation technology;Labour exploitation in translation;Large Langauge Models;Minority language inclusion;Neural machine translation;Sociotechnical systems;Translation;Translation Technology;Translator-machine interaction01060303The Routledge Handbook of Translation Technology and Society offers the first comprehensive and critical exploration of translation technologies in the context of globalised multilingual societies within an increasingly AI-dominated world. This handbook calls for a fundamental rethinking of traditional approaches to translation, examining the ethical, ideological, socioeconomic, and environmental implications of digital tools and practices, such as professional AI-driven translation, ‘everyday’ machine translation, crowdsourcing translation, or platform-based translation work. It provides deep insights into pressing issues such as the commodification of language, inclusivity in so called low-resource languages, data colonialism, and labour exploitation. By questioning conventional science narratives and advocating for sustainable, inclusive, and equitable applications of translation technologies, this handbook empowers readers to engage critically with current trends and challenges in the digital age. Readers will benefit from an interdisciplinary approach that combines novel theoretical foundations with empirical research and practical case studies. It serves as a foundational reference and a springboard for (critical) future research in an evolving – sociotechnical – translation ecosystem where the blurring boundaries between human and machinic agents foster new modes of translator-machine interaction. This handbook is an essential resource for academics, researchers, and professionals in translation studies, digital humanities, science and technology studies, or (digital) discourse studies. Chapter 1, 15 and introduction of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 International license01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111215/3/9781003271314.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103222142715978103222143411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111215/1/9781003271314.pdf9904 6d4026a9-070a-42ac-842e-5d4d546c25e9030001OAPEN Library ID6d4026a9-070a-42ac-842e-5d4d546c25e901HANDLE20.500.12657/1107131597832052227500610.7767/978320522275000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.00101Gewalt und Humor im Babylonischen TalmudGewaltbehaftete Einzelschicksale und zentrale Ereignisse1A01EstherHeiss01ger008860393Q93QR93QRJ20Gemara;Midrasch;Mischna01060303undefined0303Vorliegende Arbeit beleuchtet bisher unbeachtete oder unbekanntere Aspekte des Babylonischen Talmuds. Ziel ist die Erschließung des bislang nicht beachteten Humors als Coping-Mechanismus in rabbinischer Zeit (70 – ca. 1000 n. d. Z.). Dazu werden zentrale Texte aus dem Babylonischen Talmud (bGittin 55b-58a, bAvoda Zara 16a-19b und bBerakhot 61b) in einem umfangreichen und bislang in dieser Tiefendimension nicht vorhandenen Close Reading analysiert. Das Hauptaugenmerk liegt dabei auf Texten, die alle gewaltbehafteten Ereignisse (auf mit Humor angereicherte Art) zusammenfassen, die den Juden bis zum 2. Jh. n. d. Z. widerfuhren, und die von der Tempelzerstörung (70 n. d. Z.) bis zu der hadrianischen Verfolgung (132/136 – 138 n. d. Z.) reichen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110713/3/9783205222750.pdf.jpgBrill Österreich Ges.m.b.H.01BöhlauWien0001202511Böhlau01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110713/1/9783205222750.pdf990409Böhlau01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.7767/97832052227509904 6a6c1cb2-5269-445c-b528-723d701d7f86030001OAPEN Library ID6a6c1cb2-5269-445c-b528-723d701d7f8601HANDLE20.500.12657/1107291597837370194390610.14220/978373701943900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0100102Band 012Eckert. Expertise0101Lehrpläne im FokusStruktur, Entwicklung und Implementierung1A01AnnaShkonda01ger002670393J93JN93JND93JNDG93JNK20Bildung;Bildungseinrichtung;Bildungspolitik;Bildungssystem;Curriculum;Kerncurriculum;Lehrkraft;Lehrplan;Lehrplanarbeit;Lehrplanforschung;Methodeninstrumentarium;Schule01060303undefined0303Angesichts gesellschaftlicher Veränderungen und wachsender Anforderungen an das Bildungssystem wird es zunehmend wichtiger, wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse evidenzbasiert in Lehrpläne zu integrieren. Dies ist eine anspruchsvolle Aufgabe, da viele Faktoren Struktur, Entwicklung und Umsetzung der Lehrpläne prägen. Der vorliegende Band stellt drei Modelle vor, die zentrale Aspekte der Struktur, Entwicklung und Implementierung von Lehrplänen thematisieren. Damit liefert der Band nicht nur praktische Unterstützung für Lehrkräfte und Bildungseinrichtungen, sondern auch wissenschaftsbasierte Erkenntnisse für die Bildungspolitik und ein Methodeninstrumentarium für die Lehrplanforschung. In the face of social changes and growing demands on the educational system, it is becoming increasingly important to integrate evidence-based scientific findings into curricula. This is a challenging task, as many factors shape the structure, development and implementation of curricula. This volume presents three models that address key aspects of the structure, development and implementation of curricula. Thus it not only provides practical support for teachers and educational institutions, but also science-based findings for educational policy and a methodological toolkit for curriculum research.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110729/3/9783737019439.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202611Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110729/1/9783737019439.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.14220/97837370194399904 6f259293-3635-4679-b778-6b46ba1cca06030001OAPEN Library ID6f259293-3635-4679-b778-6b46ba1cca0601HANDLE20.500.12657/1107771597894616625900610.11116/978946166259000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Migratie in België in 21 vragen en antwoorden1A01Jean-MichelLafleur2A01AbdeslamMarfouk01dut0014803935935P935PB935PBC93J93JB93JBF93JBFH20Diversity and Equity Studies;Migration Studies;Nederlandstalige uitgaven - monografie en bundel;Social Science01060303undefined0303Jean-Michel Lafleur lauréat du prix Wernaers 2019 pour la vulgarisation scientifique > Hoeveel migranten zijn er in België? Waar komen ze vandaan? Zijn het overwegend mannen? Zijn ze geïntegreerd of bedreigen ze onze identiteit? Nemen ze jobs af van de Belgen of worden ze gediscrimineerd? Wie bedoelt men met “mensen zonder papieren”? Is België gastvrijer dan andere landen? Mogen we onze grenzen sluiten? De meeste Belgen hebben wel een antwoord op dat soort vragen, maar vaak baseren ze zich op vooroordelen of foutieve informatie. Migratie in België in 21 vragen en antwoorden laat de clichés achterwege en geeft in een toegankelijke stijl een antwoord op 21 pertinente vragen rond migratie. Op basis van wetenschappelijke gegevens en helder cijfermateriaal geven de auteurs een evenwichtig en duidelijk antwoord. Kortom, dit boekje is een absolute aanrader voor wie zich een correcte mening wil vormen over dit brandend maatschappelijk onderwerp. E-boek verkrijgbaar in Open Access.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110777/3/9789461662590.pdf.jpgUniversitaire Pers Leuven01Leuven University PressLeuven0001201811Leuven University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110777/1/9789461662590.pdf9904 70779821-c91f-44dc-a2f5-4e86612780ee030001OAPEN Library ID70779821-c91f-44dc-a2f5-4e86612780ee01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111111597810326916710610.4324/978103269167100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Explorations in Development Studies0101Development Discourse and Global HistoryFrom Colonialism to the Sustainable Development Goals1A01AramZiai01eng003200393C93CF93CFB93G93GT93GTP93J93JH93JHB93JP93JPS93K93KC93KCM93N93NH93NHB93NHH93NHT93NHTQ93Q93QD93QDH93QDHR93QDHR793QDT93QDTS93R93RG93RGC93RGL93RN93RND20Colonial legacy studies;Critical development theory;Discourse analysis methodology;Global inequality analysis;International policy critique;Postcolonial development discourse critique;Race and gender politics01060303Development Discourse and Global History introduces readers to the shifting ways in which people have been talking and writing about ‘development’ over time, and the rules governing the conversation. Drawing on the methods of Michel Foucault, Ziai’s ground-breaking book traces the origins of development discourse back to late colonialism and notes the significant discontinuities that led to the establishment of a new discourse and its accompanying industry. This book goes on to describe the contestations, appropriations and transformations of the concept over time. It shows that trends which have emerged since the 1980s, such as an emphasis on participation and ownership, sustainable development, and free markets, are incompatible with the original rules and so lead to serious contradictions. The Eurocentric, authoritarian and depoliticising elements in development discourse are uncovered, whilst still recognising its progressive appropriations. This new edition includes revisions throughout, and an important new chapter on race and racism, as well as a discussion of the evolution of the Sustainable Development Goals. This book is perfect for students and researchers in development studies, global history and discourse analysis as well as an interdisciplinary audience from international relations, political science, sociology, geography, anthropology, language and literary studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111111/3/9781040433560.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104043356015978104043366911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111111/1/9781040433560.pdf9904 6ab38acb-c082-4356-a5e7-41dcb6ce69ae030001OAPEN Library ID6ab38acb-c082-4356-a5e7-41dcb6ce69ae01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109091597838376781920610.14361/978383940451500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode10010213Virtuelle Lebenswelten0101Staying with the PlanetThe University That Tried to Reckon with Ecological Reality, Challenged Excessive Data Infrastructures, and Nurtured a Few Alternatives Not Planned For1A01SandraAbels2A01StefanLaser3A01EstridSørensen4A01LemanÇelik01eng001020393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93P93PD93PDR20Data;Media Studies;Science;Sustainability01060303Hidden from view, university data infrastructures circulate, process and store scientific data while requiring extensive energy and metal extraction. The authors of this volume offer a speculative engagement with cultures of scientific competition, institutional habits, server procurement and regulations, and with funding procedures that each in different ways contribute to scientific computing and its planetary effects. Short speculative ethnographic texts and original line art offer witty and thought-provoking takes on the challenges data-driven science faces in times of climate change.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110909/3/9783839404515.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383940451511transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110909/1/9783839404515.pdf9904 6e593a10-fe2d-4511-8769-fc14f18ffe1c030001OAPEN Library ID6e593a10-fe2d-4511-8769-fc14f18ffe1c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110471597837315144420610.5445/KSP/100018279300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/10010243The Karlsruhe Series on Software Design and Quality0101Automatic Performance Modeling and Analysis of Configurable Scientific Software and Workflows1A01LarissaSchmid01eng002000393U93UY20Benchmark;Benchmark serverless;Configurable software;Konfigurierbare Software;Leistungsmodellierung;Performance modeling;Serverless01060303This work reduces the cost of automatic performance modeling and enables comparative analysis of workflow orchestration performance. We use parametric profiles to cut measurement costs, a method to identify performance-irrelevant options, and a serverless workflow benchmarking suite based on a Petri Net model. These contributions help developers and scientists better understand, model, and optimize application performance across diverse platforms and configurations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111047/3/9783731514442.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111047/1/9783731514442.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001827939904 68c6f7ca-7155-463a-bb0c-d45d2811bcc5030001OAPEN Library ID68c6f7ca-7155-463a-bb0c-d45d2811bcc501HANDLE20.500.12657/1111681597810034911700610.4324/978100349117000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society0101Mental Health Challenges and WorkAdvanced Topics and Future Research Directions1A01Emily H. Rosado-Solomon - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0239-5619Sheila K. Hanson2B01EmilyH. Rosado-Solomon - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0239-561901eng0010393J93JM93K93KJ93KJM93KJMB93KJMV93KJMV293KJU93KJW93KJWX20Anxiety;Depression;Employment;Measurement;Mental Health;Mental Illness;Stress;Work01060303There is a growing recognition that poorly designed work can degrade employees’ mental health. Relatedly, there is also an acknowledgment that employees with existing mental health challenges—such as clinically significant depression and anxiety—may need particular support to thrive in the workplace. Yet, while research on this topic has blossomed, there are systematic challenges that must be addressed to promote continued advancement. This book will go beyond the basics to investigate complex questions about the relationship between work and employees’ mental health. For instance, how are employees’ mental health challenges impacted by their gender or race? How can employees’ mental health be protected in inherently stressful work? By juxtaposing curated research on mental health and work, this edited volume provides value by highlighting novel perspectives, as well as areas of opportunity to better understand how diverse employees manage mental health in the changing world of work. Researchers and advanced students in management and psychology will find that this book provides a strong foundation for conducting future studies at the intersection of work and mental health.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111168/3/9781003491170.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103278920015978103279248411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111168/1/9781003491170.pdf9904 6768e912-cbeb-4e0f-823f-eec20da5b1f7030001OAPEN Library ID6768e912-cbeb-4e0f-823f-eec20da5b1f701HANDLE20.500.12657/1111751597810033997110610.4324/978100339971100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Handbooks in Law0101Routledge Handbook on International Economic Law1A01CarolineE. Foster2B01DavidCollins3B01ValentinaVadi01eng0010393L93LA93LB93LBB93LBBM20Environmental law;Human rights law;International economic law;International financial law;International investment law;International monetary law;International trade law01060303This book, Routledge Handbook on International Economic Law , presents a broad, clear, and accessible overview of international economic law. It consists of contributions from leading scholars and rising stars in the field from across the globe. The Handbook comprises five main parts. Part I deals with the history and theory of the discipline. Parts II, III, and IV deal with the main substantive areas of international economic law: international trade law, international investment law, and international financial and monetary law. Part V explores the link between international economic law and other international legal regimes, such as environmental law and human rights law, highlighting areas where tensions may occur between economic liberalization, sovereignty, and other concerns. The Handbook investigates international economic law’s theory, policy, and practice from various perspectives. Its 31 chapters highlights central themes that have driven the development of this dynamic subject, reflecting the field as it exists now, while also serving as a point of departure for future studies. The book will provide a solid resource for scholars, students, policymakers, and practitioners in international law, international relations, political science, and economics.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111175/3/9781003399711.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103250797215978103250800911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111175/1/9781003399711.pdf9904 6a67fac6-fda2-4d31-ad2b-33333d8580bc030001OAPEN Library ID6a67fac6-fda2-4d31-ad2b-33333d8580bc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110991597810405817110610.4324/978104105427600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Anti-Racist Nursing and MidwiferyA Resource for Students, Practitioners, Educators, and Activists1B01RachelAmbrose2B01SadiqBhanbhro3B01KenFero4B01AnandiRamamurthy01eng002020393J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBS93JBSA93JBSL93JBSL193JH93JHB93K93KJ93KJM93KJMV93KJMV293M93MQ93MQC93MQCL93MQD20Combating systemic racism in NHS;Healthcare workforce equity;Institutional bias;Intersectional discrimination;Mental health disparities;Migrant nurse experience;Social justice in medicine01060303This book exposes institutionalised and inter-personal racism in healthcare and its impact on the lives of Black and Brown people. It is based on the experiences and actions of a group of nurses and midwives who came together as a result of the research project Nursing Narratives: Racism and the Pandemic (UKRI/AHRC). Racism in healthcare damages us all and is a matter of social justice. It affects staff retention, staff health and well-being, and the quality of patient care. In this book, nurses and midwives narrate their experiences of racism and reflect on the successes and difficulties of challenging racism within healthcare institutions. With the overall aim of empowering others, including providing white allies with a deep understanding of how racism operates, the book gives opportunities for critical reflection and encourages us to think about how we can bring about progressive change in practice. The book is an invaluable resource, helping health professionals and students understand the patterns of racism in the health workplace.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111099/3/9781040581711.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104060892015978104105427611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111099/1/9781040581711.pdf9904 68fe6729-2d63-4190-9c61-771e8ccb422d030001OAPEN Library ID68fe6729-2d63-4190-9c61-771e8ccb422d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107281597837370178930610.14220/978373701789300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Citizenship Education in Multicultural Society1A01CelinaCzech-Włodarczyk2A01DariaHejwosz-Gromkowska3A01DobrochnaHildebrandt-Wypych4A01InettaNowosad01eng001820393J93JN93JNF20Canada;Citizenship education;Curriculum;Diversity;Educational policy;England;Multicultural societies;Multiculturalism;School practice;Singapore;The Netherlands01060303Analysing the citizenship education approaches of England, the Netherlands, Canada (Ontario), and Singapore offers an interesting glimpse into how different societies handle the interplay between cultural diversity, national identity, and educational strategies. This study illuminates the shared challenges and unique responses shaped by each country’s historical, cultural, and political context. The study aims to analyse the selected issues concerning the agenda of citizenship education policy and school practices in the selected countries. The authors undertake a comprehensive review of the development of multicultural societies, and delve into an analysis, discussion, and reconstruction of the current socio-political context of citizenship education in the aforementioned countries.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110728/3/9783737017893.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110728/1/9783737017893.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.14220/97837370178939904 60a5fb17-3c41-473e-98ab-06f16720c3b9030001OAPEN Library ID60a5fb17-3c41-473e-98ab-06f16720c3b901HANDLE20.500.12657/1107121597832052199720610.7767/978320521997200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0100102Band 039Das Achtzehnte Jahrhundert und Österreich / The Eighteenth Century And The Habsburg Monarchy / Le dix-huitième siècle et la monarchie des Habsbourg0101Wien um 1800Jahrbuch der Österreichischen Gesellschaft zur Erforschung des Achtzehnten Jahrhunderts / Yearbook of the Austrian Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies / Annuaire de la Société autrichienne des Études du XVIIIe siècle1B01LydiaRammerstorfer2B01GernotWaldner3B01Norbert ChristianWolf01ger005780393N93NH93NHT93NHTB20Großstadtkultur;Metropolen;Zeitschriftenwesen01060303undefined0303Um 1800 war Wien mit ca. 270.000 Einwohnern die einzige deutschsprachige Großstadt, die sich in ihrer Internationalität, aber auch in ihrer sozialen Differenziertheit mit den Metropolen London und Paris messen konnte. Die lange Zeit einseitig auf das preußisch-kleindeutsche Paradigma zugeschnittene Kulturgeschichtsschreibung wurde dem regen kulturellen Leben Wiens dieser Zeit nicht gerecht. Das hier vorgelegte Buch macht sich zur Aufgabe, diese fruchtbare und folgenreiche Phase der Wiener Sozial- und Kulturgeschichte erstmals aus interdisziplinärer Perspektive aufzuarbeiten. Neben der urbanen Musik-, Kunst‑, Literatur- und Theaterpraxis werden auch alltagspraktische Kulturformen wie das Broschüren- und Zeitschriftenwesen sowie andere Formen populärer Wissensvermittlung in den Blick genommen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110712/3/9783205219972.pdf.jpgBrill Österreich Ges.m.b.H.01BöhlauWien0001202411Böhlau01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110712/1/9783205219972.pdf990409Böhlau01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.7767/97832052199729904 632fb8db-fb2f-4f09-b03f-2d2a471e0f51030001OAPEN Library ID632fb8db-fb2f-4f09-b03f-2d2a471e0f5101HANDLE20.500.12657/1112241597810320194680610.4324/978131520891600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Critical Studies in Multilingualism0101A Sociolinguistics of the South1A01Russell Fayant - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4439-9741,Andrea Sterzuk - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4471-0923Rubina Khanam - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9411-60522B01KathleenHeugh - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2387-65263B01PeterI. De Costa - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0389-11634B01ChristopherStroud - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0154-35395B01KerryTaylor-Leech - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6840-683801eng0010393C93CB93CF20Abyssal Lines;Andy Kirkpatrick;Angela Scarino;Anthony J. Liddicoat;Applied linguistics;Basic Education Curriculum;Basirat Bello-Nonjengele;Bernardino Tavares;Caroline Kerfoot;Christopher Stroud;Cree Language;Critical multilingualism in global south;De Costa;Decolonial Approach;Decolonial Thinking;Decolonial language studies;EMI;EMI Policy;Elana Shohamy;Elizabeth Lanza;Epistemic heterogeneity;Gillian Wigglesworth;Global South;Gwendoline Tatah;Hirut Woldemariam;Ibrahima Diallo;Ildegrada da Costa Cabral;Indigenous Language Revitalization;Indigenous Research Methodologies;Indigenous Teacher Education Programmes;Indigenous language revitalization;Jane Simpson;Joseph Lo Bianco;Kasper Juffermans;Kathleen Heugh;Language Ideologies;Language Policy;Language Revitalization;Linguistic Citizenship;Linguistic diversity;Linguistic diversity research;Lionel Wei;MLE;Marilda Cavalcanti;Marilyn Martin-Jones;Multilingual education policy;Multilingualism;National Education Strategic Plan;Native Teacher Education Program;Qualitati01060303This book brings to life initiatives among scholars of the south and north to understand better the intelligences and pluralities of multilingualisms in southern communities and spaces of decoloniality. Chapters follow a longue durée perspective of human co-existence with communal presents, pasts, and futures; attachments to place; and insights into how multilingualisms emerge, circulate, and alter over time. Each chapter, informed by the authors’ experiences living and working among southern communities, illustrates nuances in ideas of south and southern, tracing (dis-/inter-) connected discourses in vastly different geopolitical contexts. Authors reflect on the roots, routes and ecologies of linguistic and epistemic heterogeneity while remembering the sociolinguistic knowledge and practices of those who have gone before. The book re-examines the appropriacy of how theories, policies, and methodologies ‘for multilingual contexts’ are transported across different settings and underscores the ethics of research practice and reversal of centre and periphery perspectives through careful listening and conversation. Highlighting the potential of a southern sociolinguistics to articulate a new humanity and more ethical world in registers of care, hope, and love, this volume contributes to new directions in critical and decolonial studies of multilingualism, and to re-imagining sociolinguistics, cultural studies, and applied linguistics more broadly.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111224/3/9781315208916.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120210615978113863138015978131520891611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111224/1/9781315208916.pdf9904 628b701b-601f-490c-a2db-b45522648c0b030001OAPEN Library ID628b701b-601f-490c-a2db-b45522648c0b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111441597810034340850610.4324/978100343408500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The State of the Psychoanalytic Nation, Volume I1A01Bernard Reith,Jean-Nicolas Despland - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5877-6616,Gilles Ambresin - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8983-8501Fabrice Herrera2B01PaulCundy3B01JessicaYakeley01eng0010393J93JM93JMA93JMAF20Mental Healthcare;Psychoanalysis;Psychoanalytic Nation;Psychotherapy01060303This book charts the ways in which psychoanalytic psychotherapy has been implemented, developed and researched within the public sectors of twelve different countries around the world. It discusses how psychoanalytic practitioners locally have responded to the challenge of evidence-based practice. For each country the authors describe: • How people can access talking therapies as part of the national healthcare system, including a brief history of how this system has developed and the place of psychoanalytic psychotherapy inside/outside of this system historically • How clinicians train and qualify as a psychoanalytic practitioner, and demographic profiles of their communities of psychoanalytic practice • How evidence-based practice has impacted the mental health system and, in particular, access to and provision of talking therapies e.g. through the development and implementation of treatment guidelines • How outcome monitoring and reporting of access, waiting times and recovery rates are used in the commissioning and provision of psychological therapies • What is needed to secure a viable future for psychoanalytic psychotherapy The first of two volumes, this book will be of great interest to all practicing psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. The chapters in these volumes were originally published as special issues of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy .01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111144/3/9781003434085.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120230615978103256143115978103256145511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111144/1/9781003434085.pdf9904 623f9cd3-3e2f-4833-a29e-17a372656409030001OAPEN Library ID623f9cd3-3e2f-4833-a29e-17a37265640901HANDLE20.500.12657/1111721597810036272580610.4324/978100362725800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Archetypal CoachingCreating Synergies Through Astrology and Dream Work1A01AlbaCarod01eng0010393J93JM93JMA93JMAJ93K93KJ93KJM93KJMV93KJMV220Archetypal psychology;Astrology;Coaching;Counseling;Dream work;Dreams;Jung;Jungian psychology;Meditation;Symbols;Therapy01060303Archetypal Coaching offers a transformative approach to personal growth, blending ancient Greek astrological foundations and dream work with modern coaching techniques, somatic awareness, and Jungian active imagination. Astrological archetypes illuminate the roots of struggles and highlight potential resources, while dreams act as a focused lens, bringing attention to issues that require immediate exploration. The approach explored within this book emphasizes interactive dialogue with archetypes and symbols, using embodied imagination and somatic awareness to guide clients in creating a personal symbol that embodies their inner process and potential, echoing Jung’s concept of the transcendent function. Supported by six in-depth case studies and numerous examples, the author outlines a holistic framework for integrating astrology and dream work into coaching, emphasizing personal growth and treating archetypes as dynamic tools for creativity and self-discovery. This book will appeal to established coaches, counselors, and therapists interested in integrating archetypal work into their practice, as well as students of Jungian psychology, coaching, art therapy, astrology, and related fields.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111172/3/9781003627258.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104104190015978104104191711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111172/1/9781003627258.pdf9904 60d33db4-a27c-47a0-b0e5-a665a2ce001d030001OAPEN Library ID60d33db4-a27c-47a0-b0e5-a665a2ce001d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108341597814473772520610.51952/978144737727600EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Continuity of Care for Forcibly Displaced Persons Living with Chronic Illness1B01MortenSkovdal2B01LenaSkovgaard Andersen01eng001760393J93JB93JBF93JBFG93JBFN93M93MB93MBN93MBS20FDP;Forcibly Displaced Persons;Global Health;Health Policy;Healthcare;Migrant;Public Health;Refugees;WHO01060303Available open access under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. When people are forced to flee their homes – due to armed conflict, persecution, or human rights violations – continuity of care for those living with chronic illnesses becomes a critical concern. Yet, across the full migratory journey – from displacement and transit, through resettlement, and into possible onward movement such as return or circular migration – access to consistent, appropriate healthcare is often disrupted or fragmented. Responding to the WHO’s global research agenda on health, migration, and displacement, this edited volume brings together international research spanning diverse geographical settings, chronic conditions, population groups, and methodological approaches. It offers evidence and insights from across the entire continuum of mobility, identifying different types of work or strategies that are central to the evolving needs of forcibly displaced people living with chronic diseases.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110834/4/9781447377276.pdf.jpgPolicy Press01Policy PressBristol000120260615978144737726915978144737727611Policy Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110834/1/9781447377276.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110834/2/9781447377269.epub990409Policy Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 613c78cb-1654-4108-a788-a1d261156cab030001OAPEN Library ID613c78cb-1654-4108-a788-a1d261156cab01HANDLE20.500.12657/1109471597838376807990610.14361/978383946536300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102KörperKulturen0101Das Leistungsprinzip im TrendsportErweiterungen jenseits von Sieg und Niederlage1A01CarinaEichele01ger003540393J93JH93JHB20Gesundheit;Health;Leistung;Performance;Sociology;Soziologie;Sport;Sports01060303undefined0303Leistung ist ein zentrales Prinzip des Sports, das weit über das Gewinnen hinausgeht. Carina Eichele zeigt auf Basis qualitativer Interviews anschaulich, wie vielfältig Leistung erlebt und gestaltet wird. Es geht zusätzlich zur Präsentation um den Akt der Vergemeinschaftung, das materiale Erleben und ästhetische Erfahren sowie um die Frage des Gesundheitsmanagements. Mit Blick auf den Trendsport eröffnet sie nach der Grounded Theory Methodologie innovative Perspektiven – sogar das Stürzen wird als Leistung betrachtet. Es entsteht ein facettenreiches Bild rund um die Kernkategorie Steigerung, das neue Impulse und wertvolle Reflexionsansätze für die Sportpädagogik, Lehrer*innen und Trainer*innen sowie das eigene sportliche Handeln bietet.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110947/3/9783839465363.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946536311transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110947/1/9783839465363.pdf9904 5f471db7-da9d-4283-82f0-d34f6264acd7030001OAPEN Library ID5f471db7-da9d-4283-82f0-d34f6264acd701HANDLE20.500.12657/1108041597839662707240610.33968/9783966270724-0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Gestaltung Leichter Bilder – Möglichkeiten und Grenzen bei der Ansprache kognitiv eingeschränkter deutscher Muttersprachler1A01SandraSprunghofer01ger002080393A93AG93AGK20Accessibility;Accessible graphics;Accessible illustration;BITV;Cognitive impairment;DIN SPEC 33429;Dr. Anne Goldbach;Dr. Juliane Wenzl;Easy language;Easy-to-read images;Expert interviews;Kerstin Alexander;LeiSa;Network for Easy Language e.V.;Perceptibility;Prof. Dipl.-Kfm. Dipl.-Oec. Friedrich Figge;Recognizability;Sabina Sieghart;Simone Fass;Thorsten Lotze;WCAG01060303undefined0303In her final thesis, Sandra Sprunghofer dealt with the design of images in the context of plain language. First, she defines the most important terms in order to clarify the target group for which these images are designed and the context in which they are used. Based on a detailed literature research and review, Ms. Sprunghofer maps the status quo of the scientific discussion in the area relevant to the thesis. Through an excursus into an ongoing research project, she clarifies her relationship to the target group and to the practice of creative work in the field of easy-to-read images, followed by the heart of the work: Sandra Sprunghofer uses four structured expert interviews to work out how scientific studies and practical experience intertwine and where the experts interviewed see difficulties and potential in the current use of images in the context of easy-to-read language. In a concluding chapter, she shows what possibilities for improved design she sees based on the results of her research.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110804/3/9783966270724.pdf.jpg01HTWK Leipzig - OA-HochschulverlagLeipzig000120250615978396627073115978396627074811HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110804/1/9783966270724.pdf990409HTWK Leipzig - OA-Hochschulverlag01Publisher's website: web shophttps://oa-hochschulverlag.htwk-leipzig.de/katalog/informatik-und-medien/sprunghofer9904 60558bae-9bd2-487c-b930-6076ce79fcf9030001OAPEN Library ID60558bae-9bd2-487c-b930-6076ce79fcf901HANDLE20.500.12657/1109111597838376701650610.14361/978383947016900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode100102The Anthropocene as Multiple Crisis: Perspectives from Latin America0101Visual Representations – Handbook of the Anthropocene in Latin America VI1B01Juan ArturoCamacho Becerra2B01GerardoCham3B01OlafKaltmeier4B01ElissaRashkin01eng005700393A93AG93AGA93K93KC93KCZ93N93NH93NHT93NHTB93R93RN93RNU20Art History;Bielefeld University Press;Cultural History;Environmental History;Environmental Sociology;Human;Image;Latin America01060303Throughout the history of the Americas, sentiments toward the environment have been problematized and aestheticized through visual representations in various formats. In this volume of the Handbook »The Anthropocene as Multiple Crisis«, sixty entries examine the crises of mining, energy, land use, biodiversity, water, and climate change in the major macro-regions of Latin America from the colonial period to the contemporary era of the Anthropocene, featuring iconic images from this context.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110911/3/9783839470169.pdf.jpgBiUP01Bielefeld University Press000120260615978383947016911Bielefeld University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110911/1/9783839470169.pdf9904 5d1c6415-fe7f-472d-b646-9ed5c9a79fd6030001OAPEN Library ID5d1c6415-fe7f-472d-b646-9ed5c9a79fd601HANDLE20.500.12657/1109271597838376785810610.14361/978383941900700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/legalcode10010219Soziale Bewegung und Protest0101Angriffe auf die unternehmerische AutokratieBeiträge zur Mitbestimmung und Demokratisierung der Arbeit1B01FalkoBlumenthal2B01MartinOppelt01ger004560393J93JH93JHB93JHBL20Economics;Employee Participation;Gewerkschaft;Labour Union;Mitbestimmung;Wirtschaft01060303undefined0303»Mitbestimmung in der Wirtschaft ist als Ergänzung der politischen Demokratie und als Angriff auf die unternehmerische Autokratie zu definieren. Sie ist vom Ansatz her radikaldemokratisch und antikapitalistisch.« Ausgehend von Otto Brenners Anspruch an gewerkschaftliche Arbeit prüfen und suchen die Beiträger*innen nach den Erfahrungen und Instrumenten für die Demokratisierung in Betrieben, Unternehmen, Kommunen und der Gesellschaft. Dabei stehen konkrete Handlungsorientierung und politische Theorie in Spotlights und Momentaufnahmen zueinander und geben einen Eindruck des gewerkschaftlichen Denkens 2025.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110927/3/9783839419007.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383941900711transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110927/1/9783839419007.pdf9904 5e1a5efd-9b25-4535-a340-e8e0c14de23c030001OAPEN Library ID5e1a5efd-9b25-4535-a340-e8e0c14de23c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110851597810036814890610.1201/978100368148900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode100102Chapman & Hall/CRC Data Science Series0101Deep-Learning-Assisted Statistical Methods with Examples in R1A01TianyuZhan01eng001840393P93PB93PBT93PBTB93U93UF93UFM93UY93UYQ93UYQN20Adaptive clinical trials;Computational statistics;Deep learning for statistical inference;Integrity protection;Interpretable models;Scientific data analysis;Statistical inference01060303This book explores how deep learning enhances statistical methods for hypothesis testing, point estimation, optimization, interpretation, and other aspects. It uniquely demonstrates leveraging deep learning to improve traditional statistical approaches, showcasing their superior performance in practical applications. Each topic includes essential background, clear method explanations, and detailed R code demonstrations through case studies. This allows readers to directly apply these methods to their own challenges and easily adapt the underlying principles to related problems. This book delves into statistical inference, introducing advanced strategies for hypothesis testing and point estimation. These innovative methods ingeniously combine both artificial and human intelligence, offering robust solutions for scenarios where traditional optimal analytical solutions are elusive or non-existent. A prime example of their real-world impact is in adaptive clinical trials, where these computational approaches can be readily implemented to optimize trial design and outcomes. The author further explores the multifaceted benefits of deep-learning-assisted statistical methods, extending beyond mere statistical efficiency. It highlights crucial features such as integrity protection, ensuring the trustworthiness of results; computational efficiency, enabling faster and more scalable analyses; and interpretability, which is increasingly vital for transparent communication of complex findings in modern statistics. This section encourages readers to consider a broader spectrum of improvements for new statistical methods, focusing on attributes that enhance their practical utility and societal relevance. Finally, the reader is given a critical examination of the limitations and potential concerns associated with the methods presented in earlier chapters. Crucially, it doesn't just identify these issues but also offers constructive mitigation approaches. This equips readers with essential techniques to safeguard AI-based methodologies with their scientific expertise, ensuring responsible and valid application of these powerful computational tools in diverse scientific and practical domains. This book is a valuable resource for students, practitioners, and researchers integrating statistics and data science techniques to solve impactful real-world problems.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111085/3/9781040600719.pdf.jpgChapman and Hall/CRC01CRC Press000120260615978104060071915978104060076411CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111085/1/9781040600719.pdf9904 5d8fa674-1c11-4c6a-ab88-fc1e1cd0ad38030001OAPEN Library ID5d8fa674-1c11-4c6a-ab88-fc1e1cd0ad3801HANDLE20.500.12657/1111391597810327265570610.4324/978103272655700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Digitalization and Innovation in HealthEuropean and US Perspectives1B01ChristinaCiecierski2B01LidiaFilus3B01Marzenna AnnaWeresa01eng001780393K93KF93KFC93KFCP93M93MB93MBD93MBDC93MBG93MBGR93MBN93MBNS93MBP93MBPM204.0 solutions;Artificial intelligence;Clinical trial analytics;Demand-side;Digital health;Digital transformation comparison Europe US;Digitalization;Disease modelling techniques;European Union;Health monitoring;Health sector;Healthcare digitalization;Healthcare informatics;Policy recommendations health systems;SDGs;Social development goals;Supply-side;Telemedicine adoption;Venture capital healthtech01060303Providing a comparison between context in Europe and the US, this volume investigates the digital transformation of health systems, comparing strategies for digital development while identifying both key innovations and future challenges. The book covers a wide spectrum of topics, from explaining the nature of individual innovations to an analysis of demand-side and supply-side barriers, including funding issues and technological access. It also explores where digitalization is already playing an important role, for example, in clinical trials and disease modeling. Concluding with guidance for policy recommendations, this important book will interest students, scholars, and practitioners across health and social care, medicine, and beyond. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111139/3/9781040049457.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120240615978104004945715978104004948811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111139/1/9781040049457.pdf9904 5fdda00d-f890-4fda-8b35-26a6397e8a75030001OAPEN Library ID5fdda00d-f890-4fda-8b35-26a6397e8a7501HANDLE20.500.12657/1112061597810327151480610.4324/978103271646600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Research in the Creative and Cultural Industries0101Cultural PolicyPerspectives on the Island of Ireland1A01Ann LeahyDelia Ferri2B01VictoriaDurrer3B01AliFitzGibbon4B01KerryMcCall Magan01eng0010393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93K93KJ20Cultural economy;Cultural management;Cultural policy01060303Cultural Policy: Perspectives on the Island of Ireland draws together a wide range of academic perspectives and disciplines that relate to cultural policy in the context of the island of Ireland (Ireland and Northern Ireland). Through the study of the unique context of this intertwined two-polity island, the collection aims to further the examination of the “situated” nature of cultural policy amongst people and place. Contributions from media, European integration, festivals, arts and education, sustainable development, and cultural participation and work bring attention to the interdisciplinary dialogue on cultural policy studies on, of, and for the island and beyond. By way of its particular environment, the collection also serves as a call for greater recognition and reflexivity in cultural policy studies regarding how people and place define what we think we know about cultural policy. The collection situates a range of industries, practices, and sectors in shared, local, complex, and international contexts and frames, revealing the multi-level operation of policy governances from the domestic to the global. The findings from the specific context of the island of Ireland thus have relevance for other nation-states and regions with similar intertwined jurisdictions and resulting tensions. More generally, this body of multi- and interdisciplinary academic research on and of Ireland deepens our understanding of locally situated, but globally connected, cross-border and transnational cultural policy studies. This book will be of interest to local and international policy and cultural policy scholars as well as practitioners in policy, arts, culture, and creativity.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111206/3/9781032716466.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103271646615978103271648011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111206/1/9781032716466.pdf9904 5f542396-deff-4b0b-8224-17c30e523fdd030001OAPEN Library ID5f542396-deff-4b0b-8224-17c30e523fdd01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112451597810033069480610.4324/978100330694800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Translation Technology and Techno-Humanities0101Technology for Translating, Visualizing, and Generating RecipesMultimodal Machine Translation of Chinese into English1A01ChanSin-wai01eng0010393C93CF93CFP93U93UB20Automated recipe generation from video;Computational linguistics;Computer-aided design;Corpus;Culinary data analysis;Database creation;Deep learning applications;Food informatics;Image-based data processing;Machine translation;Natural language processing;System debugging;System testing;Techno-humanities;Translating numerals;Translation methods;Visual translation01060303This book details the process of building a Chinese-English machine translation system that automatically translates Chinese recipes into English through machine processing without human intervention ( TransRecipe ). This system is able to translate recipes into pictures and videos ( VisualRecipe ) through image technology and develop a system that generates a recipe from a video on dish preparation ( GenRecipe ) through deep learning. Recipe processing is covered in four parts across ten chapters. The first part, Translating Recipes , studies the machine processing of different parts of recipes for the construction of the TransRecipe system. The second part, Visualizing Recipes , is about the creation of the VisualRecipe system through image technology and a demonstration of its operations in practice. The third part, Generating Recipes , is about recipe creation through deep learning and the creation of the GenRecipe system. Lastly, the book concludes by looking into the future of recipe technology. The title is a vital read for researchers and students in translation technology, multimodal translation, and techno-humanities.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111245/3/9781003306948.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103230842515978103230843211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111245/1/9781003306948.pdf9904 5b191418-8f54-4839-9a0c-55958467f413030001OAPEN Library ID5b191418-8f54-4839-9a0c-55958467f41301HANDLE20.500.12657/1112011597810036679570610.4324/978100366795700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Advances in Defence Studies0101Disinformation and Counternarratives in International SecurityCognitive Competition1A01GustavoDíaz Matey - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3943-61542B01GustavoDíaz Matey - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3943-61543B01PabloMoral - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3028-436901eng0010393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93JPS93JPSD93JPSH93JPV93JW20China;Cognitive security;Counter narratives;Digital propaganda analysis;Disinformation;Foreign influence operations;Hybrid threats;Information warfare;Liberal international order;Narrative manipulation;Non-state actors;Psychosocial vulnerabilities;Russia;Strategic communication in international relations01060303This book examines the strategic role of weaponized narratives and foreign information manipulation and interference (FIMI) in international relations. It aims to understand how information is used as a tool for power projection and strategic competition, combining theoretical and empirical analyses. The work covers both traditional disinformation and lesser-studied phenomena like information suppression and the psychosocial vulnerabilities that enable manipulation. Through case studies of information campaigns in both wartime and peacetime, it highlights the security challenges posed by these narratives across varying geopolitical tensions. The book bridges realist and constructivist approaches, considering the roles of state and non-state actors, as well as domestic populations and international organizations. With empirical studies of initiatives by NATO, the UN, and the EU, the volume equips readers to address critical questions about the success, influence, and impact of weaponized narratives and the effectiveness of efforts to counter them. This book will be of much interest to students of information warfare, foreign influence operations, foreign policy, and international relations.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111201/3/9781003667957.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978104113073415978104113076511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111201/1/9781003667957.pdf9904 5ca9eaf1-4a3a-4f9a-8aca-71f79fb3d4b7030001OAPEN Library ID5ca9eaf1-4a3a-4f9a-8aca-71f79fb3d4b701HANDLE20.500.12657/1107091597836663104850610.13109/978366631048500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102BandReligiöse Kulturen im Europa der Neuzeit0101»Visuelle Integration«?Juden in westdeutschen Fernsehserien nach »Holocaust«1A01RaphaelRauch01ger004580393N93NH20Deutschland;Fernsehen;Integration;Juden;Umgang mit Nationalsozialismus;Visuelle Medien;Zeitgeschichte01060303undefined0303Die amerikanische Serie TV-Serie Holocaust wurde im Januar 1979 in Deutschland ausgestrahlt und hatte eine damals nicht vorstellbare Wirkung. Über 20 Millionen Menschen sahen das Medienereignis und wurden so intensiv und emotional enorm berührend mit dem nationalsozialistischen Massenmord konfrontiert. Die Ausstrahlung von Holocaust gilt als erinnerungsgeschichtliche Zäsur und Meilenstein in der Aufarbeitung der NS-Gräuel. Der Begriff Holocaust wurde 1979 »Wort des Jahres« und gab jenem Verbrechen, das Winston Churchill noch »crime without a name« bezeichnete, einen Namen. Lange Zeit hatten die Deutschen noch unreflektiert in der nationalsozialistischen Terminologie von der »Endlösung« gesprochen. Der Erfolg der amerikanischen Holocaust-Produktion ermutigte deutsche Rundfunkanstalten, eigene Serien zum Dritten Reich in Auftrag zu geben. Sie hatten eine »visuelle Integration« jüdischer Figuren zum Ziel. Darunter verstand der Schriftsteller Wolfdietrich Schnurre ein gesellschaftspolitisches Anliegen: Durch das Sichtbarmachen jüdischer Kultur im Fernsehen sollte diese nicht nur ins Fernsehen, sondern auch in das Bewusstsein der bundesrepublikanischen Gesellschaft gerückt werden. Ausgehend vom gesellschaftspädagogischen Auftrag und Selbstverständnis des öffentlich-rechtlichen Rundfunks zeigt diese Studie, wie das normative Anliegen der »visuellen Integration« in den erinnerungspolitisch aufgeladenen 1980er-Jahren im Spannungsfeld von Aufklärungswillen und Geschichtsvergessenheit nur bedingt erreicht wurde. Als Fallbeispiele dienen Soll und Haben, Holocaust, Ein Stück Himmel, Heimat, Levin und Gutman sowie Kir Royal.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110709/3/9783666310485.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001201811Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110709/1/9783666310485.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836663104859904 5b0d605d-c3b1-4921-b1d6-bec9161acea1030001OAPEN Library ID5b0d605d-c3b1-4921-b1d6-bec9161acea101HANDLE20.500.12657/1107641597838353589590610.46500/8353589500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/10010267/68Geschichte der Philologien0101Geschichte der Philologien1B01MichelEspagne2B01AnnaKinder3B01RalfKlausnitzer4B01ChristophKönig5B01NaSchädlich6B01DenisThouard7B01UlrichWyss01ger001680393C93D93DS93DSB93DSM20Comparative literature;History of science;Internationel philology;Linguistics;Literary studies01060303undefined0303"Geschichte der Philologien" is the only academic journal worldwide dedicated to modern comparative philology, comparative in the sense of historical comparison and philosophical reflection on philological practice. The subjects represented include Sinology, Indology, Classical Philology, Arabic Studies, Romance Studies, German Studies, and many others. The international editorial board actively supports the journal, with renowned scholars representing the various subjects. The articles are published in three languages: German, English, and French. Contributors include Sabine Collé, Beatrice Gruendler, Michael Lackner, Na Schädlich, Martin Strauss, Denis Thouard, and Michael Woll.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110764/3/9783835381414.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538141411Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110764/1/9783835381414.pdf9904 5bde72ea-6a5e-4da8-a879-d05bc8eaaea5030001OAPEN Library ID5bde72ea-6a5e-4da8-a879-d05bc8eaaea501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107651597838353545310610.46500/8353545300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102124Braunschweiger Werkstücke0101Cafés in BraunschweigEine Zeitreise vom 18. bis ins beginnende 21. Jahrhundert. Von Kaffeehäusern, Cafés, Cafés ­Chantants, Bars, ­Conditoren, Canditoren, Gartencafés, Restaurants und ­Hotels1A01PeterAlbrecht01ger007470393K93KC93KCZ93KN93KNS93KNSB93N93NH93NHT93NHTB93W93WB93WBX93WBXN93WBXN120Coffee drinking;Coffee enjoyment;Coffee house;Conviviality;Gastronomy;Luxury goods;Regional history;Salon01060303undefined0303A place that is commonplace today, but has changed over time: café culture in and around Braunschweig from the 18th to the 21st century. Today it is taken for granted, but in the past it was a luxury product – a cup of coffee. The drink was accompanied by the emergence of a place of its own. The first cup of coffee was probably drunk in Braunschweig towards the end of the 17th century, but at the beginning of the 18th century, the vast majority of the inhabitants were still unaware of this strange product from the Orient – until the trade fair city got a “large coffee house” in 1714. Peter Albrecht has been studying the history of coffee in and around Braunschweig for decades. Now, using archive sources and newspaper advertisements, he traces the history of café culture on the Oker from its beginnings to the 21st century. The places where it was consumed were as varied as the ways in which the drink could be served: first coffee houses and garden restaurants, then bakeries, “Café-Chantant,” bars, restaurants, and hotels – right up to today's well-known “McCafé.” The author not only examines the chequered history of the various businesses, but also highlights the transformation of the “café” as a cultural and social meeting place: from the demonstrative levelling of class boundaries to a modern venue for a first date.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110765/3/9783835381858.pdf.jpg01Wallstein VerlagGöttingen000120260615978383538185811Wallstein Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110765/1/9783835381858.pdf9904 5c4cc558-6945-4136-b116-b0e312cf0164030001OAPEN Library ID5c4cc558-6945-4136-b116-b0e312cf016401HANDLE20.500.12657/1110941597810036397180610.4324/978100363971800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Advances in Research Methods0101Walking TogetherChallenging Philosophical and Ethnographic Paradigms from the Ground Up1A01AnnaBloom-Christen01eng002020393G93GP93GPS93GT93GTC93GTM93J93JB93JBS93JBSD93JBSL93JBSL193JH93JHB93JHBC93JHM20Anthropological;Apartheid;Eastern Cape;Ethnography;Flaneur;Globalized;Localized;Methodological;Oppression;Participant observation;Philosophical;Post-apartheid South Africa;Public space;Public terrain;Racialized;Research method;Social practice;South Africa;Victimhood;Walking;Walking together;Xhosa01060303This book examines walking together as a research method, a social practice, and a paradigmatic social phenomenon. Anchored in long-term fieldwork in post-apartheid South Africa, it explores how walking together exposes the dissonance between lived racialized power asymmetries and methodological ideals that assume universal accessibility of public space. In doing so, the book turns a critical eye toward recent developments in social ontology and phenomenology that underpin walking methodology, interrogating their own theoretical commitments, their claims to universality, as well as their attempts to account for power inequality. The book further shows how the history of walking is deeply intertwined with the history of participant observation, revealing how methodological ideals have been shaped by the embodied, uneven conditions of research on the ground. Combining peripatetic ethnography with theoretical reflections on pace bias, hidden particulars, and agency, the book builds a case for a more accountable walking methodology and offers conceptual tools for working with, rather than smoothing over, difference. By unsettling idealized accounts of walking together, this book offers a fresh approach to movement- based methods that centers lived complexity. It will appeal to scholars and students of anthropology, philosophy, sociology, urban studies, mobility, and methodology – as well as anyone curious about the politics of bodies in public. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111094/3/9781040571750.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104057175015978104060493911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111094/1/9781040571750.pdf9904 5c850877-61e3-4a67-a4b1-96f2b0e3e4a2030001OAPEN Library ID5c850877-61e3-4a67-a4b1-96f2b0e3e4a201HANDLE20.500.12657/1108211597836318953440610.3726/b2049900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.00101An Embodied ReligionMaterialities and Devotion in Medieval Europe1B01MárioFarelo2B01CatarinaFernandes Barreira3B01João LuísFontes4B01DianaMartins01eng01fre01spa006720393N93NH93NHD93NHDJ93Q93QR93QRM93QRMB93QRMP93QRV93QRVA93QRVJ93QRVJ193QRVP20Artistic patronage;Barreira;Body;Catarina;Cult of Saints;Devotion;Devotional objects and practices;Diana;Embodied;Emotions;Europe;Farelo;Fernandes;Fontes;Gender;Images;João;Liturgy;Luís;Martins;Materialities;Medieval;Mário;Relics;Religion;Religious Experience01060303From the images carved and painted to the buildings edified, from liturgical objects to reliquaries and tombs, from books to personal objects of piety, this volume reflects the many domains where the relation between materiality and devotion can be a prospect and a problem. It intersects the material, functional, performative and aesthetic dimensions with the different readings it calls for, the cognitive and emotional apprehensions, the representations (erudite and popular) it associates with, the practices that it sustains, the memories that polarize and legitimize, the powers that were affirmed through it. It discloses the diversity of variants such as wealth and social position, literate training, and gender differences.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110821/3/9783631895344.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120240615978363189535111Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110821/1/9783631895344.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/9904 5b212c88-959c-4f7b-b7c8-7371f5c718f8030001OAPEN Library ID5b212c88-959c-4f7b-b7c8-7371f5c718f801HANDLE20.500.12657/11108215978180655049400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode0101ABC Learning DesignActive, blended, connected and beyond1B01LeoHavemann2B01NatašaPerović3B01KarenShackleford-Cesare4B01CliveYoung01eng93J93JN93JNC93JND93JNDG93JNF93JNM93JNT20Academic development;Curriculum design;Higher education;Institutional change;Instructional design;Learning design;Learning journeys;Localisation;Open practice;Rapid learning design storyboarding01060303ABC Learning Design is a popular and effective rapid design method for developing educational programmes, modules and short courses. Created at UCL in 2015, ABC enables academic teams to collaborate in short, focused workshops to co-create visual storyboards of students’ learning journeys. Its ease of use, adaptability, and open licence have led to widespread adoption across the UK, Europe and beyond. ABC Learning Design: Active, blended, connected and beyond introduces ABC to a new audience, adding insights from institutions that have localised and implemented the method in diverse contexts. ABC provides practical, ready-to-use tools, but it is often reframed as more than a set of resources. Its built-in flexibility not only allows for transferability but actively encourages creative modifications that respond to institutional needs. The core ABC workshop remains the heart of the method and is central to all implementations. Around this, institutions have built locally relevant adaptations that retain the method’s participatory ethos. This shared structure creates a design lingua franca that supports collaboration within and across institutions. Drawing on facilitator and participant experiences, the book reviews ABC’s key strengths and explains why it continues to inspire innovation. It invites a global conversation on enriching learning design for students, faculty, and institutions alike.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111082/3/9781806550494.pdf.jpgUCL Press01UCL PressLondon000120260615978180655050011UCL Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111082/1/9781806550494.pdf990409UCL Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://uclpress.co.uk/9904 591ec924-f758-4598-bfd3-44af6d91db96030001OAPEN Library ID591ec924-f758-4598-bfd3-44af6d91db9601HANDLE20.500.12657/1108901597838376805600610.14361/978383945998000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102203Edition Politik0101Democracy and Digital CommunicationThe Effects of Social Media Platforms on Deliberative Systems1A01KarolineHelbig01eng003240393J93JP93JPH20Democracy;Digital Platform;Digitisation;Political Science;Social Media01060303How do social media platforms influence democracy? Karoline Helbig explores how the logics and architectures of these platforms structure communication processes. She begins by collecting and systematising central theoretical concepts from the deliberative systems approach, focussing specifically on those pertaining to the structures of and normative standards associated with deliberative systems. Based on these theoretical foundations and drawing on digitisation research, she then situates social media platforms within society-wide deliberative systems. She offers a nuanced analysis of the specific characteristics of digital communication and of how they affect the qualities of deliberation throughout the system. This study speaks to scholars, policymakers and readers concerned with democracy in the digital constellation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110890/3/9783839459980.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383945998011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110890/1/9783839459980.pdf9904 580c4788-cb51-4913-912c-2877b47c6e14030001OAPEN Library ID580c4788-cb51-4913-912c-2877b47c6e1401HANDLE20.500.12657/1110351597891763528780610.16993/bcx00EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en/1001024Stockholm Studies in Education0101Dance Education and Pedagogies in Contemporary ContextsDanspedagogik och dansdidaktik i samtida kontexter1B01AlfdanielsMabingo2B01TonePernille Østern3B01AmiSkånberg01eng01swe002630393A93AT93J93JN20Anti-ableism;Contemporary contexts;Critical charge;Decolonization;Hopeful dance education practices;Inclusive dance spaces01060303This book brings together a range of critical perspectives on dance education in contemporary contexts, positioning it as an expanding field deeply entangled with broader transformations in the arts and education. It reflects a paradigm shift toward critical and inclusive educational practices, and highlights ongoing efforts to open, stretch, challenge, and question established – and often exclusive – structures and pedagogies within dance education. The book emerges from the critical explorations that have shaped the editors’ and authors’ trajectories through the dance and dance education fields. The contributors are affiliated with institutions in and/or have backgrounds from Sweden, Uganda, Norway, the United States, Brazil, Finland, Iran, South Africa, Jamaica, and New Zealand, and each chapter draws from their ongoing work in glocalized, contemporary dance education contexts. The book is intended for dance teachers, researchers, and students in tertiary-level dance and arts education, as well as for the broader community engaged in critical arts pedagogies. The idea for the book was sparked by the critical transformation of dance education underway at Stockholm University of the Arts (Sweden) and Makerere University (Uganda). While the editors have known each other for many years, their collaboration deepened through the international online conference Decolonizing Tertiary Dance Education: Time to Act, hosted by the two institutions on April 7–8, 2022. Although this is not a conference proceedings volume, the energy generated through that gathering helped inspire and shape the project. The book explores dance education as an artistic, practice-based, exploratory, and innovative field – one that creates the acquisition of knowledge and skills in a rapidly changing world. It responds to and reflects the ongoing paradigm shifts toward decolonization, anti-ableism, and inclusive pedagogical practices. The chapters offer insights that contribute to critical discussions and actions promoting diversity, equity, justice, and inclusion in dance research, education, and pedagogy. Comprising fourteen peer-reviewed chapters written by 23 authors in various constellations, along with an Editorial and an Editorial Closure co-authored by the three editors, the book is organized into four thematic sections—each with intentionally porous boundaries: Decolonial and Norm-Critical Perspectives on Dance Education; Tertiary Dance Education Transformations; Space-Making for Indigeneity in Dance Education; Critical and Creative Dance Pedagogical Practices. The result is a multi-contextual, multi-sited collection that embodies the value of celebrating difference. The publication amplifies voices and practices from diverse cultures, geographies, identities, and bodies, contributing to a richer and more inclusive vision of dance education and pedagogy.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111035/3/9789176352885.pdf.jpgStockholm University Press01Stockholm University PressStockholm, Sweden000120250615978917635288515978917635289215978917635290811Stockholm University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111035/1/9789176352885.pdf990409Stockholm University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.16993/bcx9904 59acd8e9-7859-4925-9780-00364e09c61f030001OAPEN Library ID59acd8e9-7859-4925-9780-00364e09c61f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111691597810033612130610.4324/978100336121300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Routledge Handbook of Language Program Development and Administration1A01Alan V. Brown - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0144-4722,Margaret E. Malone - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9640-412XTroy L. Cox - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9379-51022B01BeatriceC. Dupuy - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1122-42643B01CoriCrane - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9663-45204B01EstelaEne - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4037-11005B01AlanV. Brown - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0144-472201eng0010393C93CJ20Applied linguistics;Language Learning;Language Program Administration;Language program development;Linguistics;Program development01060303Second language program development and administration is a long-standing area within the larger field of applied linguistics. In many ways, it is the quintessential applied linguistics field, as it crosses disciplinary boundaries while balancing the rigors of scholarly inquiry with the demands of practical application without losing sight of concrete learner outcomes. The Routledge Handbook of Language Program Development and Administration provides a scholarly rigorous, yet practically relevant treatment of issues implicated in program development and administration with 52 chapters written by leading scholars in the field. Authors not only address the theoretical underpinnings of their respective topics but also provide actionable, evidence-based recommendations concerning eminently practical matters. In this way, the volume provides both novice and experienced language program administrators with important guidance on how to think about the work that they do and how best to go about it, while also validating language program administration as a scholarly area of inquiry. The Routledge Handbook of Language Program Development and Administration is essential reading for practicing second language program administrators at the post-secondary level, in-service and pre-service second language instructors, graduate students in applied linguistics, and even upper-level undergraduate education students considering second language teaching as a future career. Chapters 9 and 11 of this book are freely available as downloadable Open Access PDFs at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111169/3/9781003361213.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103242024015978103242100111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111169/1/9781003361213.pdf9904 5812fb50-ca75-4675-805b-6ebe4eaf8735030001OAPEN Library ID5812fb50-ca75-4675-805b-6ebe4eaf873501HANDLE20.500.12657/1111261597810035690390610.4324/978100356903900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Weirding CivilizationThe Strange Foundations of the Modern World1A01Vesa-PekkaHerva2A01AnttiLahelma01eng0029003931931F931FB93N93NK93NKA93NKD20Anthropocene;Archaeological epistemology;Archaeological theory;Cultural imaginaries;Irrationality in history;Magic;Material culture theory;Money;Monsters;Nonhuman agency;Ontological anthropology;Urbanism;Weirdness in early complex societies01060303Weirding Civilization examines the irrational foundations of civilization, from the Bronze Age to the Anthropocene. Inspired by Twin Peaks and Lovecraftian horror, it reveals how weirdness – disorienting, monstrous, and ambivalent – has shaped human society since the rise of the first complex civilizations. Taking ‘weirding’ as its conceptual lens, the book examines hallmarks of civilization such as urbanism, money, and writing, uncovering their layered and often non-rational nature. While the concept of weirding has gained traction across disciplines, from literature studies to climate science, this book applies it systematically to early civilizations for the first time. Weirdness emerges as ruptures in experienced reality, arising from the complex interplay between humans and non-humans. The book explores how civilization has unfolded in relation to hidden, invisible, and unknown dimensions of reality. Accessible and thought-provoking, it broadens conceptual horizons, offering fresh insights into the past and present while inviting readers to embrace that which resists categorization. With a primary focus on Europe and the Near East, it also addresses global questions of modernity, technology, and cultural imagination. This book is essential for archaeologists, anthropologists, and historians studying complex societies as well as for readers fascinated by unconventional approaches to history and civilization. It appeals to anyone seeking to disrupt conventional understandings of humanity’s development.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111126/3/9781040350294.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104035029415978104035033111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111126/1/9781040350294.pdf9904 582b38f1-b388-462c-998a-bcef72b9bc39030001OAPEN Library ID582b38f1-b388-462c-998a-bcef72b9bc3901HANDLE20.500.12657/1111591597810033527780610.4324/978100335277800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/100102SEMPRE Studies in The Psychology of Music0101Music Performers' Lived ExperiencesTheory, Method, Interpretation: Volume One1A01Asha ParkinsonRuth Herbert2B01MineDoğantan-Dack01eng0010393A93AV93AVA20Concert;Live performance;Music performer;Musicology;Performer's experiences;Performers;Performing arts;Phenomenology01060303The two volumes on Music Performers’ Lived Experiences seeks to widen this research area through close investigations of a variety of rich, complex and nuanced experiences classical music performers have qua performers, as they interact with musical scores, instruments, performance traditions, other musicking individuals, wider artistic and cultural discourses, norms and beliefs. The two volumes aim to “humanise” music performers and contribute towards shaping a more performer-centred discipline of Music Performance Studies. The first volume, Music Performers’ Lived Experiences: Theory, Method, Interpretation , brings together internationally renowned scholars, who capture and scrutinise, through a variety of methods, a wide range of experiences performers have—as well as the personally meaningful lived experience narratives performers construct—presenting vivid portraits of music performers as artists situated in unique socio-cultural, historical, embodied and discursive contexts. The topics discussed include the construction of the idea of “the composer” from lived experiences of performing, manifestations of wisdom in the ways performers make sense of their experiences, joys of sight-reading, performer agency, lived experience as the basis of performance analysis, emotional labour of working with controversial repertoire, performance anxiety dreams of music performers, experience of working across musical genres, the nature of intersubjective experiences in music-making, absorption, and subjective bodily sensations in performance. Readers will come away from the book with fresh insights about and an enhanced understanding of the infinitely rich lifeworld of music performers.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111159/3/9781003352778.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103240372415978103240373111Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111159/1/9781003352778.pdf9904 583bde06-6346-4374-8eee-17984efede2b030001OAPEN Library ID583bde06-6346-4374-8eee-17984efede2b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111631597810326452540610.4324/978103264529200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Explorations in Housing Studies0101Informal Housing in the Global NorthExploring Practices, Actors and Processes in a Transforming Housing System1A01JakubGaluszka - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4741-66822B01JakubGaluszka - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4741-668201eng0010393A93AM93AMK93AMV93AMVD93J93JB93JBS93JBSD20Bottom-up development;Co-production;Everyday life;Formality;Housing;Informality;Space appropriation;Urban dwellers;Urban encroachment01060303Informal Housing in the Global North proposes analytical and conceptual approaches to investigate the progressing ‘informalisation’ of contemporary housing in the Global North and beyond. Amidst the ongoing housing crisis, the reading of informalities in the so-called North has increasingly disrupted the conventional understanding of local cities as fully regulated, well-structured and formal. By juxtaposing contested, successful and ‘under- the- radar’ ordinary housing phenomena across various income levels, this volume seeks to unpack and document the embeddedness of informality in mid- and high-income cities. This investigation reveals the pervasive and hybrid nature of local housing systems, in which formal frameworks defining modes of utilising spaces and architectural design are continuously reinterpreted by users, public sector actors and market entities alike. It reflects on everyday housing pathways and the agency of those who, by preference or necessity, engage with solutions conventionally labelled as informal. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of housing studies, planning, architecture and urban sociology as well as practitioners working in the field of housing.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111163/3/9781032645292.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103264526115978103264529211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111163/1/9781032645292.pdf9904 575954f2-5585-46b9-ac49-f7a97c22a8c0030001OAPEN Library ID575954f2-5585-46b9-ac49-f7a97c22a8c001HANDLE20.500.12657/1110981597810035812080610.4324/978100358120800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Environmental Justice0101The Politics of Riverine RightsEnvironmental Struggles in Aotearoa New Zealand, Colombia and India1B01AxelBorchgrevink2B01Malene K.Brandshaug01eng002480393G93GT93GTP93J93JH93JHM93JK93JKS93JKSN93JP93JPS93L93LN93LNK93LNKJ93M93R93RN93RNC93RNF93RNT93W93WN93WNW20Anthropological perspectives;Biocultural conservation;Environmental justice;Ganga;Ganges;Indigenous river rights case studies;Indigenous water governance;Interdisciplinary research methods;Legal personhood;Legal pluralism;Natural resources;Yamuna01060303This edited collection, based on comparative, multi-sited ethnographic research, explores the concept of riverine rights in relation to rivers in New Zealand, Columbia and India that have been declared legal persons or subjects of rights: the Whanganui, the Atrato, the Ganges and the Yamuna. The cases drew significant attention from academia and the wider public, as examples of the Rights of Nature in practice. This book contributes with in-depth empirical research carried out by a highly interdisciplinary team of co-authors – from anthropology, law, history, political science, management studies and water science – many of whom are from the case study countries and the river basins. The first chapters carefully examine each case, discussing its history, the institutional context, the actors and interests, the issues to be addressed by the legal decisions, and their outcomes. Subsequent chapters provide detailed comparative analysis on the Rights of Nature, legal pluralism, the struggles of Indigenous and marginalized groups, and on different ontological understandings of the relations between people, rivers and nature. The book concludes with reflections on how these cases of riverine rights relate to global trends, and discusses the tensions and synergies between Human Rights and Nature’s Rights, with a particular emphasis on how Indigenous Rights intersect with Rivers’ Rights. Finally, it argues for a broad notion of Riverine Rights that includes those who live by the river, and beyond Riverine Rights, to the social, cultural and political dimensions of the legal innovations, and to the larger environmental crises they seek to address. This interdisciplinary book will be essential reading for academics and researchers across social sciences and law with an interest in how social struggles, environmental justice and innovative legislation intersect for the wellbeing of rivers and their people.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111098/3/9781040540619.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104054061915978104068458011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111098/1/9781040540619.pdf9904 582df1ce-dfb4-4e0f-83c6-079f98e9f19f030001OAPEN Library ID582df1ce-dfb4-4e0f-83c6-079f98e9f19f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107191597837370192860610.14220/978373701928600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0100102Band 027Interdisziplinäre Verortungen der Angewandten Linguistik0101Linguistic and Media Studies Perspectives on Research into Social and Political PolarisationThe Case of Poland1B01AnnaBączkowska2B01AgnieszkaHess3B01AgnieszkaSzymańska01eng001830393C93CF93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT493JP93JPA20Communication;Language of political polarization;Linguistics;Media experts;Poland;Political polarization in media coverage;Political polarization of the media;Political polarization research methodology;Social existence01060303The causes of polarization existing in Polish society are multifaceted, and cannot be easily elucidated using ordinary demographic variables alone. The collaborative research initiative of linguists and media scholars is therefore not accidental: language is the primary vehicle of communication, and communication constitutes the modus operandi of social existence. Without language, which functions as a cohesive force (a “glue”) of society, any society would be unable to organize itself or sustain in its complexity. In this volume, language serves as both the object of study and the tool utilized for research purposes. The analysis of language utilized by various social actors provides insight into the social processes unfolding within a society.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110719/3/9783737019286.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110719/1/9783737019286.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.14220/97837370192869904 51d7ebd5-fd61-4a3f-a14a-6dd51ee1c594030001OAPEN Library ID51d7ebd5-fd61-4a3f-a14a-6dd51ee1c59401HANDLE20.500.12657/1107331597836665652430610.13109/978366656524300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.00101Deutsche Theologie im Dienste der KriegspropagandaUmdeutung von Bibel, Gesangbuch und Liturgie 1914–19181A01Friedrich ErichDobberahn01ger0013340393N93NH93NHW93NHWR93NHWR593Q93QR93QRM20Erster Weltkrieg;Gesangbuch;Kirchengeschichte;Kriegspropaganda;Liturgie;Praktische Theologie01060303undefined0303Das Buch Dobberahns ist bei aller Wissenschaftlichkeit und theologischen Gedankenschärfe ein erschütternd zu lesendes Epos. Dies nicht nur wegen seiner erzählerischen Partien, einzelner Biographiefragmente und Innenansichten von Kriegsteilnehmern, von Theologen, Pädagogen, Künstlern und einer Kriegsgedichte sammelnden nachdenklichen Konfirmandin, sondern auch wegen der dokumentarischen Fülle aus Predigten, Liturgien, Kriegsliedern und -ritualien, Tagebucheinträgen, Briefen und Kriegspostkarten. Der Rahmen ist weit gespannt; er setzt bei den Freiheitskriegen an, geht über 1918 hinaus und nimmt wesentliche Entwicklungen der deutschen Kriegstheologie bis zum Holocaust in den Blick. Friedrich Erich Dobberahn versetzt in seiner engagierten Darstellung Leser und Leserin an die Front, in die Etappe, in Lazarette, in Schulklassen und Kirchenräume, an den Potsdamer Kaiserhof; er lässt sie die Ungeheuerlichkeit des Krieges ebenso schmerzlich spüren wie die menschenverachtende Kriegsästhetik des „worldmakings“, das „blutbereite“, theologische „Ornament als Verbrechen“. Er schließt mit dem alarmierenden Hinweis auf gleichartige Vorgänge in heutiger Zeit, sowie auf den Krieg Putins gegen die Ukraine.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110733/3/9783666565243.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202211Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110733/1/9783666565243.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.13109/97836665652439904 4ffccda3-1cfc-40f3-b621-7dd1fe85ae45030001OAPEN Library ID4ffccda3-1cfc-40f3-b621-7dd1fe85ae4501HANDLE20.500.12657/1107501597838474333780610.3224/8474319900EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Peers als Arenen politischer SozialisationRekonstruktive Analysen zu politischen Orientierungen von Jugendlichen und jungen Erwachsenen1B01CathleenGrunert2B01KilianHüfner3B01Heinz-HermannKrüger4B01KatjaLudwig5B01MarcoSchott01ger002930393J93JB93JBF93JBS93JBSP93JBSP293JN93JNA93JNAM93JNW93JP93JPV93JPVC93JPW20Associations and federations;Informal groups;Informelle Gruppen;Jugendforschung;Jugendkulturforschung;Media research;Medienforschung;Migrant organizations;Migrant*innenorganisationen;Parteijugendorganisationen;Peerforschung;Political socialization in adolescence and early adulthood;Political socialization research;Politische Sozialisation im Jugend- und frühen Erwachsenenalter;Politische Sozialisationsforschung;Research on peer groups;Vereine und Verbände;Youth culture studies;Youth sections of political parties;Youth studies01060303undefined0303Wie bilden sich heute politische Orientierungen junger Menschen und welchen Einfluss haben Peers dabei? Das Buch untersucht Gruppenkontexte als politische Sozialisationsräume: von Parteijugenden und sozialen Bewegungen über Vereine bis hin zu informellen jugendkulturellen Zusammenschlüssen. Im Fokus steht die Frage, wie in diesen Gruppen politische Themen, Zugehörigkeiten und Differenzen ausgehandelt werden und wie diese Prozesse politische Orientierungen, Handlungspraktiken und Politikverständnisse im Jugend- und frühen Erwachsenenalter unter gegenwärtigen gesellschaftlichen Bedingungen mit hervorbringen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110750/4/9783847433378.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen000120260615978384743376711Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110750/1/9783847433378.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110750/2/9783847433767.epub990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/peers-als-arenen-politischer-sozialisation/9904 51cfb742-859c-41d4-a004-f765d476956f030001OAPEN Library ID51cfb742-859c-41d4-a004-f765d476956f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107961597804729057990610.3998/mpub.1221228500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101Global Urban PolicyA Framework for Analyzing State and Society1B01DavidKaufmann2B01MaraSidney01eng003260393J93JP93JPQ93JPQB93R93RP93RPC20Accra;Berlin;Chicago;Comparative urban politics;Detroit;Everyday politics;Global cities;Guangzhou;Housing policy;Low-income housing;Medellín;Mobilization;Mumbai;Policy making process;Political participation;Public policy analysis;Saint Etienne;Seeing like a city;Social movements;São Paulo;Theories of public policy;Urban development;Urban policy;Urban policy analysis01060303Cities are active policy innovators of global importance, whether responding to climate change, migration, poverty, or health disparities, or aiming to generate growth. Since cities adapt to the needs and interests of global capital, they may implement policies that slight the well-being of everyday residents and the most vulnerable. How cities choose to contribute to a democratic and sustainable future reveals dimensions of political life playing out in society at large. Global Urban Policy suggests that to understand contemporary societal transformation—and political and policy processes more generally—we need to study the policies that cities create and implement. Going beyond thinking of “urban” as a physical site, the authors show that an urban mode of life is one marked by diversity, complexity, chaos, flexibility, and ongoing change. With eleven empirical case studies, the authors examine issues including housing and urban development, migration, climate change, and crime in cities as varied as Berlin, Medellín, Chicago, Accra, Guangzhou, São Paulo, Mumbai, and Saint Etienne. The studies show how contemporary confrontations between public and private property, power and justice, participation and exclusion, wealth and poverty, and emerging technology and existing economic, social, and political structures take physical form in cities. Global Urban Policy engages with theoretical developments in public policy, urban politics, and urban studies to develop and demonstrate a framework for urban policy analysis.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110796/3/9780472905799.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110796/1/9780472905799.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 51759f9c-1353-4edb-a32e-90c3fe217aef030001OAPEN Library ID51759f9c-1353-4edb-a32e-90c3fe217aef01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112111597810033678880610.4324/978100336788800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge International Handbooks0101The Routledge Handbook of European Penology1A01Edoardo Cocco - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1464-8161,Yuji Z. HashimotoMarcelo F. Aebi - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3449-10932B01GaëtanCliquennois - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1938-31983B01IoanDurnescu - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5631-79264B01DieteHumblet - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5385-72685B01ElenaLarrauri - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7556-32366B01SonjaSnacken - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8538-424X01eng0010393J93JK93JKV93JKVP20Comparative punishment systems Europe;Digital surveillance justice;Migration criminalisation Europe;Offender rehabilitation;Penal policy analysis;Prison ethnography;Sentencing research01060303European penology, the multidisciplinary scientific study of punishment carried out on the European continent, is booming. This Handbook aims to offer an overview of the current state of the art and cutting-edge penological research in Europe, covering all the regions (north, south, east, west) and Europe’s institutional organisations – the Council of Europe and the European Union – including research that may hitherto not have been published in English. The Handbook also reflects on whether there is anything distinctive or typically (not necessarily exclusively) European in the ways penology is applied in Europe. This challenge is taken up by a team of 5 editors and 60 authors from 21 different countries, reflecting a balance of gender, early and promising career, and established researchers. After the editors’ Introduction, the book is organised into three parts: Part I: European Penology – Scientific Developments discusses theoretical and methodological developments and important issues within comparative penology. Part II: European Penality – Developments in Penal Practices focuses on transversal European developments, particular groups of offenders and specific forms of punishment. Part III offers a reflection on penal policies and practices in Europe as seen from abroad. The Handbook offers graduate and postgraduate students, postgraduate researchers, academics and other research users, such as governments and NGOs, critical and up-to-date reflections on some of the most prominent discussions on penology in Europe today. Chapter 17 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111211/3/9781003367888.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103243511415978103243555811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111211/1/9781003367888.pdf9904 4df22a81-25a6-4d6c-ac21-cade9afc5925030001OAPEN Library ID4df22a81-25a6-4d6c-ac21-cade9afc592501HANDLE20.500.12657/1112141597810033204870610.4324/978100332048700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Migration and Development in IndiaThe Bihar Experience1A01AmritaDatta01eng00103935935P935PB935PBC93G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBF93JBFH93K93KC93KCM20Average Income;Bihar;Bihari Migrant;Bihari Migrants;Cent Migrant Workers;Central Government;Goi;Household Level Characteristics;Household Level Variables;Household Typologies;IHD;IHDS;Income Quintile Groups;Migrant Households;Migrant Members;Migrant Workers;Migrants in India;Migration Stream;Migration in India;Non-migrant Households;Remittance Income;Rural Bihar;Rural Urban Migration;Scheduled Castes;Tamil Nadu;Village Level Factors;Village Level Variables;Young Men;Young People's Migration01060303This book deals with a wide range of issues related to rural-urban migration in the context of neoliberal economic development in India. Focusing on three core areas, first it traces state discourses on rural-urban migration in India since the 1930s critically analysing its industrial, labour, rural and urban programmes, and policies. Second, through data on longitudinal surveys undertaken in rural Bihar in 1999, 2011 and 2016, it examines changes in patterns of migration and sources of income; estimates determinants and impacts of migration. Third, based on fieldwork in the village and the city, it presents an in-depth account of a rural-urban migration stream in contemporary India. It shows how, contrary to the results of conventional data sources such as the Census and NSSO, that mobility is high in rural Bihar, and has significantly increased over time as a result of rising labour demand in distant urban markets elsewhere in India. Further, it also provides evidence of decoupling of agriculture from the ‘rural’ in India. Combining quantitative and qualitative methods in development research, this book will be of great interest to scholars and researchers of development studies, migration studies, development economics, sociology, demography, public policy, and South Asian studies.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111214/3/9781003320487.pdf.jpgRoutledge India01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120220615978103229183315978103234085211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111214/1/9781003320487.pdf9904 4e2c438c-6a7d-4d0f-b7be-7c42ec4dd1a0030001OAPEN Library ID4e2c438c-6a7d-4d0f-b7be-7c42ec4dd1a001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112381597810036076490610.4324/978100360764900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Focus on Business and Management0101Entrepreneurship Education and Student EmpowermentInnovation in the EU1A01ChiaraBartoli2A01FedericaBrunetta01eng0010393K93KJ93KJB93KJC93KJH93KJM20Entrepreneurial skill assessment framework;Higher education pedagogy;Quantitative research methods;Soft skills development;Startup case studies;Student venture creation;University-industry collaboration01060303A scholarly work that explores the intersection of entrepreneurship education, innovation, and student empowerment within the European Union, this book investigates the transition from student to entrepreneur. It provides an in-depth analysis of the theoretical and empirical aspects of entrepreneurship education. With a field approach, including case studies and a quantitative review of university-level entrepreneurship courses across Europe, it offers a robust framework for fostering entrepreneurial skills and understanding how entrepreneurship education fosters innovation within the EU. It explores key factors driving student entrepreneurship, offering insights into the development of essential competencies such as soft skills, technical knowledge, and interpersonal abilities. Through practical applications, the book bridges the gap between education, research, and practice, providing practical recommendations for enhancing entrepreneurship education across Europe. Targeted towards academics, postgraduate students, and practitioners interested in entrepreneurship, edutech, and educational dynamics, it is particularly relevant to scholars in entrepreneurship education and innovation, offering valuable insights into how to empower students and foster entrepreneurial ecosystems in the EU.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111238/3/9781003607649.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978100386420215978103298740811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111238/1/9781003607649.pdf9904 54919545-84b5-4142-a708-62ce7240a6d8030001OAPEN Library ID54919545-84b5-4142-a708-62ce7240a6d801HANDLE20.500.12657/1112501597810035325140610.4324/978100353251400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Global Institutions0101The Political Language of Multilateralism in the United Nations1A01RatihD. Adiputri - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7416-01172A01TeemuHäkkinen - http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0130-73143A01AnnaKronlund - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1093-527801eng0010393J93JP93JPS93JPSD20Language;Multilateralism;Peace;Rhetoric;Security;United Nations01060303This book explores the politics of multilateralism in the context of three United Nations (UN) pillars: human rights, peace and security, and development. Focussing on the debates, ideas, and practices of international cooperation that have dominated the UN agenda since the early 1990s, it shows how a conceptual understanding of multilateralism could help strengthen the international community to face uncertainty and crises. The authors analyze the language of multilateralism as employed when the UN handles cases of transnational challenges and seeks to establish an international response and argue that conceptual politics of multilateralism taking place in the UN concerning key contemporary challenges illustrate a lack of shared understanding of multilateralism, but also broad interest to promote alternatives for multilateral cooperation as an activity. Case studies illustrate the politics of multilateralism as an analytical concept and trace the practices, debates, and related concepts such as sovereignty, legitimacy, and authority. This volume will appeal to scholars of political theory, international organizations, global governance, and international relations as well as practitioners at think tanks and international organizations01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111250/3/9781003532514.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120260615978103276284515978103287402911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111250/1/9781003532514.pdf9904 546a9266-abf1-4189-b944-74149f114a70030001OAPEN Library ID546a9266-abf1-4189-b944-74149f114a7001HANDLE20.500.12657/1110881597810037534450610.4324/978100375344500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Empowering Inclusive InnovationShaping Sustainable Business Ecosystems1B01Srimantoorao S.Appadoo2B01KrishnaKoppa3B01Manita D.Shah01eng008240393K93KC93KCK93KCM93KCV93KCVG93KJ93KJG93KJM93KJMV93KJMV293KJMV793KJS93KJSA93T93TH93THV20Business Ethics;Inclusive Financial Strategies;Inclusive Growth;Sustainable Business Practices;Sustainable Development;Sustainable Economic Growth;Sustainable Innovation;Sustainable Leadership01060303This book compiles the proceedings of the National Conference on Integrating Equity & Diversity in Business for a Sustainable Future (IEDBSF 2025), organized by the Faculty of Management Studies, CMS Business School, Jain Deemed-to-be University. With novel approaches, empirical studies, and case analyses, this collection of peer-reviewed papers aims to investigate how inclusive, diverse and equitable business methodologies act as drivers for enduring sustainability. The chapters included in this volume tackle a range of interdisciplinary topics, including finance, marketing, entrepreneurship, human resource management, analytics, and governance. Contributors delve into inclusive financial strategies for MSMEs (Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises), gender-equitable leadership practices, data-driven insights focused on equity, and the significance of sustainable marketing in influencing responsible consumer behaviours. This volume serves as a valuable resource for academics, policy specialists, industry leaders and students, and contributes to ongoing conversations about responsible economic growth in India alongside themes of inclusive innovation and ethical business practices.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111088/3/9781040875933.pdf.jpgRoutledge01CRC Press000120260615978104087593315978104087596411CRC Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111088/1/9781040875933.pdf9904 4e887911-b436-45f6-986d-a76eb57124a3030001OAPEN Library ID4e887911-b436-45f6-986d-a76eb57124a301HANDLE20.500.12657/1111381597804292808250610.4324/978042928082500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102RIPE Series in Global Political Economy0101Urban DisplacementsGoverning Surplus and Survival in Global Capitalism1A01SusanneSoederberg01eng003100393G93GT93J93JB93JBF93JBFC93JBS93JBSD93JP93K93KC93KCP93KF93KFF93KFFR93L93LN93LNS93LNSH93LNSH993R93RG93RGC20Berlin Senate;Critical Urban Geographers;Critical political economy;DCC;Disposable Workers;European housing policy;Labour Power;Labour precarity;Low-income tenant displacement analysis;Monetized Governance;Municipal Housing Companies;Private Rental;Prs;Qualitative case studies;Racialized Migrants;Red Vienna;Rental Housing;Rental Index;Rental market regulation;Social Housing;Social Housing Units;Social Reproduction;Societal Reproduction;Surplus Workers;Urban Displacements;Urban inequality01060303WINNER of the BISA IPEG Book Prize 2021 https://www.bisa.ac.uk/members/working-groups/ipeg/articles/ipeg-2021-book-prize-winner-announced With an eye to further our understanding of everyday life in global capitalism, Urban Displacements provides the first systemic critical political economy analysis of low-income rental housing and social dislocations, combining both theoretical advancements and detailed empirical studies, centering on Berlin, Dublin and Vienna. Soederberg pushes beyond dominant debates by treating low-rent housing as a unique commodity that provides a necessary place for the societal reproduction of labour power whilst being integrated into the global dynamics of capitalism. She argues that historical and geographical configurations of monetized governance, including landlords, employers and inter-scalar state practices, have served to reproduce urban displacements and obfuscate their gendered, class and racialized underpinnings. The outcome is the everyday facilitation and normalization of urban poverty and social marginalization on one side, and capital accumulation on the other. Building on Soederberg’s previous book Debtfare States and the Poverty Industry , this accessible and interdisciplinary text will be useful to academics and students in political science, sociology, geography, urban studies, labour studies, European studies and gender studies. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111138/3/9781000327458.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120200615978100032745815978100032748915978100032751911Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111138/1/9781000327458.pdf9904 564fcff0-3235-411e-858b-37f3a20abccc030001OAPEN Library ID564fcff0-3235-411e-858b-37f3a20abccc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111051597810037067550610.4324/978100370675500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Slavery and Emancipation0101The Legal Framework of Slavery in the Dutch Republic and Its Colonies1A01Bastiaan D.van der Velden01eng006220393G93GT93GTM93L93LA93LAZ93N93NH93NHK93NHT93NHTS20Dutch Republic;Legal-historical research;Roman Law;Slave trader;Slavery01060303This study centers on the Dutch Republic, where Roman law—applied alongside contemporary legislation—was used to regulate the lives of enslaved individuals across its territories, albeit in a highly selective manner. Which provisions of Roman law were implemented, and what led to the exclusion of others? This book investigates these questions through a historical analysis of the legal transfer of Roman law within both the metropole and the colonies. Special attention is given to the private law governing enslaved persons in the Dutch Republic and its overseas territories, including the WIC‑administered islands of Curaçao, Aruba, and Bonaire, the Sociëteit van Suriname, and the VOC‑controlled Cape Colony. The 2012 Bellagio‑Harvard Guidelines on the Legal Parameters of Slavery identify legal institutions grounded in the notion of ownership, providing a valuable framework for legal‑historical research on slavery.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111105/3/9781040838280.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104083542515978104083828011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111105/1/9781040838280.pdf9904 550309e3-ad2b-4715-837c-8a60c9706d07030001OAPEN Library ID550309e3-ad2b-4715-837c-8a60c9706d0701HANDLE20.500.12657/1111571597810034915140610.4324/978100349151400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in Modern European History0101Political Outbreaks against the Liberal Order (1917-1939)Narratives, Practices and Celebrations1A01TuomasTepora2B01MaximilianoFuentes Codera3B01AnnaritaGori4B01GiorgiaPriorelli01eng00103931931D933933M933MP933MPB933MPBL933MPBLB93N93NH93NHB93NHD93NHQ93NHT93NHTB93NHTZ93NHTZ193NHW93NHWL93NHWR93NHWR720Adolf Hitler;Benito Mussolini;Falangists;Fiume Rebellion;Italian Fascism;Munich Beer Hall Putsch;Nazis;Russian Revolution;The Falange;The Far Right in Interwar Europe01060303This book offers a fresh perspective on right-wing and left-wing revolutions, as well as political uprisings against the liberal order in interwar Europe, focusing on how they were politically used in the public sphere and exploring how these events were narrated and visually represented to justify new authoritarian systems and generate consensus around them. Bringing together both senior academics and early-career scholars, the volume examines ten emblematic case studies combining original research on overlooked aspects of well-known events with analyses of lesser-studied, or even ‘peripheral’ cases. To provide a comprehensive understanding, the contributors approach the subject from multiple angles, spanning political and cultural history, the history of ideology and emotions, and gender history. Moreover, with a transnational perspective, the book examines how anti-liberal and anti-democratic ideas crossed borders, shaping movements, parties, and regimes by influencing their symbolic practices and aesthetics — elements that were borrowed, adapted and reinterpreted to create a shared political language across Europe and beyond.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111157/3/9781003491514.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103279326915978103279331311Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111157/1/9781003491514.pdf9904 5378c6b1-7dd6-41c2-8ecb-73ae6fdc357e030001OAPEN Library ID5378c6b1-7dd6-41c2-8ecb-73ae6fdc357e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107991597804729057820610.3998/mpub.1301174000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102Musics in Motion0101Macau and Catholic Sacred Music Across the Sino-Western Divide1A01Jen-yenChen01eng002300393A93AV93AVA93AVL93AVLK93J93JB93JBS93JBSL93JBSL120Age of Discovery;Aureo Castro;Catholic sacred music;Catholicism in Asia;Church of St. Paul;College of St. Paul;Doming Lam;Global music history;Guangdong;Jesuits in Asia;Macau;Missionaries in Asia;Multilingualism;Music and colonialism;Music and mobility;Music and post-colonialism;Seminary of St. Joseph;Sino-Western exchange;SinocentrismPortuguese overseas empire01060303For three centuries, the former Portuguese colony of Macau served as the gateway into mainland China and the locale for the development of an Asian Catholic culture that encompassed distinctive musical practices and styles. Macau and Catholic Music Across the Sino-Western Divide draws extensively upon historical documents in Chinese and Portuguese for a polylingual approach to Catholic sacred music. Jen-yen Chen follows this music from the sixteenth century through the twentieth by reading literary accounts of sound, primary source documents, and musical notation to examine the impacts of linguistic, political, and cultural divides and the ways sounds have traveled across these divides. Chen covers Chinese responses to Western sounds in Macau and southern China, illuminating the strategies for the use of sounds and musicking adopted by Jesuit missionaries; and the complexities of identity formation negotiated by Macau Catholics who confront exceptionalist historical discourses of Chinese or Portuguese “greatness.” Drawing from sound studies and musicological methods, Chen argues that Chinese descriptions of Catholic sounds in Macau, including the ringing of church bells, the playing of the organ, and choral singing, illuminate spatial, sonic, and ideological mobilities that reconfigure Chinese and European identities. Macau and Catholic Music Across the Sino-Western Divide also extends to contemporary times to explore how present day members of Macau’s Catholic community position themselves in relation to the historical narratives often told about their city, cultivating a rich individuality of identity that refuses conformity to fixed notions of Asianness or Westernness.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110799/3/9780472905782.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110799/1/9780472905782.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 51659a10-53ea-4320-9b7c-89bfa58c4732030001OAPEN Library ID51659a10-53ea-4320-9b7c-89bfa58c473201HANDLE20.500.12657/1108221597836319135810610.3726/b2148600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.010010244Polish Studies – Transdisciplinary Perspectives0101Seventeenth- Century Dutch Painting and Modern Literature1A01MagdalenaŚniedziewska01eng003280393A93AB93D93DC93DS93DSM2017th-Century Dutch Painting;Art Correspondence;Century;Comparative Literature;Dutch;Ekphrasis;Fazan;Genre Painting;Jaroslaw;Landscape;Literature;Magdalena;Modern;Modern Literature;Painting;Portrait;Proust;Rembrandt;Self-Portrait;Seventeenth;Sniedziewska;Still Life;Vermeer01060303The book is an attempt at a monographic approach to the problem of the reception of 17th-century Dutch painting in modern literature. However, the author deals not only with contemporary works but also with the texts of 19th-century writers and critics, most often French, who shaped the so-called myth of the Dutch Golden Age. Readers learn the historically conditioned models of perception of 17th-century Dutch painting. The original achievement is the genre key, which is a consequence of the thesis on the mediation of the 20th-century reception of Dutch Golden Age painting in 19th-century European literature and art criticism. Contemporary writers are revising the concept of realism; they cannot talk about Vermeer’s View of Delft without referring to Proust’s petit pan de mur jaune. They read still lifes through Chardin and Cézanne or revive the myth of Rembrandt – a self-portraitist who analyzed himself. Also noteworthy is the section devoted to the little Dutch masters – Willem Dyster, Pieter de Hooch, Hendrick Avercamp, Hercules Seghers and Pieter Saenredam.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110822/3/9783631913581.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersBern000120240615978363191359811Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110822/1/9783631913581.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/9904 5535bb52-b3f4-44fe-ad7b-0d63c6cb561e030001OAPEN Library ID5535bb52-b3f4-44fe-ad7b-0d63c6cb561e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110441597837315142440610.5445/KSP/100017959800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en/100102100Karlsruher Schriftenreihe Fahrzeugsystemtechnik0101A simulation-based approach to the fluid-structure interaction inside fatigue cracks in hydraulic components1A01LukasMichiels01eng002020393T93TG93TGB20Bauteilermüdung;Computational Fluid Dynamics;Fatigue;Fluid-Induced Crack Closure;Fluid-Induziertes Rissschließen;Fluid-Structure Interaction;Fluid-Struktur Interaktion;Strömungssimulation01060303Experiments on hydraulic components indicated that hydraulic pressure causes an additional load on the crack faces and that a viscous fluids do not flow out during rapid load changes, which reduces the effective damage amplitude. In this work, a simulation of the fluid-structure interaction is modeled with an averaged thin-film flow and coupled with a mechanical model. The simulation of the oil flow in the crack and the crack provides a better understanding of the FSI and its impact on fatigue.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111044/3/9783731514244.pdf.jpgKIT Scientific Publishing01KIT Scientific PublishingKarlsruhe, Germany0001202611KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111044/1/9783731514244.pdf990409KIT Scientific Publishing01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.5445/KSP/10001795989904 4af0a448-a278-42e1-803e-d64d9b8ccb3d030001OAPEN Library ID4af0a448-a278-42e1-803e-d64d9b8ccb3d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107161597837370190570610.14220/978373701905700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0100102Band 007Byzanz und die euromediterranen Kriegskulturen0101Africam defendereByzantinische Fortifikationen in der nordafrikanischen Region Thugga im 6. und 7. Jahrhundert1A01PhilippMargreiter01ger006180393J93JW93JWT93N93NH93NHC93NHH93NHHA93NHW93NHWA93NK93NKD93NKDS20Archäologie;Byzanz;Festung;Konfliktlandschaften;Krieg;Nordafrika;Römische Städte;Römisches Reich;Spätantike;Tunesien01060303undefined0303Im 6. und 7. Jahrhundert entstand in der nordafrikanischen Region Thugga (heutiges Tunesien) durch den Bau von Festungen, Fortifikationen, Stadtmauern und Wachtürmen eine befestigte Landschaft. Der urbane Ballungsraum des Untersuchungsgebiets gehörte zu den reichsten Regionen des römischen Nordafrikas. Philipp Margreiter zeigt auf, welche Rollen und Nutzungsmöglichkeiten die verschiedenen Fortifikationen in der Transformation des spätantiken Siedlungswesens spielten und welche Anpassungsstrategien daraus folgten. Daneben untersucht er bei den einzelnen Festungen Bauprozesse und Materialressourcen anhand von Spolien, um Auswahl- und Entscheidungsprozesse während der Errichtung nachvollziehen zu können. Damit zeigt dieser Band erstmals die Einbettung byzantinischer Fortifikationen einer nordafrikanischen Region in eine landschaftsarchäologische Untersuchung. Diese Herangehensweise ist dabei auch auf andere Regionen des byzantinischen Nordafrikas anwendbar und kann für zukünftige archäologische Forschungsvorhaben im heutigen Maghreb eine Orientierung sein. This book examines the development of a fortified landscape in the North African region of Thugga (present-day Tunisia) through the construction of forts, fortifications, city walls and watchtowers in the 6th and 7th centuries. The urban agglomeration of the study area included numerous towns, village settlements and agricultural homesteads as well as imperial estates and was one of the richest regions of Roman North Africa. The book shows the role and possible uses of the various fortifications in the transformation of the Late Antique settlement system and the resulting adaptation strategies. It also examines the construction processes and material resources of the individual fortifications on the basis of spolia in order to understand the selection and decision-making processes during their construction. This is the first book to show how Byzantine fortifications in a North African region were embedded in a landscape archaeological study. This approach can be applied to other regions of Byzantine North Africa and should serve as a model for future archaeological research projects in the contemporary Maghreb.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110716/3/9783737019057.pdf.jpg01Vandenhoeck & RuprechtGöttingen0001202511Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110716/1/9783737019057.pdf990409Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.vr-elibrary.de/doi/book/10.14220/97837370190579904 4bc0e11a-4be8-4d6e-b817-05b9513831bf030001OAPEN Library ID4bc0e11a-4be8-4d6e-b817-05b9513831bf01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111101597810037008450610.4324/978100370084500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Film Theory in Media History0101On the History of a Film Aesthetic Concept: Découpage1A01GuidoKirsten01eng002000393A93AF93AFK93AFKV93AT93ATF93ATFA93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93Q93QD93QDT93QDTN20André bazin;Film history;Film theory;French film culture;Noël burch01060303Unlike editing, découpage does not take place after the film has been shot, but before. The French term refers to the breakdown of a scene into a sequence of shots. In order to translate the written screenplay into film language, cinematographers and directors employ a genuinely cinematic way of thinking—a thinking in sequences of moving images and sounds, including the camera setups, movements, and shot sizes. Découpage is thus crucial in shaping a film's specific form. Using the tools of conceptual history, Guido Kirsten traces the term's evolution from its emergence in the 1910s through the eventful film history of the twentieth century until its recent rediscovery. By differentiating layers of meaning and discussing important shifts in the concept's evolution, this book improves the understanding of key film theoretical texts, whose meaning has been distorted by mistranslation, and shows how a deeper reflection of découpage promises to enrich the analysis of contemporary moving image media.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111110/3/9781040777015.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104077701515978104079000711Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111110/1/9781040777015.pdf9904 4a744cde-4f82-4a0c-a7e9-f52acdad1224030001OAPEN Library ID4a744cde-4f82-4a0c-a7e9-f52acdad122401HANDLE20.500.12657/1111611597810032466950610.4324/978100324669500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics0101Non-Western Nations and the Liberal International OrderResponding to the Backlash in the West1A01KristiGovella2B01HiroKatsumata3B01HirokiKusano01eng0010393G93GT93GTM93J93JP93JPF93JPS20ASEAN;ASEAN Country;ASEAN Secretariat;Abdel Fattah Al Sisi;Al Sisi;Al Sisi’s Regime;Bilateral FTAs;Bolsonaro;Brazil;Brazilian Governments;CTBT;China;China’s AIIB;EAEU;Egyptian Military;Eurasian Economic Union;Eurasian Integration;FTA Negotiation;Global Financial Governance;Globalization;Greater Middle East Initiative;Illiberal Policies;Institutional Balancing;Japan;Liberal Democratic Politics;Liberal International Economic Order;Liberal International Order;Neoliberalism;Non-Western Nations;Occupy Wall Street;Putin;Russia;Trump;Trump Administration;Western Liberal Order;Xi Jinping01060303Given the increasing presence of non-Western nations in global affairs, Hiro Katsumata and Hiroki Kusano explore their responses to the backlash taking place in the West against the global spread of liberalism – against the global spread of free trade, multilateral institutions, and liberal-democratic politics. Katsumata and Kusano concentrate on the cases of Egypt, Brazil, Japan, ASEAN members, Russia, and China. Mounted by these non-Western nations are three kinds of responses: illiberal bandwagoning, counter-backlash, and thirdway charting. Each of these responses inevitably has significant consequences for the fate of the existing liberal international order established and sustained by the Western countries in the post-war era, either accelerating the collapse of this order by causing additional damage to it, or putting the brakes on its collapse by giving support to it. An invaluable resource for scholars in International Relations and Comparative Politics. Chapter 4 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111161/3/9781003246695.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120230615978103216004715978103216005411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111161/1/9781003246695.pdf9904 4a919c4e-c36e-4ff9-8837-0429f151888b030001OAPEN Library ID4a919c4e-c36e-4ff9-8837-0429f151888b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111791597810035597640610.4324/978100355976400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Studies in African Politics and International Relations0101Democratic Recession, Autocratic Resurgence and The Future of Governance in Africa1A01Ozekhome G. Igechi,Prince Duah Agyei,Razak Jaha ImoroKaderi Noagah Bukari2B01OlukayodeA. Faleye3B01InocentMoyo4B01KaderiN. Bukari5B01GedionOnyango01eng0010393J93JP20African Union's Agenda 2063;Afrobarometer;Burkina Faso;Coups d’états;Democratic backsliding;Democratization;ECOWAS;Ghana;Guinea;Kenya;Mali;Niger;Sierra Leone;South Africa;UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development;Zimbabwe01060303This book re-examines and contextualises political developments that have seen African countries make progress in achieving democratic governance over the last two decades alongside their struggle to institutionalise it amidst socioeconomic and political complexities. It provides a comprehensive discussion on emerging or 'aborted democratisation' and its social consequences, as contributors analyse the environmental, security, socioeconomic, and political impacts of political transitions, whether democratic or otherwise, on the continent. The book explores the potential causes of democratic regression and the consolidating authoritarianism in regions where democratic progress appeared promising and their actual implications for African governance. Finally, it provides practical recommendations for sustainable policy changes to ensure democratic survival. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of African politics and studies, democracy and democratisation, autocratisation studies, development and area studies, human rights, governance, human security, and more broadly to political science, African history, international relations, and the wider social sciences.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111179/3/9781003559764.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103290776515978103290777211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111179/1/9781003559764.pdf9904 49a826e2-f309-47aa-8a6d-f449ce78b1e2030001OAPEN Library ID49a826e2-f309-47aa-8a6d-f449ce78b1e201HANDLE20.500.12657/1108971597838376809800610.14361/978383946920000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102105Edition Museum0101Zur Zeit im MuseumÜber Chronoliteracy für Museumsarbeit und Kulturelle Bildung in der digitalen Gegenwart1A01ClaudiaRoßkopf01ger003240393G93GL93GLZ20Ausstellung;Chronoliteracy;Exhibition;Museum;Time;Zeit01060303undefined0303Museen sind Orte, an denen Zeit sichtbar, spürbar und verhandelbar wird. Ob Slowness oder Schnelllebigkeit, (A-)Synchronisierungen, Verweildauern, Hypes, Langzeitarchivierung oder Live-Effekte: Folgt man den Interviewaussagen dieser Forschungsarbeit, liegt im Umgang mit Zeit und in der Idee der Chronoliteracy ein Schlüssel zu den Möglichkeitsräumen der Museumsarbeit. Denn die Verfügbarkeit, Verteilung und Verhandlung von Zeit, das Drängen, Zögern und Spiel mit der (Un-)Geduld bestimmen nicht nur den Museumsalltag ganz wesentlich. Mithilfe der Grounded Theory Methodology vermittelt Claudia Roßkopf Einblicke in die zeitgenössische Museumsarbeit und regt dazu an, Zeitverhältnisse zu reflektieren und zu gestalten.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110897/3/9783839469200.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383946920011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110897/1/9783839469200.pdf9904 4a05f4bc-292b-4d9b-9aa7-e2da4754e6fe030001OAPEN Library ID4a05f4bc-292b-4d9b-9aa7-e2da4754e6fe01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110121597895185898560610.21435/tl.30200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010237Tietolipas0101Miksi lukea kirjallisuutta?Filosofinen tutkielma1A01KallePuolakka01eng002380393D93DS93DSK93Q93QD93QDT93QDTK93QDTN20Authors;Fiction and poetry;Knowledge;Literature;Philosophy of art;Reading01060303This book defends the value of literary reading by focusing on the knowledge and experiences literature affords. It begins with a close analysis of the sense of intimacy involved in literary reading. The book’s principal perspective, however, is cognitive. It gives a thorough overview of the different ways in which the cognitive content of literature has been conceived in contemporary aesthetics and develops a novel view of the idea of experiential knowledge according to which literary works give knowledge of what it is like to undergo a particular experience. The book furthermore argues that literature should be taken as a serious epistemic medium, because authors’ creative work can embody significant epistemic virtues. Particular value is attributed to habitual literary reading, and the book examines the status of this type of reading in the pressure of the digitalising world. The book’s main claim is that the so-called crisis of reading may very well be a crisis of experience, knowledge and understanding as well.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111012/3/9789518589870.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120250615978951858986315978951858987011Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111012/1/9789518589870.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/tl.3029904 4903c0a1-9203-4e47-9eae-0820aee1132e030001OAPEN Library ID4903c0a1-9203-4e47-9eae-0820aee1132e01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107751597890872849540610.24415/978908728495400EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The Basel Mission between Switzerland, Germany and South IndiaEntangled Histories from Conversion to Commerce1B01MukeshKumar2B01Ella DaisyMüller3B01AmalShahid01eng003100393N93NH93NHB93Q93QR93QRA93QRV20Basel Mission;Commerce and conversion;Evangelical networks;Industrial mission;Interreligious encounter;Malabar;Mangalore;Mission economy;Missionary networks;Pietism;Protestant revival;South Canara;Tile factories;Transnational connections01060303This book traces the intricate entanglements between the Swiss-German world and South India through the history of the Basel Mission Society. Founded in 1815, the Mission drew its support from present-day Switzerland and the southern German region of Baden-Württemberg. In South India, particularly in Kerala and Karnataka, these missionaries combined theological ideals with technical expertise, fostering schools, industries, and congregations that linked Europe and India in unprecedented ways. The Basel Mission in India brings together, for the first time, a group of international scholars to provide a comprehensive, interdisciplinary account of the Mission’s activities in India since 1834. The chapters range from studies of pietism and industrial enterprise such as tile-making to examinations of caste, gender, education, and material culture, drawing on new archival and museum sources—including collections at the Museum der Kulturen Basel. By reassessing the Basel Mission’s theological, social, and economic legacy, this volume advances debates on colonialism, global Christianity, and transnational exchange. It offers fresh perspectives on how faith, labour, industry, and material culture intersected to shape an entangled world across Switzerland, Germany, and South India.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110775/3/9789400605466.pdf.jpgLeiden University Press01Leiden University PressLeiden000120260615978940060546615978940060547311Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110775/1/9789400605466.pdf990409Leiden University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://lup.nl/9904 4833dd54-7652-4637-b5e3-68f75dbe23ba030001OAPEN Library ID4833dd54-7652-4637-b5e3-68f75dbe23ba01HANDLE20.500.12657/11075115978384743315600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/1001021ZISU Sonderheft0101Ausstiege und (Dis-)Kontinuitäten im Lehrer:innenberufZum Umgang mit Krisenerfahrungen und deren Folgen1B01TobiasBauer2B01LauraFuhrmann3B01PetraHerzmann4B01BarbaraHövels5B01DominiqueMatthes6B01MatthiasProske01ger001260393J93JN93JND93JNF93JNFC93JNK93JNKH93JNM93JNMT20Berufsausstieg;Berufsbiographie;Berufskultur;Career biography;Career exit;Lehrer*innenprofessionalität;Lehrkräftemangel;Professional culture;School exit;Schulexit;Teacher professionalism;Teacher shortage01060303undefined0303Berufsausstiege von Lehrpersonen sind in den Blickpunkt des öffentlichen Interesses gerückt. Das Phänomen zeigt: Aufgrund teils widersprüchlicher Handlungsanforderungen entscheiden sich Lehrpersonen immer häufiger gegen die Aufnahme oder Fortführung ihrer Lehrtätigkeit. Hinter dieser Entscheidung können unterschiedliche (Krisen-)Erfahrungen und Motive stehen. Die Beiträge im Sonderheft analysieren aus professions- und schultheoretischer sowie berufskultureller Perspektive, wie Lehrpersonen mit Krisen in ihrem Beruf umgehen und welche berufsbiographischen (Dis-)Kontinuitäten und Facetten von Ausstiegen sich im Lehrer:innenberuf zeigen.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110751/3/9783847433156.pdf.jpgVerlag Barbara Budrich01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110751/1/9783847433156.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/ausstiege-und-dis-kontinuitaeten-im-lehrerinnenberuf/9904 48175def-395a-437f-8955-289786f00d20030001OAPEN Library ID48175def-395a-437f-8955-289786f00d2001HANDLE20.500.12657/1111851597810033984860610.4324/978100339848600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge International Handbooks0101Routledge International Handbook of Queer Death Studies1A01Marta-LauraCenedese2B01NinaLykke3B01TaraMehrabi4B01MariettaRadomska01eng0010393J93JH93JHB20Afterlife;Death;Dying;Grief;Mourning;Necropolitics;Queer01060303This Handbook aims to provide a comprehensive, international cartography of Queer Death Studies, offering broad, in-depth insights into the field and its emergence through tentacular transdisciplinary networking. Taking research and art-making on death, dying, mourning, and afterlife into new directions, it explores the multiple effects of contemporary necropolitics and the proliferation of death-worlds during the current period of Earth’s history, ‘The Anthropocene’ or ‘the Age of Man’. Informed by queer, critical posthumanist, decolonial, and feminist approaches, the Handbook presents a unique variety of both critical and affirmative reflections upon the world’s intersecting necropowers, and ethico-political potentials for social and environmental change. Contributors speculate on ways to reimagine life/ death-relations as vibrant entanglements. They also investigate modes of mourning differently, resisting necropolitical regimes that deem human and non-human individuals and populations to be disposable and non-grievable when they differ too much from the normative modern subject, Universal Man, in terms of intersections of gender, racialisation, class, sexuality, embodiment, embrainment, geopolitical positioning, or species. A thought provoking read, this Handbook is intended for broad global audiences of researchers, artists, teachers, students, death-professionals, (health)careworkers, activists, and NGOs interested in tools to rethink and reimagine death, dying, mourning, and afterlife from intersections of queering, decolonising, posthumanising, and feminist perspectives.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111185/3/9781003398486.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103250438415978103250441411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111185/1/9781003398486.pdf9904 47c456b6-c224-41d6-84dd-0132225ae449030001OAPEN Library ID47c456b6-c224-41d6-84dd-0132225ae44901HANDLE20.500.12657/1112031597810033667060610.4324/978100336670600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Human-Animal Studies Series0101Heterotopia, Radical Imagination, and Shattering OrdersManifesting a Future of Liberated Animals1A01ElizabethTavella - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9378-55772B01PaulaArcari - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1803-077201eng0010393R93RG93RGC20Animals;Liberation;Welfare01060303This volume takes ending the oppression of other animals seriously and confronts the question ‘What would happen to all the animals?’ by showcasing real, promissory, and imagined counter-sites or heterotopia , where animals ‘happen’ in different ways, free of anthropocentric orders of value and purpose. Rejecting persistent understandings of the oppression of nonhuman animals, across the entire breadth of the Animal-Industrial Complex (A-IC), as either non-existent, unproblematic, and/or fundamentally unalterable – open to merely being reduced in scale or made less harmful – the collection offers readers a variety of pathways towards radically ‘disordered’ ways of thinking about and relating to other animals. Over 14 chapters, authors describe more liberatory relational reconfigurations playing out in the present and undertake conceptual, imaginative, and embodied explorations of liberatory futures. The chapters are united by a common commitment to heterotopic disturbance – to contesting and subverting the anthropo-capitalo-centric space in which we live. Each chapter approaches this subversion in its own way, using prefiguration, restorying, speculation, radical imagination, and combinations thereof, to disturb or shatter orders, explore the kinds of liberation and resistance their disturbance demonstrates, demands, or embodies, and ultimately illustrate exactly what would or could happen to all the animals. Heterotopia, Radical Imagination, and Shattering Orders will appeal to scholars, students, and individuals interested not only in challenging normalised binaries, hierarchies, and orders of value, both human and nonhuman, but in creating and realising liberatory alternatives. Scholar-activists, activists, professionals working in animal advocacy, and anyone undertaking activities aimed at radically changing how other animals are understood and used will also find inspiration, new insights, and information that enhance their current methods and approaches. Some readers may also find simply confirmation and comfort in the knowledge that so many others are working in solidarity with the ‘disordered’ belief that shattering the A-IC is possible.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111203/3/9781003366706.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120240615978103243300415978103243303511Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111203/1/9781003366706.pdf9904 4798d3bd-d4d3-492c-8717-60ee7b7a151a030001OAPEN Library ID4798d3bd-d4d3-492c-8717-60ee7b7a151a01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111551597810035874150610.4324/978100358741500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101The AI Music ProblemWhy Machine Learning Conflicts With Musical Creativity1A01ChristopherW. White01eng0010393A93AV93AVA93U93UB93UG93UGM93UY93UYQ93UYQM20AI;Artificial intelligence;Composition;Computer engineering;Computer science;Creativity;Digital humanities;Generative AI;LLM;Large Language Model;Large Language Modeling;Machine learning;Music;Music composition;Music technology;Music theory;Musical AI;Musicology01060303Music poses unique and complex challenges for artificial intelligence, even as 21st-century AI grows ever more adept at generating compelling content. The AI Music Problem: Why Machine Learning Conflicts With Musical Creativity probes the challenges behind AI-generated music, with an investigation that straddles the technical, the musical, and the aesthetic. Bringing together the perspectives of the humanities and computer science, the author shows how the difficulties that music poses for AI connect to larger questions about music, artistic expression, and the increasing ubiquity of artificial intelligence. Taking a wide view of the current landscape of machine learning and Large Language Models, The AI Music Problem offers a resource for students, researchers, and the public to understand the broader issues surrounding musical AI on both technical and artistic levels. The author breaks down music theory and computer science concepts with clear and accessible explanations, synthesizing the technical with more holistic and human-centric analyses. Enabling readers of all backgrounds to understand how contemporary AI models work and why music is often a mismatch for those processes, this book is relevant to all those engaging with the intersection between AI and musical creativity today.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111155/3/9781003587415.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisNew York000120250615978103295975715978103295976411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111155/1/9781003587415.pdf9904 47eb0a07-9b87-47da-9e0b-98ea23018fcc030001OAPEN Library ID47eb0a07-9b87-47da-9e0b-98ea23018fcc01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108991597837328002160610.14361/978383943921000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102Pädagogik0101Intersektionale PädagogikGrundbegriffe und Felder der Erziehungswissenschaft und pädagogischen Praxis1B01Mai-AnhBoger2B01Sina IsabelFreund3B01LenaStaab01ger003540393J93JN93JNB93JNF20Discrimination;Diskriminierung;Education Sciences;Erziehungswissenschaft;Intersectionality;Intersektionalität;Pedagogy;Pädagogik01060303undefined0303Welche Konsequenzen hat die intersektionale Wende für diskriminierungskritische Pädagogiken? Aus der Perspektive unterschiedlicher bildungs- und erziehungswissenschaftlicher Disziplinen sowie praktischer Felder rekapitulieren die Beiträge, wie und als was sich »Intersektionalität« in dem jeweiligen Bereich etabliert hat. Wie wurde das Konzept aufgenommen und verstanden? Ergibt der Begriff »Intersektionale Pädagogik« Sinn oder trägt er zur weiteren Verfloskelung des Intersektionalitätsbegriffs bei? Um diese und weitere offene praktische Fragen zu beantworten, nimmt der Band Grundbegriffe, disziplinspezifische Perspektiven, Lebensphasen und Organisationen in den Fokus.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110899/3/9783839439210.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383767692115978383943921011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110899/1/9783839439210.pdf9904 44a0babc-5f58-46e9-9d89-cf4b2019280b030001OAPEN Library ID44a0babc-5f58-46e9-9d89-cf4b2019280b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108441597818051177110610.11647/OBP.050500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/0101A Society of Meta-Organizations1A01HéloïseBerkowitz01eng001600393J93JH93JHB93JP93JPP93JPS93K93KJ93KJK93KJM93KJU93R93RN93RNU20Collective governance;Meta-organizations;Organizational theory;Social orders;Sustainability transitions01060303Our contemporary societies are made of meta-organizations — organizations composed of other organizations. These range from international bodies like the International Whaling Commission, to national industry or business associations like the crowdfunding association Finance Participative France, to local associations such as fisheries co-management committees in Catalunya. Meta-organizations have become a defining feature of how actors coordinate, govern and make collective decisions. But what exactly makes them distinct, and why do they matter — both in theory and in practice? This book delves into the importance, characteristics and diversity of meta-organizations. It explores four interrelated perspectives: meta-organizations as a widespread, heterogeneous empirical phenomenon in contemporary society, as a conceptual framework that raises specific methodological challenges, as part of a broader theory of decision-based social orders, and ultimately as arenas where hegemonic and counter-hegemonic dynamics may unfold. By bridging theory and practice, this work offers new insights into how meta-organizations operate, how they can be studied and understood, the problems they raise and what they can achieve under certain conditions — making it essential reading for practitioners, students, scholars, and policymakers alike.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110844/3/9781805117735.pdf.jpgOpen Book Publishers01Open Book PublishersCambridge, UK000120260615978180511772815978180511773515978180511774215978180511775911Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110844/1/9781805117735.pdf990409Open Book Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.05059904 446aa792-8c1e-436b-a2ac-36595d2b5dee030001OAPEN Library ID446aa792-8c1e-436b-a2ac-36595d2b5dee01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108831597838376762660610.14361/978383947626000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102248Histoire0101Jugend unter VerdachtKriminalisierung und Maßnahmen »der Besserung« im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert1B01BerndDollinger2B01MichaelRocher01ger002460393J93JB93JBS93JBSP93JBSP293N93NH93NHD93NHT93NHTB201800;19. Jahrhundert;19th Century;Bildung;Cultural History;Delinquenz;Deviance;Devianz;Education;Erziehung;European History;Europäische Geschichte;Geschichte des 20. Jahrhunderts;Geschichtswissenschaft;Gesellschaft;History;History of the 20th Century;Jugend;Jugendforschung;Jugendgeschichte;Jugendkriminalität;Kindheitsgeschichte;Kulturgeschichte;London;Politics;Politik;Preußen;Prussia;Social History;Society;Sozialgeschichte;Youth;Youth Research01060303undefined0303Um das Jahr 1800 herum wird Jugend zunehmend zum Ziel neuer erzieherischer Forderungen. In Zeiten einer vermeintlich wachsenden Kriminalität junger Menschen rücken Altersgrenzen und Erziehungsverhältnisse in den Fokus – so soll z.B. die richtige Erziehung vorbeugend wirken. Die Beiträger*innen des Bandes betrachten die Konzepte und Ansprüche gegenüber jugendlicher Devianz und Delinquenz in der sogenannten »Sattelzeit« (1750–1850). Dabei gehen sie auf Quellen ein, die in unterschiedlichen Zusammenhängen zeigen, wie »verwahrloste« Jugendliche zum Problem erhoben wurden, dem u.a. mit neuartigen Anstalten begegnet werden sollte.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110883/3/9783839476260.pdf.jpgtranscript01transcript Verlag000120260615978383947626011transcript Verlag01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110883/1/9783839476260.pdf9904 4749d77b-a2e4-4e90-8338-3f273e5819ab030001OAPEN Library ID4749d77b-a2e4-4e90-8338-3f273e5819ab01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111031597810036240110610.4324/978100362401100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Case Studies in Global HealthIlluminating Theory and Practice1B01JackFukushima2B01SriramShamasunder3B01PhuocV. Le4B01LillianWalkover01eng001500393J93JB93JBF93JBFN93JH93JHB93JHBA93JHM93M93MB93MBN93MBS93P93PS93PSX20Biopower analysis;Community health research;Cultural competence;Healthcare provider experiences;Medical anthropology;Postcolonial health;Structural violence in clinical care01060303The field of Global Health can be complex and challenging to navigate. This fascinating set of case studies not only illustrates the global interconnectedness of health issues across different continents but also brings clarity to the range of social theories used to make sense of the construction and distribution of health and illness around the world. Each chapter features an ethnographic case study paired with a social theory. Beginning in southern Mexico, and exploring the concept of structural violence through the story of a family diagnosed with HIV and TB, the book travels to Haiti to add a postcolonial analysis through the story of a young boy with a congenital heart condition. Heading north to Navajo Nation, the volume explores ideas of cultural competence and biopower through the story of a trans woman seeking care, and travels to the other side of the globe to illuminate structural competency through a case focused on digestion in central India. The final case, set in the hills of Nepal, centers on the experience of healthcare providers navigating changing health and social norms, through the framework of social suffering. Both accessible and engaging, this volume will be important reading for students and scholars of medicine and public health, medical anthropology and sociology, and development studies, as well as professionals working in global health. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111103/3/9781040594674.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104059467415978104061202611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111103/1/9781040594674.pdf9904 423a3d0e-24cd-4dd0-beac-70b69b34e3ce030001OAPEN Library ID423a3d0e-24cd-4dd0-beac-70b69b34e3ce01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111171597810036949080610.4324/978100369490800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Disaster Studies0101Epidemic Disease and Society in the Premodern Low CountriesInequality and Community1A01Daniel R.Curtis01eng0029603933933M93J93JB93JBF93JBFF93N93NH93NHD20Adaptation;Demography;Disease;Epidemic;Gender;Inequality;Low Countries;Mortality;Premodern history;Redistribution;Resilience;Sociology01060303In this book, evidence from a long-run history of epidemic-society interaction in the Low Countries shows that most recurring outbreaks were accommodated by communities, and most reactions, responses, and changes seen were the product of frequent and incremental adaptations, sometimes in periods outside of epidemics. Epidemics blur the distinction between the normal and the sub-normal. Accordingly, although histories tend to emphasise epidemics’ capacity to create sharp changes, deviations, or transitions within societies and economies, this book develops an alternative argument that the most relevant questions are not “how and why change”, but given the substantial pressures of raised mortality, why was change often so modest? It brings together around five centuries' worth of existing and new evidence on epidemics and societal resistance, wealth redistribution, and women’s experiences to support this interpretation. Challenging conventional narratives about epidemics as agents of dramatic change, this book will be of interest to researchers examining historiographical debates about crisis and continuity in European history.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111117/3/9781040840795.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104084079515978104084261411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111117/1/9781040840795.pdf9904 442cc993-3e44-4c2f-a1e7-40230a0327cb030001OAPEN Library ID442cc993-3e44-4c2f-a1e7-40230a0327cb01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111401597810036401890610.4324/978100364018900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Gender and Economics0101Women, Work and the Care Economy1B01DavidCastro Lugo2B01Reyna ElizabethRodríguez Pérez01eng003460393G93GT93GTP93J93JB93JBS93JBSF93K93KC93KCF93KCM93KCP93KJ93KJP20Academic career barriers;Feminist economic policy research;Gendered entrepreneurship;Intersectional analysis;Qualitative methodologies;Spatial disparities;Time-use surveys01060303Women, Work and the Care Economy explores the critical intersection between gender, labor, and caregiving. The book is divided into four sections, encompassing a diverse range of topics. The theoretical section highlights the challenges of integrating intersectionality into feminist economics, emphasizing the sustainability of life as a transformative framework and linking critical feminist economics with common economic practices. Methodologies include qualitative reviews and multiscale analyses of care systems across Europe, Latin America, and the Global South. The second section focuses on gender inequality and the care economy. It examines the impact of unpaid domestic work on labor market participation in OECD countries, the feminization of caregiving for people with disabilities in Mexico, and spatial disparities in access to care services. Using mixed methods like time-use surveys and spatial analyses, the book underscores systemic inequities. The third section examines work and entrepreneurship, exploring feminist identity's influence on entrepreneurial intentions, the pandemic’s effects on the unpaid labor division in the U.S., and caregiving’s impact on academic careers in Uruguay. Data collection methods include surveys, econometric models, and gender-disaggregated analysis. The final section addresses public policies and proposals. It analyzes shared caregiving responsibilities in Mexico’s labor market, the economic effects of caregiving on female-headed households during COVID-19, and the role of agency in reducing gender disparities globally. By highlighting the importance of care work, the central role of women in the economy, and the need for inclusive public policies, the book seeks to sensitize the wider public to persistent inequalities and how these can be challenged and transformed.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111140/3/9781040565636.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104056563615978104066856611Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111140/1/9781040565636.pdf9904 4208a7b7-b569-4ea2-9dc4-7178df991b16030001OAPEN Library ID4208a7b7-b569-4ea2-9dc4-7178df991b1601HANDLE20.500.12657/1111021597810035061260610.4324/978100350612600EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Series in Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion in Theatre and Performance0101Encountering Disability and Citizenship through Contemporary Dance in Africa1A01YvetteHutchison2A01LlianeLoots01eng002920393A93AK93AT93ATD93ATQ93ATQZ93ATX93G93GT93GTM93J93JB93JBF93JBFM93JBS93JBSL93JBSL193JH93JHB20African diaspora;Dance;Disability culture01060303This book offers a compelling intersectional exploration of how disability is understood in relation to citizenship and global critical disability studies across diverse African cultures. It delves into the transformative power of integrated dance as a medium to challenge and reshape dominant social attitudes toward disability. Through detailed case studies of Dance into Space (Kenya), FLATFOOT and FLATFOOT Downie Dance Companies, Unmute Dance Company (South Africa) and Ugandan choreographer Joseph Tebandeke, the authors examine how contemporary dance can foster inclusive citizenship. Drawing on Foucauldian theory, the book highlights how ‘small moments’ in everyday life may be explored through dance in ways that shift paradigms and redefine ability and belonging. It also analyses the role of networks and festivals in expanding integrated dance that impacts public perception of disability both within Africa and globally. This book will resonate with students and scholars in theatre studies, disability studies, African studies and critical Black studies, as well as anyone interested in performance as a tool for social change.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111102/3/9781040517093.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104051709315978104063242011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111102/1/9781040517093.pdf9904 3ba84607-6b7f-4a96-92e5-7956f634069b030001OAPEN Library ID3ba84607-6b7f-4a96-92e5-7956f634069b01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108091597801989457270610.1093/9780198945758.001.000100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Lordship, Capitalism, and the State in Flanders (c. 1250–1570)1A01FrederikBuylaert and Miet Adriaens01mul003680393N93NH93NHD93NHDJ93NHT93NHTB20Agrarian capitalism;Elites;Lordship;Low Countries;Peasants;Social inequality;State formation;Villages01060303undefined0303This book engages with recent debates on lordship as a cornerstone of rural society in Europe. As a distinct outlier in the spectrum of possibilities, Flanders provides an extreme example of a scenario in which seigneuries were not so much vehicles for noble rulership as instruments for village communities to defend their interests. Imagining the Low Countries as a proto-bourgeois society, historians always assumed that local lordship was effectively crushed between strong cities and states, but in fact its importance for Flemish society was just as great and possibly greater at the start of the Dutch Revolt in 1567 than it was around the mid-thirteenth century, where this study begins. As both towns and princely administrations provided villagers with a shield against capricious lords, the seigneurie could only continue to function if it was closely aligned with the interests of peasants. The self-rule of Flemish peasantries through lordship meant that the seigneurie was the forum in which contemporaries made a critical decision, that being how to respond to the new and all-encompassing phenomenon of agrarian capitalism, a mode of agricultural production that first emerged in the Low Countries and Flanders before spreading to the rest of the globe. The birth of what we call ‘middle-class lordship’ helps scholars to understand how power relations between lords and peasants differed from one region to the next in dialogue with different trajectories in urbanization, economic change, and state formation.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110809/3/9780198945727.pdf.jpgOxford Studies in Medieval European History01Oxford University PressOxford000120250615978019894573415978019894574115978019894575811Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110809/1/9780198945727.pdf990409Oxford University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttps://global.oup.com/academic/product/lordship-capitalism-and-the-state-in-flanders-c-12501570-9780198945727?q=9780198945727&cc=gb&lang=en9904 419e7352-753e-44f2-a7c8-47ac7af1768c030001OAPEN Library ID419e7352-753e-44f2-a7c8-47ac7af1768c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1110421597895185883540610.21435/sfh.2900EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/deed.en/10010222Studia Fennica Historica0101Shipping and Commodity Flows in the Late Eighteenth-Century Baltic1A01YrjöKaukiainen01eng001470393K93KC93KCZ93N93NH93NHT93NHTM2018th century;Baltic region;Foreign trade;Maritime transport;Merchant shipping;Merchant ships01060303This study aims to present a comprehensive overall picture of the late 18th-century shipping and maritime trade in the Baltic Sea area. This is done by constructing systematic quantitative series of its volume and scope. Even its international importance is discussed. The principal data consists of the Sound Toll Records in their different incarnations, from the Sound Toll Tables to the modern online database (STRO). In addition, data on intra-Baltic shipping has been collected from the Swedish manuscript foreign trade statistics, newspapers published in Danzig, St. Petersburg, Lübeck and Copenhagen as well as from contemporary statistical publications. The Sound Toll Records (as well as most other sources referred to above) only register the numbers of ships, or voyages, while tonnages of ships were not recorded in the 18th century. On the other hand, detailed data about cargoes was collected and from this data the overall commodity volumes can be estimated. This has been done by applying so-called stowage ratios which tell us how much cargo (cubic metres per ton) different commodities required on board ships. The resulting estimates indicate that the commodity flows through the Sound grew very fast (c. 2% a year) from the 1750s to the beginning of the French Revolutionary Wars. The volumes of intra-Baltic cargoes (which amounted to about 2/5 of the former) also increased almost as quickly. Such growth rates were very rare in 18th-century Europe. Even compared to certain other important sectors of maritime trade these rates and/or volumes were high, clearly exceeding those of e.g. Far East and West Indian shipping.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111042/3/9789518588378.pdf.jpgFinnish Literature Society/SKS01Finnish Literature Society / SKSHelsinki, Finland000120260615978951858836115978951858837811Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111042/1/9789518588378.pdf990409Finnish Literature Society / SKS01Publisher's website: web shophttps://doi.org/10.21435/sfh.299904 3ca58021-3b29-4b43-b089-196087eda3e3030001OAPEN Library ID3ca58021-3b29-4b43-b089-196087eda3e301HANDLE20.500.12657/1107441597839666588290610.3224/9666511300EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/0101Perspektiven auf Gefühle in den Disability StudiesEin explorativer Überblick über Begriffe und Konzepte1A01YvonneWechuli01ger003940393J93JB93JBF93JBFA93JBFM93JH93JHB93JK93JKS93JKSN20Ableism;Ableismus;Affect Studies;Affect studies;Cripping;Doing emotions;Emotional labour;Emotionsarbeit;Emotionssoziologie;Othering;Passing;Reclaiming;Sociology of emotions01060303undefined0303Was kann es heißen aus der Perspektive der Disability Studies über Gefühle zu schreiben? Ausgehend von der Annahme, dass Gefühle sozio-kulturelle Phänomene mit Konsequenzen sind, bietet das Buch einen Überblick über die Theoriebildung zu Affekt, Emotionen und Gefühlen in diesem Feld. Yvonne Wechuli schlägt eine geteilte Terminologie für eine noch ausstehende übergreifende Auseinandersetzung mit gefühlsbezogenen Themen in den Disability Studies vor.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110744/3/9783966658829.pdf.jpgBarbara Budrich Academic Press01Verlag Barbara BudrichLeverkusen-Opladen0001202611Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110744/1/9783966658829.pdf990409Verlag Barbara Budrich01Publisher's website: web shophttps://shop.budrich.de/produkt/perspektiven-auf-gefuehle-in-den-disability-studies/9904 40dc0fe7-7a50-4112-adc1-70b59516409d030001OAPEN Library ID40dc0fe7-7a50-4112-adc1-70b59516409d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1107901597804722211030610.3998/mpub.1194621200EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102100Michigan Monograph Series in Japanese Studies0101Toward a Gameic WorldNew Rules of Engagement from Japanese Video Games1A01BenWhaley01eng001860393J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBS93JBSL93JBSL120Affective engagement;Anime;Childbirth;Earthquakes;Empathy;Engagement;Game studies;Hikikomori;Japan;Japanese;Manga;Media;Nintendo;Nuclear war;PlayStation;Simulation;Social issues;Sony;Trauma;Video game01060303Toward a Gameic World bridges the gap between Japanese popular culture studies and game studies by encouraging a dialogue centered around Japanese-designed video games and social issues. It examines four contemporary Japanese video games in terms of how they engage with some of Japan’s biggest social and personal issues, including traumas: natural disasters ( Disaster Report ), a declining birthrate and aging population ( Catherine ), nuclear proliferation ( Metal Gear Solid V ); and youth social withdrawal ( The World Ends with You ). This book asks what some of the positive benefits are of working through a site of trauma from within a video game, and how games might teach us about Japanese culture and society through new kinds of interactive narratives, different from literature and film. The book proposes four new strategies of engagement with video games to explore the productive tensions that emerge at the boundaries of virtual reality, augmented reality, and gamification in contemporary Japan.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110790/4/9780472906239.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press000120260615978047290623911Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110790/1/9780472906239.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110790/2/9780472906239.epub990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 396f1c45-531a-4cfa-9bdf-53feab314088030001OAPEN Library ID396f1c45-531a-4cfa-9bdf-53feab31408801HANDLE20.500.12657/1107851597804729057510610.3998/mpub.1446315800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/100102107Michigan Monograph Series in Japanese Studies0101Supernatural JapanIzumi Kyoka and the Global Fantastic1A01Pedro Thiago RamosBassoe01eng002800393D93DS93DSB93DSBH93N93NH93NHF20Fairy tales;Fantasy literature;France;French literature;Ghosts;Guy de Maupassant;Hans Christian Andersen;Horror literature;Illustrated fiction;Izumi Kyoka;Japanese literature;Jules Verne;Literature of the fantastic;Monsters;Prosper Mérimée;Roger Caillois;The Arabian Nights;Tzvetan Todorov;Visuality;Yokai01060303Supernatural Japan examines the role of Japanese writer Izumi Kyōka (1873–1939) in the formation of modern literature of the fantastic in Japan as a global literary genre. Kyōka wrote some of the most famous stories of ghosts, monsters, and the supernatural in modern Japanese literature, including The Holy Man of Mt. Kōya , The Grass Labyrinth , and The Castle Tower . Despite the clearly modernist elements and global influences of Kyōka’s fiction, his work has often been characterized as relying on traditional Japanese genres as inspiration for its themes and literary form. Pedro Bassoe considers how Kyōka’s stories have been produced by a meeting of global influences—including Apuleius, The Arabian Nights , Hans Christian Andersen, the Brothers Grimm, Prosper Mérimée, Guy de Maupassant, Gerhart Hauptmann, and Jules Verne—combined with traditional Japanese genres. Bassoe develops the notion of “the scholarly fantastic” to describe how a set of realistic epistemologies reinforce the fantastic in Kyōka’s writings. Supernatural Japan offers an up-to-date introduction to Izumi Kyōka and his writing for students, scholars, or fans of Japanese fantasy literature and media.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110785/3/9780472905751.pdf.jpgUniversity of Michigan Press01Michigan State University Press0001202611Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110785/1/9780472905751.pdf990409Michigan State University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://www.press.umich.edu9904 37edfbfd-6301-4957-be06-87420f6b2e1f030001OAPEN Library ID37edfbfd-6301-4957-be06-87420f6b2e1f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111161597810037244520610.4324/978100372445200EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Studies in Transport Analysis0101Airline Pilots in the Age of AIA Global Study of Work, Safety and Technology1A01GeraintHarvey01eng001240393K93KJ93KJM93KJMV93KJMV293KN93KNG93KNX93KNXC93W93WG93WGM20Airline industry;Artificial intelligence;Automation;Aviation industry;Aviation management;Commercial aviation;Employee relations;Employment;Health and safety;Human resource management;Occupational health and safety;Pilots;Trade unions;Workplace safety01060303Presenting an empirically rich account of life as a pilot, this book explores the work experience of commercial airline pilots who face existential threat from artificial intelligence. It presents an up-to-date account of how commercial aviation has been ravaged by the COVID-19 pandemic and rocked by wars in Europe and the Middle East. The chapters put forth the importance of effectively managing people in the industry and pilots specifically and offer a detailed account of the new technologies that threaten to redefine the nature of a pilot’s work. Reporting the findings of a global study of airline pilots undertaken with the support of the International Federation of Air Line Pilots’ Associations, the book paints a vivid picture of life as an airline pilot in the current, post-pandemic airline industry and the rise of automation. The volume will appeal to students, scholars and professionals in the fields of aviation management, human resource management, employment relations and the sociology of work. The practical findings will also be of interest to commercial aviation professionals. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111116/3/9781040847084.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104084708415978104084713811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111116/1/9781040847084.pdf9904 3b9a9190-80be-4d03-90cb-b654a496510c030001OAPEN Library ID3b9a9190-80be-4d03-90cb-b654a496510c01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111081597810035196210610.4324/978100351962100EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode100102Routledge Research on Decoloniality and New Postcolonialisms0101Decoloniality in the Break of Global BlacknessMovement, Method, Poethics1B01Michaeline A.Crichlow2B01Patricia M.Northover01eng004200393J93JB93JBC93JBCC93JBCC193JBS93JBSL93JH93JHB93JHM93JHMC93N93NH93NHT93NHTQ93NHTR93R93RG93RGC20Abolitionist movements;Afrofuturism;Black radicalism;Carceral studies;Decolonial methodologies in social research;Diaspora theory;Pluriversal politics01060303This book, contextualized by the violence of globalization, investigates the fungible, fugitive, and untenable experiences of Black being and time through a decolonial poethics of global*Blackness. In so doing it introduces innovative readings of coloniality/decoloniality by threading its meaning and movement through the “problem” of Blackness. It argues that global*Blackness is the complexly entangled other side of decoloniality, as movement, method, and poethics for radical new worlds. The essays explore this through inter/transdisciplinary, creative, and decolonial standpoints, whether from prison abolitionist demands to Afrofuturist imaginaries, or by seeing through Black mirrors. It emphasizes the paradoxical characteristics of global*Blackness—its spectral quality of being in and out of modernity's self-narrative—to provide a way of dwelling with global Blackness as a force that is neither “properly” constituted by corporeality nor thinkable in ontological terms determined by modern power. The book will be of interest to academics, researchers, and students in the fields of social sciences, cultural studies, postcolonial studies as well as cultural practitioners, art educators, artists, cultural activists, and those institutions that seek to decolonize imaginaries, thought, practices, and methods. Given its diverse offerings, it will also be of interest to upper-level undergraduates, graduate students, and academics.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111108/3/9781040343920.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120250615978104034392015978104034394411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111108/1/9781040343920.pdf9904 37ec0d81-5fcd-4d9f-84e4-65074b1078d0030001OAPEN Library ID37ec0d81-5fcd-4d9f-84e4-65074b1078d001HANDLE20.500.12657/1112081597810034908450610.4324/978100349084500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Publications of the Society for the Promotion of Byzantine Studies0101Material Religion in Byzantium and BeyondPapers from the 54th Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies1A01IldarGaripzanov2B01JaśElsner3B01IneJacobs4B01JuliaM. H. Smith01eng0010393A93AG93AGA93N93NH93NHD20Anthropological approaches religion;Artefact mobility research;Byzantine material religion case studies;Religious materiality;Ritual performance studies;Sacred landscapes analysis;Sensory religious experience01060303The theoretical framework known as Material Religion has emerged as a vibrant and profoundly influential approach within religious studies over the past two decades. Originating in the first decade of the 21 st century from currents within cultural anthropology, Material Religion challenges a foundational assumption of much modern Western thought: that matter and spirit — materiality and religion — are fundamentally opposed. Rather than conceiving religion primarily as a system of ideas, doctrines, and beliefs, this framework accords equal significance to behaviours, practices, and objects. It reorients the study of religion towards the physical world, while simultaneously highlighting the capacity of tangible environments to mediate between humans and extraordinary powers. This volume introduces the insights of Material Religion to the field of Byzantine Studies. It presents Material Religion as a new theoretical lens to Byzantinists, who have long explored religious life through behaviours, practices, and material culture, and who have long recognized their significance. A series of case studies — encompassing individual sites, urban spaces, landscape features, and categories of objects — illustrates the relevance and analytical power of the framework across the full span of byzantine material culture, from Late Antiquity to the Fall of Constantinople, including instances of cultural exchange within and beyond the Empire’s heartland. Material Religion in Byzantium and Beyond will appeal to a broad audience, from students of Byzantium to established scholars who may be unfamiliar with the Material Religion framework.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111208/3/9781003490845.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103279171515978103279172211Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111208/1/9781003490845.pdf9904 3793871f-1e7c-4d0b-ad03-c0fe83f9fd77030001OAPEN Library ID3793871f-1e7c-4d0b-ad03-c0fe83f9fd7701HANDLE20.500.12657/1107611597830343559020610.3726/b2194500EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/10010254Frontiers in Political Communication0101Misinformation Finds ThemHybrid Media and Radicalization in Rural America1A01JacobGroshek2A01Todd R.Vogts01eng93J93JB93JBC93JBCT93JBCT493JBCT593K93KN93KNT93KNTP93KNTP220Cultivation theory;Disinformation;Division;Journalism;Media;Misinformation;Misinformation Finds Them;News;News Finds Me;News consumption;Pathways to news;Polarization;Politics;Rural;Rural America;Selective exposure;Social capital;Spiral of silence;Third-person effect01060303In this groundbreaking study, Misinformation Finds Them unearths how the perceived threat of misinformation effects on other people is just as potent –if not more so – than the actual impact that hybrid media systems have on democracy and community in the heartland. Here, it is not that rural Americans are particularly vulnerable to misinformation; they are highly active media consumers, but they generally rely on news to "find me" rather than actively critically engaging with a diverse set of sources. This passive News Finds Me approach to media engagement, coupled with their belief that others are more susceptible to receiving and spreading misleading or false narratives, gives rise to distrust and polarization. The Misinformation Finds Them (MFT) perception is particularly potent as algorithms and AI are increasingly embedded in news distribution systems that seek to maximize user engagement with personalized content. The perceived threat of misinformation can exacerbate polarization, but the notion that misinformation radicalizes rural populations simply is not accurate, and rural Americans show no meaningful differences to their more urban counterparts in terms of knowledge and media use. "Vogts and Groshek offer fascinating insights into the polarized media ecosystem of rural America, an under-researched area that is meticulously addressed in this innovative book. It empirically provides an understanding of the way many rural Americans in Kansas distrustfully view media, and the impact of social networks on them, especially their beliefs in misinformation itself. The authors cleverly attempt to go beyond the standard discussion of misinformation, offering a more nuanced view with their origination of the "Misinformation Finds Them" concept. It is a must read for any citizen or scholar interested in better understanding the contemporary media environment of rural America." – Ahmed al-Rawi, Associate Professor Simon Fraser University "A timely, unflinching investigation into how misinformation quietly radicalizes rural America. Misinformation Finds Them doesn’t just expose echo chambers. It humanizes them. Vogts and Groshek’s essential read challenges stereotypes, connects hybrid media, bonding social capital, news finds me perception, and other media theories to real lives, and urges us to rethink how truth, identity, and democracy intersect in USA’s heartland." – Homero Gil de Zúñiga, Distinguished Professor University of Salamanca and Pennsylvania State University01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110761/3/9783034355902.pdf.jpg01Peter Lang International Academic PublishersNew York000120260615978303435591915978303435592611Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110761/1/9783034355902.pdf990409Peter Lang International Academic Publishers01Publisher's website: web shophttps://www.peterlang.com/document/15152239904 32dab257-8271-483b-9b32-f786ad952b3f030001OAPEN Library ID32dab257-8271-483b-9b32-f786ad952b3f01HANDLE20.500.12657/1111091597810036710770610.4324/978100367107700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode0101Recognising Disability in Higher EducationA Human Rights Perspective1A01Inger MarieLid01eng001060393J93JN93JNM93JNS20Accessability;CRPD;Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities;Disability studies;Higher education;Human rights;Inger Marie Lid;Pedagogy;Reasonable accommodation;Universal design01060303Exploring and addressing disability in higher education, this key title focuses on education as a human rights topic. It provides empirical examples and analyses selected national policies in global contexts to discuss how to facilitate equal access to higher education for students and academics with disabilities. Based on the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD), the author demonstrates how to facilitate equal access to higher education and raise awareness of disability as a human condition and an aspect of diversity in higher education. This book discusses dilemmas with regard to implementing universal design and individual accommodation in order to facilitate for diversity of individuals among students and staff. With chapters covering implementation of the UN CRPD, ableism, recognition theory, disability, universal design, and individual accommodation, this book focuses on the institutional perspective – what are the universities’ responsibilities and how can universities and teachers respond by implementing and practising inclusive policies? It is ideal reading for anyone interested in addressing the topic of disability in higher education.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111109/3/9781040585665.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisOxford000120260615978104058566515978104061639011Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111109/1/9781040585665.pdf9904 3599d115-890a-4abd-a3de-a10c44d41f77030001OAPEN Library ID3599d115-890a-4abd-a3de-a10c44d41f7701HANDLE20.500.12657/1112191597810035286470610.4324/978100352864700EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Routledge Research in Higher Education0101Intersectional Perspectives on Equality and Social Justice in Norwegian Higher Education1A01Gabriela Mezzanotti - http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7801-8903,Åsne Håndlykken-Luz,Sonia Muñoz Llort,Deise Faria Nunes - http://orcid.org/0009-0003-8475-6349Kristin Gregers Eriksen - http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8240-21632B01VanderTavares01eng0010393J93JN93JNF93JNFK93JNM20Academic monocultures;Antiracism;Colonial;Decolonial theory;Diversity;Education policy;Epistemic violence;Epistemological monocultures;Equity;Equity policy analysis;Faculty of Colour;Higher education;Inclusion;International students;Intersectional;Intersectionality;Intersectionality in Nordic academia;Marginalised identities;Minority groups;Norway;Norwegian;Pedagogies;Pedagogy;Qualitative educational research;Queer;Race;Racialization;Teacher education reform;White feminisms01060303Highlighting how systemic inequities in Norwegian higher education are perpetuated through colonial legacies, monocultures of knowledge, and a lack of critical engagement, this book offers an intersectional analysis that identifies issues and complexities in the domains of pedagogy, epistemology, research, curriculum, and support services. Foregrounding the voices of researchers, teacher educators, and student teachers through a variety of methodological approaches, the volume examines and critiques interconnected barriers rooted in experiences and ideologies of class, gender, sexual orientation, race, ethnicity, body, language, literacy, and religion that marginalize students and scholars, particularly those with multiple minority identities. Chapters identify persistent gaps in policy and practice in the experiences of students and scholars, including those from the Global South, despite growing equity, diversity, and inclusion mandates and discourses promoted by Norwegian higher education. To address such challenges, this volume advocates for decolonization, pluriversality, and systemic changes in higher education and academic practices through intersectionality to create a more inclusive and equitable higher education landscape. Advocating for the need to ethically humanize, diversify and decolonize Norwegian higher education, this book will be of interest to researchers, scholars and postgraduate students in the fields of higher education, multicultural education, and sociology of education. Policymakers and administrators may also benefit from the volume.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111219/3/9781003528647.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120250615978103285371015978103286675811Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111219/1/9781003528647.pdf9904 33efa35d-23dc-47cb-836c-a35d1e4ec48d030001OAPEN Library ID33efa35d-23dc-47cb-836c-a35d1e4ec48d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1112541597810035310980610.4324/978100353109800EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/0101Contesting TranslationStudies in Honour of Mona Baker1A01JohnØdemark2B01JanButs3B01Sue-AnnHarding4B01NeilSadler01eng0010393C93CF93CFP93D93DS20Corpus linguistics;Epistemicide;Genealogies of Knowledge;Intercultural communication studies;Mona Baker;Narrative theory;Political discourse analysis;Reproductive health texts;Solidarity in global justice movements;Translation and activism;Translation and corpora;Translation and narrative;Translational medical humanities01060303Contesting Translation , a celebratory edited volume, honours Professor Mona Baker, one of the most influential scholars in translation, interpreting, and intercultural studies. The 11 original chapters were especially commissioned from scholars who have developed enduring personal, professional, and intellectual connections with Baker through her teaching and research. The chapters are framed by a reflective introduction, and clustered into three inter-related sections: "Trajectories and Concepts", "Narratives and Corpora", and "Activism and Solidarity", which together map the routes and approaches that characterize Baker’s oeuvre. Individual chapters offer studies on topics ranging from literary translation, knowledge translation, journalistic translation, and museum translation to political and aspirational translation. Studies are situated in diverse temporal and geographical environments, extending from the seventeenth-century Low Countries to present-day Palestine. Chapters resonate with each other through critical scholarly engagement with the history, discourse, and politics of translation, and through a shared interest in the significance of the stories we tell each other and ourselves. Relevant for students new to translation and interpreting studies as well as established and emerging scholars more familiar with the field’s contours, Contesting Translation is a landmark contribution to a dynamic discipline that has itself been significantly shaped by one of its most forthright and creative scholars.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111254/3/9781003531098.pdf.jpgRoutledge01Taylor & FrancisLondon000120260615978103287141715978103287142411Taylor & Francis01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111254/1/9781003531098.pdf9904 318a32c4-aa25-4a10-b289-12ccb1518407030001OAPEN Library ID318a32c4-aa25-4a10-b289-12ccb151840701HANDLE20.500.12657/11082815978152923151900EBE10715107J091015101A091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/100102Dis-positions: Troubling Methods and Theory in STS0101Revealing RelationsKnowledge Infrastructures for Liveable Futures1A01AnneBeaulieu01eng002460393J93JB93JBF93JBFV93JBFV593P93PD93PDA93PDR93R93RN93RNT20Biodiversity;Conservation;Data;Discernment;Epistemology;Infrastructure;Interspecies relations;Local knowledge;Sustainability01060303Available open access digitally under CC BY-NC-ND licence. Do our tools for knowing about the world actually obscure important knowledge? This book uncovers how knowledge infrastructures—including satellite tracking, climate models, machine learning and citizen science apps—shape our understanding of contemporary crises. Rooted in logics of resource assessment, these systems often reinforce extractive thinking, even when intended to protect. Beaulieu calls for a radical focus on relations to reimagine liveable futures: from monitoring and measuring to fostering connection, care and interdependence. Drawing on science and technology studies and feminist critique, this book offers tools for transforming data practices, designing more responsive interfaces and building better infrastructures of survival.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110828/4/9781529231540.pdf.jpgBristol University Press01Bristol University PressBristol000120260615978152923152615978152923153315978152923154015978152923155711Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110828/1/9781529231540.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110828/2/9781529231533.epub990409Bristol University Press01Publisher's website: web shophttp://bristoluniversitypress.co.uk/9904 3264cb02-f5cc-410a-a079-a0de84f2981d030001OAPEN Library ID3264cb02-f5cc-410a-a079-a0de84f2981d01HANDLE20.500.12657/1108361597816857129210610.53288/0577.1.0000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/0101The Case of California1A01Laurence A.Rickels01eng004160393J93JB93JBC93JBS93JBSL93JM93JMA93JMAF20California;Cultural theory;German modernism;Mickey Mouse;Psychoanalysis;Thomas Mann;Walt Disney01060303Focusing on the changing image of the West Coast through such varied social and cultural artifacts as bodybuilding, group therapy, suicide cults, Marilyn Monroe, milk-carton images of missing children, orgies, Mickey Mouse, zombies, teenage slang, shock therapy, and surf music, The Case of California offers a dizzying psycho-history of the twentieth century as crystallized in the symbolic configuration and “case” of California, which case is articulated in relation to German modernism, National Socialism, and Freudian psychoanalysis. As Laurence Rickels writes, “on the personalizable level or label, California is a death cult; on the social, outward, happy-face level, it distributes pleasure via sadomasochism, the adolescent group, or friendship.” Ultimately, The Case of California excavates the places “California” occupies as concept or placeholder within Freudian psychoanalysis and such systems as the Frankfurt School, East Coast psychoanalysis, and deconstruction. To excavate the full range of “California,” one must apply pressure to a series of adjacent (and often equally marginal or missing) concepts, including group and adolescent psychology, female sexuality, the haunting of music and of mass media at large, the charge of child abuse, and a certain convergence of religious and hysterical conversion.01000302https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110836/3/9781685712938.pdf.jpgBrainstorm Books01punctum booksEarth, Milky Way000120260615978168571293815978168571294511punctum books01Publisher's website: download the titlehttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110836/1/9781685712938.pdf990409punctum books01Publisher's website: web shophttps://punctumbooks.com/titles/the-case-of-california-new-edition/9904 31797d93-0c22-4c4e-a8f9-97260d5534b4030001OAPEN Library ID31797d93-0c22-4c4e-a8f9-97260d5534b401HANDLE20.500.12657/1109201597838376761360610.14361/978383947613000EBE10715107J091010Creative Commons Licence02https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode100102303Edition Kulturwissenschaft0101The Sorting of HumanitySchemata and Practices of Human Differentiation1A01KlausBehnam Shad01eng003660393J